ity e420 0 F

Pet ee)

“er bee tat the} ore ee)

ne 383

Cebetre ee)

mah Sie we

a»

Got 9.458 ae

euiet

=» Sh os

a8 5

ae ames he

ish

4a: Lee ed as

b> eth

matey tH

Tae

442

sea tasa nw mat aters te fs a tet

als

ny A

3. eS

=a eon

tite

ive

re)

4 « &

= or arte t be brent

arys

oom

Loe

———* ;

35 A BI9

andi,

Pipa

Ride

ies aca an sere ek

aisaeasasn secs

stating tet mtecnes

3242

PEERS

been

= *

PhP er

“tate

+“

Esse

ac.

Prt

ho ae

ime

re sr SS ey

G2 bot rate 4

£8 B29, Fo4

oe Ties

Serheosnas SEE}

1H 294 =O Pe Ys a

eta

ee as Qe As dns da Raabe

Wwe : [ ha 214; lt Osao0~

Cod at 25: 1g aii tada gciea ste ar =s Pet br Peet

Peete ee eee rt)

masisicieials

3 te

havo 4

Ppa : ’

ye a 9 of rt <a Peeccttes

% ht et et

rise Suhr

plait

etek os 4

. ¥)

PCR

- ~~

= Lt |

hs Sek

i= 4 hoe Ce

eet kt 4 @ 24>Gotst=%

* . «

ion 8

eS ow

tt.

+ “

i isisacacadavatel

y AQ OR 2 tty me

Sh aregeaes satataterettceasce

ods = ph.) em *

bes Pp Geo

08 th he ep

Petr yt yey er

7 ot ae re 8

retired ret

Bae

atisbese:

at J

De Be

245

rarer + r

nei etacae gah Pera er pire s 4

<M HD Pe Soe Bohs eae hes Oe

~ Cee ee be eh

7% ak bh 49 GR 8 mw hegnh»

ace- 4 ‘do 8- ee ew eee =. .

we aye Qade eee

a $= * 3 4—-- S385%

Pree et an

: aa — B

Sree Ser tye

Boh tah Hey

(aim A 4. tee 2 “Wf. Sa @ athe

ee 2 saves > are * Bs %): the fans

‘ i ' *

ae ay = & Goneteted Ye

Ay 2 ol OG ay ©

a = tps he

Pheer Rr A eS ee

pet

‘

ne acne

Crreree

Se ted

aeheseass a

) Peper et ht ee hh yer es |

baa gen t “en - et Wes :

aul Lobel me a4 “ Co reer ‘

3418 tr pe

itatasbsetaratocece st

Ox Yay

bietra ts:

Fug ete

5 ts

By Ws = ooh ahaa

Are

ihe Ay

146, Muh :

Sutin

Nees

Ae ‘

JO UR NAb

OF THE

ASTATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

EDITED BY

THE SECRETARIES,

VOL. XVIII.

Part I].—Juty to DecemBer, 1849.

DL DAL DI

“~~

“ It will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science,

in different parts of Asia will commit their observations to writing, and send them to the

Asiatic finer nd at Calcutta. It will languish if such communications shall be long inter-

etal ely cease.’—Sir Wm, Jonzs.

PRINTED BY J. THOMAS, BAPTIST MISSION PRESS.

1850.

aati say bi ed

Baer) ee fhaniz the baat

A, ~* >

WESH Che yikes he aes

ade vata (4 Pays

CONTENTS.

Aborigines of the Eastern Frontier, On the. By B. H. Hodgson, Esq., ....

Catalogue of Birds in the Asiatic Society’s Museum, a Supplemental Note to

the. By E. Blyth, Esq., 2... cecscccecssccesvcscscccsccceccsscene

Colossal Jain Figure nearly 80 feet high, (Description of a) cut in relief, dis-

coveredon aspur of the Satpurah Range, on the Nurbudda. By Dr. Impey,

Embankments of Rivers, (On the,) and on the Nature of Overflowing Rivers

‘in Diluvial Plains. By Capt. J. D. Cunningham, ..........00cecsceee

Fac-similes of Coins, On preparing, By J. W. Laidlay, Esq., ....seveee

cial INC POEG,” sie'ss we b/s 'c'a cin nine Cis Gul walls cielel ole) mmmreiwseale’dlid'e so aiaeleaies

Influence of Forests on Climate, On ae By Lieut. Wile Barish, id oj<0) &s

Kocch, Bodo and Dhimal Tribes, On the Origin, Location, Numbers, Creed,

Customs, Character and Condition of the. By B. H. Hodgson, :Esq.,..

Land and Fresh Water Shells occurring in Afghanistan, Notices of some. By

Capt. T. Hutton, ....ccrccesccsees Eilat albhelaifan dee aiee'd inl atahaletaete's

Law of Storms in India, (An Eighteenth — on the) being the Cyclone

of the 12th to 14th Oct. 1848, in the Bay of Bengal. By H. Piddington,

Mega al ne icipis'c: 3 ei-e/oie a isie'n.s’ ole’ ost alal laine eiaturaie's\lojel/s\el'sie!'e olsialaaiwic’aeleiniesl SOO

Limits of Perpetual Snow, Note on the. By Capt. J. D. Cunningham, ....

Malayan Fishes, Catalogue of. By Dr. T. Cantor, ......cesccccecscces

Meteorological Register for July, .. secs cece ce cecces ccacctescuice socees

PAVE PUT ate ow araiie'aieres im, vacayal arepecal alg Wielavecene ¢ a/are create

—————— for Sept.,.. 0 cccscccccecveccesssccessccsscccs

Native Impressions regarding the Natural History of certain annpanls, On.

By H. Torrens, Eisq.,.0<<.00 secs ve cnceiasscneivie cece cccetcnaceccccce

Pind Dadan Khan and the Salt Range, Diary of a Trip to. Be Andrew Flem-

Pe NETS aN Te 5 aallcin mane e vie iatalalejate alsiulaiel e's 'sj.ats!t\e S:cha/sPaja bie ieiclec/eece eo

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society, for July 1849, .... ccs sececccvcdcvcs

—— FOU Us OAD, se i018) Seleis pic 'a'e'as e.c\eo a

FOF Sept Os os. Sweets Braco die: o's

Physical Geography of the Himalayas, On the. By B. H. Bodpeon, Esq.,..

Revenues of States beyond the Sutlej, about 1750 to 1800,—Sketch of the

Recorded. By Major W. Anderson, C. B., ...... 000.0 oe

Snow line in the Himalaya, Remarks on the. By Capt. eee Hattne ee

Page

967

800

918

697

976

860

791

702

649

869

694

983

759

866

987

788

661

794

858

9789

761

822

954

INDEX TO NAMES OF CONTRIBUTORS.

ANDERSON, Major W. Sketch of the Recorded Revenues of the States be-

youd the Sutlej, about 1750 to) 1800, .. cis sw siewece vescnd cath Sm poem

Biytu, E. Esq. A Supplemental Note to the Catalogue of the Birds in the

Bluseum .of.the Asiatic Society ,. sss 0<cseesesrse. <A wwole okie hig » ame oe

Cantor, Dr. Theodore. Catalogue of Malayan Fishes,.. .... 2... «0 sescee

Cunnineuam, Capt. J.D. Note on the Limits of Perpetual Snow in the

PRG agasg 26a Ssie.2 cite Saleldia's ASME Dside laud eel be omQedhhs beh ehmeele

—____—_ —__ —————. On the Embankments of Rivers, .... «2.6 eee cee

Fieminc, Dr. Andrew. Diary of a Trip to Pind Dadan Khan, &c.........

Hutton, Capt. Thomas. Notices of some Land and Fresh Water Shells

occurring in Afghanistan, 2.1... ccc cc cece ce cece cces sen eeesstvess

———— Remarks on the Snow Line in the Himalaya, ....

Hoveson, B. H. Esq. On the Origin, &c. of the Kocch, Bodo, and Dhimal

"DriNGS, .chGein, Ls o's SG ein pletel tiedial ata bce Wale @aph Sbymatels ‘vm lachl« deaeeled ers

On the Physical Geography of the Himalayas, ....

On the Aborigines of Eastern Frontier, ..........

Imeey, Dr. Description of a Colossal Jain Figure nearly 80 feet high, cut

in relief, discovered on a spur of the Satpurah Range, ......seeeeeeee,

Lariptay, J. W. Esq. On preparing Fac-similes of Coins, &C., .. 2. seco

ParisH, Lieut. W. H. On the Influence of Forests on Climate, ........0.

PippinecTon, H. Esq. An Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in

TN ay rnteratat ote oe @eeeeaepeoseeves eevee eCeae er eeane2 @ e@eees eo wore anaemeceee

Torrens, H. Esq. On Native Impressions regarding the Natural History

of certain Armivalss. 055k .iy'o. Gaweeeos t eeoeoeees ee eoeee estes es es seseoseeer

PAPAL APA LALLA AAO

Page

822

800

983

694

697

661

649

954

702

761

967

918

976

791

869

788

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

PADI"

JULY, 1849.

NARRAPDD PD PL AP OP LILA SPIN ODL ISL LOIS OO OL PIS

Notices of some Land and Fresh Water Shelis occurring in Afghanise

_than.—By Capt. Tuomas Hurron.

. The following brief notices refer to the Land and Fresh Water Shells

procured during the advance of the Army of the Indus into Afghanis-

than in 1839. These of course were collected along the line traversed

from Dadur in Cutch Gundava, to Girishk on the Helmund,—but

it is by no means intended to restrict the Afghan species to the few

herein mentioned, for with the exception of the slight attention which

my duties occasionally enabled me to pay to the subject, the country

was literally unsearched. Some of the species noticed are scarcely

determined to my satisfaction, but in the absence of European speci-

mens to compare with them, it was impossible to do more than hazard

a conjecture.

Class. 1. Gasteropoda.

Fam Heuicip2.

1.—Parmacellus rutellum, (Hutton.)

Animal a bright gamboge yellow, with 4 tentacula, posterior portion

of the body, behind the shell, carinated ; shield strengthened internally

with a shovel-shaped shell of a pearly or nacreous appearance ; obtuse

and globose at the apex, with a deep sinus; covered with a thin

transparent epidermis, transversely wrinkled by the lines of growth ;

colour white; length }inch; breadth about 4 inch.

No, XXXI.—New Series. 4p

650 Notices of some Land and Fresh Water Shells | Jury,

Found at Candahar in April, crawling along the sides of damp ditches

in the fields; not rare, though apparently local, and only comes out

about sunset. It is a true Parmacellus of Rang.

2.—Vitrina baccata (Mutton).

This very minute species was found under stones, along the bank

of a dry nullah or river bed, at a place called Melmandeh, between

the Kojuck Pass and Candahar. It appeared to be very scarce, as

after a lengthened search only three specimens were found, and of these

unfortunately the animals died before an opportunity occurred for ex-

amining them.

Shell small, thin, fragile, diaphanous and pale; whorls apparently

only one, or at all events the body whorl may be said to constitute the

whole shell ; aperture nearly circular, lips scarcely interrupted, slightly

thickened and partially reflected ; surface of the shell polished, finely

striated by minute lines of growth, and ornamented with longitudinal

bead-like lines or strings of minute bubbles, which can be seen only

under a strong lens. Upper side depressed, flattened ; under side round-

ed, ventricose. Length 14 lines. .

3.—Helix Candaharica (Pfr.).

Animal pale straw colour ; darkish or dusky on the tentacula; foot

not protruding posteriorly beyond the shell, and rather tapering.

Shell much depressed above, orbicular, slightly convex ; spire scarce-

ly exserted, whorls 5; colour fuscous or sandy white, ornamented above

with a broad longitudinal band of reddish or purplish brown ; often

breaking into dots where interrupted by the striee of increase ; whorls

shining and obliquely striate ; aperture ovato-lunate, somewhat oblique ;

peristome acute, with a thickened rib within the aperture in mature

shells; deeply and widely umbilicate, exposing the penultimate whorl

and extending nearly to the apex; under side ornamented with narrow

dotted or interrupted longitudinal bands of reddish brown, varying

much in number from one to six ; diameter of largest specimen ;5, of an

inch; though the generality do not exceed half an inch.

This is a very variable species in regard to colouring, some individuals

having the bands well defined, others having them faint and narrow,

and some wanting them altogether, in which case the shell is of a faint

fuscescent white with dark apex.

1849. ] occurring in Afghanisthan. 651

At first sight it bears a strong resemblance to the European Helix

virgata (Montagu) vel variabilis of authors ; the broad bands of the

coloured individuals, and the colouring of the unbanded ones, being

very similar to that shell. It is however readily distinguishable from

it by the more flattened form, and by the greater tendency to exhibit

bands on the under side; while the umbilicus, being invariably more

open and showing a greater portion of the lower whorls, is of itself a

sufficiently distinctive character.

In the fields of Lucerne and Clover, as also in gardens and orchards,

this snail is very abundant; it appears to have the habit of clustering

together when at rest, in great numbers, a singular trait, which is also

observable in the Helix virgata. In the end of September, I observed

them “in coitu,” individuals of all colours freely intermixing. The

aperture is occasionally closed by a thin viscous plate. Although

so extremely common at Candahar, that hundreds might have been

collected within a few hours, the species would still appear to be re-

markably local, for neither at Quettah on the one hand, not at Girishk

on the other, did I meet with a single specimen.

This shell, discovered by me on the arrival of Shah Shoojah’s army

at Candahar in the end of April 1839, has been named and described

in the Magazine of Natural History, Vol. XVIII. p. 123, by Dr. L.

Pfeiffer from specimens in the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. furnished.

by Mr. Benson, who received them in all probability from myself.

4.—Helix Bactriana (Hutton).

Animal straw coloured, with the superior tentacula very long and.

black ; shell carried obliquely horizontal ; foot short and rather tapering

posteriorly.

Shell fuscous or pale earthy brown, but varying to reddish brown,

and in some to sandy; in living specimens dotted over with darker

spots or blotches, from the animal being apparent through it ; subglo-

bose ; spire obtuse, scarcely exserted ; whorls 6; aperture ovato-lunate,

oblique ; whorls obliquely and finely wrinkled with the strize of growth ;

peristome acute, pillar lip partially reflected over the umbilicus ; a strong

white rib within the aperture, showing usually a rufous band externally ;

umbilicus moderate, exposing a portion of the penultimate whorl. Dia-

meter 55 of an inch. Some have a pale line along the periphery of the

body whorl, which is slightly angular.

4p2

652 Notices of some Land and Fresh Water Shells [Juy,

This is likewise very numerous at Candahar, in gardens and fields,

adhering by a thin viscous plate to the stalks of plants; it occurs also

abundantly among dead leaves beneath rose bushes, and at the roots of

the garden Iris and other plants; sometimes buried in holes in the

earth.

It appears to be closely allied to the three British shells, H. Can-

tiana (Montagu), H. Carthusiana (Gray), and H. Rufescens (Penn),

more especially to the latter, which it strongly resembles in colouring,

the angularity of the periphery and the blotches of darker colour seen

through the shell when the animal is living. In size perhaps it comes

nearest the former, as well as in general appearance, but it is less glo-

bose in the spire, and the peristome is more reflected.

5.—Succinea putris, (Gray.)

There is really nothing to distinguish the Afghan from the Euro-

pean species ; the colour, number of whorls, size and shape appear to

be quite the same. The animal likewise seems to be in all respects the

same. The eyes are situated at the extremity of the superior ten-

tacula, which are cylindrical and buttoned ; the second pair diminutive

and scarcely apparent; the whole animal is mottled minutely with

grey, and several fine grey lines extend backwards from the upper part

of the head. It is very common in garden drains, and in marsh lands

along the course of the river Helmund at Girishk.

6.—Succinea Pfeifferi (Rossm.).

This is apparently another European species, closely allied to, and

by some supposed to be only a variety of the foregoing. It has a much

shorter spire than the other and the aperture is more elongate.

It occurs plentifully in garden drains at Candahar, but did not ap-

pear to mix with the foregoing, and I should be much inclined to re-

gard them as distinct species.

7.—Pupa lapidaria (Hutton).

Animal dusky.

Shell composed of 7 cylindrical volutions, exclusive of apex ; the

three first whorls rapidly decreasing and producing an obtuse spire ;

the other whorls nearly equal; colour brown; finely wrinkled with ob-

lique strive of growth; aperture ovato-quadrate ; lips subreflected,

polished and white within ; sub-umbilicate ; furnished with eight teeth,

two on the pillar within, four on the outer lip within, all of which are

1849. ] occurring in Afghanisthan. 653

visible on the back of the whorl in four pale bands, giving that part a

furrowed appearance ; and two others on the interrupted part of the

peristome, the inner one, which is indeed quite within the aperture, be-

ing the largest of all, and the other one small and placed at the angle

of the outer lip. Length 4 inch.

This pretty little species was discovered under stones among blocks

of limestone bordering the desert plain of Dusht-i-be-dowlut, at the

western end of the Bolan Pass. It is very closely allied to the Eng-

lish species Pupa Junipert (Gray), having the teeth arranged much in

the same manner ; those of the body whorl giving rise externally to the

same furrowed or ribbed appearance. It differs however, in having

only seven whorls instead of 8 or 9, and in having the largest tooth

placed well within the aperture on the middle of the body whorl.

8.—Pupa spelea (Hutton).

Shell composed of eight convex whorls; 93 lines in length, of which

nearly one halfis occupied by the body whorl; closely and coarsely

striated by the lines of increase; polished, nude, ventricose ; aperture

ovato-quadrate ; lips slightly reflected ; subumbilicate; spire suddenly

tapering ; obtuse ; colour white with darker dashes ; the markings

however cannot properly be termed colours, since they are in reality

only streaks in sculpture, caused by the unequal thickness of the shell,

which exhibits alternately an opaque and a semitransparent layer of

increase. Pillar lip straight; the outer one bending suddenly in on

the body whorl. Found adhering to the inside of fissures and caves at

Dusht-i-be-dowlut, and in the Bolan Pass.

9.—Pupa indica (Benson’s Mss.).

P. cylindrica (Hutton), J. A. S. Vol. III. p. 85, No. 6.

This common Indian species, first described and named by me in

1834, runs into three remarkable varieties, differing so much in size

and shape that it would not surprise me to find eventually that they

are distinct. The name originally bestowed by me has been abandoned

im consequence of its beimg pre-occupied, and Mr. Benson having pro-

posed, from the wide range of the species, to call it P. Indica, that

name has been adopted. The large variety has 9 to 10 whorls; is

cylindriform and tapers suddenly to an obtuse apex; colour of living

shells pale fuscous or earthy, but generally white; whorls closely

wrinkled by coarse waving lines of increase ; in fresh specimens faintly

654 Notices of some Land and Fresh Water Shells [Jury,

scored with obsolete longitudinal furrows; shell nude, polished, thick

and opaque. Aperture subquadrate, margins thickened and subre-

flected ; varying from 14% to 12 inches in length. Animal dusky ;

Ovo-viviparous. Buries itself in the earth beneath rocks, trees, &c.

stopping the aperture with a thin plate of hardened viscous matter.

Var. A.—This is in all respects a perfect miniature of the foregoing,

but it seems never to have more than eight whorls, and seldom exceeds

+ an inch in length ; it is far less ventricose, and generally shows the

obsolete longitudinal furrows more plainly. This variety occurs both

in India and near Quettah in Afghanisthan.

Var. B.—With the general sculpture of the last, but shorter, seldom

exceeding ;7, of an inch; whorls ventricose and spire more suddenly

obtuse than either of the foregoing; with scarcely more than half the

length of P. Indica, it still rivals it in breadth, and the longitudinal

furrows appear to be constant and better defined. Whorls usually

seven in number, rarely eight.

The exuvize of all three may be seen in abundance scattered over

the sands of the Bhawulpore district.

10.—Pupa cenopicta, (Hutton,) J. A. 8. Vol. III. p. 85, No. 7.

Animal blackish.

Shell cylindrico-pyramidal, with 6 whorls, minutely striate; body

whorl ventricose, the others gradually tapering to an obtuse apex ;

aperture ovato-lunate ; lips subreflected and white within; a single

tooth at the junction of the outer lip with the body whorl; colour

brown. Length ,3, inches.

In living specimens the shell is often painted over with a coating of

mud, which assimilates it so much to the colour of the rocks it mhabits,

as to render it difficult of detection. It was discovered by me in 1832

adhering to the face of a bare rock at Beeana near Agra, and again at

Neemuch in 1834, adhering to the bricks of a ruined temple. Mr.

Benson has likewise taken it beneath stones at Delhi, but in such situa-

tions it is destitute of its coating of mud.

It occurred in Afghanistan beneath stones at Dusht-i-be-dowlut.

In the single tooth at the angle of the mouth, it makes an approach

to Pupa umbilicata, (Gray) of England, but it differs altogether in

shape ; in being larger, less abruptly obtuse and more tapering.

1849. | occurring in Afghanisthan. 65

Fresh Water Shells.

Fam. PALUDINID.

11.—Paludina parvula, (Hutton.)

Animal dusky grey.

Shell convid, of four whorls exclusive of apex; colour of epidermis

dull or dusky green; aperture ovate, rounded below, angular above ;

oblique ; operculum horny ; subumbillcate, pillar lip partially reflected ;

sutures deep; epidermis of the upper whorls usually eroded; trans-

versely striated by fine lines of growth. Length 3; of an inch, or less.

Inhabits a marshy patch of ground caused by a spring oozing from

the side of the Kojuck Pass, at Chummun.

Fam. LIMN#AD&.

12.—Limnea peregra, (Lam.)

This so closely resembles one of the varieties of the European shell,

that I can see no good reason for separating it. On comparing it with

an English specimen long since presented to me by Mr. Benson, no

character appears to authorize the idea of its being other than a mere

variety, and the differences, where any exist, are nothing more than

the variations usually observable in a series of specimens. In fact the

only difference that I can see, consists in the spire of the Candahar

shell being rather more exserted than in the European specimen before

me,—but in this respect, judging from Gray’s figures and description,

there is always great variety, and consequently no importance can be

attached to it. At Candahar the species was very common in brick

tanks, and almost invariably covered with small aquatic plants or

incrustations of lime, concealing the colour, and sometimes even the

shape of the shell, a fact which is likewise observable in regard to the

European species.

Var. A.—Low down on the Western side of the Kojuck range of

hills, at some distance below the Pass, is a green spot called Chummun,

from whence issues a small clear spring of water, which spreading

over the slope, forms a marshy patch in which are several species of

shells, and among them occurs another variety of Limnea peregra,

which living in running water is free from the impurities which attach

to the Candahar variety, and the substance of the shell is perhaps

somewhat thicker.

656 Notices of some Land and Fresh Water Shells [JuLy,

13.—Limnea truncatula (Gray).

L. fossarius (Turton).

L. minuta (Lam).

Animal grey. This is another European species very common on

the marsh lands bordering the river Helmund at Girishk, as well as in

similar situations at the Kojuck Pass and at Quettah.

In Gray’s edition of Turton’s British shells, the European shell is

stated to be ‘half an inch long” and to have “ six or seven rounded

and deeply divided volutions,’—whereas the largest of the Afghan

shells does not exceed 3} lines, and the whorls are only five in number

exclusive of apex. These differences which at first sight might be

supposed. to indicate distinct species, are however counterbalanced by

the fact that the shells of Limnea truncatula are said to be ‘‘ extremely

variable in size and colour, according to the locality in which they are

found, and the abundance of their food,” and ‘“‘ Mr. Alder observes,

that a variety of a much smaller size is found on the margins of rivers,

another is found in mountain streams.’’—(Gray’s Turion’s British

shells).

These latter remarks are strictly applicable to the Afghan shell and

leave no doubt as to its being one of the varieties of the European

species.

Mr. Benson likewise informed me that he had taken still smaller

specimens than mine, in Ireland.

14.—Limnea Bactriana (Hutton).

Animal mottled black and grey.

Shell small, brittle, =°, of an inch long; spire loosely and obliquely

twisted ; sutures deep, whorls rounded, aperture ovate long; pillar lip

partially reflected ; shell closely striate transversely ; aperture occupy-

ing 3 of the shell; colour pale greenish brown ; whorls 4.

This shell has very much the appearance of the young of Limnea

chlamys (Benson), of the gangetic provinces, but the whorls are more

rounded, and the spire more horizontally twisted and less awl-shaped.

The size however would alone distinguish i., as the largest do not

exceed =®, of an inch, whereas my Scindh specimens of L. chlamys are

2 inches. The general size of Indian specimens is about 14 inches.

It occurred in marsh lands and streams at Quettah, in Afghanis-

than.

1849. ] occurring in Afghanisthan. 657

15.—Planorbis convexiusculus, (Hutton.)

Animal black or dusky.

Shell depressed, } of an inch in diameter; pale horn colour ;

polished; closely and obliquely striate; whorls 4 or 5; rounded ;

suture well defined; periphery subangular, but not influencing the

aperture, which is ovato-lunate ; umbilicus wide, discovering all the

previous volutions; the whorls rising gradually and spirally from the

horizontal, and rounded below.

Occurs plentifully at Candahar in tanks ; at Quettah and the Kojuck

Pass in marshes, and along the marsh lands of the river Helmund at

Girishk.

I have lately ascertained that it likewise occurs in the Gangetic pro-

vinces, having taken it from a tank at the foot of a range of hills

bordering the grand trunk road, at Tope Chancey. I likewise procured

it some years ago from mountain streams at Pinjore below Simla, with-

out then observing the difference, as I find it in my store boxes mixed

up with P. compressus. It differs from that species in wanting the

delicate carina on the peryphery, and in having alunate aperture with-

out the angle on the middle of the outer lip; in being more convex,

with rounder whorls: and in having its volutions wound round on a

more open and less horizontal twist.*

Fam. MELANIAD&.

16.—Melania elegans, (Benson.) Gleanings in Science, No. 13 for

1830, p. 22, species C.

This very beautiful species was found in the Bolan Pass at Beebee

Nanee, where in April the pebbly bottom of the stream was perfectly

alive with them ; yet on my return to India two years afterwards in

February, not a single shell was visible, all having burrowed deep into

the sand in order to escape from the chilling wintry temperature of the

mountains. .

The largest specimens procured were 1,2, ins. in length, by ;% ins.

wide ; shell turreted, gradually tapering to an acute apex; each whorl

armed with a row of longitudinally raised ribs, tuberculated at the up-

per part; epidermis thin, variously coloured, being sometimes fuscous

* Had I not sent specimens of this shell to Mr. Benson, who pronounced it

new, I should from his description have considered it P. wmbilicalis (Benson) from

Sylhet.

658 Notes of some Land and Fresh Water Shelis [Jury,

white, flavescent green, or pale olive green, all being ornamented with

purplish or reddish brown flame shaped transverse bands, interrupted

and broken into dots by numerous longitudinal furrows, crossed and

wrinkled by the lines of growth ; in many specimens the whorls bor-

dering the sutures, and the summits of the tubercles are white, which

adds greatly to the beauty of the shell; aperture oblique, subovate,

longer than broad ; operculum horny, and deep brown.

This shell is an inhabitant also of our Indian rivers, and was dis-

covered by Mr. Benson, several years ago. As it was not found beyond

Beebee Nanee in the Bolan Pass, it can scarcely be called an Afghan

species, though it may serve perhaps to point out the western limits of

its geographical range.

17.—Melania pyramis, (Benson.) Gleanings in Science, No. 13 for

1830, p. 22, species B.

This common Indian species occurs plentifully at Dadur in Cutch

Gundava, and attains a size and beauty equal to any specimens from

the Gangetic Provinces. Leaving Dadur and entering the Bolan Pass

we again find it mixed up with the foregoing species at Bebee Nanee,

but generally of smaller size and less beautiful in the markings. Pro-

ceeding onwards we meet with it at Quettah in a clear stream, though

of still smaller size than before ; this last is that variety of the Indian

shell which has a well defined longitudinal reddish brown band along

the outside of the columellar or pillar lip. In a marshy and semi-stag-

nant piece of water at Quettah there is also another variety, large and

coarse in sculpture, without markings, and the apex of the spire and

epidermis eroded.

As Beebee Nanee appears to be the limit to the range of M. elegans:

so Quettah would appear to be the limit of M. pyramis, as 1 found no

trace of it in the streams farther to the westward.

18.—Melania tigrina, (Hutton.)

Shell devoid of apex, the spire being invariably much eroded ; gene.

ral appearance that of M. pyramis, but differs in beimg coarser, in

wanting the strong and prominent longitudinal furrows which charac-

terise that species, and which are observable throughout its length ; the

outer lip also has a tendency to be more produced; while the flame-

shaped streaks of colouring are narrower, closer, and less devious or

zigzag, often becoming bifid or pronged on the body whorl; epidermis

1849.] occurring in Afghanisthan. 659

pale olive green or olive brown, ornamented with close, narrow irregu-

lar transverse dashes. General number of whorls in eroded and de-

collated specimens, five; though nine or ten would appear to be the

correct number ; wrinkled transversely by coarse lines of increase ; the

upper angle of the aperture is never so acute as in M. pyramis, and

the sutures are deeper and whorls more tumid at their junction.

Mr. Benson thought this a mere variety of the preceding shell, the

differences being induced by a residence in stagnant waters ; this how-

ever can scarcely be the case, since in the very same waters, M. pyramis,

likewise existed, with a full spire and all its other characteristics ; even

in the uncoloured variety of that species which has the apex partially

eroded, the longitudinal furrows and general sculpture of the shell still

exist to point out its distinctness.

This species is not peculiar to Afghanistan, having been first dis-

covered by me in 1836 in a garden tank at Pinjore below Simla. Pin-

jore shells of 5 eroded whorls, measure 14 ins. in length, and are finer

than Afghan specimens, which do not exceed 12 ins., while fully formed

individuals of M. pyramis from Dadur and the Gangetic Provinces

having 12 whorls, measure no more than 1} in. This alone would ap-

pear to settle the question of distinctness.

Class 2. Conchifera. Lam.

Fam. Cycuap2.

19.—Pisidium paludosum, (Hutton.)

Shell minute ; $ of an inch in breadth; ;, in height; oval; um-

bones rather blunt ; very finely striate transversely ; shining dark olive

or dusky green.

Inside whitish.

A single specimen only was taken in the swampy ground at Chum-

mun, on the Kojuck range in Afghanistan.

20.—Corbicula —————?

I refrain from naming this species, which though much larger, ap-

pears identical with one of our Indian shells, because I know that Mr.

Benson long since showed specimens to Mr. Gray, and it is therefore

more than probable that it has been named already, although unknown

to me. It is common in canals at Candahar, and attains a size ex-

ceeding any I have seen in the Gangetic Provinces, measuring in my

finest specimen 1,3; of an inch in breadth, and one inch in height ; the

4a2

660 Notes of some Land and Fresh Water Shells, §c. [Juty,

height. It is strongly furrowed transversely ; with olive brown epi-

dermis and beaks denuded.

Var. A. Also found in the Gangetic Provinces; smaller than the

last, being in breadth ~ in. by 13 in. high, transversely furrowed ;

epidermis yellow, or sometimes greenish, half way from the beaks, with

a broad yellow border ; inside violet or purple, as in the last, of which

this may be the young.

generality however, measure less, being 1,5 in. wide and 4% in. in

Fam. UNIoNnIDz&.

21.—Unio marginalis, (Lam.)

Shell oval oblong, ventricose, tumid; not produced nor attenuated

behind ; beaks flattened and denuded ; upper edge rounded or falling ;

lower edge curved; strongly wrinkled transversely ; epidermis olive

brown; in young ehoremiene with broad yellowish margin. Largest

specimen measuring 138 in. long, by 213 in. broad; another 142 m.

by 214 in. ; anda thiedls measures 113 in. long, by 34, in. wide.

Occurs at Candahar in canals.

Mr. Benson thought this only a strong variety of U. marginalis of

Lamarck, and in deference to his opinion I have so named it; at the

same time I am much inclined to think it distinct, and propose, should

it prove so, to call it U. Candaharicus. The differences observable

appear to consist in the less produced and lengthened form posteriorly,

—in the upper part of the anterior edge being straighter and more

elevated, than in U. marginalis,—and in the beaks being less denuded

and more wrinkled.

In Unio marginalis of the Gangetic provinces, the breadth appears

to exceed the length much more considerably than in the Candahar

shells, measuring in four specimens of each as follows :—

1. Indian specimen. Length 1,6; in.; breadth 3,2; in.

2. Ditto ditto length 149 in. ; breadth 34 in.

3. Ditto ditto length 1,6, m.; breadth 3-2, in.

4. Ditto ditto length 13 mn; brasil 3 in.

1. Afghan specimen. Length 12 in.; breadth 214 in.

2. Ditto ditto length 1498 in.; breadth 224 in.

3. Ditto ditto length ix in.; breadth 21% in.

4. Ditto ditto length 113 in.; breadth 3... in.

The proportions thus appear to She reversed,—the Indian species show-

1849. | Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 661

ing a greater transverse breadth in proportion to its length ; the Afghan

one showing a greater length in proportion to its breadth. All my

specimens of the Indian variety are produced or elongated posteriorly,

giving the shell a narrow wedge-shaped appearance; whereas the

Afghan one being transversely shorter appears ovate oblong.

Diary of a Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range.—By An-

DREW Fiemine, M. D. Assist. Surgeon 7th N. I. on Deputation to

Pind Dadud Khan. (Communicated by Sir H. M. Extiort, Sec.

Govt. of India.)

March 9th, 1848.—Lahore to Pind de das ka kote, 10 kos.—Left

Lahore this morning, crossed the Ravee and arrived at Pind de das ka

kote by 8 a. m., said to be 10 kos from Lahore. A level uninteresting

country intervening, in great part uncultivated, except in the proximity

of the few wells which are dug, and where crops of a fair appearance

are raised. A saline efflorescence of sulphate of soda occurs in great

quantity along the whole way, but does not seem to have any injurious

effect on the soil, irrigation being apparently all that is required to

render it productive of good crops. Four miles from Shah Dera there

is a pucka bridge named Pere ka Pool, which spans a nullah, and which

is going fast to ruin, but might be repaired at a trifling expense, and

would in the rains prove a great comfort to travellers. Within 4a

mile of Pind de das ka kote is a fine pucka bridge across a nullah

called Bagh Binha, down which at present a considerable stream of

water is running, and from which a supply of water to irrigate the

neighbouring country might be obtained, were means for raising it

available. Some zemindars came to complain that Pertaub Sing and

followers had been here 4 days before and cut green corn for their

horses to the value of Rs. 8, without giving the proprietors any remune-

ration. Directed injured parties to proceed to Lahore to obtain redress.

Supplies obtained in abundance, and water good within 5 or 6 feet of

surface.

March 10th.—From Pind de dass ka kote to Santipore, 10 kos.—

From Pind de das ka kote marched to Santipore, a distance said to be

9 kos, but certainly more. Road level, the intervening country being

much of the same character as in preceding march, and wells even

662 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. [JuLy,

scarcer, but where these exist good crops are raised around them.

Passed Wudala and Shechem, two considerable sized villages, around

which good rich crops of wheat and barley were growing. Around

Santipore there is a good deal of kunkur in the soil, which at a little dis-

tance from the village is covered with a low dwarf jungle of Caper bushes.

Supplies in abundance, water good, though 15 or 20 feet from surface.

March 11th.—Santipore to Muttoo, 9 kos.—From Suntipore to Mut-

too, a distance of 9 kos, the road leads through a level country covered

with low bush jungle, in the centre of which however occasional fields

of wheat and barley are to be seen, where enterprising individuals have

dug wells and cleared away the jungle from their neighbourhood. On

the way here passed the villages of Retalee, Vernala and Khan Mussel-

man. Water good though about 23 or 30 feet from surface, and raised

by Persian wheels, which seem universal in this part of the country.

March 12th.—Muttoo to Oodeewala, 10 kos.—Marched from Muttoo

to Oodeewalla, a distance of 10 kos. General appearance of the country

improved, crops being richer, and the fields studded with Babool trees

of considerable size. Patches of sugarcane and remains of cotton

plantations observed round the villages,—Lulla and Thabul being the

only ones of any size near the road. Kunkur exists in considerable

quantity around this village, where the water is good about 20 feet from

surface, and supplies abundant.

March 13th.—Oodeewalla to Ramnuggur, 10 or 12 kos.—From Oo-

deewalla to Ramnuggur the distance is said to be 10 kos, but is cer-

tainly much more. The intervening country, where cultivation does

not exist, is covered with a short coarse grass and is quite level. Noe-

walla and Akalgurh are the only two villages of any size that occur in

this march. The latter is a place of some size, several fine gardens

existing in its neighbourhood, where the crops are rich and fields well

dressed. Kunkur occurs in great quantity around Akalgurh, where

the road was completely under water in consequence of recent rain.

Three miles beyond this, is Ramnuggur, a town of considerable size,

Put up in the Bara-derry, around which some Seikh Artillery are sta-

tioned under the command of Col. Lookha Sing, who paid me a visit.

There is a salt depot close to the Bara-derry, where at present 10,000

maunds of salt are accumulated. It is brought on camels from the

salt mines, the owners of which receive 4 annas per maund that is deli-

1849. ] Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 663

vered at the depot. It is all weighed previously to being stored up,

and is retailed to merchants at Rs. 2-4 per maund. The thanadar

and Kardar of this place accompanied me through the depot and paid

me every attention. The Chenab is distant about 2 miles from this

place—a flat and in great part uncultivated country intervening.

March 14th.—Ramnuggur to Phalia, 12 kos.—From Ramnuggur

crossed the Chenab, which is easily effected, the boats being large and

in good order, and marched to Phalia, said to be 10 kos, but is certain-

ly more. The Chenab seems to have a considerable depth of water in

its channel, but is evidently swollen at present in consequence of recent

rains in the hills. On the north bank of the river, and from thence to

Phalia, the country is richly cultivated and interspersed with numerous

babool and bur trees, which attain a considerable size. On the side of

the road are situated the villages of Remmuhl, Pagut, Truka and

Kumina. Phalia is a small place, but has a mud fort in its interior.

Around it there is a deal of bush jungle, where kunkur occurs in great

quantity. At night heavy rain fell and continued falling until 5 a. m.

March 15th.—Phalia to Phukie, 7 kos.—Had directed my servants

to go on to Hurrin, but in consequence of the rain, they could not pro-

ceed farther than Phukie, a march of about 7 kos. The road leads

through a thick bush jungle, and so is very heavy in consequence of

the rain during the night. Phukie is but a small place—supplies ob-

tained in abundance, but water very bad and brackish, evidently con-

taining a quantity of saline matter. Cultivation to a very small extent

exists around this village. Ruttiwall is a village of considerable size on

the road to this place.

March 16th.—Phukie to Hurrin, 6 kos.—In consequence of rain

which fell incessantly from midnight till 8 a. m. was unable to march

further than Hurrin, where I found my tent pitched, my servants being

unable to get on to Mianee as I had intended. The whole country was

under water and the crops completely levelled to the ground in many

places. A very dense jungle intervenes between Phukie and Hurrin,

where the country is more open and well cultivated, being situated

about a mile from the Jhelum, along the banks of which a dense jungle

of Tamarisk occurs. The river Jhelum is much flooded and appears a

noble river running at the foot of the salt range, which is only about 4

miles from it, a rich wooded Kadir land apparently intervening. Sup-

664 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. [ Jury,

plies abundant. Complaints made by the sepoys of my Seikh guard

that the bunneahs here were using a seer 6 pice less in weight than

the Company’s seer, which is very much lighter than the Lahore one,

and which we should suppose is the seer used through the country

under the Lahore Government.

March 17th.—Hurrin.—Halted here to-day as my tents were still]

very wet and too heavy for the camels. Jhelum considerably swollen

since yesterday and the fields in its neighbourhood perfect swamps.

Several very fine poppy fields are growing near this, which are said to

yield good opium. Supplies in abundance and water remarkably good.

March 18th.—Hurrin to Meanee, 7 kos.—Hurrin to Meanee said to

be 7 kos. Towards the Jhelum the country is well cultivated, but to the

south of the road until close to Meanee, dense bush jungle covers the

country. Several villages occur, the principal of which are Badshapoor,

Kirtowall, Chuckdunda, Mulick, Wall, Bula, Chuckseydeda and Ka-

lianpore. On arrival here was waited on by the Kardars, Mulk Doulat

Rai and Dass Mull. Around this village poppy fields are pretty nu-

merous and a good deal of opium is said to be made here.

March 19th.—Meanee to Pind Dadud Khan, cross Jhelum 3 miles.

Crossed the Jhelum this morning and reached Pind Dadud Khan,

which is only 3 miles distance from Meanee. The boats on the Jhelum

are remarkably large and good, and are propelled across the stream by

a large oar, the first we have seen on the Punjaub river boats. The

passage of the Jhelum is a very tedious one, from its breadth and the

strength of the current. Above Pind Dadud Khan it is divided into

two branches that unite into one main stream a little below the towns

which is about a mile distant from the river, and situated on a plain of

about 4 miles in breadth between the river, and the foot of the salt

range, and richly cultivated. Dispatched weekly diary to Lahore and

received a visit from Missers Rulla Ram and Gyan Chund, who offered

a nuzzur of Rs. 110, which was accepted. The latter shewed me spe-

cimens of coal from Keurah, also lumps of iron pyrites from the same

place, and specimens of crystallized and compact sulphur from the

neighbourhood of Mokudd.

March 20th.—Pind Dadud Khan.—Accompanied by Jowhair Mukl,

one of the Missers Munshies, I started at daybreak to visit the dis-

trict where the salt mines of Keurah occur, and where a coal was said to

1849, | Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 665

exist. Distance from Pind Dadud Khan to foot of the hills is about

3 miles, where the road becomes very bad, being covered with loose

rounded boulders which have rolled down from the heights above.

From the foot of the hills to the salt mine village of Keurah is about

2 miles, through a valley surrounded on each side by rocks of red brick-

coloured marl, full of white masses of saccharine gypsum, and resting

on a conglomerate of red sandstone. ‘This red marl appears to be the

matrix of the rock salt which is found in greatest abundance at Keurah,

where there are no less than 10 shafts sunk into the marl for the pur-

pose of extracting the article, which is deposited in large quantity

around the village as it is brought out of the mine by the workers.

The principal shaft at present worked is to the right of the village, the

entrance to which is by an opening about 7 feet high cut in the red

marl, and leading into a passage which sometimes ascending, at others

descending, at last reaches a chamber 30 feet in height, 40 feet long and

640 feet from the mouth of the shaft, and excavated entirely from the

rock salt, of which there yet seems abundance, above and below and on

either side. In this chamber men, women and children are engaged

working the salt by the light of small lamps hung on the walls of the

mineral, and their appearance in the dim light is highly striking—their

faces and bodies being covered with a saline incrustation. In the bot-

tom of the chamber is a hole filled with brine, said to be of great depth,

and to communicate with the other shafts in the neighbourhood. The

salt occurs in three varieties—the red, white and glassy, but the former

is preferred for culinary purposes, as containing, it is said, less reshuh—a

term which we presume means “ ¢mpurities.”’ Although the salt occurs

in greatest abundance in the chamber, it is seen all along the passage

leading to it, until within 100 feet of the surface, when it becomes

mixed with shining masses of crystallized gypsum imbedded in the red

marl and which occurs in great quantity in the salt range, both compact

and crystallie. In the mine great annoyance is experienced at times

by the falling in of the roof and sides of the workings, which might in a

great degree be prevented and many lives saved, if proper means were

taken to support the roof and sides of the rock from which the salt is

extracted, very insufficient means being at present employed, and hence

the frequency of accidents. Salt is only extracted from the mines for

8 or 9 months in the year, the danger of working during the rains from

666 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. [Jury,

the falling in of the roof of the mines, preventing all operations from

being carried on. In the salt mine village of Keurah, there are about

650 inhabitants, 400 of whom are employed in the mines, from which

are extracted, according to Misser Gyan Chund, from 48, to 50,000

maunds of salt per annum, at an expense of from Rs. 2, 2-4 to 2-8 per

100 maunds, according to the quality of the salt excavated, and which

is sold at Rs. 2 per maund at the mouth of the pit.

Above the red marl containing the salt is a saulpion of conglomerate,

sandstone and limestone strata, presenting a steep escarpment to the

south and dipping gradually to the N. or N. W. at angles which vary

at different points examined. The coal of Keurah is situated about a

mile from the salt mine, and to the N. E. and is imbedded in a series of

thin laminated sandstones and bituminous shales, charged with alumi-

nous earth and pyrites, The seam is about 2 ft. to 25 ft. thick, and

rests on a blue clay, into which I dug 6 ft. without getting through it.

The coal dips to the N. W. with the other strata, and may be traced

across a valley for about 30 yards, where it appears to thin out among

the blue clay on which it rests. Large samples were obtained of this

coal and brought to Pind Dadud Khan. It burns readily to a brown

ash, and gives out a powerful heat, but we fear its position in the midst

of the hills, which is difficult of access, would render the working of it,

supposing it to exist in a regular seam, a most expensive business. In

a limestone in connection with the coal, I detected numerous fragments

of fossil shells, a fact of great interest, and which we trust will give a

elue to the geological formation in which the coal beds occur, and which

we are inclined to consider comparatively recent. The fossils are found

at a height certainly not less than 15, or 1600 feet above the level of

the sea, 2,100 feet being I think generally given as the height of

the salt range. Got back at sunset to my tents at Pind Dadud

Khan.

March 2\st.—Visited again theseam of coal and hills in the neighbour-

hood of Keurah, but could find no traces of more coal, the seam apparent-

ly dipping under the strata forming the range tothe N. The coal seems

evidently to occur in strata superior to the salt, and hence will probably

turn out to be one of those lignites, or irregular deposits, of coal, which

im circumstances favorable to their working, have been excavated from

time to time at Brora in Sutherlandshire in Scotland, Boney Tracy in

1849. } Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. - 667

England, and on various parts of the continent, especially along the

Rhine. I had the fortune to-day to discover about a dozen species

of fossil shells and several other fossils of great interest, of all which

and of the strata of the range a collection has been made. In the

shales containing the coal a quantity of a luminous earth and iron

pytites exists, from which the alum of commerce could be obtained.

Crystals of sulphate of magnesia were found in connection with the

alum shales and specimens preserved. Returned to Pind Dadud Khan

at sunset.

March 22nd.—Pind Dadud Khan.—Received visits from Missers

Rula Ram and Gyan Chand, who have yielded me every assistance in

their power in the prosecution of my investigation of the range of hills.

Visited the mint here, which is under the superintendence of the for-

mer. Silver is collected in all directions in the shape of old rupees,

bangles and silver ornaments, which after being refined are converted

into the new Lahore Rupee. At present the silver from which rupees

are being manufactured, are Mahmoud Shah Rupees from the Hazara

and countries to the north, and of the value of about 12 annas. These

contain copper and lead, which is separated from them previous to

their being converted into the new rupees. This is effected by the |

process of cupellation, and which is performed in a very simple but

effective way. A hole is dug m the earth according to the size of the

cupel to be made, into this hole a quantity of wood ashes is thrown,

moistened with water and wrought up into a saucer-shaped vessel, its

sides projecting above the level of the ground. On these are placed

two pieces of fire clay so as to increase the depth of the cupel and

encircle its mouth, except for about 3 inches at one side, in which is

inserted the mouth of a tube connected with a mussuck to act as a

bellows. This apparatus being prepared, the cupel is filled with char-

coal, on which after it is ignited the silver to be refined is thrown, and

in the case of the Mahmoud Shah Rupees, an equal weight of lead is

thrown in along with them so as during its oxidation to carry all the

copper into the substance of the cupel, and leave the pure silver behind.

The experiment we saw performed was on Rs. 1000, and the operation

was finished in two hours, during which time an intense heat was kept up

by the bellows. The lead and copper are afterwards extracted from the

cupel by ordinary means, and contain a little silver, probably in conse-

4r2

668 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. [ Jury,

quence of the quantity of lead used being in excess of the proper pro-

portion to the amount of copper contained in the assay.

The silver being obtained of sufficient purity to constitute the new

rupees, which are said to be pure silver, it is cut into bars about the

breadth of a rupee and handed over to an artificer, who cuts these into

the necessary weights to constitute the rupees. This being done, the

rough bits of silver are heated to redness on hot charcoal, and when hot

are beaten on an anvil with a round-headed hammer into the shape and

size of the standard rupee. In this state they are handed over to a

man who finishes them by impressing the necessary inscription, which

is done on a die of a most simple description, being an anvil with a

round and highly tempered steel surface, on which the inscription is

engraved in reverse. On this the rupee is placed, and on it a punch

with a round and highly tempered steel face, on which the inscription to

be impressed on the upper side of the rupee is carved. The punch

being applied to the rupee, a smart blow from a heavy hammer is given

by a man who stands in front of the one in charge of the die, and wha

holds the punch in his left hand and a handful of raw rupees in his

right, the lower die being firmly fixed in a strong case. In this way

40 rupees were passed through the die well engraved, in one minute,

and the artificer said that on an average he could engrave 1500 per

hour. From 1000 Mahmoud Shah rupees, 750 new Lahore rupees

are manufactured.

March 23rd.—Pind Dadud Khan.—Left Pind Dadud Khan at sun-

rise for the purpose of visiting a point of the salt range to the W. of

Keurah, and to the N. W. of the former town, where the range seemed

to attain a great height, the fort of Dundhote being built on it. The

ascent being very difficult and rocky, was obliged to leave my horse

behind and go on foot to climb the hills. As before, the lower part of

the range at this point is formed of the saliferous red marl, but at pre-

sent is not excavated for salt. Above this is a succession of sandstones

and conglomerates, almost destitute of vegetation on their surface and

dipping to the N. W. at a considerable angle. Superimposed upon

these and a considerable distance below the fort of Dundhote, there

occurs a series of fossil sandstones and bituminous shales, among which

a seam of coal 2 ft. thick is found, in every character appearing the same

as the one described as occurring at Keurah, 2 or 3 miles distant. It

| &

1849.] Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 669

does not however appear of so good a quality, but from its position in

the heart of the hills, where no beast of burden could at present reach

it, can never be worked to advantage. In relation to it I met with the

same limestone as at Keurah, and obtained several fossils in addition to

those I got at the latter place, among which was an Echinus, and a spe-

cies of coral, besides several species of shells. Above the coal shales is

a succession of calcareous sandstones, generally of light red color, and

resting on these is a bold escarpment of a limestone rock, apparently

siliceous and containing large numbers of flints such as are found in the

English chalk formation. From the strata below this the water that

issues is perfect brine, while from the limestone the water flows sweet

and good, and is most refreshing to any one who attempts to climb such

hills. I reached the top of the range at the fort of Dundhote about 3

Pp. M., and was quite taken by surprise by finding on the gentle north-

ern slope of the limestone strata, which we are inclined to identify with

the chalk formation, a beautiful garden in the midst of a comparative

desert—crops of wheat, barley, &c. being in full growth on the soil

formed by the decomposition of the limestone. This fort seems to be

placed on one of the highest points of the range, and commands a most

extensive view. It is said to be within 4 miles of Kutas, and from it

Choe, a fortress in the hills, is well seen. After resting a little, began

the descent of the hills, which from the rough road was almost as diffi-

cult as the ascent, and reached my tents at Pind Dadud Khan about

‘dark, pretty well knocked up with my day’s work, which however well

repaid me for the labour of the ascent.

March 24th.—Pind Dadud Khan.—Received visits from Missers

Gyan Chund and Rulla Ram, and dispatched diary to Lahore. Again

visited the Mint to witness the process employed for the revival of the

lead, copper and small portion of silver absorbed by the cupel alluded

to in diary of 22nd, but which presented nothing uncommon; a mix-

ture of Swee (Carbonate of Soda), and Borax being used to reduce the

oxidized metals to a metallic state. Sujee, a coarse Carbonate of Soda, is

manufactured near this in quantity by burning a Chenopodeaceous

plant, probably allied to Salsola, from the ashes of which it is ob-

tained. This occurs in great quantity wherever the soil is impregnated

with salt, as is the case in the plains at the foot of the salt range.

March 25th.—Pind Dadud Khan, to Ruttipind.—Visited the vil-

670 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. (Jury,

lage of Tober, where during the rains, on account of the heat and mus-

quitoes, the inhabitants of the salt mine village of Keurah are obliged

to take refuge, completely deserting the latter. It is situated at a

considerable height above the salt mine to the west of the road to Ku-

tass, and is built on the sandstone strata which rest on the saliferous

red marl. The access to it is by a narrow footpath cut out of the

rocks, the ascent of which is very steep. The huts of the village are

all built of stone, cemented with mud and are flat-roofed. Beyond this

village are a succession of heights rising one above the other of sand-

stones and conglomerates, the former at times highly calcareous and

dipping to the N. at an angle of 35° or 40°. Ascending towards the

white cliffs above the village of Ruttipind or Goomrali, one comes on a

series of friable white and yellow calcareous sandstones of a coarse kind,

succeeded by a series of dark-coloured bituminous shales full of gypsum

and pyrites and interlaminated with thin beds of a yellow clay. These

shales are from 30 to 35 feet thick, and inclosed in them I discovered

two seams of coal, the lower 2 ft. thick and separated from the upper,

which is 4 ft. thick by about a foot of shales. Both seams were traced

down a valley for 50 or 60 yards, but the coal does not appear so good

as that of Keurah, being more brittle and containing a good deal of clay.

Above the shales is a yellow marl containing a few shells ; and super-

imposed on this the same limestone containing abundance of fossils as

found at Keurah, Dundhote, &c. Covering this is the white siliceous

limestone full of flints. It contains fossils, and forms the summit of

the hills of the range. On reaching the top of these a series of valleys

running east and west is presented to view, yielding good crops and

abundance of sweet water, and forming a striking contrast to the south-

ern aspect of the salt range. Close to the village of Ruttipind there is

a large kutcha tank of water. In the afternoon got back to Keurah

and visited another salt mine about + mile distant, called Lugoowalla.

This mine yields a very large quantity of salt of the best quality, and

is very easily worked. The entrance to it is at a considerable height on

the side of a hill, and the descent into the mine is by a series of steps.

The salt is close to the surface, and in the interior of the mine enormous

masses of salt are lymg which have become detached from its roof and

sides, and under which the various passages lead to an immense distance.

The temperature of this mine was much lower than the Keurah one,

1849. | Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 671

but having through an accident broken my thermometer was unable to

ascertain it exactly. There is a good deal of moisture in the mine, and

probably to this cause may be assigned its comparative coolness. The

salt appears quite inexhaustible, and to be deposited in strata with their

partings of red marl, and dipping to the N. at an angle of 35° or 40°.

The roof of the mine is here and there rent and cracked in an extraor-

dinary way, and is incrusted with a salt effiorescence as well as with sta-

lactites of salt, which with the dim light in which they are seen, pre-

sent a most striking appearance. Some of these were upwards of a foot

in length and much resembled the stalactites of carbonate of lime so of-

ten seen under bridges or in caves. Goolab Sing is the last individual who

has visited this mine from curiosity, which is considered rather unsafe

from the loose state of the rocks forming its roof and sides. It is howe-

ver by far the most wonderful of the mines in the neighbourhood. Got

back to Pind Dadud Khan late in the evening.

March 27th.—Pind Dadud Khan to Baghanwalla, 10 kos.—ULeft

Pind Dadud Khan this morning and marched to Baghanwalla, a dis-

tance of fully 10 kos, to the east of the former town, the road leading

through a well cultivated plain running parallel to the salt range. With-

in about 2 miles of Baghanwalla the road becomes very stony and bad,

and the soil in its neighbourhood studded with bushes of Salvadora,

Capparis, Aphylla, Asclepias gigantia, Zizyphus, &c. &c. which reach

up to the very foot of the range. When these have been removed good

crops of barley are raised, water being abundant for the purpose of ir-

rigation. The village is situated at the foot of a valley, and is built on

the sandstone forming the base of the hills. No salt is got here, al-

though the ground is in many places incrusted with a salt efflorescence,

and the red gypsum marl prevails, but not nearly to the extent that it

does to the east. The comparative’ absence of salt in the rocks around

the place is evinced by the much greater amount of vegetation prevail-

ing on their surface, which in many places is covered with trees of small

size, so as to give a green appearance. In the afternoon visited some

of the heights to the east of the village, but saw no traces of coal or

other minerals of importance. The red saliferous marl is succeeded by a

series of bluish grey soft argillaceous fissile sandstones dipping to the

N. N. W. at a considerable angle, and on which rests a blue calcareous

sandstone. Above this isa fawn colored siliceous fine grained lime-

672 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. [Juny,

stone of considerable thickness, on which rests a series of variegated

sandstones enclosing nodules of a greenish clay. The prevailing color

of these strata is blood red, and on their northern slopes, which form a

succession of valleys, vegetation seems to thrive. We here found a

species of Nerium growing on the banks of the rivulets, a Scrophularia,

a Viola? and several other interesting plants. In the clear stream

which runs through the village of Baghanwalla, there are numerous

small fish of a species of Salmon? Cyprinus and Cobitis ? none of them

however longer than 6 inches ; a species of crab is also frequently to be

seen in the fresh water streams of the range, and even close to its sum-

mit.

28th March.—Baghanwalla.—Visited the coal seam which occurs in

a small valley about 3 miles N. E. from this, in the middle of the hills»

which from the neighbourhood of Baghanwalla to the point where the

coal is seen, are of a blood red color, from the sandstone rocks on their

surface. The coal, as in the other localities where the mineral is found

in this neighbourhood, is associated with a marl, bituminous shales and

limestones full of fossils, and in this locality these occur in the succes”

sion mentioned, resting on the variegated sandstones constituting the

middle part of the hills. The coal seam is included in a yellow calca-

reous marl and is in some places 5 ft. in thickness. Above the marl,

and. within a foot of the coal, the limestone is full of shells, indeed it ap-

pears to be composed of them ; and onit isa stratum of chalk limestone,

which seems the representative of the siliceous flinty limestone which

in other points of the range is so largely developed. The coal seam

can be traced on each side of the valley where it is best seen, for at least

4a mile, in some places appearing to degenerate into highly bitumi-

nous shales, and in others to form really good coal, the best and thickest

part of the seam being in the valley above mentioned. The seam dips

conformably with the strata above and below to the N. N. W. at an

angle of 45° to 50°, and from its general appearance and the geological

character of the rocks and fossils with which it is associated, appears to

us to be, if not the same, at least one much resembling the seams at

Keurah, Dundhote and Ruttipind, and differing from these apparently

in their being a less development of bituminous shales, their place being

supplied by the lignite seam, which in some places includes brown

masses of half decomposed vegetable matter. Above the carboniferous

1849. | Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 673

strata is imposed a grey friable sandstone, which is succeeded by a series

of strata forming a range of low hills running N. N. E. towards Doo-

meyala, and between the village of Futtipoor and mount Tillah. These

strata appear to be a succession of soft sandstones of a red and blue

color, and appear to dip towards mount Tillah, which is about 20 miles

distant. In the coal large masses of sienite or crystallized gypsum

are found imbedded, and in the shales large quantities of iron pyrites.

Good samples of the coal were taken, which from its position in the

heart of the hills, and from the high inclination of the strata could

only be worked at a large expense. In the hills around Baghanwalla,

I on two occasions saw an animal known to the natives by the name

of Ouriar. Once only had I an opportunity of approaching them ;

unfortunately I had not my gun with me. They roam about in flocks of

6 or 8, the female resembles a small female antelope, but is of stouter

make and of a dark brown color. The male is much larger, has the

body of a deer, but the head resembles that of a ram. In the indivi-

dual we saw, the horns were large and curved backwards on the head.

He was of a dark brown color and had a streak of long black coarse

hair extending from his chin to his breast. They are very wary and

but seldom allow people to approach. Porcupines are frequently seen,

and leopards are by no means uncommon.

March 29th.— Baghanwalla.—Being anxious to trace the fossiliferous

limestone above the coal to the W. of the position where that mineral is best

seen, I crossed the highest part of the range of hills behind Baghanwalla,

when I came upon the flinty siliceous sandstone, and traced this gradu-

ally to the east, until it was covered by apparently a series of sandstone

strata forming the low range of hills stretching towards Mt. Doomwala,

and through which the small stream, the Bunnah, flows, in whose

sand gold is collected in small quantity. The fossiliferous limestone

is in some places well seen, as also the marl, including the bituminous

shales, in which the coal occurs, but owing to the immense quantities of

loose stones which have rolled down from the heights, no good sections

of the coal seam could be got until within about a mile of the valley

before mentioned, where it occurs of best quality and most largely de-

veloped. In the neighbourhood of Baghanwalla the following appears

to be the order of succession of the rocks composing the range com-

mencing at the base.

674 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. (Jury,

1. A compact red sandstone, on which rests

2. The red saliferous marl containing large masses of gypsum, both

saccharine and crystallized, and covered with a saline incrustation.

3. <A series of red and brown sandstones of various thickness and

fineness, with here and there conglomerates.

4. Aseries of blue slaty soft argillaceous sandstones of consider-

able thickness, and towards their upper part becoming calcareous, so as

to form a bad sort of limestone of a bluish colour.

5. A light fawn-colored limestone of a siliceous character, and de-

void of fossils.

6. A thick series of dark blood red sandstones and fine conglome-

rates, containing nodules of a greenish clay, and interlaminated with

thin strata of clay of a blue color. In the sandstones vegetable im-

pressions resembling the fronds of Fuci were noticed, and also ripple

marks, but no other fossils.

7- Yellow marl.

8. Bituminous shales with coal.

9. Marl and shell limestone running into a cherty limestone, con-

aining bodies resembling nummulites, and minute shells.

10. Sandstones of a blue and red color stretching to the N. E. and

interlaminated apparently with strata of blue clay. These sandstones

are only noticed towards the east of Baghanwalla, and seem deficient on

the western part of the range.

N. B. Sungi Momiaz is the local name of coal in this district, and is

used extensively by the hakims as a medicine, administered internally

along with milk, in all bruises, wounds or external injuries, and it is

said with wonderful effect.

Gypsum, known here by the name of Aberuch, is not used for any

purpose, the natives being ignorant of its properties when calcined.

March 30th.—Returned to Pind Dadud Khan, passing on the way

the villages of Gureebwalla, Tudial, Riwal and Kusseli. A practice

prevails among the zemindars of this district of ploughing up the paths

which exist between the villages, which proves a source of great

annoyance to travellers, there being in some places no road or path left.

In the evening received visits from the two Missers, who communicated

the intelligence of Mool Raj’s resignation of office and of Mr. Agnew

being about to be sent to Mooltan along with Shem Shere Sing. Left

specimens of Baghanwalla coal with Misser Gyan Chund.

1849.) Trip to Pind Dadun Khan and the Salt Range. 675

March 31st.—Pind Dadud Khan to Choee, 8 kos.—Crossed the

salt range to Choee. On the southern slope of the range the road is most

execrable, but on reaching the ridge or highest point at Dundhote, it

somewhat improves—the ascents and descents being of less height, and

several well cultivated valleys intervening. From Dundhote to Choee

the strata seem entirely composed of a siliceous flinty limestone, which

by atmospheric influence disintegrates into round boulders, which strew

the face of the hills and valleys and render the road very bad for

horses or camels. As the traffic between the south and north sides

of the range at this point is considerable, it is much to be desired that

a road were made on which loaded camels could travel with ease,—a

project which we should think could be effected without any great

difficulty or expense, from the soft character of the rocks, on the south

gide in particular, where a good road is most required in consequence

of the ascent being greatest. All along the southern slope of the

range sweet water is abundant, and at Choee a clear running stream

commences and continues its course to the famous tank at Kutass.

To the N. W. of Choee, about 2 miles, is a hill of considerable height

called Kuringuli, on the top of which, in a limestone rock, grains

or rather small cubical crystals of Sulphuret of Antimony ?* are

found, which is considered of very fine quality, and sells at a higher

price here than that brought from the northern countries. Kuringuli

appears to be based upon the same flinty limestone as extends from

Dundhote to Choee, but above it are a series of calcareous sandstones,

conglomerates and sandstones of a brownish colour, on which reposes the

arenaceous limestone containing the Surma, all these strata appearing

to dip towards the plain of Dunni to the N. The Surma occurs in but

small quantity and is collected chiefly after rain by the villagers, who

find itin the channels made by the water running down the ravines.

At the very top of the hill, on its south western escarpment, there seems

to have existed a small vein of it, a sort of cave having been excavated

in the limestone rock, down the face of which the villagers descend by

means of a rope to search for the mineral, in which attempts, two indivi-

duals have lost their lives in consequence of the cutting of the rope,

by which they had suspended themselves, they having fallen into the

valley below, a height of at least 200 feet. From the western side of

* Sulphuret of Lead, or Galena. (See Report.)

482

676 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. [Juxy,

Kuringuli a series of sandstone strata are seen stretching to the W.

forming as it were a natural boundary between the Illaquas of Chungur

and Thunni. These strata, as seen from the top of Kuringuli, appear

to dip to the N. W. under the plain of Thunni, and rest on the strata

forming that hill, being in appearance exactly similar to those seen at

Baghanwalla, as stretching towards Mount Doomeyala, and evidently of

a more recent character than the strata on which they repose.

April 1st.—Choee to Kutass, 4 kos.—From Choee came unto Ku-

tass this morning, the road leading through a series of valleys sur-

rounded by limestone hills, through which the clear stream of water

flows towards Kutass, which commences at Choee and on the sides of

which a fine green sward exists. Around Kutass the limestone hills in

some places are covered with a recent kind of limestone commonly

known under the name of Travertine, and which when burned yields

a remarkably white and fine lime, a property of which the natives of

this place are well aware, and for which they quarry it extensively.

The same Travertine is seen at Dundhote, Baghanwalla, &c. resting on

the siliceous flint limestone, and frequently contains perfect impressions

of leaves, &c. on which the lime forming the recent rock, has been de-

posited from water, originally holding it in solution.

The difference in the character of the rocks on the north and south

sides of the salt range, gives to the vegetation an equally different ap-

pearance. On the south side, and where the salt rocks occur, the soil

is barren in the extreme, but whenever one gets above their influence

trees and shrubs occur, giving a green appearance to the sides of the

hills in the valleys, between which, especially on the north side of the

range, good crops of barley and wheat are raised. At Kutass the fa-

mous tank of water is formed in a fissure of the flinty limestone rock,

and is said by the natives to be of such a depth that though a faqueer

spent two years in making a rope, he could not in that time make it

long enough to reach to the bottom of the tank,—a fact, the value of

which only depends upon the length of rope he really manufactured,

information on which point I could not obtain. Being anxious to as-

certain if the alledged depth was really correct, I procured a rope about

300 yards long, to which a heavy weight was attached, and entrusting it

to a man seated on a charpoy supported by inverted gurrahs, by navi-

gating which on the surface of the tank, I obtained the depths at

1849. | Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 677

several hundred points, but in no case found it greater than 23 feet, a

fact which we think disproves its alledged depth, although we have no

doubt that a small fissure exists in the bottom of the tank in the lime-

stone rock, by which the superfluous water is carried off to a lower level,

there being no apparent exit for the water flowing into it. At pre-

sent there is an immense concourse of people at this place, which from

its beautiful position in the heart of the hills, is well chosen as a resi-

dence for faqueers.

April 2nd.—Kutass.—Despatched diary to Lahore, and being Sun-

day halted.

April 3rd.—Kutass to Kuhar, 10 kos——Came unto Kuhar this

morning, a distance of about 10 kos. The road leads through a series

of valleys between a lower range of hills and about 3 or 4 miles from

the high ridge of the range. Towards Kuhar the flinty limestone is

here and there capped by calcareous sandstone and conglomerates, which

to the north become more and more abundant. Kuhar is situated to

the W. of a salt water lake m a valley surrounded by hills composed of

strata far superior to those yielding salt, which is excavated about 3

miles south from Kuhar at a village called Surdi. This lake is pro-

bably identical with the salt lake of the same name laid down in Tassin’s

map to the south of the salt range. Its water is a perfect brine, but whence

the salt is derived could not be ascertained. To the west of the lake the

water is sweet and good and in great abundance, issuing from the lime-

stone rock ina clear stream behind the village of Kuhar, and flowing to-

wards the west, a very small portion of it running into the lake; at the east-

ern extremity of which a small burn which drains a valley near the salt

depét, and which at the time we passed it was nearly dry, appears to

enter. The banks of the lake are covered with a saline incrustation,

but I could get no information as to whether salt was deposited from

the waters in the lake by evaporation, which must be the case if salt

springs still continue to flow into it, a fact which we could not as-

certain.

The surface of the lake is covered with wild fowl which collect in

great quantity wherever the smallest stream of fresh water enters, and

in the neighbourhood of which their food is probably found. We could

not learn that any fish existed in the lake, the banks of which are

formed of a soft foeted blue mud covered with a thin sward. Fevers

678 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. [JuLy,

are prevalent at Kuhar, and no doubt are the result of the malarious

exhalation of the lake. As coal was said to occur to the north of

Kuhar, I visited the locality at a place called Narwa, where a clear

stream has cut its way to the depth of at least 200 ft. through a series

of soft friable sandstones of a greyish colour, interlaminated with beds

of red and blue indurated clays, all of which dip to N. N. W. at

an angle of 25°, and seem from their general appearance to be identical

with those which abut on Kuringuli and stretch west between the

Illaguas of Thunni and Kuhoong, their lower strata resting on the

flinty limestone which forms the ridge of the salt range. At the bot-

tom of the valley above mentioned and nearly on a level with the

stream, masses of coal of a totally different character from any hitherto

seen make their appearance, but in no regular seam, being evidently the

remains of trunks of trees which in these strata have become converted

into coal of the character of Jet, and in which in some specimens the

fibrous character of the altered wood is most distinctly seen. This

coal occurs in the soft friable grey sandstone, and near it I found dis-

tinct marks of leaves in the sandstone (probably those of a palm),

destitute however of coaly matter. No other organisms could be found

associated with the coal, but in an indurated blue clay above the sand-

stone indistinct marks of these were observed- The strata above men-

tioned seem evidently of a more recent character than those to the

south, and appear to dip under the plain of the Ilaqua of Thunni. On

the tops of the hills formed by these strata large deposits of travertine

occur of the same character as described at Kuhar, &c.

P. S. Can the small fresh water rivulet which forms the valley of

Nurwa be the drainage of the tank at Kutass ?

April 4th.—Kuhar to the salt mines of Surdi.—Left Kuhar this

morning for the purpose of visiting the salt mines of Surdi on the

south face of the salt range, and within a couple of miles of the plain

of Jhelum. From Kuhar to the salt mine village of Surdi, a distance of

fully 6 miles, the road gradually ascends through a series of cultivated

valleys between hills, covered with bushes of an Acanthaceous shrub,

probably a species of Hypoestes, which abounds on the salt range

ground and affords a good shelter to Chicore and Pheasants, the former

of which are at this point very abundant. These hills are apparently

composed of a continuation of the same series of strata as seen to the

1849, | Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 679

N. of Kuhar, beneath which are a succession of conglomerates of a

calcareous character, interlaminated with a limestone much resembling

that of Kuringuli where the Surma occurs. Beneath these strata and

as one approaches the highest ridge of the range at Surdi, the flint

limestone crops out and forms the top of its bold southern escarpment,

being deposited ina stratum at least 200 ft. thick, on the northern

slope of which is a very richly cultivated valley stretching E. and W.

On descending from Surdi the same shell limestone and marl as is

found above the coal to the eastward was seen beneath the flint lime-

stone, but the position of the carboniferous strata was completely

obsured by the enormous masses of rock which have fallen from the

disintegrating limestone above, and which are accumulated between this

and the variegated sandstone strata beneath the coal-beds. We are

satisfied the same lignite bed occurs here as to the east, and if diligent

search were made in the neighbourhood I believe it would be found,

although we were unsuccessful, being unable on account of the intense

heat to search at various points as we could have wished.

The salt mines of Surdi, three of which I visited, have been more

recently opened than those to the east, and appear to be constructed

on a better plan ; good flights of steps being cut out of the salt to faci-

litate the ascent and descent of the mine, and the roof of the passages

being well supported by cross beams of wood. The salt appears of

excellent quality, close to the surface and remarkably compact. These

mines are under the management of Peer Mohumodeen, who stated

that 40,000 maunds of salt were annually extracted from the mines at

this place, and which is sent chiefly to Kashmir and the north.* The

salt as it is raised from the mine is conveyed on camels to a depdt about

2 miles from Kuhar on the road to Kutass, none of it being sent to the

south side of the range.

April 5th.—Kuhar to Noorpoor Suhutta, 9 kos.—From Kuhar came

on this morning to Noorpoor Suhutta. The road skirts along the foot

of the flinty limestone hills and through valleys generally well culti-

vated, but which seem to be but scantily supplied with water. Noor-

poor is nearly S. W. from Kuhar, and situated more on the ridge of

the range than the latter place. Around it there is rich cultivation,

* We are inclined to doubt the accuracy of the amount of salt excavated here as

stated above.

680 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range- [| J uLyY,

water being abundant within 8 feet of surface. The flint limestone

generally prevails here, being at times capped by the soft friable sand-

stones and conglomerates which form the lower part of the northern

slope of the salt range.

April 6th.—Noorpoor and Nilawan coal.—A little to the south of

Noorpoor, and above the Nilawan salt mines, the flint limestone forms

a precipice at least 150 feet high, beneath which is the same shell lime-

stone as is found in other localities to the E. above the coal beds, and

only differs at this point in being more arenaceous. Beneath the shell

limestone is the yellow marl, succeeded by bituminous shales at least 30

feet thick, in which two small seams of coal occur 8 inches in thickness

and separated from each other by about a foot of shales. The coal is

identical in character with that to the eastward, and the carboniferous

strata at this point seem only to differ from those to the east in their

being a less deposit of coal and a greater development of bituminous

shales. Beneath the coal is the usual succession of sandstones, conglo-

merates, &e. reposing on the red saliferous marls of the Nilawan salt

mines, at present closed. Samples of this coal were preserved and sent

along with a specimen of the Kuhar Jet coal to the care of Misser Gyan

Chund at Pind Dadud Khan, to await my return to that place.

April 7th.—Noorpoor to Jabba, 10 kos.—From Noorpoor came on

to Jabba, a distance of 10 kos, passing the villages of Monara, Pudral

and Pyle—near the latter place, the plain of the Jhelum is distinctly

seen, and at this point there is a sort of valley across the salt range,

through which a good camel road is said to exist leading to the village

of Kutta on the south side of the range. From Noorpoor to Pyle the

road is very rough, leading along hills of the flinty limestone, but from

Pyle to Jabba the direction is northerly, and the sandstone strata ap-

pears forming amore level country than to the south. At Jabba the

water is near the surface, and raised from wells sunk about 6 feet in the

ground. To the north of the place the strata seem altogether com-

posed of soft friable sandstones, conglomerates and clays, which dip ata

very small angle towards the plain of the Ilaqua of Chingee, and which

are part of the same series as rest on the flinty limestone towards the

ridge of the range, and are evidently of a much more recent character.

They seem to be comparatively destitute of organic remains, although

nodules of peroxide of iron are abundant in them, and which has pro-

bably been accumulated around a centre of some organic matter.

1849. | Trip to Pind Dadud Khan. and the Salt Range. 681

April 8th.—Jabba to Tillah, 14 kos.—Being informed there was no

road for camels along the first N. slope of the range, marched to Tillah,

which is nearly due north from Jabba. Between these places soft grey

sandstones and conglomerates, interlaminated with beds of reddish clay,

occur, by the desintegration of which a soilis formed which is tolerably

productive in the neighbourhood of wells, these being however very

scarce to the 8. of Tillah, but increasmg in number as one descends to

that place, which is situated on the N. bank of a dry nullah of consi-

derable size, from the sands of which gold is regularly washed. Ata

village called Nukha, about 3 miles E. of Tillah, gold is found in consi-

derable abundance in a nullah which flows through a valley enclosed on

each side by soft sandstone, in which the gold occurs. The Gambir is

the name of the nullah, and washing its sands ; about 150 men are con-

stantly employed ; a part of the nullah having been fixed upon for the

operation, the superficial stratum of sand is removed, and that beneath

collected with a wooden shovel and carried to the spot where it is to be

washed—generally close at hand. The washing‘is effected in a long

wooden box, resembling a small flat-bottomed boat, wide at one end

and narrow at the other, where there is an opening. The wide end of

this box or Troon, as it is called, is slightly elevated, so as to give its flat

bottom a gentle inclination towards its forepart, and a coarse sieve of

Sirkee or twigs of wood is then placed on the wide end of the box. On

this, portions of sand are from time to time thrown, a stream of water

being dashed upon them, by which means the fine sand is washed into

the troon, the coarse gravel being retained on the sieve. By continu-

ing the washing, the lighter particles of the sand are carried down the

inclined bottom of the troon and escape at the opening in its forepart,

while the heavier and auriferous sand assumes the highest level next

the point where the stream of water is applied. In a very short time

nothing remains in the bottom of the troon but a thin stratum of black

magnetic iron sand, by washing which its lighter particles are removed

and the auriferous portion concentrated within narrow limits. When

this has been washed in the troon as much as is considered safe, it is

removed by the hand into a circular concave wooden platter, called a

Pattri, made of the Tali tree, and resembling a shield. In this, by a

circular motion it is agitated with water, by which means an additional

portion of the black sand is got rid of and washed away from the in-

682 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. [Juy,

clined sides of the Pattri by a stream of water skillfully applied. The

residue is then rubbed up witha little mercury, which quickly amal-

gamates with the gold sand, leaving the black portion behind. The

mercury containing the gold is then removed from the Patti, enclosed

in a fragment of cotton cloth, and placed on a bit of live chareoal, by

which means the mercury is speedily vaporized, leaving the yellow gold

behind entangled with the tinder of the cloth, from which, by rubbing,

it is easily removed. In this state it is taken to the goldsmiths, who by

fusing it with borax remove all impurities, which they say amount to

2 ruttees per tola weight, a fact however which we are inclined to

doubt. The gold of the Gambir is considered of very fine quality, and

of a rich yellow colour, differing from the Mokhudd gold, which is said

to be sufaid (white). At Nukha 15 troons are constantly at work, to

each of which 8 or 10 men are attached, 2 or 3 being occupied with

the operations of washing, while the rest are employed digging the

sand and bringing it to the troon. In the two rainy months 3 or 4 tolas

weight of gold are collected by each troon, which sells here at Rs. 18

in its crude state per tola. On the Illaqua of Tillah a tax is levied by

the Sirkar of Rs. 110 per annum on account of its gold.

The auriferous sandstone strata seem to stretch along the N. side of

the salt range, dipping under the plain situated between this and the

Hazara country, and extending west to the Indus.

Note.—From repeated enquiries among the gold sand washers I

could not discover that Platinum occurs, though this is most probable,

—these two precious metals being generally found associated. It would

remain behind in the heavy black sand after the mercury is removed by

amalgamation. The natives, contrary to their usual careful habits,

take no means for recovering the mercury used in the extraction of the

gold, apparently not being aware that such could be effected. In the

Hazara country the grains of gold are sometimes found of such size,

it is said, as to be capable of removal by picking them from the sand

in which they are contained.

April 9th.—Tillah.— Sunday. Despatched diary to Lahore.

April 10th.—Tillah to Lingewalla, 10 kos.—From Tillah came on

to Lingewalla, through a flat barren country, the soft sandstone strata

being close to the surface and covered only by a very shallow soil. On

this march water is very scarce, though to be found at a considerable

1849.] Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 683

depth. Around Lingewalla there are only 3 wells dug near the bed of

a small nullah, and in which the water at present is about 10 feet from

surface, and very good. Gold is also collected here, and at Luggur,

about 2 kos distant.

April 11th.—Lingewalla to Moultan, 10 kos.—Lingewalla to Moul-

tan, through a country of the same character as previous march, but

even more barren. Passed Tamun about 3 miles from Moultan, near

which is a nullah called the Unkur, where gold is found. At Moultan

gold is also washed from a nullah of the same name, in which are some

good sections of the sandstone, conglomerates and clay strata, which

dip to N. at an angle of 10°. From Tamun a road leads to Kalibagh

direct. |

April 12th.—Moultan to Trapp, 4 kos.—Came on to Trapp this

morning—a very short march. This village is situated on the W.

bank of the river Swauk or Surwauk which is famous for the amount

of gold it yields. At present it is but a small stream, being not more

than a foot deep and 30 ft. broad. On the road to Trapp passed the

villages of Shah Mahomed Walla and Jubbee. At Trapp there is a

good deal of cultivation, water being abundant and good near the sur-

face.

April 13th.—From Trapp came unto Mokhudd by a very hilly road.

This village is situated on the Indus, and in the angle formed by the

junction of a nullah of the same name with that river. At this point

the Indus does not appear above 400 yards wide, its course being N-

N. E. and S. S. W., and confined by soft sandstone and strata and.

conglomerates, which rise abruptly from the river, here flowing with

considerable rapidity. Conglomerates are at this point very abundant,

being chiefly composed of boulders of primitive rocks cemented in a

highly calcareous sand. Between Trapp and Mokhudd in many places

are deposits of diluvium full of rolled boulders of rocks of all ages,

apparently increasing as one approaches the Indus. Among these we

obtained a beautiful species of Delphinum, which we have not observed

before on the salt range.’ At Mokhudd the gold washing is carried on

extensively both in the sands of the Indus and nullah of same name.

According to Herr Bilas kardar, in the year 1844, 409 tolas of gold

were collected, on which Rs. 1280 of tax were levied by the Sirkar.

In 1845, 272 tolas, tax Rs. 988.

4) 702,

684 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. (Jury,

In 1846, 332 tolas, Do. Rs. 990.

At present the tax is Rs. 3-2 annas per ¢ola of 12 annas the rupee.

Great complaints were made by the sand-washers of their being

almost bound to sell the gold they collect to the Bioparees, who they

say will not pay them in money, but only give them an equivalent in

the shape of food and clothes. The gold here sells at Rs. 15 the

tola of 12 annas the rupee. The inhabitants of this place are de-

scribed as a very lawless set, and not at all inclined to pay attention to

the orders of Herr Bilas the kardar, who says he has much trouble

with them.

No coal is known to occur in this neighbourhood, the rocks being all

of a comparatively recent date. Sulphur occurs at Jubba, 18 kos

from Mokhudd on the Indus.

Mulk Ullah Yar Khan, jageerdar of Kalibag, came with his son to

meet me here, and presented a nuzzur of 11 Mahomed Shah rupees.

He stated that Captain Christopher took with him on his downward trip

in the Indus steamer 120 maunds of coal from Kalibag, two kinds of -

which there occur.

April \4th—Mokhudd to Kalibag by water, 12 kos.—From Mo-

khudd came down the Indus in a boat in 34 hours, the distance to

Kalibag in this way being 12 kos, while by land it is said to be 19,

and the road very bad, the villages of Kani, Miker, Shucker and Musan

intervening. From Mokhudd to Kalibag the river is confined within

narrow limits by the soft sandstone strata, which at the former place

are nearly horizontal and of moderate height above the river, while

towards the latter locality these ascend at a considerable angle, and at

Dunghote, 3 miles from Kalibag, form barren rocks of great height,

which overhang the river on each side and seem to stretch to the W.

forming a high range of hills. The course of the stream above Kalibag

seems very free of shallows or rocks; and apparently is of great depth,

flowing with a considerable current. Two miles below Mokhudd, on

W. bank of the river, is a small village, Ruckwan. Three miles lower

down on E. side is the entrance of the Swank river, a kos below which

is the small village of Peer Pyai; below this on opposite side are the

villages of Goli and Tulliah, from which latter place the strata on each side

of the river rapidly ascend to Dunghote, dipping to N. at an angle of

35°. Below Dunghote the salt mines appear on both sides of the river,

1849. | Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 685

the salt mine village of Maree being on the KE. bank, and about a mile

above Kalibag, where the Indus escapes from the hills and increases in

width as it flows through the level country of the Esan Khails on W.

and Kucha on E. side. Kalibag is but a small place, built on the W.

bank of the Indus, and close upon the river, its houses rising one above

the other in terraces on the side of a salt hill. The alum kilns form

the most striking feature of the village—their red mounds rising here

and there in the middle of the town. This, along with various manu-

factories of iron goods and cloths, constitute the chief employment of

the natives, who seem to suffer from goitre to a great extent, numerous

individuals being seen walking about with tumours on their necks as

large as their heads.

In Kalibag there are 14 alum works, 12 of which are at present

working. The alum is prepared from a black, highly bituminous shale

called Rol, containing a quantity of iron pyrites, and which is brought

_ from Cheetah, about 2 miles distant, and several other localities in the

hills around Kalibag. This shale is coarsely powdered and deposited

in layers about a foot thick, between each of which a thin stratum of

brushwood, grass or other combustible material is placed. These layers

being piled up toa height of 20 or 30 feet are set fire to, and the

whole allowed to burn slowly, water being from time to time sprinkled

on the mass, to facilitate the reaction of the ingredients in the kiln on

each other. When the combustion is completed, which occupies 6 or8

months, according to the size of the kiln, the shale has assumed a brick

red color and its surface is encrusted with a coating of alum mixed

with sulphate of iron. This burnt kiln affords the materials for the

alum preparations, and portions of it are deposited in a baked earthen

vat, which is constructed close to the kiln, and a little below the level

of its base, and in it are lixiviated with water. When this is satu-

rated with the crude alum, it is run off by an opening in the lower part

of the vat, into another one of the same dimensions and character,

when any muddy particles are allowed to settle. After being allowed

to rest in 2nd vat for 6 or 8 hours, it is then slowly run off into ano-

ther smaller one in a lower level, and close to a large evaporating iron

pan, into which the alum liquid is conveyed, and when boiling mixed

with a brownish earth which is here called Jumsau, and appears iden-

tical with the saline incrustation abundant in all jungles in the N. W.

686 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. | Juyy,

provinces, called Reh, and which is a mixture of sulphate with carbonate

of soda. When a proper quantity of this has been added, which is

judged of from the appearance of the liquid, the whole is allowed to

settle and the clear liquid then removed into smaller earthen vats, where

it is allowed slowly to crystallize for several days. By this means crys-

tals of alum are separated of a small size and pinkish color from the

brown impure mother liquor, from which they are removed, and allowed

to dry for a short time. These crystals are then fused in their own

water of crystallization in an iron pan, and when in a fluid state are

removed into gurrahs, where for 8 or 10 days they are allowed to crys-

tallize. The solid mass of alum in the interior of the gurrah is then

pierced with a pick and the gurrah inverted so as to allow any uncrys-

tallized alum liquor to escape. The gurrah is then broken, and the

alum moulted to its form, removed to the depot for sale or exportation.

It is generally of a light brown colour and evidently contains iron and

other impurities.

By acting on successive portions of the kiln in the above way, the

whole is by degrees converted into alum of marketable quality.

A kind of alum called Aaee, is prepared for dyers from a light grey

shale containing silky crystals, of what appear to be sub-sulphate of

alumina. This shale is coarsely powdered and dipped in the liquor

separated from the small crystals of alum. It is then removed and

dried in irregular shaped masses of about a seer weight each, which are

of a brownish color. When dry these get a second dip in the same

alum liquor, and are again dried, becoming of a tawny yellow colour, in

which state they are sold to dyers at 8 annas per maund.

The shale from which this variety of alum is manufactured is found

associated with the other alum shales around, but in moderate quantity.

Its price is 5 annas per maund. In Kalibag there are about 12,000

maunds of alum manufactured annually, which here sells at Rs. 3 per

maund. The average daily expenditure in all the alum works in the

village is stated as Rs. 12.

Note.—The Rol or alum shale is landed by workmen at the alum

works in Kalibag, at prices varying from 14 to 17 maunds the rupee,

according to the distance it has to be brought, the workmen being sup-

plied with mining instruments.

The price of the Jumsau, or earth which is added to the crude alum

1849. | Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 687

liquid, is 33: maunds for the rupee of 13 annas, which is universal here.

The lixiviating vats are 12 ft. square by 1 ft. 5 in. deep.

The evaporating vats in which the small crystals of alum are depo-

sited are 8 ft. 8 in. long, 5 ft. 5 in. broad and 1 ft. 5 in. deep.

The gurrahs in which it is finally crystallized are 1 ft. 8 in. deep,

the same breadth at shoulder, and 6 in. wide at mouth.

April 15th.— Kalibag.—Visited the salt mines here, which are situ-

ated on both sides of the river above Kalibag at a village called Maree.

The rock salt forms a hill between Kalibag and a nullah called the

Loon, which enters the Indus opposite Maree on the N. side of the river,

and is worked at various points from the surface, there being no need

for sinking mines, the rock salt having tumbled down in immense

masses from the heights above, requiring only to be broken into por-

tions fit for removal. The salt is of excellent quality on the EK. side

of the hill, but on its west side is mixed with a great deal of red

marl which deteriorates its quality. The stratification of the salt is

more apparent here than in any place we have seen to the E., and dips

to N. W. at anangle of 40°. The marl is interlaminated with a strata of

gypsum, which generally is of an earthy character, the saccharine

gypsum being less abundant than in salt marls to the east. The prin-

cipal salt workings on the N. side of the Indus at Kalibag are in the bed

of the Loon nullah, and on its W. side, the soft sandstone strata rising

up into a high range stretching N. on its E. side. About a mile from

the mouth of the nullah thin strata are seen crossing its beds and ex-

tendingalongits W. bank, reposing on other sandstones and conglomerates,

containing masses of siliceous limestone and primitive rocks. Beneath

these in regular succession appears a deposit of the same white siliceous

limestone with fossils, as seen to the E. and of great thickness, its

lower strata being arenaceous and succeeded by an immense develop-

ment of bituminous shales charged with pyrites and containing small

seams of coal, none larger that we saw than + of an inch to } an inch

thick. This is the shale from which the alum is made, and in it regu-

lar shafts are sunk, from which the shale is excavated ; one I measured

having a depth from surface of 207 feet. The working of the

shale is attended with frequent accidents, from the loose nature of the

strata which are constantly tumbling into the shaft. Here and there

the shales are interlaminated with beds of indurated calcareous

688 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. [Juny,

clays which abound in fossils, these being also detected in the

shales. At this point, known by the name of Chutah, one of the alum-

shale shafts spontaneously took fire 5 or 6 years ago, and has since

been steadily burning, and from the mouth of the mine a column of

smoke is at present constantly issuing resembling that from the funnel

of alarge steamer. The fire is evidently the result of the chemical

decomposition of the iron pyrites in the shale, an occurrence not at all

unfrequent in British Colleries. No workable seam of coal occurs

here as far as we could discover, its place being supplied by the exten-

sive deposit of bituminous alum shale. Beneath the shales several

strata of calcareous sandstone, conglomerates of older rocks and a succes-

sion of brown and red sandstones, which to the W. side of the salt range

become mixed with an extensive series of red and blue clays, and

bituminous shales, some having the appearance of a coarse coal, and

containing loose masses of a species of coal resembling jet, which may

be picked out of the shales in considerable quantity, but has none of

the characters of a regular coal seam. About 40 or 50 maunds of this

jet or fossil wood, and about the same quantity of bituminous shale,

supposed to be coal, were taken as fuel by Capt. Christopher in his

downward voyage in a steamer from Kalibag. The extensive develope-

ment of bituminous shales in the position here noticed among the

variegated sandstone strata above the salt, is quite different from what

is seen in the salt range to the E. as far as we have examined, these

being almost entirely confined to a position between the variegated

sandstones and white siliceous flint limestone, being apparently a number

of the latter deposit. Beneath the variegated sandstone shales, seemed

conglomerates of immense thickness, reposing on a light colored argi-

laceous limestone, between which and the salt marl, are various red and

brown sandstones and indurated red clays. All these strata, from the

siliceous flint limestone downwards to the salt, seem to dip to the N.

W. at an angle of from 40° to 45°, but in several places shew marks of

having been subjected to disturbing agencies.

Note.—The alum shale from both sides of the salt range is carried

on bullocks from the mouth of the pits to Kalibag, and if a seam or

seams of such lignite as is found at the various points already noticed

to the eastward would be discovered, it could be excavated in the same

way as the shales and removed to Kalibag at a trifling expense.

1849. | Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 689

April 16th.—Kalibag.—Sunday.

April 17th.—Ditto.—Unable to go out in consequence of heavy

rain. Iron is manufactured about 30 miles to the W. in the hills at

a place called Kamgoorum. Wood charcoal is used for the fusion of

the ore. The iron is brought to Kalibag in coarse lumps of pig iron,

and is of very inferior quality.

April 18th.—Kalibag.—Visited the alum shale locality of Cheetah

in hopes of discovering a seam of lignite, but was unsuccessful, the

coaly matter being generally disseminated through the shales. In a

calcareous blue clay interlaminated with the shales, fossils are abundant,

as well as in the calcareous strata above and below these.

Petroleum is found ata place called Jabbee, on the S. of Indus, 7

kos from Kalibag, among the hills. It exudes from the rocks and

floats on the surface of water, where it is collected in quantity, and

burned by the natives around in place of oil in their lamps. It is

known under the name of Gunduk ka tal. From the description of

the locality where it is found, we infer it exudes from the neighbourhood

of alum shales, and is probably the result of the spontaneous combus-

tion of these strata, during which it exudes to the surface along with

watery vapour. It is of a dark brownish colour, the most penetrating

smell and burns with a yellow and smoky flame. Its medicinal properties

do not seem to be known to the natives, who use it only as a source of

light in their lamps. At Jabbee salphur is also found in small quan-

tity.

April 19th.—Kalibag to Gurree, 8 kos.—Left Kalibag and crossed

the Indus, after which came on to Gurree, the road running S$. S. E.

parallel with the salt range, and about 2 miles from its base, through a

jungly country of little interest. In the district there is a great scarcity

of water, this article being only found around the villages, the principal

of which is Daukhail, 3 kos from Kalibag. At Gurree there are two

wells, but only one yields water fit for drinking ; the water is reached at

20 feet from surface, and hence a large supply might be procured were

more wells dug.

At Tuttee, a small village 3 miles from Gurree, the Jumsau used in

the preparation of alum, is procured. An efflorescence is scraped from

the surface of the ground in the jungle around, its soluble part dis-

solved by water, and the solution dried up in the sun in gurrahs, is what

4 uU

690 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. [Juy,;

is sold to the alum manufacturers of Kalibag as Jumsau. The

efflorescence is called Aud/ur, that of the jungle forming Jumsau, while

the kullur of the village is said to yield nitre.

April 20th.—Gurree to Musakhail, 10 kos.—From Gurree came

on to Musakhail, through the same jungly country as in last march,

where water is very scarce. The only village passed was Swas, about

3 kos from Gurree ; from the former place the range takes a turn to

the E. running again S. towards Musakhail, which is a small place in

the middle of the jungle, with but little cultivation around it, and no

wells, water being obtained at the foot of the range, above a kos distant,

from a small stream of water which issues from the limestone rocks.

April 21st.—Musakhail—Having heard that eoal occurred at

Numbhul, 3 kos distant across the hills, halted for the purpose of visit-

img the locality. The range at this point seems formed of limestone

and highly calcareous sandstones. Ata place called Bukh, nearly op-

posite to Musakhail, and about 2 kos from that place, bituminous

shales occur beneath the white flinty limestone which forms the crest

of the range. These shales are developed but to a small extent, and

contain but a trifling amount of coal, having the appearance of a coarse

charcoal, which also occurs in thin lamina in a white ecaleareous sand-

stone immediately beneath the shales, which are charged with alum and

sulphate of iron. The coal is found in no regular seam, but rather

in detailed fragments among the shales, and hence is quite unlikely to

be of any use na commercial pomt of view. From the shales down-

wards to the foot of the range on W. side is a development of calca-

reous strata, which we have observed nowhere in the range to the same

extent near the shales ; these may deserve the name of calcareous sand-

stones, but generally the rock is a fine-gramed siliceous limestone con-

taining flints, and towards its lower part abounding in fossils. From

top to bottom of the range the strata all dip to the N. E. at an angle

of 45°, and excellent sections are exposed in the valley, through which

the stream of water flows which supplies Musakhail. This water has a

milky color resembling that of the Indus, which results from its con-

taining a quantity of ealcareous mud, which a little alum very rapidly

removes, rendering the water perfectly clear.

April 22nd.—Musakhail to Dwoda, 12 kos.—From Musakhail came

on to Dwoda, by a road or path leading along the foot of the hills,

1849.] Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 691

and covered with loose stones rolled from the heights above. Towards

Dwoda, the range of hills increases in height, and here and there to-

wards their base, the salt marl makes its appearance. Around Dwoda,

which is but a small village, the water is salt, the supply of drinking

water being obtained 2 kos distant in the hills, from a small spring

which issues from the limestone strata,—all that flows from the strata

inferior to these being charged with salt.

Rock salt occurs here, but is not at present excavated except surrep-

titiously, by the villagers around, who are generally a lawless set of

Pathans.

Towards the foot of the hills in this and last march several fields of

perennial cotton were seen, the plants being very green, but small.

April 23rd.—Dwoda to Vurcha, 8 kos.—F rom Dwoda came on to

Vurcha—a small place situated at the foot of the hills. It is very

ill supplied with water, which is found about a kos distant in a small

stream which issues from the limestone strata above the salt marl, and

is the only source of fresh water near—any which issues from the hills at

a lower level being quite salt. The benefit of a small tank m which

the fresh water might accumulate here would be immense ; and as good

materials. for its construction are at hand, its expense would not be

very great. At Vurcha there is a salt mime superintended by a Mun-

shi of Misser Rulla Ram.

April 24th.—Vurcha to Khond, 12 kos.—Marched to Khond, over a

most execrable road covered with loose round stones, which have rolled

down from the hills above. Passed the villages of Chooah, Dokh,

Jubbee and Chunkie. At the former place there isa small kutcha

tank made for the use of villagers, most of whom are employed exca-

vating salt, which is found in the red marl above the village. At Khond

water is also very scarce, beg as at Vurcha, only obtainable in small

quantity as it issues in a small stream from the limestone rocks. Wells

sunk at the foot of the hills afford only brackish water, quite unfit for

use.

April 25th.—Khond to Naree, 10 kos.—Came on to Naree. From

Khond the road leaves the hills and passes through a level cultivated

country, where water however is very scarce. At Naree, a jageer of

Shum Shere Sing’s, there is a kutcha tank of water for the supply of

the villagers. The water is brought by a conduit from Kutta, about

4u 2

692 Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. [JuLy,

2 miles eastward near the hills, and where a small stream of fresh water

flows. In the tank it is very muddy but sweet. Passed the villages

of Vahur and Pindee, the former 3 and the latter 32 kos from Khond.

April 26th.—Naree to Kuhanee, 14 kos.—From Naree marched to

Kuhanee—the road level, and leading through scanty bush jungle which

is cleared away around the villages, the soil appearing to produce good

crops of wheat and barley. Passed the villages of Tulookur and

Tessowal, the former 3 kos the latter 5 kos from Naree. Both are

villages of some size, but ill supplied with water from imperfect kutcha

tanks. At Kuhanee there is a kutcha tank of considerable size,

being filled from the Jhelum, which is about 4 miles distant, and in

which the water is sweet and tolerably clear.

April 27th.—Kuhanee to Ahmedabad, 7 kos.—Came on to Ahme-

dabad, a town of considerable size, situated on a branch of the Jhelum.

Between Kuhanee and this place the country is well cultivated, and

about 4 kos from the former is Lungur, a place little inferior in size

to Ahmedabad, and about a mile from the Jhelum. Between these two

places, and gradually approaching the Jhelum to the E. of Ahmedabad,

are high clay banks, which about 120 years ago were those of the

branch of the Jhelum which now flows to the S. of the town.

28th April.—Ahmedabad to Pind Dadud Khan, 10 kos.—Reached

Pind Dadud Khan. From Ahmedabad the country is flat and covered

with a saline efflorescence, which seems destructive of vegetation.

Passed the villages of Surobee, Rolpore and Kourah. The former is

considerably to the left of the road, and near the hills. On reaching

the place received the news of an outbreak having occurred at Moultan,

and of a European Regiment and one of Native Infantry having been

ordered to march on that place. Drew on Misser Gyan Chund for Rs.

100, and directed him to give an advance of pay to the 6 Sowars and

Munshi who accompany me, to the amount of Rs. 5 each, they pro-

fessing to have no money to pay their expenses.

April 29th—Pind Dadud Khan.—Dispatched diary to Lahore

yesterday. Received a visit from Misser Gyan Chund, who informed

me that 2 sahibs had been wounded at Moultan, and that the whole

country was in rebellion.

A new lecality for coal has lately been found at Mukrass, 3 kos from

Dundhote. It is of the same character as the coal of other places

1849. ] Trip to Pind Dadud Khan and the Salt Range. 693

around Pind Dadud Khan, but of an inferior quality, containing much

brown half decomposed vegetable matter.

April 30th.— Pind Dadud Khan to Reipoor, crossing the Jhelum, 5

kos.—Left Pind Dadud Khan this morning, and crossed the river to

Reipoor, where I encamped. Reipoor is about 4 miles above Pind

Dadud Khan, and at this season boats cross the Jhelum most easily at

this point, the passage at Meanee being very troublesome from numerous

shallows in the bed of river, and the existence of numerous deep nullahs

between the chief branch of the river and Pind Dadud Khan.

May 1st.—Reipore to Phiekie, 12 kos.—From Reipoor to Phiekie,

arather long march. Water here slightly brackish, in wells 50 feet

deep. ‘Temp. in tent 100°.

2nd May.—Phickie to Kumira, 12 kos.—Phiekie to Kumira, through

a jungly country. “Water abundant and pretty good. Ther. at 101o.

3rd May.—Kumira to Ramnuggur, crossiny the Chenab, 7 kos.—

From Kumira came on to Treka, and from thence struck off to the

right to a village named Sarun, close to the bank of the Chenab, where

I got into a boat, and after 4 hours on the river, reached the 8. bank and

came on to Ramnuggur. At this season the Chenab is greatly flooded

and full of shallows, which renders its navigation highly troublesome ;

camels are ferried across the river about a mile above Sarun, but to get

to it there are several deep nullahs to be forded. At Ramnuggur put

up in the Bara-derry, which only requires to be furnished with doors to

make it a very snug residence.

4th May.—Ramnuggur to Oodewalla, 10 kos.—Temperature most

intense, 106°. Water bad, but abundant.

5th May.—Muttoo, 8 kos.—Oodewalla to Muttoo. Temperature in

tent 108°. Water has a slight smell, but is abundant.

6th May.—Suntipoora, 7 kos.—Muttoo to Suntipoora, where water is

abundant and good. Temp. 104°.

7th May.—Came on to Pind de dass ka kote, in the morning, and

rode into Lahore in the evening.

PILL IIIA

*.* The £os mentioned in the above diary may be reckoned at 17

miles.

694 Limits of Perpetual Snow im the Himalayas. | Jury,

Note on the Limits of Perpetual Snow in the Himalayas. By Capt.

J. D. Cunnincuam, Engineers,

I have just read Lieut. R. Strachey’s interesting paper on the

limits of perpetual snow in the Himalayas,* in which he satisfac-

torily establishes that the elevations hitherto assigned to the pheno-

menon have been under-estimated, and that in truth snow is only

to be permanently found at about 15,000 feet, on the southern, and at

about 18,000 feet on the northern boundaries respectively, instead of at

about 13,000 and 16,500 feet, as hitherto supposed. Lieut. Strachey

very well shows that Humboldt has attached undue weight to the casual

or partial observations of travellers and others in fixing upon the smaller

numbers, but he appears to me to be himself in error when he assigns

the greater elevation on the northern side almost solely to the smaller

quantity of snow which there falls, although he is pleased to attach

value to my testimony that such quantity is indeed relatively small, and

thus to make me in a way a supporter of his theory.

Humboldt’s view of causes correct.—Humboldt, in his ‘ Cosmos”

(Sabine’s Trans. I. 328,) enumerates the contingencies on which the

limits of the snow line are dependent, and to me he seems truly to

refer the superior height on the northern side of the Himalayan chain

to the general elevation of Tibet, i. e. to the heat due to radiation and

reverberation even at that great height above the sea. This view is

strikingly borne out by what that able officer, the late Dr. Lord,

observed with reference to the Hindu Koosh.t He found the snow

lying very much lower on the northern than on the southern face, and

he gives as a reason for the large difference the existence of the high

lands of Cabul on the south side, or the fact that these high lands

contain latent heat which melts the snow, while on the northern face

the slopes merge into the swampy flats of Toorkistan, scarce 500 feet

above the sea, and are thus met by a cold atmosphere, down to a low

level, in aid of the coldness due to a northern aspect.

* Journ. As. Soc. of Bengal, No. 102, April, 1849.

+ Reports on Sindh, Afghanistan, &c., by Sir A. Burnes, Lieut. Leech, Dr. Lord

and Lieut. Wood. (Geographical Memoirs, p: 48, &c.)

1849. | Limits of Perpetual Snow in the Himalayas. 695

Relative heights on extreme edges of mountain belts.—It will indeed

be found that in any broad mountain chain resting on a plane inclined

to the sea level, and running nearly east and west, the effect of latitude

on temperature may be discarded, and that elevation above the parti-

cular country, and not above the general ocean, is mainly, although not

solely, to be considered in determining the limits of perpetual snow on

the two edges of the belt. The line of snow will rise as the plane of

the country rises, and keep above it at a continually decreasing distance,

until the diminishing temperature due to increasing height causes the

two to coincide—a phenomenon which of course cannot occur in the

temperate zones, as we know of no table-land so high as to be always

frozen on the surface.

Relative heights on opposite sides of the same single hill of a chain.

—This reasoning does not however apply to the limits of snow on the

northern and southern slopes of any one hill or mountain, of a broad

and complex chain, and as a rule, the snow will be found to lie lower

on the northern than on the southern face of a single peak. In such

an instance neither difference of latitude nor inclination of plane can

ordinarily have any effect, and the only element to be taken into con-

sideration is the direct play of the sun’s rays, which in the northern

hemisphere have most power on a hill side looking to the south.

Captain Hutton, in his papers on Dr. McLelland’s Journal of Natural

History, had such isolated hills in view when he asserted that the

southern limit of snow was higher than the northern one, and when

he sought the support of my experience on the subject, as I was then,

1842, moving about in Ludakh and Kunawur.

Description of illustrative sketch.—The accompanying sketch repre-

sents what I believe to be the true state of the case with regard to the

Himalayas, whether a line be drawn north and south across them, be-

tween the Gogra and Ganges, or east and west in the neighbourhood of

Cashmir. Towards the plains of India the limit of snow on the

southern sides of the extreme hills will be found at about 15,000 feet

above the sea, as Lieutenant Strachey shows, and on the northern face

of the same hill, at about 12,000 feet, a figure however which I have

assumed for the sake of illustration, as I know of no observations

directly bearing on the subject. On the Tibetan side of the chain the

heights will be found to be about 20,000 feet on the south, and 18,000,

696 Limits of Perpetual Snow in the Himalayas. [ JuLyY,

or 18,500 feet on the north face of the same hill. These latter esti-

mates are Lieut. Strachey’s, and they are, I think correct, while the

southern height of 20,000 feet is an approximation only.

I have taken the height of the Manasarawar lake, viz. 15,000 feet,

in making this sketch, but even Humboldt’s mean elevation of Tibet,

viz. 11,500 feet (Cosmos, I. 330,) will not affect the argument, that the

distance between the planes of the mountain bases and of the snow

limits goes on decreasing as the former ascend.

Quantity of snow falling in Tibet, and the permanency or renewal

of snow generally.—With regard to the quantity of snow which falls

to the northward of the main peaks of the Himalayas, I may refer to

my statement at p. 238, of the 148th No. of the Journal, where I say

that it did not appear to exceed two feet anda half in depth, where

not drifted. This refers to the tract around the junction of the Sutlej

and Spiti rivers. In addition to the details there given, I may also

mention that the larger streams began (in 1842) to swell after the

middle of February. This was due, I would say, to the radiation from

the mountain masses causing the lower surface of the snow to melt—

the recently accumulated snow itself formimg a protection against the

chilling winds, and so allowing the earth to part with its heat. At this

period the temperature of ordinary springs was about 42°, while the

air at sunrise was sometimes below zero, and the mercury would not

rise above 60°, when exposed to the sun’s rays in the early part of the

afternoon. I state these particulars partly in support of what I con-

sider to be Capt. Hutton’s meaning with regard to snow not being per-

petual—an opinion to which Lieut. Strachey somewhat slightingly

alludes.* Both observers are right, because the one simply means that

the snow is ever being simultaneously destroyed and renewed, and the

other that hills of a certain elevation always exhibit a covering of snow.

The Tibet of the Himalayas not a plain or table-land.—Lieut.

Strachey, and indeed most people, talk of the ‘plains’ or table-land’’

of Tibet, but I doubt whether between Imaus and Emodus, or any

where in the valleys, or basins of the Indus and Brahmaputra to the

north of the Himalayas, there are any plains. The range separating

the upper courses of the Indus and Sutlej is indeed inferior in height

to that which gives rise to the Ganges and Jumna, but it is still a lofty

* Journ. As. Soc. of Bengal, April 1849, p. 302, note.

nA ee ake ae Fey ae ae. A =

SYSTEM or EMBANKMENTS pnroposep

-*1 A-Frimary or greater Embankmeds B- Secondary or lesser Embankments

on ltmits of Belt of Varration to to protect limited. tracts within

protect the Country Generally the Bell of Variation

Secondary or

lesser Embark:

Primary or

£e for

I mbandenents

Extraordinary fiood

be Derch coin Php jap zeed

PU. XVI.

The dotted black line shows the hmals of Variation of the Channel. assumed as the same in the upper Contral

and. lowe Plains. The ack red lines show pronary Embankments, and the Wun red ones the secondary Embankments.

Seelion in the upper plaias

Y TI

Led of laghest floed oe Mie. as

Section in. the lower

The perpendicular red. lines represent the breadth of the belt of Varratun

iad tea

eee

Highest flood level Up

1849.] On the Embankments of Rivers. 697

range. To the northward. of the Indus, or on a line running from

Garo towards Yarkund, I dare say that undulating ground or moderate

slopes, rather than deep ravines with steep sides, may perhaps be found.

These downs or steppes, or at least tracts, afford pasturage to the

best description of shawl-wool goats, and Lieut. Strachey is right in his

opinion that, elevated although they be, they are as free from snow

during summer as the plains of India. What he supposes of the Kailas

or Gagri of the Manasarawar lake, viz. that the height of its (northern)

snow line may be 19,500 feet, would also be fully verified on any moun-

tains which may break the sameness of these steppes, and not be so far

to the north as to be much affected by the latitude.

On the Embankments of Rivers, and on the Nature of Overflowing

Rivers in Diluvial Plains. By Capt. J. D. CunnincuamM, Engi-

neers.

A short time ago I addressed the Editor of the * Englishman’’ about

the embankments of the Damooda and other streams, and partly be-

eause my propositions were well spoken of by that paper (see issue of

the 31st May, 1849), I am induced to write to you more at length on

the general question of such dikes, and also to make my views more

plain by a few illustrative sketches.

Proposed Scheme of Embankments.—My scheme is founded on the

fact that rivers, how capricious soever they may seem to be in any one

neighbourhood, do nevertheless on the whole usually wind or vary within

given limits, or will ordinarily be found to flow between lines parallel,

at an ascertainable distance—although in their deltas and in the upper

portion of their courses, they do also, after long periods, occasionally

quit such belts of petty variation, and strike out new channels for them-

selves at considerable distances to the right or left. Hence, disregard-

ing these latter changes as not giving cause for yearly care, I recom-

mend that there should be two sets of embankments, one primary, and

of a large section, following generally the limits of the belt of variation,

and the other secondary and smaller, surrounding islands, or covering

detached portions of land within the belt, which can be enclosed without

materially impeding the flow of an ordinary inundation. By keeping

698 On the Embankments of Rowers. | JuLy,

the larger embankments beyond the limits of constant change, all risk

of having them attacked by the fluctuating stream will be avoided, and

regard will merely have to be had to sustaining the pressure of a tran-

quil flood or of a given height of water; while by employmg minor

embankments likewise, much valuable land may be kept under the

plough, except on the occurrence of great floods, which perhaps only

take place at intervals of ten, twelve or twenty years. (See Pl. XVI.

sketches I. and II.)

The upper courses of rivers in Diluvial plains.—In explanation of

this scheme it is necessary to recapitulate the distinguishing character-

istics of rivers subject to flood and running through diluvial plains.

Rivers on quitting the hills rush over the surface of the plains like

water spilt upon a table. The channels are shallow, and are at first

formed partly by tearing up the soil below, and partly by depositing the

coarser materials brought from the hills to the right and left. As

banks become formed, the process of deposition is modified into leaving

the coarser debritus in the bed of the stream, which is accordingly

raised, and the waters beg impeded by the diminution of slope, seek

a new channel on the original plain to the right or left of that first

chosen. In large and constantly flowing streams this process is repeat-

ed until at last the general surface of the country is so much raised

that the river is effectually controlled by the mass of its own deposits,

and gradually sinks within them, limiting its changes to a series of

reflections between two lines, parallel, as in large rivers, at five, eight

or ten miles apart. In the case of small, and occasional streams, how-

ever, such as the hill torrents between the Ganges and Jumna, such

adjustments of channel will never perhaps take place, and these brooks

of a rainy day scarcely even now know which of the two rivers to seek,

while in the case of others of greater size, as of those descending from

the Burdwan and Beerbhoom hills, the settlement is in steady progress,

sometimes aided or retarded by artificial “bunds” or embankments.

Thus the accompanying sketch No. III. (Pl. XVII.) shows the instance

of the Bansli Nullah, which joins the Bhagiruttee near Jungypore, and

sketch No. IV. shows the instance of the More, which joins the same

river between Moorshedabad and Cutwah. The old channels from A to

B, toward C, had become so raised with coarse sand, assisted in the case

of the More by embankments, that the surface of the country on either

PU. XVIT.

\ 7

Ci! :

PEGP PY S400 py fo 280M LA0TY AAOW™

ayy jo Vi hotnthig} Mf) UL So dbuUp yo 2p fo - LOU rao YOY, *

My W

iif (lO

surg OL

ar! ENG

EA Se

ie ES WS

q ‘ SSNS —

LW Cafliz, A

Gyle

Gift

sauodhbuny fo poy danny Qsuvg mse

Dauuvy) ay) ut ohraryo ayy fo Aaouegut ost UTS?

1849. | On the Embankments of Rivers. 699

side was but little above the bottoms of the respective hill streams.

The mass of waters was thus sustained in the air by natural and artifi-

cial means, and perhaps on the occasion of a great flood, finding a lower

level within a given distance, as in the direction of a parallel stream,

than down their own channels, they at once struck out new courses for

themselves towards D, as shown in the sketches. The change in the

More took place during the present generation, but thirteen years ago

when last seen, it had made but small progress in forming a well

defined bed in the lower portions of its new course, and it had covered

about twenty square miles of good soil with interlacing ribbons of bar-

ren sand. Frisi mentions similar occurrences in the smaller rivers of

upper Italy, and even in the Po itself.*

Courses of rivers in the central piains.—At great distances from the

hills, the velocities of streams decrease, large quantities of debritus

cease to be borne, and the rivers continually endeavor to sink themselves

to the final level of the ocean. Hence when the soil through which

they flow is of a firm character, their channels become deep and regu-

lar in section, and the uncertain reflections of the upper portions are

converted into well formed windings. But the tendency of these wind-

ings is to be cut through at the neck, and the variations of channel are

thus kept within limits greater or smaller according to the size and

force of the river, but usually somewhat narrower than in the upper

plains. Generally speaking, in these central tracts rivers do not over-

flow the country, as in the case of the Ganges about Mirzapore, but

the tortuous courses of smaller streams are sometimes invaded by the

inundations of greater rivers running parallel to them. Thus in sketch

No. IV. the winding course of the Qweea has now become submerged

by the waters of the More, as the old channel of that river (below C)

has long been by the inundations of the Bhagiruttee.

The courses of rivers in the lower plains.—As rivers approach the sea

they for the most part flow through plains of small descent, and which are

* Frisi on Rivers, p. 20. It may be doubted whether the Ganges has yet become

finally settled in its belt of variation with reference to the Jumna, which latter river

I consider to run on a lower level than the Ganges. Thus with a little aid from

art, the one might very likely be led from near Cawnpore into the other below

Calpee—a change which would shorten the new canal, if itis to be used mainly for

navigation, as it should be.

4x2

700 On the Embankments of Rivers. [ Jury,

formed of an alluvium deposited by themselves and their affluents, which

has but little coherence. The resistance offered by the soil is no longer

nearly equal to the impetus of the main current, and hence all symme-

try of channel is lost, and the rivers resume some of the characteristics

of their upper courses, wandering over sand banks from one low shore

to the other, or during floods covering the whole country with a slow

moving inundation. Still the mutual action, and reaction of the stream

and banks tends to establish a variation within limits, and the breadth

of the belt of change can always be ascertained, and will usually be

found to exceed its measure in the central plains. But disregard must

be had to such alterations as that which may take the Ganges into the

Nattore Jheels between Bauleah, and Dacca,* and which would corre-

spond in cause and character with those changes of the Bansli and More

above described. Again, after rivers begin to form deltas, the principal

streams mostly contmue to move onwards in their irregular courses,

but the smaller outlets having necessarily a diminished current, may

perhaps meet with so much resistance as to cause them to wind, as is

the case with the Bhagiruttee, Jellinghee, and other effluents of the

Ganges.t

Some rivers do not exhibit all of the characteristics above described.

The Ganges is a good type, but the Indus and Sutlej] nowhere become

regularly winding, as neither does the Damooda, the proper embank-

ment of which is an object of so much concern. The Jumna again

merges in the Ganges after passing through two, and the Soane after

apparently passing through one only, of the distinguishing conditions.

The limits of the variation of rivers dependent on dynamical princt-

ples.—The limits of the deflections or windings of rivers can be deter-

mined on dynamical principles. The elements of calculation are, a

* Rennell’s Memoir of a Map of Hindostan. Appendix, p. 345.

+ Branchings off must always take place at an angle to the direction of the stream,

although sometimes they may almost form a continuation of the adjoining, or pro-

ducing each of the parent river. Hence the water enters the branch with a reduced

initial velocity, or occasionally with little more than with what is due to its height

as a column of fluid, and being unable to carry forward the whole of the detritus

with which it is charged, the coarser portions are deposited and the head of the

effluent becomes raised above the bed of the principal stream. Thus the head of

the Bhagiruttee is always, as we say, ‘‘ choked with sand.”’

1849.| On the Embankments of Rivers. 701

wider or narrower stream with a momentum due to gravity, ever im-

pelled in the direction of the lowest level, and passing through a re-

sisting medium of earth, or sand or gravel. The river is first deflected

to one side by an obstacle on its right, and then impelled back again

by an obstacle on its left, but as it has also an onward motion of its

own, the result of these mutually influencing forces is a series of oscil-

lations on either side of a central line. This is illustrated by a top

spinning at an angle, or by a carriage swaying to and fro on an uneven

road, which will not always upset, although its centre of gravity may be

off the perpendicular. ‘The bounding of a ball along a plain, or the

surface of a lake, is also to the point. It is urged upward by the resist-

ance of the water, it inclines downward from gravity, and it is impelled

forward by its original momentum,—the result being a waving line of

progress in a vertical plane, similar to what a river exhibits on a hori-

zontal plane. I do not think these deflections and windings of rivers

have ever been investigated analytically and reduced to formule, but

their determination is of practical value, and I hope that a competent

mathematician, like Mr. Pratt, may be inclined to give his attention to

the subject.

The proper system of embanking obviously that proposed.—These

characteristics of rivers being admitted as true, it is plain that the

country generally should be protected by embankments formed on the

verge of the belt of variation, and that lands within the belt should be

protected by inferior embankments, over which an unusual flood may

sweep, and so perhaps destroy them, but without reaching the summit

of the main lines. It is not proposed to enter into the details of the

construction of these dikes, which must vary according to soil, exposure,

&c., but it is obvious that the smaller ones should always allow a

moderate space, called a “‘ free-way,”’ on either side of the channel for

the time being, that neither set of embankments should form sharp

angles, but rather bend the current by means of a rounded trace, and

that for the same reason the inner sides of the “bunds” should slope

gradually into the country or towards the river, although the outer

faces may be as perpendicular as the nature of the soil will allow, or as

circumstances may render convenient.

Embankments modify the tendency of rivers to raise their beds, and

complicate the conditions rendering remote, but total changes of course

702 Account of the Origin, ete. of the [Juny,

necessary.—The natural tendency of the double set of embankments,

as indeed of all dikes, will be to cause the river to carry its alluvium

farther and farther, and so gradually to raise both the bed of the im-

mediate channel, and also of the general surface within the limits of

the belt of variation. The belt will thus become higher above the

neighbouring plains, and will also stretch farther into them, than would.

have been effected by nature alone. After a time there may be danger

in retaining an immense flood above the level of the country, which

without such embankments would at an earlier period have sought an

escape to the right or left. The question will then arise, In what

directions can the river be taken so as to cause the least sacrifice of

property with the greatest prospect of along continuance in the line

chosen? Such a question has now in fact to be determined with re-_

spect to the Damooda, but it can only be properly discussed after the

requisite data of levels, volume of water, &c. have been ascertained.

The proposition sometimes made of abandoning the “bunds” of the

Damooda seems unworthy of the science of the age, and if carried out

would certainly cause a great destruction of property and lead to much

personal distress among the poor.

On the Origin, Location, Numbers, Creed, Customs, Character and

Condition of the Kéech, Bodo and Dhimdl people, with a general

description of the climate they dwell in. By B. H. Hoveson, Esq.

If we commence our researches into the aboriginal tongues and races

of India in its north-east corner or Assam, we find that province rich in

such materials for enquiry. But the majority of the numerous abori-

gines of the mountains of Assam, appear to belong to the monosyllabic-

tongued or Chinese stem, with which we have nothing to do. A line

drawn north and south across the Brahmapitra, in the general direction

of the Dhansri river, and continued southwards so as to leave Kachar

within it or to the west of it, would seem not very inaccurately to divide

the monosyllabic-tongued from the Tamulian mountaineers. Possibly,

indeed, some of the hill tribes to the north of the Brahmapiutra, although

within the Tamulian limits, as above conjecturally defined, may yet be

1849. | Kécech, Bodo and Dhimdl people. 703

found to belong to the monosyllabic-tongued races ;* but to the south

of that river, I think, it is pretty evident that such is not the case, for

the Kacharians, Khasias and Garés are, in creed, customs and languages,

either identical with, or most closely affined to, the Bodo, while the

Kidi, Rabha, and Hajong, if not rather nominal than real distinctions

(Hajong, Hojai Kachari) are but branches of the great Bodo or Mécch

family, whose proper habitat, be it remembered, is the plams and not

the mountains. I should add, that it is a mistake to suppose the mass

of the population in the valley of Assam to be of Arian race. I allude

to the Dhékras or common cultivators of the valley, who, as well as the

Kéachéaris and Kécch of that valley, are Tamulians, as is proved beyond

a doubt by their physical attributes, and in despite of that Bengali dis-

guise of speech and customs, which has misled superficial observers. The

illustration of these Assamese races is, however, I believe, in better hands

than mine; and I therefore shall proceed for the present more westward.

Whoso should advance from Géalpaéra in Assam to Aliganj in Morang

would, in traversing a distance of some 150 miles along the skirts of the

mountains of Bhitan+ and Sikim, pass through the country of the fol-

lowing aborigines of Tamulian extraction: the Kécch, the Bodo, the

Dhimal, the Rabha, the Hajong, the Kudi, the Batar or Bor, Kébrat,

Pallah, Gangai, Mardha, and Dhanuk, not again to mention the Kaché-

rians separately, they beng demonstrably identical with the Bodo, and

so in future to be regarded, nor further dwellmg now on the Khasias

and Garos than to observe that Buchanan notes them as parts of the

population of Rangpur in its old extent.| We may have more to say

* In the Northern Hills also the Dhansri seems to demark the Alpine races of

Tibetan origin (ending easterly with the Lhopa or Bhutanese) from the Daphlas,

Akas, Bors, Abors, Mishmis, Miris and others of apparently Chinese stock or Indo-

Chinese, that is, monosyllabic.

+ Bhitan recte Bhitant, the end of Bhét, Sanskrit name of the country which

the people themselves call Lhé, but like the Hindus, consider it an appendage of

Bhot v. Tibet, of which the former is the Sanskrit and the latter the Persian desig-

nation. The native one is Bod.

+ 15 in 60 words of Brown’s Vocabulary, are the same in Gar6é and in Mécch,

and the whole 60 or nearly so in Kachari and Mécch. Again, the Kacharis called

themselves Bodo, and so do the Mécch; and lastly the Kachari deities Siji, Mai-

rong and Agrang are likewise Mécch deities—the chief ones too of both people-to

704 Account of the Origin, etc. of the [ Jury,

of the rest of these tribes hereafter. Many of them have abandoned

wholly their own tongues, and a deal of their own manners. But our

present business is with the Kocch, Bodo and Dhimal, and first with the

first.

Kéecch Location.—In the northern part of Bengal, towards Dalimkét,

appears to have been long located the most numerous and powerful

people of Tamulian extraction on this side the Ganges, and the only one

which, after the complete ascendency of the Arians had been established,

was able to retain or recover political power or possession of the open

plains. What may have been the condition of the Kocch in the palmy

days of Hinduism cannot now be ascertained : but it is certain that after

the Moslem had taken the place of the Hindu suzerainty, this people be-

came so important that Abul Fazl could state Bengal as being ‘‘ bounded

on the north by the kingdom of Kocch which, he adds, mcludes Kam-

rup.” Hajé founded this kingdom towards the close of the fifteenth cen-

tury, or beginning of the sixteenth, and it was retained by his sovereign

successors for nearly 200 years.* In 1773 the Company’s gigantic power

absorbed the Kocch Raj, which once included the western half of Assam

on one side and the eastern half of Mérung on the other, with all the

intervening country, reaching east and west from the Dhansri river to

the Konki, whilst north and south it stretched from Délimk6t to Ghora-

ehat. In other words the Kocch Raj extended from 88° to 93% east

longitude, and from 25 to 27 north latitude, Kocch Bihar bemg its me-

tropolis, and its limits beimg coequal with those of the famous yet ob-

scure Kamrip of the Tantras. Hajo’s representative still exercises jura

regalia in that portion of the ancient possessions of the family which is

called Nij Bihar, and he and the Jilpaigori and Panga Rajas, together

with the Bijni and Darang Rajas, and several of the Lords Marchers

of the north frontier of Kamrip (Barias of the Dwars)—all of the same

lineage—still hold as Zamindar Rajas most of the lands between Sikim,

Bhitan and Kamrip, as at present constituted, and a southern line near-

ly coimcident with the 26° of north latitude. Sukla Dev of the Kocch

dynasty divided the kingdom, and there seems to have been in later

times a triple Sultanat fixed at Bihar, Rangamati and Gauhati. The

whom I restore their proper name. These are abundant proofs of common origin

of Gards also.

* Buch. Rangpur, Vol. III. p. 419, &c. &c.

1849. | Kécch, Bodo and Dhimdl People. 705

Rajahs of Gauhati and their kinsmen of Darang extended the Kocch

dominion eastward to and beyond the Majuli, or great Island of the

Brahmapttra. H4j6, the founder, having no sons, gave his daughter

and heiress to a Bodo or Mécch chief in marriage; and to the wise

policy indicated by this act (the policy of uniting the aborigmes and

directing their united force against intruders) was the founder of the

Kocch dynasty, indebted for his success against the Moslems, the Bhi-

tanese and the Assamese.* Nevertheless the successors of Hajé speedi-

ly abandoned that policy, casting off the Mecch (Bodo) with scorn, and

renouncing the very name of their own country and tribe, with their

language, creed and customs, in favour of those of the Arians who, how-

ever resolutely they may eschew the aborigines, whilst continuing ob-

scure and contumacious, never fail to hold out the hand of fellowship to

them, when they become powerful at once and docile. In a word,

Visva Sinh, the conqueror’s grandson, with all the people of condition,

apostatised to Hinduism: the country was renamed Bihaér—the people,

Rajbansi ; so that none but the low and mean of this race could longer

tolerate the very name of Kocch, and most of these, being refused a

decent status under the Hindu regime, yet infected, like their betters,

with the disposition to change, very wisely adopted Islam in preference

to helot Hinduism. Thus the mass of the Kocch people became Maho-

medans, and the higher grades, Hindus; both style themselves Raj-

bansi: a remnant only still endure the name of Kocch ; and of these

but a portion adheres to the language, creed and customs of their fore-

fathers—as it were, merely to perpetuate a testimony against the apos-

tacy of the rest! The above details are interesting for the light they

throw upon the character and genius of Hinduism, which is certainly

an exclusive system, but not inflexibly so; and whilst it readily admits

the powerful to the eminent status of Rajput vel Kshatriya, it is prone

to tender to the humble and obscure no station above helotism—a narrow-

ness of polity that enabled Buddhism not only to establish itself in the

* The Yogini Tantra denounces these three, under the appellations of Plov,*

Yavan and Saumar, as the foreign scourges of the land. Buch. III. 413. The

Assamese (Saumar) alluded to are the Ahoms, who held upper Assam when the

Kocch held lower and middle, but with ever-varying limits.

* Pluh or Pruh is the Lepcha name of the Bhutanese, and may be the etymon of the Plava of

the Tantras. The people of Bhutan call themselves Lhopa.

Al Y;

706 Account of the Origin, etc. of the [JuLyY,

very metropolis of Hinduism (Bihar, Oude, Benares) but for 15 to 16

centuries* (sixth B. C. to eleventh A. D) to contest with it the palm of

superiority. The Yogini Tantra very properly denomimates the Kocch,

Mlécchas or aborigines, the fact being imprinted in unquestionable charac-

ters on their non-arian physiognomy, and also on the language and cus-

toms of their unconverted brethren. They are called Kavach} m the

Tantra just named, Hasa by the Kacharis or Bodos of Assam, Kamal by

the Dhimils, and Kocch by the Mecch or Bodos of the Méchi, as well as

by themselves, where not perplexed with Brahmanical devises. Bucha-

nan, who was furnished with every appliance for satisfactory research,

and whose sagacity was not unworthy of his opportunities, estimated

the numbers of the Kocch people twenty-five years ago, at 350,000

nearly. I am not aware that any good census has since been taken, and

I have failed to obtain a general estimate: but from much mquiry,

aided by Major Jenkins, Dr. Campbell and Permanand Achayj, I con-

clude that Buchanan missed a great many of them under the disguise

of Isla4m, that cultivation has vastly increased simce his time, that the

Kocch abound throughout the northern part of Rungptr, Purnea, Di-

najptr, Mymansing and in all Kamrup and Darang, as far as the Dhansri

river, and that their numbers cannot be less than 800,000 souls—possibly

even a million or million and quarter. In Assam they are divided into

Kamthali and Madai or Shara, and Kolita or Kholta, aud in Rungpir, &.

into Rajbansi and Kocch—those of the Moslem faith every where drop-

ping their ethnographic designation. Their first priests were Dédshi,{

their next Kolita or Kholta, and their last, the Brahmans or Mullahs.

Buchanan vouches that their primitive or proper language (as still used

by the unadulterated remnant of the race) has no affinity with the Pra-

krits, and I can attest the entire conformity of the physiognomy of all,

* Sakya was probably born in 545 B. C. and died in 465, and that his creed was

still flourishing in the eleventh century A. D. is proved by the then solemn repair of

the great temple at Gaya. The persecution however was hot in the ninth.

+ This is identical with Kécch, the difference being merely that of the Sanscrit

and Prakrit forms of the same word.

{ Observe that this is the name of the extant Bodo and Dhimal priesthood, one

of numerous proofs demonstrative of the affinity of all the three people.

1849.] Kécch, Bodo and Dhimdl People. 707

and of the creed and customs of this remnant with those of the other

aborigines around them. Ihave already stated that I failed to get at

the unconverted Kocch, and that my Vocabulary is that of the converted.

Hereafter I trust to supply this desideratum, and in the meanwhile I

cannot do better than give Buchanan’s unusually careful and ample ac-

count of the condition, creed and customs of this people—which, being

compared with my own subsequent statement of the condition, creed

and customs of the Bodo and Dhimal (of whom Buchanan says little or

nothing), will satisfactorily demonstrate the affinity I have insisted on.

Kécch Status.—< The primitive or Pani Kocch live amid the woods,

frequently changing their abode in order to cultivate lands enriched by a

fallow. They cultivate entirely with the hoe, and more carefully than

their (Arian) neighbours who use the plough, for they wéed their crops,

which the others do not. As they keep hogs and poultry they are bet-

ter fed than the Hindus, and as they make a fermented liquor* from rice,

their diet is more strengthenmg. The clothing of the Péni Kocch is

made by the women, and is in general blue, dyed by themselves with

their own indigo, the borders red dyed with Morinda. The material is

cotton of their own growth, and they are better clothed than the mass

of the Bengalese. Their huts are at least as good, nor are they raised

on posts like the houses of the Indo-Chinese, at least, not generally so.

Their only arms are spears: but they use iron shod implements of agri-

culture, which the Bengalese often do not. They eat swine, goats,

sheep, deer, buffaloes, rhimoceros, fowls, and ducks—not beef—nor

dogs, nor cats, nor frogs, nor snakes. They use tobacco and beer, but

reject opium and hemp. ‘They eat no tame animal without offering it

to God (the gods), and consider that he who is least restrained is most

exalted, allowing the Garés to be their superiors, because the Garos may

eat beef. The men are so gallant as to have made over all property to

the women, who in return are most industrious, weaving, spinning, brew-

yng, planting, sowing, in a word, doing all work not above their strength.

When a woman dies the family property goes to her daughters, and

when a man marries he lives with his wife’s mother, obeying her and

his wife. Marriages are usually arranged by mothers in nonage, but

* The classic Zyth, évdov, beer without hops, as universal among the Abori-

gines in the absence of spirits or distilled waters.

4 2

708 Account of the Origin, Sc. of the [JuLy,

consulting the destmed bride. Grown up women may select a husband

for themselves, and another, if the first die. A girl’s marriage costs the

mother 10 rupees—a boy’s 5 rupees. This sum is expended in a feast

with sacrifice, which completes the ceremony. Few remain unmarried,

or live long. I saw no grey hairs. Girls, who are frail, can always

marry their lover. Under such rule, polygamy, concubinage and adul-

tery are not tolerated. The last subjects to a rumous fine, which if not

paid, the offender becomes a slave. No one can marry out of his own

tribe. If he do, he is fined. Sutties are unknown, and widows always

having property can pick out a new husband at discretion. The dead

are kept two days, during which the family mourn, and the kindred and

friends assemble and feast, dance and sng. The body is then burned

by a river’s side, and each person having bathed, returns to his usual

occupation. A funeral costs 10 rupees, as several pigs must be sacri-

ficed to the manes. This tribe has no letters ; but a sort of priesthood

called Dédéshi, who marry and work like other people. Their office is

not hereditary, and every body employs what Dédshi he pleases, but

some one always assists at every sacrifice and gets a share. The Kocch

sacrifice to the sun, moon and stars, to the gods of rivers, hills and

woods, and every year, at harvest home, they offer fruits and a fowl to

deceased parents, though they believe not in a future state. (?) The chief

gods are Rishi and his wife Jago. After the rains the whole tribe make

a grand sacrifice to these gods, and occasionally also, in cases of distress.

There are no images. The gods get the blood of sacrifices ; their vota-

ries, the meat. Disputes are settled among themselves by juries of

Elders, the women being excluded here, however despotic at home. If

aman incurs a fine, he cannot pay with purse, he must with person,

becoming a bondman, on food and raiment only, unless his wife can and

will redeem him. |

Climate.—The climate of north Bengal or Kocch (including the coun-

try of the people so called, and of the Bodo and Dhimils) is too well

known to require any particular notice. It is much less healthful than

that of north Bihar, being infested with low-fevers, which are either

propagated from the wilds north and east of it, or, more probably, gene-

rated on the spot by excessive moisture and vegetation in the very ex-

tensive tracts of waste, still unhappily to be found every where east of

the Kosi river. West of that river, or in the ancient Mithila, and

1849. | . Kéech, Bodo and Dhimdl People. 709

modern north Bihar, the climate is as much more salubrious as cultiva-

tion is more diffused. The Saul forest every where, but especially to

the east of the Kési, is malarious to an extent which no human beings

can endure, save the remarkable races, which for ages have made it their

dwelling place. To all others, Kuropean or native, it is deadly from

April to November. Yet the Dhimal, the Bodo, the Kichak, the

Thar, the Dénwar, not only live but thrive in it, exhibiting no symp-

_ toms whatever of that dreadful stricken aspect of countenance and form

which marks the victim of malaria. The like capacity to breathe mala-

ria as though it were common air characterises nearly all the Tamulian

aborigines of India, as the Kdls, the Bhils, the Génds, who are all fine

and healthy races of men, though dwelling where no other human beings

can exist. This single fact is to my mind demonstration that the Tamu-

lians have tenanted the wilds they now dwell in for many centuries,

probably, 30,* because a very great lapse of time could alone work so

wonderful an effect upon the human frame, and even with the allow-

ance of centuries, the fact stands forth as one of the miracles of human

kind, which those who can explain may sneer at the other amazing

diversities worked by time and clime on that marvellous unit, the seed

of Adam! The Bodo and Dhimals, whom I communicated with,

alleged that they cannot endure the climate of the plains, where

the heat gives them fevers. This is a mere excuse for their known

aversion to quit the forest; for their eastern brethren dwell and

till like natives in the open plains of Assam, just as the Kols of

south Bihdr (Dhangars) do now in every part of the plaims of

Bihér and Bengal, in various sites abroad, and lastly in the lofty sub-

Himalayas. The Kols are, indeed, as enterprising, as industrious, and

they should be employed by every European who seeks to reduce and

cultivate any part of the malarious forests of India.t But, it must not be

forgotten, that the very same qualities of freedom from disabling preju-

* There is *‘ no cabalistic virtue’ in 30, as Mr. Lyall observes in reference to

his theory of the fourfold division of tertiary rocks. That number expressly is

given, however, because about 3000 years back is the probable date of the emmi-

gration of the Arian Hindus.

+ How comes it that the Deyrah grantees, whom the malaria disables through

their peasantry, do not procure Dhangars or Kéls, who would answer thoroughly

and exactly for the purpose in view ? I speak from much experience.

710 Account of the Origin, etc. of the . [J uLy,

dices, cheerful docility, and peaceable industrious habits and temper,

which render the Kols now so valuable to us, are the inherent charac-

teristics of most of the aborigines, requiring only the hand and eye of

a paternal Government to call them forth, asim the case of the Kéls.

Ages of insolent oppression drove the aborigines to the wilds, and kept

them there till their shyness of all strangers had become rooted and in-

tense. But I can answer for the Bodo and Dhimal possessing every

good quality of the Kols, im an equal or superior degree, and the Bodo

have already shown us with what facility those qualities may be put in

action for our benefit as well as their. own.

Physical type of all.—The physical type of the Kocch, as con-

trasted with that of the Hindu, is palpable, but not so as compared

with that of the Bodo and Dhimal. In other words, the physical type

in allthe Tamulians, (of this frontier at least) tends to oneness. A

practised eye will distinguish at a glance between the Arian and Tamu-

lian style of features and form—a practised pen will readily make the

distinction felt—but to perceive and to make others perceive, by pen or

pencil, the physical traits that separate each group or people of Arian

or of Tamulian extraction from each other group, would be a task in-

deed! In the Arian form (Hindu) there is height, symmetry, lightness

and flexibility : in the Arian face an oval contour with ample forehead

and moderate jaws and mouth ; around chin, perpendicular with the fore-

head ; a regular set of “distinct and fine features ; a well raised and un-

expanded nose, with elliptic nares ; a well sized and finely opened eye,

running directly across the face; no want of eye-brow, eye-lash or

beard ; and lastly, a clear brunet complexion, often not darker than

that of the most southern Europeans.

In the Tamulian form, on the contrary, there is less height, less

symmetry, more dumpiness and flesh: in the Tamulian face, a some-

what lozenge contour caused by the large cheek bones ; less perpendi-

cularity in the features to the front, occasioned not so much by defect

of forehead or chin, as by excess of jaws and mouth; a larger propor-

tion of face to head, and less roundness in the latter; a broader, flatter

face, with features less symmetrical, but perhaps more expressive, at least

of individuality ; a shorter, wider nose, often clubbed at the end and

furnished with round nostrils; eyes less, and less fully opened and less

evenly crossing the face by their line of aperture; ears larger; lips

1849. | Kéech, Bodo and Dhimdl People. 711

thicker ; beard deficient ; colour brunet as in the last, but darker on

the whole and, as in it, very various. Such is the general description

of the Indian Arians and Tamulians. With regard to the particular

races of the latter, it can only be safely said, that the mountaineers ex-

hibit the Mongolian type of mankind more distinctly than the low-

landers, and that they have, in general, a paler, yellower hue than the

latter, among whom there are some (individuals at least) nearly as black

as negroes. Among the Kols* I have seen many Orauns and Mindas

nearly black ; whereas the Larkas or H6s (says Tickell) are as pale,

and handsome too, as the highest caste Hindu? The Kocch, Bodo

and Dhimal are as fair as their Bengali neighbours on one side, and

searcely darker (especially the Bodo) than the mountaineers above

them on the other side, and whom (the latter) they resemble in the

style of their features and form, only with all the physiognomical cha-

acteristics softened down, and the frame less muscular and massive.

The Kéls have a similar cast of face, and avery pleasant one it is to

look upon in youth, exhibiting ordinarily far more of individuality,

character and good humour than the more regular but tame and lifeless

faces of the Arian Hindus.

Bodo and Dhimdl Location.—I proceed now from the Kocch tribe to

the Bodo and Dhimil tribes, who occupy the entire northern and eastern

skirts of the Kocch country, between the open plains and the mountains,

both of which sites, generally speaking, they avoid, and adhere to the

great forest belt that divides the two, and which is, on an average, from

15 to 20 miles broad. The Dhimdals, who seem fast passing away as a

separate race, and whose numbers do not now exceed 15,000 souls, are

at present confined to that portion of the Saul forest, lying between the

Konki and the Dhorla or Torsha, mixed with the Bodo, but in separate

villages, and without intermarriage. But the Bodo are still a very numer-

ous race, and extend, as foresters, from the Stirma to the Dhansri, and

thence, via Bijni and the Bhutan and Sikim Tarai, to the Konki, besides

occupying outside the forest limits, a large proportion of central and lower

Assam. In the divisions of Darang and Chatgari they constitute the mass

* K6lis an old and classical name, and the best I think for the great mass of

aborigines intervening between the Bhils, the Gonds, and the Ganges—at least till

we know them better. The Orauns, Mundas, Kéls proper and Larkas, seem to be

distinct, and the chief families or stirpes,

712 Account of the Origin, etc. of the [ Jury,

of the fixed population; they abound in Chardwar and Noudwar: in Nou-

gaon and Tularam’s country, they are the most numerous tribe next to

the Mikirs and Lalongs ; in Kamrup next to the Dhékré and Kocch ;

whilst in the marches or forest frontier of the north, from Bijni to Ali-

ganj of Morung, they form the sole population, except the few Dhimals,

who are mixed with them; and in the eastern marches from Gauhati

to Sylhet, they are less numerous only than the Gards, Rabhas and

Hajongs, not to mention, that the two last, if not all three, are but

Bodos in disguise. I look upon the Rabha as merely the earliest and

most complete converts to Hinduism, who have almost entirely aban-

doned the Bodo tongue and customs, and upon the Hajongs or Hojai

Kacharis of Nowgong, as the next grade in time and degree of conver-

sion, who now very generally affect a horror at being supposed confreres

im speech or usages with the Bodo, though really such. Nor have I

any doubt, that the Garés are at least a most closely affiliated race, and

no way connected with the monosyllabic-tongued tribes around them.*

I do not, however, at present include the Gards, or Rabhas or Hajongs

among the Bodo, who are now viewed as embracing only the Méches

of the west and the Kacharis of the east and south; and, so limited,

this race numbers not less than 150 to 200,000 souls. An accurate

general census seems out of question except for Assam, but the above

enumeration is given as an approximate result of several statements

obligingly supplied to me by Mr. Kellner, Mr. Scott, Dr. Campbell,

and that enlightened traveller Permanand Acharya, Thus the Bodo

race extends from Tipperah and the country of the Kukis on the south-

east, to Morung and the country of the Kichaks to the north-west, cir-

cling round the valley of Assam by the course of the Dhansri, en route

to the north, though Major Jenkins assures me that Bodos may be

found even east of that river in the Assam valley. The latitude and

longitude of the Bodo country are the same with those of the Kocch

country, to speak without any affectation of a precision the subject does

not admit of, and thus we may say the Bodo extend from 25 to 27

north latitude, and from 88 to 933 east longitude ; and that the Dhi-

mals are confined to the most westerly part of this wide range of coun-

try, or that portion lying between the Konki and the Dhorla. My

* See Note at page 703.

1849. | Kécch, Bodo and Dhimal people. 713

personal communications with these tribes were chiefly with those still

found in all their primitive unsophistication on the banks of the Méchi,

and from much intercourse with these, during four months, I conclude

that neither people have any authentic ancient traditions. Nevertheless

the ancient connexion of the Dhimals with the west, and of the Bodo with

the east part of north Bengal, is vouched by the facts, that a tract of

country lying between the Konki and the Mahanandais still called Dhi-

mali; and a still larger tract situated between the great bend of the

Brahmaputra and the Garé hills is yet called Méchpara. The close con-

nection of the Bodo with Kamrup, is further confirmed by the facts of

the mass of the people being still found there, though under the name of

Kachari, and by the intimate affinity of the Bodo speech and customS

with those of the Garéds. The so-called Kachar Rajah is a new man

and alien to the Bodo race, and so is the mass of the people of Kachar.

But Tildér4m is a Bodo; and the late Rajah of Karaibari another ; and

the Kalang-dwar chief a third; and among the Lords marchers of the

southern confines of Assam, others might once, if not still, be found;

for when the keeping of the northern marches (towards Bhutan) was

entrusted to the Kocch race, that of the southern dwars or doors (to-

wards Garé and Naga land) was committed to the Bodo tribe, that is,

to its chiefs. It would not appear that any chief of Dhimél race now

exists: but the scattered remnant of this race assure me that they once

had chiefs when they dwelt as a united people in Morung, on the banks

of the Kaval (Kamla) whence they removed to the Téngwa, and ulti-

mately to and across the Konki, 60 years ago, in order to escape from

Gérkhali oppression. Of the few lately extant chiefs of Bodo race,

the Karaibéri Rajah’s estate is transferred to the stranger, and the

Kalang and Tulérém chiefships are shorn of much of their “ fair pro-

portions.” But in the days of Hajd, the Kocch founder, as w ell as in

those of some of his more prudent successors, the Bodo seem to have

had great political consequence, and if Hajos’ descendants had steadily

adhered to the wise maxims of their ancestor, their power might longer

and more effectually have defied its enemies, whereas most of the

Kocch Rajahs followed the illiberal Arian maxims of Viswa Sinh, and

thus the Bodo were driven back upon their beloved forests, retreats

which, speaking generally, neither they, nor the Dhimals, have since

quitted, save in Assam. I proceed now to the consideration of the

714 Account of the Origin, etc. of the [ Jury,

status, creed and customs of the Bodo and Dhimal. Upon these

points the two people have so much in common that though I have

myself gone through each particular separately in regard to each people,

I shall spare the patience of my readers by aggregating what is com-

mon, and separating only what is particular, to the Bodo and Dhimél.

Satus—Condition.—The condition or status of the Bodo and Dhimal

people is that of erratic cultivators of the wilds. For ages transcend-

ing memory or tradition, they have passed beyond the savage or hunter

state, and the nomadic or herdsman’s estate, and have advanced to the

third or agricultural grade of social progress, but so as to indicate a not

entirely broken connexion with the precedent condition of things ; for,

though cultivators, all and exclusively, they are nomadic cultivators, so

little connected with any one spot that neither the Bodo nor Dhimal

language possesses a name for village.* Though dwelling in those wilds,

wherein the people of the plains (Ahirs and Gwallas) periodically graze

immense numbers of buffaloes and cows, they have no large herds or

flocks of their own, to induce them to wander; but, as agriculturists

little versed in artificial renovative processes, they find in the exhaus-

tion of the worked soil necessity, or in the high productiveness of the

new, a temptation, to perpetual movement. They never cultivate the

same field beyond the second year, or remain in the same village be-

yond the fourth to sixth year. After the lapse of 4 or 5 years they

frequently return to their old fields and resume their cultivation, if in

the interim the jungle has grown well, and they have not been antici-

pated by others, for there is no pretence of appropriation other than

possessory, and if, therefore, another party have preceded them, or»

if the slow growth of the jungle give no sufficient promise of a good

stratum of ashes for the land when cleared by fire, they move on to

another site, new or old. If old, they resume the identical fields they

tilled before, but never the old houses or site of the old village, that

being deemed unlucky. In general, however, they prefer new land to

old, and having still abundance of unbroken forest around them, they

are in constant movement, more especially as, should they find a new

* Arva in annos mutant et superest ager! So immutable is human nature that

the descriptions applied to our ancestors in their pristine state are absolutely and

most significantly true of similarly circumstanced races now abiding in the forest

jungles of India.

1849. | Kéech, Bodo and Dhimdl people. 719

spot prove unfertile, they decamp after the first harvest is got in.*

They are all in the condition of subjects (of Népal, Sikim, Bhutan or

Brita) having no property whatever in the soil they till, and discharg-

ing their dues to the Government they live under (Sikim, for example)

Ist, by the annual payment of one rupee per agricultural implement,

for as much land as they can cultivate therewith, (there is no land

measure ;) 2nd, by a corvée or tribute of labour for the sovereign and

for his local representative. They calculate that they can raise 30 to 40

rupees worth of agricultural produce with one agricultural implement,

so that the land tax is very light ; and the corvée is more irksome

than oppressive. It requires them, on the Rajah’s behalf, to quit

their homes for 3 or 4 days, thrice a year, in order to carry burdens

for him into the hills, whenever he has goods coming from the plains ;

but, on the representative’s behalf, to work only on the spot. Four

times a year they must help to till his fields; also to build or repair

his dwelling-house ; to supply him with fuel and plates (leaves) when-

ever he gives a feast; and, lastly, they must pay him one seer of cot-

ton each year, for every cotton field they have. Very similar is

the condition, in regard to taxation, of the Bodo and Dhimals, under

the Népal and Bhiitén Governments. Under the British, the perma-

nent cultivators of the open lands of Kamrip are subject to the usual

burdens, incidental to our rule, which they discharge with ease, owing

to their industrious and orderly habits. Major Jenkins gives them the

highest character, observing that—‘ they area remarkably fine peasant-

ry and have very superior cultivation of the permanent kind.” This

is abundant proof of the docility of the Bodo, and strong presumptive

evidence that their erratic habits and adhesion to the wilds, elsewhere,

are the result of oppression, at least as much as of the bias of pristine

custom. But, as the Kémrtpian Bodo have abandoned with their

erratic propensities, a deal of whatever is most characteristics of them

as a distinct race, I resume the delineation of them and of the Dhimals,

as still found in primitive simplicity between Bijni and Morang. There

* Such are the primitive habits, still in use from the Konki to the Monash, and

which are most worthy of study and record, as being primitive, and as being come

mon to two people, the Bodo and Dhimél, though abandoned by the Kamrupian

and most numerous branch of the Bodo.

716 Account of the Origin, etc. of the [J ULY,

they are migratory cultivators of a soil, in which they claim no sort of

right, proprietory or possessory, but which they are allowed to till upon

the easy terms of a quit-rent and labour tax, because none others will

or can enter their malaria-guarded limits. There is no separate calling

of herdsman or shepherd, or tradesman or shop-keeper, or manufac-

turer or handicraft, alien or native, in these primitive societies, which

admit no strangers among them, though they live on perfectly amicable

terms with their neighbours, and thus can always procure, by purchase

or barter, the very few things which they require and do not produce

themselves. To a person accustomed to the constitution of social

bodies in India, whether Arian or Tamulian, it must seem nearly im- .

possible, that communities could exist without smiths, and carpenters,

and potters, and curriers, and weavers, not to mention barbers. Yet of

these helot craftsmen, whose existence forms so striking a feature of all

Indian societies, and whose origin and status so much need* illustra-

tion, there is no trace among the Bodo or Dhimils, though they live

apart from all others, like the Khdnds, Gdénds and Kdls, who have

these aliens among them ; and necessarily so, for their inaccessible po-

sition and predacious propensities, would otherwise too often cut them

off from all aid of craftsmen, whereas the Bodo and Dhimél, who dwell

upon the plains, and on peaceful equitable terms with their neighbours,

can always command such services, or rather their products in the mar-

kets. The Bodo and Dhimals have no buffaloes, few cows, no sheep,

a good many goats, abundance of swine and poultry, some pigeons and

* When we consider the indispensableness of the services of these craftsmen, it

is remarkable that they should have continued to the present day, in a helot or out-

caste state, not only among the Arians, but even among the Tamulians, not only in

the plains but in the mountains. My belief is, that most of the Tamulians on the

Arian conquest, retired to the mountains and jungles, and that those who remained

were reduced to helotism and became the artizans of Arian society, such as we now

see them. Ages afterwards some of them passed into the fastnesses and wilds occu-

pied by their Tamulian brethren, in freedom, and fierce defiance, for the most part,

of their Arian enemies. These immigrants are the recent helot craftsmen of the

Génds, Khénds and Kéls, such as we now see them; Tamulians in origin like the

masters they serve, but from whom they fail to obtain better treatment than from

the Arians. No common tie is recognised; and ages of freedom and of servitude

have left no common trait of character.

1849.] Kéech, Bodo and Dhimél people. 717

ducks. They have no need, therefore, of separate herdsmen, unless it

were swine herds, and these might be very useful in feeding their large

store of pigs in the forest. But they have no such vocation among

them, each family tending its own stock of animals, which is entirely

consumed by that family, and no part thereof sold, though the proxi-

mate hill-men would gladly purchase pigs from them. But they love

not trade nor barter further than is needful, and their need is confined

to obtaining (besides rice) a few earthen and metalic culimary utensils,

still fewer agricultural implements of iron, and some simple ornaments

for their women—all which are readily obtained at the Kocch marts in

exchange for the surplus cotton aud oil seed of their efficient agriculture.

Each man builds and furnishes his own house, makes the wooden imple-

ments he requires, and is his own barber, or his neighbour for him, and he

for his neighbour. He uses no leather and he makes basketry for himself

and family, whilst his wife spins, weaves and dyes the clothes of the fami-

ly, and brews the beer which all members of it freely consume. Thus,

all manufactures are domestic, and all arts. The Bodo and Dhimdals are

generally averse from taking service with, or doing work for strangers,

whether as soldiers, menials, or carriers, though there are a few soldiers

and servants at Dorjiling belonging to the Bodo race, who conduct them-

selves well in their respective capacities. Among their own communities

there are neither servants nor slaves, nor aliens of any kind; and

whilst their circumstances tend to perpetuate equality of means, neither

their traditions, their religion nor their usages sanction any artificial

distinctions of rank. Though they have no idea of a common tie of

blood, yet there are no diverse septs, clans or tribes, among them, nor

yet any castes ; so that all Bodo and all Dhimals are equal—absolute-

ly so in right or law—wonderfully so in fact, Nor is this equality

the dead level of abject want. On the contrary, the Bodo and Dhi-

mals are exceedingly well-fed, and very comfortably clothed and housed,

and so soon as you know them—for they are very shy of strangers—

their voices, looks, and conduct all proclaim the absence of that grovel-

ling fear, and cunning which so shock one in one’s intercourse with the

people of Bengal, and the mass of whom are much worse fed, and, dis-

tinetly worse clothed and housed, than either Bodo or Dhimals.

Laws.—It having been already stated, that these people are, and

have been, for ages, in condition of subjects of foreign Govern-

718 Account of the Origin, ete. of the [JuLy,

ments, I need hardly observe that they have no public laws or

polity whatever, nor even any traces of that village economy which so

pre-eminently distinguishes Indian-Arian societies. Their habits are

too simple and migratory to allow of the existence of the village sys-

tem, with its train of hereditary functionaries and craftsmen. They

dwell in the forest in little communities, consisting of from 10 to 40

houses, which they are perpetually shifting from place to place. Each

of these communities is, however, under a head called Gra by them-

selves, Mondol by their neighbours. To the foreign Government they

live under their Gra is responsible for the revenue assessed which he

pays periodically to the Rajah’s representative—the Choudri—in cow-

ries or rupees, the only currency. He has no scribe, nor keeps any

accounts, his simple explanations to the Choudri being verbal. To the

Choudri he is answerable, likewise, for the keeping of the peace and for

the arrest of criminals : but crimes of a deeper dye are almost unknown,

and breaches of the peace, very rare. Should a murder or robbery

occur the Choudri would take cognizance of it, assisted by 3 or 4

proximate heads and elders of villages, and report to the Rajah, from

whom alone in such cases, a decision could issue. With regard to his

own community, the head of the village has a general authority of

voluntary rather than coercive origin; and which, in cases of the least

perplexity is shared with the heads or elders of two or three neighbour-

ing villages. Those who offend against the customs of the Bodo or

Dhimal, that is, their own customs, are admonished, fined, or excom-

municated, according to the degree of the offence, the village priest

being called in, perchance, to give a higher sanction to the award. The

game Jury-like tribunal, seems to have almost exclusive cognizance of

Civil law, or the usages of each people in regard to inheritance, adoption,

divoree, &c. Marriage is rather a contract than a rite, and, as such, is

dissoluble at the will of either party ; and if the divorce be occasioned

by the wife’s infidelity, the price paid for her to her parents, must be

refunded by them. Dower is not in use, and women, in general, are

deemed incapable of holding or transmitting property. All the sons

get equal shares, nor is there any nice distinction of sons by marriage,

adoption or concubinage. Adoption is common and creditable, even if

there be one son of wedlock: concubinage is rare and discreditable.

Daughters have no inheritance nor dower: but if their parents be rich

1849. | Kéech, Bodo and Dhimal people. 719

and give them marriage presents, such are held to be their own, and

will be retained by them in the event of divorce. Neither Bodo nor

Dhimal can’ marry beyond the limits of his own people, and if he do,

he is severely fined. Within those limits only, two or three of the

closest natural ties are deemed a bar to marriage. In the event of

divorce, the children belong to the father or the sons to the father, and

the daughters to the mother. Ifthe husband take the adulterer in the

fact, he may beat him and likewise the wife; but no more ;* and there-

after, if he please, he may put his wife away, when she and the adul-

terer will continue to abide together as man and wife, without scandal,

but without marriage rite; or, if the husband please, he may pardon

her and frequently does so, should the offence have been the first, and

committed with one of the tribe and not with an alien. Chastity is

prized in man and woman, married and unmarried ; and, as a necessary

consequence, women are esteemed and respected, and divorce and sepa-

ration rare, notwithstanding the bad footing upon which the custom or

law of these nations sets the nuptial union. Siphilis is absolutely

unknown among the Bodo and Dhimal,—a fact that speaks volumes,

and one that renders it scarcely necessary to add, that any class of

women, devoted to unchastity, is a thing for which their languages have

no name, and their manners, no place. Filial piety is not a marked

feature in their character, nor perhaps the want of it. Sons, on mar-

riage, quit the parental roof, and sometimes, previously: but it is

deemed shameful to leave old parents entirely alone, and the last of the

sons, who by his departure, does so, is liable to fine as well as disin-

heritance. Infanticide is utterly unknown, with every savage rite allied

to it, such as human sacrifice, self-immolation and others, too frequent

among rude people. Daughters, on the contrary, are cherished, and

deemed a source of wealth, not poverty, for every man must buy his

wife with coin or labour, and ’tis very seldom that the price comes to

be redemanded by the wronged and unforgiving husband. There is no

bar to re-marriage, and satti is a rite held in abhorrence.

Learning.— Of learning and letters, the Bodo and Dhimals are totally

devoid, and always have been so. The numerals of the cardinal scale

* Among the Parbettias of Nepal the wronged husband may, nay must, slay the

adulterer.

720 Account of the Origin, etc. of the [ JULY,

are only seven in the Bodo tongue, ten in the Dhimals, and they have

no ordinals at all. Beyond 7 or 10 they count by the Hindu ways of

fours and of scores, and in this manner they can reckon to 200. Very

few of the Bodo or Dhimals have learnt to write the neighbouring Pra-

krits, but many can converse in them, particularly in the corrupt

Bengali prevailing from the Kosi to the Brahmapttra. To the segre-

gated manner of life of the Bodo and Dhimils, and to the practice of

both people of marrying only within the pale of their own folk, I ascribe

the present purity of their languages.

Religion.—The religion of the Bodo and Dhimials, is distinguished,

like their manners'and customs, by the absence of every thing that is

shocking, ridiculous, or incommodious. It lends no sanction to bar,

barous rites, nor does it hamper the commerce of life with tedious

insane ceremonial observances. It takes less cognizance than it might

advantageously do of those great sacraments of humanity, baptism,

marriage, and sepulture, withholding all sanction from the first, and

lending to the other two, especially marriage, a less decided sanction

than the interest of society demand. The deplorable impediments to

the business of society, occasioned by the Hindu (Arian) religion, are

too well known to call for specification. But even some of the Tamu-

lians are pestered with usages under the guise of religion, which are

alike injurious to health and convenience,* or are pregnant with cruel-

-ty.+ From all such crimes and mischiefs the religion of the Bodo

and Dhimals is wholly free. With the most striking events or dearest

ties of life it meddles little directly, confining itself almost exclusively

to the propitiation of the superior powers by offerings and sacrifices.

A Bodo or Dhimal is born, is named, is weaned, is invested with the

toga virilis, without any intervention of his priest, who is summoned to

marriages and funerals chiefly, if not solely, to perform the preliminary

sacrifice, which is indispensable to consecrate a feast, for no Bodo or

Dhimal will touch flesh, the blood of which has not been offered to the

gods ; and, flesh constitutes a goodly proportion of the material of

those feasts which solemnise funerals and weddings alike.

+ Khasias. Robinson’s Assam, p. 413 and Buchanan’s Reports, vol. III. p.

+ Garos. Elliott. Asiatic Researches, III. 29. Khdénds. Macpherson’s Re-

ports and Taylor’s Account, vide Madras Journal, No. 16, and Calcutta Review, !

No. IX.

{

}

1849. | Récch, Bodo and Dhimdl People. 721

Priesthood.—The office of the priesthood is not an indefeasible

right vested in a caste, nor is the profession at all exclusive. The

priests are native Bodo or Dhimal, no way distinguished from the

rest of the community, either before or after induction. Occasionally

the son will succeed the father in this office, but rarely ; and who-

ever chooses to qualify himself, may become a priest, and may give up

the profession whenever he sees fit. More than this, the Elders of the

people may and do participate in the functions of the priesthood, and

even exercise them-alone, so that it is not improbable there was a time

when the civil heads of the community were likewise its ecclesiastical

directors. This imperfect constitution of the clerical office has, pro-

bably, proved upon the whole a great blessing to these people by sav-

ing them from the trammels of all refined Paganism, (Kgyptian,

Classic, Indian,) though it has had the necessary ill effect of keeping

their religious ideas in a state of extreme vagueness. I am not inclined

to consider “the natural man” as a savage; and I have no hesitation

in calling the religion of the amiable Bodo and Dhimals, the religion

of Nature, or rather, the natural religion of man. It consists, clearly

enough, of the worship of the most striking and influential of sensible

objects—of the “starry host,’ and of the terrene elements—with a

vague but impressive reference of the powers displayed by these sensi-

ble objects to an immaterial or moral source, unknown indeed, but still

adored as Divine, and even as a divine Unity.* It is true that these

latter conceptions are too vague to be denominated, strictly speaking,

ideas, proper to these people, much less positive tenets of their creed ;

and hence their languages have no word for God, for soul, for heaven,

for hell, for sin, for piety, for prayer, for repentance. It is true that

their gods are many, and are all void of definite moral attributes

(save when their own meaner passions of vanity and anger and

grief are occasionally ascribed to them). But still, in the pre-emi-

nence assigned, however vaguely, to one (or two) of these gods, we

cannot dewy. to these simple-minded races the germ of a feeling of

God’s unity ; and when they appeal to Him as the avenger of perjury,

the sanctioner of an oath—we must acknowledge that the moral senti-

* | refer the caviller to Pope’s universal prayer, and to that famous fane of anti-

quity dedicated to the unknown God.

722 Account of the Origin, etc. of the [Juxy,

ments of their own nature irresistibly impel them to ascribe like senti-

ments to the godhead. Now, in every serious matter of dispute that

cannot be decided by testimony, usually so called, oaths and ordeals are

had recourse to—and both, as substitutes for, and confirmatives of,

evidence, according to the ancient Jewish (nay, universal) notions on

this head. But oaths and ordeals are appeals to the moral nature of

the Divinity: nor can it be denied that, though the practical. religion

of the Bodo and Dhimals consists of idle offerings and sacrifices to

trivial deities, yet that supplications for protection from danger, and

thanksgivings, when it is over, accompany these offerings and these sa-

crifices, forming a part, how inconsiderable soever, of the religious rights

of the people as conducted by the priesthood. The priests, or the elders,

superintend the administration of oaths and of ordeals : the priests alone

direct and conduct those high festivals, which thrice a year are celebrat-

ed in honour of the Elemental gods, and once a year in honour of the

household divinities ; as likewise those occasional acts of worship, which

originate with more or less diffused, or individual, calamity. The calami-

ties to which the Bodo and Dhimal stand most exposed, are small-pox

and cholera, which sorely afflict them ; and drought, blight, and the ra-

vages of wild elephants and rhinoceroses, from which their crops suffer

not less. Diseases are considered to arise entirely from preternatural

agency, and hence there are no medical men, but a regular class of

exorcists, who are a branch of the priesthood, and whose mode of

relieving the possessed or sick will be described presently. They are

called Ojhd, and are the sole physicians. Small-pox is the direst

scourge of the Bodo and Dhimals ; next cholera (since 1818); next

itch ; then diseases of the intestines, as diarrhoea and dysentery ; then

fever ; then goitre ; diseases of the liver and lungs are very rare; and

siphilis is unknown. The Bodo and Dhimil, though healthy races,

are not long-lived nor prolific. Grey hairs are less common than in

the hills or plains: 60 is deemed a great age: a family of 8 or 9 living

children is hardly known: 5 or 6 alive is nearly the maximum ; and 2

to 4 the mean. The hazards and the importance of agriculture to the

Bodo and Dhimal, are sufficiently indicated by their creed, the three

chief festivals of which have almost exclusive reference thereto. Great

as are the ravages committed on the crops by insects and wild animals,

drought seems to be dreaded still more than either, so that among all

cael

1849. ] Kécch, Bodo and Dhimdl People. 723

the numerous gods Jupiter Pluvius, as typed by the rivers, commands

a reverence, second to none with the Dhimals, second to one or two only

with the Bodo. All the rivers between the Cosi and the Torsha are

chief divinities of the Dhimals—all those between the Konki and the

Bar nadi, prime deities of the Bodo. Fire, however, indispensible

agriculturally for the clearing of the forest, is by no means equally re-

verenced ; nor the earth, which yields all; nor the noble forest, so

cherished and so many ways indispensable ; nor the mountains whence

come these very rivers; nor even the sun and moon, which alone of

the starry hosts are worshipped at all. All these deities are worship-

ped devoutly indeed, but none with such earnestness as the rivers:

and yet the rivers flow too low to allow of their waters being turned

to irrigation, so that it is as an index of copious rains, upon which

exclusively Bodo and Dhimal crops are dependant, that the rivers are

entitled to this reverence, though crossing as they do so frequently

and so directly the route of communication through the country of

these tribes, ’tis no wonder that they have unusually commanded at-

tention, When I first obtained lists of the Bodo and Dhimal divinities,

at once so numerous and so devoid of attributes, I was exceedingly per-

plexed what to make of these gods, how to render them at all intelligi-

ble to myself or others. But one key to the enigma was soon found in

the Hindu pantheon—another in the best frontier maps, especially

those of Rennell, where the rivers proved to be so many Dii majores.

A third class of gods, and a very important and characteristic one, in

regard to the Bodo more particularly, remained, however, for solution.

These following the people themselves, I have denominated the ‘ house-

hold gods,’ because their worship is conducted inter parietes. ‘ Nation-

al,’ however, were the fitter term, for these are the original deities of

the whole people, and though their worship be conducted at home,

or in each house, the whole neighbourhood participates through the

medium of the accompanying sacrifice and feast, and reciprocally at

every householder’s of the village, once a year in solemn pomp, and

more frequently and quietly as occasion may require. Not to men-

tion that these deities likewise share with the elemental gods the high

triennial festivals above adverted to; for how ample soever the Bodo or

Dhimal pantheon, their practical religion is as simple as their manners,

and they dispose of their superfluous divinities by adoring them all in

DAZ

724 Account of the Origin, etc. of the [JuLy,

the lump! A good many of the household or national divinities of

the Bodo are elemental gods, chiefly rivers. Batho, however, the chief

god of the Bodo, is not an elemental god: but he is clearly and indis-

putably identifiable with something tangible, viz. the Sij or Euphorbia ;

though why that useless and even exotic plant should have been thus

selected to type the godhead, I have failed to ascertai. Mainou or

Mainong is the wife of Bathdé, and equally revered with him: more I

cannot learn of her. The supreme gods of the Dhimdls are usually

termed Warang-Bérang, that is, the old ones, or father and mother of

the gods. They likewise are a wedded pair, whose proper names are,

respectively, Pochima and Timai vel Timang, of whom the latter is un-

doubtedly the Tishta river ; and the former, I believe, the river Dhorla.

The Bodo and Dhimdls have neither temple nor idol ; and altogether

their religion belongs to the same primitive era with their habits and

manners, is void of offence or scandal, and if any judgment may be

made of it from the manners and character of its professors, is not

without beneficial influences.

I proceed now to some details upon this point, in which it will be

necessary sometimes to speak separately, of the Bodo and Dhimal

religions, though so little essentially distinct. This general corre-

Spondence extends not merely to the entire substance and character of

the religion, properly so called, of each people, but to all minor pomts

connected therewith ; for example, both people have but a vague no-

tion of the existence or functions of those Dii minores called Genii,

Fauns, Satyrs and Sylvans by the classic ancients, and Fairies, Sprites,

Gnomes, Ogres, &c. by our Gothic or Teutonic ancestors. Neither

people is infested with the Gothic bugbear of ghosts, or with the

Gothic and classic follies of magic, sorcery, divining, omens, auspices,

astrology or fortune-telling. On the other hand, both Bodo and

Dhimal alike and devoutly believe in witchcraft, of which they enter-

tain a deep dread, and likewise in the influence of the evil eye, though

much less dreaded than witchcraft. Omens are very slightly, if at all,

heeded by either.

Kécch, Bodo and Dhimdl People.

and

729

Dhimdls.

Pochima, mas. father of the gods,

the river Dhorla ?

Timai ee a mother of the

Timang, gods: the Tishta

1849. |

Pantheon.—The chief deities of the

Bodo

Bathd, chief god. Euphorbia) |

or Sij plant. "S

Mainou or wife of the

Bathé Biurdi, above.

Agrang, male, relative of

the above pair.

Khargi, male.

Ablakhingar, male.

Khoila, male, river ?

Manasho, female. River Mo-

nas or Bonds.

Brali, male, river ?

Brai or the ancient.

Buli, female, river ? styled the

ancient or Biro.

Khandaira, male, a Rajah.

Jaman, male, Yama of Hin-

dus.

The household or National gods, or Nooni Mad

styled °

Kongar or | male, Bhutanese

Gongar, Deity.

Jishing,

Mishing, \ males.

Dhéorlabrai, mas. river, hus-

band. of Tishta.

Didkosi, female, river.

Tishta, ditto, ditto.

Kangkai, ditto, ditto.

Ménchi, male, river.

Torsha, ditto, ditto.

Jordaga, ditto, ditto : the Jer-

deckér R.

Balakhingar, ditto ditto: the

Balasan.

Mahamaya, female.

Mahananda.

Doima, Brahmaputra.

Mater magna.

River

foem.

The Doini madai, or River Deities.

Chading. 7

Gédiine. |

Brai Bhandari.

Jholou Bhandari. >

Katha, male, a Raja. |

Dipkhingar.

Phorou khiingar. J

Shyanmadai, the ie

Sons of Tishta.

males,

Nokhabirmadai, the brothers.

moon,

river.

Lakhim, foem. sister of Timai with

some: Mahanada?

Chima, foem. sister of Timai : the

Kosi river.

Konokchiri, foem. feeder of Konki

river.

Kangkai, foem. river Konki.

Ménchi, foem. river Mechi.

Sondsi, mas. the Soran river.

Bonasi, mas. the Bods or Doas.

Dhilpi, mas. the Dubélly river.

Danto, mas. styled the old.

Chadting, mas. styled Rajah, son

of Timai.

Aphoi, mas. Rajah, son of Timai.

Biphoi, ditto ditto ditto.

Aphtn, ditto ditto ditto.

Kaphtin, ditto ditto ditto.

Baphin, ditto ditto ditto.

Shuti, ditto ditto ditto.

Rong, mas.

Aika, mas. et foem. styled the old.

Tairing,

Tuirtng,

Hili mahaddi,

Khiinchi mahad6i,

\ males, sons of Biphoi.

Females all;

wives of the

Khili mahaddi, | 7 sons of Ti-

Airi mahaddi, >mai = above

Birti mahaddi, | given. Ap-

Nilo mahadoi, | parently Hin-

Kalo mahad0i, du _ Deities,

newly named, or rather renam-

ed by the Dhimals.

Béla, mas. the Sun.

Tali, foem. the Moon.

Bhandi, foem. the Earth.

Singko Dir, the forest gods.

Rako Dir, the mountain gods.

Chambochiri, foem. the Champa-

mati river.

Davai chiri, foem. river ?

Phil chiri, ditto ditto.

726

Hamadai, the Earth, foem.

Watmadai, Fire, mas.

Hajo, Rajah, mas. Je

Ujan, ditto ditto. | =

Bhati, ditto ditto. | <x

Philibar, mas. OP

Malibar, mas. a

Sukra brai, mas. | styled >_>

Stikra bari, foem. f{ the old, = 3

like several others. SS Re)

Dhonktivir, mas. | Hindu

Kathaktvir, mas. { god of | 5

wealth. EX

Khimla brai, ) = TheKam) §

, Fae ws lariver, {os

Khiimlabtréi, | 2° asmas, et | 3

Khati bur, i foem. 3 2

Chomkhabir, TheCham- | & §

, pamati ri- S

Dhon Bir, wer. ( ag

Stindkhi, ) ‘The Soran ri- | 3 1

Binokhi, ever. 5S 5

Anari, a The Boas ri- 2

Banari, Jj 8 ver. J

Account of the Origin, ete. of the

[JuLy,

Ravai chiri, ditto ditto.

Jivhanté ) males, styled the

Bawhante, prom whanté ; hus-

Rawhante, | bands of above Chiris.

Nitti, Dii minores, male and

Achar, >female of each name,

Bibhar, } equivalent to the Bodo

Jaman.

Data, ; i

Bidata, \ Preside over nuptials.

Extra list of the Pantheon of the Bodos of Assam and Kamrip.

Siju Gohain,*

Sasting,

Rong chiklau,

Rong madai,

Bor gam,

Sor gam

Pat bir,

Hap bisa,

Hap bisi,

Ranga tékla,

Boja tékla,

Mojang Mojang,

Jang khalap,

Jang khilip,

Chata bir,

Matho bir,

Khona khoni,

Match langkhar,

Jang khana,

Jang khani,

Bira Gorung,

Khola Gorung,

eee ee

Same as Batho.

Male, great and malignant.

Spirits attendant on Sasting, pro-

pitiated on occasions of sickness,

death or other calamity.

Spirits attendant on the god Hap-

bisa and goddess Hapbiusi.

Goats and fowls sacrificed to

them.

Dii minores, get fowls or eggs only

in sacrifice.

Same as Burha Gosain of the Kécch.

Attendant spirit on last.

* Gohain is a mere corruption of the Prakrit Gosain, the Supreme; Siju is the

Sij vel Euphorbia, type of Batho.

1849. | Kocch, Bodo and Dhimdl People. 727

Raj phusart, Male, a Penate.

Agrang kolia, Agrang of prior list.

Khandab, Fluviatile deities, malignant. Pi-

Jol khuinjara, geons sacrificed to them.

Jol khinjari,

Aya, or Ai,* jig Kamakhya.

Maknar, infae| eee Lakshmi.

Jomon, dais i Yama.

Jal kivir, rs eae |

Thal ktvir, J 55 Kavir, Indian Pluto.

Dhon kivir, i L

I know not that I can add any thing worth preserving to the fore-

gone list of the deities of the Bodo and Dhimal save what will fall

more appropriately under the head of rites and ceremonies. The list

might have been considerably enlarged, but chiefly by importations

from the Hindu Pantheon; and as these consist of mere names, it

seems sufficient to observe, once for all, that the Bodo and Dhimal

have latterly adopted a good many of the Hindu goddesses, particu-

larly the various forms of Durga or Kali, but without any of the rites

appropriate to her worship, or even any images of her. The deities

of the Bodo and Dhimal are divided into males and females, old and

young ; and the latter distinction is material as indicating the relative

rank and consideration of the gods: the ancient or venerable (Brai-

Baroi in Bodo, Warang-Bérang in Dhimil, according to the sex) are the

Dii majores ; the young (Khungar vel Jholou in Bodo, Whante in Dhi-

mal), are the Diiminores. It will be noticed that several of the deities

bear the title of Rajah ; and, as one of these (H4jo) is a known historic

person, it seems probable that this portion of the Bodo and Dhimal

pantheon exemplifies the classic and Hindu practice of deifying the

mortal benefactors of mankind—in a word, apotheosis, or hero worship.

Madai, in Bodo, is a general term, equivalent to Deity, Divinity: Dir

and Gram, are correspondent terms in Dhimal.

Religious rites and ceremonies.—The rites of the Bodo and Dhi-

mal religions are entirely similar, and consist of offerings, sacrifices and

prayers. The prayers are few and simple, when stript of their mum-

mery ; and necessarily so, being committed solely to the memories of

a non-hereditary and very trivially instructed and mutable priesthood.

They consist of invocations of protection for the people and_ their

* Unde Ai hind, the great festival, presently to be described.

728 Account of the Origin, etc. of the | Jury,

crops and domestic animals ; of deprecations of wrath when sickness,

murrain, drought, blight, or the ravages of wild animals, prevail; and

thanksgivings when the crops are safely housed, or recent troubles are

passed. The offerings consist of milk, honey, parched rice, eggs,

flowers, fruits, and red lead or cochmeal: the sacrifices of hogs,

goats, fowls, ducks, and pigeons—most commonly hogs and fowls.

Sacrifices are deemed more worthy than offerings, so that all the higher

deities, without reference to their supposed benevolence or malevolence

of nature, receive sacrifices—all the lesser deities, offerings only. Li-

bations of fermented liquor always accompany sacrifice—because, to

confess the whole truth, sacrifice and feast are commutable words,

and feasts need to be crowned by copious potations. Malevolence

appears to be attributed to very few of the gods, though of course

all will resent neglect ; but, in general, their natures are deemed bene-

volent ; and hence the absence of all savage or cruel rites. All dis-

eases, however, are ascribed to supernatural agency. The sick man

is supposed to be possessed by one of the deities, who racks him with

pains as a punishment for impiety or neglect of the god in question.

Hence, not the mediciner, but the exorcist is summoned to the sick-

man’s aid. The exorcist is called both by the Bodo and Dhimals

Ojha, and he operates as follows. Thirteen leaves each with a few

grains of rice upon it, are placed by the exorcist in a segment of a

circle before him to represent the deities. The Ojha, squatting on

his hams before the leaves, causes a pendulum attached to his thumb

by a string to vibrate before them, repeating invocations the while.

The god who has possessed the sick man, is indicated by the exclusive

vibration of the pendulum towards his representative leaf, which is

then taken apart, and the god in question is asked, what sacrifice he

requires? a buffalo, a hog, a fowl, or a duck to spare the sufferer. He

answers (the Ojha best knows how!) a hog; and it is forthwith vowed

by the sick man and promised by the exorcist, but only paid when the

former has recovered. On recovery the animal is sacrificed, and its

blood offered to the offended deity. I witnessed this ceremony myself

among the Dhimals, on which occasion the thirteen deities invoked were

Péchima or Wardng, Timai or Béréng, Lakhim, Konoksin, Méchi,

Chima, Danto, Chadtng, Aphdi, Biphdi, Andhéman (Aphitn), Tato-

patia (Baphtin) and Shiti. A Bodo exorcist would proceed precisely

1849. | Kécch, Bodo and Dhimal people. 729

in the same manner, the only difference in the ceremony being the in-

vocation of the Bodo gods instead of the Dhimal ones.

Festivals.—The great festivals of the year are three or four. The

first is held in December-January, when the cotton crop is ready. It

is called Shuirkhar by the Bodo, Haréjata by the Dhimals. The sex

cond is held in February-March. It is named Wagalénéd by the Bodo,

who alone observe it. The Bodo name for the third, which is cele-

brated in July-August, when the rice comes into ear, is Philthépno.

The Dhimals call it Gavi puja. The fourth great festival is held in

October, and is named Aihtinéd by the Bodo—Pochima paka by the

Dhimals. The three first of these festivals are consecrated to the ele-

mental gods and to the interests of agriculture. They are celebrated

abroad, not at home, (generally on the banks of a river) whence at-

tendance on them is call Hogron hidong, or madai hudong, ‘ going

forth to worship,’ in contradistinction to the style of the 4th great

festival, which is devoted to the household gods, and is celebrated at

home. The Wagaléno or bamboo festival of the Bodo I witnessed a

year or two since, and will describe it is a sample of the whole.

Proceeding from Siligori to Pankhabari with Dr. Campbell, we came

upon a party of Bodo in the bed of the river, within the Saul forest,

or rather, were drawn off the road by the noise they made. It was a

sort of chorus of a few syllables, solemnly and musically incanted,

which, on reaching the spot, was found to be uttered by thirteen Bodo

men, who were drawn up in a circle facing inwards, and each carrying

a lofty bamboo pole decked with several tiers of wearing apparel, and

crowned with a Chour or Yak’s tail. Within the circle were three men,

one of whom, with an instrument like this (~_ [| _) in his hands

danced to the music, waving his weapon downwards on one side, so

over the head, and then downwards on the other side and again over

the head. He moved round the margin of the circle, in the centre of

which stood two others, one a Dedshi, or priest, and the other an attend-

ant or servitor, called Phantwal. The priest, clothed in red cotton, but

not tonsured or otherwise distinguished from the rest of the party,

muttered an invocation, whereof the burden or chorus was taken up by

the thirteen forming the ring above noticed. The servitor had a water

pot in one hand and a brush in the other, and from time to time, as

the rite proceeded, this person moved out of the circle to sprinkle with

vo B

730 Account of the Origin, etc. of the [ Juiy,

the holy water another actor in this strange ceremony, and a principal

one too. This is the Dédda, or the possessed, who when filled with

the god, answers by inspiration to the questions of the priest as to the

prospects of the coming season. When we first discerned him, he

was sitting on the ground panting and rolling his eyes so significantly

that I at once conjectured his function. Shortly afterwards, the rite

still proceeding, the Déoda got up, entered the circle and commenced

dancing with the rest, but more wildly. He held a short staff in his

hand, with which, from time to time he struck the bedizened poles,

one by one, and lowering it as he struck. The chief dancer with the

odd-shaped instrument, waxed more and more vehement in his dance;

the inspired grew more and more maniacal ; the music more and more

rapid ; the incantation more and more solemn and earnest ; till at last

amid a general lowering of the heads of the decked bamboo poles, so

that they met and formed a canopy over him, the Dédda went off in

an affected fit, and the ceremony closed without any revelation—a cir-

cumstance which must be ascribed to the presence of the sceptical

strangers ; for it is faith alone that worketh miracles, and only among

and for the faithful. ‘This ceremony is performed annually by the

Rajah of Sikim’s orders, or rather with his sanction of the usages of

his subjects ; is addressed to the sun, the moon, the elemental gods,

and above all, to the rivers; and is designed to ensure health and

plenty in the coming year, as well as to ascertain beforehand, its promise

or prospect through the revelations of the Déoda. With regard to the

festival sacred to the national or homebred (noni) gods, called Aihuno

by the Bodo and Péchima paka by the Dhimals, it is to be observed that

the rite, like the separate class of deities adored thereby, is more distince-

tively Bodo than Dhimal. With both people the pre-eminence of water

among the elements is conspicuous: but, whereas the river gods of the

Dhimals have nearly absorbed all the rest, elementary or other, the

household gods of the Bodo stand conspicuously distinguished from the

fluviatile deities. The Prochima and Timang of the Dhimals are one or

both rivers: the Bathd and Mainang of the Bodo are neither of them

rivers, and their interparietal rites are as clearly distinguished from the

rites performed abroad to the fluviatile and other elemental gods. How-

ever, the rites of Batho and Mainou are participated by deities of ele-

meutary and watery nature, and, on the other hand, the Dhimals assert

1849. ] Kécch, Bodo and Dhimdl people. 731

that Péchima and Timai have a two-fold character, one of river gods

(Dhorla and Tishta), and one of supreme gods; and that they are

adored, separately, in these two characters, the Pochima pdka or home

rite of October, bemg appropriated to them in the latter capacity, or

that of supreme gods. I have not witnessed the Péchima paka, and

therefore speak with hesitation. The Ai hiino* is performed as follows.

The friends and family being assembled, including as many persons as

the master of the house can afford to feast, the Dédshi or priest enters

the enclosure or yard of the house, in the centre of which is invariably

planted a Sij or Euphorbia, as the representative of Bathd, who is the

family as well as national god of the Bodo. To Batho thus represented

the Dédshi offers prayers, and sacrifices a cock. He then proceeds into

the house, adores Mainou and sacrifices to her a hog. Next, the priest,

the family and all the friends proceed to some convenient and pleasant

spot in the vicinity, previously selected, and at which a little temporary

shed has been erected as an altar, and there, with due ceremonies, an-

other hog is sacrificed to Agrang, a he-goat to Mandsho and to Buli,

and a fowl, duck or pigeon (black, red, or white, according to the special

and well known taste of each god) to each of the remaining nine of the

Nooni madai. The blood of the sacrifice belongs to the gods—the flesh

to his worshippers, and these now hold a high feast, at which beer and

tobacco are freely used to animate the joyous conclave, but not spirits

nor opium, nor hemp. The goddess Mainou is represented in the interior

of each house by a bamboo post about 3 feet high, fixed in the ground,

and surmounted by a small earthen cup filled with rice. Before this

symbol is the great annual sacrifice of the hog above noted, performed ;

and before this, the females of the family, once a month, make offerings

of eges. For the males, due attention to the four annual festivals is

deemed sufficient in prosperous and healthful seasons. But sickness or

scarcity always beget special rites and ceremonies, suited to the circum-

stances of the calamity, and addressed more particularly to the elemen-

tal gods, if the calamity be drought or blight or devastations of wild

animals—to the household gods, if it be sickness. Hunters, likewise,

and fishers, when they go forth to the chase, sacrifice a fowl to the

Sylvan gods, to promote their success; and lastly, those who have a

* Ai or Aya, is the goddess Kamakya or Kamrup, vis genetrix nature, typed by

the Bhaga or Yoni.

5 B 2

for Account of the Origin, etc. of the [JuLy,

petition to prefer to their superiors, conceive that a similar propitiation

of Jishim and Mishim, or of the Chiris, will tend to the fulfilment of

their requests. And this, I think, is nearly the whole amount of rites

and ceremonies which their religion prescribes to the Bodo and Dhimals.

And anxious as I am fully to illustrate the topic, I will not try the

patience of my readers by describing all that variety of black victims

and white, of red victims and blue, which each particular deity is alleg-

ed to prefer; first, because the subject is intrinsically trifling; and

second, because the diverse statements of my informants lead me to

suspect that the matter is optional or discretionary with each individual

priest prescribing these minutiz. I have mentioned the rude symbols

proper to Bathéd and Mainou. None of the other gods seem to have

any at all, though a low line of kneaded clay attached to the Thali

that surrounds the sacred Euphorbia in the yards of the Bodo is

said to stand for the rest of the divinities, who, as I have already

said, are wont to be worshipped collectively rather than individual-

ly; and thus the sun, the moon and the earth, though adored by

Bodo and by Dhimal, have no separate rites, but are included in

those appropriated to the elemental gods. Witchcraft is universal-

ly dreaded by both Bodo and Dhimal. Witches (Dain and Mhai)

are supposed to owe their noxious power to their own wicked

studies, or to the aid of preternatural beings. When any person is

afflicted, the elders assemble and summon three Ojhas or exorcists,

with whose aid and that of a cane freely used, the elders endeavour

to extort from the witch a confession of the fact and the motives.

By dint of questioning and of beating the witch is generally brought

to confession, when he or she is asked to remove the spell, to heal the

sufferer, means of propitiating preternatural allies (if their agency be

alleged) being at the same time tendered to the witch, who is, however,

forthwith expelled the district and put across the next river, with the

concurrence of the local authorities. No other sorcery or black art

save that of witches is known; nor palmistry, augury, astrology,

nor, ina word, any other supposed command of the future than that

described in the ‘Wa galéno’ as the attribute, (for the nonce) of the

Déoda or vates. The evil eye cause some alarm to Bodo and to

Dhimal, who call it mogon ndngo and minojé respectively, and who

cautiously avoid the evil-eyed person, but cannot eject him from the

1849.] Kécch, Bodo and Dhimdal people. 733

community. The influence of the evil-eye is sought to be neutralised

by offerings of parched millet and eggs to Khoja Kajah and Mansha

Rajah—Dii minores, who find no place in my catalogue, ample as it is.

Moish madai, I am told, likewise claims a place in the Bodo Panthe-

on, and a distinguished place too, as the protector of this forest-dwell-

ing people, from beasts of prey, and especially the tiger.

Priesthood.—The priesthood of the Bodo and Dhimils is entire-

ly the same, even to the nomenclature, which with both people

expresses the three sorts of clergy by the terms Dédoshi, Dhami and

Ojha. The Dhémi (seniores priores!) is the district priest. The

Dédshi, the village priest, and the Ojha, the village exorcist. The

Dédshi has under him one servitor called Phantwal. There is a

Dédshi in nearly every village. Over a small circle of villages one

Dhami presides and possesses a vaguely defined but universally recog-

nised control over the Dédshis of his district. The general consti-

tution and functions of the clerical body have already been fully ex-

plaied. Priests are subject to no peculiar restraints, nor marked by

any external sign of diverse dress or other. The connexion between

pastor and flock is full of liberty for the latter, who collectively can

eject their priest if they disapprove of him, or individually can desert

him for another if they please. He marries and cultivates like his flock,

and all that he can claim from them for his services is, first, a share of

every animal sacrificed by him, and second, three days’ help from each

of his flock (the grown males), per annum towards the clearing and

cultivation of the land he holds on the same terms with them, and

which have been already explained. Whoever thinks fit to learn the

forms of offering, sacrifice and accompanying invocation, can be a

priest ; and if he get tired of the profession, he can throw it up when

he will. Ojhas stand not on the same footing with Dhamis and Déé-

shis: they are remunerated solely by fees: but into either office—

priests or exorcists—the form of induction is similar, consisting merely

of an introduction by the priests or exorcists of the neophyte to

the gods, the first time he officiates. One Dhami and two Déedshis

usually induct a Dédshi—three Ojhas, an Ojha: and the formula is

literally that of an introduction—‘ this is so and so, who proposes, O

ye gods! to dedicate himself to your service: mark how he performs

the rites, and, if correctly, accept them at his hands.’

734 Account of the Origin, ete. of the [Juxy,

Customs.—Under this head I shall state the usages observed at

births, naming, weaning, togavirilis, marriage and death, aggregating

what is common, and distinguishing what is peculiar to the Bodo or

Dhimals. The customs of both people have a great similitude, owing

to their perfect simplicity. They are derived, in fact, from nature,

and nature as little strained by arbitrary devices of man as can well be.

At births the mother herself cuts the navel-string, so soon as she has

recovered strength for the act. No midwives are found, so that nature

must do all, or the mother and offspring perish together. But delive-

ries are almost always very easy, and death in childbed scarcely known

—a blessing derived from the active and unsophisticated manners of the

sex. The idea of uncleanness occasioned by births, and by deaths also,

is recognised; but the period of uncleanness and segregation is very

short, and the purificatory rites consist merely of bathing and shaving,

performed by the parties themselves. The infant is named immediately

after birth, or as soon as the mother comes abroad, which is always in

4 or 5 days after delivery. There are no family names, or names derived

from the gods. Most Bodo and Dhimials bear meaningless designations,

or any passing event of the moment may suggest a significant term : i

thus a Bhotia chief arrives at the village and the child is called Jinkhap ;

or a hill peasant arrives, and it is named Gongar, after the titular or

general designation of the Bhotias. Children are not weaned so long

as their mother can suckle them, which is always from two to three

years—sometimes more—and two children, the last and penultimate,

are occasionally seen at the breast together. The delayed period of

weaning will account in part for the limited fecundity of the women.

When a Bodo or Dhimél comes of age, the event is not solemnised by

any rite or social usage whatever. Marriage takes place at maturity,

the male being usually from 20 to 25 years of age, and the female, from

15 to 20. Courtship is not sanctioned: the parents or friends negociate

the wedlock, though in so simple a state of society it cannot be, but the

parties have frequently met and are well known to each other. The

Hindus wisely and decorously attach much discredit to the parent, who

takes a “‘ consideration’ for the grant of his daughter in marriage. No

such delicacy is recognised by Bodo or Dhimal parents, who invariably

demand and receive a price, which is called Jan in the language of the

former, and Gandi in that of the latter people. The amount varies

1849.| Kéech, Bodo and Dhimdl people. 71a

from 10 to 15 rupees among the Dhimals, from 15 to 45 among the

Bodo. I cannot learn the cause of the great difference. A youth who

has no means of discharging this sum, must go to the house of his

father-in-law elect and there literally earn his wife by the sweat of his

brow, labouring, more judaico, upon mere diet for a term of years,

varying from two as an average, to five and even seven as the extreme

period. This custom is named Gabdi by the Bodo—Gharjya by the

Dhimals. It, of course, implies a good deal of intercourse between the

betrothed youth and damsel prior to their nuptials ; but from all I can

learn, instances of opportunity abused are most rare. The legal nature

and effects of the nuptial contract have been already explained under

the head of laws: what concerns fecundity, longevity, &c. under the

head of medicine, as a branch of religion. The marriage ceremony is

little perplexed with forms. After the essential preliminaries have been

arranged, a procession is formed by the bridegroom elect and his friends,

who proceed to the bride elect’s house, attended by two females spe-

cially appointed, to put red lead or oil on the bride elect’s head, when

the procession has reached her home. There a refection is prepared,

after partaking of which the procession returns, conducting the bride

elect to the house of the groom’s parents. So far, the same rite is

common to the Bodo and Dhimal—the rest is peculiar to each.

Among the Dhimals, the Dédoshi now proceeds to propitiate the gods

by offerings. Data and Bidata, who preside over wedlock, are invok-

ed, and betel leaf and red lead are presented to them. The bride

and groom elect are next placed side by side, and each furnished with

five pauns, with which they are required to feed each other, while

the parents of the groom cover them with a sheet, upon which the

Dédshi, by sprinkling holy water sanctifies and completes the nuptials.

Among the Bodo the bride elect is anointed at her own home with oil ;

the elders or the Dédshi perform the sacred part of the ceremony,

which consists in the sacrifice of a cock and a hen, in the respective

names of the groom and bride, to the sun; and next, the groom, rising

makes salutation to the bride’s parents, and the bride, similarly attests

her future duty of reverence and obedience towards her husband’s

parent ; when the nuptials are complete. A feast follows both with

Bodo and Dhimdls, but is less costly among the former than among

the latter—as is said, because the higher price paid for his wife by the

716 Account of the Origin, ete. of the [ JuLy,

Bodo incapacitates him for giving so costly an entertainment. The

marriage feast of the Dhimals is alleged to cost 30 to 40 rupees some-

times, the festivities being prolonged through two and even three days ;

whereas 4 to 6—rarely 10 rupees, suffice for the nuptial banquet of a

Bodo.

The Bodo and Dhimals both alike bury the dead immediately after

decease, with simple but decent reverence, though no fixed burial

ground nor artificial tomb is in use to mark the last resting place of

those must dear in life, because the migratory habits of the people

would render such usages nugatory. The family and friends form a

funeral procession, which bears the dead in silence to the grave. The

body being interred, a few stones are piled loosely upon the grave to

prevent disturbance by jackals and ratels, rather than to mark the

spot, and some food and drink are laid upon the grave; when the

ceremony is suspended and the party disperses. Friends are purified

by mere ablution in the next stream, and at once resume their usual

cares. The family are unclean for three days, after which, besides

bathing and shaving, they need to be sprinkled with holy water by

their elders or priest. They are then restored to purity and forthwith

proceed to make preparations for a funeral banquet, by the sacrifice of

a hog to Mainou or Timang, of a cock to Bathé or Pochima, accord-

ing to the nation. When the feast has been got ready and the friends

are assembled, before sitting down, they all repair once again to the

grave, when the nearest of kin to the deceased, taking an individnal’s

usual portion of food and drink, solemnly presents them to the dead,

with these words, ‘take and eat: heretofore you have eaten and drank

with us: you can do sono more: you were one of us: you can be

so no longer: we come no more to you: come you not to us.’ And

thereupon the whole party break and cast on the grave a bracelet of

thread priorly attached, to this end, to the wrist of each of them.

Next the party proceed to the river and bathe, and having thus lus-

trated themselves, they repair to the banquet, and eat, drink and make

merry as though they were never to die! A funeral costs the Dhimals

from four to eight rupees—something more to the Bodo, who practise

more formality on the occasion, and to whom is peculiar the singular

leave-taking of the dead just described.

Useful Arts.—As already observed, the arts practised by the

1849. | Kécch, Bodo and Dhimdl people. 737

Bodo and Dhimals are few, simple and domestic. Agriculture is the

grand and almost sole business of the men, but to it is added the con-

struction and furnishing of the dwelling house in each of the frequent

migrations of the whole people. The boys look after the domestic

animals. The women, aided by the girls, are fully employed within

doors in spinning, weaving and dying the clothing of the family, in

brewing, and in cooking. The state of the arts will be sufficiently

and most conveniently illustrated by a description of the household

furniture, clothes, food and drinks of the people, preceded by an ac-

count of the implements, processes, and products of agriculture.

Agriculiure.—The agricultural implements are an ax to fell the

forest trees, a strong bill or bill-hook to clear the underwood and also

to dig the earth, a spade for rare but more effectual digging, and lastly

a dibble for sowing the seed. The axis called Ria by the Bodo,

Duphé by the Dhimals. It is a serviceable implement of iron (the head)

similar to that in use in the plains where the head is bought; the haft

bemg made at home. The bill, called Chékha by the Bodo, Ghong¢éi

by the Dhimals, is a “jack of all work,”’ like in shape to our English

bill, but with the curved extremity or beak prolonged and furnished

with a straight downward edge of some three inches. It is of iron,

of course, and purchased in the Kocch marts. The spade is the ordi-

nary short, bent one of the plains, where it is bought, and where it is

called Kodal. The Bodo and Dhimals use it but little, and have no

name of their own for it. The dibble is a wooden staff about 4 feet

long, made by the people themselves. It is like a stout walking staff

sharpened at the lower end. The process of culture, emphatically

called ‘clearing the forest,’ is literally such for the most part, and

would be so wholly, but that several of the species grown being bien-

nials, a field is retained over the first year, so that the second year’s

work consists merely of weeding and resowing rice amid the other

standing products. The characteristic work is the clearing of fresh

land, which is done every second year, and thus, axes and bills clear

away the wood: fire completes what they have left undone, and at the

same time spreads over the land an ample stratum of manure (ashes) ;

the soil is worked nearly enough in eradicating the undergrowth of

trees (for the lords of the forest are only truncated) ; so that what little

additional digging is needed, may be and is performed with the square

738 Account of the Origin, etc. of the [JuLy,

end of the bill. ’Tis no great matter, and firmg is the last effectual

process. Amid the ashes the seed is sown by a dibbler and a sower,

the former of whom, walking erect, perforates the soil in quincunxes

by sharp strokes of his pointed staff, (called Shéman by the Bodo and

Dhimsi by the Dhimals) so as to make a series of holes from one to

two inches deep, and about a span apart; whilst the latter, following

the dibbler, and furnished with a basket of mixed seeds, drops 4 to 6

seeds into each hole and covers them at the same time. All the various

produce raised is grown in this promiscuous style. Chait, Baisakh

and half Jeth,* comprise the season for preparing and sowing the soil.

Sdwan, Bhadin, Kuar and half Kartik,+ that for gathering the various

products, save cotton, which is not gathered till Pis-Mdgh.t The rest

are reaped as they successively ripen: first cucurbitaceous plant,

(Kohara, Louka, Khira, Kankara Karela) ; then greens (Sem, mattar,

Béngan, Chichinda, P6i) ; then the several edible roots (Yam, Arwi, &c.) ;

then the condiments (Haldi, Adrak, red peppers); then the millets

and pulse (Marwa, Kulthi, Urid) ; then Maize; next rice; then the

mustards (Tori or Sarstin or Til), and last of all, cotton. The fields,

which are much better worked in eradicating the jungle than those

for which the Bengal plough performs the same office, are likewise as

much better weeded ; and how strange soever to mere English ears,

the huge mixture of crops may sound, this mixture does not greatly

exceed the practice of Bengal, nor is it inconsistent with good re-

turns, though there be no artificial irrigation whatever. The cotton

is a biennial of inferior quality, but it is the main crop, and that from

the sale of which in the plains, the Bodo and Dhimdls look to provide

themselves with the greatest part of the rice they consume; for their

own supply is very madequate. Nevertheless rice is usually spoken of

as the crop next in estimation to cotton, though maize and even millet

seem to contribute as much to the quantity of home-reared food. The

rice grown is similar to the “dry rice’’—“ the Ghaia’’ of Nepal—the

“summer rice’ of the plains. The other articles grown, have all been

enumerated above, save Indigo, which, with the cochineal of the forest,

and Madder procured from the hills, supplies the Bodo and Dhimils

* March, April, and May respectively.

+ July, August, Sept. and Oct. respectively.

t December, January.

1849. | Kéech, Bodo and Dhimdl people. 730

with dyes. Arhar and a few more of the superior agricultural and

horticultural products of the plains are occasionally grown by the

Bodo and Dhimals, whose chief products, however, are those given

above, and of them not absolutely all in one field and year, though

from 12 to 15 are always there, and include a good supply of vegetables,

condiments and cerealea, but the last deficient in the article of rice, which

is the principal grain eaten. Of vegetables the favorites are Béngans,

cucurbitacea and roots (Tha vel Kin, in their own tongues) : of cereals,

rice: of condiments, red peppers. Mustards are grown not for their

_ oils, nor as stimulants, but merely for eating like parched peas. The

oil seeds are fried and are relished in that state :* the young plants also

are used asgreens. The surplus seed is sold to the oilmen of the plains,

neither Bodo nor Dhimal being wont to express oil, of which they con-

sume little, and that only for cooking. Lights they use none (save on

occasions of ceremony and of puja) but go to bed early and sit by the

fire—a splendid wood fire—till then. The small quantity of oil used

for cooking they buy in the adjacent marts of the Kocch. The cotton

crop and the surplus of the mustard crop, are all the agricultural pro-

ducts which they sell any portion of. Cotton is habitually sold, the

small portion only that is needed for clothing the family being reserved,

which may be about one-fifteenth of what is raised. The domestic

animals have been enumerated elsewhere, and must be spoken of again

when we come to the head of food. Agriculturally viewed, they are a

dead letter, not even their manure being employed.

Upon the whole the agriculture of the Bodo and Dhimils is con-

ducted with as much skill as that of their lowland neighbours; with

skill superior much to that of their highland neighbours; and with

pains and industry greatly above those of either highlanders or Kécches.

The following details of what is raised by one Bodo cultivator, and

consumed by himself, his wife and three young children, imperfect

though they be, will help to convey a just idea of his position.

Bodo peasant tilling about 13 bigha with the spade.

* They are fried with greens, and of course yield up a good deal of their oil to

flavour the vegetables.

5 Coe

740 Account of the Origin, etc. of the [Juy,

Propucts or INCOME.

Dhan or rice in husk,.. 24 bisi = 12 maunds = 4 0 0

Cotton undressed,...... 16 bisi = 8 maunds = 32 0 0O

Maizeghay es Sik: et 3 bisi = 14 maunds = 0 8 0

Millets and Pulse,...... Asbisiv== 2 maunds == 7 012-0

Condiments, dyes&greens 2 bisi = 1 maund = 4 0 0

Total Rupees, .. 41 4 0

EXPENSES.

Rice in husk, bought, 3 Pouthi = 48 maunds = 15 0 0

Salt bought, 18° Phol"™” ==]"16* seers" ==" oie

Cotton Meld” pulas. «2 cs we e's oe nee alee

CrOVeErmiMent TAX! =. ces chee ce neutte ene mee ce eee

Cotton seed ‘bought,. eo. . cece ~ sceaue otek = ne

Ai huno festival, Jos = a ene

Oil bought for de dines ih for eal Teheal: = 0 8 0

Sickness, fees to the Ojha, . toes sets = ae

Presents to sisters and friends who iii aid atid

make visits, .. ..... PRT UPR eRe gc, oe tensa atta = Pe

Ornaments for wile,. 0%... . <4. one. la) eee

Fruits bought for self, wife A cian sae gear = 2 0

Fish bought in rains when none can be taken in

ENE: CORES c's Seo ss wile MO ee eee em = ee

Earthen vessels bought, . a pep — i pon

Proportion of price of Chékha or Bill, Se aes = 0 8 0

Ditto dittoror Jong or spear, «. 22.5.0 «cee es =" 0) erat

Ditto ditto of metallic pots and pans,.......... = 0 8 0

OUMOLICS, s svermcs cote so anette lt new oe cs oe Hee ee eh ae

Total Rupees, .. 40 0 0O

Roa laM ee AN AAV OM jai. 40 kote aiaiaso hols, nts legs ah ees ineainnie si a a

It has been already mentioned that the Bodo and Dhimal peasant is

liable to a corvee or labour tax, the items of which may be added thus

—for the Rajah 3 days, thrice a year or 9 days—for the Rajah’s local

representative, 6 days—for the village priest or Dédshi, 3 days—Total

18 days per annum. This is so much deducted from his resources, and

1849. | Kécch, Bodo and Dhimdl people. 741

may be stated at 2* rupees in com. A peasant of the plains, using the

plough, will earn twice or even thrice as much as a Bodo or Dhiméal, and

yet, what with the wretched system of borrowing at 25 to 30 per cent.

and the grievous extra frauds incidental to that system, he will not be

nearly so well off. The Bodo or Dhimal again, has abundance of domes-

tic animals, and is moreover at liberty to eat the flesh of all save the

cow, whereas the peasant of the plains has few, and of those only the goat

that he can eat. And, lastly, the Bodo’s industrious wife not only spins,

but weaves and dyes all the clothes of the family, besides supplying it

amply with wholesome and agreeable beer, whilst the peasant’s wife in the

plains does nothing but spin; and though this may diminish the cost

of the family clothing, still it must be bought, nor will there be much

thread to dispose it in free sale, apart from the clothier. The high-

“land peasantry, generally, earn less than the Bodo and Dhimals, and

are proportionally worse off, though lightly taxed and exempt from the

curse of the borrowing system. The Newdr peasants of the great

valley of Nepal,—as industrious as the Bodo and Dhimdls—nay more

so—and more skilful too,—earn more and retain more notwithstand _

ing the heavy rent they pay to their landlord, who pays the light tax

or Government demand on the land.

Houses.—The Bodo and Dhimals build and furnish their own houses

without any aid of craftsmen, of whom they have none whatever.

They mutually assist each other for the nonce, as well in constructing

their houses as in clearing their plots of cultivation, merely providing

the helpmates with a plentiful supply of beer. A house is from 12 to

16 cubits long by 8 to 12 wide; a smaller house of the same sort is

erected opposite for the cattle, and if the family be large, two other

domiciles like the first are built on the other sides, so as to enclose an

open quadrangle or yard. The houses are made of jungle grass se-

cured within and without by a trellice work of strips of bamboo. The

roof has a high and somewhat bulging pitch, and a considerable pro-

jection beyond the walls. It also is made of wild grass, softer than

that which forms the walls. There is only one division of the interior

which separates the cooking and the sleeping portions of the house,

which has no chimney or window, and but one door. Ten to forty such

* If the Bodo pay one rupee of direct and two of indirect taxes, he will be near-

ly on a level, quoad public burdens, with the peasant of the plains.

742 Account of the Origin, etc. of the | Juny,

houses form a village, without any rigid uniformity or any defences

whatever.

Furniture is very scant, consisting only of a rare bedstead, some

sleeping mats, a stool or two, and some swinging-shelves ; and all of

these are made at home. Household utensils are a few earthen vessels

for carrying and holding water, some metallic cooking, eating, and

drinking pots, and a couple of knives, to which we must add the spin-

ning, weaving, dyeing, and brewing apparatus of the women. All the

latter are of the simplest possible form and homemake: the earthen

and metallic pots and pans are purchased in the Kécch marts. There

are none of iron nor of copper ; all are of brass or of other mixed me-

tals that are metallic, owing, it is said, to the dearness of iron and cop-

per. There are no leathern utensils. Baskets of bamboo and of cane

and ropes of grass, are abundant and of homemake, by the men who

likewise haft all the iron implements they purchase abroad, for agri-

cultural or domestic uses. It has already been said that lights are dis-

pensed with beyond what is afforded by an ample fire.

Clothes.—With both people they are made at home and by the women.

The Bodo women wear silk procured from the castor plant worm, which

they rear at home in each family. The Bodo men and Dhimals of both

sexes wear cotton only. Woollen is unknown, even in the shape of

blankets. The manufactures are durable and good, and not inconveni-

ently coarse—in fact, precisely such as the people require: and the

dying is very respectably done with their own cochineal, mormda, or

indigo, or with madder got from the hills—but all prepared by them-

selves. The female silk vest of the Bodos possessed by me is 3} feet

wide by 7 long, deep red, with a broad, worked margin of cheque pattern

—and of white and yellow colours, beside the ground red—above and

below. This garment is called Dokhana by the Bodo, and must be a

very comfortable and durable dress, though it somewhat disfigures the

female form by being pressed over the breast as it is wrapped round the

body, which it envelopes from the armpits to the centre of the calves.

The female garment of the Dhimals differs only in material, being cotton.

It is called Bonha. The male dress of the Bodo consists of two parts

-—an upper anda lower. The former is equivalent to the Hindu chadar

or toga. It is called Shima, and is 9 to 10 cubits by 3. The latter,

styled Gamcha, and which is 6 cubits by 2, is equivalent to the Hindu

1849. | Kécch, Bodo and Dhimdl people. 743

Dhoti, and after being passed between the legs is folded several times

round the hips and the end simply tucked in behind. The male dress

of the Dhimals is similar: its upper portion is called Pataka—its lower,

Dhari—the whole, Dhaba with this people—Hi with the Bodo. All

cotton clothes, whether male or female, are almost invariably white or

undyed. Neither Bodo nor Dhimal commonly cover the head, unless

when the men choose to take off their upper vest and fold it round the

head to be rid of it. Shoes are not in use; but a sort of sandals or

sole-covers, called Yapthong vel Champoi, sometimes are, and are made

of wood by the people themselves. There are no other shoes. Orna-

ments are rare, even amongst the women, who however wear small silver

rings in their ears and noses also, and heavy bracelets of mixed metal

on their wrists. These are bought in the Kédcch marts, and are quite

simple in form.

Food.—The sorts of vegetable food have been already enume-

rated in speaking of agriculture ; rice is the chief article: wheat or

barley, unknown even by name. Ghiu or clarified butter, is likewise

totally unused and unnamed, and oilis very sparingly consumed for

food. Salt, chillies, vegetables, plenty of rice, varied sometimes with

maize or millet, and fish or flesh every second day, constitute, however,

a meal which the poor Hindu might envy, washed down as it is with

a liberal allowance of beer. Plenty of fish is to be had from Decem-

ber to February, both inclusive, and plenty of game from January to

April inclusive, though the Bodo and Dhimal are no very keen or

skilful sportsmen, notwithstanding the abundance of game and freedom

from all prohibitions. They have the less need to turn hunters in that

their domestic animals must supply them amply with flesh. They

have abundance of swine and of poultry, and not a few of goats, ducks

and pigeons, but no sheep nor buffaloes, and cows are scarce; milk is

little used, but not eschewed, as by the Garés it is. They may eat all

animals, tame or wild, save oxen, dogs, cats, monkeys, elephants, bears

and tigers. Fish of all sorts, land and water tortoises, mungooses,

civets (not cats!), porcupines, hares, monitors of enormous size, wild

hogs, deer of all sorts, rhinoceros, and wild buffaloes, are amongst the

wild animals they pursue for their flesh; and altogether they are

abundantly provided with meat.

Drinks and stimulants.—The Bodo and Dhiméls use abundance of a

744 Account of the Origin, ete. of the [ JuLy,

fermented liquor made of rice or millet, which the former call J6, the

latter, YU. It is not unpleasant, and I should think was very harmless.

Its taste is a bitterish subacid, and it is extremely like the Ajimana of

the Néwars of Nepal. Brewing and not distillmg, seems to be a cha-

racteristic of nearly all the Tamulian races, all of whom drink and make

beer—and none of them, spirits. The Bodo and Dhimal process of

making this fermented liquor is very simple: the grain is boiled : the

root of a plant called Agaichito is mixed with it: it is left to ferment

for two days ina nearly dry state: water is then added, quant. suff. ;

the whole stands for 3 or 4 days, and the liquor is ready. The Agai-

chito plant is grown at home: its root, which serves for balm, is called

Emon. I have never seen it. Besides this beer—of which both peo-

ple use much—they likewise freely use tobacco ; but never opium nor

hemp in any of the numerous preparations of both ; nor distilled waters

of any kind; and upon the whole, I see no reason to brand them with

the name of drunkards, though they certainly love a merry cup in

honour of the gods at the high festivals of their religion. Among my

own servants the Bodo have never been seen drunk: the Moslems and

Hindus, several times excessively so.

Manners.—The manners of the Bodo and Dhimals are, I think, a

pleasing medium between the unsophisticated roughness of their high-

land neighbours, and the very artificial smoothness of their neigh-

bours of the plains. They are very shy at first; but when you

know them they are cheerful without boisterousness and inquisitive

without intrusion. Man’s conduct to woman is always one of the best

tests of his manners: now the Bodo and Dhimals use their wives and

daughters well; treating them with confidence and kindness. They

are free from all out-door work whatever; and they are consulted by

their husbands as their safest advisers in all domestic concerns, and

in all others that women are supposed likely to understand. Whena

Bodo or Dhimal meets his parent or one of the elders of the communi-

ty, he drops his joined hands to the earth, and then raises them to his

forehead ; and if he be abroad he says ‘ father, I am on my way,’—to

which the parent or senior answers, ‘ may it be well with you.’ There

is little visiting save that which is inseparable from the frequent religi-

ous feasts and festivals, already sufficiently described, nor are amuse-

ments or pastimes for young or old common. Indeed, children or

1849. | Kéech, Bodo and Dhimal people. 745

women seem to have none, and the men so little heed them, that neither

the Bodo nor Dhimal tongue has a word of its own for sport, play or

game! The young men, however, have two games, which I proceed to

describe summarily. In the light half of October, on the day of the

full moon, a party of youths proceed at nightfall from village to vil-

lage, like our Christmas-wakers, hailing the inhabitants with song

and dance, from night till morn, and demanding largess. This is given

them in the shape of grain, beer and cowries, wherewith on their return

they make a feast, and thus ends the pastime, which is called Harna-

harni by the Bodo, and Harna-dhaka by the Dhimdls. Again, in the

dark half of the same month, when the wane is complete, the youths

similarly assemble, but in the daytime, and dressing up one of their

party like a female, they proceed from house to house and village to

village, saluting the inhabitants with song and dance, and obtaining

presents as before, conclude the festival with a merry making among

themselves. The Bodo name of this rite or game is Chorgéléno—the

Dhimals call it Chérdhaka. And now we shall conclude the subject of

manners with a statement of the ordinary manner in which a Bodo or

Dhimil passes the day. He rises at day spring, and having performed

the offices of nature and washed himself, he proceeds at once to work

in his field till noon. He then goes home to take the chief meal of the

day, and which consists of rice, pulse, fish or flesh (on alternate days),

greens and chillies, with salt—never ghiu—seldom oil. He rests an

hour or more at noon, and then resumes his agricultural toils, which are

not suspended till night-fall. So soon as he has got home, he takes a

second meal with his family—then chats a while over the fire, and to

bed betimes—seldom two hours after dusk. If the children be young,

they sleep with their parents—if older, apart. The Bodo call their

first meal Sanjuphini inkh4am—their second, Bilini inkhém. The

Dhimal name for the first is Manjbéla-chaké ; for the second, Dilima-

chaka. Wives usually eat after their husbands—children with.

Character.—The character of the Bodo and Dhimals, as will be an-

ticipated from the foregone details, is full of amiable qualities—and al-

most entirely free from such as are unamiable. They are intelligent,

docile, free from all hard or obstructive prejudices, honest and truthful

in deed and word, steady and industrious in their own way of life; but

apt to be mutable and idle when first placed in novel situations, and to

J D

746 Account of the Origin, etc. of the [JuLy,

resist injunctions, injudiciously urged, with dogged obstinacy. They

are void of all violence towards their own people or towards their neigh-

bours, and though very shy of strangers, are tractable and pleasant when

got at, if kindly and cheerfully drawn out. The Commissioner of Assam,

Major Jenkins, who has by far the best opportunities for observing them,

when drawn out of their forest recesses, gives them, as we have seen,

a very high character as skilful, laborious cultivators, and peaceable

respectable subjects ; whilst that this portion of them want neither

spirit nor love of enterprise, is sufficiently attested by the fact, that

when the Dorjiling corps was raised two-thirds of the recruits first ob-

tained were Bodo of Assam. Neither the Bodo nor Dhimal however,

can be characterised, upon the whole, as of military or adventurous .

genius, and both nations decidedly prefer, and are better suited for

the homebred and tranquil cares of agriculture. They are totally free

from arrogance, revenge, cruelty and fierté; and yet they are not de-

void of spirit, and frequently exhibit symptoms even of that passion-

ate or hasty temperament, which is so rare, at least in its manifesta-

tions, in the east. Their ordinary resource against ill-usage is immove-

able passive resistance: but their common demeanour is exempt from

all marks of the wretched alarm, suspicion and cunning that so sadly

characterise the peasantry of the plains in their vicinity, and which,

being habitual, must be fatal to truth. The Bodo and Dhimal in this

respect, as in most others, more nearly resemble the mountaieers,

whose straight-forward manly carriage so much interests Europeans in

their favour. Oppression and its absence beget these different phases

of character. The absence of all petty trade likewise contributes ma-

terially to the candour and integrity of the Bodo and Dhimals. Among

all mankind, women, wine, and power are the great tempters, the great

leaders astray. Now the Bodo and Dhimals rise decidedly superi-

or to the first temptation ; are not unduly enslaved to the second ; and,

from the perfect equality and subject condition of the whole of them,

are entirely exempted from the third. Power cannot mislead those who

never exercise it: where women are esteemed and no artificial impedi-

ments whatever exist to prevent marriage, women are a source, not of

vice, but of virtue: and, lastly, where “honest john barley corn” is

free from the dangerous alliance of spirits, opium and hemp, I know not

that he, even if assisted by the “narcotic weed,”’ need be set down as a

1849.] Kécch, Bodo and Dhimdl people. 747

necessary corrupter of morals. True, the Bodo and Dhimal do not pre-

tend to the somewhat pharisaical abstemiousness or cleanliness of the

Hindts. But I am not therefore disposed particularly on Hindi evi-

dence, to tax them with the disgusting vices of drunkenness and dirti-

ness, though these, and obstinacy, zf any, are the vices we must lay to

their charge, as the counterpoise of many and unquestionable virtues.

Peasant, be it remembered, must be compared with peasant, and not

peasant with people of higher condition; and if the comparison be thus

fairly made, it may perhaps be truly decided, that the Bodo and Dhi-

mal are less sober and Jess cleanly and less tractable than the people of

the plains—more sober and more cleanly and more tractable than those

of the hills. The Bodo and Dhimils are good husbands, good fathers

and not bad sons; and those who are virtuous in these most influential

relations, are little likely to be vicious in less influential ones, so that it

need excite no surprise that these people, though dwelling in the forest,

apart from the inhabitants of the open country, are never guilty of

black mailing or dacoity against them, whilst among themselves crimes

of deep dye are almost unknown. To the ostentatious hospitality of

many nations whose violence against their neighbours is habitual, they

make no pretensions ; but among their own people they are hospitable

enough, and towards the stranger, invariably equitable and temper-

ate.

PLDPLP PALL LLL ALL ALIA LAL RA AAPL AAA

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL, -

For Jury, 1849.

At a meeting of the Asiatic Society held on Wednesday, the 4th

July, 1849.

The Hon’ble Sir J. W. Cotvite, President, in the chair.

The proceedings of the June meeting were read and confirmed, and

the accounts and vouchers of the preceding month were laid upon the

table.

Robert Catheart Dalrymple Bruce, H. M. 8. who had been. duly

proposed and seconded at the June meeting, was ballotted for and

elected.

The following gentlemen were proposed for election at the August

meeting :—

Arthur Grote, Esq. B. C. S. proposed by Dr. Falconer, seconded by

Mr. R. W. G. Frith.

Doctor Martin, proposed by Mr. F. P. Strong, seconded by Capt,

Latter.

Read letters—

From W. Seton Karr, Esq., under Secretary to the Government of

Bengal, presenting for the use of the Museum of Economic Geology,

a Map of the district of Patna.

From E. Madden, Esq. forwarding Supplementary Notes to his arti-

cle entitled ‘“The Turaee and Outer Mountains of Kumaoon,” which

appeared in the Society’s Journal for May and June, 1848.—(Ordered

to be printed in the Journal.)

From James Hume, Esq. Honorary Secretary to the Agricultural and

Horticultural Society of India, forwarding some specimens of iron ore

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 79

from the banks of the Damooda, for the Museum of Economic Geology

and requesting the opinion of the Society thereon.—(Referred to the

Curator, Museum of Economic Geology.)

From Captain M. Kittoe, forwarding a transcript of an inscription

cut ona thick brick, found in a field near Jaunpoor, and strongly

advising the Society to send him all the old Copper Plates now in the

Museum for re-transcription and classification. Capt. Kittoe continues,—

“ Having, while on my recent tour heard of a fine pillar at Pahladpoor,

near Jhagupoor, I sent my inscription hunters to examine it. It is the

same pillar which Major Burt brought to Mr. Prinsep’s notice just as our

lamented friend was leaving for Europe. The Major only sent an impres-

sion, of the single line, which occurs about midway on the pillar, and this

impression was mislaid. I have now several copies before me, and moreover

two or more of the ‘shell pattern,” only most highly ornamented, with dra-

gon-like flourishes, and a sentence to each in the Thibetan Sanscrit character,

which I here enclose.* You will observe that there are six syllables, so are

there six shells. But Thibetan writing is within the scrolls or dragons of the

shell pattern.

The pillar is apparently a pillar of victory of some Kshetri prince, whose

name is unfortunately effaced. The character is that found in the caves of

Western India, given by Col. Sykes and Mr. Wathen. I have no pure copies

of the shells, or I would have sent them. Mr. Laidlay has most ingeniously

Le ays2h0) Abiab

guessed at the meaning, and supposes the words to be Aum mané padma

Hee but here the six syllables are differently expressed, in the Thibetan,

and in two ways.

From the position of Pahladpoor, some inclined to think it has been the

** Temple of the vast solitude of Fa Hian.”’ Referred to the Oriental Section.

From Dr. E. Roer, Secretary Oriental Section, returning Captain

Ellis’s letters and their enclosures, and intimating the Section’s opinion

that the questions therein contained should be translated into English,

and the most interesting ones printed in the Journal. Also submits a

translation of the questions for the information of the Society.

From the same—forwarding the following extracts of letters from

European scholars with regard to the publication of the Vedas.

beni have not yet come to hand; we shall be very glad to receive them.

—Eps,

756 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Juxy,

Extract of a letter from Dr. Muuuer, dated the 23rd April, 1849.

“Your edition of the Brihad Aranya Upanishad, at least the first four

numbers, has arrived in England, but I have been of late so busy that I had

as yet no time to read it. At any rate, it is delightful to have all the mate-

rial so near at hand, and I hope that the Bibliotheca Indica will remain an

inexhaustible mine for the Sanskrit.

Now in Europe we'll be able to publish the Taittiriya Sanhita or Bramhana.

Of the first there is only one MS. containing 7 Ashtakas, in Colebrooke’s

collection, and a portion of the commentary to the 7th Ashtaka; and there

is no complete copy of the Taittiriya Bramhana. I believe, however, it is

the same with the A’pastamba Bramhana, of which three books are in Cole-

brooke’s collection. If you will do service to the Sama Veda, why not publish

the Tandya Bramhana ?”

Extract from a letter of Dr. WeBEr of Berlin, dated 27th Jan. 1849.

“A publication of the 50 Upanishads, translated by Anquetil, would be of

much greater importance. Only five of them have as yet been printed, viz.

Kéna, Isa, Kathaka, Mundaka, and the Brihad Aranyaka in the Kamvasakha.

(Bonn, 1844, by Poley). The Chanddégya Upanishad is being prepared for

the press since some years already by Windishmann; but many years may still

elapse, before it will be printed. The work, however, whose publication is

of the greatest importance, is the Taittiriya Yajur. I have examined the

libraries in England, in Paris and here, and may assure you, that an edition

of the Yajur is impossible in Europe. With reference to this I have written

a small paper, which will appear in the next number of Lassen’s Journal.

According to your advice I wrote to the Societies in Bombay and Madras

with regard to my edition of the white Yajur, and took at the same time the

liberty of requesting them to look out for MS. of the Taittiriya Yajur, and to

transmit them to you. There are at any rate MSS. of the commentary of

Sayana ip Benares, as I have read in the Journal of your Society. About

230 pages of the white Yajur have been printed, and the first volume, con-

taining 320 pages, will be published at the commencement of April (in

London, at Williams’ and Norgate, at 21 shillings).

Rev. Benfey in Goettinger HAS PUBLISHED a most excellent edition of

the Sama Sanhita, with gloss, translation and a copious introduction. The

7—12 books of Roths’ Nirukta may soon be expected. Lassen writes to me,

that a further portion of his Indian Antiquities, containing Indian history to

Vikramaditya, will probably appear about Easter. Stewgler prepares an

edition of Yajnavalkya, which is to be ready at the same time. Trithen in

Oxford has lately published Bhavabhiti’s Uttara Rama Charitra, Mueller’s

1849. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 757

Rig Veda amounts already to 640 pages. The first volume will appear

about Easter. Boethlinck in Petersburg is busy with Tibetan and Jakdtan

studies. Professor Brockhaus publishes Burnouf’s Vendidad Sade in Latin

characters, together with a complete glossary, which will make the Zend

accessible to the learned.”

Extract from a letter of Professor LASSEN.

“T hope the Society have received the second part of my Indian Anti-

quities. The second volume is now printing, and pretty far advanced. I

trust, I shall have finished within the next two months the first part of this

volume, containing the history till Vikramaditya. This part of Indian his-

tory is one of the most interesting, as we have so exact records on the history

of Alexander, and as there is so rich a source of information in the inscrip-

tions of Aséka, which in my opinion are hitherto not properly made use of.

The following information on the progress of the labours relative to Védaic

literature may be interesting to you; the first volume of Mueller’s Rig Véda

is nearly completed. Weber in Berlin publishes the white Yajur with a

commentary of Madhava. Dr. Aufrecht at Berlin is occupied with the pre-

paratory labours of an edition of the Atharva. We may therefore hope,

that in a short time the Véda, in the strict sense of the word, with the excep-

tion of the black Yajur, will be published. There are, however, several works

of importance, necessary for its explanation, still to be published, by the

edition of which the Asiatic Society would do a great service to Védaic

literature.”

From Rev. Mr. Mackay, requesting a copy of the Asiatic Researches

and some parts of the Journal, for the Free Church Institution.

Ordered that the Society regret that they are unable to grant the

request, as it is contrary to the rules of the Society.

From Capt. J. D. Cunningham, “Note on the Limits of Perpetual

Snow in the Himalayas.’ (Ordered to be printed in the Journal).

From Captain Thos. Hutton—‘ Notices of some Land and Fresh -

water shells occurring in Afghanisthan.” (Ordered to be printed in the

Journal).

From J. W. Laidlay, Esq. V. P. ‘‘ Comparative Vocabulary of the

Sgha and Pgho dialects of the Karens; with observations on the gram-

matical peculiarities of those languages.’ (Ordered to be printed in

the Journal).

From H. Piddington, Esq. examination of a new mineral, Haugh-

tonite.

798 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

From the same—Catalogue of Presentations, Geological, Paleonto-

logical and Minerological.

Read Report of the Curator of the Museum of Economic Geology,

for the month of June.

(True Copy) J. W. Cotvite, President.

J. W. Larpuay, Sec.

LIBRARY.

The following books have been received since the last meeting :— :

Presented.

The Journal of the Indian Archipelago, for May, 1849.—PresENTED BY

THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.

The Calcutta Christian Observer, for July, 1849.—By tue Epirors.

Upadeshaka, No. 31.—By THE EpirTor.

The Oriental Baptist, No. 31.—By THE EpiTor.

Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

for the month of May, 1849.—By THE Deputy SuRVEYOR GENERAL.

A discourse delivered at the Hindu College on the Hare Anniversary,

Friday, June Ist, 1849. By the Rev. K. M. Banerjea.—PRESENTED BY

Basu PEARYCHAND MITTRA.

Purchased.

The Edinburgh Review, Nos. 167, 170, 171 and 180.

The Calcutta Review, Nos. VI. VII. X. XI. and XXII.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 10 and 12.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, No. XVI.

Illustrations of Indian Ornithology. By T.C. Jerdon, Esq. No. IV.

(2 copies).

Donation to the Museum.

A Portrait of Henry Torrens, Esq. B.C.S. Presented by F. C. Lewis,

Esq. ; forwarded by Mr. Taylor.

SALAD DALLES OOM

ong

ont

CoG

"1V21}S OnwND

*AULO YT

*1yW1}s OFNUING

"1QUIt Ny

‘Ot

"HeI}]S O[nUND

"1VBdys ojnung

*ITNUIND OLD

*ApnojD

"1781}S OFAWIND

"onig

"1781js O]RUIND

“nung

‘TENUUND OLD,

*AUIV YY

ond

"1813s OFRUIND

ond

ong

"1yBI14S OjNUIND

“MS

"MS

“6P8I ‘Ane fo yquopy ay2 sof ‘vzanavQ ‘vafQ sjouauay sohaamg

PULA

‘uoou juaiedde ye apeur suoneasasqg

SSB

9°S8

0°%8

£68

0°28

[08

Vis

8°08

0'°¢8

618

L483

G'S8

6°Z8

8°28

6°68

0°18

G18

v'G8

G'¢8

G 68

GOL

9°08

$S8

9°18

G08

L°6L

fe}

1°88

9°06

$'98

8°68

$°68

0°s8

¥'S8

6°88

0°16

L°T6

6'F8

“16

0°G6

0°06

9°16

0°06

8°68

0°16

[06

0°L8

O'LL

*ainjered uta

F09 6%

OEP

eer"

66F°

go"

99°

119

9¢9°

ggg"

969°

Fr"

ch"

669°

rgo°

6L9°

689°

6G9°

69°

80L°

G19"

ceo"

r09"

06S"

08s*

689"

rg"

S6F'6%

soyouy

e@eeseo e@oee

oS eee

*Apno[d "AA “S “S

*178.1}S O[RWNDO || N'A

"IQUINT) "O°

"onId)| "A “SF

ond) “a

onl) "a

oniq| “a's

ont) “A'S

“1yedjs OFNUIND/"| “Ss “S

"Apnojp] “MM *S

onid| ‘Ss

“1yB1js O[NUIND| °sS

*17Hwnod OWI) °"M °S

*Apno|d} °s

“TNUNI OUTED °M °S °S

“ITNUIND|* MA °S °S

"1V81}s O(NUIND] ° M *S

“TNT “M ‘'S’°S

“ApNOD| “a “SS

*AUIGIT “M° NON

‘Apno[D] *M °S

*TYB1}S oynuwny "MM. °S

‘THUY! "AA °S

onid; °s

ontd| “a ‘S$

“178.148 oynung “OL °S °S

‘Apno[D| “as

*AYQ Jo joodsy

“PULA

*alnye1ad ula T,

“WOG ‘YG IB poAstosqo ainssalg wINuUIxepAy

ond

*Apno[9

"1414S QAI)

*Spnojo *pyvdg

ontd

"1814S OLUID

e@esen

@eee

eo ase

essen

eees

@ere

@eoe

“Apno[D

*TQWND OID) °

“Apnol[g

‘Young

"IPQUIND OLD

“Apnolp)

“Aue

ond

"ApNOTD

‘IPNUIND OLLIZ

ONG

"178148 OLD

*Tyaung

ond

“Apnoy9

"AIG Jo yoodsy

“PULA

‘OSLIUNS 1B APBUL SUOT}R AIASq

ay2 yp qday sagsibay 091b0)0.000,0 py

ore. -eor| 1 eee Os

‘S| 86h | OI | STS

"Ed | BBL | 0°08 | 8°62

“aT | 8°84 | 08 | 8°64

‘a =| e'8L | z08 | 8'6L

"Z| 064 | 8°08 | 0°08

‘AS | 362 | 8°08 | 2°08

"S| F6L | 8°08 | Z'08

‘S Z'08 | 628 | OZR

sy 608 | O'E8 | B28

$ G08 | z8 | als

‘S G08 ) S28 | 9I8

“M ‘S | 208 | G28 | S18

"MS “S| €'08 | S18 | OTS

°S 6'9L | LLL | 992

"M°S*M]_¥'08 | $8 | G18

“M "S 0°08 | F's8 | Fes

"MS *S 8 08 Ss | S18

"MSS! 8°6L | O'T8 | ¥°08

‘aS °S| S°6L | O'I8 | $08

"AT °S | LBL | B'6L | SEL

"HT "Sal S0lb |-Si6h- |. Bee

“M°N | 8°94 | 2°8L | O'8L

re] ro) °

*a1nje1odute Tf,

F8S'6%

i a

SLP°

c6S"

GPO"

9LG°

F69"

F8r

B9IPF*6S

soyouy

[ Meteorological Register continued. |

Observations made at 2h. 40m. Minimum Pressure observed at 4 p. m. Observations made at sun set. Maximum :S Rain Gauges, Fi

: <i oi ie aed oe Z. ; as Sanaa efi ih. T Thermometer.} 2 4 | 40 a |e

Be |S] 8| 3 Aspect of Sky. | £* | 3 || 3 Pal Elsie Meecbol Sty. | 2 || Lea fale

ak be peau "sold Bcc re ncaa de aaa Ee a i fact

ae? |O|O/-E a” 16/5 |e A8/5/5 |e sls|sis=]o | 2 ea}

inches} ,|° | ° Inches) ° | ° | ° Inches! ° | 2° | ° @ | [email protected] o> --© — Inch, | deh,

29.409 |91.2 |90.0 |82.0|S, W. |Cumulo strati. [29.387 /90.2 |88.8 |80.8) WNw)|Nimbi. 29,427 |86.4 |81.8 |80.0| WN W| Rainy. 91,8184.6 177.4 |110.2) 2.40 | 2,48 1

.497 |88.3 |87.3 |80.3| S. |Ditto ‘487 |88.0|86.9 180.6| S, W./Cumulo strati. | .517 (82.7 /82.3|78.4| S. |Clear. 88.8183.9|79.9 |103.7| .. | .. 2

554 91.0 /90.4/81.9} S. {Ditto 527 |92.8 91.2 181.8 a Nimbi. 550 |84.3 [85.0 |81.8|/S.S.W |Cirro strati, 93.2 |86.6 |79.9 |110.3) 0.30 | 0.36 3

542 189.4 |85.7 181.2 |S.S. E.|Drizzly. 532 |86.4 |86.5 82.5 |S. S.E.| Cloudy. 546 |84.5 |84.7 180.3; S. | Ditto 93.0/87.0/81 g|L11.7) .. ee 4

528 92.5 92.0181.4| S. |Cumulostrati. | .503|92.9/91.9 |80.4| S. |Cumulo strati, | .529 /87.3/87.3 80.7) S. |Cirro cumuli. pa are ahs 109.0) 0.14 | 0,22 |© 4

ee ee ee eo eee0e eoee ee eo ee ee eoce ecce eo ee ce eo e@oo0e eeoo 82.0 oe ee ee

533 92.2/91.4 184.2} S. |Cumulo strati. | .526 |92.4/91.8 |84.3/} §. |Cumulo strati. 528 86.6 |86.7|81.8| S. |Scattered clouds|93.3 |87.4 |81.5 |105.4; .. oe a

524 89,4 |88.3 180.4; S. |Drizzly. 572 |80.0 |79.7 |77.7|N. W.| Rainy. 576 |78.7 |79.0/77.3| S. |Drizzly. 90.2 |86.9183.5| 98.0} 0.92 | 1.00 8

.665 77.0 |77.4 176.3 | S. W.|Cloudy. a ee Wises PTAA 661 |79.0|79.0|77.3} S. | Cloudy. 82.8|79.7 76.6] ++ | 2.26 | 2.30 9

679 91,2 |90.2 183.7|S. W./Cumulo strati. | .646 |89.5 |88.8 83.0 S.S. W/Cumulo strati. (658 186.6 (86.5 |82.2/S. W. | Cloudy to Nor.|91.7 |83.9|76.0|105.7| .. os 10

.644|90,7 |90.0 |83,5 | S. W.|Ditto. 621 |87.7 |87.0 |82.2|S.S.W|Cloudy. :603 |85.3 |85.6 |80.9 |S.S.W| Cloudy. 92.4 |87.0 81.5 |102.2) .. | « 11

592 92,2 /|90.7 |83.6 |S.S W.| Ditto. .567 |91.4|90.5 |82.8 |S.S.W|Cumulo strati. 569 |86.2 |86.3 /81.3/S.S.W) Cirri. 93.6 |87.8/82.0|106.8) .. wie 12

562 92.3 |91.4 |82.4| S. |Ditto. ,558 |91.3 |90.7 |81.0| §. {Cirro strati. ‘575 (86.8 |86.6 (80.6| S. | Scatteredclouds|93.0 87.6 |82.2|105.0) .. Set Ute

.638 |92,0 |91.8 |83.9 |S. W.|Ditto. 6618 |89.8 /89.4 |82.8; S. iCumulo strati. .613 [87.4 |87.7 |81.7| S. Cumulo strati. |92.8 |87.4 |82,0 101.0) en ee 14 y

594 92,8 |92.4 |84,2'S. W.|Ditto. 579 192.0 |91.3 |83.5|} S. {Ditto 580 187.5 |87.5 |82.0| S. W.| Clear. 93.9 |88.5 |83.0 106.0) .. a0 15

562 92.0 |92.2 82,9 |S.SW.| Ditto. 0537 |93.0 |92.5 |83.4/S W. |Ditto 0547 (88.0 [88.0 |83.5| S. | Cloudy. 93,4 88,1 |82.7|103.2} .. | ». 16

564 |92,3 |91.2 83.0} S. |Cirro cumuli. 562 |92.2 |91.3 |82.7| S. |Cirro cumuli. Sy Shape Peete | oe Elo seme Lt ie 93.0 88.0 |83.0|105.0) .. rs 17

.618 84,0 84.0 79.7; S. |Cloudy. .603 |84.6 |84.5 |79.0; S. | Cloudy. Pers (So alone noo: deecnicn coos 94,0/87.0 80,0] -- | o» | o 18

583 193.5 |92.2/82.0| S. | Ditto. .560 |92.0 |91.0 |81.7| S. | Ditto tS MSO TI Saale Bo sce celal 94,5 88.0 |81.5|107.0| .. os 19

576 (93.0 |91.5 183.2| W. | Ditto. 535 |91.6 |91.2 182.8} S. |Cumuli, SE BSS ee cee oiciett 95.5 89,3 [83.0 /111.0) 1.70 |1.74 |@/20

586 |90.7 |90.0 |83.5 a Cumulo strati, | .571 |90.0/88.9 |82.2] S. |Cloudy. StS Seales |) esse Boor 91.0 /87.0 |83.0|102.5| .. | «+ =

659 89.8] e+ | .. Ss. Rainy. .627 |88.0 |87.7 |82.0/ S. E. | Cumulo strati. .624 /86.0|85.9 (81.2} S. |Cirrostrati. |95,0/87.4 |79.8 112.3} 0,12 | 0.18 23

,582 |92,2 88.8 |80.7 | E.SE.| Cloudy. 545 |90.4 |88,0 |81.4|E.S.E.|Cloudy, 6549 (86.7 (86.5 80.7) S. |Cirro cumuli. /92.3/86.7 /81,0|111.2) .. | .. 24

.563 |86.3 |89.3 |81.0| E,. |Nimbi. 545 |82.9 |80.7 |77.7| W. |Ditto L575 183.0 |83.0 |80,4|N. E. |Cumulo strati. |90.7 |85.9 |81.0 110.5} 0.38 | 0.42 25

594 '89,3 |88.1 |82.3| N. E.|Ditto. 557 |88.8 186.0 |81.5 | E.S.E.| Nimbi. .576 |84.2 |84.4 |81.4)|E.S.E.| Ditto 90.6 |85.7 |80,8/107.2} 0.38 | 0.40 26

.499 |88.1 |87.0 |82.2| N, E.|Cumulostrati. | .479 |88.5|83.8 |81.2| E. | Rainy. (499 |83.5 |84.0 |79.2|S.8. E.|Scattered clouds|90.0 |85.0 |80.0|106.0) 0.74 | 0.78 |p 27

455 |84.8 |82.5 |80.0| E, |Cloudy. 451 |84.8 |83.2 |80.4| S. E. |Cumulo strati. .459 |83.5 (84.0 |80.0| S. E.|Cumulo strati, |91.6 |85.9 |80.2|109.6 0.28 | 0.32 28

.429 |89.4 |86.7 |81.8|E.S.E,| Rainy. .418 |87.9 (86.9 |81.0|E.S.E| Rainy. "430 |83.2/83.0 |80,2| S. E. |Nimbi. 91.8 85.9 |80.0|109.2) 0.44 | 0.48 29

.403 |93,4 |92.3 /84.0| N. E.|Comulo strati, | .385 |91.0 |88.4 |82.9; S. (Cloudy, 427 (83.8 |83.7|81.2| S. |Cloudy. 93,.8|87.0 |80,.2/112.0) 0,82 | 0.88 30

384 /92.8|90.8 |83.0| E. |Cloudy. .368 |86.3 |85.2 |82.2| S. E.|Nimbi. ‘ALDd |83.6 (83.6 181.8 |S,S.E./Rain & Thun. |93.4/|87.6 [81.8|109.4) 0.64 | 0.68 31

29°552190.2|89.0|82,1 o«+> eisee 29.531 |89.2|88.0/81.6| .... COtl8 29.543!84,8 184.7 '80.7! eaee aleieie 92,2'86.6 80,9 107.1) 11.52 | 12,24

JOURNAL

OF THE

SoA CO SOCLETY.

AUGUST, 1849.

NOPE DALDVVP IOAN OF. ODPPAALPPI VILLAIN VO INV IDI I SP Pe

On the Physical Geography of the Himalaya. By B. H. Hopeson, Esq.

A clear outline, illustrated by a sketch map, of the principal natural

divisions of the Himalaya, is, and long has been, a great desideratum ;

for, physical Geography, which derives so many aids from the other

physical sciences, is expected in return to render back to them without

unnecessary delay a distinct demarcation of its own provinces, since by

that alone researchers in so many departments are enabled to refer the

respective phoenomena they are versant with to their appropriate local

habitations, in a manner that shall be readily intelligible, causally sig-

nificant, and wholly independant of the shifting and unmeaning arron-

dissements of politics.

It is true that our knowledge of the large portion of these mountains

lying beyond the limits of British dominion, is far from complete.

But is our knowledge any, thing like complete of our own hill posses-

sions? and, if we are to wait until Népal, Sikim and Bhutan become

thoroughly carossable to science, must we not indefinitely postpone a

work, the most material part of which may (I think) be performed with

such information as we now possess ?

The details of Geography, ordinarily so called, are wearisomely insig-

nificant ; but the grand features of physical geography have a pregnant

_ value, as being alike suggestive of new knowledge, and facilitative of the

orderly distribution and ready retention of old. I purpose to adhere

to those grand features, and to exhibit them in that causal connexion

_ which gives them their high interest with men of mind.

No. XXXII.—New Szrizs. oF

762 On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. [Ava.

I had been for several years a traveller in the Himalaya before I

could get rid of that tyranny of the senses which so strongly impresses

almost all beholders of this stupendous scenery with the conviction that

the mighty maze is quite without a plan. My first step towards free-

dom from this overpowering obtrusiveness of impressions of sense was

obtained by steady attention to the fact that the vast volume of the

Himalayan waters, flows more or less at right angles to the general

direction of the Himalaya, but so that the numberless streams of

the mountains are directed into a few grand rivers of the plains, either

at or near the confines of the two regions. My next step was due to

the singular significance of the topographic nomenclature of the Nepa-

lese, whose “‘ Sapt Gandaki’ and ‘‘ Sapt Cousika,’’* rivetted my attention

upon the peculiar aqueous system of the Himalayas, urging me thence

forward to discover, if possible, what cause operated this marked con-

vergence of innumerable transverse parallel streams, so as to bring them

into a limited series of distinct main rivers. My third and last step

was achieved when I discovered that the transcendant elevation and

forward position, at right angles to the line of ghats, of the great

snowy peaks, presented that causal agency I was in search of, the re-

motest radiating points of the feeders of each great river being coinci-_

dent with the successive loftiest masses} belonging to the entire extent

of the Himalaya. It was in Népal that this solution of these problems

occurred to me, and so uniformly did the numerous routes I possessed

represent the points of extreme divergence of the great rivers by their

feeders as syntopical with the highest peaks, that I should probably

long ago have satisfied myself upon the subject, if my then correspon-

dent, Capt. Herbert, had not so decidedly insisted on the very opposite.

doctrine—to wit, that the great peaks intersect instead of bounding the

principal alpine river basins.

Capt. Herbert’s extensive personal conversancy with the western

Himalaya, added to his high professional attainments, made .me for a

long time diffident of my own views. But, the progress of events and —

increasing knowledge of other parts of the chain, seeming to confirm

* See Journal, No. 198 for Dec. 1848, p. 646, &c.

+ This expression is used advisedly, for every pre-eminent elevation of the Hima-

laya isnot so much a peak as a cluster of peaks springing from a huge sustaining

and connected base.

a Jarmnouirt

A. Nanda Dar

Bo Dhoulagirs

Consautthan

Kangchang

21600, £1476

wine of the Peaks Heights | Lantudes

—

Loncitydes

TAS

GTS. (A NS2

Ws Bes. Vol. 12, TAS. wbsupra

As Res Vol 12

GTS

Fomberton’s Report and Map

}

———t

REMARK sa forms the West and’A the East lurut of the Alpine basin of the Oarges

A pe East lurat ef the alpine bang etichonn, § theWest me ef theMpint Harnalie Basin

B pe pe D* Karnal. Dt & pt Dt asin ef the Candak

c pf pe D* Gandalaan Dt De D* Gosian basin

>. p oe Dt Gran pe pe D* Tisktan basin

zp ” D* Tishtan pt Dt D? basin of the Manas?

em” Dt. of last named basi or that of the Monas 7b the West one vf the basin of the Subhansre

NATURAL DIVISIONS OF THE HIMALAYAN MOUNTAINS

iru tf Tung —

)

WS |

nee G

S tingrt

| LNG

or MARK or MARCH

Tee cp

= iii i ili i

st 3s | — : z j

6 ea er as Be

T Mack, dssmtie Lith Prove, deta

Ee COOL

1849.] On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. 763

the accuracy of those views, it occurred to me more carefully to inves-

tigate whether the facts and the reason of the case were not, npon the

whole, demonstrative of the inaccuracy of that able and lamented offi-

cers dogma. Doubtless the western Himalaya presents appearances

calculated to sustain Capt. Herbert’s opinion, whilst such persons only

as are unaccustomed to deal with the classifications of science will

expect them to correspond point by point with those natural phceno-

mena, which it is at least one chief merit of such arrangements, merely

to enable us readily to grasp and retain, But, that the entire body of

facts now within our ken is upon the whole opposed to Capt. H.’s

doctrine,* and that that doctrine suits ill with the recognised axioms of

geology and geography, is, I think, certain, and I shall with diffidence

now proceed to attempt the proof of it.

A tyro in geology, I shall not further dwell on the theoretical side of

the question than may-be requisite to facilitate and complete the appre-

hension of my readers: but the facts, quoad Nepal at least, I trust that

my sketch map, rude as it is, and the following observations, may ren-

der sufficiently indisputable; it being always remembered that I deal

with generals, not particulars, aiming to establish the general accuracy

of my main proposition, viz., that the great peaks, bound instead of

intersecting the alpine river basins, and that, in truth, the peaks by so

bounding create the basins, whereas their intersection would destroy

them.

And now, without further preface, I turn to the accompanying sketch

map, and submit such remarks as it seems to require. It will be seen at

a glance that it embraces the whole Himalaya from 78° to 94° of lon-

gitude, comprising the following peaks and basins ;—peak of Jamnoutri

(a), peak of Nanda-dévi (A), peak of Dhoula-giri (B), peak of Gosain-

than (C), peak of Kangchang (D), peak of Chumalari (I), peak of the

Geminit (e): which peaks include and constitute the following alpine

river basins, viz., that of the Ganges, that of the Karnali, that of the

Gandak, that of the Cési, that of the Tishta, that of the Monas, and

that of the Subhansri (pars)... The subjoined table exhibits the elevation

and the position of these dominant peaks with the authority for both.

* Journal, No. 126, Extra, pp. 20 and 22.

+ I have so named the two proximate peaks of nearly equal height, which are

inserted without name in Pemberton’s large map, in long. 929 50’, lat. 279 50’,

SE 2

764 On the Physical Geography of the Himalaya. [Avue.

Jamnoutri 25669 30°55’ 78012’ J. A. S. No. 126, As. Res. Vol. XII.

Nanda-dévi 25598 30022’ 79050’ J. A. S. No. 126.

Dhoula-giri 27600 29010’ 83° As. Res. Vol. XII. J. A. S. No. 126.

Gosain-than 24700 28°20’ 86° As. Res. Vol. XII.

Kangchang 28176 27042’ 88010’ J. A. S. No. 197, with map annexed.

Chumalari 23929 27°52’ 89°18’ The same.

e Gemini 1476 5 21080 92050’ Pemberton’s Report and map.

ap an Pe ®*

The longitudinal dark lines of the map indicate, the upper one, the

Himalaya proper, the lower one, the last low range verging on the

plains. The transverse or vertical dark lines denote the great peaks

with the ridges sent southwards by them. The Himalaya proper is

traced along the line of the ghats or water shed between Tibet and

India; and the principal passes of Népal and Sikim into Tibet, or

Taklakhar, Mustang, Kéring, Kuti, Hatia, Walling, Lachén, are set

down along the Himalaya, as well for their novelty as to illustrate the

ghat line of the snows.

Along the last low range of hills are marked the position of the

Maris or Dhiins, within the range, and the position of the Bhaver and

Tarai, without it,

Sallyén mari, Gongtali mari, Chitwan mari, Makwani mari and Bijay-

pir mari, are so many Nepalese samples of those singular quasi

valleys, termed Dhuns to the westward.* In the plateau of Tibet I

have indicated the limits of the three great trans-Himalayan provinces,

or Gnari, extending (from the Bélur) easterly to the Gangri boundary

range of lake Mépang; U'tsdng, thence stretching to the Gakbo river

beyond Lassa; and Kham, which reaches from the Gakbo river to

the Yunling or Péling or limitary range of China and Tibet. Thus,

reverting to the regions south of the line of ghats leading into Tibet,

we have, clearly defined, the several natural provinces or divisions of the

Himalaya, with their causal distribution, as follows, commencing from

the westward, lst, the alpine basin of the Ganges, extended from the

peak of Jamnoutri to the peak of Nanda-dévi (Juwar or Juwahir,)

or, in other words, from east long. 78° 12/ to 79° 50’: 2nd, the alpine

basin of the Karnali, reaching from the peak of Nanda-dévi to that of

Dhoula-giri, or from 79° 50! to 83°: 3rd, the alpine basin of the Gan-

dak, stretching from the peak of Dhoula-giri to that of Gosain-than, or

* See J. A. S. No. 126, p. xxx111. et seq. and p, CXXXIV.

——

1849.] On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. 765

from 83° to 86°: 4th, the alpine basin of the Cési extending from the

peak of Gosain-than to that of Kangchang, or from 86° to 88° 10’: 5th,

the alpine basin of the Tishta, reaching from the peak of Kangchang

to that of Chumalari, or from 88° 10/ to 89° 18’: 6th, the alpine basin

of the Monas, stretching from the peak of Chimalari to that of the

Gemini, or from §9° 18/ to 92° 50’: and, lastly, the alpine basin of the

Subhansri, of which the western limit is the Gemini, but the eastern

peak, unascertained. It should be sought somewhat about 94° 50’

between which point and the extreme eastern limits of the Himalaya,

must be the basin of the Dihong. That the above distribution of the

Himalaya into natural districts is, upon the whole, as consistent with

the facts as it is eminently commodious and highly suggestive, I have

no hesitation of asserting. Lest however I should extend my present

Essay to undue limits to trench upon the province of Col. Waugh and

the other able professional men who are now engaged upon the western

hills, I shall say nothing further of the alpine valley of the Ganges and

those west of it, nor upon those lying east of Sikim. If my main as-

sumption be valid, it will be easily worked out by abler hands and better

furnished ones than mine: wherefore the following more detailed expo-

sitions will be chiefly confined to the three great central basins of the

Karnali, the Gandak, and the Cosi. In the first of these basins we

have (successively from west to east) the Sarju, the Gori, the Kali, the

Swéti-ganga, the Karnali proper, the Bhéri and the Jhingrak or Rapti.

And it is certain that, whereas these streams drain the whole alpine

valley of the Karnali, so their most westerly source and course is con-

fined on the west by the Nanda-devi peak, as their most easterly is

limited on the east by that of Dhoula-giri. These rivers do not wholly

unite within the hills, though their tendency to union is so decided that

they are known by one name, even in the plains, where their collective

appellation is Sarjd, vel Kali, vel Ghdogra. In the hills the whole of

them are universally denominated by the collective name of Karndli

(corrupted by Rennell and his followers into Kendr). Karnali is the

proper name of this noble river, the Karnali branch being by far the

largest the central and most remote of origin. It rises in Tibet, not far

from one of the sources of the Satlege, and has a considerable trans-

Himalayan course to the westward of the Taklakhar pass, where it quits

Tibet. No natural district can be more distinct than the alpine basin of

766 On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. [Aue.

the Karnali, as above defined. It includes the political divisions of Kali

Kuimaun, belonging to Britain, and of the Baisi, or 22 Rajes of Nepal,

with Ydamila vel Jamla, Doti and Sallyén. In the second basin, or that

of the Gandak, we have, successively from the west, as before, the

Barigar, the Narayani, the Swéti-gandaki, the Marsydngdi, the Daram-

di, the Gandi, and the Tristl. These are the “ Sapt Gandaki’” or

seven Gandaks of the Nepalese, and they unite on the plainward verge

of the mountains at Tirbéni above Saran. They drain the whole hills

between Dhoula-giri and Gosain-than ; the Barigdr and one head of the

Nardyani, rising from the former barrier, and the Trisdl, with every

drop of water supplied by its affluents, from the latter. Nor does a

single streamlet of the Tirstil arise east of the peak of Gosain-than, nor

one driblet of the Barigdr deduce itself from the westward of Dhoula-

giri. We have thus in the alpine basin of the Gandak another admira-

bly defined natural division comprised within two great proximate

Himélayan peaks. This division is named, vernacularly, the Sapt

Gandaki. It includes the old Choubisi, or 24 Rajes and belongs to

the modern kingdom of Népal.

Our third sample of a Himdélayan natural province conterminous

with the utmost spread of the feeders of a large river, and bounded on

either hand by a prime snowy peak, is the basin of the Cosi, which,

like the Gandak, has seven principal feeders. These are as follows:

the Milamchi, the Bhotia Cosi, the Tamba Cési, the Likhu, the Did

Cosi, the Artin, and the Tamér. Of these, the Milamchi, rising from

Gosain-than, is the most westerly, and the Tamér, rising from Kang-

chang, is the most easterly, feeder.* And those two great peaks, with

the pre-eminent ridges they send forth southwards, include every drop

of water that reaches the great Cési of the plains through its seven alpine

branches. All these branches, as in the case of the Gandak, unite (at

Varaéha Kshétra above Nathpir) within the hills, so that the unity of

this alpine basin also is as clear as are its limitary peaks and its extent.

The alpine basin of the Cési is denominated by the Nepalese the

Sapt Cousika, or country of the seven Césis. It comprises the old

Rajes of the Kirantis,¢ Limbuis and Kéla Makwanis, and is included,

like the two prior basins, in the modern kingdom of Népal.

* See J. A. S. No. 189. Route from Kathmandu to Darjeeling.

t The classical Cirrhate, and a once dominant and powerful race, though they

1849.] On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. 767

The country drained by the above three rivers (Karnali, Gandak and

Cési) includes the whole of Népal and the proximate part of Kuimaun,

or, in other words, 800 miles of the central and most characteristic

portion of the Himalaya. Wherefore it is legitimately presumeable

that whatever is true of its natural divisions, is true of those of the

residue, quoad ruling principle and geological causation.

Now, if the above facts relative to these three rivers be justly repre-

sented (and that they are so, in the main, I confidently assert), we are

led irresistibly to inquire why the numerous large feeders of the rivers,

instead of urging their impetuous way from the snows to the plains by

independant courses, are brought together upon or near the verge of

the plains? Aow unity is effected among them despite the interminable

maze of ridges they traverse, and despite the straight downward im-

pulse given them at their sources ?’—I answer, it is because of the

superior elevation of the lateral barriers of these river basins, between

which there are synclinal slopes of such decided preponderance that

they overrule the effect of all other inequalities of surface, how vast

soever the latter may sometimes be.

It will be seen by the map that these lateral barriers of the river

basins are crowned by the pre-eminent Himalayan peaks, that the

peaks themselves have a forward position in respect to the ghat line or

great longitudinal water shed between Tibet and India, and that from

these stupendous peaks, ridges are sent forth southwards proportiona-

bly immense. Thus from the peak of Kangchang is sent forth the

ridge of Singiléla, which. towers as loftily over all the other sub-Hima-

layan ridges of eastern Népal and western Sikim as does Kangchang

itself over all the other Himalayan peaks.

This Singilélan prolongation (so to speak) of Kangchang, entirely

separates the waters of the Cosi and of the Tishta. A similar ridge,

that of Dayabhang,* stretching south from the great peak of Gosain-

than, as entirely divorces the waters of the Cési and of the Gandak.

Another like ridge rising from Dhoula-giri as effectually sunders the

waters of the Gandak and of the Karnali. Another starting from

have long since succumbed to the political supremacy of other races—first the

Makwanis and then the Gorkhalis.

* Hence the name Dhaibing, erroneously applied by Col. Crawfurd to the peak.

Dayabhang, the destroyer of pity, from the severity of the ascent.

768 On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. [Ave.

Nunda-dévi in like manner wholly separates the proximate feeders of

the Karnali and of the Ganges; whilst yet another originating with

Jamnoutri, wholly separates the Ganges from the Jumna.

Equally effective with the divergent power of each of these supremely

peaked ridges, which run parallel to each other and at right angles to

the ghat line of the snowy range, upon two river basins, as just noticed,

is of course the convergent power of two ridges upon the single con-

tained river basin. ‘The synclinal lines from the inner faces of the two

adjacent ridges draw the waters together; and, becanse these ridged

peaks are the loftiest masses of the entire mountains, the effect of

all their other masses, even that of the spine of Hemachal or the ghat

line of the snows, is overruled or modified, so that in the ruggedest

region on earth a very limited series of distinct main rivers appears in

the plains from innumerable independent alpine feeders, in the manner

which all behold but few indeed think of referring to its cause.

It is inconsistent with all we know of the action of those hypogene

forces which raise mountains, to suppose that the points of greatest

intensity in the pristine action of such forces, as marked by the loftiest

peaks, should not be surrounded by a proportionate circumjacent in-

tumescence of the general mass ; and, if there de such an intumescence

of the general surface around each pre-eminent Himalayan peak, it will

follow, as clearly.in logical sequence as in plain fact it is apparent, that

these grand peak crowned ridges will determine the essential character

of the aqueous distribution of the very extended mountainous chain

(1800 miles) along which they occur at certain palpable and tolerably

reguiar intervals. Now, that the infinite volume of the Himalayan

waters is, in fact, pretty regularly distributed into a small number of

large rivers, we all see ; and, whereas the fact is thoroughly explicable

upon my assumption that the great peaks bound, instead of intersect-

ing, the river basins, it is wholly inexplicable upon Capt. Herbert’s

assumption that the said peaks intersect the basins.

The above are normal samples of Himalayan water distribution, and

it is very observable that whereas all those principal streams which ex-

hibit the unitizing principle so decidedly, take their origin in the alpine

region, at or near the snows, so the inferior streams which rise from the

middle region only, show no such tendency to union, but pursue their soli-

tary routes to the Ganges ; as for example, the Mahanada, the Méchi, the

1849.| On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. 769

Konki the Bagmatti, the Gumti, the Cosilla and the Ramganga. Here

is both positive and negative evidence in favour of the doctrine, I

advocate as furnishing the key to the aqueous system and natural di-

visions of the Himalaya ; for, the upper rivers do, and the lower rivers

do not, stand exposed to the influence of the great peaks.

The petty streams of the lower region or that next the plains, which

water the Dhuns vel Maris, traverse those valleys lengthwise ; and, as

the valleys themselves run usually parallel to the ghat line of the

snows, such is also the direction of these petty streams. In the cen-

tral, as in the western,* hills they usually disembogue into the rivers

of the first class. :

I have observed that the three great river basins of the Karnili,

Gandak and Cosi extend throughout Nepal; and truly so; for a river

basin, includes the widest space drained by its feeders. But, it results

necessarily from the manner in which the deltic basins of the Himialay-

an rivers are formed, that there should be intervals between the plain-

ward apices of these deltic basins. Of these intervals the most con-

spicuous in Népal, is that which intervenes between the Cosi and Gan-

dak. This tract, watered by the Bagmatti, deserves separate mention

on many accounts, and it may be conveniently styled the valley region,

since it contains not only the great valley of Népal proper, but also the

subordinate vales of Chitlong, Banépa and Panouti.

It has been already remarked that the classifications of physical geo-

graphy, as of the other sciences, do not constitute a perfect ‘‘ open

sesame” tothe mysteries of nature, but only a material help to their

study. This observation I will illustrate by a few comments on the

basin of the Tishta, lest the somewhat anomalous instance of that basin,

should be captiously quoted to impugn the doctrine I contend for; but

contend for, not as exhibiting in every instance an absolute conformity

with natural arrangements, but as doing all that can be reasonably ex-

pected in that way, and as furnishing, upon the whole, a generally

truthful, causally significant, and practically useful, indication of those

arrangements.

I have stated above that the basin of the Tishta extends from the

peak of Kangchang to that of Chumalari. But an inspection of the

accompanying map will show that between these two peaks there occurs

* J. A. S. No, 126, p, xxxu.

<p)

7/9 On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. [AuG.

what miners call “a fault” in the ghat line of the snows, which line,

after proceeding N. Easterly from the Lachén to Powhanry,* dips sud-

denly to the south for nearly 40 miles, and then returns to Chimalari.

A triangular space called Chiimbi is thus detached from the Himalaya

and attached to Tibet; and the basin of the Thista is thus narrowed

on the east by this salient angle of the snows, which cuts off the

Chiimbi district from the Tishtan basin, instead of allowing that basin

to stretch easterly to the base of Chimalari. Chimbi is drained by the

Machi of Campbell, which is doubtfully referred to the Torsha of the

plains, but which may possibly be identical with the Hachi of Turner

and Griffiths,+ or the Gaddada of the plains. But besides that these

points are still unsettled, it will be noted that one of the transnivean

feeders of the Tishta rounds Powhanry and rises from a lake (Cholamt)

approximating to Chimalari; so, that, one way or another, the Tishta

may be said, without much violence, to spread its basin from Kang-

chang to Chimalari.

Chiimbi and all the adjacent parts of the plateau of Tibet, constitute

aregion as singular as is the access to it from Sikim by the Lachén

pass. That pass surmounted, you at once find yourself, without de-

scent, upon an open undulated swardy tract, through which the eastern

transnivean feeders of the Tishta and of the Arun sluggishly and tor-

tuously creep, as though loath to pass the Himalaya, towards which

* Vide Waugh’s outline of the snowy range of Sikim, J. A. S. loc. cit.

+ Embassy to Tibet and J. A.S. Nos. 87 and 88, with sketch maps annexed. Also

Pemberton’s large map of the eastern frontier. Rennellis not easily reconcile.

able with them. In the accompanying map I had identified the lakes of Cholama,

which give rise to the Tishta, with Turner’s lakes. But I now learn from Hooker

that the latter lie a good deal east of the former, and I am satisfied that Campbell’s

Machi is distinct from Turner’s Hachu. We need, and shall thus find, space in

the hills correspondent to that in the plains watered by Rennell’s Torsha and Sara-

dingoh and Gaddada and Suncodsi. The Machi, (Maha tchieu apud Turner) rises

from the West flank of Chimaléri. The Hachi of Turner is a feeder joining his

Machu from the West. The Chaan chi of Turner is the Sincdsi of Rangpiar: his

Tehin chi is the Gaddada, and his Maha chi, the Torsha. The Artin has its

rise in the broken country of Tibet lying N. and a little W. of the sources of the

Tishta and South of the Kambala, or great range forming the Southern boundary

of the valley of the Yara. This broken country Dr. Hooker estimates at from 16

to 18000 feet above the sea. It is a good deal terraced near Himachal.

1849.] On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. 771

indeed it is not easy to perceive how they are impelled, the plateau of

Tibet sloping on their right to Digarchi, and seeming to invite the

streams that way. There is however of course a water-shed, though

by no means a palpable one; and we know by the signal instances of

the vast rivers of South America and those of north-eastern Europe,

how inconspicuous sometimes are the most important water-sheds of

the globe. The sources and courses of the feeders of the Tishta will

shortly be fully illustrated by Dr. Hooker, my enterprising and ac-

complished guest, to whom I am indebted for the above information re-

lative to the Lachén pass and its vicinity, and whose promised map of

Sikim, which state is the political equivalent for the basin of the

Tishta, will leave nothing to be desired further on that head.

But the Himalaya must necessarily be contemplated in its breadth as

well as its length ; and we have therefore still to consider what regional

divisions belong to these mountains in relation to their breadth, or the

distance between the ghat line of the snows and the plains of India.

The Himélayan mountains extend from the great bend of the Indus,

to the great bend of the Brahmapitra, or from Gilgit to Brahma Kund,

between which their length is 1800 miles. Their mean breadth is

about 90 miles ; the maximum, about 110, and the minimum, 70 miles.

The mean breadth of 90 miles may be most conveniently divided into

three equal portions, each of which will therefore have 30 miles of ex-

tent. These transverse climatic divisions must be, of course, more or

less arbitrary, and a microscopic vision. would be disposed to increase

them considerably beyond three, with reference to geological, to botani-

cal, or to zoological, phoenomena. But, upon comparing Capt. Herbert’s

distribution of geological phcenomena with my own of zoological, and

Dr. Hooker’s of botanical, I am satisfied that three are enough. These

regions I have already* denominated the lower, the middle and the up-

per. They extend from the external margin of the Tarai to the ghat

line of the snows. The lower region may be conveniently divided into

—I, the sand-stone range with its contained Dhuns or Maris ;—II. the

Bhaver or Saul forest ;—III. the Tarai. The other two regions require

no subdivisions. The following appear to be those demarcations by

height which most fitly indicate the three regions.

* J. A. S. for December 1847, and June 1848.

ao Gia

772 On the Physical Geography of the Himalaya. | [Ave.

Name. Elevational limits.

Lower region ...... Level of the plains to 4000 feet above the sea.

Central region...... 4000 to 10,000 feet above the sea.

Upper region ...... 10,000 to 16,000* feet above the sea: Highest

peak measured is 28,176.

It is needless to remind those who are conversant with physical geo-

graphy, that in passing ina tropical country, by a long and gradual

ascent, from near the sea level to several (4-6) miles above it, one must

necessarily meet with regions equivalent, quoad organic phcenomena to

the three great zones of the earth, or the tropical, the temperate and the

arctic; and, in fact, our three regions above indicated correspond in

the main with those zones, and might be named after them, but that it

is desirable to avoid terms involving theory, when those designating

mere facts will suffice. Nor is it merely by organic phoenomena that

the three regions are contradistinguished.

In geology the upper region is the locale of granites and gneisses ;

the middle region, that of gneisses and schists; the lower region that of

the sandstone formation and of diluvial debris. It may be added that

granite is much more extensively developed, in the upper region than

had been supposed, and that igneous rocks are by no means so entirely

unkown. Indeed igneous action is displayed to a stupendous degree, in

the hypogene rocks both stratified and unstratified of the upper and even

central region. In botany the first is the region of Junipers, Cedars,

Larches, dwarf Rhododendrons, Hollies, Willows, Walnuts, Birches, and

in general of the superior sorts of Coniferce ; the second, that of Oaks,

Chesnuts, Magnolias, Laurels, Alders, tree Rhododendrons (many kinds).

Cherry and Pear trees (large and wild), Oleas (large forest tree), Maples,

Wax trees, Camelias, tree ferns, some few and peculiar Palms (Chame-

rops, &c.), and the inferior sorts of Pines; the last, that of Sauls (Shorea)

Sissus (Dalbergia), Acacias, Tunds (Cedrela), cotton trees (Bombax);

tree figs, (Catechu, Indicus et Religiosus.) Buteas, Dillenias, Baudan-

gas, Erythrinas, Premnas, some common Palms (Pheenix, &c.) but rare

and poor, and, lastly, tree ferns, but much rarer than above. Pinus

longifolia hkewise recurs in this region, but not one other of the many

* This is about the average height of the ghats and of the perpetual snow. It

is also nearly the limit of possible investigation, and of the existence of organic

phoenomena. But the upward limit need not be rigorously assigned.

1849. | On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. 773

Conifers above.* In Zoology, again, to begin with man, the upper re-

gion is the exclusive habit of the Bhotias, who extend along the whole

line of the ghats, and who, with the name, have retained the lingual

and physical characteristics of their tramontane brethren. To the cen-

tral region are confined, but each in their own province from east to

west, the Mishmis, the Bors and Abors, the Akas, the Daphlas, the

Lhopas, the Lepchas, the Limbts, the Kirantis, the Murmis, the Né-

wars, the Sinwars, the Chépangs, the Gurings, the Magars, the Khas

or Khasias, the Kohlis, the Garhwalis, the Kakkas, the Bambas, the

Gakars, the Khatirs, the Awans, and the Janjihs. To the lower re-

gion are as exclusively limited the Kécch, the Bédd, the Dhimal, the

Kichak, the Thard, the Dénwar, the Pallah, and the Béksar. Of these

races, those of the central region are all of transnivean origin like

the first named; but they are much altered in speech and aspect,

by 12 to 15 centuries of residence in a cisnivean climate, and by mix-

ture in some few cases (as Khas or Khasia) with southern blood ;

whilst the races of the lower region are of the aboriginal Indian or

Tamulian stock, and nearly unmixed, though some of them have adopted

the speech and customs of the Hindus.t The hill Brahmans, Rajputs

and Moslems so common to the westward, so rare to the eastward, are

mere modern immigrants from the plains. It is very deserving of spe-

cial notice that the people of the upper region cannot endure the cli-

mate of the central one, nor those of the central region, the climate of

the lower one; so that the distribution even of the human race in the

Himilaya affords a remarkable verification of our triple transverse divi-

sion from a quarter the least likely to afford any such argument. But

to proceed to our zoological enumerations. To the upper region ex-

clusively belong, among the Ruminants, the Bisons (Poephagus) and

Musks, the wild goats (Ibex, Hemitragus) and wild sheep (Pseudois,

* Last winter Dr. Hooker pointed out to me in the lower region a Hawthorn

and a Horse Chesnut. But these are exceptional traits.

* For these tribes see J. A. S. for December 1847, and April and June 1848,

and May 1849 ; also the prior paper in the same by Mr. Brown. Essay on the

Kocch, Bodo, and Dhimal Languages and Literature of Nepal. Cunningham’s His-

tory of the Sikhs, and Hamilton’s Nepal. The Kholis of Kumaon are one of the

tribes of Helot craftsmen of India, who are most of them Tamulian in origin, I

think ; but the subject is yet to be treated.

774 On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. [Aue.

Ovis) among the Rodents, the Marmots and Pikas (Lagomys) ; among

Plantigrades, the Bears proper (Ursus). In the middle region, true

Bovines (Bos) take the place of the Bisons of the upper region; Ca-

prine Antelopes (Nemorhzdus, Kemas) replace its Musks and wild

goats and sheep ; common Rats, and Mice, and Hares, and Porcupines,

and Hedgehogs, its Marmots and Pikas; and sun Bears (Helarctos) its

true Bears ; whilst the Deer family, unknown to the upper region, is

here represented only* by the anomalous stilt-horns (Stylocerus). In

the lower region the ox family is represented by Bibos and Bubalus ;

(splendid wild types) ; the deer family, here abundant, by Rusas, Stags,

Axises, and stilt-horns to boot ; the Antelopes by Tetracerus, or the

four-horned kind; the Rodents by the Bambi rats (Rizomys) and

spiny hares (Caprolagus); and the bear family by the honey bears

(Melursus) ; add to all which that to this region are exclusively con-

fined all the large Pachydermes, such as the Elephant and Rhinoceros ;

and the Monkeys also (Semnopithecus et Macacus) though not so ex-

clusively in their case. The carnivora, again, are represented in the

upper region by ounces, by foxes of a large sort (Montanus), by the

weasels proper, and by the Ailuri or Cat lories; in the middle region

by the wild Dogs (Cyon), the Marten weasels, leopards, thick-tailed

leopards (Macroceloides), wild cats (Murmensis, Pardochrous, Ogilbii),

Lybian lynxes (Lybicus). Zibets, Screwtails (Paradoxurus), and Prio-

nodons ; and in the lower region by tigers, leopards, hyenas, wolves,

jackals,{ insectivorous foxes (Kokri), Bear badgers (Ursitaxus), Urvas,

Mangooses, Helictes or Oriental gluttons, small civets (Viverrula),

Hirsute screwtails, and shapfaced cats (celidogaster). Zibets recur in

this region but rarely, and one small species of Mangoose is found in

special spots of the central region. The otters in the upper region are

represented by the small golden and brown species (Aurobrunnea) ; in

the central, by monticola and indigitata; in the lower, by the large

* IT am fully aware that Rusas (Samber) are found in the western hills, but a

careful consideration of the facts in that part of the Himalaya with due advertence

to the known habits of the group, satisfies me that these deer have been driven in-

to the western hills by the clearance of the Tarai and Bhaver.

+ Jackals have made their way (like crows) to the most populous spots of the

central region, but they are not proper to the region, nor Indian foxes, though some

of the latter turned out by me in 1827 in the great valley of Nepal, have multi-

plied and settled their race there, Ex his disce alia.

1849. | On the Physical Geography of the Himalaya. ii

Chinese species (Sinensis). Among the squirrels, the great thick-tailed

and purple species (Macruroides et Purpureus) belong solely to the

lower region; the small Lokries (Locria et Locroides) to the central ;

and the Siberian, to the upper; whilst flying squirrels, a numerous

group, are confined to the central region, so far as appears. In the Bat

group, the frugivorous species, or Pteropines, all are limited to the

lower region, whilst the horse shoes (Rhinolophinz) specially affect

the central region; and the bats proper (Vespertilioninze) seem to be

the sole representatives of the family in the northern region. From the

class of birds we may select as characteristic of the three regions the

following :—

The true pheasants (Phasianus), the Tetrougalli, the sanguine phea-

sants (Ithaginis), the horned and the crested pheasants (Ceriornis,

Lophophorus) of the upper region, are replaced by fowl! pheasants (Gal-

lophasis)* in the mid-region, and by fowls proper (Gallus) in the lower.

In like manner, among the partridges (Perdicinee), the grouse par-

tridges (Tetrauperdix) belong exclusively to the upper region ; the

ehakors (Caccabis) and the tree partridges (Arboricola) to the central ;

and the Francolines (Francolinus) to the lower, though the black species

of this last form are also found in the mid-region. In the pigeon group

the blanched pigeons (Leuconta) belong solely to the upper region ; the

vinous pigeons (Hodgsoni) to the central, and the green, the golden,

and the banded (Treron, Chalcophaps, Macropygia) as entirely to the

lower ; the Trerons alone partially entering the central tract from the

lower. |

The splendid Edolian shrikes (Chibia, Chaptia, Edolius) belong ex-

clusively to the lower region. They are replaced in the central tract

by plain Dicrurines, and in the upper, by plainer Lanians. The cotton

birds (Campephaga) of the south are replaced by gaudy Ampelines

(Cochoa) and Leiothricinians (Leiothrix, Pteruthius, Cutia) in the

middle region : but both groups seem excluded from the north. Among

* The influence of longitude on geographic distribution might be singularly illus-

trated, did space permit, from numerous Himdlayan groups, Galline and other :

thus, for example, a black-breasted Ceriornis is never seen east of the Kali, nor a

red-breasted one west of it. So of the black and white crested Gallophases ;

whilst a black-backed one is never seen west of the Ardn, nor a white back, east

of it.

776 On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. [Aue.

the Fly-catchers the gaudy or remarkable species and forms, belong

wholly or chiefly to the lower region, as Tchitrea, Rhipidura, Crypto-

lopha, Myiagra, Hemichelidon, Chelidorynx; whilst those which ap-

proach the warblers (Niltava, Siphia, Digenea) belong to the mid-

region ; and the plainer and more European types are alone found in

the northern.

Among the Fissirostres, Goat-suckers and Swallows are pretty gene-

rally distributed ; but Rollers, Bee-eaters, Eurylaimi, Trogons and all

such gaudy types belong to the south, with only occasional alpine re-

presentatives, as Bucia is of Merops. The tenuirostral birds belong

distinctively to the lower region. Yet they have representatives or

summer visitants in all three, even among the Sun-birds. Upon the

whole however it may be safely said that the Sun-birds (Nectarinia)

belong to the south; the Honey-suckers (Meliphagide) to the centre

and south ; and the Creepers, Nut-hatches and Wrens* to the north and

centre. The Sylvians or warblers are too ubiquitarian, or too migratory

for our present purpose, even Boreal types being common in the lower

region in the cold weather. MHorn-bills, Barbets, Parroquets (Palzor-

nis, Psittacula) belong to the lower region, though they have a few re-

presentatives in the central; none in the upper. Wood-peckers abound

in the lower and central regions, but are rare in the upper. True Cuc-

koos (Cuculus) are as common and numerous in the central region as

walking Cuckoos (Pheenicophaus, Centropus), &c. are in the southern,

where also the golden (Chrysococcyx) and dicrurine Cuckoos (Pseudor-

nis) have their sole abode, whilst what few of the group belong to the

upper region, are all allied to the European type. The Ravens, Pies,

Choughs, Nut-crackers and Conostomes of the upper region are replaced

in the central region by Tree Pies (Cissa, Dendrocitta), Jays, Rocket

birds (Psilorhinus), Pie thrushes (Garrulax), Timalias, and Hoopoe

thrushes (Pomatorhinus) ; and in the lower region by the common In-

dian crows (Culminatus et Splendens), Grackles,+ stares, vagabond pies

* T have in this paper followed without entirely approving Mr. Gray junior’s clas-

sification of my collections in the printed catalogue. The geographic distribution

is now attempted for the first time. But I will recur to the subject in a separate

paper devoted to it.

+ When Darjiling was established there was not acrow or pastor to be seen.

Now there are a few crows but no pastors. Enormously abundant as both are in

1849. | On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. 777

and dirt birds (Malococercus). Thrushes proper with rock thrushes,

Ousels, Myophones, Zootheres, Tesias and Hypispetes are as abundant

in the central and upper region as Bulbuls, Orioles, Pittas, are in the

eentral and lower. 7

In the Finch family the Haw-finches, Bull-finches, Gold-finches and

Cross-bills (Loxia) are as strictly confined to the upper region, as are

the corvine Conostomes, Nut-crackers, Choughs and Ravens. The for-

mer are replaced in the central region by the Buntings, Wood-finches

(Montifringilla), and Siskins ; and in the lower region, by the Weavers

and Minias. The Raptorial birds are, in general, too cosmopolitan to

subserve the purposes of Geographic distribution. Still it may be

remarked that the true eagles belong, quoad breeding at least, to the

upper region ; the crested eagles (Circeeetus), the Neopuses and Hawk

eagles (Spizaetus) to the central; and the Pernes (Halietus et Pan-

dion) and Haliasturs to the lower. Among the vultures the distinction

is more marked : for, the eagle vultures (Gypaetus) belong exclusively

to the upper region ; the large European vultures (Fulvus et Cinereus)

to the central; and the Neophrons, and the small Indian vultures

(Bengalensis et Tenuirostris) to the lower. The Himalaya abounds in

Falconidze, all the occidental types and species being found there and

many more, peculiar and oriental ones ; and it deserves special remark

that whereas the former (Imperialis, Chryszetos, Lanarius, Peregrinus,

Palumbarius, Nisus, &c.) affect the upper and central regions, the

oriental types (Hypotriorchis, Haliastar, Jerax, Hyptiopus, Elanus,

Poliornis) are quite confined to the lower region.

Those perfect cosmopolitants the waders and swimmers, migrate

regularly in April and October, between the plains of India and

Tibet, and, in general, may be said to be wanting in the mountains

though most abundant in the Tarai. The great Herons (Nobilis

et Cinereus) the great Storks (Nigra et Purpurea) and great Cranes

(the Cyrus and Damoiselle) of the Tarai are never seen in the

mountams where the Egrets alone represent the first group. But the

soft-billed smaller waders (scolopacide) are sufficiently common in the

mountains, in which the woodcock abounds, breeding in the upper

region and frequenting the central, and rarely the lower, region, from

the lower region, this sufficiently proves they are not native to the central tract

though common in the great valley of Nepal.

778 On the Physical Geography of the Himalaya. [Ave.

October till April. Geese, ducks and teals swarm in the Tarai, where

every occidental type (so to speak, for they are ubiquitous) may be

seen from October till April; and many oriental non-migratory types ;

whereas in the mountains the Mergansers (orientalis) and the Corvo-

rants (Sinensis et Pygmeeus) only are found, and that very scantily ;

with a few Rails and Gallinules and Sandpipers, from the vast host of

the Waders.*

But I must hasten from these zoological details to make some

remarks on the subdivisions of the lower region, a subject which,

though in many ways interesting and important, is so little understood

that the celebrated Mrs. Somerville in her very recent treatise of phy-

sical geography has represented the Tarai as being within not only the

Bhaver, but the sandstone range.+

All observant persons who have proceeded from any part of the

plains of India into the Himalaya are sensible of having passed through

an intermediate region distinguished by many peculiarities; and, if

their route have lain to the N. W., they can hardly have failed to

notice successively the verdant Tarai, so unlike the arid plains of upper

India; the vast primeeval Saul forest, so every way unique; and the

Dhins or valleys, separated from the last tract by a low range of hills.

The natives of the plains have in all ages recognised these several

distinct parts of the lower Himalayan region which they have ever been,

and are still, wont to frequent periodically, as strangers and foreigners,

in order to graze innumerable herds of cows and buffaloes in the Tarai,

or to procure the indispensable timber and elephants peculiar to the

Bhaver, or to obtain the much-prized drugs and dyes, horns and hides,

(Deer and Rhinoceros), rals and dhinas (resin of Saul and of Cheer)

and timber of the Dhins. Nor is there a single tribe of Highlanders

between the Cosi and the Sutledge which does not discriminate between

the Tarai or Tari, the Jhari or Bhaver, and the Dhins or Maris. Capt.

Herbert has admirably describedt the geological peculiarities and

external aspect of each of these well known tracts. His details are,

* For an ample enumeration of the mammals and birds of the Himalaya, (150

sp. of the former, and 650 of the latter,) see separate catalogue printed by order of

the Trustees of the British Museum in 1845. The distribution is not there given.

+ Physical Geography, Vol. I. p. 66.

¢ J. A. S. No. 126, extra pp. 33 and 133, et seq.

1849.] On the Physical Geography of the Himalaya. 779

indeed, confined to the space between the Kali and the Sutledge ; but

the general characteristics of these tracts he affirms to be equally

applicable to all the country between the Méchi and the Sutledge ;

and Capt. Parish, whilst confirming Herbert’s statements, makes them

so likewise as far westward as the Beas.* What Capt. Herbert states

as holding good from his own personal researches in regard to the

western Himalaya (Sutledge to Kali), I can confirm from mine in

regard to the Nepalese portion (Kali to Mechi), but with this reserva-

tion, that no more in the western than in the Nepalese Himalaya does

the sandstone range, with its contained Dhins, prevail throughout or

continuously, but only interruptedly or with intervals; and thus the

Sallyan-mari, the Gongtali-mari, the Chitwan-mari, the Makwanpuivr-

mari and the Bijaypur-mari of Népal (which are mostly separate)

represent with perfect general accuracy the Deyra, Kyarda, Pinjor,

Patali and other Dhuns to the westward. The accompanying sectional

outline will give a distincter idea than any words could do of the rela-

= Tarai; |The Bhaver; (Sandstone range

Level of the plains.

Disposition of parts in lower region of Himdlaya.

tions of the several parts of the lower Himalayan region to the plains

on the one hand, and to the mountains on the other, according to

Capt. Herbert’s views. The continuous basal line represents the level

of the plains: the dip on the left, the Tarai; the ascending slope in

the centre the Saul forest; the dip on the right, the Dhins or Maris.

It is thus seen that the Tarai sinks below the level of the plains; that

the forest forms a gradual even ascent above that level; that the Dhins

* J. A. S. Nos. 190 and 202, for April 1848, and 1849.

Sed

5 u 2

780 On the Physical Geography of the Himalaya. [Aue.

continue the ascent to the base of the true mountains, but troughwise,

or with a concave dip; and, lastly, that the Dhiins are contained

between the low sandstone range and the base of the true mountains.

The Tarai is an open waste, incumbered rather than clothed with

grasses. It is notorious for a direful malaria, generated (it is said) by

its excessive moisture and swamps—attributes derived, 1st, from its low

site, 2nd, from its clayey bottom, 3rd, from innumerable rills percolating

through the gravel and sand of the Bhaver, and finding issue on the

upper verge of the Tarai (where the gravelly or sandy debris from the

mountains thins out), without power to form onward channels for their

waters into the plains. The forest is equally malarious with the

Tarai, though it be as dry as the Tarai is wet. The dryness of the

forest is caused by the very porous nature of that vast mass of diluvial

detritus on which it rests, and which is overlaid only by a thin but rich

stratum of vegetable mould, every where sustaining a splendid crop of

the invaluable timber tree (Shorea robusta), whence this tract derives

its name. The sandstone range is of very inconsiderable height, though

rich in fossils. It does not rise more than 3 to 600 feet above its

immediate base, and is in some places half buried (so to speak) in the

vast mass of debris through which it penetrates.* The Dhins are as

malarious and as dry as the Bhaver. They are from 5 to 10 (often

less, in one instance more) miles wide, and 20 to 40 long, sloping from

either side towards their centre, and traversed lengthwise by a small

stream which discharges itself commonly into one of the great alpine

rivers; thus the Raputi of Chitwan-mari falls into the Gandak, and

that cf Bijayptr-mari into the Cosi. The direction of the Maris or

Dhius is parallel to the ghat line of the snows, and their substratum

is avery deep bed of debris similar to that of the Bhaver, but deeper,

and similarly covered by a rich but superficial coating of vegetable

* The low range which separates the Dhuns and Tarai, on the high road to

Kathmanda, consists almost wholly of diluvium, rounded pebbles loosely set in

ochreous clay, such as forms the great substratum of Dhun and Bhaver. The

sandstone formation only shows itself where the rain torrents have worn deep gul-

lies, and it there appears as white weeping sand imperfectly indurated into rock.

Anthracite, shale, loam, are found in this quarter, but no organic fossils, such as

abound to the westward. Herbert assigns the Siwaliks to the new red formation of

geologists. But if I understand Lyell rightly, that formation is inimical to fossils.

Is there any mistake as to the technical class of rocks?

1849.] On the Physical Geography of the Himalaya. 781

mould which, if not cultivated, naturally produces a forest of Saul

equal to that outside the sandstone range, and then in like manner

harbouring elephants, rhinoceroses, wild bulls (Bibos), wild buffaloes,

rusas, and other large deer, with creeping things (Pythons) as gigantic

as the quadrupeds. The height of the sandstone range Capt. Herbert

estimates at 3000 feet above the sea, or 2000 above the plains adjacent ;

and that of the Dhuns (at least the great one), at 2500 above the sea,

and 1500 above the plains. These measurements indicate sufficiently

the heights of the lower region, and it is observable that no elevation

short of 3 to 4000 feet above the sea suffices to rid the atmosphere of

the lower Himalaya from malaria. Thus, the Tarai, the Bhaver and

the Dhuns are alike and universally cursed by that plague. And this

(by the way) is one among several reasons why I have assigned 4000

feet of elevation as the southern limit of the healthful and temperate

mid-region ; that above it being the arctic or boreal, and that below it,

the tropical, region; though it must never be forgotten that more or

less of the tropical characters, especially in the suite of the seasons,

pervades the whole breadth (and length likewise) of the Himalaya,

whatever be the decrement of heat, and also that from the uncommon

depth of the glens in which the great rivers especially run, and which

in the Central and even Upper region often reduces the height of those

glens above the sea below the limit just assigned for salubrity, such

glens are in both these regions not unfrequently as malarious as is the

whole lower region.

But, the above characteristics of the subdivisions of the lower Hima-

layan region, how noticeable soever to the west of the Méchi, are by

no means so to the east of that river, where a skilled eye alone can

painfully detect the traces* of the sandstone formation (without which

there can be, of course, no Dhitins,) and where the Tarai, considered as

a trough running parallel to the mountains, forms no marked feature

of the country, if indeed in that sense it can be said to exist at all.

* In my recent expedition in the Tarai east of the Méchi with Dr. Hooker, that

accomplished traveller first detected traces of the sandstone formation, with imperfect

coal, shale, &c., in a gully below the Pankabari Bungalow, as well as at Lohagarh.

The sandstone rock barely peeped out at the bottom of the gully lying in close prox-

imity with the mountains, so that nothing could be more inconspicuous than it was

as a feature in the physiognomy of the country.

782 On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. [Ave.

And as, even to the westward, the sandstone range, with its contained

Dhins, is by no means constant, it may be desirable to attempt to

characterise the lower region considered as a whole without reference

to local peculiarities or too rigidly defined subdivisions. Now I con-

ceive that the lower region owes its distinctive character as a whole to

the vast mass of diluvial detritus which was shot from the mountains

upon the plains, like gravel from a cart, at some great geological epoch,

and which has been, since its deposit, variously and often abraded both

in degree and direction, by oceanic, and, in a far less degree, by ordin-

ary, floods. Where there was, at the epoch in question, no sandstone

range to intercept the downward spread of the debris, this debris would

necessarily be carried further south, and be of less thickness ; where

there was such a barrier, it would be carried less far southward and be

accumulated in greater thickness, especially within the barrier ; and,

in like manner, where no sandstone range existed, but only spurs, sent

forth, like bent arms, upon the plains from the mountains, the embayed

detritus would still be deeply piled and lofty within such spurs,* and

thinly and unequally spread without them, by reason of the action of

the spurs on the currents. Again, where, as from Gowhatty to Sad-

dia, there was not room upon the plains for the free spread and deposit

of the descending Himalayan detritus owing to large rapid rivers and to

other chains, both parallel and proximate to the Himalaya, the phoeno-

mena created elsewhere by the more or less unrestricted spread of the

Himalayan detritus over the plains, would necessarily be faintly, if at

all, traceable. Lastly, if at the time of the descent of the debris, there

existed a great dip in the Gangetic plains from N. W. toS. E., the

lithologic character, as well as the distribution, of the debris, would be

materially affected thereby ; for, the subsiding oceanic current would have

a set from the former to the latter quarter, and would continue to lash

* There is a signal example of this on the road to Darjiling vid Pankabari where

the debris, embayed by a spur, is accumulated to several hundred feet, and where

moreover there is outside the spur a conspicuous succession of terraces, all due to

oceanic forces, and clearly showing that the subsidence of the sea was by intervals,

and not at once. Constant observation has caused the people of the Tarai to dis-

tinguish three principal tiers of terraces, from the prevalent growth of trees upon

each. The highest, is the Saul level; the middle, the Khair level and the lowest,

the Sissu level; Shorea, Acacia and Dalberga being abundantly developed on the

three levels as above enumerated.

1849.] On the Physical Geography of the Himalaya. 783

the gravel into sand, and here to deposit both in a series of terraces,

there perhaps utterly to displace both, in the latter quarter long after the

former had emerged from the waves. Now, that the Himalaya really was,

at one time, in great part submerged ; that the vast mass of detritus from

the Himalaya at present spread over the plains in its vicinity, was so

spread by the ocean when the founts of the deep were broken up; that this

huge bed of detritus, every where forthcoming, is now found in unequal

proportion and distribution and state of comminution; as, for example,

deeper piled within, than without the sandstone range, and the embaying

spurs, and also, more gravelly and abundant to the N. W., more sandy

and scant to the S. E. ;* and, lastly, that the Gangetic plain really now

has a great oblique dipt from the Sutledge at Riper to the Brahmapittra

at Gwalparé, whereby all the Himalayan feeders of the Ganges are in

the plains so much bent over to the eastward—these are presumptions

relative to the past as legitimate as the extant facts suggesting them are

incontrovertible ; and, we have but to observe how, at the grand epoch

adverted to, the action of general causes was necessarily modified by

the peculiar features of the scene, as above indicated, in order to come

at a just conception of the aspect and character of the lower Himalayan

region, all along the line of the mountains. Thus the longitudinal

trough parallel to the mountains, and exclusively denominated the Tarai

by Capt. Herbert, may to the N. W. have been caused by the set of

the subsiding oceanic current from N. W. to S. E.; but, however

caused, it exists as a palpable definite feature only beneath Kumaon; is

* Capt. Herbert has given statements of its depth to the westward, where there isa

sandstone range. To the eastward, where is none, I found it, on the right bank of

the Tishta, under the mountains, 120 feet, at 15 miles lower down, 60 to 70 feet, at

15 miles still further off the mountains, 40 to 50 feet. There was here no inter-

ruption to the free spread of the detritus, and I followed one continuous slope and

level—the main high one. The country exhibited, near the rivers especially, two or

three other and subordinate levels or terraces, some marking the effect at unusual

floods of extant fluviatile action, but others unmistakeably that of pristine and

oceanic forces. I measured heights from the river. I could not test the subsurface

depth of the bed. There was every where much more sand than gravel, and boul-

ders were rare.

+ Saharunpar is 1000 feet above the sea; Muradabad 600; Gorakpir 400;

Rangpér 200; Gwalp4ral12. My authorities are As. Res, Vol. XII. J. A. S. No.

126. Royles Him, Bot., Griffith’s Journals, and J. Prinsep in epist.

784 On the Physical Geography of the Himalaya. [Aue.

faintly traceable beneath Nepal, and is wholly lost beneath Sikim

and Bhutan. But, the great bed of debris is every where present,

and with no other distinctions than those pointed out, whether it be

divided into Bhaver and Dhin, by the sandstone range, as is usually

the case west of the Méchi, or be not so divided owing to the absence

of that range, as is always the fact east of the Méchi. Again, every

where there is, at that point where this vast bed of gravel and sand thins

out, a constantly moist tract, caused by the percolation of hill waters

through the said bed, and their issue beyond it; and that constantly

moist tract is the Tarai, whether it run regularly parallel to the line of

mountains and be distinctly troughed, as to the westward is the case,

or, whether there be no such regularity of parallelism or of troughing,

as to the eastward is the case.

Why that vast mass of porous debris which every where constitutes

the appropriated domain of the Saul forest, and that imporous trough

outside of it which every where constitutes its drain, should, as far

eastward as the Méchi, be both of them developed parallelly to each

other and to the line of the mountains, whilst beyond the Méchi east-

ward to Assam (exclusive) they should exhibit little or no such

parallelism, but should rather show themselves plainwards, like an

irregular series of salient and resalient angles restmg on the mountains,

or like small insulated plateaux,* or high undulated plains,+ surrounded

in both the latter cases by low swampy land analogous to the Tarai, it

would require a volume to illustrate in detail. I have given a few

conspicuous instances in the foot notes. For the rest it must suffice to

observe that such are the general appearances of the Bhaver and Tarai

* Parbat Jowar, on the confines of Assam and Rangpir, is one of the most

remarkable of these small plateaux. It is considerably elevated, quite insulated,

remote from the mountains, and covered with Saul, which the low level around

exhibits no trace of. Parbat Jowa4r is a fragmentary relic of the high level or Bhaver,

to which the Saul tree adheres with undeviating uniformity.

+ Conspicuous instances occur round Dinajpar and N. W. and N. E. of Siligori

in Rangpar, where are found highly undulated downs, here and there varied by flat-

topped detached hillocks, keeping the level of the loftiest part of the undulated

surface. Looking into the clear bed of the Tishta it struck Dr. Hooker and

myself at the same moment, how perfectly the bed of the river represented in

miniature the conformation of these tracts, demonstrating to the eye their mode of

origination under the sea.

1849. | On the Physical Geography of the Himalaya. 785

to the westward and to the eastward ; and that the general causes of

the differences have been pretty plainly indicated above, where the

necessary effects of the sandstone range and of the eastern dip of the

plains upon those oceanic forces to which all the phcenomena of the

region owe their origin, have been suggested. ;

Throughout Assam, from Gwalpara to Saddia, Major Jenkins assures

me there is neither Bhaver nor Tarai; and if we look to the narrow-

ness of that valley between the Himalaya and the mighty and impe-

tuous Brahmaputra, and consider moreover the turmoil and violence

of the oceanic current from the N. W., when its progress was staid by

the locked-up valley of Assam, we shall be at no loss to conceive how

all distinctive marks of Bhaver and Tarai should here cease to be

traceable.

It will be observed that in the foregone descriptions of our Hima-

layan rivers I have not adverted (save casually in one instance, in order

to correct an error as to the true name of the Kali) to their partial

trans-Himalayan sources. And I confess it seems to me that perspicuity

is by no means served by undue insistency on that feature of our rivers.

Capt. Herbert was thus led to travel beyond his proper limits with a

result by no means favourable; for, it appears to me that he has con-

founded rather than cleared our conceptions of Asie Centrale as the

Bam-i-dinya (dome of the world) by attempting to detach therefrom

that most characteristic part of it, the plateau of Tibet, decause certain

Indian rivers have (in part) Tibetan sources! My theory of water-

sheds does not incline me thus to violate the grander arrangements of

nature, and the less so, inasmuch as the rivers I have to speak of

would not afford so plausible an excuse for such violation, as if I had

to treat of the Indus, Sutledge* and Brahmaputra alias Sanpi.f The

Arun and the Karnali, though they draw much water from Tibet, draw

far more from the pente meridionale of the Himalaya, or the ghat line

* Recte Satlaj vel Satradra.

+ Mr. Gutzlaff, in a paper recently read before the Geographical Society of Lon-

don, has reverted to Klaproth’s notion that the SAnpti is not the Brahmaputra. But

Mr. Gutzlaff has overlooked J. Prinsep’s important, and I think decisive argument

on the other side, viz., that the Brahmaputra discharges three times more water

than the Ganges, which it could not do if it arose on the N. E. confines of Assam,

notwithstanding the large quantity of water contributed by the Monas,

786 On the Physical Geography of the Himdlaya. [AuG.

and all south of it; and this is yet more true of the Ganges, the Monds

aud the Tishta, though they also have partial trans-Himdlayan sources.

To those sources of the several Himélayan (so I must call them) rivers

above treated of I will now summarily advert.

The Ménds.—It is by much the largest river of Bhutan, which state

is almost wholly drained by it. It has, (it is said) two Tibetan sources,

one from lake Palté vel Yarbro yum, which is a real lake, and not an

island surrounded by a ring of water as commonly alleged—the other,

from considerably to the west of Palté. These feeders I take to be

identical with Klaproth’s Mon tehtii and Nai tchaé vel Libnak tchit,

strangely though he has dislocated them.

The Tishta is also a fine river, draining the whole of Sikim save the

tracts verging on the plains. The Tishta has one Tibetan source, also

from a lake, viz. that of Cholami. To speak more precisely, there

are several lakelets so named, and they lie close under the N. W.

shoulder of Powhanry, some 30 miles W. and 40 S. of Turner’s lakes.

The Arn is the largest of all the Himalayan rivers, with abundant

cis-Himalayan and three trans-Himalayan feeders. One, the western,

rises from the pente septentrionale of the Himalaya, in the district of

Tingri; another, the northern, from a place called Darré; and a third,

the eastern, from the undulated terraced and broken tract lying N.

and a little W. of Cholamu, and S. of Kambala or the great range

which bounds the valley of the Yaru on the 8. from W. of Digarchi

to K. of Lassa.

The Karndli is much larger than the Alpine Ganges, and nearly equal

to the Artin, perhaps quite so. It drains the whole Himalaya between

the Nanda-dévi and Dhoula-giri peaks, and has one considerable Tibetan

source deduced either from the north face of Himachal near Momo-

nangli or from the east face of that crescented sweep whereby Gangri

nears Himachal, and whence the Karnali flows eastward to the Takla-

khar pass.

The Ganges also has of late been discovered to have one Tibetan

feeder, viz. the Jaéhnavi, which, after traversing a good deal of broken

country in Gnari between the Sutledge and the Himalaya, passes that

chain at the Nilang ghat to join the Bhagarathi.*

* Moorcroft’s Travels. J. A. S. No. 126, and I. S. R. Nos. 17, 18.

1849. | On the Physical Geography of the Himalaya. 187

I will conclude this paper with the following amended comparative

table of Andean and Himalayan peaks, Baron Humboldt having apprised

me that Pentland’s measurements, as formerly given by me, have been

proved to be quite erroneous, and Col. Waugh having recently fixed

Kangchang and Chumalari with unrivalled precision and accuracy.

Chief Peaks of Andes. Feet. Chief Peaks of Himalaya. Feet.

Megiegeda,.......... 203,000 VAMMNOUlIY,.. Sete oo 25;669

Cimibaraz0, ..-..... 21,424 Nanda-devi, Pe. 3) 25598

RUAUn. cc tc tee 21,286 Dhoula-eiry 2. 8. 27,600

Wma, ...... we... 21,149 Gosain-than,) 07). 2. 24,700

Destabasado, ........ 21,100 Kaneelvang, 70 .. 0. 70.6 28,176

Desya-cassada, ...... 19,570 Chuistalari,.). «eee «6 23,929

Postscript.

That sensible and agreeable writer, Major Madden, in a letter just

received by Dr. Hooker, notices “ the disgraceful state of our maps of the

Himalaya, which insert ridges where none exist, and omit them where

they do exist; and, moreover, in regard to all names, show an utter

ignorance of the meaning of Indian words.” It is the express object of

the above Essay to contribute towards the removal of the weightier of

those blemishes of our maps without neglecting the lesser, by exhibiting,

in their true and causal connexion, the great elevations and the river

basins of the Himaiaya. Major Madden supposes that the term Hyun

dés, which he applies to Tibet, points to that region as the pristine abode

of the Huns. But this isa mistake. Hyun dés is a term unknown to the

language of Tibet. It is the equivalent in the Khas or Parbatia language

for the Sanscrit Himya dés, or land of snow. Its correlative term in the

Parbatia tongue is Khas dés, or land of the Khas. The Khas race

were till lately (1816) dominant from the Satlege to the Tishta: they

are so still from the Kali to the Méchi. Hence the general prevalence

of geographic terms derived from their language. By Hyun dés the

Parbatias mean all the tracts covered ordinarily with snow on both

sides of the crest or spine of Hemiachal, or the ghat line ; and by Khas

dés, all the unsnowed regions south of the former, as far as the sand-

stone range.

The brahmans and those who use Sanscrit call the Hytin dés, Bhi-

tant or appendage of Bhét; and hence our maps exhibit a Bhitdnt in

5 a

788 Natural History of certain Animals. [Ave.

what Traill denominates (A. R. Vol. 16) the Bhote perganahs of Kiu-

mdon. But, Bhitdnt is not restricted by the brahmans to such pur-

ganahs in Kiméon merely, far less to any one spot within them. It

includes all the districts similarly situated along the entire line of the

Himdlaya. We might create confusion however by recurring to this

extended meaning of the word, since it has long been restricted by us

to the Déb Rajah’s territory, or Bhutan (recte Bhutant). Moorcroft’s

Giannak in Western Tibet is the ne plus ultra of abuse of words. Far to

the East, some Bhétia must have told him, lie the Giannak or Chinese,

and thereupon he incontinently gives this term as a name of a place.

The Tibetans call their neighbours by the generic name Gia, to

which they add distinctive affixes, as Gia nak, black Gias, alias Chinese ;

Gia-ver, red Gias, alias Russians ; and Gia-gar, yellow Gias, alias Hin-

dus. With reference to the Huns, if I were in search of them in Tibet,

I should look for them among the Hér of that country, as I would for

the Scythians among the Sdg vel Sok. Sogdiana or Sdg-land was, I

conceive, the original >a the first known historic seat of the Indian

Sakas and Tibetan Sog, vel Sdk. Ho6rsdk as one term, means Nomade

in Tibetan, such being still the condition of those two tribes in Tibet.

On Native impressions regarding the Natural History of certain Ani-

mals, by H. Torrens, Hsq. B.A. V.P. Sc.

The singular impressions current among natives even of the highest

rank, as to the habits and nature of certain animals are not undeserving

of record. It is rarely that the credence of the narrators in these

things can be elicited, if even they go so far as to mention the existence

of the belief; for they dread the ridicule as much as they anticipate

the incredulity of a European: consequently these strange stories are

but imperfectly known, even to the best informed among us in such

legends. I mention one or two with the circumstances of my acquaint-

ance with them.

While out tiger-shooting with a party of Musalman gentlemen, I was

asked, in a confidential way, whether I had ever seen the phnew: I

spell the word with the almost undescribable nasal aspirate with which

it was invariably pronounced to me. With an air of grave and serious

interest, which is the best way of inspiring confidence, I replied that

1849.] Natural History of certain Animals. 789

the nature of the thing or being, was unknown to me, and I requested

information on the subject. On this there was a little hesitation, when

after a time it was explained, that as I had seen more of tigers than my

companions, they fancied I might have also seen or heard something

of the animal that always preceded the tiger, called phnew from the

ceaseless iteration of a sound similar to its name. I required further

enlightenment as to this creature, when I found it was a “something

that preceded the tiger by six cubits, wherever he went, making the

noise phnew without end, looking for things for it.’ The old tales of

‘the lion and his provider’ recurred to me at once; and I bethought

me of the hospitality of some cat-like sound of felis tagris having led,

during his nightly search for prey, to the creation of the story. I have

done all I could, but in vain, to discover whether there were real

grounds for the belief, based on such a habit of the animal. I killed

several tigers in company with my friends afterwards, but though we

found no phnew with any of them, the silent faith of my believers in

the marvellous, has remained unshaken as to the existence of the myste-

rious animal. I subsequently learned that there is in Bengal a like

belief respecting it among the Hindus, who term the creature ghég.*

There are few Englishmen in India who have not perhaps heard some

of the strange tales related by the natives regarding serpents. The most

remarkable to me, has always been the belief in the Raj Samp, or king

snake, who is represented as belonging to a superior order of serpent,

as exacting homage and obedience from his ophite subjects, and, some-

times, as appearing with the semblance of a crown, the type of his

authority. I was one day in company with a number of native gentle-

men, when the conversation turned upon the nature of antidotes in the

case of snake bites, the belief as to the cure effected, by applying to

the wound, the head of the identical reptile that had inflicted it, the

charms powerful to compel the snake to appear,—as to all which

matters I have never been able to obtain, amid many tales, any relator

daring enough to declare himself an eye-witness of the marvels he

recounted. At last, mention being made of the King Snake, a party

present said,—‘ At any rate I can assure you of the existence of him,

for it is well known that I have seen,’ and the story, to the following

* According to Babu Rajendraldl Mittra, the Hindus distinguish the Ghog asa

different animal from the P’heu.—E. B.

790 Natural History of certain Animals. [AuG.

effect was then told. The narrator, being at that time he said, about

fourteen years old, had run hastily to the terraced roof of a ground

floor house to recover his kite, when his attention was attracted by a

large goomna (cobra capello) which, without perceiving him, raised

itself with dilated hood in the erect attitude common with those snakes,

and uttered a loud cry. Immediately some ten or twelve snakes

appeared from different quarters, and assembled before their king ;

when after a short time, he pounced upon, and devoured one of the

smaller ones, with which arbitrary assertion of regal power the convo-

cation terminated. Now the narrator of this tale had no interest in

attempting to mislead me; he had mentioned what he stated again and

again, to the majority of persons present for years, before I ever saw

him ; and he is naturally of intelligence, and in no sort the man to tell

a useless falsehood. It is, I was then informed, by these sort of assem-

blages that the king snake asserts his power, and that his subjects are

called to them for the purpose of bringing tribute, in the shape of

dainties for the royal palate; should however no tributary frog or cat,

or bird be forthcoming, or should even the offering produced be insuffi-

cient, one of the luckless ophids, pays in person the penalty of the omis-

sion,—even as had been witnessed by my informant.

I ventured with respect to his story to object, in as delicate a way as

I could, to the incident of the cry uttered by the king snake, but in

this I was immediately over-ridden. The cry of the large goomna was

well-known in the ruimous city where we were, and in which they

abound, and it was described to me as a strident sound, the attempted

imitation of which resembled the acute staccato note of a treble haut-

boy. I heard this sound myself subsequently during a sleepless night,

emitted by a large snake which killed a rat in my bed room: as it was

pitch dark I was unable to rise and destroy the intruder, but the sound

was too peculiar not to have been that of the ophid, according as it did

with the description given me, and being unlike any thing I ever heard

before, as also contrasting distinctly and remarkably with the cries of

its victim.

I have noted down these trivial, but not incurious matters as an

inducement to the record of more valuable facts as to the opinions held

by natives upon the habits of animals, whence perhaps some really

useful information may be elicited.

1849. ] On the Influence of Forests on Climate. 791

Note by Mr. Blyth.—The snake which I have had invariably pointed

out to me, as the Ray Samp by natives of Bengal is Bungarus annularis,

which habitually preys upon other snakes, and is currently said to be a

deadly enemy of the Cobra. I have taken a Tropidonatus umbratus about

two-thirds the length of its devourer, from the stomach of this species,

and the specimen is stuffed in the Society’s Museum as in the act of

seizing its victim which it had swallowed. Another ophiophagous species;

with the Cobra hood, is Hamadryas hannah of Cantor, or Maia vettata

of Elliot; a specimen of which (9 ft. long, and now mounted in the

Museum), I obtained in the Midnapore jungle.

Mr. Layard some time ago informed me of a popular notion among the

natives of Ceylon respecting a ‘horn’? which is said to grow sometimes,

but very rarely on the forehead of the jackal; and this horn is regarded

by them as a specific of innumerable virtues. Strange to say, the same

notion is equally current among the natives of Bengal, who believe that

it ensures the prosperity of its possessor, and success in every under-

taking.—E. B. |

On the Influence of Forests on Climate.* By Lieut. W.H. Parisn,

B. A. (Coummunicated by Sir H. M. Exuiort, K. C. B. Sec. to the

Govt. of India.)

The influence of forests in modifying the climate of the globe, may

fitly be considered in this place, more especially as the subject has of

late attracted much attention in this country. I shall confine myself

however to merely recording in this brief notice the opinions of such

scientific men as have devoted much of their time to the investigation

of this important subject.

There can be no doubt that the state of the climate, especially the

humidity of the atmosphere, influences vegetation, and that in its turn

vegetation re-acts upon the climate, but too much importance has been

attributed to the influence of forests, as if they were the principal

cause of the moisture of the climate. The felling of forests has doubt-

less been attended, in many countries, by a diminution of rain, as in

Barbadoes and Jamaica. In the Mauritius also, the rivers were found

* This forms an Appendix to the Author’s Journal of a Trip to the Kohistan of

the Jullunder published in the April No. of the Journal.

792 On the Influence of Forests on Climate. [AuG.

to be diminishing on account of the rapid disappearance of the woods

in the interior, when government had recourse to the measure of pro-

hibiting their further destruction, and they rapidly recovered their

former dimensions. In fact in all tropical countries, where the quan-

tity of aqueous vapour in the atmosphere'is great, but where on the

other hand, the direct rays of the sun are most powerful, any impedi-

ment to the free circulation of the air, or any screen which shades the

earth from the solar rays, becomes a source of humidity, and wherever

dampness and cold have begun to be generated by such causes, the

condensation of vapour continues. The leaves moreover of all plants

are alembics, and some of those in the torrid zone have the remarkable

property of distilling water, thus contributing to prevent the earth

from becoming parched.

But there are various circumstances which may contribute to-

wards the formation of rain, and to which I have alluded in the pre-

ceding remarks ; temperature, pressure of the atmosphere and its elec-

trical state, are the chief agents ; mountain chains and forests form local

causes.

The effect which forests exercise upon the condensation of vapours

has been ably treated by Daniell, in his Meteorological Essays.

‘Humboldt considers that forests exercise a triple influence upon

climate—first they protect the soil against the rays of the sun ; secondly,

they produce, by the vital activity of their leaves, a constant evaporation

of aqueous vapours ; thirdly, these leaves increase the radiation. These

three simultaneous causes, as affording shade, evaporation, and radiation,

are so influential that the knowledge of the extent of forests compared

with the naked savannahs, steppes and champaign ground, forms one

of the most important elements in the climatology of a country. The

active vitality of plants consists chiefly in the leaves; they are the

organs of respiration, digestion and nutrition. The great quantity of

water which they perspire may be easily proved by placing a glass next

the under-surface of a young vine leaf on a hot day, and it it will be

found to perspire so copiously, that the glass will be im a short time

covered with dew, which runs down in streams in half an hour. Hales

computed the perspiration of plants to be seventeen times more than

the human body ; he calculated that the leaves of a single helianthus, 3

feet and 4 in height, covered 40 square feet, and comparing his former

1849. ] On the Influence of Forests on Climate. 793

observation of the perspiration of leaves with this circumstance, Hum-

boldt observes properly, if a plant of such small size exercises in-

fluence upon evaporation, how much greater must be the perspiration of

the forests of the Upper Orinoco, which cover 2,60,000 nautical square

miles! The cloudy and misty sky of those regions, and of the

Province of Las Esmeraldas, to the west of the Volcano of Pichinche,

the decrease of the temperature in the missions on the Rio Negro, and

the streams of vapour which become visible on fixing the eyes on the

tops of the trees in the Equatorial forests, must be alike ascribed to the

aqueous exhalation of the leaves and to their radiation towards the

space of the atmosphere. e = = i‘ ee $

“It is asserted that there is at present much less rain in Barbadoes

than there was formerly, and many of the inhabitants ascribe it to

the unlimited clearance of forest and brushwood, and although we have

no direct reasons to prove why such clearances lessen the annual quan-

tity of ‘rain, we have abundant proof that itis so. In every instance

and in every part of the globe where forests have been cleared, a dimi-

nution of aqueous precipitations has been noted ; and as it is a fact

which remains uncontested, that Barbadoes, within the last fifty years

was much more wooded than it is now, the diminution of rain must

likewise be expected as the natural effect. The evidence of Humboldt,

Leopold de Buck, Daniell, Dove, and others, is so powerful on this

subject, that I should wish to press particularly upon the attention of

the reader how important the existence of wooded spots become to the

agriculturist. I cannot do better than quote the words of Humboldt

to enforce this view :—“ By felling the trees that cover the tops and

the sides of mountains, men in every climate prepare at once two

calamities for future generations—the want of fuel and a scarcity of

water ; trees, by the nature of their perspiration, and radiation from

their leaves in a sky without clouds, surround themselves with an

atmosphere constantly cool and misty.”

Again, that forests exist in those parts only where the predominant

winds carry with them a considerable quantity of moisture, and con-

sequently that they are not the primary cause of humidity, is rendered

highly probable from the following consideration :—

“*In all countries having a summer heat exceeding 70° the pre-

* Maclaren, Art. America, Encyc. Britannica.

794 On the Influence of Forests on Climate. [Avue.

sence or absence of natural woods, and their greater or less luxuriance,

may be taken as a measure of the amount of humidity, and of the

fertility of the soil ; short and heavy rains in a warm country will pro-

duce grass, which having its roots near the surface springs up in a few

days, and withers when the moisture is exhausted, but transitory rains,

however heavy, will not nourish trees, because, after the surface is

saturated with water, the rest runs off, and the moisture lodged in the

soil neither sinks deep enough, nor is in sufficient quantity to furnish

the giants of the forest with the necessary sustenance. It may be

assumed that 20 inches of rain falling moderately, or at intervals, will

leave a greater permanent supply in the soil than 40 inches falling as it

sometimes does in the torrid zone in as many hours.”

“In all regions,’ he continues, ‘‘ where ranges of mountains inter-

cept the course of the constant or the predominant winds, the country

on the windward side of the mountains will be moist, and that on the

leeward dry, and hence parched deserts will generally be found on the

west side of countries within the tropics, and on the east side of those

beyond them ; the prevailing winds in these cases being generally in

opposite directions. On this principle the position of forests in North

and South America may be explained. Thus for example, in the region

within the thirtieth parallel, the moisture swept up by the trade wind

from the Atlantic is precipitated in part upon the mountains of Brazil,

which are but low and so distributed as to extend far into the interior.

The portion which remains is borne westward, and losing a little as it

proceeds, is at length arrested by the Andes, where it falls down in

showers on their summits. The Aerial current, now deprived of all

the humidity with which it can part, arrives in a state of complete ex-

siccation at Peru, where consequently no rain falls. In the same

manner the Ghauts in Hindoostan, a chain only three or four thousand

feet high,* intercept the whole moisture of the atmosphere, having

copious rains on their windward side, while on the other the weather

remains clear and dry. The rains in this case change regularly from

the west side to the east, and vice versa with the monsoons. But in

the region of America, beyond the thirtieth parallel, the Andes serve

as a screen to intercept the moisture. brought by the prevailing winds

from the Pacific Ocean ; rains are copious on their summits, and in

* Five or six thousand ?

1849. | On the Influence of Forests on Climate. 795

Chili on their western declivities, but none falls on the plains to the

eastward except occasionally, when the wind blows from the Atlantic.”

Again, Dr. Daubeny has ascertained by experiments communicated

to the British Association, that plants undoubtedly exercise a purifying

influence on the atmosphere. In a letter to Dr. John Lindley, he

expresses himself thus :*—

«Ags the observations of Ellis left it in some doubt whether the

balance was in favour of the purifying or the deteriorating influence

upon the air which is exercised by plants during different portions of

the day and night, I conducted my experiments in such a manner that

a plant might be inclosed in a jar for several successive days and nights,

whilst the quality of the air was examined at least two or three times

a day, and fresh carbonic acid admitted as required. A register being

kept of the proportion of oxygen each time the air was examined, as

well as of the quantity of carbonic acid introduced, it was invariably

found that, so long as the plant continued healthy, the oxygen went

on increasing, the diminution by night being more than counter-

balanced by the gain during the day. This continued until signs of

unhealthiness appeared in the confined plant, when of course the oxygen

began to decrease.”

‘In a perfectly healthy and natural state, it is probable that the

purifying influence of a plant is much greater, for when I introduced

successively different plants into the same air, at intervals of only a few

hours, the amount of oxygen was much more rapidly increased, in one

instance to more than 40 per cent. of the whole, instead of twenty as

in the air we breathe.”

“Thus the vegetable kingdom may be considered as a special pro-

vision of nature to consume that which would render the world unin-

habitable by man, and to have been so beautifully contrived that its

existence depends upon its perpetual abstraction of that, without the

removal of which our own existence could not be maintained. But

although this is true of green plants, it does not appear to be so, of

Fungi. Marcet has shewn from carefully conducted experiments, that

Mushrooms, vegetating in atmospheric air, produce on that air very

different modifications from those of green plants in analogous situ-

ations, in fact, that they vitiate the air promptly, either by absorbing

* Vide Lindley’s Introduction to Botany, p. 378, 3rd Edition.

DK 2

796 On the Influence of Forests on Climate. [| Aue.

its oxygen to form carbonicacid at the expense of the carbon of the

vegetable, or by disengaging carbonic acid formed in various ways.

That the modifications which the atmosphere experiences when in

contact with growing mushrooms are the same day and night. That

if fresh mushrooms are placed in an atmosphere of pure oxygen, a

great part of that gas disappears at the end of a few hours. One por-

tion of oxygen which is absorbed combines with the carbon of the

plant to form carbonic acid, whilst another part appears to be fixed in

the vegetable, and to be replaced, at least in part, by nitrogen dis-

engaged by the mushroom. That when fresh mushrooms remain some

hours in an atmosphere of nitrogen, they modify but slightly the

nature of that gas. The sole effect produced is confined to the dis-

engagement of a small quantity of carbonic acid, and sometimes to the

absorption of a very small quantity of nitrogen.”

No application of human skill and labour tends so greatly to vary

the state of the habitable surface, as that employed in the drainage of

lakes and marches, since not only the localities of many animals and

plants, but the general climate of a district, may thus be modified.

There seems little doubt that in the United States the rapid “ clear-

ing’’ of the country has rendered the winters less severe and the sum-

mers less hot, in other words the extreme temperatures of January and

July have been observed from year to year to approach somewhat

nearer to each other, and thus most probably, the mean temperature

has been raised. The same result has been brought about in this

country, only to a much greater extent.

The entire destruction of all woods and forests hasrendered India

liable to those dreadful calamities which always follow a deficiency of rain.

The N. W. Provinces were denuded of their trees during the wars

that attended the decline and fall of the Muhammedan Empire, and

the rise and progress of the Jats, Seikhsand Mahrattas. These lawless

freebooters swept away all the groves from the face of every district

they invaded, whilst they never thought of renewing them, or encourag-

ing their renewal, in those countries which they permanently occupied ;

many fertile regions were thus turned into dreary and arid wastes.

It is marvellous to think how slowly and reluctantly the Indian

Government has come forward and acknowledged the necessity for that

merciful provision of nature by which the thirsty soil is refreshed with

grateful drafts and rendered habitable by man. ‘Trees perform as

1849.] On the Influence of Forests on Climate. 797

important functions, and are as indispensable in the economy of nature

as the liquid air which encircles our globe, or the mighty ocean which

lashes its shores.

«<The carbonic acid with which our breathing fills the air, to-morrow

will be spreading north and south and striving to make the tour of the

world. The date trees that grow round the fountains of the Nile will

drink it in by their leaves; the Cedars of Lebanon will take of it to

add to their stature, the cocoa-nuts of Tahiti will grow riper upon it,

and the palms and bananas of Japan will change it into flowers.”

‘The oxygen we are breathing was distilled for us some short time

ago by the magnolias of the Susquehanna and the great trees that

skirt the Orinoco and the Amazon. The giant rhododendrons of the

Himalayas contributed to it, the roses and myrtles of Cashmir, the

cinnamon trees of Ceylon, and forests older than the flood, buried

deep in the heart of Africa far behind the mountains of the moon.

The rain which we see descending was thawed for us out of icebergs

which have watched the polar star for ages, and lotus lilies sucked up

from the Nile and exhaled as vapour the snows that are lying on the

tops of our hills.”’*

Among the many causes which produce certain modifications in the

climate of any region, and one which is too frequently overlooked,

is the nature of the soil. This is principally owing to the greater or

less power any soil possesses of radiating heat. Thus sandy soils are

subject to become rapidly and intensely heated, and when the rays of

the sun are withdrawn, they readily radiate or impart to the atmo-

sphere the heat they have acquired, thus increasing the general tem-

perature. Clayey soils on the other hand become slowly heated, and as

slowly part with heat ; swampy ground chills the air, and extensive

forest tracts have a similar effect. And thus cultivation not unfre-

quently effects a change in the climate of a country, for if marshes are

drained, or forests cleared, the temperature will be raised. It thus

appears that the diversities of climate are brought about by various

causes, and are chiefly dependant on latitude; on the distribution of

land and water; on the elevation of land above the sea, as also on the

nature of the soil, the prevalence of particular winds, and position of

forest, on currents of the ocean, on the direction and extent of moun-

tain ranges, and many other local circumstances.

* British Quarterly Mag.

798 On the Influence of Forests on Climate. [Aue.

The present denuded state of the N. W. Provinces has, I believe,

lately attracted the attention of government, and therefore it may not

be amiss to note down here the plans that have suggested themselves

for restoring to the soil what nature designed for its protection and

benefit.

In the first place it appears necessary that the government should

set the good example to its subjects by cutting canals, planting trees

and digging wells at every ten or twelve miles along the principal

thoroughfares of these provinces ; and moreover it should adopt mea-

sures for their protection, and prevent the groves from being destroyed

for the purposes of feeding camels and elephants, as well as for sup-

plying fuel for Military Stations.

The extensive dawk (Butea frondosa) jungle, situated between Phug-

wara and Khanoora, in the Jullundhur Doab, is fast disappearing, and

in a very few years no traces of it will be left. The same may be said

of the pine forests in our Himalayan Provinces.

On each occasion that I have marched through the above mentioned

Doab, I have been sorely grieved to mark how the venerable peepul

and banyan trees planted for the purpose of affording shade to the

weary traveller, have been ruthlessly mutilated in order to feed the

camels and elephants belonging to Europeans and the government.

That picturesque Doab will soon become as dreary and as naked as any

of the Upper Provinces, if some protecting hand is not immediately

stretched out to prevent its spoliation. In the next place, the govern-

ment should foster and encourage, or rather turn to some useful pur-

pose the religious vanity of the Hindus, by granting them certain por-

tions of rent-free land in perpetuity whereon to plant groves and dig

wells for the benefit of their souls, and to the greater advantage of

travellers.

“To live in the grateful recollections of their countrymen for bene-

fits conferred upon them in great works of ornament and utility, is the

study of every Hindu of rank and property. Such works tend in his

opinion, not only to spread and perpetuate his name in this world, but

through the good wishes and prayers of those who are benefitted by

them, to secure the favour of the deity in the next.

“ According to their notions every drop of rain water or dew that

falls to the ground from the green leaf of a fruit tree, planted by them

1849.] On the Influence of Forests on Climate. 799

for the common good, proves a refreshing draft for their souls in the

next. When no descendants remain to pour the funeral libation in

their name, the water from the trees they have planted for the public

good is destined to supply its place ; every thing judiciously laid out to

promote the happiness of their fellow-creatures will in the next world

be repaid tenfold by the deity.’’*

“‘ If government wishes to have the Upper Doab, the Delhi, Muttra

and Agra districts again enriched and embellished with mango groves,

they will not delay to convey this feeling to the hundreds, nay thou-

sands who would be willing and anxious to plant them upon a single

guarantee that the lands upon which the trees stand shall be con-

sidered to belong to them and their heirs as long as these trees stand

upon them. ‘That the land, the shade, the fruit, and the water will be

left to the free enjoyment of the public, one may take for granted,

since the good which the planter’s soul is to derive from such a work

in the next world must depend upon their being so ; and all that is

required to be stipulated for in such grants, is that mango, tamarind,

peepul or bur trees, at the rate of twenty-five the English acre, shall

be planted and kept up in every piece of land granted for that pur-

pose; and that a well of pucka masonry shall be made for the purpose

of watering them, in the smallest as well as in the largest piece of

ground granted, and kept always in repair.

«If the grantee fulfil the conditions, he ought, in order to cover part

of the expense, to be permitted to till the land under the trees until

they grow to maturity and yield their fruit ; if he fails, the lands, hav-

ing been declared liable to resumption, should be resumed.

‘The person soliciting such grants should be required to certify in

his application that he had already obtained the sanction of the pre-

sent lessee of the village in which he wishes to have his grove, and for

this sanction he would of course have to pay the full value of the land

for the period of his lease. When his lease expires, the land in which

the grove is planted would be excluded from the assessment ; and when

it is considered that every good grove must cost the planter more than

50 times the annual rent of the land, government may be satisfied that

they secure the advantage to their people at a very cheap rate.’’+

* Rambles and Recollections of an Indan Official, p. 191, Vol. 2.

T Ibid, p. 197, Vol. 2.

800 Note to the Catalogue of the Birds, [Aue.

A Supplemental Note to the Catalogue of the Birds in the Asiatic

Society’s Museum ;* by K. Buytu, Esq.

No. 1818. Cacatua CITRINO-CRISTATA ; Plyctolophus ettrino-cris-

tatus, Fraser, P. Z. 8. 1844, p. 39. Except that Mr. Fraser states that

this species is about the size of C. sulphurea, his description of it would

equally apply to C. galerita, which indeed it very closely resembles,

except in its much inferior size. It is larger, however, than C. sulphu-

rea, and has a much higher crest; while its beak is considerably smaller

and more compressed than im that species, having a much narrower

culmen to the upper mandible, but the lower being as broad as in C.

sulphurea, with a medial groove instead of a convexity. Colour exactly

as in C. galerita; and length of closed wing 103 in., and of crest 43 in.

Habitat unknown.

No. 1833. Panaornis CattHrap#, Layard. A beautiful spe-

cies, the representative in the mountainous parts of Ceylon of P. colum-

boides of the Nilgiris, to which species it manifests the nearest affinity.

Crown and back plumbeous-grey, passing to bluish on the rump, and

rich dark indigo-blue on the middle tail-feathers and outer webs of the

rest : tail yellow beneath and at the tips, sullied along the inner webs

of the rectrices above: forehead and cheeks (passing beyond the eye),

broad nuchal ring, and entire under parts, brilliant green: wings deeper

green, paler and yellowish towards the scapularies: throat intense black

and contrasting, with a tendency to form a ring round the neck, but

which does not so much as half surround the neck. Upper mandible

bright coral, with a white tip; the lower reddish. Wing 5} in.: tail

probably of the usual length, but its medial feathers in the specimen

described appear but half-grown. A female or young male is wholly —

green, more yellowish below, except the ramp which is brighter blue

than in the adult male, and the tail is mingled green and indigo-blue ;

the more vivid green ring of the neck but obscurely indicated. Both

the mandibles are dull coral, with white tips; and the wing measures

5}; in., the tail but 42 in.

* The species included in this paper are, almost without exception, comprised in

the printed Catalogue of the collection of Birds in the Society’s Museum, each with

a reference to Vol. XVIII, of its Journal, and their nnmbers in the Catalogue are

here prefixed.

1849. | in the Asiatic Society's Museum. 801

Inhabits the Kandyan country, in Ceylon. Nothing can exceed the

harmony and delicate beauty of its colouring.

No. 1820. Loricuxtus astaticus; Psittacus asiaticus, Latham,

and Ps. indicus, Gmelin,—both founded on Edwards, pl. ‘6, which is a

good representation. The names, however, are bad, as the race would

seem to be wholly confined to Ceylon: while Z. vernalis inhabits all

India, and the countries bordering the eastern shores of the Bay of

Bengal, as far as the Tenasserim provinces where it abounds, and also

Java; whereas in the Malayan peninsula there appears only to be L.

galgulus. L. asiaticus differs from L. vernalis in having the crown deep

red, passing to a saffron hue on the nape, and in some specimens over

much of the back; while the fore-part of the neck is tinged more or

less deeply with verditer. The nearest affinity of these Loricules is with

the genus Helectus ;* and there are other species in the Philippines and

probably the south of China.

No. 99. Micrastur—? Size of full grown young male Astur

palumbarius, and plumage scarcely differing ; but the tail shorter, and

the tarse longer and more slender. The markings of the under-parts

are also less narrow, forming pear-shaped drops, small and rounded on

the belly, lower tail-coverts, and tibial plumes,—much as in the young

M. badius: under surface of the primaries (as seen in the closed wing)

almost unbarred ; their emarginated portion plain brown; the rest of the

inner webs having narrow bars, which are distinct from the fifth in-

wards and throughout the secondaries and tertiaries; above, the prima-

ries are albescent-rufous at base, with their outer webs barred from the

third inwards: tail with numerous (8 or 9) transverse dark bands,

narrow towards its base and broadening to the last; the longer upper

coverts of the tail also distinctly banded. Length of closed wing 13 in. ;

of tail 9 in.; and tarse 3 in., the latter plumed for about 4. Habitat

unknown :' not improbably American.

No. 171, d; p. 340: and No. 172. Srrix pusiua, nobis. Distin-

guished at a glance from Str. flammea by its general smaller size, con-

spicuously smaller facial ruff, and shorter and more slender tarsi and

toes. A specimen received from England (but not supposed to be Eng-

* Psittacus sumatranus, Raffles, erroneously referred by Mr. G. R. Gray to this

genus, seems merely to be the female of Tanygnathus macrorhynchos, which is close-

ly affined to Palgornis.

09 L

802 Note to the Catalogue of the Birds [Ave.

lish) was doubtfully referred to the Australian Sér. delicatula, Gould,

in J. 4. 8. XVII, 346 ; but Mr. Strickland (in epistold) assures me

that it is not delicatula. Another, like it, but 14 in. longer in the wing,

has since been received from Mr. Layard, who informs me that this

specimen came from Egypt: but the latter may either exhibit the ex-

treme of variation of colouring as compared with the former, or they

may be of two small races closely affined to each other and to Str. flam-

mea, in which case the name parva may be bestowed on the Egyptian

race, and pusilla on the other (the habitat of which is unknown). The

latter, or that formerly described, resembles the most ashy specimens of

Str. flammea above, except that the white spots bordered with black

are less defined ; and below it is white, with the usual small blackish

dots: primaries and tail barred exactly as in several specimens of Sér.

flammea with which we have compared it. The Egyptian specimen

resembles the more fulvous examples of Str. flammea above, having

much less of the ashy mottling than the other ; below it is white with

minute dusky specks; and the outermost and penultimate tail-feathers

are wholly unbarred underneath, causing the lower surface of the tail

to appear quite white: the primaries are very faintly banded on their

outer webs, but the bars on their mner webs are unusually black ; and the

bands upon the tail as seen above are much more faint than usual. In

both, the tarsi measure but 24 in. (instead of 24 in. and upwards), and are

conspicuously less robust than in Str. fammea. Notwithstanding the

differences of the two specimens, we suspect that they pertain to the

same Small race or species.

No. 178. Bucrros arrinis, Hutton. This perfectly resembles B.

albirostris (No. 179), except that it is constantly of the considerably

larger size of B. pica (No. 177). Inhabits the Deyra Doon. The

large bill and casque noticed in XVI, 994, pertain decidedly to this race.

There are accordingly now the following series of species or permanent

races liable to be confounded together under B. pica vel malabaricus,

auctorum.

1. B. pica (No. 177). Distinguished by its comparatively large size,

highly compressed casque with great black patch not descending upon

the upper mandible, and four white tail-feathers on each side. Inhabits

all the peninsula from central India southward, and Ceylon? At least

a head from the latter country is undistinguishable ; but the Cinghalese

1849. ] in the Asiatic Society's Museum. 803

race (B. violaceus, auct.,) is described to have constantly only three of

its outer tail-feathers on each side white.

2. B. albirostris, Shaw (No. 179), vide J. 4. S. XVI, 994. From

Bengal, Nepal, Asam, Sylhet, Arakan, and the Tenasserim provinces.

Great numbers of specimens examined, present no remarkable variation

of size, and certainly never approach the dimensions of the Deyra Doon

race.

3. B. affinis (No. 178).

4. B. intermedius, nobis (No. 180), vide J. 4. S. XVI, 994. Like

No. 179, but with the tail of No. 177. This race is very abundant

about Pinang, but we have never seen it from Malacca or Singapore.

It is probably the Sumatran malabaricus of Raffles, the Javanese albv-

rostris of Horsfield, and the general Malayan malabaricus of Temminck

and others.

5? B. violaceus, Shaw, and of Wagler? (Non vidimus.) From Cey-

lon.—B. malayanus (No. 181) is also nearly affined, but too different

to be confounded with either of the others; aud B. nigrirostris (No.

182) is certainly distinct, and is referred to by Dr. S. Muller as a per-

manent variety of No. 181.*

Genus Picus, L., as restricted to the pied species forming the division

Dendrocopus of Swainson. The Indian species of this group are treated

of in XIV, 196, so far as we were then cognisant of them. We have

since learned of two others described from the ‘ Himalaya,” viz. P.

assimilis, Natterer,—like P. himalayanus (No. 287), but with the

scapulary feathers white, and some other distinctions,—and P. scintilla,

Lichtenstemn,—which considerably resembles P. pygmeus (No. 300),

except in being very much larger. We have now to add

No. 1825. P. arratrus, nobis. Resembles P. Macei, but is larger,

with no fulvescent-white on the sides of the head and neck, except

some admixture of it on the lores, ear-coverts, and above the eye.

Lower-parts black, the feathers laterally edged with dingy golden-

fulvous, confused and intermixed on the abdomen, and the black gener-

* This author gives four varieties of B. rhinoceros, respectively from Sumatra,

Borneo, India (about Seringapatam), and Java. We doubt altogether the occur-

rence of this bird in India proper, and may remark that a Javanese female examined

differed in no respect from the common Malayan peninsula race, which is identical

with Dr. S. Muller’s Sumatran variety.

Onke 2

804 Note to the Catalogue of the Birds [Ave.

ally prevailing ; lower tail-coverts crimson, and probably the crown also

of the male. Four middle tail-feathers black, the white less developed

on the others than in P. Macei. Length probably about 8 in.; of wing

4+ in. ; span of foot 12 in.: beak from forehead 14 im. Inhabits the

Tenasserim provinces. |

Four nearly affined species exist in P. atratus, P. Macei, P. analis,

and P. pectoralis, nobis, J. Ad. S. XV, 15. The last would seem to

approximate very nearly P. analis, Horsfield, vel Wagnerit, Hartlaub ;

but it has merely a very faint tinge of red on the lower tail-coverts.

No. 304. P. GymNopruatmos, nobis. This little Woodpecker so

nearly resembles P. moluccensis (No. 301), that the same description

Of the upper-parts would nearly serve for both; but the under-parts

are streakless rufescent-white, except the lower tail-coverts which have

blackish centres. The crown also differs in being of an uniform sooty-

black, a little brownish towards the lores only ; the outer webs of the

primaries are wholly dusky-black without markings; and all the tail-

feathers have series of two or three white spots along the border of

each web, not developed into bands. The black generally is also more

intense than in P. moluccensis; and there is a small naked orbital

space, less developed in P. variegatus. We have only seen the female,

but Mr. Layard informs us that the male has ‘‘a slender brilliant

crimson ear-stripe.”’

Inhabits Ceylon; where generally observed singly upon dead trees.

(Layard.) |

No. 299. P. ruspricatus, nobis. The male of this was described

as a particularly fine old male of P. pygmaeus (No. 300) in J. 4. S.

XIV, 197; but we have since seen many specimens of P. pygmeus

from the N. W. Himalaya, none of which had the crimson sincipital

tuft more developed than in P. moluccensis; whereas of numerous

examples of the present bird from Darjiling, the males had invariably

this crimson much more developed, in some forming a broad occipital

band completely across, and in all tendiug more or less to do so, the

lateral portions being generally (though not always) more developed than

the medial. There is no other difference, and the females are absolutely

alike. The specimens which Mr. Hodgson sent from the intermediate

country of Nepal were all true P. pygmaeus, and Capt. Hutton assures

us that he never saw the sincipital tuft of the N. W. race developed as

in that of Sikim. ;

1849. ] in the Asiatic Society’s Museum. 805

No. 305. P. vauiprrostris, nobis. Described and erroneously

referred to P. nanus, Vigors, in J. A. S. XIV, 197; P. nanus being a

synonyme of P. variegatus, Wagler (No. 303). It is probably from

the Philippines or China.

No. 302. P. canicapiLuvus, nobis. When I described this species

in J. A. S. XIV, 197, I had not seen the true P. moluccensis which is

common throughout the Malay countries, but followed Hardwicke and

Gray in regarding the Indian P. variegatus as P. moluccensis. From

the true moluccensis, canicapillus only differs in having the entire crown

light brownish-grey, with only a little black margining the occiput; the

ear-coverts are also pale brown instead of brownish-black, and the beak

is chiefly or wholly whitish. These are slight distinctions, which can

hardly be regarded as specific; and yet they appear to be constantly

characteristic of the race from Arakan and Tenasserim, while the Mala-

yan peninsula race is undistinguishable from that of Java.

No. 347. Cucutus TENuIROsTRIS. In Lower Bengal, the majority

of adults of this species have the lower-parts bright ferruginous: on

the eastern side of the Bay of Bengal, all appear to be of this colour,

and we have reason to infer that they grade insensibly into the smaller

Malayan race (C. flavus) as we proceed southward, and the adults of

that race we have never seen otherwise coloured. On the other hand,

throughout the peninsula of India and in Ceylon, also in the Deyra

Doon, the rufous-bellied specimens appear never to occur, and many are

wholly dark ashy in Lower Bengal, while others from this vicinity

exhibit every grade of intermediateness, having reference neither to age

nor sex.

No. 386. CENTROPUS CHLORORHYNCHOS, nobis. Distinguished

from C. ruFIPENNIS, Illiger (vel philippensis, Cuvier, No. 385), by

its much shorter wings, and larger bill of an uniform greenish-yellow

colour; by the darker shade bordering on marronne of the back and

wings ; and by the peculiar hue of the dark head, neck, and under-

parts, which have a somewhat ruddy tinge, and are glossed with ame-

thystine-purple, a redder shine of which is seen likewise to gloss the

upper-parts: tail purple-black. Length about 18 in., of which the

tail measures half, its outermost feathers 93 in. less: wing 63 in. ; bill

to gape 17 in.; and its vertical depth fully 3 in.: tarse 2 in. ; and long

hind-claw about 1 in.

806 Note to the Catalogue of the Birds [AuG.

Inhabits Ceylon.

No. 405. Barracuostromus arrinis, nobis, J. 4. 8. XVI, 1180.

In a collection made at Darjiling, among a number of supernumerary

fragments we found the heads, wings, and tails of two specimens of

what we now consider to be the young of this species, especially distin-

guished from the adult by the slenderness of the bony rami of the

lower mandible, as we find to be also the case with the young of B.

auritus (No. 403). Each is in nestling garb, though the two are

remarkably unlike; one being” mainly of a light chesnut hue, with

nearly obsolete barred markings, and throwing out deeper chesnut or

light bay feathers on the crown and shoulder of the wing; while the

other is profusely mottled porns vot with black on a pale ground but

faintly tinged with chesnut.

B. MONILIGER, ee n. s. A little smaller than B. sAVANENSIS,

(Horsfield, No. 404), which it greatly resembles at the first glance, but

differs considerably in the details of its. markings. Colour of the upper-

parts, throat and breast, bright bay or rufous-brown ; the latter without

spots, except a torque of white spots margined above with black above the

breast, and another separating the hue of the breast from that of the

abdomen ; belly and lower tail-coverts contrasting pale isabelline, with

similar but smaller spots, and a slight dusky mottling over the flanks :

coronal feathers long, the occipital tipped with white bordered above

with black, forming a white nuchal ring almost or quite continuous with

the torque below: over the eye a pale rufescent supercilium ; and the

lengthened and erect loral plumes are tipped with black and whitish at

the extreme tip: most of the wing-coverts are tipped with a large

ovoid pure white spot bordered above with black; the tertiaries are

pale and delicately mottled with dusky, each having also a minute

terminal black and white spot; and the primaries are black having

their outer webs broadly margined with the colour of the back; the

scapularies also have small terminal black and white spots, and the

uppermost are pale like the tertiaries: tail mottled and obscurely

banded, the bands terminating externally in series of whitish spots,

successively more developed and distinct on the outer feathers. In

form the tail is somewhat peculiar, its lateral halves separating into

distinet lobes, whence the closed tail appears furcate. we about

10 in., of wing 43 im., and tail 44 in., its outermost feather 2 + in. less,

1849. | in the Asiatic Society's Museum. 807

penultimate 1 in. less, and ante-penultimate but 3 in. less. The uniform

rufous-brown of the throat and breast, crossed by the white torque and

bordered below by another, well distinguishes this species from B. java-

nensis ; and the bright white spots on the wings (corresponding but not

similar to those of the large B. auritus) distinguish it as readily from

B. affinis. It remains to ascertain whether either B. moniliger, B.

affinis, or B. auritus, presents the state of plumage corresponding to

that named Podargus cornutus by M. Temminck, who considers this

‘to be identical with B. javanensis, while Mr. G. R. Gray regards them

as separate species. The dark young specimen of presumed B. afinis

from Darjiling would seem to indicate, from its considerable resemblance

to cornutus, that it would afterwards have assumed that dress, in which

case it would seem to follow that the two are different phases of the

same bird irrespective of age and perhaps sex. B. montliger mhabits

Ceylon, where Mr. Layard is informed that it is not uncommon at a

particular altitude in the Kandyan country; and it is most probably

the Coorg species seen by Mr. Jerdon, as noticed in XIV, 209.

The anatomy of this genus differs remarkably from that of Capri-

mu/gus. The stomach is a highly muscular gizzard, like that of Nye-

tibius ;* and there is a large gall-bladder: sternum small, subquadrate,

with but a slight keel, and four deep emarginations behind ; the cora-

coids long and slender, and furcula like that of Caprimulgus but more

slender. Accordiug to Mr. Gould, the outer front claw of Podargus

is capable of reversion ; but on macerating and completely relaxing the

foot of P. strigoides, we found that it can be only half-reversed, as in

Corythaix, Tamatia, and some other genera. Save in the proportional

size of the feet, which are much larger in Podargus, there seems to be

nought else to separate Batrachostomus from it; and it is probable

that even in this respect a gradation occurs in the different species.

No. 425. CypseLus suBFURCATUS, nobis: C. affnis, var., apud

Strickland, P. Z. S. 1846, p. 99. Resembles C. affinis, but is larger,

deeper-coloured, with the tail-feathers conspicuously more pointed, and

the outermost measuring } in. longer than the middle ones. Wing 54

in.; tail 24 in. General colour much blacker than in C. affnis, the

upper and lower tail-coverts being quite black ; the white band on the

* Gosse’s ‘ Birds of Jamaica,’ where the habits of the excessively long-winged

Nyctibii are described as much more those of Pedargus than of Caprimulgus.

808 Note to the Catalogue of the Birds [Aua.

rump is narrower and less purely white; and the white of the throat

is also less pure. The nidification is also remarkably different : several

pairs inhabiting a continuous common nest, which is affixed to an eave

in the manner of that of Hirundo urbica, or of Cypselus affinis; the

latter species, however, (so far as we have observed,) so placing its nest

as to be concealed or at least rendered inconspicuous by a rafter or

other object in front. According to the account received, a colony of

C. subfurcatus wnhabited the verandah of a house in the island of

Pinang. ‘They began with a pair, and now compose a harmonious

family of about 16 or 18. The nests are fastened to the beam much in

the same way as the nest of the Swallow’ (Hirundo urbica ?), “but

their nidificationary habits differ from those of the latter birds by their

running two, three, or more nests into one. There were about six or

eight birds in the specimen of a nest herewith sent, which had three

apertures. They seem to keep a regular watch at night, for on the

least noise the sentinel pipes a little and is then followed by all the rest.

They lay two eggs, and are not migratory,—at least my friends are not,

for they have been domiciled upwards of a year where they now are.”

The nest received is a beautiful fabric in its way, remarkably light

and compact; being composed of feathers and other light substances

firmly bound together by a good deal of the saliva-like gluten. Several

shed primaries and other feathers of the birds themselves, doubtless

cast within the nest, are thus fastened in to add to the lining. The

only aperture visible, now that the nest has been cut away from its

place of attachment, is a somewhat prolonged entrance at one extremity ;

and there appear to be but two depressions adapted for the reception

of eggs, which renders it probable that several of its inhabitants were

the young of a former brood—or perhaps broods. The total length of

the interior is 12 in., by nearly 5 in. where broadest ; and this capacity

would indicate that it is tended as much for a habitation for a number

of the birds, as for the ordinary purpose of incubation. Procuring

some nests of C. afinis for comparison, the size of these also indicates

the fact that they are similarly inhabited; but it would appear that

there is no convenience in them for more than one pair of birds to

incubate. They consist of a much thicker and heavier mass of mate- —

rial than the nest of C. subfurcatus ; but where two are built in contact,

the wall of separation is thin, though we suspect it will be always found

1849. | in the Asiatic Society’s Museum. 809

intact and completely separative. During the night C. affinis is equally

vigilant with its Malayan representative. The latter would appear to

be the common house Swift of the Malayan peninsula, taking the place

of C. affinis of India; while C. vittatus would seem to be exclusively

a mountain species, which is common at Pinang, and which Capt.

Hutton has obtained from the Tyne range of mountains near Simla;

and C, leuconyx may be the representative of the last on the mountains

of S. India.

No. 420. ACANTHYLIS LEUCOPYGIALIS, nobis. Size of A. sylva-

tica, Tickell, J. 4. S. XV, 284; but wholly deep black with a faint

gloss of blue, except the upper tail-coverts which are greyish-white and

black-shafted: tail almost square, 7. e. the barbed portion of the fea-

thers ; their spinous tips well developed, those of the middle feathers

protruding 3 in. Length of a male 43 in., by 103 in. in alar expanse ;

wing 43 in.; and tail to end of spines 13 in.

From Pinang; where not a common species, two or three of them

appearing now and then about the hill on the island, their rapid flight

rendering them difficult to shoot like the rest of the genus. The large

Malayan, Nilgiri, and Ceylon species (4. gigantea) was observed on the

same occasion: but our informant was unable to procure a specimen

- from the extreme velocity of its flight, which produced a loud rustling

or rushing sound through the air.

CoLLOcALIA ? (No. 428, H., Catal., p. 315). Several

specimens of a Collocalia from the Navigators’ Islands differ only from

the Indian and Malayan C. drevirostris, (McClelland, v. nidifica, Gray),

in being rather blacker, with a dingy whitish band across the rump,

seen obscurely in some Indian specimens but not in others; though

never so distinct or nearly so as in the Pelynesian race. The latter is

much too large and too dull-coloured to correspond with Mr. G. R.

Gray’s figure of his C. troglodytes, from the Malayan peninsula. That

a Collocalia inhabits the S. Seas is, we believe, not generally known ; and

C. francica, (Gmelin), is another true species of this well marked

generic form inhabiting the Mauritius, Madagascar, and probably all

suitable parts of the E. Coast of Africa. Some few Indian specimens of

'C. brevirostris have the tarse more or less feathered, as in Cypselus

(verus).

810 Note to the Catalogue of the Birds [Aue.

No. 469. CrssA PUELLA, nobis. Size and structure of C. vENa-

rorivs, the outermost and penultimate tail-feathers shorter than in

that species. Entire head, neck, and breast, with the outer webs of

the primaries, secondaries, and tertiaries, bright bay or ferruginous-

brown: rest of the plumage beautiful deep blue of different shades,

except the tips of all the tail-feathers which are white bordered above

with black, the middle pair with merely a trace of this: inner webs of

the primaries and secondaries black, empurpled except on the primaries :

anterior half of the wing deep indigo-blue ; the back, tail except the tips,

and a band across the breast, smalt blue: lower-parts dull bluish-grey.

Such are the colours of what is evidently a bird in its first plumage. The

beak looks as if it would probably have become deep coral-red; and

the feet are pale, with dusky claws. Bill to gape 1,9, in.; wing 67 mm. ;

middle tail-feathers 8 in., the outermost 22 in., and the rest evenly

graduating.

This beautiful species inhabits Ceylon.

No. 528. Parapoxornis (HETEROMORPHA?) CANICEPS, nobis.

Length about 6 in., of wing 33 in., and tail 3 in., its outermost feather

din. less: bill to forehead } in.; and tarse nearly 1 m. Colour rufes-

cent-brown above, white below ; the head pure grey, with a black super-

ciliary line commencing from the nostril, and also a black chin. Bill

yellow; the legs plumbeous, with conspicuously pale claws. Interme-

diate in form of beak to the nearly affined divisions Peradowornis and

Heteromorpha.

Procured at Darjiling.

No. 541. Parus RUFONUCHALIS, nobis. Length 5} in., of wing

3in., and tail 2} in.: bill to forehead 4 in., and tarse 2 in. Colour

grey, with a fulvous tinge on the back and belly; nape-spot, axillaries,

and lower tail-coverts, ferruginous: crown, throat and breast, black,

the coronal feathers elongated to { in.: ear-coverts and sides of the

neck pure white: bill black ; and feet plumbeous.

The specimen described (a male) was procured by Capt. Hutton

from the range beyond Simla, near the snow line.

No. 659. Carpopacus GRANDIS, nobis. A typical species, distin-

guished by its comparatively very large size. The male is fine red, as

usual, but we have only the female to describe from. Length 7 in., of

wing 32 1in., and tail 23 in.; billto gape 2 in., and tarse ?in. Dull

1849. | in the Asiatic Society's Museum. 811

hair-brown above, the feathers centred with blackish-brown; below

pale, with a median dusky streak to each feather.

From the same vicinity as the last.

No. 708. EmBERIZA ALBIDA, nobis. Size and structure precisely

as in I’. citrinella; and colour much the same, except that the yellow

is replaced by white, and the ferruginous hue seen more or less in EF.

citrinella asa line on each side of the throat and also on the breast

and flanks, is much more developed on the throat, sides of the neck,

and around and posterior to the eye. Length about 6 in., of wing 33

in., and outermost tail-feather 3} in.

From the same vicinity as the last; and the only perfectly typical

Bunting we have seen from any part of India.

No. 709. Evusprza stmituiMa, nobis: Hmberiza melanocephala of

India, auctorum ; Tanagra rudis, (Mus. Carls.), Latham,—the female ?

Differs from Eu. melanocephala (vera) im its much smaller size; the

closed wing measuring 3} in. instead of 4 in., and the rest in propor-

tion. Common in S. India.

No: 712. Ev. rnavocutaris, nobis: Lmberiza aureola of India,

auctorum. Differs from Hu. aureola of Siberia im having no black on

the chin and throat, in the well defined yellow supercilium, and in

having the ear-coverts intermixed with yellow or grey. Common in

the countries bordering the Bay of Bengal to the eastward, as low as

the Tenasserim provinces, and also met with in Asam and along the 8.

E. Himalaya.

Kv. Hurront, nobis: Emberiza Buchanani apud nos, J. A. 8S. XVI,

780.* Nearly affined to Hu. hortulana, but differing in colour, having

the scapularies, fore-part of wing, and margins of the coverts and ter-

tiaries, of the same pale rufous buff as the entire under-parts from the

breast inclusive, which is similar to that of the abdominal region only

of Hu. hortulana. Wead, neck, throat, and interscapularies greyish

without marks, but traces of striation on the lower part of the back.

Orbital feathers whitish. Bill and feet pale. Inhabits Afghanistan.

No. 727. AccENTOR ATROGULARIS, Hutton. Closely affined to 2.

strophiatus, but the throat black, divided from the ear-coverts by a

pale line proceeding from the corner of the lower mandible, and this

with the entire supercilium and the breast, of an uniform light rufes-

* E. Buchanani, nobis,—=Eu. hortulana, (L).

M 2

812 Note to the Catalogue of the Birds [Aue.

cent-sandy hue. General colour brown above, the feathers centred

dusky, more rufescent on the back, greyer on the nape, rump and upper

tail-coverts: crown darker; a broad upper superciliary line, with the

ear-coverts and throat, dusky-black: belly whitish ; the flanks streaked

with dusky : wing-coverts slightly tipped albescent, forming slight cross-

bands. Beak dusky, yellowish-horny towards gape; and feet pale.

Length about 6 in., of wing 22 in., and tail 23 in. ; bill to gape ,% im.,

and tarse 3 in. :

The specimen (a male) was procured by Capt. Hutton from the range

beyond Simla, near the snow line. Together with 4. strophiatus, and

an undescribed black-headed species we have also seen from the N. W.

Himalaya, it would seem to be nearly affined to the very rare European

A. montanellus, which it is probable belongs properly to the high moun-

tains of W. Asia.

No. 800. Drymoica rosusta, nobis. Differs from Dr. sylvatica

of the Nilgiris in its darker shade of colour above, and larger and

stronger bill and legs, which last appear to have been of a deep reddish-

brown colour: the flanks and sides of the breast are duskyish.*

Genus Tuamnocatapnus, Tickell. Form and aspect of Lanzus,

with exactly the beak of Laniarius, Vieillot, but proportionally larger,

and the stouter tarse of Telephonus but more lengthened. Wings

short and much rounded, as in the former; having the 3rd to the 7th

primaries even and longest. Tail moderately long and even, with the

exception of the outermost feather which is a little shorter. The

plumage, also, has the soft loose character of that of Laniarius, con-

trasting in this respect with Lantus.

No. 866. Tu. prcatus, Tickell. Length about 9 in., of wing 37

in., and tail the same, its outermost feather but 3 in. shorter ; bill to

gape 15, in.; and tarse 14 in.; vertical depth of bill 3, its terminal

hook and notch but slightly developed. Colour dull greyish-black

above, deeper on the crown, and blackest on the lores and ear-coverts :

a white line on the wing, formed by the tips of the second row of

coverts and continued along the margin of the two of the first row of

* Since the catalogue was printed, we have ascertained Dr. inornata (No. 804)

to be merely the worn and abraded plumage of Dr. macroura, (Franklin), vel fusca,

(Hodgson) No, 805, and we much doubt if Dr. Jerdoni (No. 803) be more than an

occasional variety. Dr. imornata is the oldest admissable name.

1849.] in the Asiatic Society's Museum. 813

coverts: lower-parts uniform rufescent-white, tinged with ferruginous

on the flanks and lower tail-coverts. Bull black: and the legs appa-

rently have been plumbeous.

From the vicinity of Darjilng. Capt. Tickell refers a second species

to this genus, which is Gampsorhynchus rufulus, nobis (No. 865), and

the affinity of which to the Shrikes we immediately recognised on

seeing Th. picatus, though not a sufficient approximation of it to the

latter to warrant (as we conceive) their being arranged together in the

same minimum division. Gampsorhynchus has a weaker and less

compressed beak, the upper mandible of which is however more hooked

at its extremity; and the gape is furnished with very conspicuous long

and stout vibrissee, whereas those of Thamnocataphus are small and

inconspicuous. ‘There are besides various other differences.

No. 1007. EryrHrosTeRNA PUSILLA, nobis. Differs from the

Himalayan F. acornaus, (Hodgson), in having the upper tail-coverts

and margins of the tail-feathers constantly of a rufous-brown colour

instead of pure ashy. The dimensions assigned to #. acornausin XVI,

127, are those of the present species; viz. Length 43 in., by 63 mn.

expanse; wing 27 in.; tail 1} in.; bill to gape $ m.; tarse the same.

Colour grey-brown above, with a rufescent-tawney tinge on the rump,

deepening on the upper tail-coverts and margins of the rectrices; there

is also a rufous tinge about the lores; lower-parts white, pure on the

throat, belly and under tail-coverts, tinged with grey on the breast and

flanks. The axillaries also are pure white; and the greater wing-

coverts are tipped with whitish, forming a slender cross-band. Bill

black ; and legs dark-coloured. Sexes alike.

This little unassuming bird is common upon trees about the villages

of Central India, and makes its appearance soon after quitting the

alluvial soil of the Lower Ganges to the westward; but we have never

met with it upon the alluvium. In habits, as im structure, it much

resembles LH’. deucura, which last has all the manners of the true Robins,

and certainly is not more of a Flycatcher than the common British

Redstart. The name Lrythrosterna, by no means felicitous, was applied

by the Prince of Canino to the Muscicapa parva, auct., of S. Europe ;

from which our Indian Z. Jeweura would seem only to differ in having

the ferruginous colouring which the males assume in spring confined to

the chin and throat; instead of spreading down the breast as in Ery-

814 Note to the Catalogue of the Birds [Ave.

thaca rubecula. E. erythaca, nobis, J. A. S. XVI, 126, is again

closely affined, but well distinguished. Identical in structure, but with-

out the white on the tail, though otherwise similar in general colouring,

and also of a smaller size, we have them the Himalayan LZ. acornaus,

of which we have now seen numerous specimens all quite similar; and

the present little bird of Central India, which we formerly supposed to

be identical with the last, until we found the distinguishing characters

of each to be constant.

No. 1020. Cyornis MAGNIROSTRIS, nobis. The same Darjiling

collection which yielded the fragments of a Batrachostomus contained

also the female of a species of Cyornis quite different from any previ-

ously examined. It resembles the female of C. rubeculoides, but is

larger, with a proportionally larger and more robust bill, a very conspi-

cuous ring of rufescent feathers around the eye, and very pale or

whitish legs and claws. Length about 6 in., of wing 3 in., and tail 24+

in.; bill to gape £in.; and tarse 2in. Colour brown above, darker

and less tinged with tawney than the female of C. rubeculoides : wings

and, tail inclining to ferruginous: lower-parts bright ferruginous, paler

on the throat, pure white on the belly and lower tail-coverts, and the

flanks brown. Bill dusky. This bird is certainly neither the female

of C. unicolor, nobis, also a Sikim species; nor that of C. pallipes,

(Jerdon), of S. India.

No. 1065. Muscisaxicoua

? Length 73 in., of wing 4 in.,

and tail 3 in., its outermost feather 3 in. less; bill to gape 1 im.; and

tarse the same. Colour brown above, paler below ; supercilium and

throat white, the latter speckled over with dusky tips to the feathers:

white centres to the pectoral feathers more or less developed: base of

the secondaries and some of the primaries ferruginous, bordered with a

blackish band beyond, and then again rufescent. Bill dusky, and feet

brown. From Chili.

No. 1199. Hrrunpo HypPERYTHRA, Layard. Resembles H. dau-

rica, but has the entire under-parts (inclusive of the ear-coverts) of

the same deep ferruginous hue as the rump, which is deeper than that

of H. daurica: the mesial streaks of the feathers of the lower parts

being less developed. Accordingly, this species bears exactly the same

relationship to H. daurica, which H. cahirica does to H. rustica, and

has the same claim for separation.

1849. | in the Asiatic Society’s Museum. 815

It appears to be peculiar to the island of Ceylon, where Mr. Layard

informs us that “it builds in the houses of Newera Eliya, and does not

migrate.’ A remarkable contrast to the habits of H. daurica ; while it

curiously resembles in its stationary abode the H. cahirica.”

No. 1834. ALCIPPE NIGRIFRONS, nobis. Closely affined to A.

atriceps, (Jerdon), from which it differs in not having the whole crown

black, but only the forehead continued as a line backward over each eye,

and the ear-coverts. The tail also is darker, and distinctly rayed with

dusky-black. General hue fulvous-brown above, and on the flanks and

lower tail-coverts: rest of the under-parts pure white, the axillaries

tinged with rufescent. Wing 23 in.

Inhabits Ceylon.

Genus DryMocaATAPHUS, nobis. Type Brachypteryx nigrocapitata,

Eyton.

No. 1835. Dr. ruscocaPituus, nobis. Like Dr. nigrocapitatus, but

the supercilia, uniform with the lores, ear-coverts, sides of neck, throat,

and entire under-parts, pale ferruginous-brown, a little deeper on the

breast: coronal feathers dark brown margined with dusky-black, and

pale-shafted : rest of the upper-parts uniform greyish olive-brown, the pri-

maries margined paler, and the extreme tips of the tail-feathers rufescent.

Bill pale, the upper mandible dusky : and feet pale. Length about 67 in.,

the wing 27 in., and tail 23 in.: bill to gape 42 in.; and tarse | in.

Inhabits Ceylon.

No. 1079. AcROCEPHALUS DUMETORUM, nobis: Syn. Aer. mon-

tana of India, auctorum. ‘“‘ Calamoherpe montana of India,” writes

Mr. Strickland, ‘‘is not Horsfield’s montana, in which the wing is 2 in.

long, graduated ; the 5th quill longest.”’

No. 1836. Lrucocerca COMPRESSIROSTRIS, nobis. Like L. albo-

frontata, but with the bill much more compressed. Perhaps a variety

only. From Ceylon.

No. 1219, C. Dicrurus MAcRocERCUS, var. The Cinghalese repre-

sentative of this species appears to be invariably much smaller than the

race of all India, adults having the wing but 5 to 54 im. (instead of 6

in.), and the rest in proportion. D. longicaudatus of Ceylon differs in

no respect from the common Indian bird; but D. c@rulescens of India

is replaced in Ceylon by the nearly affined D. leucopygialis: and a very

distinct species exists in the same island, the D. edoliformis, which is

816 Note to the Catalogue of the Birds [Aue.

in fact an Ldolius without the racket tail, its tail quite resembling that

of D. macrocercus.

No. 1248. Hypsiprtes concoxor, nobis. Resembles H. psa-

roides and H. nilgiriensis ; but is altogether blacker, the black of the

crown forming thus no contrast with that of the rest of the upper-parts :

lower-parts and rump dusky-cinereous, and slight edgings of the same

to the alars and caudals: upper tail-coverts black.

Inhabits the Tenasserim provinces.

No. 1397. PriLinoPus ? A beautiful species from the Navi-

gators’ Islands. Predominant hue of the male a pale canary-yellow,

or yellowish-white (that of a Mealy Canary) with a broad band of deep

lake-red crossing the back and shoulders of the wings; cap of the same

lake-red, also the lower tail-coverts, and the medial portion of the pec-

toral feathers, which last have forked or divergent broad white tips :

below, the breast is tinged with orpiment-yellow ; and the lower portion

of the back and edges of the tertiaries are bright yellowish-green :

outer webs and tips of the secondaries and primaries deep green, the

secondaries having a very narrow white margin: wing-coverts, tertiaries,

and tail greyish-white, more or less margined with the yellowish-green

hue of the lower back. Wing 5 in.; tail 3in. In the female the

predominant hue is deep green, a little bronzed on the wings; the ter-

tiaries are slightly edged with yellow; the vent is yellow; crown and

lower tail-coverts as in the male, lake-red, but the latter mingled with

the yellow of the vent; the sides and back of the neck are tinged

greyish, with an obscure dull fulvescent band in place of the bright red

dorsal band of the male; and the breast is green, with white tips to the

feathers. Outermost primary sinuated as usual in this genus.

No. 1400. CarporHaGa IANTHINA! Columba ianthina (7), Tem-

minck. A typical species, with the base of the upper mandible tumid.

Head, neck and breast uniform pale and slightly vinaceous grey, with a

slight white ring surrounding the base of the bill; abdominal region

pale dull vinaceous, passing to deep ferruginous on the lower tail-

coverts: rest of the upper-parts deep emerald green mingled with

steel-blue, which last predominates on the primaries and tail. Wing

10 in.; tail64 im. Received from Java.

No. 1402. C. pusiuua, nobis. Like C. sylvatica (vel @nea of

India), but much smaller, and the nape very rufescent. Length of wing

81 in.; of tail54 in. Nilgiris.

1849. | in the Asiatic Society's Museum. 817

Noel407 6° C2 ? General aspect of typical Carpophaga, but

the wings and tail comparatively very short, and the colouring much as

in Chaleophaps. Wead and throat dull vinaceous-brown, deepest on

the occiput, paler about the forehead, and passing to deep bay or

reddish-ferruginous on the breast, again paling and passing to dingy

isabelline on the vent and lower tail-coverts: nape pure ashy: mantle

and wings deep emerald-green, bronzed on the middle of the back, and

passing to fine garnet-red on the upper tail-coverts: tail glossed with

the same, and blackish with the terminal fourth pale grey. Length of

wing 73 in.; and tail 43 in. This very beautiful species was obtained

on an islet off the coast of Waigou.

No. 1413. PatumsBus Toreuatus, Asiatic or Himalayan variety.

Only differs from the European race in having the neck-patch constantly

of a pale buff colour instead of white, and generally much less deve-

loped, being often nearly obsolete. Common in the N. W. Himalaya.

No. 1427. GeropreLIA ALBIVENTRIS, nobis; Columba Maugei (?),

Temminck. This species differs from G. tranquilla of Australian having

the barring of the breast carried much further down, and extending

across the breast (which is not the case with G. striata of the Malay

countries), and the abdomen and lower tail-coverts are pure white,

without any rufescent tinge. From Timor, whence not unfrequently

brought alive to Calcutta, together with Turtur bitorquatus, Chalco-

phaps chrysochlora (the Australian species), and numbers of Cacatua

sulphurea. Though named aléiventris in the Catalogue, we have now

reason to suppose it to be G. Maugei. |

Nos. 1467 to 1470. Evprntocomus. There are four well marked

races of Kallij Pheasants severally imhabiting different parts of the

Himalaya, Asam, and the Burmese countries ; and they seem to inter-

breed freely together in the wild state, producing every gradation of

intermediate variety, wherever either of them comes in contact with

another in the same region. This is most remarkably shewn in Hu.

lineatus (No. 1467) of Tenasserim, &c., and Hu. Horsfieldi (No.

1468) of Asim and Sylhet, the intermediate Arakan race shewing every

possible gradation from one to the other: and the Nipalese Phasianus

leucomelanos, Latham, intermediately placed to Eu. albocristatus (No.

1470) of the N. W. Himalaya and Zw. melanotus (No. 1469) of the

Sikim ranges, is in like manner intermediate; the male having a black

818 Note to the Catalogue of the Birds [Aue.

crest, and the quantity of white bordering the rump-feathers of Zu.

albocristatus much reduced. The male Lu. melanotus has a thin black

erest, and no trace of white on the rump, and its tail is also longer

than in the others; but in other respects it is quite similar to Hu. albo-

cristatus of the N. W.; and the females of all are alike, except that

the hen Hu. lineatus has the pectoral feathers white-centred to a greater

or less extent.

On the other hand, it may be remarked that a pair of hybrids raised

from the male Gallus Sonneratii and a picked common hen engen-

dered very freely, and many eggs were laid; but none of these would

hatch, although other eggs placed with them in the same nest produced

chicken, as usual; numerous other eggs were also obtained from the

female hybrid trodden by a common domestic cock, and from common

hens trodden by the male hybrid; but all attempts to hatch these were

equally unsuccessful.* We now expect to raise hybrids from the male

Gallus Stanleyi (vel Lafayettei) and a prolific half-bred jungle-hen

from Arakan, apparently the produce of a domestic hen by a wild G.

Serrugineus (v. bankivus); and hope to be able to follow up the expe-

riment as with G. Sonneratii. That all our diversified domestic fowls

are derived from G. ferrugineus is indicated by the crow of any domestic

cock and by all the /anguage of the poultry-yard, which are essentially

similar to the notes of the wild bird; whereas the voice, whether of G.

Sonneratii or of G. Stanleyt, in every note they utter, is exceedingly

dissimilar from the voice of G. ferrugineus wild or tame, and equally

unlike one from the other. Yet the cocks recognise and acknowledge

each other’s widely different crows, and fight as eagerly together as with

their own kind.t

* Yet we have seen } bred fowls (2. e. + Pheasant) in the London Zoological

Gardens; an intermixture in this case of different genera (as now recognised),

instead of different species of the same genus.

+ The crow of G. Stanleyi is a sharp dissyllabic sound, in which Cinghalese

sportsmen fancy they hear the words ‘ John Joyce,’ pronounced very sharply and

in a peculiar key. (Layard.) That of G. Sonneratii may be imitated, but scarcely

expressed in writing,—a sort of charar-chardcha.

Here it may be remarked that a friend lately succeeded in obtaining a hybrid

chick between the male Pavo muticus and female P. cristatus; but unfortunately

ti did not live many days, and it is now mounted in the Society’s Museum.

1849.] in the Asiatie Society’s Museum. 819

Nos. 1510 to 1512. Arsoricoxta, Hodgson. There are three

distinct races or species of this genus which require discrimination.

No. 1510. <A. TrorquEOLA ; Perdix torqueola, Valenciennes: P. me-

gapodia, Temminek ; P. olivacea, Gray. ‘The common Himalayan spe-

cies, from Simla to Darjiling ; with the crown and ear-coverts of the male

ferrugineous, passing down the sides of the neck; lores, supercilia, and

throat black, the lateral and lower feathers of the last white-margined ;

a broad and defined white torque or gorget above the breast, and some-

times (but not always) a small white streak from the base of the lower

mandible. Females have the torque ferruginous, and the throat less

deep ferruginous spotted with black more or less; the crown and ear-

coverts dusky olive-brown, and a pale rufescent supercilium speckled

with black: the black bars and spots are also more developed on the

upper-parts generally; and the ferruginous torque has never a black

border. This is the only race we have seen from the N. W. Himalaya ;

and at Darjiling we are informed that it inhabits a loftier range of

elevation than the next.

No. 1511. A. rurocuxartis, nobis. Rather smaller, on the aver-

age; throat and front and sides of neck of the male deep ferruginous,

with small black specks on the throat and a black margin to the ferru-

ginous more or less developed, separating it from the pure ash-colour

of the breast; an ill-defined white streak with black specks on each

side of the throat, and similar but more rufescent supercilia. The bars

on the upper-parts are generally quite obsolete. In the females these

are well developed ; and unless the throat may be of a deeper ferrugin-

ous, there seems to be no difference between this sex and the female of

A. torqueola. The present race would appear to be common in the

vicinity of Darjiling.

No. 1512. A. arroeuxaris, nobis. Breast and flanks of the male

pure ashy without any rufous, but a few small white spots on the

flanks ; abdominal region pure white; crown of the same olive-green

as the back, passing to ashy on the forehead ; supercilia black margined

above with white, and lores black bordered below with a broad white

streak from the base of the lower mandible; chin also white in some,

but in general the chin and throat are deep black, bordered below by

an undefined white gorget, and the upper-part of the breast has large

black drops below the white gorget. The upper-parts are more dis-

oN 2

820 Note to the Catalogue of the Birds [Aue.

tinctly barred in this sex than im either of the other races; and there

are no white medial streaks on the scapularies. The female is at once

known by her black throat, passing into rufous with black spots below ;

middle of front of neck unspotted rufous; breast ashy, with a little

rufous on the flanks; and the upper-parts unbarred, instead of having

broad black bars as in this sex of the other races. A. atrogularis is

common in Asdm, Sylhet, and Arakan, from which provinces we have

seen many dozens alive at different times, and always true to the

distinctive characters here indicated. In the Tenasserim provinces,

this race seems to be replaced by the affined Rollulus (?) ocellatus ;

and about Pinang the representative is 4. (?) Charltoni, (Eyton), though

R. (?) ocellatus likewise inhabits the same latitude in the Malayan

peninsula, but we have never seen either in Malacca collections.

No. 1528. Turnix ? A small extra-Indian species, resembling

the hinder figure of Dr. A. Smith’s plate of 7. ipurana of S. Africa,

except that the bill and feet are yellow, and the forehead, supercilia,

cheeks, and breast are bright ferruginous, extending laterally upon the

flanks, which have transverse black spots bordered with white; abdo-

winal region white, passing to pale rufous on the lower tail-coverts.

Upper-parts with alternately black and deep ferruginous narrow cross-

bars, and the feathers more or less edged with yellowish-white: pri-

maries plain brown, the three outer with a pale yellowish margin; and

the coverts are speckled with small white spots on a ferruginous ground

variegated with black. Bill slender. Wing 3} in. Tarse $in. Ha-

bitat unknown. Probably China? Or Philippines ?

No. 1659. Porpuyrio CHLORONOTUS, nobis. «Similar to P. At-

LENI figured in Mr. G. R. Gray’s ‘Illustrated Genera of Birds,’ but

very much smaller, the wing but 52 in., bill to gape 14 in., and tarse

2 im. Habitat unknown. For dimensions of P. Alleni, vide Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist. X, 204.

No. 1673. Rauxus rnpicvs, nobis. Resembles R. aquaticus, but

averages a rather larger size, having the wing 5 to 5} in., and the bill

is constantly more robust. Of many dozens of specimens, we have

never once seen the pure ashy hue of the under-parts so common in R.

aquaticus, there being always much intermixture of brown. Common

in L. Bengal, and in India generally. :

No. 1764. Sarcipiornis (?) teucoprerus, nobis. Thisis avery

1849. ] in the Asiatic Society’s Museum. 821

fine new Duck, with broader and more depressed bill than in S. mela-

notus, and no knob in the only specimen as yet examined. The tarsi

also are shorter, the toes larger, and the claws much larger than in S.

melanotus. General colour black above and below, a little glossy on

the back. Head and neck white, with black feathers interspersed,

forming more elongated spots than in S. melanotus. Anterior half of

the wing white externally, followed by a black speculum ; the primaries

and tertiaries black, secondaries dark ash-grey, and the proximate

tertiary having about half of its outer web white, longitudinally and

obliquely separated, and bordered with black exteriorly. Bill yellow,

with some lateral black specks, the dertrum darker; and the feet

appear to have been orange. Length of wing 15 in.; of bill to gape

22 in.; its uniform breadth across about 1% in.; tarse 24 in.; and middle

toe and nail 33 in. From the Tenasserim provinces, where said to be

not uncommon. WV. B. Though approaching Sareidiornis in plumage,

and especially in its spotted head-and neck, this bird should perhaps

rather range nearer to Anas proper.

No. 1786. Funieuia ? This Cape Pochard was described as

F. mariloides in J. A. S. XII, 180, but it seems to be another closely

allied species; if new, F. obscura, nobis.

No. 1741. Prnicanus savanicus (?), Horsfield. No. 1742. P.

PHILIPPENSIS, Gmelin, described Ann. Mag. N. H. XIV, 122.

These two species of Pelican are common throughout S. E. Asia, and

its islands, and we believe are here correctly identified. The first closely

resembles P. onocrotalus, but has never the full and copious pendent

occipital crest of slender feathers, about 5 in. long, which distinguishes

P. onocrotalus at least in the breeding season; the head and neck

plumage being of quite a different character, not silky and fur-like and

the feathers undistinguishable apart as in P. onocrotalus, but open,

flimsy, and downy, and curving round upward towards the occiput,—

characters which are more strikingly developed in P. philippensis.

LLLP LLLDLI LOLOL LL DIO,

822 Sketch of the Revenue of Sutlu. [AuG.

Sketch of the Recorded Revenues of the states beyond the Sutly,

about 1750 to 1800, dy Major ANvERson, C. B.

At a period when so much attention is being bestowed upon the

newly acquired territories of the Punjab and Peshawur, a sketch of

their anciently estimated revenue may not prove devoid of interest ;

these, are given in totals; the amount being that demandable by the

state, as the claims on the various districts ; for what would now be

simply denominated land revenue, in those days, the greater portion

consisted in the share of the grand grain crop ; though no doubt, many

minor taxes and huwaluhs are also included, as the proportion of the

minor or secondary crops, with shop, poll, and cattle taxes.

In the demands on the towns are also included the various excise

and transit duties.

The total contains the various Jaegeers granted to state officers and

servants; a mode in which a very large portion of the armies of the

Government was paid ; these Jaegeers might probably amount to 4 of

the whole, leaving + for the private purse of the emperor. On the other

hand these totals are not the whole extracted from the people; at least +

more might be added, for local impositions, expences of collections,

dues to village and district officers, &c.

The amounts were first taken from the Meezan ol Momalek of Moez-

allah Mohmundee, of Peeshawur; written for Wulee Khan Wuzeer to

Ahmud Shah Dooranee.

The various items of Kabul and Peeshawur, within a trifle, give the

stated totals ; as from his position the writer must have had opportuni-

ty to correctly ascertain these amounts.

But when he proceeded to the more distant places of Lahoor and

Scinde, either from original want of information, or from errors of

transcription, the items and totals can in no respect be made to cor-

respond.

Recourse has therefore been taken to the Chuhar Gulshun ; and as of

its the totals correspond with the totals of the Meezan ; the details also

of the first work were accepted as correct and are used for Lahore,

Moltan and Tutuh. The rupee in quantity of silver may be taken as

equal to that of the present Company’s rupee.

Whether the countries have improved, since these periods, is a ques-

tion; but I should be inclined to think they have retrograded.

1849.] Sketch of the Revenue of Sutluy.

Kabul and all the trans-Indus states have deteriorated ; Cashmeer was

ever overrated. The removal of the grand governments from Delhi as

a centre, with the alterations of the lines of trade, must all have opera-

ted on those quarters distant from the sea and from the capital, hence

it may be questioned if these amounts of revenue are at the present

moment exceeded.

What may be effected under an enlightened Government and a con-

tinuance of peace, remains to be seen.

Revenues of the Soobuh of Kabul.

Dareiat Mabry ic. eek ie Vos ela

Koh-damun.

Dahtureratne ts .. eats). .s 0. + 1,66,109

SLUNG HS A aaa 2,35,164

Kah-duruh, Dheeetard 74,572

UNA ow aie! oSonsno)).0.01 0) 6 « 78,612

Bulkhak,. a, 78,642

Muhood Taek ae Ka-

bul and) Nugruo).).: 2... : 76,454

Sal, Oolung, near Serelniah won 33,359

Lhoogurd.

Mapes onc ow oe os 2,15. 728

UES ai Maa oa ane 653525

Huzaruh Behsood,. 15,000

Guznuen, called eee 93,155

Guznuen, Mess ag 76,425

Gurdeez,..... Re Oa Repaeranats 7,000

Zermol.

Ghoorbund.

Gerdor bund. 6 RRS ies. 46,279

Kahmurd, Bog, 61,250

Hamean Zoohak,........ 060 37,500

Punjeer or Punjsheer.

MemCCYL bY UM chet Aes 3 « 30,625

MPEG BUTS cobs oye, 3. eee as 37,500

MURR 2 5a) aha gs 'u! G02 Polat 27,500

ist RE eee 15,000

geeoeereere ee ee ee

10,53,997

6,99,567

2,96,246

1,77,080

1,45,029

1,10,625

79,992

824 Sketch of the Revenue of Sutluj.

Sorkhab.

Hukumabad.

Chupral.

Kashkoot.

Konur.

Kamuh.

Koot Teeruh.

Lumghanat.

Wieesnumed ce ie save (teste sc 3,01,714

Mundtaneanic dis. in cc eke. 980389

Helaymaliadewins | eiealstcs s cor. 65,242

Ulunear, 5) 4. 5 Meh aee.. 69,647 6,44,242

Modern Kabul.

Besram-or Peeshawtir,.4 .G.0.\.. 05 562d. es e5 4,009,008

Punjabee Afghan.

Mohmund.

Khuleel.

Daoodzuee.

Kugyanee.

Hustehur or Hushtnugur,’..)..-..... -- 3,68,525

Kihalsaly, in’ various. places, 2002... wenn nso 86,481

Yoosufzuee.

Suwad, capital Mungloor, .... 50,000

x3 » , Punjkooruh,.... 1,125

Boneer, Mundure, Lungur-koot, 50,000 1,01,125

Bujoor.

WROUUN Mion tiee ne chalee ie eines ctarels 51,000

Chugan, Surie;.”. 5) ek eee 5 12,500

Butkee Kool or Punch?...... 18,850

Lushkurpoor or Soor Kumur,. . 12,500 94,850

Bungushat.

BOB, ery ee oss cus siento «chs 2,09,441

Kohat, Say: 60,000 2,69,441

TUM OR ZMUTAI on inks ete te ten petal ato ataiietar ots 3,851

Bunwan,

Grand Total,

[Ave.

1849. | Sketch of the Revenues of Sutluj.

Districts remaining to modern Kabul, .. 32,02,338

pee sacquired. to, the: Punjab,..:........... 13,79;272

Cashmeer.

Meraj and WOamivats) «5... Ain as 25,00,000

Kishtewar, .... .. 1,00,000

Tebbut, small, 2,00,000

Bs), Jane.

Buloor containing the temple of a

celebrated idol.

PRICE he et oe kk wate 1,90,800

Moltan.

Weltan. See sc oe eS 31,80,683

MRC ANDOUN rete ooh ure te oe eget d's 6,09,681

LID! SDI is ac eae ee 6,59,931

Shewestan or Shewan,..... 2,90,740

Nughurabad, or Deeruh, 6,25,594

Tutuh.

Tutuh,. A 7;,99,383

Fiejeekhan, eee ‘Chechenals ioe: 2.01;737

"or PSD FeCET 00 an 4,30,377

Nusrpoor, ..... 3,01,411

The Soobuh of Taton!

Ere EO EULUITNCUULT 3), Sher auatiuevevel 3, oh -bevrd 35,94,625

Wraonbe Darees” ise. .< ml. oo a oe 49,533,927

a Chumaoa;s 0) eee oO 10,66,212

v5 DOO DUE we, Mg, earls 23,17,208

is SEN SASUE ial. se. ed. 35,14,996

iam Mulookee, 03.2)... 8 6. e ss 3,709,918

Kanguruh, Nugurkoot, ......... 6,78,121

Chumbuh, . vayy 1,15,000

Kuhloor, raat Pulkshipoor, at haba 45,000

Grand Total of Trans-Sutluj India, ................

Now thus distributed.

Punjab, English.

Lahoor, agit 1,66,40,606

Moltan, NA oe sel Di deachel ake 31,80,683

Daruhjat, po hale ails ae LNA 6,25,594

Dire i yOu wwe Loy. 6,09,681

Acquired from Kabul, trans-Indus,.. .. 13,79,272

29,90,800

53,66,530

17,32,908

1,66,40,606

3,13,12,514

2,24,35,836

5 oO

826 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Aue.

Kabul Dost Mohummmndy: .. .. 2. Actual, sidheins ot ee 32,02,338

Cashmeer Gulab. Sing,. 0c... 2.06000 nt opel s led sel 29,90,800

Scinde English.

Tutuh, Ma Ve avis aiean aia 17,32,908

Bhukur, Be, eDiets cteminan te 6,59,931

Shewan, i By elo eC OC 2,90,740 26,83,579

Grand Total, three crores, thirteen lacs, twelve

thousand, five hundred and fourteen rupees, 3,13,12,514

An Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, being the

Cyclone of 12th to 14th October 1848 in the Bay of Bengal. By

Henry Pippineton, President of Marine Courts.

[Throughout this paper the word Cycione designates a Cireular Storm. —H. P.]

Part I.

Between the dates above—stated a Cyclone of excessive violence which

probably originated in the China Sea on the 7th* settled down in the

middle of the Bay of Bengal in about Lat. 17° 47’; Long. 88° 18’;

and travelled up to the N. 41°, West to Point Palmiras. From this

spot, and on this rhumb, it exactly crossed the track of both the out-

ward and inward bound ships, and this at a busy season, so that much

destruction of life, and loss of property took place amongst those who

were ignorant, neglectful, or despisers of the Law of Storms ; seven ves-

sels having disappeared and fourteen being dismasted. But on the other

hand, as will be seen in the Logs and in the Summary and Notes which

follow them, we can now adduce numerous and striking examples in

which ships have distinctly and unquestionably been saved from severe

straining and damage, and in some instances probably from foundering,

by the careful attention of their commanders to the precepts of the new

* Of which I have little doubt. It may have come in from the Pacific Ocean ; the

term settled down will be subsequently explained,

1849.] Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 827

Science, so distinctly indeed that I shall at the close of this Memoir

give a list of the whole of the vessels with a brief note to each, describ-

ing their management and what it should have been according to our

rules, which every sailor can verify upon the chart with the Log be-

fore him. This may probably offend some few individuals at first, but

I entreat them to recollect that it is only by pointing out their errors in

judgment that we can enforce, and so to say, justify our science to the

profession at large. They may be comforted too with the reflection

that fifteen years ago, had I then commanded a ship, I should myself

probably have been found in the list of the blunderers.

The Cyclone cannot be said to have been felt as a heavy gale be-

yond Kedgeree and Saugor. At Calcutta we had nothing but the outer

and varying gusts of the storm circle on the 13th, 14th and 15th, and the

Barometer was not below 29.70, but there was quite enough to enable

me to announce correctly in the newspapers what had taken place in

the Bay, and this was soon amply confirmed by the arrival of numerous

dismasted vessels; and the lessons these afforded, as contrasted with

those who could fairly claim credit for good management were, as will

be seen not few nor unimportant.

Like the Cyclone which passed over Calcutta in June 1842, and which

forms the subject of the seventh of these Memoirs (J. A. S. Vol. XI.)

the opportunity was not one to be neglected, and I have spared no pains

to collect every line of information which could be obtained, and I have

much pleasure in thanking the Public Officers of the Marine Depart-

ments, Merchants, Commanders and Officers of ships, all of whom with

the exception of two or three were most attentive to my requests, and

some of them most zealous in procuring from the unwilling, the dilatory,

or the diffident, copies of their logs and notes, or replies to what must, to

many I dare say, have appeared my troublesome or useless queries. I

have been however able to establish with confidence by the ample records

of this Cyclone many points of high importance to the mariner in his

approach to our dangerous river, so as to afford him at length a code of

practical directions how to manage on their approach, and to corroborate

much of which we had before rather inferential than direct evidence.

In the arrangement of this Memoir as in the former ones I have first

given the various logs and notices, commencing with those from the

eastern side of the Bay in the Andaman sea and on the eastern and

90 2

828 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Aue.

north-eastern coasts as far as Chittagong. These are followed by

those of the inward bound vessels from Madras and Europe, and

then by those of the ships which stood to sea from the Sand Heads.

The logs of the Pilot and Light vessels are included in the Tabular

statement. I have then in a Summary detailed the grounds on which

the places of the centre are laid down, and the rates of travelling, and

the Summary is followed by Remarks on the various phenomena which

this Cyclone has so well exhibited, and which are so essential to advance

our knowledge of their causes, and as warnings of these terrific meteors,

and upon Diagram No. IV. which affords by contrast a very remarkable

and important lesson. I have then given a brief review of the management

of each ship and a statistic summary of the whole, which will be found of

great interest. The concluding section is one of Practical deductions for

the management of inward and outward ships at or nearing the Sand

Heads, on the approach of a Cyclone, which I trust may be found useful

to the careful mariner who has the interests of his country or of his

owners at heart. I should not omit to state that this memoir was

ready in September, but the arrangements of the Journal would not

permit of its being then published. As however a Cyclone might have

occurred in October when the practical directions would have been

useful to the outward bound ships, I applied to the Secretary, Mr.

Laidlay, for the permission of the Council to publish that part in the

newspapers, which was most readily accorded. Numerous copies of it

were distributed, and Government was also supplied with them for the

use of the Pilot and other sea-going vessels in its service.

Abridged Log of the Bric TEAK (No. 2 on the Chart) Captain

McFaruane, from Pinang to Calcutta, Civil Time.

The Teak left Pinang on the 19th Sept. 1848, but only passed the

Sayer Islands on the 6th Oct. On the 8th Oct. in 11° 20’ N. Long.

96.31 East, had moderate breezes 8. E. and by midnight had a strong

gale and hard gusts at 8. W.

On the 29th October, strong breezes 8. S. W. to south, with squalls and

rain, 8 A. M. Simp. 29,94, Bar. 30.45.

10th Oct.—Wind from 8S. b. W. to S. S. W. and south, strong breeze, hard

squalls and rain, the squalls veering to S. W. very uncomfortable sea. Noon

Lat. 15° 13° N.; Long. 93° 48’ East; a.m. Simp. 29.84. Midnight in 50

fathoms water.

1849. | Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 829

11th Oct.—Running throughout to the W. N. W. from 5 to 8 and 9

knots, with wind South to 6 a. mM. andthen §S. S. E. throughout, with heavy

squalls and gusts, but moderating at times before noon, when Lat. 15° 19’

North; Long. 91° 26’ East; Bar. 29.65. Ther. 81° a. mM. 2 p. M. Bar. had

fallen to 29.60.; making preparations for bad weather. Midnight strong

gale and very high sea.

12th Oct.—To Noon running to the N. N. W.6 and 8 knots. Wind

S.S. E. to 3 a. m. when South and S.S. E. again at 8a. M.; 6a. M.

furious gale, the sea a sheet of foam. At Noon Lat. 18° 9’ North; Long.

$0° 00’ East; Bars. 8 a. M. 29.47 and 29.50 ; Simp. 30.20; Ther. 81° Noon

Bars. 29.50 and 29.47 ; Simp. 30.10; Ther. 82°. p. m. Gale and sea increas-

ing and vessel ready to broach to; hove to, wind S. 8. E.; 3 p. m. blowing

furiously, a deluge of rain and fearful sea; 4 p. M. wind S. E.; 6 p. m. Bars:

29.40 and 29.45; Simp. 30.05; Ther. 62°. At 8 p. m. Bar. 29.58 and

29.50; Simp. 30.16; Ther. 829. At 10 p. m. Bars. 29.64, 29.60; Simp. 30.20 ;

Ther. 82°. Midnight clearing a little.

13th Oct.—Lying to. To noon wind 8S. E. strong gale and high breaking

sea, weather clearing now and then; at 6 a. m. a bank of clouds to the N. W.

6 a. M. Bars. 29.65 and 29.52; Simp. 30.26; Ther. 81$°. Noon 29.65 and

29.63; Simp. 30.25; Ther. 82°. Lat. 18° 37’ N.; Long. 89. 17. E.; p.m.

Wind as before; very high and confused seas running in Pyramids and con-

stantly breaking ; besides a very high sea from the S. E. another equally

high from the S. W.,* had all the appearances of what is_ said of the sea in

and after a hurricane or Tyfoon. At 7-30 p.m. finding the weather had

cleared, though still blowing a hard gale in unequal gusts, borne up W. N. W.

and by 8 got sail fairly set. To 6 p. m. Bars. 29.60 and 29.60; Simp. 30.25 ;

Ther. 82°. At 10 p. m. 29.68 and 29.66 ; Simp. 30.30; Ther 83°. Midnight

strong gale hard gusts and overcast sky, sea very confused.

14th Oct.—a. mM. wind S. 8. E. 4 a. m. cleared up.8 A.M. Bars. 29.70 and

29.70; Simp. 30.30; Ther. 83°. Noon Bars. 29.65 and 29.65; Simp. 30.20;

Ther. 83°; Noon Lat. Obs. 19° 18’ N.; Long. Chr. 67° 51’ East.

Abridged Log of the ScHooner Joven Corinna (No.1 on the

Chart) Capt, C. 8. Runpue from Calcutta to Moulmein. Civil

Time.

The Joven Corinna was at Noon 8th Oct. in Lat. 16° 16’ N.; Long.

91° 23/ Kast ; with a light breeze from the East; Bar. 29.74; Simp.

* The vessel was now, as will be seen on Diagram, No. II. just without the circle,

and in that part of it where the monsoon is probably forcing its way beneath the

lifted part of the Cyclone. And to this we may attribute the double sea so clearly

described here, The bank of clouds was undoubtedly the body of the Cyclone.

830 Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Aue.

29.14; Ther. 86°. At 6p. m. Bar. 29.72; Simp. 29.10 ; Ther. 85.

Wind E. N. E. to midnight ; vessel standing to the S. E. with a heavy

head sea.

Ith Oct.—Steady E. N. E. winds ; increasing at 8 a. mM. with cumuli; Bar.

29.71; Simp. 29.16 ; Ther. 85° ; heavy swell from E. S. E. made preparations

for bad weather. Noon strong gales East; Lat. 14° 47’; Long. 91° 54’ East ;

Bar. 29.65 ; Simp. 29.10; Ther. 85. Cumuli throughout; 8 p. mM. to midnight

moderate ; Bar. 29.69; Simp. 29.38; Ther. 85°.

10th Oct.—4 a. M. nearly calm; by 8 steady S. S. E. winds, cloudy, Cu-

mulo-stratus and Nimbi. Noon steady wind South; Bar. 4 a. m. 29.70;

Noon 29.67; Simp. 29.10 and 29.05; Ther. 85° and 86°; Lat. 15.37;

Long. 92° 29’ East ; 2 p. M. wind in a strong squall from arched Nimbi shift-

edto S. W.; by 3, it is marked W. S. W. strong gales and fierce squalls with

heavy rai from arched Nimbi with a very high and irregular swell and

seaon. At 6windS. W. At 8 Bar. 29.66; Simp. 29.12; Ther. 84°, mo-

derating a little, but at midnight, as before. Clouds marked as dense stratus

and arched Nimbi.

llth October.—a.m. wind 8. S. W. fierce gale and fearful squalls, but

moderating to noon when fresh winds. and cloudy ; 5 a. M. wind 8. b. W. At

7 a.M. Bar. 29.72; Simp. 29.70; Ther. 84°. Noon Lat. Obs. 15° 21’ N.;

Long. 94° 26’; Bar. 29.70; Simp. 29.17; Ther 4°. p. m. wind South, 5

p.M.S.b. E.. 68.8. W.; towards midnight mereasing again to strong gale

and furious squalls at intervals. Dense strata rising S. E.

12th October.—a. M. strong squalls and rain, heavy banks of clouds con-

stantly rising from S. S. Kastward; 7 a.m. wind S. b. W.; 98. 8. W. Noon

very unsettled but wind lighter; Lat. Acct. 15° 25’ N.; Long. 94° 14’

East; Bar. at 8 a. M. 29.70, at Noon the same ; Simpiesometer 29.17 and 18;

Ther. 62 and 63; p. M. wind S. 8. W. thick gloomy weather, wind veering to

S. W. occasionally and from E. toSouth and 8. b. E. Clouds dense stratus

throughout. Barometer 1 p. M. 29.63; at 5, 29.64; and at 8, 29.67. Simp. at

the same hours 29.15, 29.17 at 29.22 to midnight; weather at times inclined

to clear up but squalls continuing at intervals.

13th October.—By noon, Lat. Obs. 15° 50’ N., Long. 93° 11’ East; Bar.

29.73; Simp. 29.26; Ther. 82°.; winds variable from S. b. E. 3 or 4 points,

with squalls and rain, but weather breaking up and at midnight fine.

Abridged Extract from the Log of the ScHooneR EntemA, (Wo. 3 on

the Chart,) Captain Connew, from Singapore to Calcutta. Civil

Time.

Noon 9th Oct. 1848, in Lat. 13° 4’ N.; Long. 94° 43’ East; Bar. 29.45-

Steering to the N. W. b. N. with a strong S. S. W. breeze and drizzling rain-

Studding-sails set ; p. M. hard gales from 8. S. W.

1849. | Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 831

10th Oct.—a. M. moderate breeze. 5 knots, from south. At noon the

Enigma was in Lat. Acct. 15° 17’, N.; Long. 93° 10’ East, with a fresh gale

marked S.S. W. at noon and south p. M. and running tothe N. W. 4 p.m.

wind S. S. W. 10 p.m. 8. W.; strong gales, rain, and hard squalls. Bar. at

noon 29.45.

11th Oct.—a. M. strong gales S. 8. E. at 8, and S. E. at noon. At day-

light moderate, with drizzling rain ; studding-sails set. Noon increasing heavy

sea throughout; Lat. Acct. 17° 24’; Long. 90° 55’. p.m. S. E.b. E. 1.30

p. M. wind hauled to the 8S. E. in a tremendous squall; to midnight blowing

hard and sea getting up.

12th Oct.—a.M. continued heavy squalls; vessel scudding to the N. W.

b. W. Noon Lat. Obs. 19 19’; Long. Chr. 90° 28’ E,; p. m. wind marked

E. S. E.; and at midnight 8. E. Strong gales. In the remarks the wind is

said to be from E. S. E. to S. S. E. G. e. up to noon of 13th.)

13th Oct.—a. M. wind about S. E.; 9 a. M. signalized to go to sea from

Pilot brig; noon bore N. W. to N. E.b. N.; p. mM. lying to with the wind

at East; midnight E.S. E.; sunset the gale was tremendous.

14th Oct.—a. M. moderating alittle. Lat. Indiff. Obs, 21° 12’ in 17 fz,

6 p.M. wind south; midnight terrific gale; daylight moderating again, 8

A.M. wind 8S. W.; noon more moderate; Lat. 20° 53’; p. Mm. ran into the

Pilot station, and up to Saugor.

In a note to me Capt. Connew says : “ We brought it up with us from

the Sayer Islands (in Lat. 8°. 28’; Long. 97° 40/) ; first in a terrific

squall from the S. W. round to south, and then steady, S. S. W. to S.

K. till I made the Pilot on the 13th.

At Kyook Phyoo, on the Arracan Coast, Lat. 19° 26’; Long. 93° 34’,

from the 9th to the 14th Oct. the Barometer Register with which I am,

by the attention of the authorities at that port, regularly furnished, is as

follows :—I take only that at noon, as there is nothing notable in the

weather, and I give it only to show the limits of fine weather.

Date. Bar. Ther. Winds. Pressure of wind. Sky. Remarks.

lbs. per sq. ft.

Easterly; N. b. E. Light breezes and

Neb to ES. E. } i Cle hot sultry weather.

Blowing fresh and

10th, 29.89 860 E. S. E. Doe ss cloudy. cloudy. |

Blowing fresh with

llth, 29.84 81o FEasttoE.S.E. 24 ,, ma \ rain and squally

appearance.

12th, 29.80 830 EasttoS.S.E. 22 ,, " Ditto ditto

13th, 29.80 840 Beanie: } 1 es gue clear. Moderate and fine.

14th, 29.86 8lo ~N,WtoNN.W 14, » Ditto ditto

832 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Aue.

The official report from Akyab, through the Superintendent of

Marine, and that in reply to a letter addressed by me to Mr. Llewelyn,

Harbour Master at that port, say :—

On the 11th October the day previous to the new moon, the weather ex-

hibited a wild aspect; cloudy with thunder, lightning and rain during the

night, with the wind from Northward and the Eastward ; during the day blow-

ing very fresh at intervals ; Barometer standing at 29.60.

H.C. Schooner Spy’s log (at anchor in the harbour of Akyab) forwarded

also by Mr. Llewelyn, says—a. mM. wind E. 8. E.; noon fresh squalls from

the Eastward and a heavy swell; midnight moderating.

On the 12th Oct. weather cloudy with fresh squalls from E. 8. E. Barometer

at noon falling to 29.55; during the night squally with thunder, lightning

and rain from the Northward and Westward.

Spy’s log; daylight, wind E. S. E.; noon strong gales and heavy squalls ;

Bar. 29.65; 8 p. m. wind E. 8. E. midnight, weather the same.

13th Oct.—Blowing fresh from Eastward and E. 8S. E., causing a heavy

swell in the Harbour, but still had no appearance ofa gale; the most remark-

able feature was the immense rise of tide, which had never been known by

the oldest inhabitants here to have risen to such a height; but it is a fact

that the whole coast, from Cheduba to Chittagong during this time was

inundated for miles in shore, as well as at this place, evidently showing that

it must have been blowing from the 8. W. impelling the waters to the North-

ward : Barometer 29.50.

Spy’s log A. M. strong gale 8. I, and cloudy; noon dark cloudy weather

with heavy squalls south. Midnight moderate but squally; Bar. not observed.

14th Oct.—Weather still looking wilder, clouds passing with greater velo-

city from the Eastward, tides still very high; heavy squalls from East and E.

S. E. causing a high swell in the Harbour and a very high sea on the bar,

and as far as the eye could scan the horizon the weather indicated a very

windy appearance, and that there could scarcely be a doubt but a gale was

blowing not very far away from this port; Barometer 29°48,

Spy’s log; wind S. E. and South with a heavy swell

15th Oct.—Blowing fresh at intervals, winds veering gradually to S. E.;

during the middle of the day heavy squalls from S. E. inclining to the

Southward with very heavy gusts of wind at intervals, accompanied with

rain; 4 Pp. M. Barometer commenced to rise, 29.55 ; the wind towards sunset

shifted to Southward and Westward; at daylight of the 16th, the weather

resumed quite a settled appearance ; Barometer 29.60.*

* With this report was also forwarded, copy of the log of the ship Kirkman

Finlay from Galle to Akyab, and therefore crossing the Bay on a N. E. track, but

unfortunately only one position, that of the 10th October, in Lat. 13° 59’ N.; Long.

1849.] Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 833

Chittagong.

A letter from Chittagong published in the Calcutta Englishman of

the 30th October, says :—

“The tide at Chittagong was unusually high during the day on Friday the

13th inst., but at high water at night it rose to its utmost height, being 1

foot 7 inches higher than the usual spring tides at the Suddur Ghat. For-

tunately it was a very calm night, for a very little wind would have speedily

driven the water over the little bunds which protect the adjacent salt golahs,

containing at present about 50 lacs of Rupees worth of salt.

“The natives say that the whole island of Kotubdea was submerged, the

water being 4 or 5 feet above the river.

*T find that what I have written has not much to do with the cyclone,

except as shewing that some unusual influence must have been at work in

the Bay to produce the extraordinary high tides here. By the kindness of a

friend I am enabled to give the fall of rain at 0 foot 11 inches on the 13th,

and 0 foot 05 inches on the 14th. The same authority states that the Baro-

meter was high throughout the two days. As far as I observed the wind, I

think it blew chiefly from the South and South-East, especially on the 14th.

The tides continued high on the 15th, but gradually diminished,”

Liztract from the Log of the Schooner Eacur, Capt. Darsy, (No. 4,

in the Chart,) from Calcutta to Arracan. Reduced to Civil Time.

On Tuesday, 10th Oct. 1848, the Eagle was at noon in Lat. 19° 44’ N.;

Long. 90° 35’ E.; Bar. 29.30; Ther. 84°, with a steady E. N. E. breeze and

fine weather. p. M. wind easterly till midnight ; at sunset smart gales E. b.

N. North and East; standing to the S. Eastward.

llth Oct.—a. m. wind East and E.N. E.; daylight heavy squalls from East

and N. E.; 8 a. m. wind chopped to E. S. E. Noon moderate and cloudy ;

Lat. 19° 6’; Long. Indiffr. Obs. 91° 15’ East; Bar. 29.15. p. m. mo-

derate with a heavy sea from the East. 2 p. m. squally and weather threat-

ening. Wind p.m. East to E. S. E, strong gales; 4 p. M. smart gales, and

set storm main-sail. 6 increasing throughout the night toa heavy gale from

KE. S. E. with a tremendous high sea. Bar. 8 p. M. 29.15; Simp. 29.00.

90° 36’ E. with a moderate Southerly galé, is given, and the copyist has most mis«

chievously omitted the distance run, though the course and winds are set down. All

that I can glean from it then is, that at noon on the 11th she was under double reefs,

wind S. E.; and by 7.30 she hove to with a gale from S. E. ; that she continued so

during the 12th, wind always S, E., and made sail only at sunset of the 13th,

reaching Akyab on the 14th.

5 P

834 Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. | Aué.

12th.—a. M. to noon, heavy gales E. S. E.; hove too on starboard tack

Lat. noon 20° 2’ N.; Long. 90° 30’ Kast. p. m. wind E, S. E.; Bar. 29.20;

and at4 p. m. wind S. E.; 2 p. m. Bar. 29.15; SP. mM... 29.055 at: 12,

28.95. Heavy gales.

13th.—a. M. Bar. 28.90; 6 a. m. 29.05; 10, 29.20; noon 29.20, with a

tendency to rise. Noon wind marked 8. E. hard gale and squalls with

heavy rain; noon Lat. by Acct. 19° 54’; Long. 89° 12’ p.m. wind S. E.

Bar. 2 p. M. 29.20; midnight 29.25. At 11 p. m. wind S. 8S. E.; Vessel hove

too throughout this log; midnight hard gales S. S, E.; heavy thunder and

vivid lightning to the S. W.

14th.—a. M. moderating ; noon wind south; Lat. 19° 56’; Long. 88°57’ ;

Bar. 29.25 and rising.

Abridged Log of the Barque Ararat, Capt. Rousr, (No. 5 on the

Chart) from Penang to Calcutta. Reduced to Civil Time.

10th Oct.—15° 41’, 92.45, squally, wind 8S. S. W. studding-sails set.

11th Oct.—Noon in 17° 20’; Long. 91° 37’; Bar. 29.80. Fresh breeze

S. E. and cloudy; runnimg 8 knots to the N. W. but at 3 p.m. Bar. 29.60.

Cloudy, and ship preparing for bad weather, sea getting up and gale increas-

ing ; 5.30 under close reefs.

12th Oct.—6 a. mM. wind E.b. N.; 10 E. N. E. Noon N. E. Increasing

gale; 11 saw a ship standing to the S. E. Noon Lat. Obs. 19° 11’ East;

Long. 89° 6’; Bar. 29,50; p.m. strong gale N. E. b. E.; sea getting up, 4

p. M. Bar. 29.45; 10 p. m. very hard gale, Bar. 29.30; midnight cut away the

starboard quarter boat.

13th Oct.—6 a. Mm. wind ES. E.; gale terrific. Noon Lat. Acct. 19° 31’

N., Long. 88° 6’; Bar. 29.00* p. m. wind N. E.; 2 p.m. Bar. 29.40; 3 p. M.

Bar. 29.00; cut away starboard boat; 4 p. mM. Bar. 28.6: moderate. Breeze

dying away ; Bar. 28.70; every thing looklng for a “ gale or hurricane ;” 6.45

P.M. most terrific squall from S.W., sea in a moment very high and the squalls

more and more powerful; 8.30 main top sail blew away ; Bar. rising to 29.10.

Midnight hard gale.

During the calm, or whilst the Barometer was at its lowest point, the

ship was surrounded with birds, butterflies, horseflies and all descriptions of

flying creatures ; one snipe was caught.

14th October.—Daylight more moderate. In 45 fs. water. Noon Lat.

Obs. 19° 32’ N.; Long. 86° 44’ East; Bar. 29.55. Wind W.S. W.

* An error in copying, we might at first suppose being an oscillation from 29.30

at 10 ep. m. 12th to 29.00 at noon, and 29.40 at 2 Pp, m. ; but see first the log of th

Barham.

1849. ] Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 835

Abridged Log of the Schooner Fuora Macponatp, Capt. Murcn,

(No. 6 on the Chart) from Calcutta to Arracan. Civil Time.

10¢ Oct.—Light breezes E. N. E. and cloudy. Noon Lat. 20° 34’ N.;

Long. 92° 15’ East: p. M.calm and cloudy weather, current setting N. W.

21 knots; came too in 10 fs. water off St. Martin’s Island; 9 p. mM. wind from

E. N. E. and sea getting up. Midnight increasing strong gales and cloudy,

with a heavy high sea.

11th Oct.—a. m. wind E. S. E. increasing to strong gale and heavy sea at

noon when Lat. 19°56’ N.; Long. 92°0’ Kast by Acct.; p.m. wind 8. E.,

heavy gales and rain with squalls and gusts at times to midnight.

12th Oct.—Wind E. 8. E. strong gales; Lat. noon 19° 47’ N.; Long.

91°10’ East; p. m. wind S. E. b. E.; weather the same to midnight.

13th Oct.—Wind S. E. strong gales and squalls. Noon Lat. 20°20’ N.;

Long. 90°30’ E. by Acct.; vessel under bare poles; 4 p. Mm. wind South and

S. S. E.; midnight weather the same.

Abridged Extract from the Log of the Ship Baruam, Capt. GiMBLETT,

(commanded by her Chief Officer, Mr. Vatue,*) (No. 7 on the

Chart) from Madras to Calcutta. Civil Time.

Oct. 10th, 1848.—Noon Lat. 15°40’; Long. Chr, 86°15’; Bar. 29.72;

Simpiesometer 29.45; Ther. 84°; p. m. fresh but unsteady breeze northerly,

and squally with a heavy swell from the eastward. At 8 hard squalls and

heavy sea; making preparations for bad weather; 11 more moderate. Midnight

Bar. 29.65 ; Simp. 29.36.

llth Oct.—a. M. very hard squalls W. N.W. and heavy rain with vivid light-

ning; 2 a. M. Bar. 29.58; Simp. 29.28. Reduced sails to close-reefed topsails,

the clouds having a red appearance, similar to what is observed at sunset ; 7

A. M. glass risingt and weather moderating. Noon variable with passmg

squalls and a confused swell; Lat. Obs. 15°22’ N.; Long. 87°16’. Course

S. 73° East, 63’; Bar. 29.68; Simp. 29.38; Ther. 84; p. Mm. wind S. Westerly

light airs and calms, with squally appearance all round ; 3.30; breeze from the

S. W.; out 2 reefs; 4 p.m. W. N. Westerly, a strong unsteady breeze with a

high sea and much lightning at midnight.

Oct. 12th.—a. M. unsteady breeze N. W. and squally : lightning has a very

peculiar appearance similar to the flash of a gun. Barometers rising and fall-

ing in a most extraordinary manner these last two days; daylight weather

* In consequence of a severe accident Captain Gimblett was obliged to remain at

Madras. It will be seen that the ship could not have been confided to abler hands.

T The Barometer tide no doubt, but the treacherous moderating as well as the

red sky is well worth notice.

5 p2

836 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [| Aue.

moderate and cloudy; Bar. 29.71. Out 2nd reefs. A number of birds fiew on

board, Snipes, Ringdoves, &c.; 2 a. M. strong breeze with thick weather and

much rain; Noon Barometer falling to 29.40 ; Simpiesometer 29.12; weather

very thick with hard squalls and constant heavy rain. Noon hove to under

main try-sail and main stay-sail on larboard tack. Lat. 16°51’; Long. D. R.

88° 23’; p.m. wind W. N. Westerly; weather very threatening, blowing a

heavy gale with very hard squalls; 3 Pp. M. Bar. 29.27; Simp. 29.08 ; down

top gallant yards and masts; 4 p. m. Bar. 29.20; 5, blowing very hard. Ship

not moving ahead, but making as far as could be judged, about 3 knots bodily

to leeward; 5 p. M. wind veering to West and W. S. W. ;7 P.M. gale still

increasing, squalls very heavy. In trysail; under bare poles; the squalls blow-

ing a perfect hurricane ; midnight wind 8. 8. W. Bar. 29.36.

Oct. 13th.—a. M. Blowing very hard, squalls heavier, very high sea; a per-

fect hurricane; 4 a. M. Bar. 29.48 ; 5, rather more moderate but still blowing

very heavy. At 6 wind S.S.E. Noon fresh gale and hard squalls, Lat.

Obs. 17°52’ N.; Long. 89°14’; Bar. 29.58; Simp, 29.30; Ther. 82°; p. m.

wind 8. 8. E.; 5.15 more moderate and fine; bore up north; midnight strong

unsteady breeze with hard squalls and much vivid forked lightning.

Oct. 14th.—a. mM. wind S. 8. E. Increasing again to a gale; hove to again

after making 84’ to the north; 6h.45 a. m. Bar. 29.65. Bore up again;

Noon Lat. 19°43’ N.; Long. 88° 44’ East; Bar. 29.70; Simp. 29.40;

Ther. 843; 4 p. M. weather again thick; hove too again,

Oct. 15th.— Wind S. W.; 11 a. m. Ran into the light vessel. Signal to

stand to sea; passed many disabled ships. On 16th got the Pilot.

By the attention of Capt. Vaile, I am enabled to add to the capital

log of the Barham, and to the valuable lesson in Cyclonology which it

affords, his remarks upon the signs of the approaching Cyclone so well

observed and so carefully recorded in it.

The first of these is the red sky, a phenomenon well known in the

Mauritius hurricanes and in the China Sea* Tyfoons, but which was

not yet known in those of the Bay of Bengal, or perhaps does not often

occur. In this case too we have the singular, and for scientific pur-

poses, very valuable peculiarity that it occurred at night! viz. from two

to four A. mM. and at a time when the moon was shining as brightly as

it could for the clouds; it being the day before the full moon, when she

had at that time an altitude of 40 or 50 degrees,

Capt. Vaile states that at this time the whole sky was clouded with

dense heavy looking clouds, more of which were opposite to, than on the

* See Sailor’s Horn Book where all that is known of this phenomenon is stated.

1849.] Exghteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 837

side of the moon. The red colour extended over all, but was in patches

deeper in some parts than in others, and that some clouds facing the

moon were of a deep orange red, and that occurring at night it was

the more particularly remarked.

The lightning of the 12th he compares both to the flashes of a gun,

and, at times, to sparks as if from a flint and steel. Altogether a most

remarkable kind of lightning. Very little lightning during the strength

of the Cyclone—not more than three or four times altogether.

The vibration of the Barometer and Simpiesometer was noticed for

about two days, on one occasion it amounted to 0.4 (four tenths) in three

hours. At 7 a.m, on this day they shook out reefs, for the Bar. had

risen to 29.65; and at noon it was again at 29.20, and then rose again

before finally falling !

Abstract Log of the Ship Wretuesuey, Capt. F. Arrow, (No. 8 on

the Chart) from Madras to Calcutta. Civil Time.

10th October, 1848.—In Lat. 13° 40’ N.; Long. 83° 45’ E. ; at noon breeze

NING SW

11th Oct.—In Lat. 15° 15’ N.; Long. 86° 8’ East; at noon breeze N.

W. to W. b. N. with dark lurid appearance to the Eastward, getting more dense,

and a hot stifling feeling; towards noon clouds flying in dark rugged masses to the

westward; upper strata in ridges from the East, sun obscure with red glare on

the horizon to W. and S. W. looking like sunset in the middle of the day ;

shortened sail to prevent nearing it.* Afternoon arched squalls from the N.

E, rose, with vivid lightning ; 7 p. M. looking finer ; made sail.

12th Oct.—Lat. 16°20’ N.; Long. 87°00’ E.; Bar. 29.60, Simp. 29.08 ;

Ther. 83° ; looking very threatening from the northward at daylight and all the

lurid appearance of yesterday ; double reefed and reefed the courses ; wind West ;

gusty and increasing with sheets of rain at times. 3 P.M. wind West; still more

threatening and increasing to a gale; furled every thing and hove to under main

staysail and trysail. 8 P. M. sent top gallant yards down ; blowing a heavy gale

from the westward with torrents of rain ; 8 p. M. Bar. 29.50; Simp. 29,00 ; vivid

lightning and peals of thunder all round and close over the ship, the rain was the

most tremendous I ever saw, and the squalls most furious, Midnight wind com-

menced veering to S. W.

13th Oct.—Lat. 16° 53’ N.; Long. 88° 2’ E.; 7 a. m. windS, W. to S.S.

W. bore up E. N. E. to get clear of the Cyclone ; under close reefed topsails and

reefed foresail; heavy confused sea from all quarters since midnight, Noon wind

* The Cyclone of which Capt. Arrow was fully aware.

838 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Ave.

shifting to southward and more moderate and finer weather; bore up my course ;

weather getting finer but still coming up from the southward in hard squalls.

14th Oct.—Lat. 19° 07’ N.; Long. 88° 57’ E.; gradually clearing up toa

strong southerly breeze, but dark cloudy weather ; at 10 p. m. hove to ; not liking

to approach the Sandheads till the weather cleared; midnight Lat, 20°; strong

gale increasing again from the southward, made sail and worked off. I suppose

being hove to, the tail of the breeze picked us up again.

15th Oct.—Moderating from the southward.

To some enquiries made by me, Capt. Arrow says :—

«The lurid appearance which is mentioned is that of a deep leaden

sky during the day time. There was also to the northward a heavy

red glare.

For two days after leaving Madras a remarkable halo round the

moon was noticed. It was of considerable brilliancy, and the orange

and blue colours very distinct.

The arched squalls were remarkably regular in their formation,

resembling those of the Straits of Malacca.

The thunder and lightning were most violent and intense from 8

p. M. 12th to 2 a. M. 13th.

Hot and cold blasts were distinctly felt. I can compare the hot

blasts only to the Scirocco of the Mediterranean.

We found a very confused sea after bearing up, evidently where we

crossed the track of the Cyclone.”

Abridged Log and Notes from Capt. Humpuriss, Ship Sea Park

(No. 9 in the Chart) from London to Calcutta ; reduced to Civil Time.

From the line to 14° N. we had strong westerly breezes with much

rain and gloomy weather, with a steady Barometer and very warm

weather.

On Wednesday, October 11th.— Lat. 16° 57’ N.; Long. 90° 02’ East ; Bar.

at 10 a. mM. 29970’; Simpiesometer 29.30; winds variable from S. 8. W.,'S. E.

and Easterly, with fine weather. p.m. light Easterly breeze, veering to N. E.;

5 p. M. Bar, 29° 60’; Simp. 29.20, At 6p. m. in 3rd reefs ; wind light and vari-

able from N. E. and N. W. through the night. ‘* At sunset a red lurid light in

the heavens, but not of such a character as I have remarked off the Cape previ-

ous to violent gales, and in fact there was no indication for worse weather

except that of the Barometer and Simpiesometer.

12th Oct.—Lat. 17° 54’; Long, 89° 06’ East; Bar. 10 a. Mm. 29.35;

light rains and calms; Barometer and Simpiesometer falling at the time when the

1849. | HLighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 839

daily rise should take place. It continued to fall slowly but steadily. Making

all preparations for bad weather. Ship covered with land and sea birds and

insects which came on board for shelter and would hardly move when in danger

of being trodden on. Faint variable airs till about 2h. 30’ p. m, when a

southerly breeze sprung up, which soon began to blow hard with a most threat-

ening appearance. At 4p. ™. hove too in about Lat. 18° 6’ N.; Long. 89°

25’ East, on the larboard tack. 6.30 Pp. M. Bar. 29.15; Simp. 28.80. Wind

increasing fast at south, and from 8.30 to 10.30 blowing a perfect hurricane

but without veering. At 8.30, when the wind was beginning to blow with the

greatest fury, the Bar. and Simp. began to rise, and continued to rise steadily,

Midnight Bar. 29.30; Simp. 28.95. Wind S.S. E., ahard gale and heavy

gusts of wind and rain.

13¢h Oct.—Daylight wind S. E. very hard gale but Bar. and Simp. continue

to rise; noon Lat. Acct. 18, 20’N.; Long. Chr. 89° 26’ E.; Bar. 29.63;

Simp, 29.35. Saw much wreck in the forenoon ; p. mM. wind S, b. E, steady

southerly gale throughout ; gale evidently broken ; Bar. and Simp. always rising.

14th Oct.—10 a. M. Bar. 29.75; Simp. 29.32; noon Lat, 19° 25’ N.;

Long. 89° 05’ East. A Northerly set of 80’ since the time the ship hove too

on the 12th.

Extract from the Log of the Barque Asiatic, Capt. G. Bartow,

(No. 10, on the Chart) from Madras to Calcutta. Civil Time.

On the 10th October, the Asiatic was at 6 Pp. M. in 55 fs, Lat. at noon 19°

aN: 87 7",

11th Oct.—a. M. light variable breezes, apparently from the N. N. W. and

East ;. ship standing to the N. E. and 8S. S. E.; sounded in 15 fs. ; at 5, 25 fs.

noon squally from the North, standing to the East; Lat. 20°7’; Long. 86,56’

East. At 8 p. M. increasing ; Bar. 29.60.

12th Oct.—a., M. increasing ; close reefs at noon, when wind from the N, E,

Lat. 19° 32’; Long. 88° 19’ East.

4 p. M. Bar, 29.40 9h. 29.26,

DLs heahele Git We 10... .14,

Chit nahin Sekstel eee Id. ; | «4,0;

Oslo sas asia, eo 12,, 28,94,

Midnight wind East, heavy gales but with breaks in the sky at intervals.

13th Oct.—a, mM. wind East, hard gales; 7 a.m. E. N. E.; noon Lat, 19°

8’; Long, 86° 8’ East, 1. 30a.m.wore and kept away North; at 3 a. M,

hove too under bare poles. Noon hurricane from E. N. E.

1—2 a. M. Bar, 28.97 1 —6 p. m. Bar, 28.70.

SR iiasna, 00 eencsysne xe

840 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Aue

Sra Diels ofa) ateis .96 fant Chae 90,

6-9 wencies. 29.00 LOD ie coe 29200"

Noott,: eek: 128.86 12 midnight, .. 29.20.

4 p. mM. wind North; at6 N. b. W.; 8 N. W.; 10 to midnight, West; at 8

blowing a hurricane; impossible to look to windward. Moderating at midnight.

14th Oct.—a. M. wind S. W.; 4 a. um. S. 8S. E.; 6 South to noon, when Lat.

19° 50’ N.; Long. 86° 51’ East. Fresh gales.

Bar. 1—2 a. M. 29.40. 8.... 29.50. Noon, 29.70.

The Ship Lady Sale, Captain Castor, though not experiencing any

part of the Cyclone, followed it closely up the bay, and taking her to

have been on the 12th about a degree from the Wellesley to the South-

ward—for I have not been able to obtain her position—it shews that

either the monsoon was following up the Cyclone, or that its influence

extended further to the South, her Bar. register alone could settle this.

The following note is sent to me by Capt. Castor :—

* October, 1848.—Lat. 13° 05’ to 18° 2’ N.; Long. 80° 30’ W.; S. 5907’ E.

From the ninth to the tenth October, while in the Madras roads, the weather

was very unsettled, blowing in squalls from N, to N. E. with incessant rain for

about 48 hours; dark and gloomy appearance to the N. E. and N.

The ‘* Lady Sale” left Madras on the 11th with fine weather, winds from the

Westward ; on the 12th and 13th experienced very squally weather from S. W.

to W.; on the 13th, being farther to the North, it blew stronger from the West-

ward, with puffs and an irregular swell from N. E, to E., so much so that the

vessel pitched her jibboom and flying jibboom away, and was obliged to ease her

by reducing sail; winds stronger from the Westward. On the 14th very fine

weather with thick huge clouds over the tops of the hills on the coast; anchored

on the evening of the 14th, and found the surf very low, the tides uncommonly

high, weather clear and pleasant, and continued so for some days,

(Signed) Joun Castor,

Lady Sale.”

Abridged Log of the Ship British Sovererien, Capt. Harris,

(No. 20 on the Chart) from London to Calcutta. Civil Time.

12th Oct.—The ship British Sovereign ran up from 7° North in one

continued series of squalls and rain, with the exception of about 3h. from

8 to ll vp. m. of the 11th October; wind throughout from W.S. W.

to W. N. W. On the night of the 11th the stars had an unusually

brilliant appearance, and the heavens were illuminated occasionally with

a very red glow.

1849. | Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 841

12th Oct. a, m.—Wind variable from North to W. N. W. with heavy squalls

of wind at intervals. At 4 a. mM. heavy squalls from the northward, rising with

heavy black clouds. At 6, increasing to a steady heavy gale at west, with thick

dark weather and incessant rain ; making all preparations. Bar. at 1 a. M. 29.60;

at 2, 29.59; at 3, 29.575 at 4, 29.55; at 5, 29.52; at 6, 29.50; at 9, 29.50;

and at noon 29,50. 10 a.m. wind W.b.S.; noon W.S. W. Lat. Acct. 16°

37’; Long. Acct. 38° 38’ E,; wind very steady ; set the reefed foresail. Course

steered, North. p.m. wind W.S. W. No rain but thick dark cloudy weather

and blowing a steady heavy gale. 6 Pp. M. gale increasing with violent squalls

of wind and rain, At 8 p. M.in Lat. 17° 17’ N.; Long. 88° 35’ East, by

Acct. finding the Barometer rapidly falling, squalls rapidly increasing in strength

and the weather shewing every appearance of becoming worse, hove to at 9; wind

S. W. b. W.; squalls terrific; at 10, worse, with vivid flashes of lightning and

heavy thunder, apparently very close. Midnight blowing furiously; wind S. W.

with a continuation of heavy thunder and lightning. Barometer at 1 Pp. Mm.

29.50; at 4, 29.45; at 6, 29.40; at 7, 29.38; at 8, 29.33; at 9, 29.30; at

10, 29.27; at 11, 29.25; and at midnight 29.20. Capt. Harris considers that

he had the heaviest weather from 10 to 11 Pp. M.

13th Oct.—a. M. wind South; 3 a. M.S. b. E.; at 4,8. S. E.; at 6,8. E.;

at 8,8. S. E.; and at 11, South. From 1 to 4 a, m.a heavy gale with rapid

gusts of wind, sea rising fast. At 4, gusts decreasing in strength to a hard gale

but with a high confused sea ; by 8, wind rapidly abating. Noon moderate Lat.

by Acct. (and nearly correct) 17° 38’ N.; Long. 88° 33’. Bar. at 1 a.m.

29.20; at 2, 29.17; at 3, 29.10; at 4, 29.20; at 5, 29.22; at 6, 29.22; at 7,

29.30; at 8, 29.35; at 10, 29.36; and at noon 29,40.

I have placed this ship in the chart as her run and drift are given,

but Capt. Harris states that he had no solar observations for two days

previous to the 12th, and in such weather star observations cannot be

much depended upon. She was, I have no doubt, farther to the East-

ward than she supposes on the 12th, probably about half way between

the positions of the Barham and Sea Park, which would then give her

the winds she experienced as the Cyclone moved on and lifted up to

make way for the monsoon below it. (See summary.) The Cyclone

track also may have curved to the westward at first, for it seems certain

that the tornadoes move in waving or oscillating lines, though the aver-

age is a straight track, and from analogy we may suppose the Cyclones

to do the same.

842 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [AuG.

Abridged Log of the Barque Cuaries Kerr, Capt. H. T. Appie-

ton, (No. 21 on the Chart) from Mauritius boound to Calcutta,

reduced to Civil Time.

12th October, 1848.—Midnight 11th—12th moderate Northerly breeze and

clear, Black Pagoda N. W. b. W. distant 3 miles. At 2 a. M. increasing breeze,

ship standing E. N. E.; 4, dark gloomy weather; 8 a. m. wind N., E. to noon ;

by 10 a. M. fresh gale and showers of rain; noon hard gales, heavy squalls and

rain and confused sea; Lat. by Acct. 19° 36’; Long. 87° 52’; Bar, 29.60;

Simp. 29.30; Ther. 82°. p. mM. hard gales N. N. E.; making all snug; 8 P. M.

the same ; midnight wind North; Bar. 29.50; Simp. 29.20; Ther. 80°.

13th Oct.—Gale increasing to noon when heavy ; veering by 10 a.m. to W. N.

W. pumps choked by sand ballast, and kept ship before the wind to 9 a.m. Had

made since noon 12th, 32 miles due South; noon dense atmosphere, torrents of

rain and sleet ;* all hands bailing ; Lat. Acct. 199 02’; Long. 87° 27’; Bar, 28.90 ;

Simp. 28.70; Ther. 79°. p.m. wind S.W.b. S. 2 Pp. M. glasses began to

rise. 7 P. M. wind South. 8 p.m. Bar. 29.20; Simp. 29.10. Heavy gale

throughout ; ship running to N. N. EK. and N. E. 6 and 7 knots, Lost main-

topmast and mizen topmast, at midnight more moderate.

14th Oct.—a. M. wind South. 5 a.m. 8S. 8. W. to noon; by 10 4. m. fresh

breeze; Lat. noon 20° 14’ N.; Long. 88° 42’, Bar. 29.60; Simp. 29.40;

Ther. 83°, After which made the Pilot.

Capt. Kerr’s private note book, kindly placed in my hands, says,

after describing the veering of wind. ‘ Throughout there was a dense

atmosphere and torrents of rain and sleet when blowing from the

N. W. The Bar. and Simp. gave timely notice, but nothing was re-

markable in the sky prior to its commencement, with the exception

of an unusual bright appearance and twinkling of the stars on the night

of the 12th. The Bar. 28.9; and Simp. 28.7 at noon on the 13th,

when at its height, anda few hours afterwards, they began to rise. On

the night of the [3th,f a very heavy swell was setting in from the

Eastward, which broke very high on the beach near the Black Pagoda.

The sea very luminous and occasionally some thin white clouds passed

rapidly over the moon from the N. Eastward.

* This sleet was, Capt. Appleton informs me true sleet, i. e. rain and snow with

small hailstones, while the wind was between N. and W. Whenit hauled to the

Southward it ceased.

+ So in MSS, ; 11th and 12th meant.

1849. ] Kightaenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 8438

Abridged Log of the ship Str Rosert Seprtnes, Captain Sruart,

(No. 22 on the Chart), from Columbo to Calcutta, reduced to Civil

Time.

October 10th, 1848.—At noon light airs and hot sultry weather, Ganjam

bearing N. W. dist. 20 miles ; Lat. Obs. 19° 15’ North; Bar. 30.9; Ther. 90°.

p. M, light variable winds, standing to the Eastward. Midnight wind N. W.

Memorandum. This ship had been on the 6th in sight of Juggernath Pagoda,

but had been set down the coast by the baffling winds and the Southerly current.

Oct. 11th.—To noon standing to the Eastward with a fresh Northerly and

N. N. Easterly breeze and a heavy head sea. At noon Lat. 18° 55’ North;

Long. 86° 18’ East; a current setting to the 8. 8, W. 2 miles per hour. Bar.

29.90; Ther, 89°. p.m. fresh breeze with a heavy head sea; standing to the

Eastward 23 to 4 knots, with variable northerly breezes, 8 P.M. squally and

rain, with a dark threatening appearance; ship pitching very heavily. Midnight

strong breezes from the Northward ; much lightning to the Eastward.

12th Oct.—3 A.M. more moderate. At 8 strong breezes Northerly, with a

very threatening appearance; increasing at noon with hard squalls, when Lat.

Acct. 19° 27’ N.; Long. 87° 20’ Hast. Standing to the Eastward ; Bar. 29.70 ;

Ther. 86°, ep. m. Wind North strong gales, heavy squalls and rain; 53 P. M.

making all preparations for bad weather; down Royal yards and close reefing.

8 p. M. Bar. 29.55; gale increasing with a very threatening appearance ; hove too

under main trysail, Midnight hard gales and heavy rain ; Bar, 29.50.

13th Oct.—At 2 a.m. more moderate and Barometer rising, Set reefed foresail

and main topsail; at 4 again hove to, gale increasing and Barometer falling to

29.20. To noon wind always East, to N. E. at noon, when Lat. by Acct. 19°

40’ N.; Long. Acct. 88° 00’; p.m. wind marked N. E., hard gales. 2 P.M,

more moderate, set foresail and main topsail again; wind 8. Hi. Bar, 29.40; 4

hard squalls and heavy rain, Bar. falling to 29.10; at 5 p.m. wind marked S_

S. E. 6p. m. weather more threatening, took in foresail and main topsail, both

of which blew to pieces. The furled sails now blowing from the yards ; wind

S. E.to South. 7p m. wind 8.S W,, ship on her beam ends, main and mizen

masts and foretopmast went by the board. 8 p. m. wind South ; pumps choked,

crew baling ; midnight a continuation of heavy gales, wind veering from S. E. to

S.S. W. Position during the height of the hurricane was about 19,30 N. 87.35 East.

14th Oct.—1 a. M. wind S, S. W.; 4 a. m. South; 9 a. m. S. b. E, to noon ;

4 a, M, the same weather ; at 8 more moderate to noon, when Lat. Obs, 19° 45”

N.; Long. 87° 50’ East ; Bar. 29.1; Ther. 79°. p. m. wind S. 8. W. Moderat-

ing to midnight, when wind S. b. W.—noon Lat. 199 45’; Long, 87° 50;

Barometer broken in the height of the tempest.

5 Q 2

844 Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Aue.

To the foregoing, which is partly from the ship’s log and partly from

a note obligingly sent me by Capt. Stuart, he adds :—

“‘T must observe that for several days previous to the hurricane the

weather assumed throughout the day a very unusual appearance, with

light baffling winds and hot sultry weather. Ther. from 86° to 92°; a

misty horizon and at night a misty circle round the moon and an un-

usual twinkling of the stars. Animmense number of both sea and land

birds were constantly about the ship, with much lightning from the

Eastward and South Eastward at times.

Abstract from the Log of the ship CAMPERDOWN (No. 12 on the

Chart), Captain CUMBERLAND, from London to Calcutta. Civil Time.

At noon on the 10th October, 1848, the Floating light bore N. E. b. N. 50

miles, Lat. Obs, 20° 17’ N. ; by 6 o’clock we had run about 25 miles, on a

N. E, course, when we saw a vessel, which we supposed to be a Pilot Brig, as

she was running down to a ship at anchor, bearing N. E, from us dist. about

8 miles; at this time it had fallen calm and we found there was a strong current

running to the 8. W. but, as the water was too deep for the bower, let go the

kedge and veered a hawser, which only checked, but did not stop her from

driving. Soon after (about 7 p. mM.) a light breeze sprung up ; weighed the kedge

and stood N. W.a few miles, but finding the wind falling light and the ship

refusing to steer with a 5 knot breeze, again let go the kedge and veered 2

hawsers ; the ship still driving; the current appeared to be running about 3

knots. |

Wednesday, 11th October.—A light breeze springing up, weighed the kedge

and stood to the N. East about 15 miles, but at 4 tacked, as she broke off to N.

b. E., and knowing the current was running very strong, I was afraid of being

driven to leeward, intended to stand well to the Southward to get out of the

strong current, 6 a.M,. Lat. by Sirius 20° 51’, stood S. E. all the day; at

daylight saw a steamer steering to the Southward ; noon squally and rain, Lat.

Obs. 20° 32’N, There was no appearance of bad weather this day; P.M.

cross sea, 3 P.M. in 1st reefs; there were a few light showers, but the clouds

had little motion,

Thursday, 12th Oct.—Tacked and stood to the northward ; saw a Pilot brig at

anchor anda ship. At 11, the brig signalled us to stand to sea till the weather

moderated. At this time the weather was not bad, but the Barometer had

begun to fall, 29.60; noon Pilot vessel N. N. E, 15’. ‘Tacked and stood S, E.

In 8rd reefs, At 11 P.M. hard squalls.

Friday, 13th Oct.—Weather looking bad, close reefed the main topsail ; at 3

A. M. Bar, 29.20. Prepared fora gale: blowing very hard during the day

1849. | Kighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 845

from E, N. E, to East. At noon wind at S. East; Bar, 29.00. At5 Pp. M.

Bar. 28.90. At 6, 28.70. At 7, 28.50; secured the sails before dark ; furled

the main topsail, and prepared for a hurricane, manned the pumps, and got life

lines along the deck. From 7h. to 7.30 p. M.a lull, but the Bar. was still

inclined to fall, Expected a shift to the Southward and more wind ; at this

particular time, the weather was fine overhead ; 7.30 hurricane from the W, S.

W. About 8, the wind drew gradually round to South and 8. 8. W. and by

% past 8 the wind was blowing a perfect hurricane, with hard rain, the wind not

blowing steadily, but in gusts; expected the masts to go over the side every

moment ; got axes all ready to cut away, sent the carpenter down in the well

and ascertained that the ship was perfectly tight, it being of course impossible

to sound the pumps with any degree of accuracy, owing to the quantity of water

taken in to leeward; at this time the lee hammock nettings were washed away,

the lee quarter boat, and the main and mizen royal masts; the foretop gallant

mast was fortunately housed, but we had not time to house the others ; had the

foretop gallantmast been up we should certainly have lost the foretopmast. The

Barometer at midnight 28.50, began to rise soon after the shift, and continued

to rise through the greatest strength of the gale. I think the hurricane did not

last in its greatest strength more than 2 or 3 hours, but of that I cannot be

certain.

Saturday, 14th October.—At 1 a. M. Bar. 29° 00’; not so much wind, but

still blowing a heavy gale from 8.8. W. At daylight found ourselves in 17

fathoms. False Point N. W. 7 miles. Set the foresail and wore to the Kast-

ward. At noon a fresh gale, Bar. rising 29.40.

Sunday, 15th Oct.—Unsettled weather, blowing fresh from the Southward ;

at 6 p, M, saw the Pilot Brig at anchor off the South Buoy, passed under his

stern, told us he had not got any pilots, and sent us to sea again ; stood to the

S. East all night from this time ; had light baffling winds till Tuesday 17th. At

8 Pp. M. got up to the light vessel, and received a Pilot on board. ‘The last 2

or 3 days saw many vessels totally dismasted; boarded the Collingwood, to-

tally dismasted, and offered any assistance in our power,

Abridged Log of the Ship Cottnewoop, Capt. Moutson (No. 13 on

the Chart,) from England to Calcutta with troops on board—re-

duced to Civil Time. The force of the wind marksd by the Admiral-

ty numbers.

On the 11th October, 1848, at Noon, the Colingwood was in Lat. 16° 21

N.; Long. 88° 38’ East, standing to the N. W, with fine weather, a four and

five knot breeze from the N. Eastward; Bar. at noon 29.67; Ther. 83°. P. M,

cloudy and passing showers—wind variable from the Northward, West and

N, East, to midnight.

846 Lighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms [Ava.

12th October.—Winds variable from the N. Westward, with cloudy weather

and squally at times ; ship standing 5 and 6 knots to the N. N. E, and N. E.

At noon Lat. by Acct. 179 46’ N.; Long. 89° 6’ East; Bar. 29.37. p.m. A.

ship in sight to the N. N. W. standing S. E. under close reefed topsails, with

top gallant masts down. 3 p. M. Bar. 29.25, and falling fast since noon ; made

preparations for bad weather, p. m. wind variable from N, Wd.; at 4, Westerly ;

5, S. Westerly ; at 7,8. b. E., at 88.8, E. and at 10S. E.b. S., force increasing

from 4 to 9 to midnight; ship running to the N. E. b. N., North and N. N. W.

from 4 to 10 knots. Midnight Lat. by Acct. 18955’; Long 88° 44’ E. High

sea getting up; Bar. 29.25.

13th October.—3 a. M. Bar. 29.30 ; at 8h 30’. 29.40. Set foresail ; at 11 h.

Bar. 29.45 ; wind S, E. b. S. to 6, when E.S. E. ; at 8 East and at noon E.S. E.

force 8. Lat. Obs, 20° 27’ N.;* Long. about 87.35, according to Capt. Molison,

Bar. noon 29.50; Ther. 82°. p.m. Moderate gale (force 8) E. b. N. cloudy,

gloomy, hazy and constant rain; 1 h. 36. in 35 fs. water off Cape Palmiras 4

p, M, Bar. 29.40, at 6, 29.20; wind E, N. E. (9). Gale increasing ; 7.30, a per-

fect hurricane, with thick hard rain ; Bar. 29.00; wind E. 8, E. (11—12). At 8

Bar. 21.80, Soon after 7, 30. p. m. lost bowsprit and foremast and main and

mizen topmasts, quarter boats, &c. At 10 wind veering to S. E. (10) at 12

Southerly (11—12) Bar. 29.05, hurricane raging with the utmost fury.

14th Oct.—3 a.m. windS. 8. W.; 4 Bar. 29.30, hurricane moderating ; 5. 30

A.M. saw False Point Light house 8. W.; sounded in 7 fathoms water. At 6

came too in 5f, False Point Light S.b. W. To noon gale decreasing from

S. b. W.

Abstract from the Log of the ship KpmMuNDsBURY, Capt. Reppatu,

(No. 14 on the Charé,) from Ceylon bound to Calcutta—reduced to

Civil Time.

I am indebted to Mr. Thos. Scallan of the Pilot service, for some

notes corrective of this ship’s log, arising from errors of the copyist, or

from the confusion incident to vessels on their beam ends with their »

ballast shifted, in a hurricane. It was probably filled up from recollec-

tion, and contained some evident oversights.

* The true position is ebout 18° 40’; Long. 880 44’. The Log is very carefully

marked, but it gives 31’ more of northing than the observation of the following day,

which I take to be owing to the southerly current off Point Palmiras, arising from the

curving of the Easterly set over the Sand Heads, as will be shewn in the remarks,

The current was probably much heavier, for the ship had, no doubt, the storm current

and perhaps a little of the storm wave in her favour. :

1849.] Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 847

The Edmundsbury at noon on the 11th October had received her

Pilot on board in the course of the morning, and had at noon the outer

Floating Light bearing EK. b. S. 10 miles; winds variable from E. S. E.

and squally. 2 p. m. came too in 5 fs. 3.45, commenced weighing, and

at 6. 30 stood tosea with a strong breeze at EK. N. E. 8 p. M. increas-

ing; midnight, Bar. 29.65.

12th Oct.—4 a. M. increasing and threatening appearance, making all prepar-

ations; noon Bar. 29.60. Fresh gale, strong squalls and heavy appearance to

the Eastward, wind varying from N, E. to East. p.m. Lat. by double Alt, 19°

53’; Long. 88° 11’ East; Bar, 29.60. Increasing strong gales E, N. E. and at

5 p.m. East to N. E.; 8 p.m. Bar. 29.58; 10 p, M. 29.56; midnight 29.50.

Blowing a hard gale.

13th Oct.—a. mM. wind N. E,; 4 a. M. increasing, with threatening appear-

ances; at 8 a. M. made every thing snug for bad weather. Noon hard gale and

dark cloudy weather; Bar. 4 a. Mm. 29.40; 8h. 29.30; noon 29.20; Lat. Acct,

19° 21; Long. 87° 49’ KE, p.. hurricane at N, E., ship under bare poles,

4 P.M. more moderate. 5. Pp. M. dead calm, tremendous cross sea; Barometer

falling fast, 28.90. Drizzling rain with threatening appearance to the N. W.;

heavy bank rising fast to the South. Trimmed ballast which had shifted. 6.30 p.m,

commenced blowing from the N. W. and veering to the Westward ; at 8, blew

a hurricane; Bar, 28.40; ship lying on her beam-ends and refusing to wear.

Winds at 5 p. m. marked N. W.; at 7 p.m. W. b, N. and at midnight a furious

hurricane 8, W. lulling a little ; all hands by the axes for cutting away.

ih. Pp. M. Bar. 29.18. wh. P. M. Bar. 28.60.

Pine hata Tae rs 00. malate sales atonuisO Os

So aincteser 2090. OE ating eel th hs os

Pill ola oparevere .00. ALO)! Sel aoa caere. ore 80

Bi Wes, alate ~) 20.60 Dich ce wets selniO

14th Oct.—2 a. m- lulling a little; Bar. rising fast, wind S. W. Bar. 28.90.

By 4 a. m. wind had veered to 8. S. W.+ half past 4 wore and stood to the E,

N.E. At daylight saw the Framjee Cowasjee ; passed her at 7 a. M. in Lat.

19° 45’ N.; Long. 86° 38’ East. Noon a large ship to the N. W. b. W. with

foremast, bowsprit and stump of mizen mast standing. Another to the S. S. E.

with her foremast and topmasts gone, both dist. abt. 5 miles Noon Lat. Obs. 20°

2’; Long. 87° 7’ East. Winds marked, 5 p.m. S.S. W3; 7, South; and at

11, South,

* Pilot’s note S. W.

848 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [| Aue.

th. a. mM. Bar, 29.00. wh. a. M. Bar, 29.50.

cok aan IW inst ae sili, OS feiss oie 60.

Diasistenitywis « 20. D8, Se tend 60.

zy ORE ve 30, POs rcireese rere 60,

ee ; 30. itd cacialis huss ° 60.

Ode telereiaiere cas AA ae caren 60.

p. M. by midnight had run into 27 fs. with fresh gales and cloudy weather

from 8S. 8S. E, and at 3.30 a. m. of the 15th, saw the light vessel’s signals again.

Capt. Redpath adds in reply to my queries, that on Tuesday 10th,

at sunrise, he remarked a dull lead coloured sky to the S. E. but it

cleared away by 8 a. M. of that day. He experienced no lightning at

any time during the Cyclone. When at the calm centre it was much

lighter overhead ; the appearance like the breaking up of a heavy gale,

but after one hour a dark heavy bank formed to the N. W. in the form

of an arch. The ship was surrounded by birds of various kinds and

amongst the rest they caught a parrot ; swallows, gulls, boobies, &c. ; all

quite exhausted.

After the Cyclone a dull heavy appearance to the N. W.

Abridged Log of the ship FramsEE CowassEE, Capt. Epwarps, (No.

15 on the Chart,) from England to Calcutta—reduced to Civil Time.

The Framjee Cowasjee had received a Pilot on board on the 11th

October, at 7h. 30’ a.m. At noon the floating light bore East and

the South Channel Buoy 8.8. W. p.m. wind E. N. E.; wind light

from E. N. BE. Midnight light breeze, rain; out 2d reefs topsails.

12th Oct.—6 a. M. to noon heavy squalls working to the Eastward; Bar,

29.46; Lat. by Acc. abt. 20°18’; Long. 88° 27’ East; 23 miles per hour of

westerly set being allowed. p.m. to midnight increasing gale from E, b. N.

Ship standing to S. E. b. S. and at 9.31 Pp. m. hove too,

13th Oct.—Heavy gale E. N. E.; noon Bar. 29.44, p, m. wind marked E.

b. N. high sea and tremendous gusts increasing to a hurricane. 5 P. M. moder-

ating toa gale with vivid lightning to the westward; at 6, wind hauling to

the Northward and round to the S. W. braced round on the starboard tack

with bead to the Eastward; wind W.S. W.; at 8, lulling toa calm with a

very high sea, Calm lasting till 9 p. m., when it commenced to blow and

increased to a fearful hurricance. Midnight still increasing, Bar. 8 Pp. M, 28.52;

at 11, 28.72; at midnight 28.90.

* So in Log, but evidently an error, and that 28.44 is meant.

1849. ] Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 849

14th Oct.—a. M. blowing a violent hurricane from 8. W. 5 a, m. lost main

and mizen masts. Barometer 1.30; A. M. 29.10; at 2h. 30’ 29.22; at daylight

was passed by the Edmundsbury in Lat. 19° 45’ N.; Long. 86° 38’ East,

Noon moderating and fine with avery high sea; 8h. wind strong ; at2 P.M.

saved five hands from about 47 of the crew of the Hope which had foundered ;

her crew had constructed rafts which the Rustomjee could not succour as she

was unmanageable.

Fautse Pornt PALMIRAS.

From Mr. Barckey, the Superintendent of False Point Light-house,

IT have the following memorandum taken down verbally from his

enformation.

Gale commenced on the 12th with heavy squalls N. E. to N. W..;

between 12th and 13th blowing N.N. E. and always increasing ; began

to blow steadily on to 13th from the N. E. and on the night of that

day very heavy.

_ A shift took place to VW. N. W.at about 93 p.m. of the 13th

with high water. Then it fell a dead calm at 10, which lasted to 122

or 0.4 a. Mm. the rain clearing off: saw the stars very clear over

head, but a thick bank of haze all round. At 122 breeze fresh

and very stormy from 8. S. E. to a complete hurricane, which lasted

about seven hours, varying only two or three points more to the

Southward.

The rise of tide, which was about 9 ft. more than usual* (entire rise

17 ft. high) came in with a rush like the bore. I saw it come in a -

heavy foaming surge of a wave like the surf outside of Plowden’s

Island ;+ I heard it coming in and went up to see what it was ; and from

the gallery of the Light House saw it distinctly. I at first thought

it was the Island being washed away. ‘This bore came in about two

o'clock in the morningt when the hurricane had reached its full height

from the Southward. It was a bright moonlight night, clear over head

and cloudy almost in a circle towards the horizon. During the whole

time it was blowing there was uo lightning, but during the calm there

was some forked lightning, mostly from the Northward and Westward,

* In this estimate Mr. Bond, Master Attendant of Balasore agrees.

+ At the entrance of the mouth of the Mahanuddy on the North shore, on which

the Light House stands.

{ When the tide therefore was at three quarters ebb.

850 ‘Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Avue.

It began from the N. Westward. The natives never knew such

arise of tide before. At Puttamundy and Hall and Sunkse, to the

North and Eastward, the tide rose 19 or 20 ft. in all, or about 11 ft.

above its usual height. These places are on the North side of False

Bay ; about 6 or 700 natives were drowned: all their huts destroyed

and cattle drowned. Water remaining for about three days, all the while

the wind was to the S. E. not falling more than 4 ft. and it was only

when it veered to the Westward that it went down very rapidly.”

It would appear from this very valuable note that the centre passed

over the False Point Light House on the night of the 13th, at 11 Pp. m.

‘ In stating the date from which the track is laid down, and in the

observations, I shall advert at length to the evidence we have here of

the storm wave.

BaLasore.

From this station I have the following report, through the Superin-

tendent of Marine, by A. Bond, Esq. the Master Attendant there.

Report of Weather at Balasore, 10th to 15th October, 1848.

Mean | Bar. per| Ther.

Month. | Date.| par | hour, MT cari, Remarks.

| Gor ¢

October.| 10th |29./72.}2¢.2 .72. |840, 2 S. E. to N. W. with rain, cloudy.

tO,

zs S. E. to N. W. lightning 4 S. E.

x 11th |29./68. 68, |833, ; Eastward and West; rain from

20%. S. fae with heavy clouds,

66, N. W. breeze, very cloudy and

3 12th |29.|/64, 308 825. fy ai rain AN. E. with heavy gusts

.61, of wind.

63 Wind shifting a E. N. E. to E.S.

| ipsa E. with heavy rain ; another tier

3 13th |29./60- et We of eae above travelling from

53 a of ‘water at the Tide Gauge

ee 21 feet, being 8 ft. above a ing

”” pea 29. ee a Wi tides. Wind E, N. E. at 6 Pp.

60. Shifting to East and E.S. E. at

Ay 15th {29,/68, } 09. or high water $ past 9 wind in-

75 creasing in stronger gusts with

Wind S. W, and fair,

heavy rain till 1 a. mM.of the 15th October, when the wind gradually veered

round from S, E.to South, and cleared up at S. W. with passing showers ;

Barometer 29,60 at 8 a. M

1849. | Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 851

Remarks.

On the 14th instant it appeared clearer at intervals through the clouds to the

Westward, as if inclined to break up, and from the deposition of a servant who

was at False Bay at the time, he says “the wind was from the N, E. on the 11th

with heavy rain, and the wind blew in very heavy gusts, On the 12th wind 4

S. E. with strong gusts and heavy continual rain. The 13th, the wind from

S. E. blowing a hurricane till 2 p.m. of the 14th instarit, when it cleared up

with wind at S. W., and it is reported that the sea broke into the villages near

False Bay, and that numbers of lives have been lost. ‘The Arab ship ‘ Abas-

see’ went on shore on the 14th instant at False Bay, dragging her anchors from

9 fathoms, more from the very heavy sea running than from the wind, which on

the 14th had abated.

The gale seems to have increased as tt extended to the S. W., as the damage

is by far the greatest to the S. W.

A. Bonp, |

Master Attendant,

Balasore, M. A. Office, the 25th October, 1848.

Abstract of the Log of the American ship WasHINGrON AtsToN, Capé.

Day, (No. 16 on the Chart,) outward bound ; reduced to Civil Time.

11th Oct. 1848.—The Washingtouw Alston, at 11 a, m.on the 10th Oct, had

the light vessel bearing N. KE. b, E. 10 or 11 miles, and a. m. on the 11th to noon

stood to the S. S. W. and S. S. E. and S. E. b. S. with light Easterly baffling

breezes till noon when in Lat, 20° 15’ N.; Long, by account about 88° 36’

East, Pp. M. squally rain, and large sea; midnight more moderate. Ship standing

to the 8. S. E. and 8S. E, and 8, b. E. Wind is marked E, N. E, but I take it

to have been from E. N. E. to E. S. E. by the courses. I allow also 1 mile per

shour of current to the Westward for the average of the set over the Sandheads.

12th Oct.—a. m. squally. Noon hard squalls and heavy sea, no observation ;

wind E, N. E. Lat. by account 19° 02’; Long. 88° 46’ East ; taking in second

reefs, and reducing sail; shipping much water. p. mM. heavy gales, wind E, N,

E. 5p.M. East. 5.30 hove too. 10 p.m. S. E. Midnight very heavy gales.

13th Oct.—a. m. heavy gales, ship all under water; 1.30, ship full of water

fore and aft, hove deck load over board. Before noon foremast and head of the

mainmast went, nothing standing but the mizen mast and broken main mast,

and the mate and a man overboard. Wind at 6a.m.S. S, E. and at noon

South, after which not marked; estimated position when dismasted Lat: 19.44,

Long. 88.03 East; allowing 60’ of drift to the N. W.

14th Oct.—Morning gale abated. No position given at noon Pp. M, wind

marked S. W. blowing hard all night.

15th Oct.—Noon Lat. 19° 52’ N.; after which flne weather.

5 R 2

852 Kighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. | [Ave.

It was the 19th November before this disabled ship could get in far enough

to get a Steamer !

Abridged Notes from the Log of the Schooner Joun Hepsurn, Cap-

tain Puum, (No. 17 on the Chart) from Calcutta bound to Penang.

Civil Time.

The Schooner John Hepburn, left the Pilot on the 7th October, in the

evening, and had light variable winds to—

Tuesday, October 10th, 1848.—a. M. wind light and variable from East to E.

N. E, steering to the S. Eastward. Noon Lat. Obs. 19° 28’ N.; Long. Chr.

88° 33’ E.; Barometer 29.67 ; Ther. 87°. Pp. m. moderate light breeze and fine ;

sunset weather becoming unsettled, clouds rising up from the Eastward, at times

squally ; and a swell from the South Eastward. Midnight same weather, vessel

pitching heavily and taking in much water forward.

Wednesday, Oct. 11th,—a. m. squally W. Noon light winds, squally

from E. N. Eastward; Lat. Obs. 18° 18’N.; Long. Chr. 89° 6’ E,; Baro-

meter 29.61; Ther. 86°. p.m. cloudy threatening weather, winds light and

variable from E. N. E. toS. E.; and a heavy swell from S. E.; Barometer

29.50. Sunset, steady breezes and cloudy weather; midnight, swell heavy from

S. E. and dark cloudy weather.

Thursday, Oct. 12th,—a. Mm. wind light and variable from N, Eastward

and a very threatening appearance to the 8. W., standing close hauled to the

S. E. to Eastward; Barometer 29.38. Daylight a ship to the 8S. Westward

under storm sail, standing to the Northward, distance about 14. miles. At 7

Bar, 29.30; Ther. 82°, Heavy clouds to the Eastward and a dense black appear-

ance to the S. Westward. At 9, light winds from S. Eastward; vessel on

starboard tack ; heading up N. E. to E. N. E. a heavy swell from S. Eastward.

Noon moderate winds and squally weather with rain; Lat. Acct. 17° 35’ N.;

Long. Acct. 89° 36’ E. Barometer 29.25.

P. M. wind increasing and avery high sea; Barometer falling fast, 29.20.

At 2.30 strong gales and a tremendous high sea; wind S. E.; hove too under

balance reefed, mainsail and a small fore staysail. At 4, gale increasing consi-

derably ; vessel lurching heavily and shipping great quantities of water over all,

and to leeward, unable to look to windward for rain and spray, which blew

along with great violence, At 5, shipped a very heavy sea abaft the main

rigging, which filled the decks and tore away the balance reef of mainsail, &c.

got a small staysail up to the mainmast to keep her too. At 6, blowing

extremely hard, especially in the squalls. Barometer 29.15; vessel’s lee rail and

part of the deck under water. At 9, Barometer 29.9, and weather very bad,

blowing a perfect hurricane. At10, the new inner staysail blew out of the bolt

ropes—all hands at the pumps. Midnight ditto weather, vessel’s head N. E.

to E. N. E.

1849.] Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 853

Friday, October 13th,—a. M. bad weather. At 2, moderating a little and

Barometer on the rise, but still blowing a very heavy gale and seas breaking

over the vessel in all directions; pumps constantly going, Daylight Barometer

up to 29.50; anda very high irregular sea, wind veering to the Southward.

Noon strong winds and a high confused sea; Lat, Acct, 18915’ N.; Long. 89°

46’ E.; Barometer 29.59.

P. M. ditto weather ; wind Southerly, after which it became fine. By observa-

tion on the 14th in Lat. 19° 31’ N.; Long. 90° 31’ East; having experienced

a strong current to the North during the Cyclone, and Captain Plum adds that

there was neither thunder nor lightning, while it lasted, with him.

Abridged Log of the Barque Kasurain, Capt. SHirE (Wo. 18 on the

Chart), from Calcutta to Bushire ; reduced to Civil Time.

Tuesday 10th Oct.—Pilot left at 2a. m. Noon lower floating height bore

E.iN.in 8 fs. water; Bar. 29.62; Lat. 21° 6’ N.; Long. 86° 6’. Light

airs S, E. and fime clear weather. Midnight fresh breezes about E, b. S, and

fine clear weather.

11th Oct.—At 3. a. m. wind E. b. S.; at 7, N. N. E.3 a4 knot breeze ; from

daylight to noon squalls and rain. Ship standing to the 8. S. W.; Lat. Acct,

19° 36’; Long. 87° 38. p.m. wind North and at9, N. E.; 5. to 4 knots.

Cloudy, squally, and rainy weather. vp. mM. course S, W. b. S,

12th Oct.—At 2 a. m. wind N, W, freshening gale; at 8 a. m. wind W. b. N.

5 to 7 knot breeze. Noon Lat. 17° 05’ North; Long. 86° 06’ East. P.M.

moderating wind N. W. b. W. and N. N. W.; 6 to2 knots. At 8, light airs.

Abridged Report of Mr. T. Brix, Mate Pilot, B. P. 8. in charge of

the Arab ship Forth. Civil Time.

On the 13th Oct.—At noon saw the outer floating light bearing S. b. W,

ship standing to sea with a fresh breeze E. b. N. and beginning to feel the

strong set to the westward ; passed about 1 mile to leeward of the Floating Light

and was signalized to stand to sea. Shortly after he estimates to be making a

W.5. W. course though steering 8S. b. W. At sunset spoke the Camperdown

and told her to stand to sea, but could not board her. Towards midnight gale

increased, wind about N, E., ranning with it on the quarter (or about South)

blowing furiously, all sails, furled or set, blown from the yards.

14th Oct.—All hands continually at the pumps to keep the water down to 3

or 4 feet in the hold. All we could do was to scud dead before it. Vessel

steering remarkably well, daylight wind N, N. E.; during the day blowing furi-

ously. 2p. mM. a little lighter and shifted to N.b. W. At 5 p. m. we had the

strength of the hurricane from about N.b. W. Carried away fore and mizen

topmasts. Pilot steering himself to prevent her broaching too. Hove overboard

854 Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Aue.

guns and every thing on deck ; till midnight, wind and sea dreadful from N. W.

to W. N. W.

15th Oct.—Breeze gradually moderate towards daylight. At noon by Obser-

vation in Lat. 19° 58’ N.; Longitude not remembered. Pilot station bearing

about N. N. E.

Ship Furray Atum bound to Calcutta. Abstract of her log forwarded

by Mr. Hacearp of the H.C. P. 8.

This log is unfortunately only an abstract and I am unable to calcu-

late from it the ship’s position on the different days of the Cyclone. I

can therefore give but a brief summary of it without placing the track

on the chart.

It is stated only in reference to her position that she was ‘on the

day before the hurricane in Lat. 17° 58’ North; Long. 86° 34’ East,

by Chr. steering to the N. E. b. N. and N. Hast. I take this to have

been at noon of the 11th, though the wind is marked on that day as

at N. b. E. i E. to N. 3 E. Bar. 29.60; so that the ship could only

have been making about an KE. N. E. course at the most.

On the 12th Oct.—4 a. Mm. Bar. 29.56; at 7 a. M. 29.50; strong breezes N.

N. E. Noon reefed foresail and making other preparations. 1 P. M. wind was

N.N. E.; Bar. 29.48; and by 5 p.m. N. W. and Bar. 29.46 ; weather very

thick with hard rain, 11.30 hove too, Midnight wind south, blowing hard,

lost a cutter, Bar. 29.40.

13th Oct.—Daylight wind S. E.; Bar. 29.34. Heavy gales. 11 a.m. Bar.

29.30; hurricane; lost topmasts Bar, 29.26; wind S. E, Noon furious hurri-

cane 8. E. Bar. 29.22. p.m. the same awful appearance in the weather, wind

S. E. Bar. 29.22, Lost gig and mizenmast. Midnight wind S. E. Bar. 29.26.

14th.—Daylight increasing. 6 a.m. wind S. E, Bar. 29.38; noon 29.44,

p. M. wind S. S. E. Bar, 29.44,

From this time the gale moderated, but the vessel on the 14th drifted into

63 fs. 23’ to the E. N. E. of the floating light, and was obliged to anchor, being

a perfect wreck. One ship, perhaps the Hope, passed her about noon of the

13th with asignal of distress, and another the Exmouth foundered at her anchors

in sight of her on the night of the 15th,—16th. i

Abridged Log of the Ship Furtte Rozack, Capt. ANDREWS (No.

19 on the Chart), from Calcutta to Judda. Civil Time.

The ship Futtle Rozack left Calcutta very deeply laden but, as will

be seen, by the able and scientific management of her commander

1849. ] Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 855

in crossing in front of the Cyclone, she sustained no injury except the

loss of an old Jolly Boat. Several of the dismasted and foundered

vessels left their pilots exactly at the same time, but they seem all to

have kept their wind as long as possible, and thus to have just stood

into the fatal centre. To this they were no doubt led by the dread of

the lee shores of Point Palmiras with an Easterly gale. I trust we

shall now be able to offer suggestions, if not to lay down rules, to

_ obviate or diminish the chances of such fatal errors in future.

11th October,—p. m. Lower floating light E. b. S. dirty gloomy appearance,

afraid of getting a breeze about the Sandheads stood South. Wind East, 4 to 6

knot breeze, to midnight ; 5 p m. weather looking much worse, a deep red glare

thrown out by the setting sun. Every appearance for a hurricane ; made all pre-

parations, At 8 increasing, at 10 a dark heavy leaden bank of clouds, but ap-

pears stationary all round, about 20° high, Above ita thin strata of clouds

flying with great rapidity from the Northward, Midnight squally with rain

Bar. 1 p. mM. 29.70; Ther 84° ; at 8, 29.70; at 10, 29.65. Force of wind from

5 increasing to 8.

12th Oct.—1 a. M. Bar. 29.62; 6 a. M.29.62; 10 a. M. 29.61; noon 29.61,

From midnight very threatening looking weather, wind varying in a strange way

from E, N. E. to E, 8. E, to 3 a. m. moon and stars about the Zenith beautifully

bright, not so much as a circle round the moon, and scarcely any scud was flying

during the time the wind was flying about in such an extraordinary way. No

doubt now, at 3, that this is a Cyclone ; shortened sail to heave to, to allow it to

pass, but wind shifting suddenly to. N. N. E. kept away before it to get to the S. W.

At 10 a. m. heavy-looking, dark purple or red clouds to the S. E. about 5° above

the horizon, but about the Zenith some occasional light breaks. At 11.15, a sud-

den lessening of the wind, Barometer fell between 11h, and 12h. only .01. At

noon in Lat, 19° 18’, mean D. R. and observation; Long, D. R. 879 45’;

a tremendous sea getting up. Pp. M. dark, fearful-looking weather all round.

Course S. W. wind N.N. E.(7), at 4 North (8), at 8 (9), at 9 (10), at 10

N. b, W. and at midnight N. N. W. (11.) Ati p.m. the dark gloomy wea-

ther spoken of in the morning to the S. E. has cleared away, and that is now

the only place with a break in it, and there the weather looks quite fine; 9 p. M.

scuddiag under the foresail ; thick lurid clouds now all round, except about the

Zenith where a circle of about 15° in diameter is beautifully clear, but the scud

flying past with very great rapidity from the North. Much light summer-look-

ing lightning, only more broad and not so quick, from S. E. to West. At midnight

terrific weather, the wind howling like ten thousand large plug holes with the wind

blowing through them, and a very bright, but not altogether red appearance to

856 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. {[Auc.

the East; Bar. at 1 Pp. M. 29.595; at 3, 29.573 at 5, 29.555 at 6, 29.50; at 9,

29.47; at midnight 29.45; ship running S. W. to 3 Pp. m., then South, 5 to 7

knots, to midnight,

13th October.—Blowing fearfully from N. N. W. (11) with torrents of rain

more like hail, but we cannot say if it was so, the atmosphere appears closed in

as dark as possible although moonlight ; 3a. m. wind N, W.b. N, (10), 6 a. M.

N. W. (7), N. W. b. W. (8), 9 W.N. W. (8) and at 11 W. b. N. (8). At4

if possible much worse weather in the squalls, lost a Jolly boat. By 8 less wind

but so fearful a sea that we cannot haul the ship to the wind yet. Noon more

moderate, but the same sea, ship running to the South and 8. E, Noon Lat.,

by Acct. 17° 17’; Long. 88° 5. The Barometer as follows; 1 a. M. 29.48;

at 2 to 4 29.42, 29.37, 29.40; at 5, 29.45; at 6, 29.50; at 7, 29.51; at 8,

29,02 3.a€ 9,.29.55 5; at 10, 29.56; at 11,299.57; and at noon 29,57. 9B. mM.

moderating, made a little sail, a dark heavy leaden bank of clouds away to the

N. b. W.; across confused sea lifting the ship up and then letting her fall

as if it would jerk the masts out of her. To midnight wind from West to

S. W. and 8S. W.b. S,; at 10 ep. m. heavy squalls with dreadful thunder and

lightning. At midnight moderating fast.

On the 14th Oct.—The weather became fair. Noon Lat. Obs. 17° 15’;

Long. 88° 26’,

On the 18th.—Picked up the Rustomjee Cowasjee’s mainmast in Lat, 17°

58’; Long. 86° 5’ East,

To this very valuable log Captain Andrew adds, in his remarks in a

letter written from Aden, ‘I do not think we were within the revolving

disk till we got the wind at N. N. E. Consequently I do not think

by any manceuvre I could have got better weather than I had. I made

a sort of diagram at the time and made the track of the Cyclone about

Ne Wo De WS OW

At Calcutta.

There was nothing remarkable in the weather at Calcutta till the

13th October, on which day my notes begin as follows.

13th October —4 a.m. Bar. 29.810; Simpiesometer 29.760; at 6 a. M.

Bar. 29.810; Simpiesometer 29.76; the sky a dull white haze above, below

heavy nimbi and cumulo nimbi with broken light scud flying beneath all. Wind

E. b, N. and N. E, in the squalls; squally and then almost calm. Lower scud

flying from about E.N.E. the heavy clouds from E.b.S. At 4 past noon

calms and light squalls; Bar. 29.84; Simpiesometer 29.76; Ther. 823. Dark

gloomy weather with heavy dark nimbi, cumuli and strata, moving at a moderate

1849.] Eighteenth Memow on the Law of Storms. 857 -

rate* from the N. E.; drizzling and light rain. The heaviest masses of clouds

to the S. E. At4 p.m. Bar. 29.79; Simp. 29.70; Ther. 815; fresh breezes

at times from N. E. but not constant. At 7h. p. m. Bar. 29.79; Simp. 29.75 ;

Ther, 82°, Squalls, rain and some little moaning wind from the N. E. Skya

dull white haze with strata, &c. as at noon and 4 p. M., but fewer moving clouds

and those slower.

14th Oct.—9 a. m. Bar. 29.80; Simp. 29.73; Ther, 81°. Alternate squalls

with heavy rain and breaks in the clouds; calm with appearances of clearing

up. Wind N. E. scud from about East moving fast at times, Pp. M. alternate

squalls and calms with distant thunder, wind hauling to the Eastward and the

scud from 8, E. and E. S. E.

15th Oct.—During the night rain, blowing fresh in squalls S. Easterly. a. m,

squalls with fresh gale at times from 8S. East; heavy banks to 8S. E. and

South; scud from 8. 8S. W. At 73 a. m. Bar. 29.76; Simp. 29.70; Ther, 82°,

10 a. M. Bar, 29.83 ; Simp. 29.72; Ther. 824°. Moderate breezes, and then

almost calm, with heavy puffs at times ; wind S. S. W. to South, dark gloomy

weather. At 0.30 p. m. Bar. 29.80; Simp. 79.72. The 823 light breezes.

After this time the weather gradually becoming fine,

* Taking these to have been influenced by the vortex this is what should occur

from their great distance (205 miles at noon) from the centre.

[To be continued. |

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL

For Aveust, 1849.

At a meeting of the Asiatic Society held on Wednesday, the Ist of

August, 1849.

Dr. J. McCuevuanp in the chair.

The proceedings of the former meeting were read and confirmed, and

the accounts and vouchers of the preceding month were laid upon the

table as usual.

The following gentlemen who had been proposed and seconded at

the last meeting, were ballotted for and duly elected.

Arthur Grote, Esq. B. C.S.

Doctor Martin.

Candidate for election at the September meeting, viz.: Raja Pratap-

chandra Singha.

Babu Rajendra Dutto, proposed by F. E. Hall, Esq. seconded by J.

W. Laidlay.

Read letters—

From Captam J. D. Cunningham, Engineers, forwarding a paper

«On the Embankments of rivers, and on the Nature of overflowing

rivers in diluvial plains.”

From Dr. Harrwitz, Berlin, proposing an exchange of works, pub-

lished by F. Duemmbler in Berlin with those of the Society, and for-

wards a list of Sanskrit works published by F. Duemmbler. Referred

to the Oriental Section.

From John Barlow, Esq. Secy. Royal Institution of Great Britain,

acknowledging the receipt of the Society’s Journal.

From F, E. Hall, Esq. to publish the Bhakta Mala in the Biblio-

theca Indica. Referred to the Oriental Section.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 859

From the same requesting to be allowed to take with him to Mofussil,

10 or 12 Persian works, for reference, and some other Hindu Books.

From Major Madden, forwarding Supplimentary Notes to the Turaee

and outer mountains of Kumaoon.

From the Secretary to the Bombay Geographical Society, forwarding

a complete set of the translation of the Society, and requesting an ex-

change of publication to be established between them.

Proposed by Mr. Jackson, and seconded by Capt. Forbes, that all

proposals of this kind from individuals or Society, for the exchange of

books be in the first place laid before the Council.

From Dr. Roer, proposing Mr. Ariel, Secretary to the Government

of Pondichery, to be elected a corresponding member of the Asiatic

Society, seconded by Mr. H. Alexander.

From the same, proposing the printing of certain Upanishads in the

Bibliotheca Indica.

The Zoological and Geological Curators having read their respective

reports.

The President stated that he had the pleasure of laying before the

meeting, the Catalogue of the Birds in the Society’s Museum recently

prepared by Mr. Blyth.

After some remarks upon that work, Mr. Welby Jackson suggested

that a copy be circulated to the Council of the Society, that its price

and the number of copies to be placed at the disposal of the author to

be determined upon. |

The ordinary business of the evening being concluded, the President

called the attention of the meeting to the financial position of the

Society, read the subjoined report upon that subject from the Council.

Some discussion having arisen upon the various items of retrench-

ment suggested by the Council, it was proposed by Babu Ramgopaul

Ghose, seconded by Mr. Mitchell, and carried—

“That the Report of the Council be received with thanks, but that

its consideration be postponed till the next monthly meeting, and that

in the meantime, it should be circulated to resident members along with

the accounts now laid on the tables.”

The meeting then adjourned.

J. McCLEeLLAND,

J. W. Laipuay.

860 Financial Report. | Aue.

FINANCIAL REPORT.

The subjoined Report of the Council of the Asiatic Society is print-

ed for circulation among the Members, in pursuance of a resolution

passed at the Meeting of the Society, Ist August, 1849.

J. W. LAIDLAY,

V. P. and Sec.

The Council of the Asiatic Society having anxiously considered a

statement of the financial position of the Society submitted by the

Secretaries, deem it their duty to recommend considerabe reductions

in the Society’s present expenditure, the adoption of which the Council

believe cannot be postponed without exposing the Society to the risk

of falling into a state of serious, if not ruinous, embarrassment.

On a careful examination of the accounts, it appears that the pre-

sent liabilities of the Society exceed the amount of its available assets

by Rs. 2,557 6 7; that whilst on the one hand sums, which though

nominally due to the Society are supposed to be irrecoverable, have

been carefully excluded from the list of available assets, and the list

of liabilities includes some sums not likely to be presently claimed, and

others which represent demands that in their nature are extraordinary

and unlikely to recur ; yet on the other hand the liabilities which now

exist are certain in amount, whilst the outstanding assets when actu-

ally realised may fall short even of the amount now assumed to be

capable of realization. It further appears, and this is a fact which the

Council desire to impress particularly upon the Society, that if the

monthly income and expenditure of the Society remain unaltered, its

embarrassment must increase, because the present, ordinary expendi-

ture exceeds the present income by the sum of Rs. 179 6 O per men-

sem. ‘This is of course a state of things which none can wish to

continue; but the Council beg further to remark that in their judgment

it is not merely by limiting the ordinary expenditure of the Society to

the amount of its income, or even by the discharge of its present

debts that the Society’s finances can be placed upon a satisfactory

footing. Provision should be made for the purchase of books, the

occasional repairs or improvement of the premises, the preservation

and extension of our collections, and the other extraordinary demands

1849.] Financial Report. 861

to which this, like every other Society of similar constitution, has

hitherto been, and is likely to continue subject.

The Council regret that some of the reductions which they recom-

mend will press heavily upon individual officers of the Society; a

consequence which the Council would willingly have avoided, had they

seen any other mode of extricating the Society from its difficulties.

In proposing such reductions they desire to be understood as

expressing, not any opinion that the officers who will be affected are

now too highly remunerated with reference to their attainments, but a

deliberate conviction that the affairs of the Society must henceforth be

conducted upon a more economical scale, and that they may be effi-

ciently conducted notwithstanding the reductions proposed.

The following are the principal reductions recommended by the

Council.

lst. They recommend that the European Accountant at present

employed by the Secretaries be hereafter dispensed with. This will

effect a saving of Rs. 60 per mensem. The Council are by no means

insensible to the importance of providing for the due keeping and

audit of the Society’s accounts. But the native writer attached to

the Secretary’s office ought to be, and the Council believe is, fully

competent to keep the accounts; and the Council believe that a far

more effectual and satisfactory system of audit than any which has

yet been provided, would be found in the appointment by the Society

of three or more of its members to act as a Finance Committee. The

Council think that the duties of such a Committee need not be

restricted to the mere auditing of the Secretaries’ accounts, but that in

every case in which the Society is called upon to make a vote of money,

it might usefully refer to the Committee to report whether, having

regard to the then state of the Society’s finances, such an expenditure

would be safe or prudent. . This would in no degree affect the undoubted

privilege of the Society at large to determine to what objects its money

should be applied, whilst it would afford a safeguard against hasty

and improvident votes by which the resources of the Society are liable

to be anticipated. A further, though slight reduction is proposed in

the Secretaries’ office by the removal, of one of the peons at present

employed there.

2nd. The Zoological department as at present constituted, is a

862 Financial Report. | Aue.

heavy burthen upon the Society’s finances. Over and above the

Curator’s salary of Rs. 250, and the allowance for collecting and

preserving specimens received from Government, the Society expends

in this department out of its own resources about Rs. 142 8. The

establishment, independently of the Curator, consists of four Taxider-

mists or assistants, and two Carpenters, besides Durwans and Fe-

rashes, who ought properly to be included in the general establishment

of the Society. The Society has further, pursuant to a resolution of

the 21st day of Oct. 1845, to pay the sum of Rs. 40 per mensem as a

house allowance to the Curator. The Contingent bill of the depart-

ment more than exhausts the Government monthly allowance of

Rs. 50.

The Council consider it essential for the well-being of the Society

under existing circumstances to reduce the expenditure under this head

to an amount exceeding as little as possible that of the Government

allowances. They propose therefore that the establishment be reduced

to a Curator, and two Taxidermists at Rs. 30 each ; that one of those

Taxidermists be paid out of the Government allowance of Rs. 50. per

mensem ; that the contingencies, including carpenter’s work (the pre-

sent carpenters being no longer kept on the fixed establishment) be

limited as far as possible to the balance of that sum. They further

propose that the house allowance to the Curator, a charge which the

funds of the Society are no longer adequate to bear, be discontinued,

but that his reduction do not take effect until the Ist of October next.

3rd. With respect to the Library, the Council recommend that the

fixed establishment consist merely of one Librarian at a monthly

salary of Co.’s Rs. 50, who is to have the charge of all the books

whether European or Oriental. Of this sum the Council consider

that Co.’s Rs. 25 should be paid by the Oriental Fund, which has

hitherto borne the charge of Rs. 30 per mensem, for the Moulvie who

took care of the Arabic and Persian works. They recommend that

the services of the Moulvie in this respect be discontinued, and that

for the future no Moulvie or Pundit form part of the fixed establish-

ment of the Society, but the cost of employing such persons, if their

services are required for the purposes of collation or copying MSS., or

of correcting the press, be treated as contingent, and defrayed accord-

ingly out of the Oriental Fund. It is proposed that this reduction of

1849. | Financial Report. 863

the present Librarian’s salary should not take effect until the Ist of

October. The Duftries and other menial servants to be employed in

the Library, form part of the general establishment of servants now

proposed, and some reduction in this respect will also be effected.

The general establishment of servants now proposed will be found

in the paper marked (No. 6). Several useless servants will be dis-

pensed with, and the whole expence of the establishment now proposed

will be Rs. 781 8 0, whilst the expences of the present establishment

are Rs. 1089 8 0, and thus if the reductions now proposed be adopted,

the saving to the Society will be Rs. 338 0 0* per mensem.

For the elucidation, and in confirmation of the foregoing statement,

the Council lay upon the table of the Socicty, the following accounts

and papers, viz:

No. 1, Statement of the Debts and Dependencies of the Asiatic

Society.

No. 2, Statement of the average monthly Income and Expenditure

of the Asiatic Society.

No. 3, Statement of the monthly Expenditure of the Asiatic Society,

as proposed by the Council.

No. 4, Changes among the Members from death, withdrawal, &c.

No. 5, List of Members of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

No. 6, Revised Scheme of an Establishment of the Asiatic Society,

as proposed by the Council.

One of the heaviest items in the Society’s expenditure is the outlay

for the publication of the Journal. The council would recommend no

reduction on this head, which might interfere with the dissemination

of this work. On full consideration of the subject however, they

conceive that the number of copies printed may safely be reduced to

A400, and without laying down any definite or inviolable rule for the

conduct of the work, they recommend that for the future, the Secre-

taries limit as far as possible, the outlay on the work to Rs. 250 per

month.

If this can be effected, the saving to the Society, by means of these

General reductions, will be increased to Rs. 528.

* Saving on account Establishment, Rs. . Belsaisia se ey, CUS

Ditto ditto Contingencies in the Zoological Depar tment aa sie paca LO

Co.’s Rs. 338

[AuG.

Financial Report.

864

*Sd1DUd.SUT]U0D

pow st Ag} 8 FO AO]

-[@ OYM *yA0H Aq pouoly

-OUBS SLJUDWYSI[GVISH SI],

*yusMIUIaAOD Aq pled

“SIFT ‘VENT JO suout

“toads ‘odaid 107 “yA0K)

Aq paodueMo][® ‘sy OS 9y}

joyno pred aq 0} Og ‘Sy

‘qusWUIIAOD Aq preg

“SHUVNAY

iG ee

so} oo

2 QQ) Sn

as 8.

es ®

i wm

*yyuOUL

iad SUIAtg

eeeerces ** §f0q eyyuedg |

‘suojuadieg %

@eeeecaee

evcccreee * “S}SIULIOPIX® J, ve

e@eecesen ‘ontp 0} JUR\SISS Y

** *10}BIND [VILGO[007 0}

qual OsnofT JO souvmo]| VW

*JO SUId}T

"ONIAVG

Cc 36

Qg ee

OL ue

0SZ ee

og ee

= le 06

OSG -

aie:

a5 | =

5 3

BS | &

"yUOUL

lod salleyeg

-9100G UWOlT

@eeveeseo

@e@ eee @e8e@ F000 88 ‘u0dg |

ecavovereseeee ‘royuedieg I

@eeccereoee ene ‘TOW AA I

‘AUVIVQ-YOLVE

“AQ “*AIODNH "OO" ‘say

@eece e000 seiipoi sie: “ONC il

eccoeceoser *JSIULIOPIXe J, I

@eer.eree

-B[VQ-10}VIND) [BII.G0[007

‘UOIYBUSISAC,

*INGTWHSITAVLISY CASIATY

“saouDmonpy puauutaaoy 07 pun ‘hzar.0g ay72 07

‘yquow wad ‘buangy fo smazy ay7 qwiap ur bumays ‘hzavv0g anisp ay7 fo puamysygnisy pasuay puv piQ ay7 fo puamazn2y

S te

G ee

8 ee

OL eo

0c@ |} °°

ee SL

ee GL

ee 0G

ees OP

76 so

25 oat)

SI =i

@ ao

Pert s,

+ 2

‘yjUOW

Jad soleyeg

@eccee te0e0 ‘£0q eyyueg if

cigs0ie'6. Sse) <18i6 97p8)* SC OarT I

eeeece ce see eSrojuadieg if

eeeecoee coeece ‘1O} AA, I

‘AUVIVQ-UOLVE

“02 “ATIOUDH 2007" “SOIT

sgn e/cie'e sie “eI UOULe) G

eeeececcen ‘sJSIULLOpIXx® J, ¢

eececvea ‘ong 0} yUBISISSY I

ee ecoeee “uo sno old

‘AIeTe@Q-10}VIND [Bd1LSO[007

*UOIyVUSISOCy

“INGWHSITAVISY GIO

Financial Report.

1849. |

*hunjzawoay SAVIGIV'Y “AA °F

*\daqq{- [B0150[007

9} UL SAIDUI.SUTJUOD *490B

uO SuIABS 9Y} suUIpNyjoUy; LE

“puny

JeueGg 394} wo preg) °°

“puny

[ews 94} Woy preg; °°

‘puny [BIO oY} WOT}

DIATNOT, OF POMOT[e “sy

Of 9y2 Jo yno UBIIBIQVyT

ayy oy pred aq 0} GZ SY) oe

0 88 SH

0 LE

0 10&

108 eees ‘sty 5°07.)

Vv aieis)v76i8)s s( 2/0) sn ee eeSOTR Not

LI sisielers ee sisiaieisleie Soleedot ¢

9 eeeece eee ‘repoymoyy T

ral eeo4arveenee08@ ‘suBMIng Z%

9 eoeee ©2802 2008 C800 ‘uoadg I

¢e esceeeceenves €828090680 ‘ALN

09 eoceerecveva queyunov0y

oo Gleeceeeess**ked sytpung

; pue oIA[NoOTA, Woy SUIAGS

cy \°° ‘hed suelteiqry jo Wed

0 96S

8 S8I

8 182 ‘SY

0 96S

8 S8I

eal Co)

eooereeseece IVSI][YOIS I

CO CIIN ICICI Slat =) 0 | TI

eaerceseeeee ** “Todaamg if

ewretoreeercesoe ‘101v0q |

teeeceseeeerece ‘s1a1veqd &

eaenecereeve “1epsyMoyyD T

TI OCH OL ON UN Gf l

sisislsisie Seivsis'e e888 SOO AG

Siereaiane se se 8 sr isiere SRO

eseeeestaneees2e 068 “OMT AA

“Hold S AUVIFMOTS

eoerevreeeeposese ‘ould 1

ecoecereereeer ee ‘AYN |

‘queaslag osnoy |

voseene

Seine aveddss — “onic Oj, ;

-@@ 1 ereren ‘UBIIBIQUT if

‘salguasulju0d

0 868 ‘SY Surpnyout

[j@ Ul suLaeg

8 [82 0d pastaay

8 680 “SY Se [BUS

0 €09

8 98F

0 €09 |8 98PF | °""SH 8.'00

eoeceeecosses “IVHILYAIIC |

ereressee Ceeseene ‘ao/ BIN

sige erage ness aenpesss STU Cll:

eee Scie sis ee Ses SAM OSMG oT

@eeecereessearercose ‘onig I

asia e'sie'e, © wieie.»'s\ Ag alBeO MUG

eeceeeseseon ‘SIVp9yMOUD Z

eeeceeeceseeeer ‘suBming ¢

ocee cesreeeees ***suoodd F

Ccoeers ee acerenee ‘ALN

ee eeeees #esieie os 0/8) COR

Ceoeceocce seneeees “TOW AA

@vesrreracre ‘uejyunods

‘AOA Q) S AUVLAUNAG

eeerteoaeeereoreese ‘ound T

‘Auyud 1

eeereeeonereesee

** ‘onIC, “WUBaSIEg ASNOFT

eee eeseees ‘oniqd ‘"pung

eeesre eset ‘OIC “OIA[NO IAT

wee ere ‘Kuvyes S,UBLIBIQUT

~s Am am,

~— SNe “

pr Peng

hes

“ey

et ee Se eta ey

£Z, > er

(eg ’

Eamets nce fa as cit

Seer th | Wine r at ee at

™

ae hia:

rs Pee hee nd eine race nena cr ae

Sie ae

eee ee ee

wr aheaicaic

ve ive

**)\r

°e reel

ee i Sie oe

ee ee

=e")

ee eee we owe

nak’

gale Re lat nine

a. ‘ie, 2 _

ede 18 a Sean ay «Fain arn ater tthe ree

“45 : 7 . ithe) d,

Uh Fea

ms pes 4

=3-4 & ae HE

aap 2

< &

ee an Se

ame

re ee

7 > ep es oe 4

0 Ew a ee

Ode ot '

“ie CY gee onus ara ao ll en

Dacea

eee L :

REFERENCES TO THE TRACKS

1 bound. Eurepe arid Madras

Whart7

Sere \ So from the Eastward.

Wd To THE EMGHTEENTH MEMOIR \ ' ;

hi —_, ane —>. — _Aoutward: bound —

/ on the" : -

a L>D>— DSS CALCOT TA i with Pilel o

y Sawn of Stor = ! eZ

/ \ytin

SIN HINDIAS = } j

et | \

THE. CYCLONE OF RU REEN) ¢ Kludgera, i

LL 1848 ss Widyillee

in the yl, 2

Bay zat Bengal : Balasore 7

dagong

Wie mii, Peldngt a

Pr! Faln aD:

‘ : oe \ \ Aliyab

Buripatars

Centre

W'IIE SUPPOSED SECTION or rye REAR or « CYCLONE, LIFTING UP ITS OUTER CIRCLES oF

Kar cond

Saree 10° and: 20° to an Inch

| Andaman I*

T lack, Asints [ith Press 3. are 7 Galnata

AEM Cyclone

Tracks of the Callen gwood and. Fultde Royack |

Sarde double hat of the (hart

Grive

Midn? 29.25

Wikguight 1

4 4

JOURNAL

OF THE

moOtATIC SOCIETY.

SEPTEMBER, 1849.

SOP DLP PPD DAO LLVF DULLNESS INLINE LON OOS LINED PLA SDD

An Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, being the

Cyclone of 12th to 14th October 1848, in the Bay of Bengal. By

Henry Pippineron, President of Marine Courts.

[ Throughout this paper the word Cyctone designates a Circular Storm.—H. P.]

(Concluded from page 857.)

I proceed now to give in a Tabular form the winds and weather

experienced by the various ships and stations during the Cyclone, at

noon on different days, from which its gradually reaching and strength

at the spot will be seen, and at the same time many of the effects pre-

ceding the onset of the bad weather, as contrasted with those actually

undergone by other vessels at the same time, at no great distance from

them.

Tabular View of the Winds and Weather for the Cyclone of Oct. 1848,

.|Name of Ship Lat.N Long.| Winds and B

in the Bay of Bengal at Noon.

or Station. East.| Weather. ee Sere.

—_— ——-= —SSe ees

Joven Corin-| 14°47’, 91954’,E.N.E.; Noon/29.65 |29.19 |85| Heavy swell

na, Kast, strong from E. S.

gales. E.;8P. M.

to mid-

night mo-

derate.

Ar Kyoox | 19.26) 93.34/Light breezes}29.90 87|Sky clear.

PHyoo. N. E. to E

S.E. and hot

sultry weather

ee M11 Nuw Sunies.

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Serr.

870

*‘puLys] s,UIIVP “IS Yo

"WW ‘d 6 [[ A0youe 3V

——=>

"49S S[IeS-SUIPpNyS

*“M 'N

ay} 0} Surauni diyg

—=—

sso te

pue vye1js asuep * 910j9q

se yystupim ye ynq ‘a3

=I] @ Suyerspow 8 3V

*s} OG Ul IySiupra yV

“Sy sDWay

“048

"hay T

OT °66

“dung

"0S °66

"88 "66

"L9 °66

"Wg

*kpnoyo

pue sees su0s ‘AN

‘a ‘wd 6 Apnop pue

wyeo ‘Wd ‘ Apnojs pue

‘ENG $0Z901q IST]

“MSS

aqqeiava pue Aqjenbg

"N °Q ‘OL ‘Seles JAeUIS

gosung = “4ystuprm 713

Ajqoyseq pula “ouy pue

9z991q ‘AN ‘a Apeeis

“pnojs pue

‘a Sa Ysoy SUIMO[g

"MS OL

ye pue’M “SS NW 'd F

{Wd YNOog pue‘uoON 4e

"MSS 9TeS Ysorg

“MS ‘9 ‘sTTenbs

soley pue oes 8u01js

“A'S “A'S SA'S Tenbs

Suois “Ww ‘d Zf YyNog

UOON ‘G'S ‘S Apeays

g { uipeo AjAvou *W °V F

"eos pue UleL

“M ‘S09 Si[eubs “’g pue

“A CSS OF CM “O'S

“uayJva A PUD spur

“CT °66

ee ED

“GP °66

“GE “06

"VE “6

‘OT “£6

63 °66

SP “€6

*PS0N

“buoT

"PS ‘0% | “PIFPPOQOIN P1014

"TP ‘ST “qeleLy

‘PP “6I "950g

°9Z ‘G1 | OOAHG MOOAY IV

FAL Ae | “eu SIUG

"£8 °ST "yeoy, Sg

/ST oGT *BUULIOK) W9A0f

pee "U01}078

N °?°T! yo diyg fo auvn

See

“ONT

"990 YI

"SPST

eee eee ee eee ee eS

871

Highteenth Memowr on the Law of Storms.

1849.]

"aH 'S WO’ vIe138 BsUDp

yystupim {Apnojo pur

Spula ysoij ATUO WOON

"Bos YS1Y

pure oyes Su0s4s jy S1upi py

BLOM Gy Oh Sy eSe ite aN

"AM 943 0} Surluany

See ee

"aT “S 943 Worz [TOMS

$ plemyseq oy} Wo pay)

-jasUN SuIMOD9q 19498OM

yosSuns f aye1apOUl *W *d’

Se OS INC oN

JYSIT Suyeoj,y woon

"96°62 ‘dug ‘gg

"6S “Ae WS Up “19y)

“BoM peq j0J suorjeied

-aid = Suiyeu ! paeayseq

94} Moly [jams AAvazyT

eee sae | ee

“4 66

“Ch °63

04 °62

09 *62¢

‘Nd Z

"G9 °66

ee 88

“GL °66

"4y 510

“plu 0} Suisratoul “Wy

‘S'S ‘N'd Syynog usyM

‘U0ON 03 Sulyetapou

‘sjtenbs [njreoj pue oje3

s019F “AM SSW 'Y

“sqrenbs Aavoy

ITM qnoysnoayy “| “S “Ss

us} ‘W *V 9 0} YNOg

‘ouy pue “NT “*q

"@ S9zaeIq Yysoadj 3ysIU

= piul 8 “HLS Sarre qysv]

“A NH 03 yseqy f 3481]

pue o[qeliva spurl

*‘stuu[ed pUe Sle 4YSIT

———

‘azaaiq ‘AAA *"N

‘sqjenbs paey 03 ATpenbs

pue § AjAoyyIoNT 9za01q

Apeojsun ysoig "W ‘a

06 ‘76

"9% “16

0 ee:

"SS °88

"G0 °68

“GP *E8

“ST °298

“1S “ST

‘oT ‘ST

"9 ‘I@

"OF “oST

*euUULIO() UIAOL

(SSE

"qeay Sg

‘UIeINSey

ee |

‘uinqdayy uyor

‘umopiadmed

*£OTSOTIOM.

‘wUBy Vg

| -

——

‘PO WIT

‘PO WOT

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Sept.

872

‘94 stu

-piur 0} sjsn3 Aavoy ul

sjjenbs pave urer ‘ayexy

*SJaa1 BSO[I JapuN OE

Ye 38 N AN 94

0} sjouy g suluUNny

"00°62 3451u

“plu “seg “gS “a [es

Aaevay & 0} YY SIU ayy 4NO

-YSNOIYY SuIses1OUl sopes

yleUs "Wd fs premysey

ay} woi1 vos Aaroy &

YIM ‘oyelapoul “W ‘d

TE EEEEEEEEEEEEEReemeee!

"a °S ‘Tpenbs

snopusmal, ee ‘W ‘d

“SYADWOY

“AOU.

"dung

eecee

“18 °62

“GT °66

09 °62

78 °62

"LO

‘W ‘ad ‘WS pura

uy ‘UOON Je vas Aavoy

pue ojes Su0.ys e 07 Sat

“Svaloul "GS *Y CW'V

“Ayud

pue Apnojo ‘w *a £ Apnoyo

pue ‘Wy “Sg ezo01q Ysa

————

“TSH WSU

“plu a SH WV g ‘A

‘"N ‘O 0} Jseql ‘Wo °V

“aS

“WT puUIM "W'v ‘4seq pue

YON WOT pum ¢ UTet

pue suryysi, ‘aapunyy

Apnoyo ‘yoodse ply

‘soouvivodde Aypenbs

pue ures SIT “WS A

0} seq ‘YSoaj SUIMOTG

‘dn Suryj03

eos pue ulel Sulpzzup

UOON 38 *"H “S YB ze

"HT "S'S sales Su0yg

"Mayjoay pup spurs

‘0 °36 | °9S *6T

“LE °16 | °06 °LT

GieL6| 9-461

"GG °G6 | °80 °02

‘VE “S6 | °96 “6T

SG 006 | ,¥6 ofl

“SOA | CN RUT

*bu0T

“pleuodpoy BlOT 7 9

‘yelely| ¢

‘o]seq| Ff

‘aVANY JV

‘OOAHG WOOAY 1V

‘eusiug! € | 390 IL

‘SSI

"U01v45 ‘ON | ‘270q

4o drys fo auvyay

873

Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.

1849.]

"TOTIVOM

peq jo soueirodde ou

qnq 88s ssolo WY ‘W'S

ay} 0} Suipueys diyg

*yn0

-ysnoiy} preayseq 94}

0} Zuipueys digg ‘prem

-yseq oy} 09 SurugYsI]

youu yystupiot § yno

-ysno.1y} ves peoy Aavapy

*premyseq

94} 0} Suipueys diyg

“SUISVOIDUI “NW ‘d 8

“yy sta

“plu 0} 9TqQeIIeA ‘Suly

“Tey “AVG £ 036% “dug

£09°6% “eq "Wd

"489 \\ 0} Suldy sasseum

ylep Ul spnojy ‘uooN

SpleMO} SulpsoJ SUIpIS

yoy pue ‘asusp os10ur

Suijj09 ‘paemysey oq} 03

soueseodde prin, yaeqd

"q4stuprou

46 Suiuzysiy yonw ‘eas

ysIq “AA “N "OI [Tenbs

piey ‘W ‘dg ! Sunesep

“OW Joyjeom ‘WV f

oF8

‘OE °66

"8S “62

°06 °62

°09 °66

"W'd Q

‘OL °66

‘Ww “Vv OL

89 °66

*stu[eo pure Sie

qy3iy pus utes ‘AqTpenbg

——-s

*sazaoiq Ay19

-YJION Su033s yystuprur

$9700.19 ST 'N°N pue Aj19

“YJION Ysoaj WOON OF,

“UWION

wo.1y Ajpenbs woon $48eqq

pue "AA 'N ‘N $9z991q

Q[QUIIVA JYSIT “W'V

*AqtIp Suryooy

JOYIVOM "FT Ni 0} SULIOOA

‘seq °W ‘d !ouy pues

Bq pue “HW *S 97M

Drisst VIG e Pe AN

————=

“HN

wo stenbs poyore Ww “4d

"MN (CM 9F MON

“MON COA

T6'°M 'N ‘G9 Sua[Ro pue

Ie WUSIT "S$ "MS NW 'd

a[qeiqea UOON "MAN “AA

‘stenbs prey Aro ‘IN "V

-Oleaoe

oc 98

°60 °06

"GG “8ST

wo 2k

“ST ST

OL °of8| s8S “oST

‘umopiodmeg) ZT

‘ssurddag *4qO0y IIs} TI

“oryeIsy| OT

“yreq 89S) 6

*A2TSOTTPM| = 8

EE EES, Se

‘musyieg|! £

‘po DIT

{Sepr.

Enghteeuth Memolr on the Law of Storms.

874

*19T]}

-vom Apnojo yaep yysiu

“pia $0G°66 “ed “A'S

ay} WO [jams Lavo]

‘a ‘S°S

ay} 0} Sutpueys diqg

"OL 6G 03 FL

6g Woz § Surypey “seg

"44Sr] Suneo,y 343

qsvoiqe UOON “‘W “Vv (OE

"Lye IOTIg & peatooay

°¢9°66

‘1eq Jysupiu § Zursva.o

-UL “CN ‘Q 3e 2Z001q

Sa0js ev yim vas 04

poojs Oe'9 48 { p.ieog uo

Olde Heike PolOMony,

“M 'N

24} 0} duipuyys diyg

"SY MD UAT

0&8

MO“

ee ee ‘19 "66

eeee *89 66

eoeeos eeese

‘£9 °66

“dug ‘W0g

‘a 'S

01°O 'N ‘OW sutuayeesy3

Apnopo "wa “ON a AT

-[enbs pue spuria yy sry

"O]B1OpOU JYSIU

“PII «‘eas adie, e pue

‘Ha ‘SH 9 °O ON CA

ured pue Ayyenbs ‘w ‘a

*‘spnojo Aavoy YIM

“a °S Wo utTer 64894

pue yseq “q °S 0} Sulu

“UST “MND 'S

“J4SIUplur 07 44S] pue

‘AN “@ pura ‘wa

*SUISeaIO

Se — NOG 9h

"SH Moly o[qene,a

"WqStUplU 09 “| *N

pue ‘N] woud ayqeiiea pue

Apnojo'W ‘d $9z99.1q JOUF

¢G pue 7 sey ‘N Woy

puim ‘joyjeam 9Ulg

cee

“MaysvaA pun spuryy

90 °68

see

"9¢ °*88

OI °L8

baie

BE 088

“SI “81

"GT 02

"86 16

alg o91

“ASD | N CR0T

*huoT

‘ulnqdopy uyor) LT

‘UO}STY UOJSUIYSeAA| OT

“aUOSVIVE FV

‘aafsemog sofueig) cy

“Ainqspunwupy| FT

“‘poomsulyyop] Ef [390 TIT

"SSI

U0uDnyg “ON =| ‘aznog

uo diyg fo amvny

875

Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.

1849.]

0G'0€ 93 S'0E

‘dug § Z9°6S OL 3# pue

‘Sr'6Z “NW dQ Je “IeG

‘opi @ Suireso yy s1u

“plfT °00} 9A04 “WN ‘d

“MN “AA OF SuruUNny o8 ‘OT OE | °0S °62

"18 ‘66

‘WN ‘dQ

‘V8 “62

“v Wns 8 Oe

Aong yauueyy ynog 98 "98 “66

‘Ayjsom = s0youe 4V¥ 18 Seas ‘N V8

C6 °66

‘W ‘d f

“-20¢

uooN

‘a $a Aq ‘aN ‘A “T ages

“a ALoyoue ye, OON, eeese eeee ‘Ww ‘Vv 8

‘STASST A

*peq SUIWOOT Joy VOM C'S ‘OL 66

FAT {emoy wea ¥8 sated aa set of

*meOoy

jO yooys @ BOS pue oes

SnOolIn} "WY “GS ‘NW ‘d F

‘aA ‘S'S °W'adgQ ye a

‘'S "Gg puke ygnog usym

"WN “Vv ¢ 04 “oa °S °S

190)

“tom Ivo] pue soz001q

Ajiaiseq Su01js "Wd /

"T'S 03 4Seq ‘NW ‘Vv

ued

avoy pue 97091q Su014s

‘Ajlojseq ‘W’d £ UOON,

wey OF HS PULA

LHDIT GNV LOTIG °O

*ySeuT PUIM “WW *d

*Aypenbs

UdyM WOON 0} “HT *N °N

iL Ss *q "Oo ‘WwW or: °¢

eo ee ee

*8E “of/81',9E ‘e6I

‘yeoy Sug

*[eu

-ueyd Usoqsey ‘uood

Ie AS d- OS

‘outg ‘A ‘dO ‘H

*yoezoy 971g

*TIBAINSe

T ‘PO Wel

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Sepr.

876

*4y Siu

pla 0} 1ayjeIM BURG

‘dn Su1308 vas

pue Suryyes 1ojomoieg

“A “N

a4} 0} Sutppnos Jassa A.

———et

‘dn 1e9]9

0} paulpour = 4ystupru

Sple Moy ‘ noySno1yy

Rye1js asuep ‘spno[g

"SYsDMa

on ee | ee

228

AO“,

eevee

‘LT °6¢

“dung

08 “62

‘OL °64

‘UDg

TOW SW a

sojes Su0ijs “G'S ‘'W

‘W'd OLE 4 'H N 'W

+d oes Suisvasoul "a “NT

UOON 'N “4 ‘QW 'W'V

“WS UsyM “Wd F OF

‘TT °S ‘a Sojed Aavopy

“qySiupriut 03 sttenbs

Su0.1js ‘ ames 04} Wd

‘SH purm gy s1heq

-souvivodde Aqpenbs

pue ured 3451] “WSS

0} ySeny ‘YSo1y SUIMOTT

‘sjjenbs Aavog panulju0o

‘soles Su0das *“A 'S JY STU

~prur mci "S a | ‘Wd

nyG CeCe

YING 03 Susw99aa “MA *S

PUR S28 OA ass

WOJ} PUIM SUO.S $193

-eam Auoo[s yoy, pue

urel ‘sjjenbs su0149

“MayJDaA pun spur

"ST Y6

"PE °€6

°86 °06

VI of6

EY OT

96 “61

6T “61

SG oGT

“ISON | CN °30T

*‘huoT

“‘preuopoy eso,

*Felely

a seq

‘AVANY IV

‘OOAHG WOOAY FV

"eUSlUg

"BuUTIOg UusAOL

°*U01}028

40 drys fo amnany

‘ON

‘PO Sl

“SP8I

‘a,0q@

877

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.

1849.]

yy 31u

“pita 32 02°66 0} 'W “d

ye 0C'GS “leg ‘ Surayysy]

pue sapunyy Aavoy f yseq

SE 088 *°N -LT ofT Ut

00} 9AOY ‘W‘'d Bye FYIION

24} 0} Sutuuns diqg

“FY SIUpIUL 4B FG

°8Z 03 OF'6Z Woy sul]

“[ej ‘IW 'd fF WO “Vg

“988 "/G0"°068 “N “49°81

UI ‘W ‘d F 0} DAOY pue

Spliq PUL], YIM po19A090

diyg *aovjd oye} prnoys

OSL OY} Woy Ad ‘SUIT[eF 194

-amosaidmig pues ‘req

SS oe

‘00

"6g “dug $0¢'6g “Aeg

'W 'd Q fSuruyystt pue

‘ured JOSJUII10} JY SIUpIUM

0} £00} dAOF] ‘Wa G

06°66 “Teg “WN “dF

£0} 9AOY UOON “p.ivog uo

suthy sparq ! syaor gZ yno

‘02°63 “aegq 34st Aeg

ee ee, |

eees

— ij. “eee | ees Ge oe

0&8

"80 “66

‘SL °66

‘0G "62

‘OP °62

‘N ‘d

"8E °66

‘NV OL

09 °66

‘OV °66

*sUBOTIINY

SOLIS “AA "S 3yStUpra

'"M'O°M "SG ¢ Joyjeom

Apnoyo yep YOU “AAS

*"M UOON £ 4SAAK 3e OTVS

9 $YWON wor stpenbs

Aaevoy F S"M ON CM 0}

YON ‘fapqeliea “Ww ‘Vv

‘sojes Aavay ‘4seny

qystuptut {$sjoo1 aso

pue oes "a ‘NY WOON,

‘ulel puke PUIM JO sjsns

Aavoy pur oye8 prey “a's

°§ WyStuptiu fazae1q AT IO

-YNog UdyM *W ‘Ad YE'Z

0} Sie O[QeLIVA 4sATyq

*4SOM

"S 0) SuLI99A yStupryy

£4SO0AA ‘IN *d ¢ SSUIsBaI0Ul

pue Aysns ‘480 A\ PULA,

‘ouvOILING "MA “SS

qqstupil *L MS

"MW ‘a “sytenbs pieyg

ata ory) WOON *M “N

ez9a1q Apeojsun *W *¥

“SE “88; | ~2E OT

“OT “88 | “cE *6l

‘96 °68 | *PS “LT

‘00 “48 | *0¢ ‘9T

"86 °o88 | VTS “o9T

"USIOIBAOG Ys

‘oneisy| OT

"yaeg vag

*A9TSATTIM| 8

“mURyIeg |

‘PO Wer

|Sepr.

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.

878

09°62 “eq IUSTUPITAL

*plemyseq oy} 0} o0uR

-1wadde Aavay uooN

"NO "HN 94} 09 Sura

-una drys yystupiur £ ysey

Sulyey pue GZ6e “Vg

‘Wd § ‘HN pue gd

"N ‘N 0} Surpueyg

*sjjenbs

prey *W *d TT HS 84}

oy pooIg GT “H °N

"NI [28S8A, JOTI q WOON

‘ayes prey

‘0G'6Z JUSIUpIp, —*003

Qa0y ‘SUISeaIOUL o[es pue

CG'6G “leq “W “d 8

"02'6a “dutg § 0g°6%

qySIUpI, “paeajseq ayy

0} Suipueys digg ‘septwu

€'M ‘4 'M'N eposeg

MOV WILL IUSUpAL

“sy sDUMagy

ee oe

@eeee

09 °66

“LE “66

—

“AOU LE

O& °66

(eee ee ce |

"dug

09 °6¢

“UD

‘ayes paey yysiu

“pIUl "| “N07 yseq oyes

Su0‘s ‘W ‘d G {4seq

0} “SH “N purm ‘sypenbs

suows ‘foes ysoig

“Ajpider Surseo10ut |

do ord +2 oS

"S$ OH “A'S £ f489M

Pp : paeajsom "NS 9jqe

“118A °W ‘d $ Ayjenbs pue

qSOA °N] UOT} O[QUIIE A

*sq[enbs pue ute1

Aavoy pue oes su0.14s

‘WION' ‘NW “d= $9Z001q

AjA94}.10 N su0.g

puIM yyStupre “| “N “N

soled prey UOON {92001

Suiseaioul ‘W “VG

*Mayjvas, pup spur

“IT °S8

ease soe ee eee

*90 “68

06 °L8

oS 048

p80

*bu0T

"ec ‘6T

SUV Z “Aingspunupy) FT

‘OF ‘LT “‘poomsuryjop| ¢T

Sees ‘uUMOpiodmMeg| ZT

‘£6 61 |'ssuiddeg -yqoy us} TT

a9E ofl “Oy “sey! 616) «PO USL

‘N °}0T *Uu01j0I5' ‘ON °2j0q

40 diyy fo awvny

879

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.

1849.]

‘ynog pur "MW

°¢ 94} 03 Suruuns diqg

‘ITV Ul 6G Jnoqe spnojo

pal yieq ‘NW ‘Vv OL

"6°6% “1eq 6 ‘sey Surp[ey

"Ieq ‘W ‘d “AA °S 9} 03

souvivodde yorlTq ssueq

—"28 “INL * 08°62 ‘Z

'9e°6S “W ‘Vv ‘Ieg ‘prem

“SOM *G 94} 0} doURIvEd

-de Suruaqvoiyq3 A104.

a) hk

Aavoy AtaA = 4yS1upru

* 00} 9A0Y ‘Wd CE'G

“WP ,LE°088 'N

107008 Hoge UL 3YSUpI

*00} DAOY 'W'd (E'G *398

Aysajsoy Aavoy ‘prem

-4Seq 94} 0} SUTYIO A

"royjvom A001

EP HEN (Ne 4

"H “NON 03 4tys “WW o“V

€ ‘HSH 3‘ ‘N'A

Q[GUlIVA PUIM “W *V

"sare QUST]

ye t°M *N ‘AM pur

"A “4° AN Surjesopou

"Wd *N 'Q"M 8 S9Tes

SULUIYSo.1J “A “NW CV

‘auUBOLLINY ‘yyStuUpIud 07

‘Wd O° “GS Sales Su013s

0’2 Suiseosour “wd ‘AT

-jenbs uooN ‘qq °S SpuIM

W451] 6 “AN Wosy o[qe

“118A PUB FYST] SPULAL

"A “S ‘WW ‘d OT § seq

"WN *‘d G {soted Aavoy

“Woda *O ON CO PUTA

"sysn3 Savoy tA

“A “N Woay ures ‘Apnojo

Aran {929019 “AA “N

"N °4°O MHoay

g[es Suiseoiour yy siupiun

0} ‘stjenbs Aavay WOON,

‘yorzoy apyng| 61

‘ureanseq| 81

‘uinqdozy uyor| LT

‘ud}STW UoJSuIgseM| OT

Sere

‘AUOSVIVG IV

gafsemoy volmelg| SI *O WT

Bai

ep)

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.

880

"qed *s} OOT ITM

SUIPIY *9$8 0} F8 “OUL

£¢7'6 ‘W °2 8! 91°63

‘N ‘ad P 'EL°6Z YOON

£08 6 ‘W'v 8 “leg “MM

"N 9y} 0} SuruqYysryT

“prem

-4S9\\ 9} 0} 39S Ju0.4s

yosuus *suy OCI 0}

pols0A “WW ‘d F $ preog

uo sigjoWOleg OMT,

*sysmMay

"AOU. TL

09 °6¢

"dwig

06 °6¢

"98 62

"W ‘d f

"76 °6¢

uoON

96 °62

‘WV 8

"6L 66

‘STASSTA

"Wg

‘aS

“WT 0} Se soTes suo.sjs

"WN ‘d QQ ‘$4sey Wolly

qed ev Surmolq O¢'OL

‘Xjvenbs pue sezaaaq Apia

=jseq, Suoajs yysI[Aeq

“aN ‘GL 9}e1apom

Jajyey pue <Aypenbs ap

-pim ‘{o1aydsowm ye aejo

AiQA pue “| *S 0} 4SeqY

9z901q Ysotj jaed 4sa1q

“aS

“W 0F “H “N IUStuprur 09

UOON, ¢ sy[enbs yyIM 1944

-eam Aj.Ip YOry) pus 4sey

WOl spurm Zuo0iyg —

"eos Aavoy pue ulel

‘syjenbs Aavoy ‘yseq 38

‘Su01js SUIMOT JYSLUpITL

‘eas Aavoy‘puim AT 103Seq]

Su0ijs ‘Ww ‘a fF fy ‘q

‘AN suows uoon “AT

-jenbs pue Apnojo "GW *N

‘W suojjs gf Apnojo pue

Ajloyseq Ysoig ‘IN °V

LHDIT GNV LOTIG “OQ

“MayJvaf PUD spurs

*u001

“100. "A “d *0 °H

"u90M

“aus “Ad °) Hi

ETS eee ess (aoc Sees | Soe

*MLO1}84S

“A “T “AH 84} 38

‘oueg “A “d Oa | ‘H

eee es | Seren eee See eee OS

‘adoy] "A aa |

28 88 | ¥ olZ |FUNeOTT 8,00 “H

‘'H ‘PO WSt

“ps0 | CN ROT "U01qDIS! ‘ON 070

*bu0T 4o diyg fo aunny

881

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.

1849.1

400

-YySno1y} 0} 9AOY "W'S “S

sojes prey "MA *S 2} 03

SUIUjYSIT PIAIA pue sop

-unyy Aavoy 4y Supriya

"910YS ULSO[TU 1OJ Su03e}

“WYO 07 Bqopesyy Woy

aply JO asl ssuatIUIT Ue

S$ qye19pom 4YSIUplyl

"sort oy Aq

UleSe VIS 0} PaT[eUSI

“OUy JUSIUpIM 4V

*]les opeut

pue dn 910q ‘NW ‘d 8g

$sprmueitd ySiy ul su

“unl 82g “AA *S 93.03

Spho]o jo yueg "WV 9

*1OyIVOM Peg

jo soouvivodde su01jg

9% °6%

“GS “OE

06 °62

eeee | “OS NG

‘08 °62

"GL 66

“oT ‘S °S °W ‘da Il

‘ ures AAvoy pue sTrenbs

‘ayes paey “A'S PUM

‘yynog syTenbs

Kaeoy =yyIM —- Aa BaAA

Apnoyo yep UOON “|

"Sg oles Suols ‘WY ‘SW

0} 98eq] YSosf SULMOTG

“MCN 93 °H °S

‘g oUy pue ozR1EpoTL

00} SulAT ‘yseq

‘N *d T°H'S N PUM

‘Ayjenbs pue *q *q ‘Ss

WOI} s[qULiVaA SpUuLA\

"a[e8

SU0S "Y “G UooN

*JOYIVOM

Apnop 39} “A “N 93

"AN ‘OH 3Usupror 09 “Ww

$°a syjenbs pue soezaiq

‘MEN ‘GH SU01}s WOON

“OI °68 | °FS *6T

°C9 °Z6 | °80 02

‘TE “6

“TT “€6

“LT °68

96 “61

“OSE ot

"OE “ST

‘opseq

‘AVANYV JV

‘OOAHG WOOAY FV

*eUISIUG,

*BUULIOT) UIAOL

"yeoy, Sug

"UOTEIS JULOT

1039 PPIIAL ‘moo

“wed ‘AT 'd "0 °H

— —-- rer

‘PO WET

“SPST

[Sepr.

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.

882

‘Sulyeropou usta

WqStupim 4e $ 076g “W

"d 8 4e $09°8g 03 'W °V

1 38 * £6°8% Wor “seg

"ayeiop

“OU 910M 4YSIUpIpy

*s1oz.1enb {je

WO} BAS pasnjuod AAvaTT

‘Tt ‘N ‘q dn o10g

fe es ee

“SulUyY SI] poyxtoy prata

pue ‘sjjenbs pieyq yy

9Z991q SU0IjS JYSIUpPIT

‘YON dn 10g ‘wa

"SpJIq YIM papunoiins

diyg ‘O1'6s 0} Sutsis

“leq $Q¢ ‘yg passed

pey 0.13099 * Gh'9 ‘9°8Z F

*00°66 “Weg ‘Wag

"Sy sDWay

468

“HOUT,

e@eeo0

“GE °66

OE °62

"dug

98 °86

"$9 "66

oes ee

“8S °66

‘UDG

*=—— oded ye OJON 999 y

0} WON “W ‘d F SY

‘"N ‘Q ouvoliny u00ON

sees prey “AN

389M JqStuprur f “A *N

‘Wv f !4seq “WV *80 *98

*qnoysno.1g}

gies Ayrayynog = Apeajs

"AQ °S *W ‘a ‘oTes prey

Aion “A "§ wysykeq | *90 “68

*syTenbs prey yy

TIS 3nq ‘premyiuog 9u3

0} Sunjiys pulm uoon

“MS “S OF "M 'S 6 *88

"SUTJVIOPOW “WS °S ‘I

‘aH SiS. Bev 9 ‘PT °68

*qnoysno.iyy

s]jenbs pue sojes suo1g

‘ad “4 SN ‘a YMG

“Ww ‘da “oT ‘S "WwW Saif ‘OS °06

“AS SUvoHIng, Gy.°9

“A ‘NW ‘da ‘9/88 old

22 Hes. OH Eg 20§ 088

"MayJva fy pun spurs "qsv iy

*buoT

°8 “61

06 ‘SI

"CS-O

OG “LT

06 °02

106 o61

‘N °}0T

“OBIS

“yteqd Bag 6

“ATSOTIPMA| «= g

‘ueqing| 7

*preuoporyy B10],q| 9

LALA AT ¢ ‘pO Oye

"SPSI

“U0njngg ‘ON | ‘970

4o drys fo awvny

883

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.

1849.]

*Sursed TIS

auvolliny yystupium {pa

-jseusop Sey ‘W *d OS's

"W “d 8 48 08'8S “PE

*[BALOVUT SITY

UI JOMO] UdTTeJ Sulary

£0¢°8S ‘eq = 4ysrupra

* TIM] & OS *Z 03 f ory “OG

"82 £ 3% $0682 ‘N ‘a

¢ '0g'8a £3 £06°86

‘WN ‘a G $0Z'6Z ‘NW ‘V

¢ ‘eq Suyool 9s0[9

“a G¢°ls

*O08°6T Jnoge suvotuny

oy} JO sysiey 9yy Sut

-INp UOIISOg *S}Seul 4SO]

"Wd J ye ¢ Suljeispom

‘W°d Z Je pue ‘“W ‘Vv

*aSTI 0} UeSaq

SOSse[s "IW *d 7 f pUIM 943

a10joq Ssuideay diys

“MOON 38 0F'G6Z 01 WW “V

T 38 £08°6% ‘seg ¢ Sut

-yeqe pum ‘wv g Ag

R —

04 °82

e@e o8

06 °8Z

‘OF 62

“Ynog

‘Ol SH 'S OL fH ‘S

"W ouRoiny OE, 6 -°a

"'N a | PN ed. =p SE NT“

"G 9[89 o7eLOpOUl *W ‘d

a See he Oe eC OUND

"MS *S 08°8 $"M

‘S ‘M WO ouPoLing

‘"W ‘d OE'L t4seq Jno

“qe WOON ‘4sey 03 "Wy

"N “prey Surmorg

aos OS

WYstuprat ! yynog gt" AA

"S'S Lf yMog 03°F *g

‘W'd 9 "HS "s G :°oT

"S puis "Wag ¢ soyes

pley “CN 'W “da oped

‘HA 'N 0} 4seq ‘Ww cv

eS 2 Sede eS “Ss

‘W ‘d 49a]S pue ules o10y4d

“sOuWje assusp UoOo ‘AA

"N °“M ‘WV OT § WOON

0} SsUISveIOUI o9Tex)

*sjsn3 pider

qyia ayes Aavoy $ yynog

Il ‘HS °S 87° ’S 9

“HSS F WNOG “WW *v

‘0€ °2£8

ees Pe | Ss ee

‘00 °88

£6 °L8

"LG ‘06

eos

*poomSutjog

‘umopiadmed

"OF ‘61 [‘ssuiddag yqoy ug

60 “6T

“LIdy“SeYD

ral

él

————S

"ES “88

"BE LT

‘USIDIOAOG YSHUG

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Srpr.

884

“Suzy SIT pue Japunyy

pue sjenbs Aavoy “Ww

‘d OL §'H ‘S pue qynog

24} 0} Sutuuna diyg

"09°6s “Teg Iysyseq

*poyseusip UOON B10jJag

*ssoajsip yonut ur diyg

“MA “S 90} Wor Suly

-]aAvI1y spnojo szsddq

“poverty

so Ajar1aur worjIsod !§ 96

"83 JUSUpIUL ye ‘eg

“MS

pura £86°8g 3yStuprun

09°83 £ 0} ‘W ‘a G

"req “AA 'S WoO. oueorI

-iny Q¢'g ‘ Wed pue a4e

-JOpOU d1OW ‘NW ‘d F

*SsyuvUMary

eeee eeese

Sd ee

ome ee re ee | ee

“WOU. “dwg

“LG °66

‘6G °66

106 066

‘S °4

“M 'S pue “AA “S Jsom

Suyeiopoml ‘W ‘ad {aye

-I9pOUl 910UL UOONT “NI

"a °*M TIN “4 °M ON

‘WV § “MN ‘N Alrny

-1eoJ SUIMOTG “WW “Vv

"YNOG 0} Sut1a9A pur

fap] @ Suyeispou “a

‘S Jnoge pum ‘W ‘Vv

AMS

WOON “LS “N *V 9 IV.

‘urer Aavoy “W'S “

O°H 'N “A Sangiys

"AA *S OUROLIINY

qysiupim Jauyeo g 4e

-°M SM PUL “AA 'S

pue UON 0} SurneYq

g { Suljelapoul ‘W ‘d G

'°N “q aC | ‘W ‘d “a ‘'N

‘Wy oes Aavopy “W °V

“A *S JySTUpror

"N °O “AA OUOTIINY g 4B

“M 'N 949 09 partys OF

‘O° ON ouevoriny "Ww

"a $9|85 paey UOON § Sur

-09}89.19} "GY ‘NW °V

“uayjvay, pup spur

*¢ °88 "ol "LY “yoezoy 9A) «66L

‘OF 68 | “OG ‘ST ‘uinqdopy uyor] /T

UOISTY UOJSUIYSe AA! OT

—

*aUOSVIVG IV

0E 48 | °0 °0% jeefsemog salmery) ct

FI |°0 WET

16h 0L8 | (12 61 “Aimqspunmpy “SPST

"PSO “N °70T *U0lz018) "ON _| °270@

*buoT | 40 diyg fo aumvypy

885

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.

1849.]

*41 diqsun 0} post]

“QO YOIyM J9Ie 5 08'GS

woou °Z/'6% ‘W ‘Vv 8

‘req ‘vas Aavoy pue ures

‘sojes prey ynoysnoryy,

“1OJVM “SJ CZ Ul

00} ple, pue vas 03 poo}s

pue poyieg ‘WwW ‘a Q

*AjaAtoads01 *g0°G pue

TO St 94S1upiut 07 uoOU

WoO Te} Aoyy, *APee13

SuLeyIp ang ‘pavoqg

uo Sio}OWOIVG OMT,

09 °62

‘Wd 9

08 °62

u0ON

“LL °62

@eeee esos NG oN,

"GG 66

"WwW 2 | T

"C9 "62

WySIUpIy

0S °62

"TZ “66

Wd F

"8S “62

"CL ‘6G

uoON

‘OL °62

008 eo ese ‘Ww ony: 8

"STUSSTA) LHOIYT GNV LOotg ‘9 |H

“a *S 0} 3Sey

‘Wd Q fg “Ss 07 QSeq

de NE ae OF

yseqy uOONT “4seq WOIz

ayes AAvoy “IW ‘Vv OS'S

re et re ee ee es ee ee

*sjsn3 pue stjenbs Aa

“voy A'S “A jaed 1099]

“HON OH oes suo0ays

"A'S 0} HS “A TRS

‘W tad $°O °S “WY STTenbs

Aavay g $4810M s19T}

“GoM 'W *d [ ‘vas AAvoy

La EE ONG BE lea Sa

Ysa} SurmopqyysipAeq

*uled

pue sjsnd Aavoy [nyaeoy

“oT “NI “oT "WwW “ad 8 “OL

"N J@ Suiseoiour ‘Ww *a

FSO 'N ‘yf uoou fq

"N ‘A 93'S “Of Soyes

Suoijs "N‘*V F Sspurm

Aj19}8eq SUu01}S ‘IW °V

Folio Ned a tT

“Tes TaN. ‘d ta | aie

wong "AT “a

‘ames “A ‘dO ‘H

"p 1S jsurjeory

“PO WET

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Sepr.

886

°06'6G "WV

OS'S 1B “Aeg '4seq ,8E

098 “SUOT *’N &P'61

ut Ainqspunwupy passed

qysipkeq ‘syseur uszIU

pue ule 4So[ ‘W “Vv G

*£ep

ay} SuLIMp Surjye1spoyAl

"MOS

gsr] JUTOg ss]eq YIM

00} 980 "WN °V 94V

ssopim £ $ "AA ‘N JUIOg

asped ‘Sy £1 uraystseq

—_——eaew ees | oe eee Oe See eS |

eee SS eee ee ee Sf Se ee ee ee eee ee

*19T}

“BOM 9SIOM JO DDUeIeAd

-de Aiaao pue punol j[e

Suayyst] ‘Ww ‘A 8 FV

"SY ADWAT

«VL

“May,

eeese "09 “66

es ee “O¢ °63

“19 “66

WUSUpI

"19 "6%

‘Wd g

"99 ‘62

uooN

‘dui "Lg

“SSN 94} ULOS x

*SuljeIOpOW UOON,

*M 'S WOI 9UROLLIN FT

"ynog "WV TT "AA

‘SC °S puImM “NW ‘VP

eoul

=seolsop “MA “qd °G uoou

{Sulyjetspoum suvol.iny

MS SUN 'VE

eS tee ee

ARES I “Nop

*"M ‘°S °C 'W ‘d *97R1ap

-OW d10U g 38 f° Q'S

UOON OF, “YWNOS

F SMS ‘OH ‘VI

00°62

“HS pue ysey 0} SUTIOIA

‘Ta °N ‘Q 37e Surseoso

“UI JYSIUpIU 03 "W ‘d g

wWo1g ‘Ulnt pue sijenbs

Aaeoy YM soes ‘GY

"N du01js *W ‘d g OF,

“LayJvaAA Puy spur

"WwW ‘Vv!

ecve ocee ‘gofsemog softy cI

“2 48) °S 02 -Ainqspunupy| F1

wees sie ule *POOMsuUIT[OD cL

eooe | ecoe ‘umopsodue) oL

“UOT}EIS ULOG

UOJs[PPLAL “woo

ove ecce “wag “A ‘1T'A ‘O'H VO UE

“SPST

—r eee —_——_— a a aaa

‘sve \*N °90T "U00j0IS) i i Cd

“Guo, uo diyg fo amvny

en ae ae eee ee ee ee

887

Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.

1849. |

*“SUljV1NpowW U0OU YY

*S} 6[ UI patoqoue "WwW °d

€ faspry ey} JO YON

94} 0} OI,T B@ SeiLuM

“[¥d Wlog YO "W'v F

*poqyeqe oes *w °v

*saply sutids

9AOgR “43 g asenS opry

ay} 3@ JayeM JO asIy

OL 62 “sara

"Wd | “JUST pue syenbs prey

ccce eo ee ‘oh "60° | “MH —S- "Ss ayes Ysoa iy

“16 °66

‘W ‘*d F

‘16 °62

uoON

"C8 °6Z *MOYSNOIY} YING 09

eoee eves ‘N'V 8 “aA ‘Ss ‘Ss Ysa Spur

ec ee ‘09 66

of { 08 *62

‘W ‘dQ

¥G a "FS “63

OL °62 *qynoysnoiqy vas

uooN | pue urea stfenbs Aavoy

ae soe ‘9c ‘6a | £91e3 “AA Gq *G Suo Ns

T "94 °6S | JYSTUpIUT spaeay Nog “1

‘W'v 8 |"d F '°H “§ “§ UooU

18 coeed | 108°6C | “HSH ‘VB * puta’ jo

"cg °6Z | Sjsnd Aavoy yyIM sored

‘Wv | ‘S'S Suons 44S Aeq

‘IGSSGA| LHOIT GNV LOTIG “9

| “ay sra [Te

eee ecce cece "“M °S) prey Sutmolgq

18 ee ‘6P °63 “ON “OH PUlé *W *a 9

“43 °88

"90M

ss Ad J. i

“OUT “A “d 0 | "H

*adoPy [aSsoA.

Ve WT fd soe

UOISTY UOSaIYyseAA| OT

‘HUOSVIVEG JV

PO FI

5 ¥ 2

[Sepr.

Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms.

888

"¢9°6G pue C6

"66 'W ‘dF * oZ8 “AOUL

‘19°6% Ppue 06°6Z Boou

£38 “IOUT $ F9°6S pue

"yynog

P puIm uodyM woOU Joye

SUIjeIOpOM “GW *q “GS 04

"Ss ‘ores prey *W ‘Vv

"ouUy JYSTUpIUM f SpUIM

"M ‘*S°S Suoljs g f° M

‘Ss ye ysey Arona Surye

-1dpoul “Wd F E'M'S

03 “AA °S ‘S UooU ¢ UTel

pue sjjenbs Aavoy ‘sores

"U001

hed 18 ars ics Wire Dae |

e@ese ee oo

‘odopy

C8°62 ‘leq ‘Ww ‘V8 eosce sees eece “M ‘G'S su014s WOW evece e2ee 39, eG Ramer Pes | "HH ‘pO Tcl

“18

"IOUL *04°6% Iystupra

$38 “louT, *' 2°66 “WW *aza0aq ApAoyNOS

"d B'E8 “IOUT * 99°62 Su01s yqStupim ° “S

‘WW 'd $78 ‘AOU, pue Z/ ‘9 ye poqyelopoml UsyM "UOTILIG JULOT U0}

"6% wooU to[g “YZ pure “Wid Beli aA Sheds “9[PPII “Wooveg

19°62 ‘A °W 8 eq veee eves evee WHOA summuryuo0o ayey eevee eee "A T | 7a) ‘H

*sjsn3

‘jouuey) Aavoy Ul YN 03 *| “Ss

qyynog = 3yy Ul J0YO ‘S WO ‘W *d § YING 0}

“ue ye ynoysnoryy, ‘aA ‘S °S woou ''|’s'sg

*pAVMyseGT pur pAeAd 0} SUIIZIA *W °V 8 f°

“YJ NOG 9} 0} SUIUAY ST] 1 ‘SOW °V € “YS 0} *u001

ea § ajes ay} jo syjenbs eee eece eee qseq oles penurju0, eevee eoce “91109 "A Al "9 ‘H "190 UIFT

gsopiey 3yy ‘WN ‘Vv *SEST

"Sy soWary "HOY ‘dui "MOT "Mayjvay, pup spury : ee AE OT digee Porat AZ ‘ON | °aj0q@

1849. | Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 889

Part II.—SumMary.

From the foregoing details and tables I now proceed to shew upon

what considerations the places of the centres of this Cyclone for the

different days have been laid down, inserting here, for more convenient

reference to the diagrams on the chart, a list of the numbers affixed

to each ship’s name in the foregoing table.

INDEX TO THE NUMBERS OF THE SHIPS ON THE CHART AND

DiaGRAMSs.

No. Log at page.

Pe svovon-Conmnays sc 2 10 Oye ees £829

SPER Ca! Per OTh SOL he Wat! 1 Be Oe tS, wh Bas

ETCH ghey ES NLL ET eR B30 F

SPE E511). Fo eM, EOIN th, eel a8

5. Ararat. nih ke DatAT. Bronte teh oles Mindy ae RY 2OO4

6. Flora MacDonald. BRS Atel ARA GU TR ty OBS

Foparhams | OPIS. A UAE BS tM, SUPE eM 835

Beriy ellestey.. 08 BOE GPs BOAO, O02 | BEF

Deco early) wat ayer 20d i eRe eh a 2838

ROS A siabie.t2 4yhO 88 Fo. PRE UOT Orr, 839

Pie si dobert Seppe. O30. SL Ne PY A B43

Bang aim perawil os) LF) A ORO BIO gy 844

Pemeolimewoowe Veit, JK Ie Woue Rk OG bs 845

fae rtiuranasourys, 4. Qe. QU Oe 1. 84 el 846

aeuramjcd Cowasjees*: 2 20.2 st eewireiny 848

i=)

et ashimeton Alston A. Qe sek). gore 2851

Peeeaonnt Henburied). i) SA 200i. Oe t eT, BSP

Pome asuraiay APS0 20 Wee OG) Sow. de A853

Pemeeuttic: Rozacks. 2792 .'s) 2.0. VAY aan oo ABSA

mee sentish Sovereign. 32). Peal Oe. . NihPA Us 846

21) Charles Kerr: ........ Sele tive. dt 8842

Before entering on the details of the Fnations of the rere of the

Cyclone, for different days, I am desirous of making a few remarks

on the positions of the ships, as shewn by their logs or the notes trans-

mitted to me.

It will be seen that there are four differently marked classes of tracks

on the chart. These are :—

890 Lughteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Szpr.

1. Ships inward bound from the Southward.

2. Ships inward bound from Madras or from the Eastward.

3. Outward bound ships.

4. Ships standing to sea from the Pilot station.

Now of these four classes the ships of which the positions are the

most certain are those from Madras, as having had good observations

but a day or two before.

Next to these are the ships inward bound, from the Southward and

those from the Eastward, though both were subjected to considerable

chances of error, as some of the ships from Europe had run up from

7° North in continued gloomy weather, and those from the Eastward

had had two or three days of bad weather from the Preparis passage.

The ships standing to sea, whether as outward bound or as standing

off by orders from the station vessel, or under charge of their pilots,

were enveloped in the strong current which I have elsewhere announced,

and which we see here from the logs of several ships,* and especially

the Camperdown, sets at a rapid rate across the Sand Heads to the

Westward at the approach of a Cyclone; and it is probable also that

the ships in the vicinity of the coast about Point Palmiras, and to the

Southward, were much affected by the sweep of this current, which

no doubt curves round within Balasore Bay and past the Point: at least

we cannot reasonably suppose any other direction for it.

On the 9th of October we cannot fairly assign any position for the

centre, though as the Teak and Enigma in the Andaman Sea about the

latitude of Narcondam, were running up with a strong S. 8. W. breeze,

while the Joven Corinna, outside in the Bay of Bengal, had a strong

Easterly breeze; these might at first have been thought part of a

Cyclone circle, of which the centre in that case would fall in about 12°

30’ North; and 92° 00’ Hast: or about 1° West of the body of the

Great Andaman, and Captain Connew, it will be seen, thinks they

‘‘brought it up from the Sayer Islands; but at the close of the

monsoons smart blowing weather is often experienced on the Eastern

side of the Bay, and the next day was fine again, for—

* At the trial of a Branch Pilot before a Marine Court for failing to take a pilot

out of an outward bound ship, it was proved on oath that the Westerly set at the

station vessel was not less than from three to four knots per hour on the 11th

October.

1849. | Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 891

On the 10th October, we find the Teak, Enigma and Joven Corinna

with tolerably fine weather and the wind between S. S. W. and 8. E.,

some of the vessels carrying studding sails: we cannot thus allow that

either on the 9th or 10th we have any sort of data for assuming the

presence of a Cyclone, which had it existed must have had its centre

to the Westward, and W. S. W. of these ships, and consequently have

reached the Sea Park and British Sovereign, the next ships to the

Westward, and have given them a Northerly wind. There is only one

circumstance which we are a little puzzled to account for, which is the

presence of the land birds and insects on the 12th on the Sea Park

and other vessels. These it is clear must have been brought from some

of the land to the Eastward or S. Eastward, that is either from the

coast of Pegue above Point Negrais, or from the Andamans. We

might suppose indeed that, according to Captain Connew’s view, the

Cyclone existed as such within the Andaman Sea, and that it was lifted

up by the high mountain range of the Andaman Islands, and descended

again in the Bay, which we know to happen with Cyclones crossing

the peninsula of India, and descending, or being again as it were, renewed

in the Arabic Sea. This supposition would account perhaps in part

for the depression of the Barometer of the Joven Corinna, but we

cannot go farther than to indicate these doubtful points in the absence

of any evidence to prove them: I shall refer again to this singular

phenomenon.

On the 11th October.—It is difficult also to assign any position for

a centre, or even to affirm that any Cyclone existed in the Bay, for

though we have the Barham, Collingwood, Sea Park, Enigma, Ararat

and Teak dispersed over a sort of curved or hooked line of 4° of Lon-

gitude, and 23° of Latitude, there is nothing like Cyclone weather to

be found in their logs, nor any thing approaching to a gale. The mere

winds of the three nearest to any supposed centre, i.e. Teak, Sea

Park and Collingwood, might indeed give us a spot about 90° East ;

14° 50’ North, as a centre, but the British Sovereign must have been

crossing near this spot on the 11th, and she carried the somewhat

stormy, but not unusual, October S. W. monsoon with which she had

run up from 7° North past it, and the Sea Park and Collingwood had

both fine weather up to noon. Hence we cannot I think for this day

at noon, by any sort of construction, allow that we have any data fairly

892 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Sepr.

indicating that a Cyclone had commenced at the surface of the ocean.

As before remarked, it might have been, and probably was, formed or

coming up overhead. ‘Towards the close of this day many of the

ships began to have indubitable signs of its approach, or indeed I may

rather perhaps say of its descent.*

On the 12th of October.—If we examine the diagram which I have

placed with the chart, in which the numbers signify the ships according

to the table just given, and the little arrows their winds (though the

force of these is not expressed), we shall see that on the N. Eastern

quadrant of the Cyclone we have at noon the Enigma (3) and Lagle

(4) with “strong gales” and “heavy gales’ at E. S. E., while the Teak

(2) nearer to the centre but in the same quadrant has ‘‘a furious gale

with the sea one sheet of foam.” On the opposite or 8. W. quadrant

we have the Barham (7) with thick weather and hard squalls, heaving

too at noon, from the conviction that they were within the verge of a

Cyclone, and that standing on, though the wind was fair, would plunge

them into the centre; and the British Sovereign (20) with ‘a steady

heavy gale’ just allowing her to set the reefed foresail. She was, as

remarked at the close of her log, probably a little farther to the Kastward.

On the North western and Northern quadrants we have a group of

six vessels inward and outward bound, of which the first two, the Ararat

(5), and Washington Alston (16), at the same distance from our centre

as the Barham and British Sovereign, and both like them with strong

and increasing gales.t ‘The four others, Asiatic (10), Hdmondsbury

(14), Futtle Rozack (19), and Charles Kerr (21), had also heavy

weather, and the Cyclone fairly set in with them, both from the fall of

their Barometers, the strength of the wind and the unquestionable

appearance of the weather. We have unfortunately no record of the

weather on the Eastern quadrant.

We may thus take the diameter of the Cyclone for this day to have

* Adopting, only for the present, my own theory of these meteors, that they are

formed above and descend as disks to the surface of the ocean, as a more convenient

form of expression, and one which seems much more justified by the phenomena of

the following day, than the word approach.

+ They have both also the same apparent discrepancies in the directions of their

wind-arrows, but this may arise from many causes, as 1. The wind carelessly mark-

ed—2. Ship’s position uncertain—3. Incurving of the wind at the time.

1849.] Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 893

been not quite 300 miles? or 150 miles of semi diameter on its

advancing semicircle, for the Sir Robert Seppings (11), and Framjee

Cowasjee (16) (this last with a pilot on board) had a heavy sea, squalls

and threatening appearances, but did not make their preparations for

bad weather till the afternoon: and if we refer again to the diagram

we shall find that at the centre of the wind circles we have a space,

marked by a double line, of 50 miles in breadth, within which are three

ships, in a small right angled triangle, of which the greatest side is

only 33 miles, with winds and weather at this time, as follows :

ing fast, birds, &c., taking refuge on the

ship.

ie variable from the N. W. Barometer

Faint variable airs from the S. W. Bar. fall-

9. Sea Park.

13. Collingwood. falling fast.

17. John Hepburn. —Moderate and squally from the S. E.

Two of these vessels also, the Hepburn and Collingwood, sighted

ships between daylight and noon under storm sail, and with top gallant

masts down.*

It is evident then from these light opposing winds and dark gloomy

weather, with other phcenomenon prevailing within this tract, while a

gale and even a heavy gale was blowing around it, that these ships are

within a broad central space, which I have marked for the centre of the

Cyclone. I defer to the concluding remarks the strong evidence

which this affords not only of the fact that Cyclones are, as I have

already announced,+ sometimes almost Zonal, when the proportions of

the central to the storm portion are considered, but moreover of the

fact that Cyclones are lifted up and descend again! I take the centre

of the Cyclone then at noon this day to have been about in Lat. 17°

48’ N.; Long. 89° 18’ East. And we should remark also that its

violence was not yet sufficient to dismast any of the vessels within its

influence.

On the 13th October.—We have a diagram, which upon considering

some of the wind-arrows, appears rather an anomalous one, but we have

first to consider if the ships’ positions are correctly laid down, and this

* Probably the Victoria and three other outward-bound vessels, the logs of which

_ have not reached me.

+ Journal Asiatic Society, Vol. XIV. p. 967.

894 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Sepr.

no one can possibly answer for, although many are but just from sight

of the land, or from the pilot, yet several are now two or three days

without observations, in strong or severe gales, and some no doubt

within the influence of the storm wave and current.

The nearest vessel to the centre at noon on this day was the Ararat,

No. 5, which vessel had the centre passing her between 4h. and 6h.

45/ vp. M., or say at 5 P. M.

At 1 p.m. the wind is marked as N. KE. and her position is given

by Acct. as in 19° 20’ North; Long. 88° 30’ East ; but upon examining

and working over her log I do not consider that sufficient allowance has

been made for leeway and drift in such weather as she evidently had ; the

gale, being described in the log as “terrific” at 4 a.m. and the squalls

“frightful” at noon, when no doubt they were close upon the centre.

From these considerations then, and without any allowance for the storm

wave, I have placed her at noon in 19° 31’ N.; Long. 88° 6’ East ; and

the centre close to her, as it was moving up from the S. Kastward, while

she was drifting down across its track from the N. E.

The next to the Ararat is the Sir Robert Seppings (No. 11) also with

the wind at N. E. of variable force, and veering to S. E. by 2, and S. 8.

E. by 5 p.m. and apparently most violent, at 7 p.m. when she had drif-

ted close to the centre and lost her main and mizenmasts with other

damage. The Cyclone passed close to her, but she did not, it seems,

drift into its centre like the Ararat. Captain Stuart informs me that

his position as estimated at 7 p. m. when at the height of the Cyclone,

is he believes nearly correct, as he worked it with every allowance, both

forward and backward.

We have then No. 14, the Edmundsbury. This ship was one of

those which put to sea with her pilot on board, and must have been in

much distress, for her ballast shifted in the Cyclone. As she expe-

rienced the calm and shift, her log and remarks are highly valuable, and

I have calculated her position as nearly as possible. The Camperdown,

No. 12, stood to sea from the pilot at noon of the 12th to the S. East-

ward, but as the winds were barely at any time to the Northward of

E. N. E. and mostly Kast, with a heavy lee current and sea and her

leeway, she possibly may have been quite as much to the Westward as I

have placed her, though not farther to the Southward at noon ; although

she seems by her log to have headed to the South till she reached the

1849. | Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 895

ealm centre at 7 p. m. having the shift at 7.30. She was probably at

this time to the South of the parallel of 20°, and as the Cyclone was

curving a little, we can see that its position and hers closely approxi-

mate, which is all we can expect with so many sources of uncertainty.

The Framjee Cowasjee, it will be noted, is upon the parallel of 20°

North, and she was on the advancing (Western) verge of the centre at

about 6 p. m. when she had the wind North, and moderating to a calm

at 8, which would place her also to the South of 20° and close on the

track of the centre, as I have marked it. No. 21, the Charles Kerr,

offers some anomaly of wind, or of position rendered erroneous by

the effect of the storm wave and storm current, which as she was for

a considerable time with the wind at North, and hemmed in between

the coast and the advancing Cyclone, where she would perhaps have

had moreover some part of the Southerly current from Point Palmiras,

it is not unfair to suppose that she was a little farther to the Southward

and Eastward than she supposed, which will account then for her

having the wind so far to the Westward. This ship was also in great

distress, her pumps being choked by the sand ballast ; the wind at 10

A. M. is marked W. N. W. and v. M.S. W. b. S. so that it veered 7

points in two or three hours! showing that the ship was close upon

the centre, and all hands probably too anxiously engaged in freeing the

ship, as they were reduced to baling, to pay much attention to the exact

direction of the wind for which I have therefore given a curved arrow.

No. 20, the British Sovereign, is also an anomaly, if we suppose the

Cyclone to have extended so far, but this it could barely have done,

and the log of the Teak shews that there was a strong Southerly

monsoon following the Cyclone.

The Teak, No. 2, also presents a slight anomaly, but she had now

been three days without an observation, so that her position is neces-

sarily uncertain.

The wind and position of the Asiatic, No. 10, however, are at first

sight the most difficult to account for, as her position must be tolerably

correct since she had just stood off from the coast on the 11th, and

though with the N. E. and Easterly gales and hurricane which she

had, she appears to have made little more than a W. S. Westerly drift

between the 12th and 13th, yet as regards her Southing she must at

least have been at noon on the 13th as far to the South as she is

522

896 Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Sepr.

placed, though she may have been more to the Eastward. Yet we find

she had the wind at noon blowing a hurricane from E. N. E. veering

to North at 4 p. m., and to N. W. at 8, when it was “impossible to

look to windward.” It is very clear that this could not have been any

part of the main Cyclone, and I am thus inclined to believe it to be a

smaller one thrown off from the main vortex, as we have so frequently

seen occurs, especially when near coasts ; and it is the more certain that

this occurred as we find that the centre of the Cyclone passed False

Point at 10 p. m. of the 13th, while the Asiatic was 72 miles to the

South of that spot, near the centre of an evident Cyclone, or tornado

Cyclone, blowing a hurricane at E. N. E. at noon; veering as we have

just described, the ship having evidently drifted round the centre on

its Western or advancing side; and from the brief report from Ganjam,

as well as from the veering of this Cyclone, we may see it was travelling

up to the N. N. W. at least, if not on a more Northerly track.* The

note we have from Ganjam, in Lat. 19° 22’. N.; or about on the

parallel of the dstatic’s position, shews that the Cyclone can only have

skirted the coast there.

I have therefore with all these views placed the centre of the prin-

cipal Cyclone for this day in Lat. 19° 12’ N.; Long. 88° 13/ Kast ;

and assigned a small separate one to the Asiatic.

On the 14th October at noon, we have the Camperdown (No. 12)

and Collingwood (No. 13) close in with False Point, the latter ship

indeed at anchor to the Northward of it, and the Hdmundsbury and

Framjee Cowasjee about 25 miles to the Southward of it. The

Cyclone with all these ships was moderating between 1 and 4 A. mM.

from the South to 8. 8. W. and S. W. according to their positions, and

by noon it was nothing more than a gale rapidly decreasing.

DESCENT OF THE CYCLONE ON THE 12TH, AND ITS PROBABLE

ORIGIN.

If the Cyclone existed as one, at the surface of the ocean on any

day preceding the 12th, we should doubtless find some distinct traces

of it. For though we have as early as the 9th, and for the 10th, and

11th, strong and heavy Southerly and 8. 8. Westerly breezes on the

* The whole veering (E. N, E. to West) would give a N. b. W. track for this

little Cyclone.

1849.] Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 897

Eastern side of the Bay, yet we find that all the ships towards the

middle and on the Western side of the Bay are running up with strong

Southerly and S. Westerly winds. Now if there was any Cyclone at

this time we should ‘have undoubtedly from so many ships some record

of equally strong North Easterly, Northerly or North Westerly breezes

but there is nothing of the kind.

As before remarked however, we have the puzzling fact of the numer-

ous exhausted land birds which alighted on several of the ships (Sea

Park, and Barham, on the 12th, and Ldmundsbury and Ararat on the

13th) to account for, and if we allow that by any remote possibility

those of the 13th might have been whirled into the vortex by a stream

of wind at N. KE. from the Sonderbunds,* yet those of the 12th cer-

tainly could not have been so ; and the nearest land to the centre on that

day is Cheduba, at 330 miles distance to the K. N. HE. with the coast

of Pegu to Point Negrais to the Eastward, and the Northern Andamans

to the 8S. Eastward.

Hence referring to what has already been said p. 893 of the winds,

and of the appearances of the weather at the centre, and the falling

of the Barometers of the ships on the 11th, we seem justified in saying

that in this instance the Cyclone actually descended on the 12th, after

passing over some land, from which it carried up the Ringdoves, Snipes,

Parrot, Butterflies, &c. and that judging from its track this was more

probably the Andamans than the Coast of Pegu: the S. S. Westerly

winds of the Joven Corinna being an evidence that for the 10th and

11th, the centre of any Cyclone must have been to the South Westward

of the Preparis passage. }

Having shewn that the Cyclone must have settled down in the Bay

of Bengal after having previously passed over some land to pick up

the birds and insects which it brought with it, we are naturally led to

enquire where it originally came from, since the bad weather experienc-

ed by the Enigma in the Andaman Sea does not give us any evidence

for its formation there.

From several logs which have been forwarded to me it appears that,

* They could not have been brought from the Cuttack coast, where the weather

was moderate though threatening on the whole of the 12th.

+ The average track is N. 41° West, and the average rate for the whole distance

about 5’ per hour.

898 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Sepr.

from the 7th of October, there was bad weather indicating the approach

of a Cyclone in the N. Eastern part of the China Sea, apparently by

the Straits of Formosa, which by the 9th, was a severe Cyclone, in

which H. M. 8. Childers was nearly lost on the Pratas Shoal. I make

the centre of this Cyclone to have been on that day in Lat. 21° 15/

N.; Long. 117° 35’ East; and that on the following day it had

travelled about 285/ to the W. b. S. Now from the position of this

Cyclone in the China Sea on the 9th, as given above, to that of ours

in the Bay of Bengal on the 12th in 17° 48’ N.; Long. 89° 81’ East,

the course and distance is 8. 83° W. 1530 miles, which in the 3 days

gives 510 miles per day or 21 miles per hour.

If we then take this to have been the same Cyclone, it wasone which

when raging at the surface of the Ocean in the China Sea travelled

about at the rate of 12 miles per hour, as by the logs of it which I

have ; then for three days at 21 miles per hour in the atmosphere; and

then after re-descending, at an average rate of 5 miles per hour in the

Bay of Bengal, and in the course of its aerial track altering its route from

W. 2S. to N. 41° West. In the change or curving of the track there

is nothing remarkable, as we have numerous instances of this, but it

seems a somewhat forced conclusion to assume at pleasure these dif-

ferent rates of 12, 21 and 5 miles per hour for the purpose of account-

ing for a supposed connection between these Cyclones. We can then

only note all the data as above, and affirm that our Cyclone certainly

descended in the Bay of Bengal, after passing over, or being formed

upon some land from which it brought the birds and insects.

Rate or TRAVELLING.

The course and distance between the centre of the 12th and 13th is

N. 37° West 90 miles only, giving a rate of not quite 4 miles per hour.

From the centre at noon of the 13th to False Point is N. 47° West,+ a

little more than the same distance, which it passed over between noon

and 11 Pp. m., so that we may thus fairly set down its average rate for

this interval of time, as 8 miles per hour, and this phoenomenon of the

Cyclone’s augmenting its velocity as it approaches the shore is well

worthy of note, as in this case it was approaching a low shore with the

broad valley of the Mahanuddy river inland. If we compare on our Dia-

gram No. 4, the run of the Collingwood, overrunning the Cyclone, with

1849. | Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 899

that of the Futtle Rozack clearing it, we shall be satisfied that this

augmentation of velocity took place, and moreover, as the Collingwood’ s

log may be quite depended upon, we may be assured also that our

estimate of the track, if not mathematically true, is so near to the truth

that none of the main facts can be doubted. |

Part III.

REMARKS.

Under this head I propose to set down first, short disquisitions on

many points of great interest which have been elucidated in this

Cyclone, then to give a table of the ships, with remarks on their manage-

ment or errors, and finally to deduce, so far as we can safely do so,

some practical rules for ships approaching or leaving our dangerous

Sandheads at the Cyclone seasons.

SIGNS OF THE APPROACHING CYCLONE.

Leaving out the swell, which at the head of the Bay at least may be

considered an equivocal indication, as the varying monsoons and the

heavy discharges of 200 miles of the channels forming the mouths of

the two great rivers, the Hooghly and the Burampooter, must often

affect it, we come next to,—

The Banks of Clouds.

These are very distinctly noted in the logs of the Wellesley, John

Hepburn and Futtle Rozack on the approaches of the Cyclone, and

are noted by others on its leaving them. ‘They were no doubt seen by

more of the ships, though not registered at the time. There can be

no sort of question however, now, that Cyclones are frequently so seen,*

and they will be oftener noted when sailors learn what, in conjunction

with other signs, they may indicate. At present unless a peculiarly

* A recent and a very remarkable instance has occurred to myself. During the

Chittagong Cyclone of May, 1849. I distinctly saw and watched for two days from

the terrace of my house in Calcutta, say at a height of 50 feet, or of a ship’s

maintop, the bank of clouds moving from N. E. to S. E. and I was satisfied, from

this and other signs, together with the barometrical indications that it was a Cyclone

moving down from the N. E. corner of the Bay to the S. W. as it proved to be.

Chittagong is 220 miles W. 3S. of Calcutta, and had I been at the time in command

of a ship bound to the Southward I should thus have had ample time to make all

snug, and to consider beforehand what my best plan of management would have been.

900 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Sepr.

remarkable and threatening cloud or bank appears, it is thought little

of, and never noted in the log. We should bear in mind too that the

same bank of clouds may look most dismal and alarming with the sun

and ship in certain positions, while in others it may appear compara-

tively trifling, and only a bank of clouds. The question for the intelligent

Mariner should always be, “ ¢s there a bank of clouds in addition to the

other signs ?”

The Wellesley, Barham, Futtle Rozack and other ships notice the

‘‘ dark lurid appearance and the clouds flying in broken masses and thin

sheets as if torn from some other mass.” This I also noticed at the

time of the Chittagong hurricane referred to in the preceding note.

2. The Red Sky and Red Light.—We have fortunately obtained in

this instance complete proof, of the most convincing kind, that the red

sky and red light occur at times in the Bay of Bengal as a distinct and

remarkable appearance on the approach of a Cyclone. I have been

unwilling to separate the details of each log as given to me by the

Commanders, and thus refer the reader to the Barham’s at p. 835, the

Wellesley at p. 837, the Sea Park at p. 838, the Futtle Rozack at

p. 854, and the British Sovereign at p. 840, which ship appears only

to have seen a red glow at times.

The evidence, however, of the other ships is fully conclusive, and I

have moreover the testimony of one of the oldest commanders to this

port, Capt. McLeod of the ship John McViccar, as to a very remarkable

Cyclone, that of the London, Capt. Wimble, in October, 1832, quoted

by Col. Reid in his Law of Storms, in which it was distinctly seen in

Lat. 15° N.; Long. 893 ° Hast ; and also at night ! lasting from sunset

till nearly midnight, the sky, and sea, and every object being of a bright

scarlet colour !*

3. Peculiar brightness and twinkling of the Stars.—This precur-

sory sign was also very clearly observed and noted by the British

Sovereign p. 840, the Chas Kerr, p. 842, the Sir Robert Seppings, p.

844, and Futtle Rozack p. I remarked it also very notably at the time

of the Chittagong Cyclone before adverted to, as also that the stars

were visible at very small altitudes, and I have no doubt that had the

sea horizon been visible from Calcutta, it would also have been very

* T shall in another place give the detailed statement sent me by Capt.

McLeod.

1849.] Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 901

distinct, as remarked by Capt. Shire in the China Sea, (Journ. Vol.

XVIII. p. 49.)

4. Peculiar Lightning.—This is also noted in the log and remarks

of the Barham, pp. 835, 837, and corroborates what we before knew of

this peculiar Aurora Borealis or flashing kind of lightning. This appear-

ance is not mentioned by any of the other ships, and it is singular to

remark that while some vessels in the Cyclone had no lightning, or

but very little, others had very severe thunder and lightning. It would

appear that there may be certain zones or quarters of the Cyclone in

which alone the electrical discharges occur, so far we can at present

judge. Like many other matters, this requires to be better observed before

we affirm any thing positively on the subject. I have collected in

another section the evidence we have now obtained on this curious

point.

Vibration of the Barometer.—This remarkable sign we find very

carefully noted in the log of the Barham; and in that of the Sea Park,

that the Barometer and Simpiesometer were falling at the time the

daily rise should take place.

So far then as relates to the precursory signs of these meteors, we

have collected here, from the observations in a single Cyclone, a great

number of them, quite sufficient indeed to warn the attentive marimer

of what may be at least passing near to him, if not approaching his

position, and thence to give him frequently much more time for his

preparations,—and time is often with him a question of masts or dis-

masting—or even of life and death !

Or PHHZNOMENA DURING THE CYCLONE.

Dimensions of the Cyclone and its unequal extent in van and rear.*

I have already discussed at p. 897, the reasons which induce me to

believe that this was a distinct instance of a Cyclone settling down in

the middle of the Bay, perhaps after it had been raging in the China

Sea, and certainly after it had picked up hundreds of land birds and

thousands of insects from some land which it had passed over, and I

* This word rear may sound more military than nautical to merchants, and even

to some naval-bred seamen of modern days; but as we have the van, centre, and

rear of a fleet, we may with propriety use these words for the artificial divisions of

‘* our enemy,’’ the Cyclone.

902 Fiughteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Sepr.

now propose to remark on the limited and unequal extent to which

we can trace it distinctly as a Cyclone.

I have given with the chart two diagrams, Nos. I. and II., of the

ships in their positions at noon on the 12th and 13th, with their wind-

arrows and the Cyclone circles correctly marked ; as also one, No. III.

of a supposed section of the following, or rear, half of the Cyclone in

the line of the track which will be subsequently explained. Taking

the first of these diagrams, that of the 12th, we find the utmost extent

which we can fairly allow it to have reached, as a Cyclone, at noon on

that day to the S. Eastward, or on the line of its track, is to the circle

marked a little without the positions of the Barham, No. 7, and British

Sovereign, No. 20, or about 90 miles of radius, or 180 miles of diameter.

Had it extended farther in this direction these ships, the commanders

of which were most fully prepared and anxiously watching for it,

would have been hove too sooner, as they were running up towards it

at the rate of 8 and 9.knots an hour. But we see, also, that in front, on

the line of its future track, the Cyclone circles distinctly extend to Nos.

10, 14, 21 and 19 or even to Nos. 15 and 11, the four first of which

ships had the Cyclone fully commenced with them, while the two last

were certainly on the verge of it, and this would give its semi-diameter

an extent of 140 miles in front, or 280 of diameter, against 90 in the

opposite direction or 180 of diameter. At right angles to the track

we have No. 8, evidently without the Cyclone circles, though just

approaching to them. We cannot also on this day allow that it reached

the Pilot or Light Vessels, but they had evident indications of it, and

while No. 15, the Framjee Cowasjee, at 170 miles N. N. W. of the

centre has a strong and increasing gale from E. b. N. and E.N. E.

No. 18, the Hasurain at 190 miles to the W. 8. W. or at right angles

to the track (she is not included in the diagram) has a fine N. W.

breeze and fine weather, moderating nearly to a calm in the afternoon.

On the 13th again, we perceive by the diagram No. II. that while

the monsoon is evidently following up the Cyclone with Nos. 7, 9, 2 and

17, so that we cannot to the S. Eastward allow its semi-diameter to

be more than 65 miles, or 130 of diameter in all ; we find that to the

North Westward we may without any exaggeration extend the circles, as

marked, to the Light Vessel and False Point Palmiras, or to 115 miles,

giving a diameter of 230 miles, or about in the same proportion as that

1849.] Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 903

of the 12th. For the extent of the Cyclone on the 14th, as it had

then reached the land we have not any data.

We may then take it that we have here tolerably distinct evidence

that though the form of the Cyclone was circular, the continuations of

these circles were wanting on the following side of the storm disk, and

hence we arrive at a solution of the undoubted fact that the latter half

of a Cyclone, as calculated from the passage of the centre, seems

always to be of shorter duration than the advancing or front portion

of it. I have already (Sailor’s Horn Book,) suggested that this

may arise from the disk’s not being truly tangential to the earth’s

surface, but slightly lifted up behind, from the friction of the advancing

part against the surface of the ocean retarding its progress.* Now

assuming that a disk is one of 150 miles in diameter and of 5 miles

in thickness, we can easily calculate that while the whole 75 miles of

the van or advancing portion, if it was moving at the rate of 6 miles

an hour, would take 123 hours to pass over the ship, a slight inclina-

tion of the disk might elevate the following or rear half of it suffi-

ciently to leave say 20 or 30 miles of that part free from its surface

action; for an elevation of one mile will, if the whole is projected to

scale, be seen to give but a very slight curving upwards to the last 20

or 30 miles of the following side of the disk, so that in such a case

the centre of the Cyclone would have 75 miles of the storm disk and its

tolerably regular circular winds before it, and only 45 miles behind it ;

or it would appear to be situated eccentrically on the chart if it was pro-

jected according to the winds reported ; andif a strong monsoon or trade

was blowing behind it this would soon follow and occupy the vacant

space between the disk and the earth’s surface with its own wind. It

is evident that if we multiply the supposed size of our disk, say by 5

or 10, making it 750 or 1500 miles in diameter, and double or treble

its velocity, or suppose it to move at the rate of fifteen miles per hour,

we Shall have a storm disk, which, truly projected on a chart by the

logs of the ships, will extend in the same proportions to 375 or 750

miles on its van or advancing portion, and to only 225 or 450 on its

following or rear part, and be consequently of so many hours less

duration to the ships it may meet with.

* JT am not sure that this suggestion was originally my own, and have some remi-

niscence that it is Mr. Redfield’s, or Sir J, Herschell’s, but cannot find the reference.

642

904 Exghteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Serr

I have given in diagram No. III. the true projection of a section of

the following, or rear, half of a Cyclone of 150 miles in diameter, on the

line of its track, both horizontally and vertically, to a scale of 10 miles

to one inch, to shew the lifting up clearly ; in which the disk on that

side is shewn as having lifted itself two miles above the surface of the

ocean, and is thus giving to the ships involved in it 75 miles of its

fury in front, and but 50 miles in its rear portion; or to express this

in Time ; it is a Cyclone which, if it was moving at the rate of 10 miles

per hour would last 7} hours in its onset, till the calm reached, and

but 5 hours in its decline. If we take our diagram to represent the

following or rear half of a Cyclone of 300 miles in diameter, or double

its scale,* as marked onthe second line of figures below, we can under-

stand at once how the lifting up of the following part of the disk

would much diminish the extent and duration of the Cyclone to the

little ships marked upon the diagram, say to 10 hours of time, while

those in the advancing circles would have the whole extent of the semi-

Cyclone in that direction passing over them, which would require 15

hours.

Cyclone seen through, at its centre.

As connected with its extent we may remark here also upon its

height, or more properly thickness, which appears to have been very

insignificant, perhaps not more than a mile or two, for it will be

observed that while the Hdmundsbury had it at the calm centre ‘ much

lighter overhead,” Mr. Brackly at the False Pomt Light House had

‘“‘the rain clearing off and saw the stars very clear overhead, but a thick

bank of haze all round,”’ so that it appears to have become thinner as

it approached the land? The Camperdown also from 7h. to 7h. 30’.

Pp. M, in the calm had it “ fine overhead.”

Hot and Cold blasts, Hail, Sc. during the Cyclone.

Capt. Arrow of the Wellesley, it will be seen, noted this pheeno-

menon of alternate hot and cold blasts, comparing the first to the

Scirocco. The Charles Kerr and Futtle Rozack also experienced, if not

hail, sleet. These indications are of some importance, inasmuch as hail

* For the sake of the even numbers: We have 280 miles for the diameter of

our present Cyclone, as measured by the advancing circles on the 12th, and 230 on

the 13th.

1849. | Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 905

is generally considered to be an electrical phenomenon, and whether

it be as a cause or an effect, every electric indication is of importance.

The Storm Wave and Storm Current, and the set over the Sandheads,

before and during the Cyclone.

Taking the storm wave as our first subject of consideration, we find

it very clearly described to me by Mr. Brackly, (which I have substitut-

ed for his official report from False Point,) p. 849, in terms which leave

no manner of doubt that it was a peculiar effect of the Cyclone, and this

is more unquestionably shewn when we advert to the time of tide at

which it occurred. Had it occurred with the inset of the flood we

might have allowed it to have been a tidal bore so common in our

Indian rivers.

The fact that it occurred about three hours after the passage of the

centre of the calm is at present difficult to account for. We can only

note it at present as an apparent anomaly, to be compared with other

correct accounts when we obtain them.

But of the storm currents in the Bay, and especially of that setting

over the Sandheads, we have abundant proof for all practical purposes,

aud we can in fact trace it more or less from the middle of the Bay

up to the Sandheads, then across them and again to the Southward, as

we shall now show from the different ships’ logs and Pilots’ reports.

The Sea Park, which ship hove too, soon after the centre passed

her, on the eastern side of the Cyclone, with the wind South, notes

from the 12th at 4 p.m. to the 14th at noon, a set of 80 miles

to the Northward. This was between Lat. 18° and 19° 1 N.

Captain Plum, of the John Hepburn, states that he experienced a

strong current to the Northward ; this was between 173 and 193 N.

But as these two vessels were hove too it might be fairly suppcsed

by strangers that they had under-estimated their drift, but we have the

log of the Collingwood, which ship was running up with the Cyclone

close on its S. Eastern quadrant, and though for a considerable time

within the Southerly current off Point Palmiras, yet she has an excess

of 31 miles by account to the North of her supposed position in 24

hours, partly no doubt from the storm wave, and partly from the storm

current.*

* I am enabled to add here from an independent but very trustworthy source, a

remarkable instance of the storm current, in the case of the ship A/dion, Captain

906 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Sepr.

Off the Sandheads we have the log of the Camperdown, which ship,

even on the 10th, found a strong 8. W. current of 3 miles per hour

running, with several of the Pilots’ reports, though this current is so

well known to them at the approach of a Cyclone that they rarely no-

tice it, and as already stated on a trial in the Pilot’s Court, which arose

out of circumstances occurring at the onset of this Cyclone, it was sworn

to by several experienced witnesses, of long standing, that the Westerly

current was in their judgment running from 3 to 4 knots per hour,

which is independent of the tide. So that if we take 23 knots per

hour it will not be an excessive average for this current in the parallel

of the outer Light Vessel, or 21° 4’ N.

On the coast we have only the log of the Sir Robert Seppings, mark-

ing distinctly the Southerly set on the 11th of 2 miles per hour, but

it is not necessary to repeat here what I have elsewhere said of the

sweep of the current round the shores of Balasore Bay, and past Point

Palmiras,

Barometer as measuring the distance of the Centre.

Having the places of the centre of the Cyclone pretty correctly

marked for the 12th and 13th, I at first anticipated that this Cyclone

might afford us some tests to know if the rule laid down by me for

ascertaining the distance of the centre of the Cyclone by the rate of

fall of the Barometer per hour, would give correct results with one

which, as to extent, we call asmall, and as to rate of motion a slow-

moving Cyclone. Unfortunately, so far as our present knowledge

extends, we have no rule within 150 miles of the centre; and our

Cyclone does not fairly in any case reach to this extent of semi-diameter

except towards the land where the Barometrical indications seem always

affected by it for some distance, if the land be not very low. Hence from

McLeod, one of the oldest commanders in the trade between Calcutta and England,

who ina Cyclone in October, 1832, (the London’s Cyclone) ran up from about

153 North, on the meridian of about 893 East,on the Eastern verge of a Cyclone

with ‘‘a terrific hurricane’ about South ; and when preparing to heave to at a safe

distance, as they supposed, from the Sandheads, found themselves in 8% fathoms on

the tails of the Sunderbund reefs, but fortunately beat off. With every allowance

Captain McLeod finds that they certainly overran the log about 70 miles in 30

hours !

1849. | Eighieenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 907

these two causes I have found that, though with some of the ships the

rule would give tolerable results, yet with most it would place the

centre very much farther off than it really was ; it being thus, as before

announced, difficult if not impossible to judge of the distance of the

centre at less than 100 to 120 miles by the rate of fall.

Diacram, No. IV.

This diagram requires a brief notice, It is one on a scale double

that of the chart, of the tracks of the ship Collingwood running up on

the Eastern and North-Eastern quadrants of the Cyclone, and in fact

overrunning it on toa lee shore! and losing her masts in doing so ;

and of the Futtle Rozack crossing in front and making a fair wind of it,

while it was dismasting the Washington Alston, Hope and other vessels

which left their pilots with her, or about the same time. On the differ-

ence between the management of these ships it is not necessary to

remark.

The Barometers of both are marked at intervals of their track, and

shew how correctly they measure the approach to, or recession from

the centre, though not the actual distance from it. These two ships it

will be seen were passing each other at about 75 miles distance, and

on opposite sides of the Cyclone, both carrying what sail they could

shew, but at midnight 12th and 13th, the Collingwood, a first rate

English ship, with troops on board, was running in full career into the

very jaws of destruction, and the Futtle Rozack, a deeply laden rice

ship, and a poor sea boat, with a new lascar crew, making her way, as

surely as scientifically, into fine weather, without straining a rope yarn.

The Lightning experienced in various parts of the Cyclone circles.

It seemed of interest to know if we could in this Cyclone deduce

any views from the knowledge of this question. I find that exclusive

of the distant lightnings before the onset of the Cyclone, the different

ships noticed it within the Cyclone circles as follows :—

Burham (7).—At midnight 13th, “much vivid lightning,” but

during the strength of the Cyclone very little lightning; not more

than 3 or 4 flashes altogether, wind about South.

Wellesley (8).—On 12th, 8 p. m. to2 a. Mm. 13th vivid lightning and

peals of thunder, all round and close over the ship, wind West to S. W.

908 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Sepr.

British Sovereign (20).—At 10 p. m. 12th, vivid flashes of light-

ning and heavy thunder to 2 a. m. of 13th, apparently very close.

Wind S. W.

Edmundsbury (14).—No lightning at any time.

False Point Light House.—No lightning while blowing, but during

the calm some forked lightning from N. Westward going to the S.

Eastward.

John Hepburn.—Neither thunder nor lightning.

Futtle Rozack (19).—9 pe. m. midnight 12th, much summer look-

ing lightning from S. E. to West; and at 10 p. m. 13th, heavy squalls

with dreadful thunder and lightning; at midnight moderating fast,

wind West toS. W. I made enquiries of most of the Commanders who

sent me their logs, but received for reply that there was no lightning

or ‘‘little to speak of,’’ so that if there had been any of any severi-

ty we may suppose we shall have had it noted. All that we

derive from this brief summary then is, that a few ships on the

South and S. Eastern quadrants of the Cyclone where it was lifting up

as we suppose,* experienced heavy electrical discharges. We must

wait for farther knowledge on this question.

Part IV.

Table of the ships with remarks on their management.

1. Brig Teak—Should have hove to at midnight of the 11th, or by

8 a. M. of 12th till her Barometer rose again.

2. Joven Corinna—Was perfectly correct in standing to the East-

ward, as the Southerly wind shewed that she was on the Eastern verge

of the Cyclone, if there was one.

3. Enigma—Ran too close in between the 12th and 13th; she

might, if the Cyclone had been travelling up to the N. b. W. or N. N.

W. have placed herself, possibly when disabled, between the Cyclone

and the lee-shore of the Sandheads of the Sunderbunds ; and this use-

lessly, as she could not have obtained a Pilot or run in with such

weather. In other respects she kept safely on the N. E. quadrant of

the Cyclone.

4. Hagle—Hove too on the right tack and properly allowed the

Cyclone to pass her. A stout merchantman or man of war might

* The analogy of this to the condensing disk of the electrician is obvious, but

we want more evidence before we reason upon it.

1849.| Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 909

have carried sail to the N. E. or N. N. E. and soon found finer

weather, but a small schooner could do nothing better.

5. Ararat—Chased and ran into the centre, though being evidently

a good sea boat, and well handled, she escaped unscathed as to masts.

though of course straining her hull greatly. She should have hove too

at least by 6 A. Mm. on the 12th, for there could then be no sort of

doubt of a Cyclone, and it is quite useless, if not dangerous, to get

close in with Point Palmiras or the Pilot station in such weather.

6. Flora Macdonald—Like the Hugle, was hove to on the right

tack, and could do no better, being close in to the Eastern shore.

7. Barham—Perfectly well managed, heaving too at the right time

and in the right place, and did not strain a rope yarn!

8. Wellesley—The same masterly management as the Burham.

9. Sea Park—The same. She was aé the centre when it settled

down, and though as it passed on it gave her, being on the Eastern

side a Southerly gale, yet she very properly hove to till it was safe and

proper to run on, so as to come into soundings in moderate weather.

10. Asiatic—Had the wind at N. E. at noon with every indication

of a Cyclone to the S. E. of her, and the known tracks being almost

invariably from that quarter. If like the Futtle Rozack, close to

which ship she was, she had run to the S. S. W. and hauled gradually

up, so as to run round the heel of the Cyclone, she might have escaped

the severe part of her smaller Cyclone, and the risk of being dismasted

while drifting on a leeshore.

11. Sir Robert Seppings—This ship’s Barometer, standing high,

the frequent ireacherous moderating of the wind, and perhaps the desire

to obtain a farther offing, led her to stand to the Eastward till she placed

herself exactly on the track of the centre. She should have bore up

to the South between 10 p.m. and midnight of the 12th, and have run

round ‘under the stern’ of the Cyclone, when she would have reco-

vered her Northerly position, unscathed, by about the time at which

she was dismasted!

12. Camperdown.—At noon of the 12th, was standing to sea being

15 miles S. 8. W. from the Pilot vessel. Her case and the course she

should have adopted is exactly that which will be supposed in the

next section, but with the difference that she had far more time and

room to run down and cross before the Cyclone, since it was 194 hours

before the centre reached her.

6 8B

910 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Sepr.

13. Collingwood—This vessel’s management in contrast with that

of the Futtle Rozack has already been examined. It is evident that

her rapidly falling Barometer from noon 12th, and S. E. b. S. gale;

at 10 p. M. were indications of a Cyclone to the S. W. of her, which

according to the known tracks would be travelling up between North

and West or N. West, and that her safe course was to haul out for a

few hours to the N. Eastward before the sea was too heavy and till]

her Barometer rose, and then heave too on the starboard tack, so as to

have had the gale always drawing aft, a clear drift, and the pilot station

well open to her, whether the Cyclone was to be followed by Southerly

or by N. Easterly winds.

14. Hdmundsbury—The Pilot stood to sea at 6.30 Pp. M. on the

llth, he had consequently abundant time to cross in front of the

Cyclone, if he had known or could have ventured to have adopted this

plan, which I shall shew at the conclusion of this memoir is almost

always the safe one, and that moreover no distance or time is really

lost by it.

15. Framjee Cowasjee—The error of the Pilot on this vessel is

exactly that of the Hdmundsbury. Fifty miles tothe S. W. would have

saved her masts, and have given her a N. Westerly and 8S. Westerly

gale, to cross in the wake of the Cyclone and run in again in the fine

weather, without straining a rope yarn.

16. Washington Alston—a. m. the same error of standing to the

S. Eastward, and the same dismal penalty paid for it, in loss of masts

straining of hull, damage of cargo, and along tedious drift of thirty

seven days! about the Bay, in light winds and calms, in a disabled

state before she could get in again.

17. John Hepburn—This little vessel was abiaas to the Eastward

and was one of those caught by the descent of the Cyclone in its

central space about noon of the 12th. She had the warning of her

Barometer falling on the 11th to 29.50 and a.m. of the 12th to

29:38 ; but up to nearly noon of the 12th when the Barometer had

fallen to 29.25 and the Cyclone by passing on had given her its

S. E. gale with which she was drifting till the 13th, when it gradually

left her, she had no wind to indicate to her whereabouts the centre

might lie, and in the S. E, gale a small vessel could not risk standing

off to the N, Eastward.

1849. | Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 911

18. Hasurain—Had passed well to the Southward before the Cyclone

settled down.

The Ship Forth was capitally well managed, though from compulsion

of circumstances and not by design; she was ordered to sea from the

Pilot and spoke the Camperdown, and being leaky and unmanageable

kept before the wind, ran round the Cyclone, being at one time very

close on the centre, and was in a good position for coming in again

to repair when the weather moderated !

The Futtay Allum evidently ran into the Cyclone on its Western

and S. Western quadrant till near the centre, when its violence obliged

her to heave to, and she seems to have drifted up with the S. Easterly

hurricane, and with the storm wave and current, into soundings, disabled

and partially dismasted.

19. Futtle Rozack—I have already quoted the admirable manage-

ment of this ship.

20. British Sovereign—Like the Barham and Wellesley was excel-

lently managed, heaving to at the proper time and place, and escaping

all damage.

21. Charles Kerr.—This ship necessarily stood off to get an offing,

but when she had done so, at noon on the 12th, she should have put

her helm up and run to the S. W., till the N. Westerly gale of the

S. W. quadrant of the Cyclone, and her rising Barometer, shewed her

it was safe to haul round the heel of the Cyclone, or time to heave to

avoid running up again too early.

The statistics of this Fleet, for such it was, may be well worth

summing up. We find, then, that we have in the twenty-two vessels,

the Hasuwrain having altogether passed over the Cyclone tract before it

descended, the vessels as follows :

At a distance from the Cyclone but well managed in anticipation

ESM OID ils TSI Oe NE LTE Na te AL» ABE QE 2

Ran in too far before heaving to, ............02 00 eee bur 03 2

Suffered more or less but unavoidably s0,..........+0 e000 eee 1

Running into, or with the Cyclone, or lying to in the way of it, but

escaping with only severe straining, 0)

Dismasted by running, or standing into, or rainy ‘oh ane

Perfectly well managed by their knowledge of the Law of Storms,

Well managed from necessity, .......0.. cece cece ce reee cece

m= CH Go ww

912 Eighteenth Memovr on the Law of Storms. [Sepr.

We have to add to this that seven ships and brigs, exclusive of coast-

ing craft are known to have foundered, whether from mismanagement

or bad condition, or under unavoidable circumstances, we cannot say,

and that the ships Collingwood, Camperdown and Sea Park had on

board 733 men, 11 officers, 46 women and 41 children; altogether 831

souls; of H. M. troops, which we may fairly call a whole regiment ; two

thirds of which, i. e. those on board of Collingwood and Camperdown

were exposed for a time to imminent risk. There surely wants nothing

more than this to convince the most increduious of the deep importance

of our science to both public and private interests ?

Part V.

Practical deductions for the Management of inward and outward

bound ships, at or nearing the Sandheads, when a Cyclone is ap-

proaching.

The great objects of all these researches are, first to develop the

laws by which Cyclones are governed, and then from such laws to

deduce rules for every special class of cases whereby life and proper-

ty may be rendered more secure. Inno part of the ocean are such

rules more required than at the difficult access to the mouth of the

Hooghly ; and in no part, as far as I recollect, is there to be found a

more perplexing combination of dangers at the approach of a Cyclone.

I have long contemplated the task of unravelling this complicated net-

work of perils, but I have felt, hitherto, that our data were too insuffi-

cient to enable me to speak with confidence on many essential points,

and to illustrate what I might say with undoubted and striking exam-

ples. Ina word, if I may be excused the phrase, “ we wanted a good

Cyclone with plenty of ships involved in it to give us some clear and

startling lessons,” and I trust, now that we have had one, the forego-

ing pages will prove that I have done my best to turn to account the

materials which have been go liberally furnished, and that I shall not

be found to have set down these rules without duly weighing the

heavy responsibility of doing so.

Let us consider what are the various dangers in a Cyclone to a ship

at (within) or near the Sandheads where they invariably commence from

between N. N. E. to N. E., East or S. E.

1849.] Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 913

1. The sands forming a lee shore from the Western Brace to the

mouth of the Burampooter, with narrow channels and indifferent hold-

ing ground, and a sea in which no ship can hope to ride with safety in

a severe gale.

Yy. The land to the Northward and Westward, and from Point

Palmiras to the Southward.

3. The heavy set to the Westward over the sands, and for some

distance outside of the tails of the reefs.

4. The Cyclone itself, with its uncertain track, and its attendant

storm-wave and storm-current, one or sometimes both, setting on to the

sands or to the coast about Point Palmiras.

It is evident that in every Cyclone these four conditions must be all

taken into account; and as there is now no sort of doubt about their

rotation, the usual tracks of the Cyclones become the next consider-

ation, for it is upon the track of the Cyclone and its rate of travelling

that the safe application of any rule must mainly depend. From all

our investigations up to the present day it appear, that at the Sandheads,

and from thence to 8° or 9° North, the tracks of the Cyclones may

lie from between E. by N. and S. by E., or 8. S. E., to the W. by S.

or N. by W. or N. N. W., and as will be seen by the Chart of tracks

in the Horn Book that the average may be about from the S. E. or S.

E. by S., to the N. W. Wecan only lay down rules from the average,

noting where they would be affected by any great deviation towards the

extremes.

The rate of travelling is the next consideration, and this too varies

very much, though it probably seldom exceeds ten miles per hour,

which we shall also assume as an average.

Taking, first, the imward-bound ships, whether from Madras, from

Europe, or from the Eastward, we have to consider their position, and

then if the Cyclone is ahead, or astern, or abreast of them, and in

what part of the Bay its centre may be, for it is clear that all these

cases will vary as this element also may vary.

The first case in which the Cyclone is ahead of the vessel, or in

other words the ship is behind the Cyclone, is simple enough: when

convinced of its being a Cyclone, the rule should indubitably be to

heave to, and this on two accounts ; the first to avoid running across,

or into the centre, or overtaking it, and the second because, even if a

914 Highteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Sepr.

vessel got safe through, or past, the centre, she would not gain an hour

of time on her voyage, since, as we see in many of the foregoing logs,

she would on reaching the Pilot Station be ordered to sea, or if the

Pilot Vessel had been blown off the station the stranger might find her-

self hampered off the Reefs or Braces, with 24 hours of heavy weather

yet to go through, on a lee shore ; the Cyclones always ending at South,

or S. W.

The case in which the ship is abreast of the Cyclone, which we may

describe as having the wind North or South blowing a gale, with a

falling Barometer, so that the centre bears East or West of her, is a

double one. If the wind is South or between S. E. and S. W. it is

clear that the ship is also safely to the Eastward of the Cyclone, and

has only to heave to, if she has not a long run to make to the Sand-

heads. She will of course heave to on the starboard tack, being on the

right hand side, till her Barometer rises ; or if it be judged, say by the

violence of the S. E. squalls and the fall of the Barometer, that the

centre will yet pass close to her, to stand off to the N. E., unless indeed

the vessel be altogether hampered in the N. E. corner of the Bay.*

If however, she has the wind between N. E. and North, it is clear

that the Cyclone is to the Eastward or 8. Eastward of the ship, and is

perhaps coming direct towards her at the rate of ten knots an hour,

and she must now run back to cross in front of it; always remembering

that every mile she runs, say to the 8. S. W., after she has brought

the wind N. N. E., is into safety, as her rising Barometer will quickly

show. The reason for this is obvious; she avoids the centre and avoids

the farther danger of being hampered, with perhaps a disabled ship,

between the Cyclone and the heads of the reefs or the coast of Orissa,

as may be. She may always, as she brings the wind to the ,West-

ward of North, haul to the Eastward and run round the Southern

quadrants and “ under the heel” of the Cyclone, so as really to lose

no time while running easily before it,t or with a quartering gale, so

as to avoid the racking and straining of heaving to, or of carrying sail

off a lee shore or riding it out when dismasted.

For the outward-bound ships it is clear that, supposing them to leave

* JT always assume sea room as this is necessarily the sailor’s first consideration.

+ As in the case of the Forth, just quoted, which though a forced manoeuvre, was

successful, and shows what may be done by a ship which steers well though in

distress.

1849. | Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 915

the Pilot at the commencement of the Cyclone, or to meet with its

onset a few hours after getting to sea, say in 20° North, their rule

must also be the same, namely, to bear up so far as to cross in front of

it, and not, which has usually been done, to stand close hauled into

the very path of the track.* And recollecting that from False Point the

coast trends to the Westward of S. W., and that in 20° North on the

meridian of the Light Vessel, a ship is still 120 miles from the Black

Pagoda, there need be no fear about making a little Westing at first,

for allowing the Cyclone the very worst track we cau suppose for a ship

in this position, namely, one from S. by E. it is clear that avery short

run to the S. W. will place the vessel at a distance from the line of the

track and bring the wind to N. N. E.and gradually to North, so as

to place her abreast of the centre; and ifthe track is from any point

more Easterly, as it probably will be, say from S. E. or E. S. E., then

the distance to be made will be but short to a Northerly wind. The

intelligent mariner may easily by means of a storm card see the truth

of these propositions.

For the set over the Sandheads it may be safe to allow three and a

half miles an hour at the onset of a Cyclone, at the Light Vessel, de-

creasing to two and even one knot by the time the vessel has passed

the parallel of 20°; but also increasing both in breadth and velocity

if the Cyclone has lasted any time, and the careful mariner will duly

take this into his account, whether standing out or hove too.

We may further illustrate this by a reference to our Diagram, No. L.,

upon which we will suppose, to put things almost at the worst, a

Cyclone like this of October, with its centre on the position marked

for that of the 12th in Lat. 17° 48’ North, Long. 89° 18’ East, com-

ing up on the same track towards False Point, but at the rate of ten

miles an hour. This will place it in twelve hours about 20 miles

ahead of the spot at which the centre of the 13th is marked, or say in

Lat. 19° 17’ North, Long. 88° 18’ East, and leaves still a distance

of something more than 80 miles between its centre at midnight and

False Pomt. Now, though ships would probably be ordered to sea,

say by the station vessel (lying outside of the Light Vessel) on the 11th,

and certainly at daylight on the 12th, we will suppose a vessel so be-

lated, or to have mistakenly run in so far, that she can only start from

* No doubt to make Southing and to get an offing from Point Palmiras.

916 Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [Serr.

the Light Vessel at noon of the 12th, so as to get 100 miles of run

before midnight. It will be seen by taking this in the compasses that

steering to the S. S. W. and S. W. by S. it will take her between the

Point and the centre, and at a distance of 45 or 50 miles from this last,

and then enable her to bear away to the S. W., so that she will quick-

ly run into the moderate weather, and can gradually haul up to the

Southward, Eastward, and Northward back to the Light Vessel again,

if the weather is fine enough. Every seaman will of course see that

this is a question of rate of sailing, and above all of steering so as to

avoid broaching to; but that even if he should be disabled (which he

might equally be in lying to) he will still here have Northerly winds

and a clear drift to sea, while on the Northern side of the Cyclone

track he would be drifting on to a lee shore with Easterly and 8.

Easterly winds. The examples of the Forth, which vessel I take to

have been at one time within 20 or 30 miles of the centre, and of

the Collingwood while overrunning the Cyclone, are instances of what

may be done by good steering ships even in the very height of these

fearful tempests and close to the centre, and the Fattle Rozack’s man-

agement is a good instance of passing a Cyclone at a reasonable distance

with a heavy sailing ship.

In some instances, as in the Coringa Cyclone of Nov. 1839, which

forms the subject of Part II. of my second memoir (Journal Asiatic

Society, Volume IX.) it has occurred that a Cyclone travelling from

the Andamans to Coringa was so far felt as a heavy Easterly and &. S.

Easterly gale at the Sandheads, that for some days it was imprudent

to approach the station, and all vessels were warned to sea. But in

this and all similar cases of distant Cyclones the Barometer is the guid-

ing indication, and in this instance the Barometer was at 29° 92’ to

29: 95’ at the Light Vessel.

In my third memoir, also (Journal Asiatic Society, Volume IX.,) we

have an instance which might appear to create a difficulty, 7. e. a Cy-

clone travelling across the Bay from the Andamans, first towards the

Coromandel Coast, on about a N. W. by W. course, or towards that

part of it lying between Ganjam and Bimilipatam, but on its approach

to about the Meridian of the Light Vessel curving to the N. W. by

N., so as to “land’’ between the Black Pagoda and Juggernaut, giving

the Light Vessel and ships at the Sandheads a heavy Easterly and

1849. ] Eighteenth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 917

E. by S. gale, amounting at one time with some of them who were

close to False Point or on the parallel of 20° to a hurricane.

But in this case also there will be found abundant guidance for the

judgment of the attentive seaman, who will see by placing his Horn-

card on the Chart, that the wind at the Light Vessel is at E. by S.

(shewing that the centre is S. by W. of him already) from the first,

and E. 8. E. (centre bearing S. S. W.) by the time it is really blow-

ing hard, and thus he will not attempt now to cross in front, but get an

offing and heave to.

To sum up these rules then. For the ships to the Northward (i. e.,

on the right hand side of the track) of the Cyclone when the gale, with

a falling Barometer, is at S. E. to E. S. E., they may if they have sea

room stand to the N. E. to allow it to pass them comfortably, heaving

to of course on the starboard tack when far enough out of its way.

Between EK. S. E. and Hast they may, if the Barometer be not too low

and they have sea room to give the shores of Orissa a wide birth, with

a stout ship and good helmsmen venture to cross, or if this be not ad-

visable, heave to on the starboard tack when they have made an offing,

if in an outward-bound ship, or before they run too far in if inward bound.

With the wind between East and N. KE. to North. I have already

shewn that crossing may almost always be safely adopted for the ships

to the right (Northward) of the Cyclone path; and for those to the

left (Southward) of it that they must not run into it fancying it a fine

fair wind, or too far up if in its rear, as that is wholly useless, and may

bring them into soundings with a heavy Southerly gale, and this much

sooner than they expect, if the storm-wave and current are strong when

the track is one near the Meridian.* All will, I hope, recollect that they

have first to consider what their ship and crew can do, next what their

best course is, and lastly in what position they may be if dismasting,

or even loss of topmasts should occur; and this may happen from

broaching to, or from sheer hard blowing, in the best ship. With an

on-shore gale the resource of anchoring in the open ocean, which all

the Sandhead anchoring, and most of that of the coast of Orissa is, be-

comes one to which no good seaman would desire to be reduced if he

can avoid it.

Finally ; I need not remark that in all this, both as to the expected

* See the case of the Albion in Note at p. 905.

918 Description of a Colossal Jain figure [Srpr.

Cyclone and what is to be done to avoid it, much must depend on

the judgment guided by careful observation. Thus for instance a

sea from the Eastward, crossing a Southerly one, with a bank of clouds

to the E. 8S. E. are strong signs of a Cyclone, though it may be blow-

ing fresh from the South at the time ; and again if the bank is heavy

tothe 8. S. E. that it may come up from that quarter. In a word,

the vigilant seaman will watch every thing and despise no indication,

and the dull and the careless will see nothing and be always too late ;

and then it will be said that “‘the ship was very unfortunate; but the

under-writers have paid the damage, and the Captain, poor fellow, has

lost his command !”’

DEPP».

Description of a Colossal Jain figure nearly 80 feet high, cut in relief,

discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range, in the district of

Burwanie, on the Nerbudda.—By Dr. Impey.

(Copy.)

From EK. IMrry, Esq. Residency Surgeon, Indore,

To Sir H. M. Exuiort, K. C. B. Secretary Foreign Department.

Dated Residency, 30th October, 1849.

S1r,—I have the honor to submit through you, for the perusal

of the most noble the Governor General, a report on, and drawings of,

a remarkable object of antiquity,—a Colossal rock image cut in relief,

and nearly 80 feet in height, situated on a spur of the Satpoorah range,

in the district of Burwanee, on the Nerbudda, about 100 miles from

Indore.

2. As the image is, I feel assured, of considerable interest, being the

largest figure of the kind known in India, and second only in magnitude

to the Bhuts at Bamiyan, and has never been described, I have been

at some pains to do so fully, and also been particular in the translation

of the inscription found in the reconstructed temple connected with

the worship of the image, both of which are of the Jain persuasion.

3. I have reason to think from the character of a separate inscrip-

tion found by me, that others may yet be discovered of more remote

date than Summut 1223, A. D. 1167, which is however of so much

value that it accords with, and fills up, a blank in the dates of some

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 919

Jain temples at Woon, also visited by me recently, and of which I

am preparing a notice in conjunction with the Budhistical caves of

Bang, of which a very imperfect description exists.

4. Should I be able to accomplish this object in the ensuing cold

season, there will be left of the Anown remains of the Budhists and

Jains in central India, the caves of Chundwassa, adverted to by (Col.

Todd) alone that need detail.

5. For the drawing which accompanies this report, I am indebted

to Lieutenant Macbeen, of the 74th Regiment, now at Mhow.

I have, &c.

(Signed) Evian Impey,

Residency Surgeon.

_ Indore Residency, the 30th October, 1849.

(True Copy.)

H. M. Ex.riort,

Secy. to Govt. of India with the Govr. Genl.

From W. Grey, Esq. Foreign Secretary to the Government of

India,

To the Secretary to the Asiatic Society,

Dated Fort William, the 15th December, 1849.

Foreign Department.

Sir,—I am directed by the President in Council to transmit to

you, for communication to the Asiatic Society, the accompanying

letter from Dr. Impey, Residency Surgeon at Indore, regarding a

Colossal Rock Image in the Satpoorah range, together with the report,

drawings and inscriptions connected with the same.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedt. Servant,

W. Grey,

Foreign Secy. to the Govt. of India.

Fort William, the 15th December, 1849.

It was with some reluctance that in giving a title to the subjoined

description of a very remarkable and interesting relic of the Jain

faith and religion, now for the first time brought to public notice,

I applied the word discovery, which is perhaps in many senses more

suitable to a scientific deduction, but being assured by those most

competent to give an opinion that priority of announcement is generally

6 G2

920 Description of a Colossal Jain figure |Sepr.

held to be decisive of priority of discovery, I had less hesitation in

using so ostentatious a term, particularly as it is becoming apparent

from the announcements made almost daily, that there yet remain very

many records of sacred and architectural antiquity unobserved by us,

but matters of notoriety to every native around, and undivulged from no

desire of concealment, but either from the apathetical habit of the

natives in general, or their excessive reserve in speaking of religious

subjects, upon which they are usually unwilling to originate a conversa-

tion.

The value and importance of the figure brought to light, and which

may be most aptly termed a rock image, I have no desire to estimate

unduly. I dare say those interested in these persuits, will glean

from the following description all that is deserving of record and

worthy of confidence in an antiquarian sense. I must content myself

therefore with stating in this place, that the chief Colossal figure is not

a statue, but a naked image cut in high relief out of the side ofa

hill of amygdaloidal trap, in the same manner and similar to the Bhuts

at Bamiyan, and its full height must be ninety feet, at least that portion

above ground, viz. about a foot below the knee, measuring seventy-two

feet, eight inches ; and I believe it is, with the exception of a few

figures, between thirty or forty feet high in the fort of Gwalior and

one near Kussia,* the only one of the kind as yet known between

the Himalayas and Cape Comorin, differing from those at Bamiyan, in

being naked, and from those at Beligula, Einur and Kurkal in Canara,

in being essentially a rock image cut in relief instead of being sculp-

tured as a statue ; other points of comparison will be noticed in detail,

my only fear is that in the hurried visit of a few hours which I was

enabled to make, many subjects which might have been highly useful

both in an historical and theological light have been left unnoticed or

touched too lightly upon.

My notes were taken as far back as 1846, when I was stationed

at Mhow with a troop of Horse Artillery, and should have been given

* In the Journal of the Asiatic Society Bengal, for June 1837, there is a colossal

image described under the vulgar appellation of Mata Kooar ; it is situated near

Kussia in the Gorakpoor district. The height, though referred to in the report, is

not stated, nor a sketch of the figure lithographed, but Mr. Prinsep, in a note,

regards it is an image of Bhoodha.

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 921

publicity to sooner, but just as I was arranging them, I received my

appointment to the Residency at Indore, and I was in hopes that I

should ere this have had an opportunity of adding to, or correcting

my first impressions ; illness and other causes have however arisen to

prevent this and I now furnish them with not a little diffidence.

It was on the occasion of my return from an excursion to the under-

valued and imperfectly described caves of Bang, the extent and beauty

of which however I hope to shew in a subsequent report (having

been fortunate enough to discover few large Vehars, and several small

detached caves, for the daghop only, and not chaitya cathedrals—ano-

malies I believe in Bhoodhistical excavations), when it was casually

suggested to me to visit the Bawunguj. This proved to be the general

acceptation of the height and the current name of the colossal figure,

the chief subject under consideration.* It is situated in Burwanie,

a considerable district in Kimar, on the left or south bank of the

Nerbudda, under the chieftainship of an independent rajah, who has

just obtained his majority. The capital of district is also named

Burwanie, a few miles west of which run the first spurs that the

Satpoorah Range sends off towards the Nerbudda in a north westerly

direction. About seventeen miles further down they close in and

meeting others from the north bank of the Vindhyan chain, form the

* Literally 52 guj. If we reckon the guj here alluded to, to be that in ordinary

use on this side of India, viz. Malwa, viz. 30 inches, and we are bound to accept

this standard in preference to the English guj or yard, which is chiefly used in

cloth measure, and could only have come into general adoption with the extension

of our power ; and before that period the name in all probability had been given

to the figure ; we should have a supposed height of 130 feet to it. With its pe-

destal, if it has any, it could not have extended to this, nor does it approximate in

any degree to my measurement of 90 feet 10 inches ; but the standard of 30 inches

is not an approved or legitimate one, and the only one I am aware of that is, is

the Illahie guj, of the Emperor Akbar, fixed by him at 41 fingers, and determined by

Colonel Hodson, late Surveyor General in India, (Transactions Asiatic Society, Vol.

7,) from several measurements of the Taj Mahul and other Mahomedan buildings to

be 31 inches and a fraction more than one-third, which would make the Bawunguj

134 feet 73 inches, a height utterly inconsistent and extravagant. I mention

this, not that an approach to accuracy is likely to result from any hypothesis that

could be drawn from a mere name, yet it is as well always to endeavour to test the

statements of natives, particularly if traditional, to ascertain if there are any real

grounds for their appellations though ever so common or unmeaning.

922 Description of a Colossal Jain figure |Sepr.

celebrated rapid called from its conformation the Hurnpahl or Deer’s

Leap.* The hills as they stretch toward the river present sharp

defined outlines, and are crowded and heaped confusedly together, their

summits for the most part terminating in peaks or sharp ridges, and

rise from 14 to 1700 feet above the bed of the river, which at Chickulda,

on the opposite bank, is 550 feet above the level of the sea; thus

giving an extreme elevation of at least 2000 feet to the sacred peak,

which is by no means the highest visible.

It is upon the east face of one of these hills, about 3 miles from

Burwanie itself, distant upwards of four from the Nerbudda, that the

Colossal figure is cut.

About a mile from Burwanie the first ascent commences, and from

hence to the summit, is fully two miles of a most laborious, and in the

hot season most fatiguing way, for there is neither shelter, stream,

well, or tank to refresh the traveller. Colonel Franklin’s description

(in Transaction, A. S. Great Britain and Ireland, Vol. 1st) of the ascent

to Samet Sikhara in Behar, is so applicable to that of Bawunguj, that

I cannot forbear quoting it :—‘‘The ascent, he says, commences by a

narrow path in a winding direction, surrounded on both sides by the

thickest forest. It is steep, with loose stones overspreading the road ;

as you proceed the ascent becomes steeper, and the summit of the

mountain presents a stupendous appearance; no animal of any kind

is to be seen. The ascent still continues and the forest begins to thin,

&c. &c. and after some difficulty the summit is reached, from which

is an inexpressibly grand view of what may here also be termed the

jungle tarai on one side, on the other the Nerbudda stretching far

and wide its alluvial banks, luxuriating in the most fertile vegetation.

It is after you pass the tabulated surface of the lower hill, and

immediately at the foot of the steeper one, that the first appearance

of “holy ground’’ presents itself, consisting of a small figure of

Parswinath, seated in an enclosure, and in front of it a rude square

pillar resembling a dipmahl displaced, unused and almost fallen down.

* Sir J. Malcolm, in his Central India thus describes this rapid. ‘‘ The name

of the Hurnpahl is derived from the circumstances of the river being here obstruct-

ed by large masses of basalt, rising about 10 or 11 feet above the ordinary level

of the stream, and giving passage through three very small channels, across each of

which it is supposed an antelope could bound.”’

1849.} discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 923

There are figures of the same kind but neglected, all around. The chief

object, viz. the colossal figure and temple, being still much further up

the hill, I could not stop to examine these minutely.

Few other traces of the proximity of the great divinity were percep-

tible until a rather sharp turn brought you literally upon heaps of

statues, some 12, some 5 feet high, erect as well as seated, quietly

ensconced each in his own secluded retreat. Opposite to these, on the

bare hill side, was the great colossus himself.

The drawing* will perhaps give a better idea of the figure than any

description ; it is reached with some difficulty, owing to the large boul-

ders and blocks of stone that have fallen down from above. As will

be seen, it is Digambaree, and stands quite alone, almost in full relief.

The Deity seems in mental abstraction, as if undergoing “ tapasya.’’

The countenance is particularly placid and contemplative, anc the figure

presents generally the appearance of composure or repose, with the

hands by the side. The earth and rocks that have fallen at the

feet make it appear buried nearly to the knees, and detracts from

its real height. It has no canopy, but on either side of the head some

masonry of later workmanship evidently than the figure itself. That

on the left is evidently brick work, meant perhaps to rectify and square

the unevenness of the niche from which it is chiselled; on the right,

handsome stone brackets act as supports to the recess. The hill being

almost perpendicular, I was unable to make an accurate hand measure-

ment, and had not the instruments to observe one; the only course

left to me therefore was to send my guide round to the top of the

hill, and from the crown of the head of the figure to make him let down

a chord I fortunately had with me, to the ground, and as he did so,

to leave marks or knots at the different places I indicated to him, such

as the knees, pubes, &c. &c. ; by this means I obtained a measurement

as accurate at least as circumstances permitted. The extreme height

to the buried part I find to be 72 ft. 8. in. The different proportions as

follows :—

1. From below the calf to the Patella,...... 11 ft. 18 in.

2. To the extremities of the fingers,........ 6 8

Sey DME WESESANGOS PUDIS.: ieiicjs's0 ae ne ee 18 9

Aah MEMOS 29), aie) wie +5 Siler Glide val ws 9 9

* This will be given in a subsequent number.—Eds.

924 Description of a Colossal Jain figure (Sept.

Se ivetardlan eae in, lik eo ll 11

6. The shoulders and clavicles,............ 4 1

7 <The chines: ee SER nee eer Ute 5 0

Sey Nhe valal mas Jy, vid.) Gee one 4 10

9. The droop of lower eyelid, a aD =

LO) Dhevarehtof eyebrow; ae). 8ys P99) 6 ae 2 2

bi: {Phesreetsor-hatr,’ *, . SPs Pee, 2 9

12s To the vertex; c' 052 ie ae), tage 2 10

Total... 72 8

From the os pubis to the vertex being usually reckoned as one half

the body, and that being in the figures 45 ft. 5 in., the extreme height

should be 90 ft. 10 in.* and that portion of the body below the calf

now under ground, according to the same calculation, should be 18 ft.

2in. The proportions are however by no means sculptural or in unison

with the above standard ; for instance, from the lower part of the kneet

to the foot, or + of the whole body, in the figure however it is only 15

ft. 5 in. instead of 22.8; this would only give a height of 61 ft. 8 in.

whereas 72. 8 are above ground.

Again, as will be noticed ata glance, the head is very much out of

proportion ; properly it should be equal to 4 of the whole body, but as

it measures in the figure 14 ft. 93 in. this would give a height of 119

ft. 4 in., and there are other disproportions which at once strike the

observer, namely, the shortness of the neck, which is but two inches

less than from the chin to the ala nasi, the squareness of the shoulders,

and the closeness of the axilla to them.

The abdomen and right breast are much worn away, and the left

thigh and right and left fore arms also mutilated, owing to great masses

of trap boulders that have evidently been detached in consequence of

the decomposing nature of the rock and its exposure ; green earth enve-

lopes these boulders. The rock here is a good deal broken, which

might lead to the inference that the figure must have been meant to be

* In confirmation of the accuracy of this measurement, a pundit, whom I sent

up, took the measurement in some way not stated by him; but he gives the height

above ground 52 cubits, or 78 feet, and guesses that under ground 8 cubits more—

i. e. 100 feet in total.

+ To the bottom of the os pubis ought to be the same as from the knee.

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 925

clothed or Swetambaree, but there is no trace of an ornament, belt or

clothing upon either the body or limbs, or between the latter, except

the breast, which has a quadrated lozenge marked on it. The ear-rings

reach to the neck, which is cut in wrinkles; the face is pretty perfect,

with the exception of the nose, which appears to have been jointed on.

If we accept and regard the Bhudhistical estimation of beauty, we

shall see little to quarrel with in this or other kindred figures, for hair,

expanse of forehead and face, roundness of head, elevation of the nose

and arched eyebrows, are, Mr. Hodgson tells us, among their thirty-two

discriminating points. The figure is naturally coarse to investigate

closely, but the toute ensemble is imposing. There was no trace of

inscription any where.

In a small recess facing the great image, and a few paces from it, there

is an upright figure of solid stone surmounted by a circular canopy

which projects over it. It has three retiring borders, decreasing in cir-

cumference, and leading to a kind of dais, on the upper or flat surface of

which a smaller figure is seated cross-legged. The arms are not on the

feet, but hold a sort of pillow, which rests on the knee, or in the lap of

the figure, and sometimes behind it. I scarcely knew whether to call

this the sabeit or lacquered basket, one of the requirements of the

Jainas, and which is round, or in reality a pillow, but the position of it

behind the image sometimes is decisive of its being the ghadee. On

either side of this small figure are elephants, each holding in their

trunks an inverted Lotah, their feet resting on the lower margin of the

canopy. Viewed in front the canopy has a festooned support. It is

quite plain on the under surface, and without a fringe, and about a foot

above the hair of the chief figure, which is like all Jain and Bhudhis-

tical statues, short, curly and raised slightly, similar to a wig, and carried

back straight to the ear. At the back of the head is the lambent

flame of sanctity, for which Budhistical figures are also remarkable.

On either side of this statue, parallel with the neck on the outer part

of the tablet, are attendants, their heads circled with a small mughut,

and holding wreaths in both their hands; their attitude is similar to

those on the sides of the Daghop, at Karlee, and in the Keneri caves,

that of flying ; the outside one is a woman, the inner clothed, kurra or

bangles on their arms and ancles; round the neck, arms and body a

multiplicity of chains or the convolutions of one. I look upon this as

6 Db

926 Description of a Colossal Jain figure [Sepr.

a mere ornamental chain, common to attendants, for the Zennaar or

Janwi is seldom if ever seen in Bhudhistical sculptures, neither is it

worn in this way in brahminical ones ; and the Jains in their rules for

the very first class of ascetics ‘‘anuvrata,’’ which are less stringently

dealt with than the higher orders, enjoin the Janwi to be thrown away.

Plate 14 of Moor’s Pantheon of Mahadeva in the act of destroying

Tripaisura, has a like arrangement of the chord. It is however worn

by attendants only, and there are two others similar to the above, with

the exception of bangles. They are immediately below the hands of the

chief figure, which touch their head-dresses; these head-dresses, like

those of all figures attendant upon the Tirthankus of this locality, are

peculiar, being spiral, with two, three or more coils or rings upon them

tapering to a point. The nearest hands of the attendants rest upon a

stone support, a kind of mace, or may be conch, with three convolutions ;

of this I am not quite sure; their lower halves as well as that of the

chief figure, are in the ground. The outer part of the tablet by the

arms of the chief figure is plain and not ornamented. The eyebrows

differ from most images of Bhudh in general, in being turned up at

the outer corner, the eye the while denoting repose, being prominent,

but fully one half covered by the upper lid; the nose is beautifully

formed in shape and proportion, displaying a very favorable contrast to

those given to Bhudhistical figures, upon which however Jain sculptures

seem to have greatly improved. The lips project, the lower one espe-

cially, and is very angular ; the chin is dimpled, and the cheek rounded,

but the face is remarkable for breadth, being 2 ft. 5 in. from ear to ear ;

the throat has 3 zones or creases round it, and on the breast is an

expanded lotus, with 8 smooth edged petals enclosed in a lozenge. The

nipples are traced; the belly projects in the least just below the umbi-

licus, which is indented ; the thighs are round and prominent; the gastro-

cnemil in proportion, and approach one another, but the image is unfor-

tunately buried beyond this. The length of the arm, from the shoulder

to the extremities of the fingers, is 4 ft. 63 in., the latter are in excellent

proportion, and turn towards the thigh. The figure is beantifully

rounded, and the sculpture is altogether of the most finished workman-

ship, and in point of art and symmetry very perfect; too much so to

be otherwise than modern. There are unfortunately of this figure but

10 feet above ground, and no more than 12 inches below the knee are

1849.] discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 927

visible. If, as before, we consider the head equal to } of the body,

according to sculptural proportions, it would give a height of 12 feet

or more, or taking the arm as 3 heads, 13 ft. 62 in.

From summit of hair to chin,.. 1 ft. 6 in.

From chin to clavicles,........ 6 3+

Clavicie'to navel, Ys. .60. 2008 2 3

Mawel vowpmbis, eee) Ie. oi 0 112

Pabis' to knee, 5. SY ee 2 0

Meneth of army! 7.0. OS 7 humerus to elbow.

Pore army ge! LTE YL OPE ag 82 to wrist.

Metatarsus and fingers, ...... 1 24

Total,.. 11 6+

Nose 44 inches + 4=1 ft. 6 in. length of head.

1 ft. 6 in. +8 —=12 ft.—lengthof figure.

But for the canopy and attendants one might consider this to be

meant as a more perfect miniature of the great colossal figure, or as it

is itself colossal, the Bawunguj, which we may call it par excellence.

For this reason, and as other images will be met with precisely of the

same kind, I have been particular in my description, lest there should

be any misconception, and as we often gather more information from

this source than even date affords, which are, I have little doubt, added

generations or centuries after the erection of buildings, by some aspir-

ing devotee.* The temple or recess on which it stands, is open toward

the great colossus, and built of cut stone, graduating to the top. This

seems to me to have been merely meant as an enclosure to preserve

the image from the debris of the hill, which might tumble on it either

from the force of rain in the monsoon or other disturbing causes.

There has been no attempt at any kind of covering or roof for it, and it

is now inruins. About six yards directly in front of this, has fallen or

* Since I visited Bawunguj and wrote the above, I have had access to the marble

Jain statue in the Society’s Museum, Bombay, and it so closely resembles the erect

one, that the description might almost be thought to have been borrowed from it ; the

only difference apparent is the clothing of the chief figure and the position of some

of the attendants. There is no record of where this marble statue was brought from ;

most probably Abu, but wherever its habitat, it confirms the identity both of the object,

and the religion which actuated the sculpture of both,

6p 2

928 Description of a Colossal Jain figure |Srpr.

been carried, a sitting figure of Parswinath, 2 feet 9 inches high ; it is

solitary and plain, the right hand and left leg uppermost.

In a more easterly direction are two other erect statues, half buried

and evidently out of their proper places; the most westerly has the

solar radiance opened out behind it, divided into 29 points, and is only

two feet above ground: the other has been much more elaborately

carved; the stone is lighter and brighter, and the proportion more

graceful; it has no canopy, but the curled hair tied in a knot on the

crown of the head, the stone out of which it was worked is gracefully

finished, and in a heart shape behind ; the two attendants are precisely

similar to those on the first described image: 3 feet 5 inches of this

figure are above ground. Further to the east is another built recess,

5 feet square, in which is a sitting figure of Parswinath, broken off

unfortunately at the neck and 4 feet in height; the fallen head has

the peculiar curled hair and is over-shaded by the naga, the palm of the

tight hand has an ornament which I take to be the lotus, though

I have never seen it with three leaves. On the plinth is another trefoil,

but I almost think the lower leaf has been omitted or worn off, and

that it must have been a Srivatsa. There is in Lord Valentia’s collec-

tion, and in all Ceylon Bhudhistical image, a flower of this shape, but

with a fourth leaf on the hand of the seated Budha, and curious enough

the leaves have serrated edges also. These are the chief attractive

objects in the neighbourhood of the great rock image. Higher up the

hill is a small plateau, where are the remains of masonry, the bricks of

apparently modern date, or else the inhabitants of the district have

adhered to, or perhaps taken the custom from previous ages, for the

bricks are of the same size and shape and material as those made at

Burwanie in the present day, and peculiar in their proportions,—14

inches long, 9 broad and 3 thick. Here are two images, one full length

and erect, but buried to the waist, and similar to those deseribed ;

the other is more ancient and set upon a pedestal as if intended for a

niche. The figure is not large, scarcely 3 feet high, but differs from the

others, being a female having very protruding breasts, and also in pos-

ture. It is represented as if seated ona bench, the left leg bent under

the right knee. It has a canopy of 9 ribs, much resembling an umbrella,

and its handle or stem runs down the left side. The face of the image

is much injured, the hair visible and bound into a knot behind the right

1849.] discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 929

ear. There is an abundance of ornaments on the arms and feet, and

four rings on the neck, from the lowest of which two separate perpendi-

cular pieces hang close to the breasts, underneath which they turn to

the arm, which they encircle once. From the junction of the breast-

pieces there depends the usual lotus within the lozenge. J imagined

this to have been some ornamental chain, probably the Candora, which

distinguishes the Seetambaree, and which is somtimes very long and

entwined a good deal over the limbs, but from the general description,

abundance of ornaments, protruding breast, and peculiar hair knot, Iam

inclined notwithstanding the posture, to regard it as a female deity, which

we know were not uncommon with the Jainas, 48 being admitted into

their Pantheon (see Bhudha Vilasa), and one among their Tirthankars.

If I am correct she has a niche also in the small choultry upon the

hill ; the figures under her feet differ from those before described, and

are rather remarkable. Under the right knee is a small one seated

astride a tiger with the pillow under the left arm, and close to the foot

an exceedingly small figure on its knee in a suppliant, almost in a weep-

ing posture. The side is to the observer, and the head bent upon the

left arm. Under the left knee the figure there placed also faces the last,

but is seated, not cross-legged, the buttocks on the ground, the fore

arms along the thighs, the elbows on the groins just as natives sit in the

present day. Still ascending you enter near the summit of the hill a

kind of rude gateway, with a small parapet wall on either side ; upon a

rising ground on the left are the walls of an old temple, which appears

from the remains of the masonry to have been circular, with a vaulted

dome; there remain in it yet two erect figures similar to that first

described, of which there are several in the temple—now in use,

Taking the path to the right and ascending some broken and irregular

ground you reach the chief flight, which conducts to the temple; from

the remains of stone, masses of bricks and mortar and figures jumbled

together every where, the whole surface of the summit must have been

built over. One erect figure is peculiar in standing isolated in an attitude

not common in a divinity, but pertaining usually to Darpals,—that of

listless attention, the hip being thrust out and the right hand leaning

On it. Close to this commences the ascent of some 40 or 50 rude

steps, which lead to a platform about 30 feet above the surrounding

objects, but only upon one side, and evidently erected as a buttress or

930 Description of a Colossal Jain figure [Srer.

abutment to the spur of the hill to the level of which only it is raised.

The steps lead direct to the temple door, which faces the east, and

must always have done so, there being no evidence whatever of any

attempts at destruction. In Captain Stewart’s remarks on Woon,

great stress is laid on this direction of the doorway, as indicating

itself of Brahmanical interference, the Jain temples there usually facing

the north, and one, which is said to be Brahmanical, the east, but this

is not an invariable rule, for Neelkunt Mahdeo’s temple in the town faces

the west, and at Hinnagund on the Kristna alluded to by Captain

Wenbold, there is one which faces the east. Captain Stewart is borne

out by Ram Raz in his illustrations of Hindoo architectnre, and the

custom in all Sivite temples in general, but the Mahawanso affirms that

the pulpits in Bhudhistical Vehars always faced the east, the seats of the

priests the north. In the Bawunguj the aspect of the temple and colos-

sus coincide. Ina temple where there is not much space to spare the

chief object might naturally be placed fronting the entrance, as well for

light as effect. In the Jain temples in Kanaree there are always 4 en-

trances. The Bawunguj temple is surrounded on three sides by a wall

52 feet high, it is 82 feet long, measured inside, and 54 feet in front ; at

about 2 of its length, owing to the confined surface of the hill, the wall

is contracted and closes in 45 feet on each side, and in consequence is

only 45 feet broad behind. Lengthways there are 16 recesses for

figures of some J ain Iswarra, which from the wheel and lion being

invariably depicted, I take to be those of Mahavira or Vaidhumana. 10

of these are in the narrow part of the wall, 16 in the broad, 11 in the

rear. There are evidences of the wall having been continued some dis-

tance on either side in front adjoining the steps ; it is however impossi-

ble to say decidedly how many figures there may have been recesses for,

—whether any multiple of 24 or an indefinite number. In one of the

temples at Abu I notice there are 56 mentioned, and at Indrapur near

Belegula, there were 72 images (As. Res. Vol. IX.) but in 1807

only 42 were remaining in good condition, placed in a gallery under a

portico supported by pillars, which was carried inside along the wall. In

the temple I am describing there was no space for these images, which

were consequently placed outside. The presence of the court wall

would seem to make the building resemble that species of temple de-

scribed by Dr. Buchanan as a Basti; which, though signifying a hill,

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 931

is applied to an open area surrounded by a wall, but Gomat Iswarra is

the only image placed in it, generally colossal, the 24 Tirthankaras being

worshipped in the Basti or covered temple, and represented as naked

and sitting, exactly of the same form which will be found presently

to be the case. This would give a composite character to the edifice

embracing both descriptions. The temple itself, save in the admixture

or variety of stone used, has the appearance of a modern structure

externally, which the repairs and addition necessary to protect the

figures inside have effected ; its dome is completely so, but on entering

that impression immediately ceases. It consists of an outer verandah

infront, an inner square chamber, a vestibule, beyond and in rear of it

the sanctuary for the chief object of worship, which here is the Pra-

bathee, or impression of feet, 4 in number, two large and two small.

The verandah is approached by 8 steps, and is 15 feet long by 9 feet

wide ; the pillars supporting it (with the exception of the four immedi-

ately in front, which are very old and of the amygdaloidal trap which

forms the hills, surrounding wall, and even the figures in the recesses)

are of yellow coral limestone, brought from Dedhallee, on the other side

of the Nerbuddah.* The roof of the verandah is flat, with the lotus

inscribed within the lozenge itself within a square. On the north and

east walls are niches containing an elephant upon which is some retinue

of figures, 5 in number, the last, on each side near his tail, supported by

an erect figure carved on the flanks or thighs of the elephant ; they are

all seated, the foremost holding a lotah. This seemed to me a com-

plete anomaly in Bhudhistical or Jain sculptures. I have never seen

them depicted except in a group or tableaux, while here they are repre-

sented more like Krishna’s Gopia, save the matter of sex, and do not

give the idea of being the Ganadharee or Ganadhipa, or followers of any

of the Tirthankaras. The entrance from the verandah into the Mindra

or principal chamber of the temple, is by two doors in the same wall,

the outer much larger than the inner, being 8 feet high and 5-6 wide,

while the latter was 5-4 high and 2-8 only in width. The posts and

* Of the existence of this bed of yellow limestone I was not aware, and do not

yet know its exact locale, but I took pains to hunt out the red variety of similar

geological character, and of which the Mahomedan tombs and temples at Dhar and

Mandee consist, it is found in situ at Neemkeera on the Maun Nuddee, in the heart

of the Vindyan range below the Hydree ghaut.

932 Description of a Colossal Jain figure [Seer.

supports of both doors, as well as the flanking pillars of the outer, being

modern and of coral limestone. A descent of two steps leads into the

chamber, which is 16 ft. 3 in. square. Exactly a foot on each side of

the doorway the pilasters commence; the intercolumniation being

tetrastyle and the pillars four feet apart. The pilasters are nearly all

dissimilar, and resemble the first pillars visible ; the centre ones are

different and more modern, all 6 ft. 8 in. high, supporting slabs across the

ceiling, above which is cut the lotus within the lozenge and square, a

form found likewise on the roof of the verandah and sanctuary itself.

There are two plain sitting figures on each side of the doorway, as you

enter, and in the centre of the side walls 20 others 5 feet high, and

raised 3 feet from the ground ona Sinhasa; that on the left wall is

Parswinath ; he has Seshnaga or Dhare Nadaru for a canopy, with the

lotus engraved on his breast. The opposite figure on the right wall

has no covering, but the hair merely ; adjoining there are four others

also seated, but smaller. On the wall facing the entrance, and between

each pilaster, are figures of quite an opposite character, viz. erect ; the

principal one is on the left ; it is almost precisely the same as that met

with on the hill below, but lighter and more fitted for aroom; the head

canopy is most richly carved and has festooned supports at the sides ;

the elephants have lotahs on their trunks. If there is any difference it is

in having outside the wreath-bearers one row of figures, the upper with

stalks of the lotus over the shoulder, and the lower resting with their

hands on maces or staffs. The forefingers of the chief image are not

extended on the thigh, but bent over the middle ones. There are alto-

gether 20 images in this temple, 3 large and 17 small. On the north side

of one of the figures of Parswinath there are 4 short lines scratched but

very much worn and too indistinct to copy ; opposite the outer entrance

is that to the inner chamber, which has a most elaborately carved door-

way and six receding pillars with square and projecting capitals cut in

the depth of the wall. A descent of two steps leads into a little vestibule

6 ft. 3 in. square, in which are erect figures, also similar to the previous

ones. From this vestibule is the entrance to the sanctuary, which is

quite plain ; a small altar is raised in front of the door about 2 feet high

and on it are carved in relief two feet, very large flanked by two others

somewhat larger ; there is no other ornament of any kind, but a little

miniature on the pedestal with round ear-rings ; about the feet were grains

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 933

of rice and flowers, giving proof of the recent presence of devotees. The

same objects, viz. representations of feet, were found not as chief objects,

but at the foot of a statue in another very small building on the ex-

treme edge of the same hill to the west, very similar to those seen in

Colonel Todd’s plate of the temple of Kamalmair. In the centre of

the enclosing wall of the large temple is an opening leading along the

spur of the hill to this building, 20 paces distant ; it has a cupola made

of brick and coarse plaster, very uneven; it is only 7 feet high and 5

square, with an entrance of 2 ft. 10 in. through which it is of course

necessary to creep inside, and too low to admit of standing straight

when there, probably meant to cause the necessary degree of prostra-

tion to the deity. Facing the door and by itself was a tolerable sized

Jain image in an attitude not found elsewhere among the figures either

above or below or in the temple, viz. that of supplication ; the palms of

the hands joined together, the extremities of the fingers pointed upwards

and the thumbs on the breasts. As a curious coincidence I may men-

tion that there is a very old figure of exactly this character and posture

half buried in the land in the neighbourhood of the Jain temples at

Woon. There were two attendant figures below this, the outer hip

thrust out, upon which the outer hand rests, the inner leg bent and the

corresponding arm supporting a substance more like a lengthened bell ;

sic-in-origine, my memory does not serve me as to the exact nature of

this emblem, but from its having been held over the head of a figure in

another place it must be a rude umbrella, though as well as I recollect

it was precisely similar to those surrounding the Gaya, Buddhistical

figures at plate 70, figures 6, 7, 8, of Moore’s Pantheon. On the right

wall is the same figure cnt in marble with a lotus carved on the breast, it

is apparently of recent workmanship. The group is rather remarkable,

for underneath are two figures, right and left, the former holding the ob-

long-shaped symbol over the head of a lower figure, which is kneeling or

seated upon one leg bent underneath, the hands in front in the act of

supplication, and a chord with tassel leading from the wrists to a jug or

jar which is placed near its right foot. The left figure is on both knees

and two jugs are near it of a double form.

On the pedestal are the following letters :—

agua Cras, (eue Wardhaman Rakshasa, 1659.

On the left wall are two large figures, one holding a lotus over the

934 Description of a Colossal Jain figure [Serr.

shoulder, but subordinate to no other that I could perceive, this was

decidedly Svetambara, and the only one, the cloth hanging down to the

knee and covering the belly and hips. On the pedestal were a pair of

feet, the soles turned up and the toes turned outwards ; next to this were

two figures resembling the solitary one on the ascent of the hill, appar-

ently very old; they were seated as if on a bench, one leg bent under

the other, which was defending a child on the left knee, with its right

hand to the left breast, both of which were unusually large ; the mace in

one hand of the figure and some fruits in the other; a lion under the

right knee.—This seems a further confirmation of the solitary little

figure on the hill being female, and had it four arms, would be Bhavani

and a recognition of a deity of the Hindoo Pantheon that one would not

expect in conjunction with such unequivocal Jain figures. As nature

personified, she is admitted by the Jainas as a Devi, and gives aname to

a class, Bhawanipatis; one or two are worshipped daily by them, and

her place by the side of a Tirthankara is in correct keeping, but this

figure has not a multiplicity of arms, and as we have a Jain Tirthankara,

**Sumati,” and according to the Svetémbara, a second Malli-nath,

there is no occasion to stretch a point or trespass upon the Hindoo

mythological system. There was nothing further of importance in this

little building, so I retraced my steps to examine the figures in the

recesses of the enclosing wall. Of 43 niches there were 3 empty, 4

figures only were erect, the rest seated cross-legged, and but one with

the snake canopy of Parsvanath ; they were all very ancient, evidently of

the same rock of which the temple and hill were formed, an amygdaloi-

dal trap with decomposing nodules, which left a white, red, or green

appearance or incrustation upon them as they happened to be consti-

tuted; the recesses were constructed by one slab forming the roof or

upper part, onsthe either side, and rough uncemented stones the sides.

The group was ranged usually in the following manner ona slab. I must

premise that both sides being alike, the description applies to the whole

group. Directly in the centre is the chief figure seated with the hands

crossed over his feet, the right uppermost, over his head a canopy,

with two or three retiring ledges or circles, upon the uppermost of

which was also a figure sometimes seated, at others kneeling, either on

one knee or two, and supported by a round pillow, which was either

plain or tied in the middle; some little distance apart at each corner of

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 939

the slab, parallel with the head, was a small figure always seated, and

occasionally in a portico by itself. Between it and the canopy, with

their hind feet upon the head of this seated figure, was an elephant,

the trunk down, frequently with Bodhisatvas on its back, or between

it and the canopy two small figures with their knees bent under, as if

clinging to the canopy. Under the four feet of the elephant, close to

it, still parallel with the head of the chief figure, two small flying

figures bearing wreaths in both hands, the nearer clothed, the outer a

woman with fruit in her hand. Directly under these, along the arm of

the chief images, a full length figure, its nearest hand supporting the

feet of the flying figure above, or with lotus stalks carried over the

shoulder, and the outer hand with karraé, &c. On the corresponding hip

or thigh, these are always clothed and have the spiral caps of attendants.

Outside of these, and of the same height, is another erect figure, the

near hands in respect to the large image resting upon a fish, bird or

club, the other by the side. At the feet of both of these below, but

outside the knees, there are two small figures, one seated cross-legged,

the other as if on a bench with one leg dangling, the right hand holding

a staff; these seldom vary. Outside of them again under the small

figure seated in the corner above, is a pillar supported by pigmies

(zujalya) having for its shaft a tiger rampant, on a reclining elephant

as its base. Immediately under the knees and feet of the chief image

are four diminutive pillars, between the outer of which isa lion facing the

wheel, which is in the centre. This latter is but the personification of

the earth, or two cups meeting at the base, according to the Jain belief:

the flat surface at the junction, the earth—it presents no form of the

praying wheel pictured by Colonel Sykes in his notes on the moral and

political state of India, and is represented with its tire in front, not its

broad axis. |

In those which seem very old and weather-beaten there is a se-

cond figure over the first in a little porch supported by birds, with

wings endorsed on each side ; on a level with its knees two others simi-

lar to it, under which are the elephants. Where the principal figure is

erect the niche is carved a good deal, and there is a pillar on each

side, the tops of the figures of one hand touching a club or bird’s

head.

From the above rough notes it may fairly be deduced I think that the

6 E 2

936 Description of a Colossal Jain figure [Supr.

colossal image, as well as all the other figures, are Jaina. I cannot trace

one single symbol of Brahmanical intrusion, and in this there is a strik-

ing singularity ; in every other situation and country it has struck me to

be so universal as to amount almost to a law or principal that wherever

edifices, temples or caves of any religious persuasion abounded, that was

selected by the holders of a rival and succeeding creed as the spot to

establish themselves, and to vie with their predecessors in magnificence

and extent of structure. Such is not the case however either with the

colossus or temple of Bawangaj, nor, with the trifling exception of a

single insignificant image of Ganesa, is it so at the caves of Bang.

This may possibly argue no very great antiquity for them, but it ena-

bles us in this age to see them unmixed and in their purity, seathed

only by the ruthless hand of time. It is not the least remarkable part

of the colossal figure at Bawangaj, that it is the only one of the kind as

yet known in India. There are statues at Kanara, at Belegula, 70 feet

3 inches high; at Einur, 35, and Karkal 36-6. The largest of these is

variously computed 18 times a man’s height, (18 fathoms and) 6 times

its own feet, which is 9 feet, e. 1.54. This is so exactly the half of 18

fathoms, or 108 feet, that there must have been some error in reckoning

the fathom, however the true height, according to Dr. Buchanan, is little

more than 70 feet. The Bawangaj must be at least 90, it beg 73-8

to the calf of the leg alone. The height, nudity and posture of the

Kanara figures and their dedication to Gomat Iswara, or Indra Bhuta,

the disciple of Maha, proved now almost beyond question to be identical

with Buddha himself, indicate resemblance to the Bawangaj figure,

and the differences perhaps consist in respects which may be considered

merely local, for instance, the hair is arched, not cut straight across the

forehead ; the earrings do not touch the shoulders, and on the arms and

legs are traced branches of a tree with leaves which arise from a series

of mounds behind, and between the legs, one for each arm and leg. In

India the figures that approach nearest to Bawangaj in point of con-

struction are those in the hill fort of Gwalior, of which there are very

meagre descriptions. Mr. Fergusson says of rock cut temples, that

“‘the colossal figures, some sitting, some standing, some 30 or 40 feet

high, have sometimes a screen before them which form a small cham-

ber,” aud Colonel Sleeman thus depicts them in his Rambles of an

Indian Official: ‘On the face of the rock between the glacis and foot

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 937

of the wall are cut out in bold relief the colossal figures of men sitting

bare-headed under canopies on each side of a throne or temple, and in

another place the colossal figure of a man standing naked and facing

outward, which I took to be that of Buddha.” Of the colossal figure of

Mata Koonar in the district of Gorakpore, Mr. Prinsep has not thought

necessary to give the height or a sketch. His opinion of its being a

figure of Buddha is sufficient to authorize its reception as such, but the

omission is unfortunate for comparison sake. He states, it is sur-

rounded with smaller compartments, descriptive of various acts of Bud-

dha’s life, surmounted also above by angels and gods, and below sup-

ported by the Sinha and elephant, and is probably connected with the

Mathia Lat, described by Mr. Hodgson, Asiatic Society’s Journal, Vol.

3. Mathia being evidently the patronymic of Mata and Koonar or Kun-

war, a corruption of Kumara, the youthful, or god of war. Mr. Lis-

ton’s description however shews several points in which it is dissimilar

to the Bawangaj rock image, which is either essentially Jaina or of the

esoteric Buddha creed. Mata Koonar is associated with devatas and

attendant figures on each side, with flames around their heads, and their

hands on goats, and the lotus over the shoulder, whereas every thing

about the Bawangaj is particularly plain. The only other hill figures

an account of which has been published, are the 3 Bhuts at Bamiyan,

the largest of which is 120 feet high; these, though traditionally said

to have been inhabited by Abraham, and to have been excavated before

the flood (Colonel Wilford, Asiatic Researches, 6, Vol.) are considered

by every traveller to be Buddhistical. Mr. Masson, the latest visitor,

says, they are in the same attitude as the figure at Kanari, that of

preaching, and the paintings are similar all over the caves. Sir A.

Burnes is the only author who makes allusion to their Jain extrac-

tion, and thinks the paintings over the idol to have a close resem-

blance to the images of the Jain temples in western India, as Mount

Abu at Girnar, and Palitana in Kattywar, and can trace no resemblance

to the figures in the caves of Salsette. Notwithstanding such high

authority, they can scarcely be said to belong to the Jain faith, as

we know it. Their figures are never in such a posture, and the clothing

is thrown loosely over, exposing the right shoulder; the Bamiyan

figures besides were in existence at a time when the Jain religion

was certainly not in the ascendant, while Buddhism as certainly was.

938 Description of a Colossal Jain figure [SEepr.

Mr. Prinsep states, that it was in the height of its glory a century or two

prior to the Christian era, from Kashmere to Ceylon, and M. Remusat,

from the examination of Fa Hian’s travels, that so late as the beginning

of the 5th century Buddhism was flourishing in the same regions.

These therefore have little in accordance with the Bawangaj image. I

have of course excluded from the catalogue of rock images, that at De-

wass, described by Lieut. Conolly (Prinsep’s Journal, Vol. 6, page 855),

as gigantic, because it is so completely Brahmanical, being a form of the

Sacti of Siva, under the name of Chamunda. One of the principal

matters of interest however connected with both the rock image and

temple, is the date that can be assigned them, if we can depend upon

those we meet with on buildings, which I am almost persuaded are in

many instances the handiwork of regenerators, not founders. Informa-

tion on this head resolves itself into the evidence afforded by the tem-

ple and figure separately as well as conjointly, and it is important to

prove the connection of both if possible, for though the worship of the

Prabatha, Paduka, or representation of feet, and the numerous emblems

of the lion in the recesses, and the inscription at the foot of one of the

most modern figures may perhaps, in conjunction with the nakedness of

all to induce us, attribute them to Vardhamana Mahavira. The manifest-

ly abandoned state of the colossal rock image and the figures in front of

it might lead us justly to the inference that it had ceased to be an ob-

ject of worship, which if they were one and the same divinity, would not

be probable, and I cannot but admit that the nakedness of the figure

making it Digambara, the admitted antiquity of this sect, their great

prevalence in Rajpootana, (though the Swetambara, according to Lieut.

Conolly, are more numerous in Malwa, Op. Cit.) and their devotion to

Rishabha, the 1st Tirthankara, and acknowledged chief saint, his extreme

height 500 poles, or Dhamish (albeit imaginary) the fact of his primi-

tive shrine being at Abu, and a temple and large figure being dedicated

to him at the top of a high mountain, Satrunjaya near Pélithdna* in

* Palithana, near Bhownagar in Kattywar, is as celebrated a place of pilgrimage

for the Jains in the western side of India as Samat Sikhara in Behar and Belegula in

Canara; there are a great number of temples on the hill, and a treasury so large as

to be placed under the management of four large bankers, two of whom are inhabi-

tants of and reside in Ahmedabad, one in Bombay, one in Jeysulmeer. The Calpa

Sutra, page 10, says, ‘‘ there is no holy place superior to Sri-Satrunjaya.”’

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 939

Kattywar, under the appellation of Adhiswara Rishabhadeva, called by

the Srawaka or laity, Adi Bhudha, and to which there is a large annual

Tirtha, and the circumstances of the exact spot in which his apotheosis

took place being undecided, being the mountain of Catachachal, accord-

ing to Major Delamaine, and Ashtapada according to Mr. Colebrooke,

are circumstances not to be rejected in attributing the colossus to him.

Yet if it were his, the brahmins who admit him into their mythology as

2nd in a list of kings in their regal families (Bhagavat Purana, and

Dr. Stevenson in Kalpa Sutra) would be likely to have some more

certain records of him, and he would have the chief, not secondary place

in the temple, unless in the recent changes it has undergone, the sub-

stitution of Mahavira as a later and better known divinity may have

been made, and the Bawangaj and other divinities have been forsaken

and deserted on account of some imaginary superstition or ill fortune,

which Dr. Stevenson assures me, is among the Jains not an unfrequent

occurrence. ‘To whosoever honor the colossus may have been originally

cut—whether Rishabha or Vardhamana,—and one of the two it must have

been,—the worship of both it and the small statues near him, including

one or two of Parsvanath even has passed away. ‘The inclusion of the

latter in this desertion, shewing the correctness of Dr. Stevenson’s sur-

mise, for notwithstanding this, the temple on the hill gives a place to

them and to more than one of the 23 Tirthankaras besides, while all

those on the hill below are perfectly neglected. There are however

many difficulties to overcome and reconcile, which are not a little puz-

zling. Rock images, in a general sense, we may naturally suppose to

have been cut in rude, if not ancient times, and in truth every thing

carved on rocks bears on this fact also the stamp of antiquity, and is

associated with such in our minds. Whether images, temples or inscrip -

tions, they leave with us an impression that the projectors of such were

in a degree in ignorance of the state of art, if any such existed, before

their time, and that their conceptions were rude and imperfect, and this

has particular reference to sculpture and statues. We can scarcely

conceive it possible that the individuals composing, for instance, such a

large and numerous sect as the Jains, spread over such an immense

tract of country, could in the 11th century have been so totally unaware

of the science of sculpture as to cut such ill-shapen and disproportioned

images in the face of a hill, with examples of the beautiful works of

940 Description of a Colossal Jain figure [ Serr.

previous centuries within 40 miles of the caves of Bang, and leave it

exposed to the destructive force of the elements. Preservation scarcely

one would imagine could have been had in view in such a course, yet

experience has proved that rocks and nature are more commemorative

agents than all the art of man. The Bamiyan figures have withstood

the play of artillery ; the cave temples, the sacriligious chisel of the

sculptor, and notwithstanding the injuries so caused we can trace

through them some evidences of the originators of these antiquarian mo-

numents ; not so with the later and more approved custom of enshrin-

ing within temples, desertion of these latter being almost equivalent

and synonimous with destruction. In the Bawangaj figures we have

evidence of a succession of science ; all improvements upon the great fi-

gure, the more finished execution being, we must naturally infer, the most

modern and the reserve the evidence of antiquity. In chronology we

often, as in this instance, can discover no era or date to guide us, and

when we do, are disposed to regard it as a source of error at all times

magnified and perverted by the stroke of a pen; we therefore seek to

derive from the observation of the natural characters of sculptures and

figures the intentions, tenets, and opinions of the framers, a method o¢

reasoning applicable to times and edifices within our own eras, and in a

great measure decisive and indicative of national character. This is espe-

cially applicable to the varied sculptures found at Bawangaj, the great

rock image being the most rough and artless, while the smaller but

still colossal figures placed opposite to it,—images it may be of the same

divinity,—are most perfect and polished incomparison. I do not mean

to infer that the antiquity assumed from this source is sufficient to

warrant one going back tothe Dwapar Yug, and fixing upon Rishabha*

as the deity personified on account of his antiquity, (for there is ample

time for Mahavira to come in, his apotheosis being 569 B. C.) but

there are strong grounds for the former suggestion, as well in this as in

the fact of the images being erect as well as sitting. Parsvanath, and

* Rishabha.—If any credit is to be attached to the date of Rishabha’s apotheosis

which took place 3 years 84 months before the end of the 3rd age, and we admit

the Jain method of commencing the Kali Yug or 4th age, as 1078 B. C. we should

have a positive date to Rishabha of 1074 B. C.—comparatively a recent one. The

Brahmin date of the Kali Yug is however much better fixed and established, and by

it his date would be 3098 B. C.

1849.] discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 941

whatever other Tirthankara is represented, being without a fringe.to the

canopy, denoting an inferiority and apparent subordination to the great

figure, which, as Mahavira succeeded Parswinath, would not be likely.

I am free to confess however that the subordinate nature of these is

but a conjecture of my own, but I may safely class with the same date

and period, the temple itself and the figures in the recess, though not

those inside either the temple or choultry.* Of the date of the temple

T shall have occasion to speak presently. The seated figures on the

tablets in the recess of the court wall, accompanied by the almost inva-

riable emblem of the lion, would point to Mahavira, the only Digam-

bara-Tirthankara known, and several reasons of weight conduce to his

coincidence with the rock image ;—1st, the precision of his era, which

unlike Rishabha is not disputable,—the likelihood of Rishabha’s being

little more than the first ascetic, not the extensive promulgation of the

faith ; the inscription on the small temple Vardhamana Rakshasa, the

worship of the Prapatha or Paduka,—almost exclusively his own, both

in the large temple and at the foot of a statue identical with the small

figures opposite the colossus. If heights can be trusted, and are not

as frivolous and exaggerated as dates, and we proceed in the ratio of

decrease, which the Tirthankaras are made to do, viz. from Rishabha to

Sitala, by 50 poles, Sitala to Ananta by 10, and Ananta to Nemi, the

* The only support to my supposition ragarding the inferiority of the small

figures is the very slight one of the name by which two of them are at present known

—‘ Oodura”’ and ‘‘ Doodura’’ and here again the common appellation of figures

may tend to establish a clue from which more positive data may yet be arrived

at. After hunting over many lists for those names I fell in with one in Vol. IX. A.

Res. received from Charucirti Acharya, the Jain chief pontiff at Belegula. It would

appear that according to the Jain belief there were born other 24 Tirthankaras in

the world during the first age, beside the 24 after Rishabha. Among the names of

these Tirthankaras of the Antacala or past times, stand Odara, the 8th, and in a note

of Mr. Colebrooke’s, a corresponding list is given by Hemachandra Acharya, the

author of the Abhidhana Chintamini in which the 8th is called Damodara, a name to

this day used frequently as a first name by the Sarawaks, though claimed as usual

and applied by Brahmins to Vishnu. Unfortunately this coincidence of name has not

as yet led to any date, but there doubtless is one credible and substantial and much

less apocryphal than the Treta Yug, and connected with some Sadhu or Guru, for

the Jains pay a respectful adoration to those who obtained Moksha in times of anti-

quity, even more assiduously and with greater veneration than to the Tirthankaras

who were incarnate in the Utsarpini period.

6 F

942 Description of a Colossal Jain figure [SEpT.

21st and last whose absolute height is given by Mr. Colebrooke, viz. 5

poles, we may suppose Mahavira to be within bounds, and have another

ground for ascribing the rock image to him. We know that Maha-

vira’s apotheosis took place at Pawapuri, in Behar, but the Jains

worship as well the places where their Iswarahs were begotten and

born, where they resigned worldly, pleasures and began to meditate,

as well as where they obtained Nirvana, though I am not aware that

any of them took place in the district of Burwanie. A closer study

of the figures and emblems, and digging round the pedestals and feet

of the statues where the chief events of the Deva’s life are usually

represented, will, I dare say, elicit more accurate information, and an

enquiry made into the records of the town of Burwanie, and conversa-

tion with the Jain devotees at the period of their tirtha, would doubtless

assist materially and lead to much more certain dates than a cursory

visit of a few hours. Iam however much afraid that we shall light

upon no very remote date, either for the figure or the temple, for

although on the authority of the Yappa Jaina Patavali (Trans. A. S.

Great Britain and Ireland, Vol. 3), written by Calca Acharya, A. D.

415, Jain temples were first built in the year 882, after Virat, i.e. A. D.

313, during the spiritual government of Mandeva Surie, I have not yet

(with the exception of the temple of Kurswa near Katah, whose date is

given by Colonel Todd unmistakably S. 597) seen an inscription of ear-

lier date than the 12th Century. The Abu temples, reckoned the most

ancient, have then 1,100 and 1,400, and almost all those in Behar, at

Nakkaun, Pari and Calurpur near Champanagar, have them respectively

somewhat 1676, 1605, 1694; and the temples of Woom in Nimara,

date 1192, 1203, and 1243, 1263. In Rajpootana they are about

the same age—Nadole some with 1208, Jabrapatan 1103, Kuraira

1400, Cheetore 1449. We thus bring the most flourishing era of

Jainism in respect to architecture, to the 11 and 12 centuries, and this

tallies precisely with Professor ,Wilson’s opinion; he says the Jain

faith was introduced in the Peninsula 7th century, A. D., its course

south was stopped at an earlier period, but it extended itself to the

west and centre of India, and enjoyed some consideration in the 10

and 11 centuries.” We must of course take this as its resuscitation

or revival after the obscurity into which it was thrown by its rival

creed, Buddhism, and which lasted nearly 1,000 years. Professor

= yet

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 943

Wilson conceives however, and is there met by the Behar inscriptions,

that it received its final overthrow in the 12th century. The date of

those I have given above would certainly indicate that the religion

every where had survived the persecution in the 9th century of Sankara

Acharya and Kumarilla Batta, and I hope to shew presently that the

Jain temples at Woon, not 80 miles distant from Bawangaj, were, if

not built, at least repaired, and a colossal figure set up in the reign of

Yasovarma Deva, sovereign of Dhar in 1192, fourth in descent from the

3d Raja Bhoja. Mr. Ferguson thinks the Gwalior figures to be of

the 11 or 12 century,—an assumption which would imply a degenera-

tion in the arts gradatim, or in ignorance of those of previous ages,

which is contrary to the experience of all nations. It is scarcely

probable for such a descent to have occurred from the beautiful and

finished sculpture of the caves of previous centuries, both before and

after the year of our Lord, to such rudeness and disproportion. Major

Delamaine asserts that none of the temples at Mandu are earlier than

the 12th century. There were several inscriptions in the Balbood

character in the Bawangaj temple on each side, but I had not time

to copy them, subsequently however I obtained the services of a pun-

dit to do so, and he sent me four, one from each side, leaving one

very old uncopied, it being too much worn to be taken off. Perhaps

from this very one we may yet learn more than all the others put

together.

The inscriptions he has sent consist of four or five, and from the

Sanskrita form of the letters and modes of expression, do not appear

very ancient: there is a possibility of his having departed from the

real character of the letters and transcribed them in modern Balbood,

the language best known to himself, but I think that this is not the

case, from his having gone out of his way to explain in Sanskrita the

meaning he conceived to pertain to them, his version being very wide

of the mark; for this reason I consider them facsimilar and not

without their interest. They are inscribed one upon each wall of the

temple, and one over the door, and bear distinct dates, with an interval

of 293 years—nearly 3 centuries—and it is remarkable that the name of

the temple should be preserved or adhered to for so long a time, consi-

dering the peculiar ideas of the Jains regarding names. The inscriptions

which are on the eastern and sonthern walls, bear date Sumbut 1223, of

2 6

944 Description of a Colossal Jain figure {Sepr.

Virkrama, I presume, as we are in Malwa, corresponding to A. D. 1166,

and are both eulogiums upon Ran.achandra, said to be the founder of

thetemple. The phraseology of the eastern one is particularly poetical

and beautiful ; language more chaste and emblematical could scarcely

be selected, or associations more pure than that applied to Ramachan-

dra’s fame, which is described as white as the moon, the kunda flower

and snow. The southern inscription specifies Ramachandra as the

builder of the temple, and departs from the name of Indrajit, given

to it in the preceding one, changing it to Surapatijit, a cognomen of

the same deity. It also gives an outline of his connections, making

him of the family of Devanandamuni, and pupil of Lokanandamuni,

and adored by Vana Raja, the Lord of the earth. Here is a distinct

name of a sovereign and, it would have been very satisfactory to have

discovered a reigning prince in hii, but there is none to whom the

name applies. The nearest approximation in sound is Vana Raja, of

the Anhilwarra Dynasty, but his era was 417 years before, at which

time it is just possible the first temple was built during his reign,

Samvat 802. Who the reigning prince of Avanti in Samvat 1223 may

have been, is not quite clear, but I think it can be fixed. From an

inscription of Colonel Todd’s, given in the Transactions of the As.

Soc. Gr. Britain and Ireland, of a Copper plate grant found at Uj-

jayina, the ages of several kings are satisfactorily determined, and it

would seem that in Samvat 1200, only 23 years prior to the Indrajit

temple inscription, and Lachsman Varma, the 4th in descent from the

3d Raja Bhoja, was the reigning prince at Dhar, the then capital of

Avanti, subordinate to Jaya Singh of Patan, who had conquered his

grandfather, Nara Varma, and reigned in chief from Samvat 1150 to

Sumbut 1201. The successor of Jaya Singh, in Mr. Prinsep’s list, is made

his son Ajayapala, without date, and on the same authority in the

Malwa line, Birsal is placed next to Lachsman Varma, but Colonel _

Todd’s inscription gives a successor to Lachsman, viz. his brother

Jaya Varma. Unfortunately this part of the plate was corroded, and

the date could not be made out, but it is not too much to assume that

as Lachsman reigned in Samvat 1200, and was above them, either he

or his brother and successor, Jaya Varma, was in power in 1223.*

* Colonel Sykes, in his notes on the moral, religious and political state of India,

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 945

For a century or two about this time both, in Malwa and Rajpootana,

the Jain creed appears to have been in its zenith. The temples at Woon,

about 50 miles distant from Bawangaj, bear date 1203, 1243, 1263. It

would seem almost as if the Bawangaj temple filled up the blank of

20 years which the Jain temples bear relatively to one another, and

which they may have occupied in building or completion, the workman

and every available assistance being given to effect it. Thus Woon

1203, Bawangaj 1223, and Woon 1243, ditto 1263. A prior date of 1192

on a figure at Woon is the very year of Col. Todd’s plate, which has

Lachsman Varma’s sign manual, and in 1218 according to another plate

of Col. Todd’s, Aldan Dera Achohun prince built at Hadole a temple to

Mahavira. Of his persuasion there is no doubt, scarcely of Jaya Varma’s.

According to the Camarapala Charitra, his ancestor Boja was a proselyte

to the Jain faith, and his father, Yasovarma’s grant is thus worded :

“ The great prince acquaints thepeople, Pattalica brahmans and others,”’

making the brahmans a sect separate and distinct from the people, added

to which Jaya Singh of Pattun, from whom Yasovarma held in feoff, was

of the Anhulwarra dynasty, remarkable for their adherence to Jainism,

and himself in particular. It is not without some reason then we

surmise that the temple of Indrajit, if really built in 1223 by Rdma-

chandra, was designed and constructed at a time when the Jain religion

was flourishing in the territories pertaining to Avanti. From the hon-

esty with which the repairs of the temple is recorded in the next in-

scription, Samvat 1516, we may at least assume its having been erected,

by Ramachandra, until we can discover prior data.

From the specification of its being the large temple which was re-

paired, it is to be inferred that there were others at hand which, as I

have previously noted was the case, the summit of the hill being strew-

ed with figures in its bricks and mortar, and the frustum of one distinct

temple. The sovereign named in the inscription over the doorway is

gives an inscription for Piplianagar and Bhopal on Copper plates, from which the

succession appears as follows :—

1. Raja Bhoja Deva, 6. Vendhayavarma,

2. Son, Udayaditya, 7. Son, Amushyavarma,

3. Naravarma, 8. Subhatavarma,

4, Yasovarma, A. p. 1137, 9. Son, Arjun.

5. Jayavarma, a. D. 1143,

In this list Luchsman Varma is left out, but the date of Jaya Varma’s reign

corresponds exactly with Colonel Todd’s plates.

946 Description of a Colossal Jain figure [Sepr.

called Mahummoond Rajah, of the Soorsein family. At that period

Malwa was subject to Mahomedan power entirely, and likewise Gujerat

and the greater part of Rajasthan, the ruler of Malwa in sumbut 1516

being the celebrated Mahmood Ghiljee, the Ist. It is curious to find him

styled Raja and his family and race brought into a record of a temple

of a Hindu deity. Surasena is doubtless meant for Suryasena, of the race

of the sun, but it is a brahman term. However it speaks volumes for

Mahmood’s toleration and character.—Ferishta, who is an author of equal

credit and celebrity, states that both Hindu and Mahomedans were

alike happy under Mahmood’s sway, it being his policy to unite them in

ties of concord and amity, and they consequently in his reign enjoyed

prosperity and repose in an unusual degree. To no other prince can a

_ reign be assigned at this period, and it was in the 16th year of his reign

that the temple was repaired. Mahmood succeeded to the throne of

Hindoo in Samvat 1500, and reigned for 34 years. Under his govern-

ment Malwa reached its highest prosperity as a kingdom ; its territories

were bounded by the Satpooras on the Hast and Bundlekand on the

West. We are thus enabled to refer both inscriptions to reigning

sovereigns comparatively modern it is true, but we may yet discover

others who will assist to fill up the many blanks that historical cata-

logues require. In the later inscriptions of Samvat 1516, the Ratna-

kirti take pains to describe his spiritual predecessors and teachers, Jain

gurus and arhats doubtless, of some local consideration. He makes him-

self the 3rd descendant, the pupil of Shri Kamalkirti Deva, who was

the grandfather of Rayavudie, and pupil of Shri Hemakirti, and he

again of Shri Kshemakirti. The matter worthy of note in these is the

term kirti, avery usual title of Digambara Jats, which I have in another

place supposed the Indrajit Jains to be. After them follow a list of

local gurus who assisted in consecrating and in the daily worship of the

image of Indrajit. The paleography of the appellation, the affix of

the word Jain to it, and its application toa figure, is singular, equally is

its having been preserved unchangeable contrary to the habit of the

Jains, who are whimsical in these matters. Were Indra the deity

invoked it would not be surprising, but there is no trace whatever of

an image of him ; none certainly in a posture of adoration, or as Dvara-

pals, the position and place assigned to the devatas, brahman and other

wise men which the Jains acknowledge. That they recognise deities of the

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 947

brahmans is notorious, but they are subordinate not principal ones, even

Brahma and Maheswara are at present deities but inferior in rank and

power to Indra, who is considered ‘the chief of all the happy beings

that reside in Swarga ;” by the Jains termed Sukko or Sakkee (mighty)

and worshipped by prayer and offerings of fruits and flowers, and he

is a favorite presiding deity, but not solitary, there being 64 Indras,

two of whom govern one of their classes, the Bhawanipratis. Indra is

also worshipped in his character as the regent of a quarter, and the

Rahtores of Canouj are said to have sprung from the back-bone of one

(Col. Sykes). We might thus easily be prepared for the name of Indra,

and attach a modern source to it, but here we have the name not of In-

dra, but of the figurative conqueror of Indra, Indrajit, the son of Ravana,

the Meghanada, so renowned in the wars of Rama, preserved for three

centuries in the records of the temple, and applied not only to the tem-

ples, but also to a figure, the object of worship, and how one of the

Tirthankaras would have got the surname of Indrajit it is difficult to

say, unless as in Meghandada’s case, the term is used metaphorically as

an attribute of great power, which I take to be the true rationaal of

the term for Ravana, king of the Rakshasas, is said to have worshipped

the image of Gomat Iswara at Beligula, but at Bawangaj his son In-

drajit is made a devata and himself worshipped, a manifest contradic-

tion, and we find a temple at Woon bearing the very same name. En-

passant, I may remark the very strong affinity between the Jain struc-

tures at Bawangaj and Woon, a similarity extending to the date, name

and isolated figures, which will form the subject of another paper. The

orthography of the word Yaatata scarcely permits a resolution into

its component parts, which but for its established meaning and _histori-

cal reference might be attempted. For instance, Indraand Ajet referring

to the 3rd Tirthankara, and written without the medial, but against

any such corruption is the distinct affix sitq jdt to wa Sakra, and

@tqat Surapati, names of Indra decisive, I think that Indra and not

Ajit is the deity meant, otherwise Indra’s names would be separate and

other appelation Ajetha given.’ The most important inscription which I

myself met with at Bawangaj was a small one upon the Nokar foot of an

image of Parswinath, found near the large figure, and which I brought

away with me, and have appended to the others. For some time I

was baffled by it, but the Rev. Dr. Wilson, to whom I feel under great

948 Description of a Colossal Jain figure |Sepr,

obligation for much valuable instruction and assistance, and the deci-

pherment and translation of this, at once recognised the Pali form of

many of the letters and expressions, which is an important fact, as it

implies, from the more ancient form of the language, a more remote and

older date for the images than that in which the temple inscriptions

are. Kantharanatha is either a name of Pérswanath, meant for Kuntee,

Chaturrahati is the Pali form of the Sanskrit Chatur Vinshati (24).

Saka Sala, of the Sanskrit Shaka Shala, and Panati of Pranati. The

second letter of the group is a very difficult one. Dr. Wilson found

it to correspond with an inscription in his private collection from Abu,

as also the form of the %, which the Jains write with a terminating

stroke to the left like ru.

The most interesting letter is perhaps the = hu, in the second line,

which is conformable with the Gujerat character of the 2nd century.

The stone is a close-grained dark limestone, whether found in situ

near the Nerbudda I cannot say, but probably not far from Barwani.

It seems the same formation in which Dr. Leith has discovered fossils

in, and which is to be seen in the island of Bombay, on the other side

of the causeway, at the breach, but less slatey. ‘The meeting with it

350 miles inland on the other side of probably the same basaltic over-

flow with which it is connected here, is a coincidence which may prove

of geological as well as historical moment. The temple itself requires

short notice. In structure it is so decidedly modern from the repairs

it has undergone, that little can be elicited regarding its original form ;

at present it can scarcely come under any denomination of temple, but

that of misra, mixed, a term having reference to the materials with

which it is built.

The oldest Jain temples in India, as Behar, Abu and Girnar, have

a large dome in the centre, and occasionally smaller ones in the corners,

some have pyramidal spires, as in Nimar Guyt, and Siam, where the

building over the Prabhat is especially described as pyramidal ; but there

is only one flat one that I am aware of—the temple to Parswinath, half

way down the mountain of Samet Sikhar. The circular frustrum still

remaining at the Bawangaj temple, over which the modern dome has

been placed, might lead to the supposition that the sanctuary and vesti-

bule were included in a vaulted roof, as with the temple of Kamalmair

in Rajpootana. The Garbha Griba or chief body of the temple is flat

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 949

and does not look as if it had been disturbed, and may have been flat

originally. In other respects the temple was the usual vestibule and

mindra, but no semblance of a colonade or porch. The pillars nearly all

differ ; they are small, six feet eight inches only in height, light and

tapering and devoid of much ornament, but this, with their projections

on the shaft and bracket-shaped capitals, only attest their antiquity.

It is remarkable though not rare that the Paduka or feet-worship

which extends over such animmense tract of country,—Ceylon, Malwa,

Siam, Ava, and Behar, should be discovered on a solitary mountain in

the centre of India, and speaks much for the uniformity of the religion,

whether in its primitive form of Buddhism or that of the succeeding

faith of the Jains, but it is, I fancy, less reverently adored than among

the Siamese, where the Paduka are covered with water for the devotees

to sprinkle and wash away the stain of sin,—a potency not admitted

by the Jains in central India.

Those at Bawangaj are probably emblematical of Mahavira, to whom

such are generally attributed,—the only exception which I know being

some to Vasupujya, in a temple at Carbirpur near Champanagar in

Behar, and to Parsvanath at Samet Sikhar. There is an annual Tirtha

to Bawangaj, most likely the feast of the Pajjusan or Paryushana, but

of the season of it I have no note, nor whether it is kept in conformity

with that festival in respect to religious meditation, fasting and reading.

I believe the assemblance of Srawacs at this season is large, from Man-

dissura, Rattam and all the large mercantile towns in central India, and

I think there must exist, or have in former times existed, some caves or

buildings for them to assemble in which may yet be ascertained, for

the country is quite barren. Neither at the summit of the hills, nor on

the road at the foot, is there any water or shelter for devotees, nor yet

any building. It may not be uninteresting, and perhaps prove of

utility, if 1 describe the road and means of access to Bawangaj and its

figure. Taking Mhow as a starting point, there are two roads, one

ninety and the other one hundred and nine miles long, each having its

advantages ; the first and shortest is by Akbarpur and the Nerbudda,

and is that most likely to be taken by a traveller going towards the

provinces. The distances are—from Mhow to Akbarpur, on the Ner-

budda, 39 miles, from this to Chakulda, 44 miles, but by water some-

what less. I performed it in about 20 hours, going with the stream, but

950 Description of a Colossal Jain figure [Seer.

sleeping during the night drawn up upon asand bank. From Chakulda

on the right bank to Bawangaj temple, is about 8 miles, including the

crossing of the river. The only benefit in travelling this road is the

celerity with which you can get over the ground, it being the high road

between Agra and Bombay as far as Akberpur. Beyond this it is a

matter of choice whether the land route be taken vid Dharampuri

and Bicaneer, or the water. At one of the bungalows, Googree, below

the ghats, a stroll of 100 paces round the building amply repays the

traveller in the innumerable specimens of lucustrine deposits, princi-

pally shells scattered curiously enough loosely over the surface, as if left

there by receding water, and in profusion, The Nerbudda presents

of course its own peculiarities, but beyond these there is little to attract

attention. The other road is longer but full of interest almost all the

way. Thirty-one miles distant is Dhar, the reputed capital of the

Pramara dynasty, now on the wane, but which has preserved its name

and site if nothing else, for nearly 10 centuries. On every side are

tombs, musjids and palaces, evidences of the Mahomedan invaders, but

now and for some time past falling fast into ruin, and being hourly

despoiled to furnish materials for Brahminical temples, in return no

doubt for a like compliment paid the Hindus by Dilawar Khan Ghori

in 1387. We may say with no irreverence here :—“ Sic transit gloria

mundi.” Baug, 48 miles distant on the direct road, but below

the ghats, furnishes its caves, the only purely Buddhistical ones

hitherto found in central India, so long the seat of Buddhistical

rule, and its invariable associate, paramount religious influence.

Hence to Chakulda there is nothing of interest, and there merely a

bungalow, from which Bawangaj temple can be both seen and visited,

and from which it bears about 13° south-west. There being no

water or shelter on the hill, must be returned to daily. It is open to

the traveller to return by either route, but perhaps wiser to descend

than to ascend the stream.

Translation of the inscription on a piece of stone on the eastern side

of the temple.

May Ramachandra Muni, who is the receptacle of virtues, who is

blessed with wealth, whose feet are adored by the circle of the lords of

the earth ; whose fame is as white as the moon, the kunda flower and snow,

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 951

whose fame is represented by the temple of Indrajit Jain,* whose fame

has reached the points of the highest mountains on earth, whose fame

is the greatest on the face of the earth, whose fame has in consequence

of the great crowd of people on the surface of the earth gone to the

sun to be crowned with success.

Dated Friday, the 14th Bhadrapad vud, Samvat 1223.

Translation of the inscription on a piece of stone on the southern side

of the temple.

I make my obeisance to him who has subdued his passions.

May Ramachandra Muni, who has had the beautiful temple of Sura-

patijit+ built.

Who has brought all the science to light, whose fame travels all

over the earth, who has renounced all evil passions, whose mind is

developed by knowledge, who is revered by persons making Tapas-

charya, who is possessed of all the virtues, who is a descendant of the

family of Shri Devananda Muni, the receptacle of religious knowledge,

and Tapascharya, the abode of the qualities possessed by Yatis ; the

treasure of good sayings, the leader of all the assemblages of Sidhas,

and who was the pupil of Lokanandamuni, the lion for destroying the

elephant, consisting of the sins prevailing in the Kali Yug, and whose

feet were kissed by the crown of Varn, the Lord of the earth,—be

crowned with success.

Samvat 1223.

Translation of the inscription on the gate of the temple.

On the auspicious day of the Ist Mrigashirsha vadi, Samvat 1516,

and during the reign of Mahmood, of the Soorsheida family, when

the Shrikashthat Singh, was prepared to proceed to Muttra and

Pushkar, Shri Ratnakirti, who has crossed the ocean of com-

mitting to memory the principles of the Jain religion. Who makes

mental devotion. Who is the leader of the circle of Sidhas, and who

is the pupil of Shri Kamalakirti Dev, who was the chief of the

speakers on the subject of the great dispute, who was the grandfather

of Rayavadi, who was the leader of the circle of learned men, who

* Shukrajit in the inscription. t+ Indrajit.

¢ A particular assemblage of pilgrims.

6'Ee. 2

952 Deseription of a Colossal Jain figure [Seprt.

was the pupil cf the most respected Shri Hemakirti Deva, who ob-

served all the Vratas, who constantly read the religious works, who

made Tapascharya, who had curbed the passions, and who was the

pupil of the most respected Shri Kshemakirti Deva, repaired the large

Jaina temple.

Parashri Dashji, Navashutikégdr, Kahapita Bhuderur, Dnyatyusura,

Daloobharya, Khetu alias Padmini; Khetoo’s son, by name Vadha,

and Parus, have consecrated the image of Indrajit, and daily worship

it ; may this assemblage be happy.

Translation of the inscription on a piece of stone on the northern side

of the temple. In Samvat 1516 * * * repaired (the temple.)

Translation of the inscription on a piece of stone on the western side

of the temple. Acharya Shri Ratnakirti Pandit Pahoo.

Translation of an inscription on a pillar within the temple and near

the gate.

Jogi Jangam * * * Maga.

The name of the artist is unintelligible. In Roman characters it is Silpa Naga

Sutra $4l4a—Sillupa dala Shutra S4la.

On the east side of the temple.

we eaqaegafara aitatarat fate: stare wofas-

apeaue: Rtawal ata: | fagrcaatac fare siteat

e. ~ ~ Q

eifeay sat wafaattaey Vaaarsia faeqsife | a | Gta:

saa alfa agit wad faa) Sractaagatcra afeg

chug || Pag wee Ta wTaUTale ws BHATE |

On the south side of the temple.

» ~ oN ° ~

SF TATHTALIITS | Bret: afonraaaM AAC gAUASslea

~ ro Be TN Chen ©

aqaautaattaataare: a aiaaerata: | frany waqey-

fara: Bleavaafs: waaraantafeafaaquora: qari

fafa: 1d || TR afer fagaaret aaa: erafsst sha avi

faasaaal aatagifaaa: | car wa qeufatae: atfed a4

~ Ca ~ ° xe

faa tat alfa sata Has Caw: TTA: || Waa W22sz VF |

1849. | discovered on a Spur of the Satpoorah Range. 953

On the gate of the temple.

afta sidan urcae aamleatce Tal QLaAa CHAT

ABATE AYUIS VACA WzeH BWataaafasa: za-

PHATE MAAS aaa IMA AiTAAT CAM Saas Tay

q weracaese csadifuaawenafsesaagate-

amt Maawattae al ate ataafasraatrsrat farsa

Wala AWA aMCAAM fA al NAST: Aa SESaATAUT-

> cufsranfaarer Aetlat Usae fedlad sTawATwa

fe at ufaal Gayaee ators Wee Ua: Eafe: ofaat

fase fraaaaal waa BUTTS |

On the north side of the temple.

GAA Wy Ye Fa MaAaMGacarafCITTSTa CAUTATsIi}-

WaT: |

On the west side of the temple.

AAA MCAM aa tSaqats |

On the pillar of the gate of the temple.

BWMUlAAAM SATA |

From the foot of the statue.

AUSCATTATY

ade fretateta

ARTA sz yuta

Kantharanatha Sadhu.

Chaturvihati hi—li.

Saka Sala hai pranati.

954 Remarks on the Snow Line in the Himalaya. [Snrr.

Remarks on the Snow Line in the Himalaya.—By Captain THomas

Hourron.

In the Journal of the Asiatic Society, No. 202, for April 1849, are

some remarks on the snow line in the Himalaya, from the pen of Lt.

R. Strachey of the Engineers, wherein he endeavours to prove that

the observations some years since made by myself and others in the

northern tracts of the Western mountains, are erroneous.—|As it ap-

pears to me that this gentleman has actually left the question where he

found it, I might have been induced to pass by his remarks without

notice, had he not in the excitement of an imaginary triumph, thought

proper to indulge in a somewhat satirical tone of condemnation].

That Lt. Strachey, after three or four years of scientific researches,

has at length been enabled fully to corroborate the previous observations

of Webb and others in Kumaon, there is no denying,—but as the

truth of those observations when applied to that neighbourhood, was

never called in question, there appears to have been a waste of time

and ingenuity on a laborious endeavour to prove that which was already

admitted to be an established fact.—Webb, Hodgson, Colebrooke and

the Gerards, are each and all reviewed and in some measure found

wanting, and pronounced to be ignorant alike of the true meaning of

‘the snow line,’”’—and of the nature of “a glacier ;”,—shall I then

desire a better fate than to be condemned in the company of such

arrant ignoramuses ? j

Had Lt. Strachey evinced more real anxiety to ascertain and esta-

blish,—not a local,—but the general truth,—and Jess proneness to

indulge in censure, he might have gathered from my letters in the

Calcutta Journal of Natural History, that no attempt was made either

by me or by those gentlemen whose opinions and observations corro-

borated mine,—to refute the facts which Webb and others had observ-

ed in Kumaon, but that on the contrary while we admitted those facts

to be true, we still thought we saw reason to conclude from what had

been witnessed in other parts of the mountains, that they could be re-

garded only as locally and not generally true.

With regard then to the actual point in dispute, Lt. Strachey has

done nothing ;—for to prove that his imaginary opponents were wrong,

he would have collected his data from the districts in which their ob-

1849. | Remarks on the Snow Line in the Himalaya. 955

servation were made ;—yet, while confidently pronouncing them to

be in error,—he ingenuously informs us that he never-was in those

districts !*

What then is the true value of his assertions and assumptions? Does

he imagine that the scientific world will be content to accept his un-

supported ‘zpse dixit’ in preference to the actual observations of four

independent inquirers, each of whom is fully as competent as himself

to judge of what he sees?—Did it never occur to him that, that

which may be locally true in one district is not necessarily true in

general when applied to the whole extent of the Himalayan range ?—

Into some such error did Werner fall when he regarded the geological

facts of a limited German district, as an epitome of the geology of the

entire globe; and if men are wilfully determined to look no farther

than the length of their own noses, such errors must needs be frequent

and unavoidable.

The first objection made to my views arises evidently from my

opponent’s ignorance of the localities spoken of,—he, according to his

own acknowledgment in a note at p. 297 of the Journal above men-

tioned, distinctly stating that he never was there himself ! Yet he does

not hesitate to assume, that ‘‘the true Himalaya,” of which I wrote,

was the Bissehir or Southern Snowy range.—Had he possessed any

personal knowledge of the country over which I had travelled, he

would have seen that all the Passes mentioned in my letters, were situ-

ated beyond that range and to the north of it,—while, since he ad-

mits that ‘‘the mountains on which perpetual (?) snow is found, all

lie between the 30th and 32nd degree of north latitude,’’—a glance at

his map would have shown him that the locality of my observations

is situated between 31°30’ and 32°, or as completely beyond the

Bissehir range, as his own locality is north of Kumaon.

In regard to the mistakes into which I am stated to have fallen, in

confounding ‘‘the north and south aspects of the individual ridges

with the north and south aspects of the chain,’’—I have to observe

that the mistake is due rather to my readers than to myself, for in

stating that “dense forests and vegetation occur along the southern

* Lieut. Strachey has quoted Captain Cunningham’s remarks as confirmative of

his own opinions, but the latter gentleman, in a recent paper, appears to plead

‘‘not guilty’’—to the soft impeachment !

956 Remarks on the Snow Line in the Himalaya. [Srepr.

slopes, while they are nearly altogether wanting on the northern face,”

—it is evident that I referred to the true north and south aspects of

the chain ;—whereas my opponents chose to imagine that I referred

“to the north and south aspects of individual ridges ;’,—hence Mr.

Batten’s objections at page 384 of No. 19 of Calcutta Journal of

Natural History, where that gentleman says,—he is ‘‘ convinced that

Captain Hutton confounds the singular with the plural number! viz,

slope with slopes.’”>—Had he been kind enough to imagine that it was

just within the bounds of possibility that the final s was a slip of

the pen,—he would have been much nearer the truth.—Indeed, he

might have seen that such was the case from the immediately subsequent

mention of “the northern face,” in the singular, as contrasted with

“the southern slopes.”

But although Lt. Strachey has deemed it necessary to lay such stress

upon what he imagines to be a grave error,—it is remarkable that

he has studiously abstained from accepting the explanation of my

meaning, given at p. 380 of the same number of that Journal, in these

words,—‘ Captain Jack objects to my stating that ‘dense forests and

vegetation occur along the southern slopes, while they are nearly al-

together wanting on the northern face ;;—in making this statement, I

referred, not to the southern slopes of secondary or minor ranges on the

Cis-Himalayan aspect, but to the fact,—that forests and dense vege-

tation are found on the south of the principal chain or true Himalaya,

—while on the northern aspect of that great range they are nearly al-

together wanting.—This assertion will, I doubt not, be borne out by

every one who has crossed into Tartary ; for while to the south of the

great chain, we find superb and stately forests,—on the north there is

scarcely a tree to be seen, and the few that are occasionally met with,

are either stunted cypresses growing in the moist soil of ravines, or

poplars planted round a village by the hand of man, for economical

purposes.”

Now, as a mathematician, my opponent should have known that

when a man assumes his own data, he ought to be able to prove any-

thing he likes ; and assuredly he is bound to establish the point for

which he is contending : yet acting on this principle he has somehow

only contrived to prove himself in error,—for, knowing nothing of the

western Himalaya, and asswming that I mean one thing, when I have

1849. | Remarks on the Snow line in the Himalaya. 957

distinctly stated that I mean another,—he proceeds to draw conclusions

which will not bear a moment’s examination. Had he before passing

sentence of condemnation, bent his footsteps towards the upper parts of

Kunawur, he would have found that forests are not wanting to the north

of the Bissehir range, and consequently that my remarks could not apply

to it as the water-shed.—It is not until the traveller surmounts the

passes which lead from upper Kunawur into the Tartar districts, that

he beholds on the one hand a wooded country and on the other a com-

paratively barren waste, and when he has consequently placed nearly

the whole of Kunawur between himself and the Bissehir range to the

south.

‘The doctrine,” says Lieut. Strachey, ‘which Capt. Hutton at-

tacks as erroneous, undoubtedly is so. But it is a doctrine that

was never inculcated by any one. Capt. Hutton having misunder-

stood the true enunciation of a proposition, reproduces it according

to his own mistaken views, and then destroys the phantom that he

has raised.’’—With all due deference to Lieut. Strachey, he must per-

mit me to remind him that assertion, however confidently made,—is

neither proof nor argument, and that the doctrine to which I alluded

did exist, may be gathered from Captain Jack’s letter in No. 15, p.

458 of the Calcutta Journal of Natural History, and likewise from

Dr. Lord’s remarks on the Hindu Kush,* which by the way Lieut.

Strachey does not deem it safe to comment upon! Moreover, “ the

phantom” which I and my supporters destroyed, was neither more nor

less than this,—that whereas the common doctrine assigned as an uni-

versal rule, a lower elevation to the southern snow line than to the

northern, we showed that it was only partially and not universally

applicable. Lieut. Strachey however, having rejected the explanation of

my meaning, as well as everything tending to militate against his own

preconceived notions, and having himself misunderstood the true

enunciation of my proposition, denies to his opponents the right of

crediting the evidence of their senses, and leads them to infer that he

is unwilling to admit the truth of any fact which he cannot actually

see. The erroneous idea, which he has imbibed, that the Bissehir

range is my true Himalaya,. as he loves to call it,—is founded on an

* Cal. J. Nat. Hist. No. 14, p. 276.

958 Remarks on the Snow line in the Himalaya. [Sepr.

assumption arising solely from his total want of knowledge of the

localities in which my observations were made.

In quoting from Captain Cunningham’s letters to me, Lieut. Strachey

is careful to extract only so much as may tend to corroborate his own

views ; but in theorising on the probable causes which tend to accumu-

late a greater quantity of snow on the southern than on the northern

aspect, and which he thinks he finds in the sudden congelation of mois-

ture-bearing winds from the south, he is pleased altogether to dis-

regard Captain Cunningham’s observation that it is the violence of this

same southerly wind which actually keeps the southern slopes of Tar-

tary free from snow, and that too at all times.

Contrary to all Lieut. Strachey’s views and theories, we find Capt.

Cunningham writing from Tartar districts that,—“<in January and

February, and indeed at all times, the violent southerly winds kept

southern exposures free from snow ;’’—again he says, “‘no snow what-

ever on southern slopes within 15 to 16,000 feet ; but on northern slopes

and in hollows, abundance of snow.” Again—* February 10th and

1lth.—In getting up the northern slopes, the snow was, I don’t know

how deep ! On reaching the summit of a pass I found no snow, nor did

I find any on the southern slopes, except in hollow portions or tolerably

flat bits —The highest pass on the road is perhaps 13,500, or nearly

14,000 feet.”,—[This too, be it remembered, in notoriously the severest

month of winter, in these hills!] ‘The effect,” he continues, ‘is

attributable partly to the violent southerly winds which blow during

December, January and February, and partly to the sun’s rays. In

the beginning of May, in coming from Nako to Chungo in Hungrung,

I found no snow on the southern, eastern or western slopes; but on

some northern ones which were steep, there was snow three and four

feet thick; elevation about 11,500 feet. At Shalkur up to the middle

of June, the snow lay on the northern sides of the gullies or ravines of

the hills; and when out shooting I had much difficulty in crossing

them; elevation 11,000 to 11,500 feet.—I was informed also that the

northern slopes of the Hungrung ghat, between Soongnum and Hungo,

had some snow until the middle of June. On the southern face it had

melted six weeks before, except m hollow places.” And _ finally,

“August 7th.—There is no snow on western slopes of hills 17,000

feet high, but there are a few patches on the northern slopes.”

1849.] Remarks on the Snow line in the Himalaya. 959

Thus we have observations made in Tartar regions north of the

Bissehir range, between 31° 30/ and 32° north latitude, all of which

tend directly to prove that while from December to August snow was

always to be found on the northern aspect of every hill or range, there

was either little or none at all on their southern exposure.

What, then, has Lieut. Strachey proved by his observations in

Kumaon, and by his strictures upon nearly every one whohas written

on the subject of the snow line in the Himalaya? We appear to be

indebted to him simply for proving what was never disputed, namely,

that the facts observed by Webb and others in Kumaon are true, as

far as regards that district ; but with respect to the only poimt in dis-

pute, namely, as to whether those facts are only locally and not gene-

rally true, he has left the question exactly where he found it. Indeed,

his assumption that my observations were confined to the Bissehir

range, in spite of my declaration to the contrary, proves at once that his

efforts have been less directed to the elucidation of the truth, than to

my personal discomfiture.

But conceding even that the Bissehir or southern snowy range was

the locality on which my facts were observed, there still appears

strong reason for asserting that the phenomena there visible are direct-

ly opposed to the conclusions which my opponent would draw from

them ; for he declares that a greater quantity of snow must fall on the

outer southern face of the range, owing to the interception of heated

and moisture-bearing winds from the south, and thus he would account

for the prevalence of the snow on that aspect. Supposing then, for

the sake of argument, that thus far his views are just, when applied to

the southern range of Kumaon, he has still chosen to overlook the

fact that in Lord and Gerard’s ‘“‘ Tours in the Himalaya,’’—a work too,

which he has himself quoted,—it is stated that “the line (of perpetual

snow) in the latitude 30° 30’ in Asia is fixable at 15,000 feet on the

southern or Indian aspect of the Himalaya mountains, and on the

northern (not the Tartaric) may be concluded at 14,500 feet.’’—This

appears to me to give the northern snow line of the outer range an

elevation less by 500 feet, than the southern one; while Captain Cun-

ningham in a recent paper, even estimates the approximate difference

at 3,000 feet.*—The same gentleman likewise states that—“ on the

* J. A.S. No. 205, p. 695, for 1849.

6 H 2

960 Remarks on the Snow line in the Himalaya. [Sept.

Tibetan side of the chain the (approximate) heights will be found to be

20,000 feet on the south, and 18,000 to 18,500 feet on the north face

of the same hill.’”’—These observations then appear to establish the

fact that from the southern snowy range to the northern or Tibetan

one, the snow line is always, on every hill or range, the outer ones

inclusive, at a lower elevation on the northern than on the southern

slopes. Z

But Gerard proceeds to tell us, that “the cheeks (of the Borendo

pass, on the Bissehir range) are perfectly naked long before this time

of the year (August 1822,) and the trough formed by them, although

sheeted with snow at the summer solstice, is now (August) bare rock

down to the ravine on the south side, with the exception of some ac-

cumulations, which will be very much diminished before another month ;

and some seasons, as in the former (1821.) the whole face of the decli-

vity without a patch of snow. On the north, there les a vast field

which never dissolves.’’*

So again, Captain Jack says,—‘ I crossed the Borendo ghat on the

25th September 1842, and there was no snow at all on the southern

aspect, or on the very summit of the pass ; but descending a few yards

on the northern aspect to the base of a rock which was nearly perpen-

dicular, we had the pleasure of seeing our baggage, coolies, &c. decend-

ing most rapidly by their own gravity wpon an unbroken bed of snow ex-

tending 250 to 300 yards in one slope, forming an angle of about 45°.”

Here then, we have different observers in different years proving that

on the Bissehir range, the snow lies deeply and extensively on its

northern face, even when there is none on the southern aspect ; we have

consequently the very same phenomena apparent, from the outer snowy

range up to the northernmost one, proving that the local facts of

Kumaon are not facts in the western parts of the Himalaya, and show-

ing moreover, since the true southern aspect of the chain becomes denu-

ded of snow,—that while there is a snow line on the northern or Tibetan

aspect, there is no permanent snow line on the southern face of the Bis-

sehir range.

It is however due to my opponent to state, that I am not aware that

the elevation of the passes on the Bissehir range have ever been cor-

rectly ascertained, for although Dr. Gerard has somewhere stated the

t+ Loyd and Gerard’s tours in the Himalaya, p. 327.

1849. | Remarks on the Snow line in the Himalaya. 961

cheeks of the Borendo pass to be upwards of 16,000 feet, yet the truth

of that measurement has been since called in question. It may there-

fore eventually be found that the elevation of that pass is below the

snow line, which would account for the disappearance of the snow from

the southern aspect. Iam quite willing then to give Lieut. Strachey the

benefit of the doubt ; while at the same time should I be driven from

my position in Bissehir, I shall still take my stand with Dr. Lord, on

the Hindu Cush, and maintain, (which is in fact the only point for

which I have really contended) that the doctrine on which Humboldt

relied as applicable to the whole extent of the Himalaya,—cannot be

so accepted.—Feeling satisfied that he had discomfited all former ob-

servers in India, and thus converted his local into general facts, Lieut.

Strachey next proceeds to run a tilt with Humboldt himself, who had

accounted for the greater elevation of the snow line on the north of

Kumaon, by supposing that the radiation of heat from the plains of

Tibet contributed mainly to produce that effect. With this very sim-

ple and natural inference, our author is dissatisfied, and he “ therefore

attempts to supplant it with a theory of his own. He says, that as

radiation from the plains of Tibet does not produce the greater eleva-

tion of the northern snow line, that effect must be occasioned by

the diminished quantity of snow that falls on the northern, as com-

pared to the southern part of the chain.” Now this, if it be intended

to apply likewise to the district of Bissehir, becomes a perfect riddle,

for if less snow falls on the north than on the south, how is it that

there is always snow on the northern long after it has disappeared from

the southern aspects of the higher ranges of the western tracts? Are

we to believe that the greater the quantity, the sooner it melts ?

Even if restricted to the neighbourhood of Kumaon, the theory

would be totally unsatisfactory, for the small quantity of snow on the

north, if not acted on by radiation of heat from the plains of Tibet, nor

melted by the rains of the monsoon, would last at the very least as

long as double the quantity on the southern slope, where it is exposed

both to the direct rays of the sun and to the destructive influence of

the heavy periodical rains ; and this appears to be very satisfactorily

proved by Lieut. Strachey’s own remarks on the black range, which

rising immediately from the plains of Tibet, retains snow on its northern

aspect when there is none whatever on the south.—But when to the

962 Remarks on the Snow line in the Himalaya. [Szerr.

effects of the above agents we add the fact that the violent southerly

winds of winter have a tendency to keep the southern slopes free from

snow and to accumulate it in drift on the north, we appear to have

every fact leading to the conclusion that the snow will, as a general

rule, be found longer and deeper on the north than on the south; and

Captain Cunningham has stated that when (even in winter) there was

little or no snow on southern aspects, it was sometimes “‘ four feet

thick’ on the north!

The very admission therefore that the northern destructive agents

exert little influence on the snow, would of itself be sufficient to over-

throw thus much of Lieut. Strachey’s theory ; for if those agents which

drive the snow to a certain elevation are removed, it is evident that

the snow, whether much or little, must remain nearly or altogether

Intact.

We are further told that, ‘‘ the air that comes up from the south,

no sooner reaches the southern boundary of the left of perpetual snow,

where the mountains suddenly rise from an average of perhaps 8,000

or 10,000 fect, to nearly, 19,000 or 20,000, than it is deprived of a

very large proportion of its moisture, which is converted into cloud,

rains or snow, according to circumstances.—And the current in its pro-

gress to the north, will be incapable of carrying with it more moisture

than is allowed by the very low temperature to which the air. is of

necessity reduced in surmounting the snowy barrier, 19,000 or 20,000

feet in altitude, that it has to pass. Nor can any further condensation

be expected at all comparable in amount to what has already taken

place, as it would manifestly demand a much more than corresponding

depression of temperature ; and this is not at all likely to occur, for

the most elevated peaks being situated near the southern limit of per-

petual snow, the current on passing them will more probably meet

with hotter than with colder air.”’

I must confess that this theory does not appear to me to be either

conclusive or even probable ; for in the first place, we are neither fur-

nished with any proof that the air will be hotter to the north of the

high peaks, nor with any approach to data for determining the ques-

tion; the whole resting upon the unauthorised assumption of a de-

sired fact, the existence of which is absolutely necessary to give any-

thing like validity to the theory.

1849. | Remarks on the Snow line in the Himalaya. 963

Were the upward or northward passage of the moist air effected

slowly and gently, no doubt we might expect a heavier fall of snow on

the southern aspect of the chain, provided always the temperature

beyond it was, as Lieut. Strachey supposes, hotter than on the Indian

side; but this is not the case, as is most convincingly proved by the ad-

mission that snow always lies longer on the northern aspects of all hills

and ranges, than on the south, and I need only cite Lieut. Strachey’s

own black range as an instance of the fact.—He likewise admits that

“ southerly winds blow throughout the year over the Himalaya,” and

“in the winter,’ which is of course the season of snow, “ with

the peculiar violence.’ This is recorded also by Gerard and by Cap-

tain Cunningham, and every traveller can confirm the same. But this

very violence of the southern winds must necessarily carry the snow

across the southern range and accumulate it deeply to the north, and

this is clearly shown to be the case by Captain Cunningham, who re-

lates that while during winter and “indeed at all times, the violent

southerly winds kept southern exposures free from snow’’— on the

north it was I don’t know how deep.’ Moreover, if the temperature of

the air was hotter to the north than to the south of the high peaks,

we ought as we approach the plains of Tibet to find no snow on the

northernmost range; yet the black range, rising from those plains

retains the snow on the northern even when there is none on the south-

ern slope,—a fact which, while it militates strongly against Lieut.

Strachey’s views, tends much to corroborate Captain Cunningham’s

observations. But granting that Lieut. Strachey were correct in these

particulars, does it necessarily follow that what is fact in the neigh-

bourhood of Kumaon, may not be pure fiction when applied to the

western tracts? Can the assumptions of one who confesses that he

never set foot within the limits of the district where his opponent’s

observations were made, in any way affect those observations? He is

evidently disposed to disregard the question of one of his own sup-

porters, who asks—‘* how can any facts of one observer in one

place falsify the facts of another observer in another place ?’’*

Now I and my supporters have long since received Captain Webb’s

Kumaon facts as true, when applied to the places wherein he observed

* Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. No. 19, p. 383.

964 Remarks on the Snow line in the Himalaya. [Sepr.

them, and we merely in return claim the right of believing the evi-

dence of our own senses, when wandering over other tracts of the

Himalaya.

I repeat then, that as far as the evidence yet goes, the phenomena

observable in Kumaon are opposed to those which have been observed

to the westward,—and in rejecting Lieut. Strachey’s theory as insuffici-

ent, I much prefer adhering to Humboldt’s until a better is offered.

Lieut. Strachey denies that the radiation of heat from the plains of

Tibet exercises any but a trifling influence on the snows of the northern

aspect ; still his denial rests on no better basis than that of an as-

sumption, for no proof whatever is produced in support of the opinion,

save that there is snow on the Tibetan face of the black range, when

there is none on the southern face.—But this is really nothing to the

purpose, for it merely shows that the direct rays of the southern sun,

united to the greater humidity of the atmosphere, and the effects of

the violent southerly winds, have a far more powerful effect in un-

covering the southern aspect, than the heat from the plains of Tibet

has upon the snow of the north. The true question however does not

relate to the north and south aspect of the black range, but to the

aspects of the water-shed ; and in regard to it we are told that while

on the south the snow line is about 15,000 or 15,500 feet, on the

north it is 18,000 to 19,000 feet. Now the height of the northern

ranges above the plains of Tibet does not appear, on an average, to be

more than 3,000 to 8,000 feet, if so much ; while on the south, the

peaks rise to 16,000 and 18,000 feet above the plains of India, from

which moreover they are separated by a broad intervening belt of

wooded mountains, averaging from 6,000 to 8,000 feet above those

plains. Consequently it does not appear very difficult to perceive that

radiation from the northern plains, must affect the snow more power-

fully than from the southern plains, and will drive the snow line to a

greater elevation above the sea on the northern, than on the southern

aspect. Thus Humboldt’s theory when applied to the Kumaon and

other similar districts, appears to be perfectly correct. But that the

physical features of the Kumaon and western tracts are at the antipodes

of each other, has been plainly stated by Mr. Batten, who says—“ our

passes at once take us into Tibet, and do not conduct us like those

beyond Simlah, into an intermediate and peculiar track, like Kuna-

1849. ] Remarks on the Snow line in the Himalaya. 065

wur.”* Now it seems to me by no means improbable that this very

difference in the features of the two tracts may be sufficient to account

for the difference in the phenomena observable in each, and that if

Humboldt’s theory of radiation from the plains of Tibet is sufficient to

account for the retreat of the snow to the heights of the northern face,

the want of similar plains+ in the western tracts will of course pre-

clude such radiation from acting on the northern face of the western

mountains, and thus the greater heat of the southern side, added to

the periodical rains and to the violence of the winds in winter, will

leave snow on the northern long after it has disappeared from the

southern aspect.

Lieut. Strachey admits that the rains have a powerful effect in melt-

ing the snows, but his want of knowledge of the localities to the west-

ward has led him into an error when he supposes that the monsoon

does “‘not extend up the Sutlej beyond the point where the Buspa

falls into it ;’? the truth being that Chini, which is itself farther up and

situated in the gorge where the Sutlej breaks through the outer snowy

range, is full within the monsoon, as both Captain Jack and I experi-

enced ; beyond this point the rains are light and uncertain, but they

nevertheless extend to the head of the district, for clouds and vapours

pass onwards through the valley of the Sutlej even to the upper parts

of Kunawur, and exercise great influence in clearing the southern slopes

of their snow; and although Lieut. Strachey has assumed that clouds

protect the snow, by warding off the direct rays of the sun, he overlooks

the fact that such clouds betoken a humid atmosphere, which is quite

as inimical to the duration ef.the snow as the sun’s rays, and he

might at least during his scientific researches in Kumaon, have learnt

the fact that thaws:are more rapid in cloudy weather, than in a dry

and unclouded atmosphere, such as that which he acknowledges to be

the general characteristic of the northern aspect. ..

Dr. Lord’s remarks on the Hindu Cush coincide apparently with

mine to the north of the Bissehir range, and since Webb’s observations

in Kumaon are found to be only locally true, there can be little doubt

* Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. No. 19.

+ Captain Cunningham seems to doubt the existence of any plains at all !—Vide

J. A. S. 205, for 1849.

966 Remarks on the Snow line in the Himalaya. [Sepr.

that Dr. Lord’s surmise relative to the effect of heat radiating from the

high plains of Cabul and Koh-i-damun is correct.

In regard to “ perpetual snow,” Lieut. Strachey has rightly under-

stood me, and I again repeat that there is not and cannot be any such

thing, and that any assertion to the contrary must necessarily convict

its author of being utterly ignorant of the well known fact, that

nothing in nature is perpetual or everlasting. All matter is ever un-

dergoing change ; the very rocks are crumbling down beneath the force

of atmospheric agents ; the atmosphere itself is constantly undergoing

change and renovation ; the water and the snow alike return to it in

the form of vapour. Where then is there a sign of perpetuity? My

opponent should have remembered, when he undertook to censure my

supposed illogical reasoning, that there is a wide difference between

a hill covered with perpetual snow, and one that is perpetually cover-

ed with snow !—‘‘The mere continuance of snow on any spot,” says

no less authority than Professor Forbes, ‘‘ does not suppose that snow

never melts there; were that the case a progressive and unceasing

accumulation would be the result; the position of the snow-line, or

what is often erroneously called the line of perpetual congelation, is

determined solely by this circumstance, that durmg one complete revo-

lution of the seasons or in the course of one year, the snow which

falls is just melted and no more.’’*

Thus Lieut. Strachey’s observations, although useful in corroborating

those of Webb and others, in reality leave the question precisely

where it was, namely, that while in Kumaon the elevation of the snow

line is greater on the northern aspect than on the southern ; the truth,

on the Hindu Cush, and as far as observation goes, in the Tartar dis-

tricts north of the Bissehir range, is actually the reverse ; proving as

I long since stated, and now repeat, that the facts on which Humboldt

relied as applicable to the whole extent of the Himalaya, are found to

_ be purely local, and dependent altogether on the physical features of

the country to the north and south of the water-shed.

* Forbes’ Travels through the Alps, p. 18.

1849. ] On the Aborigines of the Eastern Frontier. 967

Corrections to notes on Land and Fresh Water Shells, collected in

Afghanisthan. By Capt. Tuomas Hutton.

By a letter lately received from W. H. Benson, Esq., I find that

the following corrections are required to my notes on Afghan shells,

published in the July number of this Journal for 1849 ; many changes

having lately taken place in regard to the names bestowed by writers

in India.

No. 1. for “‘ Parmacellus’’—read ‘‘ Parmacella.’’

No. 4. Helix Bactriana (Hutton). Dr. Pfeiffer regards this as only a

variety of the European H. strigella.

No. 8. Pupa speloea (Hutton). According to the present classification

this will stand as Bulimas spaleus (Hutton), unless it

has been previously published by Mr. Benson as B.

eremita.

No. 9. Pupa Indica (Benson’s Mss.)

P. cylindrica (Hutton), now stands as Buiimus pullus (Gray).

No. 10. Pupa ccenopicta (Hutton), is now Bulimus cenopictus.

No. 11. for “shell convid’”—read ‘ Shell conoid.”

No. 16. Melania elegans (Benson), is now M. spinulosa (Lamarck).

No. 17. M. pyramis (Benson), is M. tuberculata (Muller).

DBPEAOAEOEOOOO OO eee

On the Aborigines of the Eastern Frontier.—By B. WH. Hopeson, Esq.

In continuation of my papers already submitted to the Society hav-

ing in view to exhibit summarily the affinities of all the aborigines of

India, I now submit Vocabularies, uniform with their precursors, of the

written and spoken Burman, the Singpho, the Naga in three dialects,

the Abor and the Miri tongues.

For this series I am indebted to the Rev. N. Brown of Sibsagor,

who in forwarding it to me favoured me with the following remarks :—

*«These specimens appear fully to establish the fact that the Burman,

Singpho, Ndga and Abor languages are very close relatives, and ought

not to be separated into different families, as they sometimes have been.

The Burman and Singpho, it is true, have been regarded as nearly rela-

ted; but 1am not aware of its ever having been supposed that the

Naga or Abor were closely related to the Burman, or that there was any

612

968 On the Aborigines of the Eastern Frontier. [Sepr.

very intimate connexion between the two. The Naga tribes are very

numerous, and every village appears to have its own dialect.

I have not inserted the Khamti or Shyan because I am not convinced

that there is any very close radical connection between either and the

Burmese. This affinity seems always to have been taken for granted

as a matter of course, but without any just ground. It is true there

are a considerable number of Burman words in the Khamti, but they

bear the marks of recent introduction, and are not to be found in the old

Ahém, the parent Shyan, nor in the Siamese, with which the Ahdém was

nearly, if not exactly, identical. I have inserted the Burmese as written

together with the spoken form. The Mags of Arakan, it is said, pro-

nounce it as 2¢ 1s written, and not like the Burmese. It appears to re-

semble the Tibetan considerably. The jst column of Abor Miri I have

collected from a vocabulary published a year or two ago by Captain

KE. F. Smith (of the Bengal Native Infantry), commanding at Sadiya.

—The last column I got from a Miri residing at this place.

In Burman I have used ¢h to express the sound of th in think. Also

a stroke under the initial letter of a syllable to denote the falling tone,

and a dot under the final vowel to denote the short, abrupt tone. The

Singpho and Namsang Naga are taken from a vocabulary published se-

veral years ago by the Rev. M. Bronson, and may be depended on as

correct. The other two Naga dialects are given by two men from vil-

lages near Nowgong—the only Nagas I can find in the station just now ;

and, as they do not understand Asamese very well, I may have intro-

duced some errors from them. At all events, the words are evidently

encumbered with affixes and prefixes that do not properly belong here.

I have not however ventured to remove any of them, as you will be

better able to do this. I am inclined to think that the radical forms

in all these languages are monosyllabic, as the Burmese unquestionably

is. The verbs, &c. would probably show a much greater resemblance

if we had all the terms for each idea; as there will generally be many

verbs nearly synonymous; consequently the lists do not always exhibit

the corresponding forms ; thus creating an apparent difference when

there is none in reality.”

As it is not my purpose to anticipate the results of the present in-

quiry, I will add nothing on this occasion to the above obliging and

sensible remarks of Mr. Brown.

uInyd

o1n3

sua.ie

Saka

qnyqia1

seyo

pewunp

oses

are

unde

0310

omumn

eqeq

yore

azIs

nde

suowme

Suaniok

TAL

oOYsUO|

send

n1o3s

1M yueW

sofuow

suoje

vsunt|9

oAt

Sueyed

Suda

Suviow

ies

969

On the Aborigines of the Eastern I’rontier.

“WT

L0bnsqus

1 849.]

————

van yo

9.103

susie

yond

ynyyiur ‘nyn4

ately

qrartp

uoeqnys

unde

osus

ou9

re1rh

sll

eyIS

nide

suowe

su010Uu

nie

yosuo,

yeid

yqomeysning

liepuowl

yotuout

suoye

sud[e

mm tdqth

Suejjod

ynda

Suvi

Jese

eT 090V

S.YIwmMy “3dvg

iE |

Ley

049}

sunqgeu

Suryoey

suo[ou

nsue

tse ud

nde

yiAue,

Tyus

nyn

nuur]e}

nysuny

oye M

Isvul

nefou

Surky

4219}

sun]

Osn

uese]

ueyyeu

Sundew

"DBD NT

osbuaZ

AIO}

NZze}4

elo 12}

Byyey

sunqeu

Suns}e}

nivu

neue

Tur

edn

yous}

Tyiys

nsjue

Sunes}

ZZe

nem

1seu

nury

saeyo

de194

sunins

nze

Suse]

eyoeul

Sunqem

“DhON

buobmonr

wny

{Our

SuOI

yea

eee

ery

odsuoyo

eou

uPA

qrun

yond

Tye

yal

rASued

eyes

uew

savru

shee

Open

ueqoze[

yeyodtsy

suod

“DODNT

buvswo py

§ UOsSuOLg

eyu

Suviwmns

Suns

suoq

B49

Bley

tmakureq

Su0sey

ueqIs

ecu

mSeu

tpn

edsu

19T)9U1U

ey yoy

nsuey

nvAsuta

esu

sueiu

Tes

wed

ulses

Sunqu

soydbursy

§, UOSUuoLT

Suto

uodul

ofys

Jom

suney6

42]

uaqey,s

sou .8

pAqy

yresjonded

‘uayodsy

‘UDUINGE

Suri

ofyy

suoyy

4e]

suequeyyo

aq yo

EAE)

ued

seyd

Tyo ye Aur

suryyo

9.100

Panis

BAU

suo01y

okmy

all

yeysu

BlUL

q1qyoyemaied

ral

"Ua7}t Mh

‘UDWANE

asno Hf

as10 FT

ulo yy

soy

peop

pueyy

yeox)

100.5

JOMOL,T

Ustad

OTT

Jay

gueydoaly

que

Ieq

50q

Aeq

MOLD

MOD

ojeyng

qu0g

yeog

aia ts |

Pare

MOLLY

"ysy bug

[Sepr.

On the Aborigines of the Eastern Frontier.

afkur op

Sunil

ayy

7aqe3

Inuiop

‘Snse

ony

23U¥ll

osunqe

asedoy

Surpny

oumuey

ule

Sime}

sundeu

Ip?

evueu

ojod

oqrys

ome

epend

asuemeyo

304

Bees 4'§

40bnsquy

vuou

osu

nunsu

coe

suolnp

Suis

sued

mous

7UnDP

Sut

mF)

Su09}

Jg0wmnp

eS |

91se

needoy

sue[ny

yesouey

ule

nossuos

suedeu

eee

nueu

ojed

yoqIs

ole

suvnid

Quue

yeanset

“2h -400 7

s.yjimg “zd

sueu

1e3u

nyo

wed

sunysues

nyde}y

aay

nysuly

osSuewmsuny

Sul, suijn]

neqd

surgounyd

deyey

Tyoeu

urpsun

mie

osuow

esueul

Ipsurse

Suthue}

Suefue

sueqey

uvseul

ndy

baal

Tyons

sSunsou

oysesues

Pay

uof

“DbON

psbuaZ,

rdu

ns}

mnt

Sunjues

nqe}

hey

ynzsuny

nuijid

aind

qeqeu

deyey

nsjyew

Suewsy

nsze| ns}

uinuUes

nune

Sunud4

BTLIOUL

Sueda}

WRB ULUT

eyon

Bees

Sunsofu

yinsuesy

uth

“DADNT

buobnon

vusuru

eBsu

uonyyeYy

Sunuv.1

WELL Ds I

wins

We]

uvol

991F

‘Tyyuey

uedsuel

Uru

Suop Suew

uny

oye

suodsut

yee

ueurw

Oasued

deiu

uel

“Db0N

bunsuto NT

S$ UOSUOLE

tu ‘Susu

lesa

1eu

UIS}U

Sua19ul

unyd

ue vIeU

Bus

suru

Su01S1s}

dnssuiu

wing

vis

90M

oydsuts

Toqysuru

dey

soy dbury

§ wosuoug

usw ‘uou

ofdyaysu

348

eAu ‘urku

Tue

‘uayody

‘UDUAN

suvm ‘Sava

edu

you

eMI

suede

BMS

ody

oly

9M.1U0

ysou

ges

¥qy2

yoviur

ofdyeysu

Tyyow

vfa ‘urku

ULULB

Suekyy

dnyu

Suo}

1m1e

yoku

Suey

yeas

ues

"UazIeAA

‘UDUWUANE

no“

mex

Joye

oSeITLA

2a1],

Woo],

JOST,

ung

2u0}g

1845

ayeug

44g

uIyS

weg

peoy

JOATY

uleyueld

Ke)

ISIN

oue Ny

oynbsnyy

qnoW

T1BjUNO [AL

J9qIOFA

uoojy,

Aayuoyy

UeyA

WqSVT

jearT

uol[

ys bug

ea! 940] suvyuepo ee@ooe eeoe rr es \ vy wWoO1g

rar) ado] ndgj9} eu suey sueu aj D D OL

esins your |nd] °s°* CR Suijuem (xmge) eu I (xupe) 1 JO

oysutdn Surin pees. -unyd Sunsgut nIyo1 ayyeyo BS}P] wiry B.1B4 porpunyy

NII} 9}

oysutt{n osun eons qeuue Sunsout weuey} voueqyeni tsesueut oyzesu aqyosu Ayla

oxide sutkn side Zum | yeuue Sunsow LU] Tjoqyens IST[UM oyz97 ayyoo7 4410.9

= oyune surkn OywWoer Jum | npYyIT tyo9eU ceeis waeIyenI Iswny syzsuoy? ayyosuns Ay.uy J,

.v oythae Suikn OYSUlpAL Tyovul nsyeur suyend unyy ay syyu ayyouoryu Ajuas J,

~ osurin oysum njoqy 1124 TYyor Is ays eyyo ual,

= osuru0y oysueu0y nyeyy nyey nyyL nyyas} OY Oy OUINT

Ry akurd oyjtund dasoyy 34 qest yesye ur qidys qoryl qs

= epluuny oyun y gokueny your} SUL juts yyuunyYy | Yoryu uemyy UdAasG

& osunye oyoye yoroyy your, WOul nL ynedyy yoAyy XIS

2 osun oyosurid nsunyd nésund Bourg vsueul esau Bsu QA

RQ ardy oxide aqeyd ized Taq yjoun 9 21 INO

& eune oymMoe wese ulese wWelUeA wins ul su9yg sans 9014,

= ofosu oylae qeuue evuue tAuea suoyyu qiqu yoryu OMT,

= 0.1948 oye nyeqy Zueyey 9qjuea BUTE e419 yor} ug

% apd aynyaq Ted led eee ae Topny? TOID6 SI19Y,

= ayynlou ac Bleyyeu nu yess sce 1Opudut 10)8ueuL S.M0

> ay njosu a5 wyeqye uesy oe aoe 1opesu 10788u sin

S ayy oxyng Tyovd vd 9ye Bury my? ms SIH

S oy you 94)/0U Tyoou eu Bul yueu TUduL 1sueUw sug,

N oy yosu 940su TWo1e su ey eau vuesu Tesdu 1esu ouITy

= ning nin nyng edoqoy nef Sutuss Tory opnyz ojns Aaq I,

= ursnjou njou eeyyeu pieyeu euoU susyytu Opueu 9) sueu ox

5S UISOSU njosa eeqye . youue eur = I Opesu . oyesu oA.

eso ee @eee eeoee 4 eee i eee eoee e@e e O'8) Ore iI

ee oe ou ed ed eoce @oee 0331p 0}}1p ays

nq nq ed vd aye TYy ny? ns °H

oe Way ‘1 -Lo“r ‘pboN “DbON *DEDAT ‘oydburgy “uayodsy "Wages

= 4sobpsquy Sypiug *ydng oshuaZ buohmonr Guvsuv pt 8 U0SUOLT ‘UDULng UDUANE “ysy bug

eo § ,WOSUuOLg ;

ter. [Sepr.

of the Kastern Front

mes O

On the Aborig

nddey

ndex

edun

Sueptd mes

oynpn

oyeqe

epole

gsunue

Oopow

osele

o]osu0su0.1

oseie

eqnyun.t

oynyes

woToyo

oqojeu

odues

oyIs

ein

ofoy

Oey

Ope

O[0S0]

osundde

“2A

Aobvsquy

vue

vunpryyo

epiddey

end

ne ‘ndop

OWLI9

epurue

Osvle

olny]

Suepels

suryund

Suge}

ojoysun

oys

oud

odwvt

ojis

qedns

9S 92}

Survie

eocae

snuwn

“2-400

S,yjiug *ydng

oSuou

Opry

Suerynyey

1498

qe 09v x

949}

nso}

v[savuue

ypsayy

dee

warn

Sunyor}

yeyyey

B51]0

B9199

eal

380

suvse

nysuey3

vdey

Suvqey

su0yy

yeyyey

de3e

ens

“DAD NT

oshuaZ

esuou ‘new

BIysey

nvjOy

sueyedoe

vyniey

eynie

Beirtist

wyesyey

sure}

suo0ley

Buy

+ Ae

Ssunse}

yrypey

Suoy

Tyoune

suok

tyseh

suose

nuue}

Surpoy

ne sey

Suey

yeypey

Sug]

nseA

“DODNT

buobmon

sueiere

ojyusyo

ole

Byoe

OYA

Oley

sueueyea

sueuueyye

sueuoyye

voyeu

sueuip

sueue

vleu

deuiu

vley

ejuens njeuw

O3FOP

Sueuoqyy

niu way

eeee

ee ee

“DbDN

bunswmvar

8 UOSUDLT

reyes

Blel

qesiepu

Teyey

Sues} suru

Insopes

2po}

opeu

Tuew

-oydbuiy

§ UWOSUOLT

SE I ons

eno

o[nidayq

9y79qq

947943

947 “OI

oyjes

qnepeyq

ehu

P/E ALES

udAye

eyuusid

vquedye

eyuyne

evyw ode

eyoienq

yqymyg

PRUs

guueuied

uvydyou

gard

By yoy70qq

Pe Out

nyyed

por

yrequ

uoyu

uofyd

‘uayody

‘UDUAN

qnyeu

ht ba ee

omnadayq

psa

950m

9s “9]

O22

ore44

2724 yytqyo

Suvmye

eyusueid

eyweiye

Aa heee

eyut ode

yymend

yuu

jguuvued

ueydyeu

aued

Yu TOsoud

PARIS

nyyed

eyuod

ajeue

sSueyu

Sueaiyd

“Ua}}IL MA

‘UDUANE

Sok

é 4am

¢ MOF

sNntL I,

¢ YONUL MOP,

qony

JEON

IBg

TIqITM,

JOU A

us2dAjOg

MO[OG

2A0qy

2 O10 MA

d19U I,

d10FF

Avp1aqsa 1

MOJIIOW-OF,

Aep-oJ,

¢ Tod MM

MONT

bt @)

Hog

THM.

*ysy bug

6 kK

* oynp nded oyojoyde} ere 078A ndnp yod ‘xrek qud ‘x14 AALS

ouue

078] nde] { eer \ Ise odey Ne] n& nf oye L

edos ndiq Sueeyy Suv 09% nd ehyy od ekyyod SINE)

yepuepdap ndynp qequiese B Sunemeues ouernyo njeses ahd gid unyy

yepneuns BpoOHOL qequrese Ineyeuese | SMeNnTy ‘ooyd | nwep ‘njoyy enky ‘97 eAmy ‘97 yyem ‘aaojy

rt eyoynp ndnp sueuueu nieyeuew 0su0} nsunp sureyy Suey) UMOP JIS

8 dniep ndnysuep yeydos yej0u odeyo { eee qeu ‘ey} yeu ‘eq3 dn purig

= es jeysueyis ndns sueuuayo sues ‘ns} ovy ue enky ‘emyz eimy “eas oxy

Ry ndey ndnyis nyeye sunie o1ey nvs ynek ‘ey Yor ‘ey smog

= oqnyes ndnyj suens sueys ooyy nns oy,s ‘odd oyyo ‘oud yeods

aS edose ndose | Suvrus yoke | Suozeyeuem es Nesuipurs} | 9gU YLoysy1e} au JYYOIN} quoyis oq

3 epdey nddey ajeddeyo Jideyoe odes ndeaiyy osu osu daa

RY epark ndopoyiu nuuewl nuueu orsu nue of al ysney

aS nyopiep ndre nwa eXeyd ern osuiqo nuinp ou ou Oye

s vind Oppt naue nuvuue odnf ndn& ye dt daats

= ndn} ndie4 unun} TyuIeleyo oy9C nn] yney2 yos quug

8 By suejop eyue [op nh} suoliyo ovyo neys es eyo yey

~ Ipoyas erece ecco coee eeoe eee ekywnyzayq eAquinsayq £poq kuy

S o¥yo oyolue neue Sisheus ose eee edyueyq edquayq Sui Auy

S ojos oyos Quis nels euey eulepes nyzoyq nsayq é OUM

= Peele (eit

N oyyo | suo ‘enysut eqeyo INSIyIey euayo euleyeyd eyq ‘ayqe ayqe é VOU

S auUOTO¥ZO ouoy Sul TyoRy sunyed edeu enugpes ayqe ayqe é YOIT MA

2 ny[nqnyTn vunt Bylo eylyoune edeil BMVIO oy ‘ou3 oy ‘O43 veuL

S nynqopiys ISSI ‘Is ByVal oek e1e lepu Ty? ‘1 UIs ‘T SUA

enee @eeae eevx.ee esse eees eeee yoyemoy? qnyewos IQ

cece nie eeee eo oe eoee eoeoe Sunes Suoy uly osTe ‘puy

eyok eyor | (149) ,wa (eyy) | (tgs) ,u (399) yeu Sunyd‘3u juoyu (ndd) eu |Sueqa (nid) ea you ‘ON

= “LAUT WAY -L00K TUNG “DbDAT *DbVAT ‘oydbug “uayody "Uap AA

= obvsqry S,ypimg *zdvg nsbuaZ buobmopr Gupswoar S$ UOsSUuong ‘upUming ‘upUMdng “ysbugy

oe 8 ,UOSUONT

[Sepr.

ter.

of the Eastern Fronti

nes O

On the Aborig

974

yepivie ome Bl sur] By suyey Suonyoe dpos4 uoAur sueiut LAR

epnpue Tpepe ysueue it at moe ey oF 94 3104§

yepayie o1oppeq opoysurl Suepey 918 nyes ays ug su0'T

yepos cece weyoe} weyoey Surye Suls}oy Sulas wary m99149

4epny Sunqedk ele, e Ur. waereud yeyor suokyy 1 1u poy

yepodmey OpIse sueseu Suoseurey ode suoiqd niyd nayqd oT AA

yepeyed aeyed epyedu yeur, yedue suego you yea org

yepns | opes ‘yeanu O[OHIOH yeayy suenye oseu yney yoy peyxooig

yepyodns npund opoysunye or vanj}iwNy sure Suaad gune yd Suoiyd Wy S1eIyWS

“ Sueure Saks suoyoeur Suosyeut tsySued Suvucies oysyoke oyya dnie A18n

quay suey opodmey Suvyysuoyo Sugsjesuey euBse rosy eu ey amospueTy

AEpoy EE epqed vpyed eqye Puy vay eA: JON

PPM Sanat Bits ese} Vek Jake Gil orkyy urkyy mog

8p} 9p sueuey sueuy} ny mp oAqy osyy PEED

epulut opurut meu} TeUIe} wnyoe urUd uok ‘oyun Suexr ‘wiyu edny

NZZe

epel ee "4 { asin Surye Susj94 Sutas wIIyo ey

oueuns Suoiopns SoU] y0s}e4 wmeyqye yaujey nd nd 407

pea a i aguisue ayeyiyou gynseey ie ISyoy 9 ‘uekyy 9 ‘edgy PIOD

eure Sueure suoyoeu Sugs}em Tyoe vresu oy,s oyya peg

epre npie o[oxSu0yo Bu0s}e} uese eled Suney Suoy poor

epiqny ndny Suens Suerys osu nys vky O48 vay ‘Oqyo 119d.

ByOpULY uey Suewsuedu evulinjeu oyelt n1oyo 1y2 ‘oT Is ‘wy | pueysiopug

240338} ndeypey suvsue nysee 0783 nsueu eky Bly Ivopy

d ynefqu yoqur

uomof ndessy| Savodie | Sugyesuoyoe suon} nuoy { ‘uo kqun Sereayyur dn vt

Sueyu10q Suvywuoq |suvusyo eqayo sueniuod oye dey NBM NY] emygnk eusnk ABMe dye I,

eynywWog ndiqmoq suenyeqy sunedue o1ueA ne] eysndk ayynd Sug

0j943uIp nded aie } OWOSe OFBAML nyes yey? yes tos

141 "wu -40gy “DbON *DbONT “DbONT -oydbugy ‘uayody "Ud2IIL AA

4obosquy 8. ypimg *zdn) osbuaL buohmort Guvsuovpgt § UOSUOLE ‘UDUAngy ‘unUing -ysibug

S$ UOSUOLET

ee a

975

On the Aborigines of the Eastern Frontier.

1849.]

- AjlPeod UL 9UOU SI o10y} o1OYA douaJeyIp quoredde ue Suyneaso sny3—

SULI0} Surpuodsaiioo ay} yIqryxe sXemje you op syst oy} APyUenbaguoo ‘snourfuouds Ajrvou ‘sqiaa Aueut oq Ayyerouad yim

O10Y} SB * Yop] YOVI OF SULIO} OY} [[e peY OM JI doURTQUIASeL J0y¥013 YOnUI ve Moys ATqeqoad prom "0% ‘SQIOA OU, “ST

Ajqvuonsonbun ssoumg oy} se ‘orqei;Asouow ozv SISENSUL] osor]} [Te UI SULLOJ [Lope oY} yeYI YUIy 0} pourpUT we ]

“SIU Op OF o[qe 107}30q oq [TIM nod se ‘uLoy} Jo AUB oAOWTOI 0} poINyUEA JOAOMOY Jou aavY J { e10y SuoTeq Ajsodoad

j0U Op 48Y} soxyord pues soxyye YjIM posequinoua APUOptas ore sp1OM oy} syUAo Te 1V ‘Wey} WOIJ S1O11a BULOS

peonposjur savq Avut J [fom AroA osoulesy pueysiapun jou op Aoy} se pue ‘mou ysnf uonejs oy} Ul puy uo T seseN

AJuo oy}—Su0Smon avou soSevypia wos usw omy Aq TIALS OIV SJOITVIP VSN OM} JOYIO IY, °3001100 se uo popuedep

oq Av pues ‘uosuorg ‘ayy “Aoy oy Aq oSe sava pesados peysyqnd Arejnqeooa ev WoIy Uoye, o1e vsVN SuestmUeN pue

oydsuig ayy, ‘ou0) ydnaqe “a0ys 04} o}0Uep 09 JaMoA [Buy oy} Joapun jop & pue—ou0} Sule} oy} a}0Uep 0} o]quITAs

B JO Jojo] [RIT oY} sorpezt ut 4nd os[e oavy Y “yueyp? Ut YY Jo punos oy} ssoidxe 07 7 posn oavy J usulIng U],,

sudu0y suouly areynyo amjzek owe nIsoy qesuvs qesu vyya Jasun pT

oyenyo Inje.19s

sunny Surpny { ajeqaya nisear uv[meyy eios Sueyd yesu of qesu a1 qSAIU,L

dae \ <a oyryonsu oyoAue ueog vyeq | uvgued ‘om | uevgsued ‘om SSOULIVA AA

yepis chee ode iidode eqoe Ise] efys eX] Uy.

sueuml opn yoqez WHOqRy yeye twunyd 49} ‘2M dn} ‘ea LAY f

yepuemo| opns Surou eyuepem we} eUU 9po} wel vid vhd WA

eos ecoe yrsuey nyeyesuey eeece ecee suneypay 31004397 aaenbs

yepuinye ee ee ndynjI] sues} mnye UIpuIp suo un panoy

yepeyye 930q adv} nynyey suope Bqns thy ty Jeo1k)

yepome opisue nso4 ele} Sure 1sqey asu osu TTeWg

yepRpue Ipope vl sueue ns4e} eduorue unjny sutou UaLU HOS

"10 "1 -40QF “pbONT *DODNT TONG -oydbug *uayody "UagqIL

4obnsgig |s,ypzuug *ydng oshuaZ buobmon Bunsmopt $ UOSUdL ‘UDINE ‘UDULANE "ys bug

8, uosuougT

976 On preparing Fac-similes of Coins, ¥c. [Sepr.

On preparing Fac-similes of Coins, §ce.—By J. W. Larpuay, Esq.

Convenient, expeditious, and easy methods of making fac-similes of

coins, gems and inscriptions have ever been objects of importance to

the antiquarian and the traveller ; and as several of my correspondents

have found those which I am about to describe, and which I have

practised for some time past, to possess all these advantages, it may

not be amiss to devote a short space in the Journal to make them more

generally known.

To prepare fac-similes of coins and medals, the operator should have

in readiness a few balls of yellow bees’-wax, and a little plumbago in

fine powder. The former may vary in size from that of a small pistol

bullet upwards, according to the size of the medal to be copied, and

may be kept in readiness for use in a wide-mouthed phial. One of

these waxen balls having been selected, is to be flattened by pressure

upon a small disc of wood or copper (an old smoothworn pyce answers

extremely well), which serves as a support for it, and prevents its subse-

quent alteration of form by keeping. The wax thus flattened and

extended to about the size of the medal to be copied, is to be rubbed

on its surface with a little of the powdered plumbago applied by means

of the finger. It will immediately assume a high metallic polish, and

is then ready to receive the impress of the coin. This is effected by

simply laying the latter upon the wax, and pressing it into the polished

surface, either with the thumb, or by means of a large pair of pincers,

or by any other process ensuring a uniform steady pressure. When the

impress is considered perfect, the coin is easily detached by a slight

tap, there being seldom any disposition to adhere, if sufficient plumbago

be employed, and more especially if the coin be breathed upon, or

moistened, before the operation.

On removing the coin, the wax will be found to have received a

beautiful and delicately perfect impression by a process mechanically

analagous to that by which the original itself was formed. This pro-

cess will be found greatly superior to those given in books, such as

that by means of sealing wax, or plaster of Paris, or melted stearine.

The first is generally deficient in sharpness; the last often causes

vexation by the adhesion of the medal, or the formation of bubbles on

I Pe ERE BEG ee eee Sy gi oh

1849. | On preparing Fac-similes of Coins, Sc. 977

its surface; while none of them is so expeditious as the one I now

describe, by means of which fac-similes of an extensive cabinet of

medals may be obtained in a few hours.

The waxen matrices thus prepared may, with proper precaution, be

kept an indefinite time, or transmitted to any distance for the final

process, that is, the revival of the medal by electrotype deposit. When

this is to be done, alittle more powdered plumbago should be brushed to

and fro upon the mould with a rather stiff painting brush, and then well

cleaned away. This serves to restore the continuity of the conducting

surface where it may be broken by the impression; a circumstance

very likely to occur where the legend is in high relief. A hot wire being

now passed round the edge of the matrix to destroy the electric connec-

tion with the metallic support, renders the mould fit for placing in the

depositing trough, where the process is completed in the usual way.

I had the honor to submit to the Society specimens of electrotype

fac-similes prepared in this manner about two years ago. It is obvious

however that this process is applicable to many other objects and

purposes besides the copying of comms. Wood-cuts and other engrav-

ings in relief may be multiplied in the same manner ; and even stereo-

type plates of letter-press may be similarly prepared with the utmost

facility. All that is requisite is to expose a prepared surface of wax

laid upon the type-forms to gentle pressure, and submit the impression

thus obtained to the action of the electrotype. I have the honor to

lay before the Society a specimen of this mode of stereotyping, being

a page from the Veda, prepared by the indulgent permission of the

Rev. J. Thomas of the Baptist Mission Press. This first attempt,

made now more than a year ago, sufficiently testifies the ready

practicability of the process. I had occasion about the same time,

m reply to some questions from my esteemed correspondent, the

Rey. Dr. Gutzlaff of Hong Kong, regarding the application of stereotype

to Chinese printing, to recommend this process to his consideration

as one eminently adapted to the special case of copying wooden

blocks. Ihave not yet heard the result of his experiments, but have

no doubt of their eventual success.

It now only remains to describe the method of taking paper fac-

smiles of inscriptions. The ordinary mode of doing this by inking

the surface, either with common or printing ink, has the disadvantage

978 On preparing Fac-similes of Coins, ec.

of giving a reversed copy of the original, and has other, and those

considerable, inconveniences which are troublesome enough in practice.

My friend Capt. Kittoe, who has had more experience in this depart-

ment of practical archaiology than falls to the lot of many, improved

the process greatly by overlaying the sheet of paper upon which the

impression is to be taken with another prepared with a proper pigment,

and then applying the requisite pressure or friction ; precisely as is done

in copying by what is called ‘carbonic paper.”’ This had the advantage

of giving the impression erect: but the following is much simpler,

more expeditious and more cleanly ;—Lay the paper upon the inscribed

surface and rub it with a large cork primed with powdered plumbago ;

wherever the surface resists, the plumbago adheres and may be fixed by

freely rubbing in. The excised parts receive no impression. The fac-

simile thus prepared may be afterwards improved if necessary by pen

and ink. The process, however, is capable of such delicacy and exact-

ness, that with fine paper, it may be used to copy in fac-simile the

slightly depressed lettering on the back of a book. The powdered

plumbago may be kept for the purpose in a wide mouthed phial, the ~

cork of which will always be ready for use.

PAPLDPUIPPYYIYrrvrn

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASTATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL

For Avcust, 1849.

The ordinary meeting of the Asiatic Society held on Wednesday,,

the 5th of September, 1849.

Dr. J. McCuewuanp, Senior Member present, in the chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed, and

the accounts and vouchers of the preceding month were laid upon the

table as usual.

Raja Pratapa Chandra Singha, Babu Rajendra Dutto and Captain

E.. Fytche, having been proposed and seconded at the August meeting,

were ballotted for and elected ordinary members of the Society.

Read letters—

From Sir H. M. Elliot, K. C. B. Secretary to the Government of

India with the Governor General, forwarding ‘‘ Diary of a Trip to Pind

Dadun Khan and the Salt Range,’ by Mr. Assistant Surgeon A.

Fleming.

From H. Cumming, acknowledging the receipt of a bill of exchange —

for £25-10-0, and soliciting the attention of the Secretary to a promise

made by him for transmitting to Mr. C. a selection of duplicate shells

in return for those already received by the Society in 1843.

From Lieut. R. C. Wroughton, expressing, on behalf of himself and

other surviving relatives of Brigadier Stacy, their heartfelt thanks for

the sympathy of the Society on the occasion of the death of that

eminent antiquarian, as conveyed in their resolution of September, 1848.

From Col. J. Low, forwarding the original stone containing the fac-

simile of an inscription published in the Journal of the Asiatic Society

for July, 1849.

980 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

John Barlow, Esq., Secretary to the Royal Institution of Great

Britain, conveying the thanks of the Institution for a copy of the

Asiatic Society’s Journal, No. 199.

From Major W. Anderson, a paper on the “ Routes and Stages in

the North Western provinces of India in 1750.”

From the same, ‘Sketch of the recorded revenues of the states

beyond the Sutlej, about 1750 to 1800.”

From H. Piddington, Esq. Charts of his 17th and 18th Memoirs of

the Law of Storms in India.

Read extract of a letter from Lieut. R. C. Wroughton, intimating

his desire, with reference to a para. in Brigadier Stacey’s will, to dispose

of, if there be any, the stones, sculptures and old copper-plate gift of

land belonging to Brigadier Stacy in the Society’s Museum.

Read extract of a letter

From Mr. Gutzlaff, returning his thanks to the Society for the

Tibetan books presented to him.

The Report of the Council upon the Financial condition of the

Society, having been in pursuance of the resolution of the preceding

meeting, brought forward for consideration, after some discussion, the

following resolution was proposed by Mr. Newmarch, seconded by

Mr. Heatly, and carried,

“That the Financial Report of the Council be adopted with the

following modifications, that is to say, that the allowance hitherto made

to Mr. Blyth of 40 Rs. per month in respect of house rent be con-

tinued, and that the Librarian’s salary be continued at 100 Rs. per

month instead of 50 Rs. per month, as proposed by the Council ; also

that in the Zoological department one assistant be retained on 20 Rs.

per month, one taxidermist on 30 Rs. per month, and one other taxi-

dermist on 15 Rs. per month, instead of the establishment proposed by

the Council of 2 taxidermists each at 30 Rs. per month; and that 2

Durwans be retained instead of one only, as proposed by the Council.

. J. W. Cotvite.

Read and confirmed, Dec. 8th, 1849. J. W. Larpuay.

Erratum in the last number,—page 858.

For ‘‘ Dr. J. M’LELLAND in the chair,”’ read ‘* The Hon. the PRESIDENT in

the chair.”’

@eec0n eeee ee ee ee ee @eoe0e e000 ee ee ee ee @too @ ere eo ce ce ee SOE

eec50o e@ocee eo eo ee ee ee208e @eee ee eo ee ee @eece @ee0 ce ee ee ee 6%

eee$0o e@ec0 ee eo ee ee eese @eoce0e ee ee OO ee See a Cece eo Ge ee ee RZ

e@veo e@e0ee ee ee ee ce @ee0 e@eee ee @e ee ee @eeo @ee0e eo ee ee ee LG

@eo0ce e@ee0 ee ee ee ee e@eece eecoe ee e0e ee ee @ee0e ees ee ce ee ee 9%

e eee eece ee ee ee ee @ec0 eae0e OW) ee ee ee ®ece Cees ee ee ee ee GS

@eee @eeo 2@ ee @e ee e@eeaeeoe @ee0e ee ee ee ee @®@een @eee ee ee ee ee 144

Cees @eee00e ee eo se @e @ee0 (@ee ee e@e ee ee Seee ®@eee ee ee ee ee S&Z

@ee0e @ecs0 eo ee ee ee @ee0e ®@ee0@ ee ee ee e@0 @e0e9 @eee ee ee ee ee BG

@ee0 eee0e8 eo ee ee @e e@eee0e e@eece @e eo ee ee @ecee0e Ceoe0e ee ee ee ee 1zZ

OIG) A*N “H| 2°28 | O16 | Be6 | OT9" ong! “HW €'T8 | 268 | S16 | Gg onig; ‘sg Gog | 618 | O'T8 | F09 0Z

oniq) “H"N | O'28 | S16 | S'%6 | E29" OnId| “AN | $'%8 | ogg | 9°68 | G99° oOnlg; “H 'S | cez | S’08 | 8°6L | 9E9° 6I

Hens ornumnyD| “A “S | 628 | s'6g | O'T6 | 769° onlig] °S 6'F8 | G18 | 6°88 | 9E2° Hels og} *¢ G’8L | S6L | S'8L | OTL’ 8I

“puny. —urey ‘a BL | 6°6L | 6F8 | SFL’ ong) “OW v'08 | ¢8 | OSB | LG2° Hels ojnung| ‘y G’6L | 6°08 | Z'08 | 969° LT

Apno[9 ‘Ss F'6L | L'48 | 68 | 9Z9° Tyeays opnwng) = "oy $08 | 0'88 | 0°68 | 999° NUN) A “NA! FEL | S18 | FOS | G29" S9T

TnunD ‘a SIs | 6°06 | 06 | S09 yun) 08 | O'88 | $68 | OFI" ong) “A'N @'6L | 8°08 | T’08 | O19" ST

Yes omnung| °° T'%s8 | F°06 | ZT6 | 8T9° OnIq) “A °N | 9°08 | F:9g8 | 1°88 | Sco: NWN OWN! “AN | L°6L | 8°08 | 0°08 | 8T9° Lal

A[zzuq) “E"S | 9:08 | g'eg | 0°98 | TS9° od) “A “S | 4°08 | 2°98 | 8°68 | cgg° 18310; “A'S | O'6L | 0708 | L°6L | 6F9° I

Aurey| “AS *s} seg | o'eg | U6 | LOL" ond) “A 6°08 | ¢'¢8 | 8°18 | zcz° OnIqd) “A'S | O'6L | O08 | 6s | IZL° el

oniqd)|"d “N*N/ Seg | 0°06 | F°06 | +69° ond) “A 8°08 | g°98 | F'68 | erz° TBS OMID| “AS *g | B°8LZ | O'O8 | S6L | T69° IL

Heys ofnung| “ay S18 | 6°88 | 8°06 | FEg9° eds opnwunD|) =" S18 | w28 | 8°48 | 189° Nuns omg! = “oy 6°8L | S08 | L°6L | G9" ol

Apno[p| “AN | o'8, | O'18 | SIs | $69" A[zzuq| "HE "S | 8708 | ogg | 618 | Fer" Apnolg}) =" O'6L | 0:08 | Z6L | SOL" $6

IQUIN) “dH "S| O's | 8°28 | 9°06 | 6rL’ OnId) “A OTS | ggg | T'48 | 262° YRIYS OLD |" “N “} O'6L | F'O8 | 6°6L | LLL° 8

oniqd| “aH "S*S} tg | 8°68 | 2°06 | T9Z° OnId) “HA *S | SI8 | 928 | Z'68 | TOs" Thun); “YA *s | $'6L | O'T8 | $08 | GFL’ L

oniIg) “A’S 928 | T'06 | 6°26 | OTL’ onIG Ss 6°08 | O'88 | 2°06 | 6EL° oid) “M'’S | 8°08 | S'I8 | 4°08 | 49° 9

ONT ’S LTS | 0°06 | 06 | 699° Od |" *S “S} O°S8 | B'es8 | $06 | 169° OIC ‘Ss O°6L | G'08 | L°6L | 999. S

Heus ound) ~=—"*S_ | grog | 9728 | 6'88 769" Yes ofNUIND) =“ B18 | 4°48 | 668 | 2TL" AGI eh cite a § 64 | 4°08 | 864 | 049° :

Hers oynuNy|"A °N “A! g’eg | 8°06 | T's6 | LT9° ONT "A "S “A| Ss | ges | 1°68 | zF9" Apnolg/'a “N “y] 0°08 | O'T8 | Z'08 969° Sz

QUIN; =“ O'%8 | S06 | L°S6 | B96] = HRS OfnWND “| “Gg *T| S'e8 | O'68 | 0'06 | 109'6z Iv9]d yyuezZ] 0°08 | ZT8 | P08 | OFS*6Z r.-

° ° ° seyouy ° ° o |sayouy ; c ° o jseyouy

oe)

eee ees 2/2) 9 | gf </ 2/2 /8F/ F

° QO. .

‘kag Jo oadsy By PB | & | ge | hg Jo y0dsy BOG oe | steel -etseanapaden Ee eg iee,

aie sap Bolsa? ee Zi Salis 1B

POLAK *ainjeroduio J, 2. *‘PpUlAA ‘aanye1ad wid J, S “pul, ‘ainjesodwi f, °

uoou jus1edde ye apem suoneasasqo "WQS "YG IB pardasqo ainssalq wNUIxepY ‘QSLIUNS 18 APVUI SUORAIASAC

“6481 “gdag JO yauopy aya sof “vjana09 ‘aa Spnlauay Lohaainy ay42 30 yday sagstbaxy 7v91b070.10020

eeee eeoo

ia “**" O18] L°98] T°88] g09°6%

T'IIT, 9°08) 6°98) 8°16 G08) O'F8 | F°F8/L09'6% Sade “*** 18°08] 1°98) 9°28] 069°6z

Se ee ee ee eee ee — |

ee ee ae eo ee e@oee eoce ee ee eo ee @eeo e@ee0

eo ve 20 ee ee eeece eece ee om oe ee eeece eoee oe ee ee ce e@e068 cece eo ee ee ee

@e ane eo ee eo eoes eece ee ee es eo @e se eeee es ce ee ese eeee esee0 ee ee eo ee

ee ees ee se ee e@eese eeoe ee ee ee ee @eee e@eee

es eo ee ce @eee e@ece es ee ee ae

ee ee eo ee ee eeee @eoe08 ee ee ee ee @eee eeee ee ee ae ee @eece eevee ee ee eo

** {O°SIT| 0°Z8) 0°88) O'F6 nips ar all eae re age ame dae Oy . Ou aN’ | 0'%8| S06) 8°%6| SEs" 011) "A° NA) 1°8| 6'06| 0'S6) TFS"

°° IF 6LT| 90g) S28) 6°S6] VETS opnuND) “WT *S | 9°S8! 0°88) 8°88} TSS" Heys opnuny |" *N] 1°08] €'16/%'e6) LES° | HBAS O[MUIND|"| “N | 0'%8} L°S6| S'e6 OSS"

** 1O°STT| 6°BL! S°S8) T°S6 BIS OID] “A | €'T8] O98) 7's] 909° ApnojD| M‘*S'S] 7:08) $98] 9°98) 66S" IWIN] AA°S*S/ 8°T8] S°88] 7°06, 009°

OT'O |0°90T| O's} 1°S8} T°68 Apno[D| “A “S | $82] 3°08! 0°08) £99" ond) “S| ¢'gL} 2°08! 8°08] 829° A[2Z211q| “A *S |s'6L| S18] S18) 919"

09°0 |S°LOT| S18] B98} LT TESPMOPD p.t93389OS| “| S'6L) VSB} S°ZBl SIO" A[zz14| “A “S| 1°61) 8°18) BFR] O6S" Apno[D| °A | 08) 6°F8) #98) FES"

O'ZIT| O18) 6°28) L764 eID} “A | O'Tg| #88) 8°88 esg" ynuny) “A | 18! P16) o'E6| Sze" YBiys ONWND| “A | R18) 9°16) O'FG, Eso"

FF'O |]'SL1| 6°08) 0°28) O'S6 o'd| “AH 10°09) F°S8) S°S8) OFS" ApnojD|'a “S | 0'T8)] 6°g8| Seg] SEs" Aurey |" "N | 3°08] 6'%8| 0°68, IFS"

GOO |8°9IT| 7°08) 8°98) F'°S6 Apno[D| “A | 0°08] 6°S8) ¢°98/ 6S" Tyeays OFNUIND| “S| gB'g8} 8'ssi T°T6| OFS" Tealo ywue7] “A | 4°18) S°16| 8°s6| Lg¢"

¥6'0 [@° LTT} 008) SS8| O16} B99 YWUEZ) “A *S | T°Og| 6°S8! 1°S8] FEO" Apno[D| “S| cog} 6°98] T°g8] 129° OVI] H'S*A| 6°08) 2°28] 0°88) SF9°

FL'0 |6'OIT| 208) 8°98] $16 NBAYS OLD) "S| 4°61) 4°88} 9°%8| 099" — Alzzuq| "HE | 2°62) 8°18! 2°¢8] LF9° Apno]D|"M °S | 0'08| 0'F8| 8°8, 399"

CZIT| S08) S98) O°SSjSPNO]O p.193}B9G |" “S'S| O'GL) VSB} SEB] G8g" HeIs O[NWNY |" 'S*S| 0'08! Z'S8i OL] 6S" 1JB1}S O[NWND|"|"S*S| 6°98! 98! 9°68) 89S"

90°O |S°TIT| 0°08) 9°S8) S28) = Weds OUI] “A | L°08) 8°S8] 1°78) ZOO" Al2z111 T'S" G18} $'88| 9°68] 6S" Auley |""S*S| $°08] 0'S8/ 8°S8 FZ9"

90°L |e°60T| G°08) L°S8| 8°06 “£pnofD} “S| 0°08) 0°28) ¢'z8| G69" ‘IqWIN| °*S | 9°T8} 9°Sgi ogg] 719° Apnold| “S| F'6L| 0'%8/ FR, z69"

90°0 |0°80T| 0°18) 3°98] F T6SPNO[D p.193389S)"A"S°H]| 6°62] 8'S8! B°SB! BSL" AU2211q] "A'S" 1°81) 0'S8| 6'G8| 869" Hers OPAUND|"A *N | F'18/ 8°L8) 8°88, OOL”

9L°O |% atI| ¥ 18) 8°98) 0'G6 ynwunD) “S | z's] $98 8°98) 6e9" END ORD eta: |e 18|-S° 280106] Geo) TNUIND OLD) “YS | FSB} L°8B| 0°68 SF9°

** 1O'STT| 708) 9°98) L°%6 011 |'H' SS] 3°08} 0'S8) 9°S8} gO" HV As O[NWND |S"! gz Bl 6°28! z°gsi S6S ens omumng| *S | 0°1g/0'88/0'68 609"

** |g*coT| F°08| G8! F°06 “ENS OLUD|'H “S 18°6L] O'S8) O'SBi Sz9° Apno[p aa 9°08) $°G8] 0°98] OT9" Apno[p|"M_ “S| $08] Z°S8) 8°98, ZE9"

9Z'°0 ee os we OD eee0e eece ee ee ec 20 e@eee eee ee ee ee ee e@eeco eeece . ee ee ee

OF'0 |2°60T| 0°18} 9°98) 0°Z6 Aurey| “ *S | 1°08] 0'S8) z°S8] OLS" OW) HN | #°TR] 3°98) 9°28! OFS" A[zzuq|*@ *S | 3°08] 0°S8| $98, 19S"

9F°0 |9°GOT| S18) 4°98) T°Z6|SPNOTD P.493389S| “A *S | 2°08] GSB! L°E8l V4G"6S Apno[D/'A'S° a! 0°s8! 0°S8) 6°Sg| STS"6% ApnojD| "H “S | $'T8} $°98) $°98| OFS"6%

“YOUT| 9 | Oo} oj o o | o | o {soqouy o}| of o Seyoul oj -e | 0 SeyouR

=e t bs ee) o) es)

G.| EE are! & =| 2) 2) gs =| 5/2) os 4/2) S| g8

Sl eM] oe me A : oe ets) ee ak d (eee: el ee) S| (ee cole ean ae

® Be =i ec AAG Jo yodsy els | =| sd AS JO yooasy = ee | eee Ayg jo yoodsy a / & | @ | =e

‘ay | 2 sl ae | Oe oS | * are | ote os i <. | F | eee

OF | = 2] sajomouuoey J], bs Sale S eee pe : -

°109.7 = wunwiUIyy pue “PULA | *ounzesod ua J, So *purAd | einjesodwea 7, ° *purAag. ‘ainjzesod wa f, Ss

a UINUITX® TAT *yos uns 718 opPeul SUOIJBALOSG QC) °u °d v 1 poAdasqo oinssod J UL NUTT TAT “wWOPr dG ye opeul SUOI}BALISG

[“panwurjzwoo 13}srcagg 7091.00]0.109}9 Ff7 |

JOURNAL

OF THE

PeLATIC SOCTET Y.

-OCTOBER. 1849.

CATALOGUE OF MALAYAN FISHES.

Tutopore Cantor, Esq. M. D. Bengal Medical Service.

The following Catalogue of Fishes is the result of observations made

during an official residence of three years and a half in Prince of Wales

Island (Pulo Pinang), and during visits to Province Wellesley, Malacca,

the Lankavy Islands* and Singapore. The fishermen supplying the

markets of Pinang and Singapore are principally natives of China, of

whom numbers in search of work annually arrive in Chinese junks. In

the course of time four or five commonly join and lay out their savings

in boat materials, nets and fishing stakes. The fishing boats vary from

one to three tons burden; they are of a slight make and calculated to

ply at but short distances from the shore. They are pulled by oars, and

seldom carry sails. The nets are made of twine, tanned with bark of

Mangrove. The bamboo fishing-stakes are clumsy contrivances. That

they answer well enough in fine weather is more owing to the riches of

the sea and their sheltered position, than to the ingenuity of the contri-

vance or the durability of the materials. In nautical skill the Chinese

fishermen of the Straits Settlements are far behind the Malays. AlI-

though originally a sturdy race, their morals and frames suffer fronr

the consequences of opium-smoking, gambling and the concomitant

<<<

* A group of Islands on the West Coast of the Malayan Peninsula. (6° N. L.)

il Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

vices. Their trade exposes these men to little exertion or hardship,

and the greater part of their time is spent idly, if not viciously, on

shore. Contrary to their countrymen in general, the Chinese fish-

ermen are considered the least desirable class of settlers. The fish-

mongers are also natives of China, but they forma class far superior

to the fishermen. Their trade comprises the following branches, viz.

1. Fresh Fish.

2. Dried Fish.

3. Isinglass (Fish-Maws).

4. Fish-Roes.

5, 6. Red Fish and “ Sardines.”

7. Sharks’ Fins.

8. Balachan.

9, Fish Manure.

10. Tripang.

1. Fresu Fisu. The fishermen dispose of their boat loads to the

fishmongers who assort the different kinds in heaps, over which sea-

water is continually poured, and from these the daily customers are

supplied. Although comparatively few kinds of fishes appear on the

tables of Europeans, the Malays and Chinese are less nice in their

selection, and reject but very few kinds.

2. Driep Fisu. The daily surplus of fishes is cured by the

fishmongers. The process commences with a partial abrasion of the

scales, after which the larger fishes are opened lengthwise, and the

intestines removed. Water is repeatedly poured over the fishes till

blood and impurities have disappeared, when they are placed in casks

in flat layers, between which is thrown a quantity of salt. In this

state the fishes remain from 24 to 48 hours, when they are exposed to

the sun, and frequently turned, till they are thoroughly dried. The

smaller kinds are not opened, nor are they all salted before drying in

.the sun. The little care bestowed upon the curing appears, however,

to be sufficient for local consumption, and none of our Settlements in

the Straits export dried fishes. The Pikul* sells from 3 to 7 Spanish

Dollars.

* The Pikul of 100 Katties equals 133} Ibs ; the Katty 1 lb.

+ The Spanish Dollar is about 4s. 6d.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. ill

3. Istnewass, Fiso-Maws, (Palongpong ikan or ari ari ikan of

the Malays, Joo-pa of the Chinese) appear to have formed an article of

exportation from the islands of the Indian Archipelago as early as

they became visited by the Chinese. When these people commenced

to settle in the Straits, they not only there collected fish-maws, but

also from distant localities. Bombay, Ceylon, Madras, Bengal, Tenas-

serim, and most of the Malayan Islands contribute to the annual

supply, which is bought up by Chinese dealers at Pinang, Malacca and

Singapore. By them the maws are exported to China. The fact was

noted by Mr. Crawfurd, but that the fish-maws are isinglass, appears

to be the discovery of an anonymous correspondent in Parbury’s

Oriental Herald for January 1839. The personal exertions of Mr.

McClelland have been mainly instrumental in adding isinglass to the

articles of exportation from India to the European markets.

Since 1842, Mr. W. T. Lewis, Asst. Resid. Counsellor of Pinang,

has made some very successful attempts to improve the production of

isinglass in Prince of Wales Island. But European merchants there

appear unwilling to engage in this novel branch of commerce, as the

supply from want of proper care is uncertain, and procurable but in

comparatively small quantities. These, however, are no objections to

the Chinese dealers, as they are sure of a profitable and quick return

of their outlay. ‘The fishes from which isinglass is obtained at Pinang

are :

Lates heptadactylus, (Ikan siyakup,) page 983.

Polynemus indicus, (Ikan kirow,) p. 1011.

Otolithus biauritus, (Ikan salémpat,) p. 1039.

Otolithus ruber, (Jarang gigi,) p. 1041.

Otolithus argenteus, (Jarang gigi,) p. 1043.

Otolithus maculatus, (Jarang gigi,) p. 1044.

Johnius diacanthus, (Ikan tambaréh,) p. 1049.

Lobotes erate, (Ikan batu,) p. 1062.

Arius truncatus, (Ikan salidu,) p. 1238.

Arius arius, (Ikan salidu,) p. 1240.

Arius militaris, (Ikan salidu,) p. 1241.

The annexed Table, exhibiting the quantity of isinglass imported

into and exported during 10 years from Pinang to China, has been

communicated by Mr. W. T. Lewis.

Catalogue of Malayan Fishes.

[Ocr.

QUANTITIES AND VALUE OF FISH-MAWS IMPORTED INTO AND EX-

PORTED FROM PRINCE OF WALES ISLAND, FROM 1832 To 1842.

Import.

Quantity in

Pikuls.

1832-33} 163

1833-34) 103 |

1834-35) 126 de

1835-36| 76 ng

1836-37 135 cine.

1837-38} 120 ye

1838-39} 103 ae

1839-40} 71 ue

1840-41} 309 aa

1841-42) 117 ee

Tora. |1,323 a

Value in

Dollars.

ia i be

4,779

4,055

5,118

3,034

10,227

4,414

50,172

EXPort.

Quantity in

Pikuls.

1832-33} 182

1833-34] 170 Ve

1834-35 opt am

1835-36| 172 wits

1836-37; 184 Al

1837-38] 202 a

1838-39} 204 fis

1839-40 192 ies

“1840-41 144

1841-42} 265 ry

Tota. |1,939 cea

4. Fisu-Rors, 5. Rep FisH and 6. “ Sarpinrs.’’

of these condiments will be found under the species used in the

preparation, viz.

4. Alausa toli, (Ikan truboh,) page 1281.

5. Engraulis brown, (Bunga ayer or badah,) page 1285.

Dussumieria acuta, (Tamban-bilat,) page 1268.

Clupeonia perforata, (Tamban-népis or batul,) page 1276.

7, SHARKS FINS.

Value in

Dollars.

8,190

7,036

7,835

1,610 ~

eee

7,035

—See

7,879

9,140

ase

7,299

eee ey SS

5,299

12,523

73,842

An account

The Chinese fishmongers of the Straits Settle-

ments obtain Sharks’ fins from the same localities which supply them

with Fish-maws.

These fins are not exclusively selected from Sharks

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. Vv

(Squalz), but equally from Rays (Rajae). Quantities examined at Pinang

were composed of fins of the following Genera: Stegostoma, Car-

charias, Sphyrna, Pristis, Rhinobatus, Trygon and Myliobatis. Of all

fishes Sharks and Rays are the most valuable to the Chinese. The

flesh and entrails of all, not even the electric Rays (Torpedinide) ex-

cepted, are eaten either fresh or dried; the skin is used for polishing

or converted into shagreen; gelatina is obtained from the larger

fins, glue from the smaller. All, except the caudal fins, are cut at

the root so as to leave as little flesh as possible. The root is dipped

in wetted lime (Chunam) in the erroneous belief of preventing attacks

of insects, and then the fins are dried in the sun. Those imported in

the Straits Settlements are packed promiscuously in gunny bags, each

containing from one half to one Pikul. According to the value in the

Chinese market, the fishmongers assort the fins in two kinds: ‘‘ white”

and ‘‘black.’”? The white consist exclusively of the dorsal fins, which

are on both sides of a uniform light colour, and reputed to yield more

gelatina than the other fins. In China the lovers of gelatinous soups

pay from 30 to 40 Spanish Dollars per Pikul of white fins. The pec-

toral, ventral and anal fins pass under the denomination of black fins.

The colour, however, varies according to the species from buff to grey

or brown, and most of them are of two different colours, the upper

surface being dark, the lower light. The black fins, for obvious rea-

sons the most numerous, are supposed to yield a comparatively small

quantity of gelatina, and sell in China from 15 to 20 Spanish Dollars

per Pikul. Mr. W. T. Lewis has communicated the annexed Table,

shewing the quantity of Sharks’ fins imported into and exported during

10 years from Pinang to China.

vi Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

QUANTITIES OF SHARKS’ Fins IMPORTED INTO AND ExporTED

FROM PRINCE OF WALES ISLAND, FROM 1832 To 1842.

Import. | Export.

Quantity |Value in Sp. Quantity [Value in Sp.

in Pikuls.| Dollars. in Pikuls.| Dollars.

1832-33 1832-33 40 500

1833-34 91 OTF pare 1833-34 308 4,927 ie

1834-35 79 ggg 1834-35 408 4,770 =

1835-36 27 a50 li 1835-36 267 DS ice

1836-37 | 129 1,287 1836-37 329 ae

1837-38 60 966 mee 1837-38 195 4,432 aa

| 1838-39 | 195 3,001 em 1838-39 426 5,451 ee

1839-40 76 1,703, 1839-40 319 5,970

1840-41 172 2,582 are 1840-41 360 4,689 Pea

1941-42 | 521 | 7,457 ‘|isdi-a2 | 525 | 7781

TOTAL, 1,350 19,216 aa Tora, {3,177 48,036 a

8. BaALAcuHAN, is a condiment prepared from small fishes of all

descriptions and shell-fish. The ingredients are placed in a pit to un-

dergo fermentation, and afterwards dried, pounded, and preserved with

spices. With the Malays, Siamese, Burmese and Cochin-Chinese,

Baléchan has become a necessary of life, as it serves to season the

daily food of these nations.

9. FisH-mMaNuRE. The smallest fishes, and all offal are employed

in the spice plantations by the Chinese gardeners and agriculturists of

Pinang, who consider the fluid in which fishes have been salted a very

useful manure in cocoanut plantations.

10. In addition to the preceding, there are two animal productions

of the eastern seas, which also are considered fishes by the Chinese.

They are the dried Holothurioida, called Tripang swala or Beche de

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. vil

mar, and Cuttle Fishes. Of both large quantities are annually collected

and dried for the market in China.

The naked Cephalopods are not only eaten fresh, but one species,

a Loligo, forms in its dried state a considerable article of traffic. The

preparation consists in removing the inkbag without laying open the

mantle. After all impurities have been removed by water, the mol-

luse is submitted to a slight pressure, and ultimately exposed to the

sun. Small bundles of one Katty’s weight are tied up with slips of

ratan, and enclosed in cases holding 10 Katties and upwards. The

Pikul sells at the rate of 14 to 16 Spanish Dollars.

AUTHORS CONSULTED.

Agassiz, L.: Nomenclator Zoologicus. Soloduri, 1842-46.

Br’/LANGER, CHarue: Zoologie du Voyage aux Indes Orientales,

| Paris, 1834.

Breux, W.: Description of a species of Chetodon, Ecan bonna, Sc.

in Phil. Transact. 1793.

Bennett, E. T.: Catalogue of Fishes, in Memoirs of the Life of

Sir Thos. 8. Raffles, London, 1830.

Bennett, J. WuircHurcH: Fishes of Ceylon. London, 1830.

BuLeEeker, Dr.: Overzigt der Siluroieden,

33 der Kamschubbige Labroieden,

Nieuwe Bidrage tot de Kenniss der Siluroieden, in

Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genoots-

chap. XXI. Batavia, 1846-47.

Bidrage tot de kenniss der Percoiden,

BS rr der Scleroparet,

7 3 der Blennoiden en Gobi-

oiden,

9 “i der Ichthyol. Fauna van

Bali,

” »9 99 ty van Madura,

in Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genoots-

chap. XXII. Batavia, 1849.

BriytH, E.: Stegostoma carinatum, in Journal of the Asiatic Society

of Bengal. Vol. XVI. Calcutta, 1847.

Vill Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocrt.

Bucuanan Hamitton, F.: dn Account of the Fishes of the

Ganges. Edinburgh, 1822.

Cantor, Turo.: Zygena, in Quarterly Journal of the Calcutta

Medical and Physical Society, Calcutta, 1837.

Notes on Indian Fishes, in Journal Roy. As. Soc.

Vol. V. London, 1838.

On Isinglass, in Proceedings Zool. Soc. London.

Vol. VII. London, 1839.

General Features of Chusan, in Annals and Maga-

zine of Natural History. Vol. 1X. London, 1842.

Foetus of Zygena, ibid. Vol. XII. 1845.

CRAWFURD, J.: History of the Indian Archipelago. Vols. 1 —III.

Edinburgh, 1820.

CuvieR, GEorRGE: Régne Animal. Paris. 1817.

ne A Nouv. Ed. 1829. ;

in Mémoires du Muséum D’ Histoire Naturelle,

Vols. I. ILI. IV.

Cuvier ET VALENCIENNES: [Histoire Naturelle des Potssons. 1.—

XXII. Paris et Strasbourg, 1828-1849.

DatporrF: in Linnean Transactions. Vol. III.

De Kay: Zoology of New York. Fishes. New York, 1842.

Gray, Joan Epw., in Zoological Miscellany. London, 1831.

Illustrations of Indian Zoology, chiefly selected

Srom the Collections of Major General Hard-

wicke. Nos. I-XX. London, 1830-35.*

Harpwicke, Masor GENERAL: On the Goramy of India in Zoo-

logical Journal. Vol. IV. London, 1829.

Jacquemont, Vicror: Voyage dans I'Inde. Atlas. Poissons.

| Paris, 1835,

JerDON, T.C.: On the Freshwater Fishes of Southern India, in

Madras Journal of Literature and Science. Vol. XV.

Madras, 1849.

Le Sueur, Cu. A.: Harpodon, in Journal of the Academy of Natural

Science of Philadelphia, Vol. V. Philadelphia, 1825. _

* In the following Catalogue have been admitted the names of such of the Zdlus-

trations only of which descriptions have been published. Genera and species

founded on these figures alone have in several instances originated errors.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. IX

LINnNE, Carouus a.: Systema Nature. Ed, XIII. Cura Gmelin.

Lipsie, MDCCLXXXVIII.

Low, Jas. : 4 Dissertation on Pinang and Province Wellesley, Sc.

Singapore, 1836.

43 History of Tenasserim, in Journal of the Royal Asiatic

Society. Vols. IT. III. IV. V. London.

McCiewianp, J.: On Isinglass in Polynemus sele, in Journal of

the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Vol. VIII. Cal-

cutta, 1839.

Indian Cyprinide, in Asiatic Researches. Vol.

XIX. Second Part. Calcutta, 1839,

On two Undescribed species of Skate, in Cal-

cutta Journal of Natural History. Vol. I. Cal-

cutta, 1841.

Oficial Papers on Isinglass, in Cale. Journ.

of Nat. Hist. Vol. II. 1842.

On the fresh-water Fishes collected by W.

Griffith, ibid.

On East Indian TIsinglass, in Cale. Journ. of

Nat. Hist. Vol. III. 1843. (Polynemus sele,

p- 179. Plate VI.)

Description of a collection of Fishes made at

Chusan and Ningpo, by Dr. G. R. Playfair,

in Calc. Journ. of Nat. Hist. Vol. IV. 1844.

Apodal Fishes of Bengal, in Cale. Journ. of

Nat. Hist. Vol. V. 1845.

Two Undescribed species of Barbel, and a non-

described genus af Chetodon. ibid. (Ctenops

nobilis, p. 281. Pl. XXI. Fig. 1.)

Moor, J. H.: Notices of the Indian Archipelago. Pt. 1. Singapore,

1837.

Muuuer, JoHANNES: Vergleichende Anatomie der Mywinoiden, in

Abhandl. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. zu

Berlin aus dem J. 1839. Berlin, 1841.

On the structure of Ganoidei and on the

Natural Classification of Fish, in Scientific

Memoirs, edited by R. Taylor. Vol. IV.

Pt. XVI. December, 1846. London.

Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

Mutter unD HENLE: Systematische Beschreibung der Plagios-

tomen. Berlin, 1841.

Park, Muneo, in Transactions of the Linnean Society. Vol. III.

London, 1797.

RicHARDSON, Sir JouN, in Annals and Magazine of Natural His-

tory. Vol. IX. London, 1842.

Ichthyoloyy, in Voyage of H. M. 8. Sulphur. No.

I—III.

Report on the Ichthyology of the Seas of China

and Japan, in Report of the 15th Meeting of

the British Association, held in June 1845.

London, 1846.

Ichthyology, in Voyage of H. M.S. Erebus and

Terror.

Fishes, in Voyage of H. M. S. Samarang. No. 1.

London, 1848.

Royue, J. F.: On the Production of Indian Isinglass. London,

1842.

Rupee, E.: Atlas zu der Reise im nirdlichen Afrika. Fische

des Rothen Meers.. Frankfurth, 1828.

Neue Wirbelthiere zur Fauna von Abyssinien gehi-

rig. Fische. Frankfurth, 1837.

RusseLu, Patrick: Descriptions and Figures of two hundred

Fishes, collected at Vizagapatam on the

Coast of Coromandel, London, 1803.

ScHLEGEL ET SaLomon Muuuer: Glyphisodon, Dascyllus, Am-

phacanthus, in Verhandel-

ingen over de natuurlike

Geschiedeniss der Needer-

landsche overzeesche Bezit-

tingen.

Scuxosser, J. A.: Ona fish called Jaculator, in Philosophical

Transactions, 1764 and 1766.

Suaw, Gro.: General Zoology, Fishes. Vols. 1V. V. London, 1803.

Swainson, Wm.: Natural History of Fishes, Sc. in Lardner’s

Cyclopedia. Vol. II, London, 1839.

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. x1

Taytor, Jas.: On the Respiratory Organs and Airbladder of cer-

tain Fishes of the Ganges, in Gleanings of

Science. Vol. II. Calcutta, 1830.

TEMMINCK ET SCHLEGEL: Pisces, in Siebold’s Fauna Japonica.

VALENCIENNES, A.: Sur le sous-genre Marteau, Zygaena, in Mém.

{du Mus. d@ Hist. Nat. 1X. Paris, 1822.

YaRRELL, Wn.: Jlistory of British Fishes. Vols. I. I1. London,

1836.

Supplement to British Fishes. London, 1839.

AAAAN

BUCHANAN HAMILTON’S ICHTHYOLOGICAL

DRAWINGS.

They consist of 144 coloured figures of fishes executed by native

painters, and they form a portion of the series of Zoological Drawings*

which on Buchanan Hamilton’s departure from India were deposited

in the Library of the Honorable Company’s Botanic Gardens, Calcutta.

In the valuable Report on the Calcutta Botanic Garden Mr. Griffith has

given the following account of these Drawings: ‘Coloured Drawings

of Dr. Buchanan, (afterwards Hamilton,) stated to have been deposited

in the Library in 1815.

SS TERS A a eT SACU eg ROMO Re ie oie Sagem e POCe OORT Pag

| EfDHILGCN ARS SRD le 60 0 TERN al gO EE Rae RS era 19

EV US! op ib hanelane Bi GL RE Ee? ea hae 7

EVACTUPEMS, 0... « «ving apn, + e's : / ; 36

For many of the originals copies appear to Pee one akoumed

There are in addition 18 folio sheets containing copies of some of the

drawings of Fish, executed apparently in Dr. Wallich’s time. Of Birds,

&c. there are also similar duplicate copies 22 ; and of unfinished and

un-named 14.” (William Griffith : Report on the Hon’ ble Company’ s

Botanic Gardens. Printed by Authority. Calcutta, 1843. Part V.

Iibrary Department, page 96.)

* In the preface to the fourth volume of Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,

(Paris, 1829,) the authors acknowledge their having, through Dr. Horsfield, had

access to a series of Buchanan Hamilton’s Ichthyological Drawings in the Library

of the East India House, London.

xii Catalogue of Malayan Fishes.

Mr. Griffith while superintending the Botanic Gardens transferred

these drawings to the Library of the Asiatic Society, Bengal. To

nearly every Drawing of the Fishes Buchanan Hamilton has in his

own hand-writing attached a systematic or vernacular name under

which most of the species were subsequently published in his Work

upon the Fishes of the Ganges. This is the series of Buchanan Hamil-

ton’s Zoological Drawings, which Mr. McClelland complains of having

been kept closed from public view in the Botanic Gardens, Calcutta,

from 1815 to 1838, during twenty-two years subsequent to Buchanan’s

departure from India. Years have elapsed, and no explanation has

been offered to Mr. McClelland’s just observations : ‘‘ Had such an

injury to the advancement of information resulted from an oversight

in an ordinary public office, the circumstance would excite less sur-

prise; but that the works of naturalists should be so treated in a

public Institution expressly intended for the promotion of science, is

so unaccountable to me, that I cannot presume to express an opinion

on the subject. But as the case stands, perhaps the best remedy that

can now be applied in justice to Buchanan, as well as to others who

are still engaged in scientific pursuits, would be to give a complete

edition of his labours, botanical and zoological, to the public; at the

same time it is right to say that no atonement can now make amends

for the injury that has been inflicted on Buchanan as a naturalist, or

for the time that has been lost in allowing others to go over unneces-

sarily the ground which he investigated, instead of beginning where he

left off.’ (Asiatic Researches, Vol. XIX. Second Part, page 223.

Calcutta, 1839.)

PSISISISI SNA SP NII NII NIL NIN SIAL LLLP NLD PLP SL

CATALOGUE OF MALAYAN FISHES.

By THEODORE CANTOR, Esq. M. D. Bengal Medical Service.

[Localities printed in Italics signify those from whence the fishes were obtained ; in

ordinary type those previously given by authors. The descriptions are drawn up from

recently taken specimens. |

SUBCLASSIS—TELEOSTEI.

Orpo.—ACANTHOPTERI.

Fam. PERCOIDZ.

Gen. Lates, Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1828.

Infraorbital- and humeral bones, and preopercle strongly toothed,

the latter with a spine at the angle; anterior dorsal fin higher but

shorter than in Perca and Labrax ; tongue smooth.

LATES HEPTADACTYLUS, (Lacépéde.)

Perca maxima, Sonnerat (MS.?) Cuy. and Val. II. 96.

Holocentre heptadactyle, Lacépéde, IV. 344 and 391.

Russell, CX X XI. Pandoomenoo.

Coius vacti, Buchanan Ham. 86, 369, Pl. 16, Fig. 28.

Lates nobilis, Cuv. and Val. IT. 96, Pl. 13. |

Lates nobilis, Cuv. R. A. II. 134.

Lates nobilis, Richardson: Report, 1845, 222.

Lates nobilis, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Genoots. XXII. 16, 27.

Ikan Siyakup of the Malays.

Head and back brownish, or blackish pale green, sides silvery grey ;

scales with a brownish spot at the root, or edged with that colour;

No. XXXIV.—NeEw Serizs. 6 L

984 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

abdomen silvery ; pectorals and ventrals pale yellow, the other fins

brownish or blackish. Iris blackish golden ; pupil cornelian red.

*D 7 or 8—1/11 or 12, C 18 or 172, A 38 or 9, V 1/, P. 17 or 18.

Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Bay of Bengal, estuaries of the Ganges, Indian Ocean, China Sea,

Canton, Java, Madura.

TOTAL LENGTH, 5 feet.

Those inhabiting brackish water are of a muddy flavour, and blackish

or of much darker colours than those living in the sea. The species

appears to be less numerous in the Straits of Malacca than in Bengal.

Both in fresh and in dried state, it is highly valued as an article of food.

It also yields isinglass, of which however, in the Straits, but little is

collected, partly on account of the comparative scarcity of the fish, and

partly owing to the thinness of the air-vessel. That of a large-sized

fish when dried, weighs upwards of one ounce. At Pinang this kind

sells at the rate of 25 to 30 Spanish Dollars pr. Pikul.

Gren. Apocon, Lacépéde, 1802.

Scales large, deciduous; the two short dorsals widely separated ;

margin of the preopercle double, finely toothed; pyloric appendages

few.

APOGON P@CILOPTERUS, Kuhl. and Van Hasselt ?

? Apogon peecilopterus, Cuv. and Val. II. 154

Head above, back and upper half of the sides reddish brown; lower

half and abdomen mother of pearl; crown and sides of the head

minutely dotted with black; opercles silvery ; on the tail, in the mid-

dle of the base of the caudal, a large rounded blackish spot ; membrane

between first, second and third spines black; rest hyaline, minutely

dotted with brown; posterior dorsal, caudal and anal, pale yellowish,

dotted with pale brown, ventrals pale yellowish ; pectorals hyaline.

Iris mother of pearl, upper half black.

D 6—1/9, C 158, A 2/8, V 1/5, P 13, Br. VII.

* Russell: D 7—1/13, C 18, A 3/9, V 1/5, P 15.

Buchan: D 7—1/12, C 18, A 3/11, V 1/5, P17.

Cuv. and Val: D7 or 8—J/12, A 3/8 or 9.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 985

Hasitr.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

_ Toran LENGTH, 4% inch.

The length of the head is 4 of the total; the orbit borders on the

profile, and occupies the second fourth of the head ; the distance be-

tween the orbits across the forehead is 3 of the horizontal diameter of

the orbit, which is } of the length of the head. The posterior margin

of the preopercle is finely serrated nearly all round, except a small por-

tion of the lower part; the opercle terminates in a broad triangular

membranous point, in the upper margin of which appears a deep

rounded incision. The vertical diameter at occiput is 2, in front of

the anterior dorsal a little less than the length of the head, at the root

of the caudal it slightly exceeds 4 of the head. The sides are covered

by 11 longitudinal series of rounded, finely ciliated scales, each with 15

to 18 radiating lines at the base. The lateral line follows the outline

of the back ; it occupies the third upper series of scales, 23 or 24, on

each of which appears a central, longitudinal tube, with one or two

minute tubes on each side of its root. The scales of the series imme-

diately above and below the lateral line present an indistinct longitu-

dinal elevation. The first dorsal spine is } of the second and third, the

longest and strongest, each of which is 23 of the length of the head ;

the sixth spine exceeds the first by one third; the spine of the poste-

rior dorsal, the second anal and the ventrals are of equal length, 4 of

that of the head. In the inconstant character of colours, the present

species differs from 4. pecilopterus, but both agree in their number of

fin rays, and general resemblance to the Mediterranean species. (4. rex

mullorum, Cuv. and Val. II. 143.) It is to be regretted that the

description of dA. pecilopterus is not sufficiently explicit for identifica-

tion. At Pinang and Singapore single individuals of the present spe-

cies are of uncertain occurrence.

APOGON QUADRIFASCIATUS, Cuv. and Val.

? Mullus fasciatus, White ; Voyage, 268, Fig. 1

Apogon quadrifasciatus, Cuv. aud Val. IT. 153.

Apogon quadrifasciatus, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 16, 28.

Crown of the head and back brownish black ; sides and abdomen,

mother of pearl; a broad black band from above the orbit to the root

of the caudal; a second parallel from behind the orbit, first beneath

the lateral line, but from near the posterior part of the second dorsal

642

986 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

it intersects the lateral line, continuing above it through the middle of

the caudal fin; upper half of anterior dorsal, between 3d and 6th spine,

more or less intense black ; the other fins pale yellowish, or pale crim-

son ; all except the pectorals with broad blackish margins. _ Iris silvery

with large black spots.

D 7—1/9, C 174, A 2/8, V 1/5, P 16, Br. VII.

Haxsit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

eibincg Hi Batavia.

ToTaL LENGTH, 42 inch.

In the young the two lateral black bands, and the blackish margins

of the fins are very indistinct, or scarcely perceptible. All the species

of the fins exhibit traces of transversal striee. This species is not

numerous at Pinang.

Aprocon rucatvus, Cantor.

Body and fins, except the pectorals, silvery carmine with rainbow

reflections, cheeks, throat and abdomen paler ; from the lower part of

the orbit to the muzzle a gamboge oblique line; at the root of the cau-

dal a large round black spot, surrounded by numerous minute brown

dots, and a few similar on the scales of the posterior part of abdomen.

Pupil circular, black with crimson reflection ; iris golden gamboge, the

upper fourth part ultramarine.

D 6—1/9, C 184, A 2/16, V 1/5, P 13, Br. VIT.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

ToTaL LENGTH, 2% inch.

The length of the head is contained about 33 times in the total ; its

depth, which is little less than that of the body, equals its length ; the

eye is large, circular, the diameter slightly exceeding 4 of the length of

the head; the mouth small, little protractile; gape subvertical ; the

angle of the mouth a little in front of the anterior margin of the orbit ;

teeth excessively minute; margin of preopercle very finely toothed ;

lateral line following the outline of the back, nearly throughout oblique,

becoming horizontal close to the root of the caudal. Examined under a

lens, the spines of all the fins are transversely striated, as in the Genus —

Chanda. The spines of the anterior dorsal are very slender, as in 4.

macropterus, Kuhl and Van Hasselt, and scarcely arched. The lower

part of the anterior margin of the second spine is armed with three

blunt teeth, vertically situated. The second, third and fourth spine,

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 987

are of nearly equal length: about one half of the vertical diameter of

the body. The spine of the posterior dorsal fin equals in length the

longest anterior, but the second branched ray, which slightly exceeds

the first and third, is 2 of the vertical diameter of the body. The

distance between the last, double, ray of the posterior dorsal, and the

root of the caudal equals the length of the head. The caudal is slightly

forked: the length of the centre 1 of the total. The basal extent of the

anal is a little less than the length of the head; the second and third

branched ray are the longest, equalling the corresponding rays of the

posterior dorsal fin. The distance between the sixteenth double anal

- ray, and the root of the caudal is but about one half of that between the

latter and the last ray of the posterior dorsal, or about 4 of the length

of the head. The first branched ray of the ventrals equals in length

the second spine of the anterior dorsal. The length of the transparent

pectorals is about 2 of the vertical diameter of the body.

This species is closely allied to Apogon lineolatus, Ehrenberg, the

peculiar colouration is strikingly similar in both, but it differs from the

latter, and the other species, in the greater number of anal rays, and in

the toothed appearance of the second dorsal spine. A single specimen

was observed at Pinang in July 1845, The fishermen asserted it to be

of very rare occurrence. The very capacious stomach, occupying the

whole length of the abdominal cavity, was expanded with minute

shrimps ; the intestinal canal is less than one third of the total length,

and without ccecopyloric appendages. The rounded acoustic bones are,

for the size of the fish, remarkably large.

Gen. Cuanpa,* Buchan. Ham. 1822.

(Ambassis,+ Cuy. and Val. 1828.—Hamiltonia,t Swainson, 1839.)

* Not from yavdos, hians, as stated by mistake in Nomenclator Zoologicus,

(Pisces, p. 15,) but from Chanda, the vernacular name, applied in Bengal to the

Genus. (Chandee, Hind. Silver.)

+ MM. Cuvier and Valenciennes observe that the two first species of Chanda,

described by Buchanan, belong to a different genus, and they have for that reason

cancelled Chanda. Buchanan himself expressed doubts asto the propriety of plac-

ing his first species in that genus.

} Fam. Zenide (Scombroide, Bonap.) Swainson, Fishes, &c. Vol. II. p. 250.

‘* Hamiltonia ovata, Sw., Ham. fig. 37, and H. lata, Sw., Ham. fig. 37.’’ Both

references are errata.

988 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

Teeth sharp, scattered in both jaws, with some of the bones of the

head distinctly indented on the edge ; with prickles in some of the fins,

and with bodies more or less diaphanous, and much compressed ; the

sides nearly perpendicular.

CHANDA DUSSUMIERI, (Cuv. and Val.)

Ambassis dussumieri, Cuv. and Val. II. 181.

Ambassis dussumieri, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 17, 30.

Crown of the head and the back pale greenish, minutely dotted with

black, opercle bluish silvery ; sides pale silvery with a narrow longitu-

dinal shining silvery band from the opercle to the caudal fin ; abdomen

transparent with the silvery peritoneum shining through. Fin-mem-

branes transparent ; that connecting the 2d and 3d dorsal spine, mi-

nutely dotted with black and with a black margin; caudal in some

with a blackish margin. Iris silvery; the upper fourth part black.

D 7—1/9, C.172, A 3/9, V 1/5, P 17, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Malabar, Java, Madura.

TorTraL LENGTH: 3 inch.

The vertical diameter of the body is contained about 32 times in the

total length. This species appears to occur but rarely at Pinang. In

three examined there was no external appearance of the horizontal

spine in front of the first dorsal.

CHANDA Nauva, Buchan. Ham.

Chanda nalua, Buch. Ham. 107, Pl. 6, Fig. 36.

Ambassis nalua, Cuv. and Val. II. 182.

Ambassis nalua, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 17, 29.

Crown of the head and back pale greenish, with a few indistinct

blackish spots at the base of the dorsal fins; sides pale silvery, with

a narrow longitudinal shining silvery band from the opercle to the cau-

dal fin ; cheeks and opercles iridescent silvery, the latter with a blackish

spot between the angle and the orbit, produced by numerous blackish

dots; abdomen transparent, iridescent, with the silvery peritoneum

shining through; fins pale citrine, the membrane of the anterior dorsal

minutely dotted with black, particularly between the 2d and 3d spine,

with a black margin. Iris silvery with a black spot beneath the upper

margin of the orbit ; pupil ciycular, black with crimson reflection.

D 7—1/, 10 or 11, C 174, A 3/9 or 10, V 1/5, P15, Br. VI.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 989

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Rivers of Lower Bengal, Batavia, Samarang, Surubaya, Bima,

Sumbawa.

ToTaL LENGTH: 44 inch.

As observed by MM. Cuvier and Valenciennes this species differs

from Chanda gymnocephala (Lacépéde). (Syn.Sciena safgha Forskal ?—

Lutjanus gymnocephalus, Lacép.—Centropomus ambassis, Lacép.—Am-

bassis commersonit, Cuv. and Val. II. 17, Pl. 25) by its comparatively

shorter head, blunter muzzle, and greater depth of the body. Besides, it

may at once be distinguished by the extent of the membrane connecting

the anterior to the posterior dorsal, which in the present species attaches

itself to the lower third of the spine of the posterior dorsal, but does

not as in Chanda gymnocephala descend nearly down to the level of

the back. From the individuals described by Buchanan, those inha-

biting the sea differ slightly in colours, and in having one, rarely two,

branched rays less in the posterior dorsal and anal fins. The species

is at all seasons of no rare occurrence at Pinang. It feeds on small

Crustacea.

The preceding species of Apogon and Chanda are of little value as

articles of food. At Pinang they, as well as numerous other small

fishes, the daily residue of the market, are used as manure.

Gen. Serranus, Cuv. and Val. 1828.

Dorsal fin single; preopercle serrated ; opercle with two or three

flat spines ; teeth velvety, with a greater or smaller number of longer,

pointed teeth; crown of the head, opercles, and cheeks covered with

scales ; muzzle and jaws with more or less perceptible scales, or apa-

rently naked.

SERRANUS HEXAGONATUS, (Forster.)

Perca hexagonata, Forster.

Holocentrus hexagonatus, Bloch. Schneider.

Serranus hexagonatus, Cuv. and Val. II. 330.

Serranus stellans, Richardson, Ann. Nat. Hist. March 1842.

Serranus hexagonatus, Richardson: Voy. Sulph. 82, Pl. 38, Fig. 1-

Ground colour of the head above, back and upper half of the sides

pale reddish brown with numerous rounded, frequently confluent spots,

990 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

all indistinct and of a shade but slightly darker than the ground colour ;

lower half of the sides diluted reddish brown, becoming whitish on the

abdomen ; fins reddish brown, darker thanthe body from their numer-

ous indistinct spots, the largest of which along the back between the

dorsal spines; upper margin of the dorsal membrane black ; all the

spines greyish brown. Iris reddish brown, with a narrow golden ring.

D 11/17, C 17-3, A 3, V 1/5, P. 17, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Isles of Borabora and Oualan, South Pacific.

TOTAL LENGTH : 72 inch.

The length of the head is 34 of the total; the vertical diameter at |

occiput is 2 of the length of the head; the greatest oblique diameter

of the orbit is about 43 of the length of the head ; the margin of the

preopercle is rounded, the ascending part strongly toothed, the three

lowest teeth larger than the rest; of the three spines of the opercle

the upper one is the smallest, and the centre one the largest, its length

equalling 3 of the diameter of the eye ; the membranous portion of the

opercle is elongated to a sharp point. The upper maxillary teeth are

preceded on each side by a single curved canine, inside of which appear

several pointed teeth, conspicuously longer than all the rest. The lower

maxillaries have two canines on each side of the symphysis. All the

fins are rounded; the dorsal spines are rather slender and a little shorter

than the soft rays; the second anal spine is longer and stronger than

any of the other spines, its length equalling the extent of the base of

the anal fin. The greatest vertical diameter of the body slightly

exceeds + of the total length.

The stomach is moderate, coriaceous, particularly near the fundus ;

the appendicula ccecopylorica are of equal length, about 3 inch ; the

length of the intestinal canal is a little less than the total. This spe-

cies, of which a single individual occurred at Pinang in 1845, agrees

with the description of Serranus stellans, Richardson, which the au-

thor later referred to S. hewagonatus. In the Pinang specimen the

dark spots disappeared shortly after death, leaving behind a uniform

reddish brown colour.

SERRANUS LANCEOLATUS, (Bloch.)

Holocentrus lanceolatus, Bloch. Pl. 242, Fig. 1.

Holocentrus lanceolatus, Shaw. 1V. 567,

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 99]

Russell, CXXX. Sugglathoo Bontoo.

Serranus lanceolatus, Cuv. and Val. II. 316.

Serranus lanceolatus, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 9, 18, 35.

‘‘Tkan Krapu” of the Malays.

Ground-colour of the body and fins bright gamboge, with five bruad

vertical brown or black bands, of which the first from the orbit

over the preopercle, the second from the crown of the head obliquely

over the opercle to behind the pectoral fins, where it joins the third;

in the obliquely oval space between these two bands some individuals

have a large oval black spot; the third band which occupies the space

between the 2.4 and 10‘ dorsal spine, becomes narrower on the body

and continues jointly with the second band over the abdomen; the

fourth band spans nearly the whole lower half of the dorsal rays, pro-

ceeds over the body and the anal, on the posterior part of which the

ground colour is visible, with one or more black spots; the fifth band

is in front of the caudal ; all the fins with one or more series of large

black spots, more or less confluent; the pectorals in some with three

arched undulating black bands; jaws with large black spots. Pupil

circular black ; iris golden. In the young the ground colour is citrine

or sulphur.

D 11/16, C 174, A 38, V 1/5, P 18, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Bay of Bengal, Batavia, Samarang.

ToTaL LENGTH: 64 inch.

In three individuals examined the number of fin rays was the above

stated; Russell and M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes give the dorsal

11/14, and the latter give the anal 3/10.

SERRANUS HORRIDUS, Kuhl and Van Hasselt.

Serranus horridus, Cuv. and Val. II. 321.

Serranus horridus, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 7, 19, 36.

‘Ikan Krapu” of the Malays.

Crown of the head and back blackish brown; sides and abdomen

brownish grey, largely marbled with blackish brown ; spinous part of the

dorsal yellowish pale brown, with a large basal brownish spot, between

each pair of spines; the rest of the dorsal gamboge, the lower half

with three or four oblique downward directed blackish bands, above

which some large round black spots ; caudal, anal and ventral fins gam-

992 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

boge with large round, sometimes confluent, black spots ; pectorals with

a large black spot in the centre of the base, and three or four more

or less interrupted arched black bands. Iris blackish brown with a

golden ring.

D 11/15 or 16, C 173, A 38, V 1/5, P 17 or 19, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

Java.

ToTaL LENGTH: 4 feet 3 inch.

This species is closely allied to Serranus geographicus, Kuhl and

Van Hasselt, which according to M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes has

one or two additional soft rays in the dorsal, and two in the anal fin.

It attains to a gigantic size. In one, the weight of which exceeded

130 lb., the stomach contained remains of Stromateus, Sphyrna blochii,

and of a Limulus. Though not plentiful, it is not of uncommon occur-

rence at Pinang, where it is valued by the natives both in its fresh and

dried state. In the adult the colour of the fins is greenish olive.

SERRANUS ALTIVELIS, Cuv. and Val.

Serranus altivelis, Cuv. and Val. II. 324, Pl. 25.

Cromileptes altivelis, Swainson, Nat. Hist. of Fishes, II. 201.

Serranus altivelis, Richardson: Report 1845, 230.

Serranus altivelis, Bleeker, Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 18, 33.

Head and body brownish buff changing to white on the abdomen;

fins lilac-grey ; all parts with distant round black spots, edged with white ;

those of the body and dorsal fins larger than the rest; iris brownish

buff with a narrow golden ring, the upper part with two ocelli.

D 10/18, C 172, A 3/10, V 1/5, P 17, Br. VII.

Haxit.—Sea of Pinang.

Java, China Seas.

ToTaL LENGTH: 4 inch.

M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes count 19 soft rays in the dorsal fin,

but their figure represents 18 ; the latter is probably taken from a per-

served specimen, and gives but an inadequate idea of the exquisitely

delicate tints of the living fish. A single, probably young, individual

observed at Pinang in June 1845, farther differs from Pl. 25, Hisé.

Nat. des Poiss. in having the dorsal spines from the third of equal

length, whereas in the plate, their length is represented as gradually

increasing from the first to the tenth. The very capacious stomach was

expanded with remains of Crustacea.

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. §93

SERRANUS BONTOO, Cuv.

Russell CX XVIII. Madinawa Bontoo.

Serranus bontoo, Cuvier R. A. II. 141,

Serranus bontoo, Cuv. and Val. II. 334.

Serranus bontoo: Bleeker: Verh. Bat, Gen. XXII, 9.

Brownish grey, lighter on the abdomen; head and body with nu-

merous round blackish spots; fin membranes brownish grey; the

dorsal blackish at the base and upper half. Iris pale greenish olive

with a narrow golden ring.

D 11/17, C 174, A 38, V 1/4, P 19, Br. VII.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Madras, Vizagapatam, Java.

ToTaL LENGTH : 5 inch.

A single individual with one soft anal ray less, but otherwise corre-

sponding to the description and figure of Russell, was observed at

Pinang in 1843. The lowest three teeth of the preopercle are larger

than the rest. On each side of the intermaxillary bone appears a ca-

nine, stronger than the rest of the teeth. The black spots of the body

become indistinct after death.

SERRANUS CoIoIDES, (Buchanan Hamilton).

Russell CX XVII, Bontoo.

Bola? coioides, Buchanan Ham. 82, 369.*

Serranus suillus, Cuv. and Val. II. 335.

Serranus suillus, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII, 9.

Head, body and fins reddish ash-coloured, whitish on the abdomen,

with numerous rust-coloured or orange round spots, those of the dorsal

sometimes confluent, forming one or two longitudinal bands. Iris pale

golden with one or two rusty spots.

D 11/15, C 173, A 3, V 1/5, P 18, Br. VII.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Gangetic estuaries, Java.

TOTAL LENGTH: 1 foot 6 inch,

This species grows to a gigantic size. Russell saw one 7 ft. in length,

5 in circumference, weighing more than 3001b. Smaller individuals

are highly valued as articles of food. It is not numerous at Pinang.

* An unfinished coloured sketch in the duplicate series of Buchanan’s Drawings

leaves no doubt of the species in question.

6 mM 2

994 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Oct.

Gren. GenyoroGe,* Cantor.

(Equivalent to Diacore, Cuvier.)

Canines among the velvety maxillary teeth ; margin of preopercle

toothed ; opercle generally terminating in two or three flat points; mar-

gin of preopercle with a notch receiving a tuberosity of the interopercle.

GeNnyOROGE NoTATA, (Cuv. and Val.)

Russell XCVIII, Antika Doondiawah.

Diacope notata, Cuv. and Val. II. 422.

Mesoprion russelli, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 20, 41.

Head above crimson; cheeks golden, margin of preopercle pale car-

mine ; of opercle vermilion ; back reddish brown; sides pale golden

with red reflections ; abdomen yellowish white ; from the orbit, above

the lateral line, three obliquely ascending orange lines, of which the

lowest reaches the middle of the base of the dorsal rays; beneath

which a large black spot; beneath the lateral line three or four parallel

similar lines, of which the uppermost divides the black spot; the rest

nearly straight from the opercle towards the tail; fin membranes yel-

lowish ; apical third of dorsal spines and rays, and upper, lower and

posterior margin of caudal fin crimson ; anal and ventral fins gamboge.

Iris golden.

Young.—Head above and back brownish; cheeks, sides and abdo-

men, silvery white; stripes of the body brown; fine pale yellow, points

of dorsal rays and posterior margin of caudal fin pale crimson.

D 10/i4, C 174, A 38, V 1/, P 16, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean, Bay of Bengal, Batavia.

TOTAL LENGTH: 9 inch.

Russell gives 3/6 in the anal; M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes 11/13

in the dorsal fin. Russell has observed the changes of colour produced

by age. On each side of the throat appear three small oval fossets, of

which the posterior is the largest. The species is not numerous at

Pinang.

Gen. Mesoprion, Cuvier 1829.

Teeth on the palate and vomer; canines among the velvety maxil-

lary teeth; the middle of each side of the head armed with teeth like

those of a saw.

* Tévu, cheek ; pwyi, cleft. Substituted for Diacope, Cuvier 1817, preoccu-

pied by Diacope, Hiibner 1816, (Lepidopt.)

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 995

MeEsoprRIon JOHNII, (Bloch.)

Camboto, Renard T. I. Pl. 31.

Anthias johnii, Bloch, IX. 97, Pl. 318.

Lutjanus johnii, Lacépéde IV. 235.

Sparus tranquebaricus, Shaw IV. 471.

Russell XCVII. Doondiawah.

Coius catus, Buchanan Ham. 90, 369, Pl. 38, fig. 30.

Mesoprion unimaculatus, Quoy and Gaim. Zool. de Freyc. 304, Pl. 5.

: fig. 3.

Mesoprion unimaculatus, Cuv. R. A. IL. 143,0).

Mesoprion johnii, Cuv. and Val. II. 443.

Mesoprion unimaculatus, Cuv. and Val. II. 441.

Mesoprion unimaculatus, Richardson: Report 1845, 229.

Mesoprion unimaculatus, Bleeker : Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 4, 20, 42.

Head above and back greyish green, opercles silvery with golden

edges; sides silvery with numerous longitudinal blackish lines, pro-

duced by a central spot or line on each scale; beneath the middle of

the base of the dorsal rays a large black spot, in front of which, in

some, two or three blackish vertical bands, terminating a little below

the lateral line ; abdomen yellowish white or silvery ; fins reddish yel-

low; upper margin of the membrane of the dorsal spines blackish ; of

that of the rays and the posterior margin of the caudal fin pale carmine.

Iris pale golden.

D 10/14, C 173, A 38, V 1/, P. 16 or 17, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Indian Ocean, Bay of Bengal, Gangetic estuaries, island of

Lantao (Canton River), China Seas, Celebes, Amboina,

Batavia, Tagal, Samarag, Surubaya, Pasuruan.

ToTaL LENGTH: 10 inch.

The intensity of the black lateral spot and lines differs individually,

and such which habitually live in brackish muddy water, have a general

blackish hue, and two or three vertical blackish bands in front of the

constant lateral spot. Such was the individual first described by

Bloch as Anthias johnii, which denomination therefore takes precedence.

M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes, indeed, question the specific difference

between the latter, and Mesoprion unimaculatus, and point out the

identity of Corus catus, Buch. Ham. and the present species. The first

996 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

ventral ray is elongated, but it is frequently mutilated. In some, not

in all individuals, the margin of the preopercle is so deeply indented,

and the tuberosity of the interopercle so conspicuous, that they might

be considered species of Genyoroge, and as such they were considered

by Kuhl. On each side of the throat appear three small oval fossets

as in G. notata. At Pinang this species is numerous at all seasons.

It is insipid ; the natives however dry it.

MESOPRION RANGUS, Cuv. and Val.

Russell XCIV. Rangoo.

Mesoprion rangus, Cuy. and Val. II. 481.

Mesoprion rangus, Cuv. R. A. II. 144,).

Head, body and fins cherry- or indian-red, lighter on the sides and

abdomen; the latter in some reddish white. Iris silvery carmine.

Young.—Head and back purple; cheeks and sides pale indian-red ;

abdomen reddish white.

D 10/13, 14 or 15, C 173, A 3/8, V 1/5, P 16, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore, Malayan Peninsula.

Java, Coromandel.

ToTaL LENGTH: | foot 8 inches.

In the upper jaw appear on each side of the muzzle two canines, of

which the posterior are very large, slightly curved ; on each side of the

lower jaw are four similar, conical and equidistant. In the adult of

this as in other species, the teeth of the margin of the preopercle be-

come worn and indistinct. The very large, scaleless, subrhombic

infraorbital bone, affords a distinguishing character. According to

Russell this fish is not much esteemed. At-Pinang and Singapore,

where single individuals occur at all seasons, it is of excellent flavour,

and considered a great acquisition to the table. At Malacca it is plen-

tiful, and in our settlements in the Straits it is known under the deno-

mination of the “ red rock-cod.”’

MESOPRION ANNULARIS, Cuv. and Val.

Mesoprion annularis, Cuv. and Val. II. 484, III. 497.

Diacope annularis, Riippell: Atlas, 74.

Diacope annularis, Riippell, Neue Wirb. Fische. 91.

Quoy et Gaimard, Astrol: Pl. 5, fig. 4.

Mesoprion annularis, Richardson: Rep. 1845, 229.

Mesoprion annularis, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII., 4, 22, 47.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 997

Head above and back brown with a crimson hue, paler on the cheeks

and sides; abdomen silvery rose-coloured; across the back between

the opercles, a broad forwards arched black band ; in front of the root

of the caudal fin, on each side, a large round black spot: both joined

on the back, and both with a broad white margin, except on the back ;

dorsal spines crimson, the lower half of the rest of the dorsal fin red-

dish brown, the upper half crimson; the anterior half of the caudal fin

reddish brown; posterior half pale crimson; the upper half of the

anal silvery reddish brown, the rest black ; the anterior third of the

ventrals white, the rest black; pectorals pale rose-coloured. Iris

golden with crimson hue.

Young.—Colours generally paler and the black marks less distinct.

D 11/13 or 14, C 173, A 3/9, V 1/5, P 16 or 17, Br. VIT.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore, Malayan Peninsula.

Indian Ocean, Massaua (Red Sea), Ceylon, China Seas,

Batavia, Bantam, Cheribon, Samarang, Surubaya, Pa-

suruan, Patjitan, Celebes.

ToTAL LENGTH: 7 inch.

The brown oblique lines of the body, described by M. M. Cuvier

and Valenciennes, do not exist during life, but appear after death, as

the original colours fade. The ascending margin of the preopercle is

very minutely toothed, but the lower part is very strongly so ; the latter

is arched, but there is scarcely any notch where it joins the ascending

straight part. This species is distinguished by the beauty of its colours

no less than by the symmetry of its forms. It feeds upon crustacea.

A few occur at times at Pinang.

MESOPRION GEMBRA, (Bloch-Schneider.)

Alphestes sambra, and gembra, Bloch-Schneider, page 236, Pl. 51,

fig. 2.

Mesoprion gembra, Cuv. and Val. IT. 485.

Mesoprion gembra, Cuv. R. A. IT. 144,(3).

Upper part of the head and the back blackish brown; cheeks and

sides silvery brownish grey; abdomen whitish; from occiput to the

tail numerous (from 10 to 15) vertical brownish black bands, terminat-

ing near abdomen, with intervals narrower than the bands themselves ;

apical part of dorsal spines and margin of their membrane pale crimson ;

the membrane with a transversal central series of brownish spots; up-

998 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

per third of the rest of the dorsal fin pale blackish, central third

whitish, basal pale yellowish brown ; anterior third of the caudal fin

pale yellowish brown, central whitish, posterior blackish; lower third

of anal blackish, the rest successively as the caudal ; pectorals and ven-

trals whitish, the lower half of the two anterior ventral rays, and their

connecting membrane pale crimson, a large brownish central spot

between the 2¢, 5¢ and 4 ventral ray. Iris pale golden, blackish

near the orbit.

Young.-—Ground colour and black bands less distinct ; between the

dorsal rays some irregular series of brownish dots; posterior half of

ventral fins blackish ; no crimson on this nor the dorsal fin.

D 10/13 or 14, C 173, A 38, V 1/4 'P 17, Br. VIL.

Hasit.—Rivulets of Pinang.

Tranquebar.*

ToTaAL LENGTH: 52 inch.

The anterior ventral ray is elongated, bristle-like. In the peculiar

distribution of colours this species much resembles a Datnia from the

estuaries of the Ganges described and figured by Buchanan Hamilton

as Coius polota,+ (pp. 25, 370, Pl. 38, fig. 31.) From the latter the

present differs not only in the number of its branchiostegous- and fin-

rays, but also by its more elongated form. But.two individuals were

at different times observed at Pinang: both were taken in rivulets,

which however communicate with the sea.

MEeESOPRION CAROUI, Cuv. and Val.

Mesoprion caroui, Cuv. and Val. II. 489.

Russell CXXV. Karooi.

Head above and back reddish brown; cheeks and sides silvery

brownish yellow; abdomen white ; between the back and the lateral

line a number of more or less distinct oblique brownish lines; from

the posterior margin of the orbit a reddish light brown band to the

tail; from the opercle four undulating reddish brown lines, converging

towards the tail ; fins brownish yellow. Iris brownish golden.

D 11/12, C 172, A 3 or 9, V 1/5, P 16, Br. VII.

* According to Bloch.

+ Referred by M. M. Temminck and Schlegel as a second species of their genus

Anoplus. The latter name however is inadmissible, as it has been preoccupied by

Anoplus, Schonherr, 1826, (Coleopt.)

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 999

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Madras, Vizagapatam.

TOTAL LENGTH, 42 inch.

Russell counted 9 anal rays: a single individual observed at Pinang

had but 8. The margin of the preopercle is finely toothed, except at

the angle where the teeth are stronger.

Gen. Nanpovus, Cuv. and Val. 1831.

Mouth very protractile, with velvety teeth in both jaws, on the palate

and vomer; margin of preopercle and interopercle finely toothed ; spine

of opercle very minute.

NANDUS MARMORATUS, Cuv. and Val.

Coius nandus, Buchan. Ham. 96, 370, Pl. 30, Fig. 32.

Nandus marmoratus, Cuv. and Val. VII, 482, Pl. 207.

(Icon.) Bedula hamiltonii, Gray, Ill. Ind. Zool. II. Pl. 88, Fig. 3.

Bedula nebulosus, Gray, Idd. Fig. 2.

Coius nandus, McClelland, Cale. Jour. Nat. Hist. II. 574.

Head and body silvery or golden greenish olive, lighter on the sides ;

cheeks and abdomen silvery with rose-coloured or orange reflections ; on

the head and body large dark olive patches, edged with black dots, in

some disposed like irregular vertical bands; on the cheeks two or three

such, radiating from the orbit ; in most a greenish black oval spot on

the middle of the side of the tail; spines and fin-membranes transpa-

rent, minutely dotted with black, marbled with pale brownish lake and

greenish olive; pectoral rays pale greenish olive, minutely dotted with

black ; rest of the rays pale brownish red with transversal greenish

black bars. Iris golden greenish olive, minutely dotted with black, with

a narrow golden circle round the pupil; upper orbital margin black.

D 13/12, C 123, A 3/7, V 1/5, P 16, Br. VI.

Rarely: D 12/13 or 13/11 or 14/12, C 17 or 183, A 3 or 9, P

17 or 18.

Hasit.—Fresh water Malayan Peninsula.

Bengal (in ponds), Sutlej, Chenaub (at Ramnuggur).

TOTAL LENGTH, 6 inch.

The length of the head is about 4 of the total; the vertical diame-

ter at occiput is 12 of the length. The eye nearly borders the profile,

the diameter is in the young 43, in the adult + of the length of the

head ; the distance from the muzzle is 1} diameter, from the flat mem-

6 N

1000 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

branous point of the opercle 24 diameter. The openings of the nos-

trils are situated closely in front of the orbit. Between the centre of

the supraorbital margin and the muzzle appear three distant fosse ; on

the infraorbital bone two or three; beneath the symphysis of the lower

jaw two pores, and behind them on each branch of the jaw two fossze.

The teeth are minute inwardly pointing, like those of a card; in the

intermaxillaries they are placed 3 to 4 deep, but they become more

crowded beneath the symphysis, where those of the innermost series

are a little, yet perceptibly, longer than the rest. Such is also the

case with those of the symphysis of the lower jaw, but on the branches

they are placed in a single series, and are somewhat distant from each

other. The vomer is raised into an acute angular crest, surmounted

by a series of minute pointed teeth; the palatal, pharyngeal and

those at the root of the flattened membranous tongue are very minute

velvety. The greatest vertical depth of the body, at the seventh dorsal

spine, is 2 of the length of the head. The lateral line consists of a

series of minute tubes, bifid at each extremity ; it follows on the upper

fourth of the side the arch of the back towards the termination of the

dorsal, where it is suddenly interrupted, but it reappears lower down,

and proceeds straight in the middle of the tail to the caudal. This

fish is as numerous in the Malayan Peninsula as in Bengal. It is of

voracious habits, preying upon small Cyprinoide, and as observed by

Buchanan, is very tenacious of life. The longitudinal mark of the

scales, described and figured by Buchanan, does not exist in the living

fish, but appears after death. Buchanan Hamilton has correctly

described the teeth: ‘‘intermixed with these, in each jaw, are several

sharp teeth of a larger size.” Such is the case in Bengal and Malayan

specimens. Those examined by M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes ap-

pear to have been defective in this character, and they therefore

express some doubt about the identity of the species. As yet however,

no other species of Nandus has been discovered. They have corrected

the error of Buchanan in counting seven, instead of six branchioste-

gous rays. The figure of Bedula nebulosa, Ill. Ind. Zool. appears to

be intended to represent the present species, but whether the defect

is attributable to the original specimen, or to the copyist, is impossible

to ascertain. The figure of Bedula hamiltonii, is inferior to that of

Buchanan Hamilton, and the colours are those of a specimen pre-

served in spirits of wine.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1001

Gen. TuHerapon, Cuv. and Val. 1829.

Preopercle toothed, opercle terminating in a strong spine; dorsal

fin deeply emarginated between the spinous and soft part ; the external

series of teeth stronger than the rest, conical; teeth of the vomer apt

to fall out ; airvessel divided by a stricture in two compartments.

THERAPON TRIVITTATUS, (Buchanan Ham.)

Russell CXXVI. Keelputa.

Coius trivittatus, Buchan. Ham. 92, 370.

Therapon puta, Cuv. and Val. III. 131, and 144, (“un thérapon,

[le trivittatus].’’)

Icon. Pterapon trivittatus, Gray: Ill. Ind. Zool. II. Pl. 88, Fig. 1.

Pterapon trivittatus, (Syn. Therapon theraps) Richardson’s Report,

[1845, 238.

Therapon puta, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 23, 50.

Head above and back pale greyish green, sides silvery, abdomen

white ; from the first dorsal ray to the middle of the base of the soft

part a brownish or black slightly downward arched band; a second

from the nape of the neck towards the root of the upper margin of the

caudal fin ; a third, paler, from the opercle to the centre of the caudal ;

fin-membranes white, upper half of the membrane between the six

anterior dorsal spines, and in some between the ninth and tenth, black ;

the upper margin of the soft dorsal with one or two black spots ;

caudal with a central horizontal blackish band, above and below which

two, more or less distinct, oblique black bands; posterior half of anal,

and anterior half of ventral fins pale ochre. Iris golden; pupil broad

lanceolate with the apex forward.

D 11/10, C 174, A 3/8, V 1/. P 13, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore, Malayan Peninsula.

Bay of Bengal, estuaries of the Ganges, Batavia.

TOTAL LENGTH, 6 inch.

This species is well marked by three or four teeth at the angle of

the preopercle, conspicuously larger than the rest. Buchanan Hamil-

ton describes Coius trivittatus (l.c. 93), as having “the four lower

toothlets” (of the preopercle) “larger than the others.’’ In his dupli-

cate series of drawings is a correct representation of this species, marked

in his handwriting as ** Holocentrus Katkaya.” Buchanan’s drawing

is evidently the original of the figure in Hardwicke’s Illustrations

6 N 2

1002 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

named Pterapon trivittatus. In the copy however, the distinguishing

character is not represented, nor is Buchanan’s name affixed to

the specific. The incorrectness of the copy has caused Sir John

Richardson to consider it as intended to represent Therapon theraps,

Cuv. and Val., and he consequently placed, as a synonym of the latter,

Pterapon trivittatus, ‘Gray,’ an entirely distinct species, first de-

scribed by Buchanan Hamilton (Richardson: Report 1845, 238.)

M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes count 12/10 or 10—1/10 in the

dorsal, and 3/9 in the ventral fins. In colours the young resemble the

adult, but the distinctness of the lateral bands varies individually in

all ages, and in some they are greenish, instead of black. The young

have velvety teeth on the vomer, but they disappear with age. In the

Straits of Malacca the species is numerous at all seasons.

THERAPON OBSCURUS, Cuv. and Val.

Therapon obscurus, Cuv. and Val. IIT. 135.

Therapon obscurus, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 23, 51.

Pale blackish or bluish silvery, with two broad longitudinal white

bands on the sides; abdomen white; dorsal and caudal fins coloured

like 7. frivittatus, lower half of the anal and ventral fins blackish ;

body and fins minutely dotted with black. Iris pale golden, black

towards the orbit.

Young. Of a general darker colour than the adult.

D 12/10 or 11, C 172, A 3, V 1/, P 13 or 14, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean, Batavia.

TOTAL LENGTH, 42 inch.

This species may readily be distinguished from the preceding by its

shorter, broader shape, by the uniformly toothed preopercle, and the

smaller spine of the opercle. From Therapon squalidus, Cuv. and Val.

it differs in having but 7 czecopyloric appendages. It is of rare occur-

rence at Pinang. In the young of this species as well as of 7. trivit-

tatus, the suprascapular and humeral bones are not crenulated, but

they become so in the adult.

Gen. Sinnaco, Cuvier, 1817.

Head elongated, slightly pointed; mouth small; velvety teeth in

the jaws and in front of vomer; opercle terminating in a small point ;

six branchiostegous rays ; two contiguous dorsal fins, of which the an-

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1003

terior with thin spines, the posterior is long and little elevated.

SILLAGO MALABARICA, (Bloch. Schneider.)

Scizena malabarica, Bl. Schn. Pl. 19.

Russell CXIII. Soring.

Sillago malabarica, Cuv. R. A. II. 149.

Sillago acuta, Cuv. and Val. III. 400.

Sillago acuta, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 25, 61, 4.

*‘Tkan Ubi” of the Malays of Pinang.

Head above pale reddish purple; cheeks pale orange; opercles

bluish silvery ; back pale greenish ; sides pale reddish silvery, with a

silvery longitudinal band beneath the lateral line ; abdomen mother-of-

pearl; membrane of dorsal fins with some minute oblique black lines,

particularly near the anterior margin of the spines and rays, where

they in some form faint blackish vertical lines; the rest of the fins

whitish or pale yellowish. Iris pale golden.

D 10 or 11—1/21, C 1739, A 1/23, V 1/5, P 15, Br. VI.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Bay of Bengal, estuaries of the Ganges, Macao, Bantam,

Batavia, Tjilatjap, Samarang, Surabaya, Passuruan,

Bangkallang, Makassar, Celebes, Sumbawa.

TOTAL LENGTH, | foot.

Although this species occurs at Pinang in numbers at all seasons, it

is never very plentiful. Sil/ago domina, Cuv. and Val. which is very

numerous at Pondicherry, Madras, and indeed as far north as the

mouths of the Ganges, appears to be unknown at Pinang and Singa-

pore. The length given of the present species is the greatest observed,

but M. Leschenault has seen single individuals upwards of three feet.

Gen. Uranoscorpus, Gronov. 1754.

Head large, depressed, rough ; eyes and mouth vertical ; lower part

of preopercle crenate ; shoulder with a strong spine; branchiostegous

rays six ; dorsal fins two, or both united into one; vent central.

UrRanoscorpus coGnatus, Cantor.

Head above and back pale brownish green, cheeks, sides and abdo-

men silvery, minutely dotted with black; jaws blackish; anterior

dorsal fin black, near the base clouded whitish; posterior dorsal

whitish, minutely dotted with black between the branches, and along

the upper half of the rays; caudal bright gamboge; the membrane

1004 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

between the branched part of the rays white, and along the branches

minutely dotted with black; anal and ventral fins white ; pectorals

white, minutely dotted with black, the apex of each ray scarlet. Iris

pale golden green, blackish towards the orbit ; pupil very minute, like

a brilliant black point.

D 3—1/15, C 124, A 14, V 1/4, P 18, Br. VI.

Hasitr.—Sea of Pinang.

ToTAL LENGTH, 51 inch.

Except in colours and in the number of fin-rays, this species so

closely resembles Uranoscopus scaber, Linné, that it will be sufficient

to point out the differences. The eyes are vertical, and the very small

circular pupils are directed upwards, but the level of the orbit is some-

what sloping, the outer margin being lower than the inner ; the orbit

itself is oval, its greatest diameter, equalling the distance between the

eyes across the vertex, is oblique, slightly diverging forward from the

medial line of the vertex. The length of the head from the lower jaw

to the nape of the neck slightly exceeds 4 of the total, but mea-

sured to the apex of the opercle it slightly exceeds 4 of the total

length. The anterior process of the infraorbital bone covering the

maxillary, terminates in an obliquely downward pointed spine, which

is rugged or shagreened like the rest of the covering of the head. The

lips have a series of close fleshy papillae. The upper maxillary teeth

are in two series, of which the outer is the more minute, those in the

centre of the inner series are stronger than the rest; the lower jaw

has on each side four or five long, distant, recurved teeth ; on the sym-

physis they are closer, in two series, of which the inner contains the

longer teeth. The four spines of the lower margin of the preopercle

are placed by a central interval in two pairs: an anterior, and a

posterior. Of the four indentations or shallow depressions of the

ascending margin, the uppermost is the smallest. The lower part

of the posterior margin of the opercle has a finely toothed appearance,

produced by some oblique ridges terminating there. The strong

vertical spine of the subopercle is on a level with the four spines of

the preopercle. In front of the anterior of the latter is a small broad

triangular spine. Between and beneath the angles of the lower

jaw appear on each side three forward pointed spines, of which

the superior, the longest, is directed obliquely downward, and touches

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1005

the opposite one ; the other two pairs are vertical, the posterior being

the shorter. The scapular spines are small, but distinct ; the humeral

spine is very strong, triangular and longitudinally furrowed like a

bayonet ; its length is little less than $ of the pectoral fin, or equal

the upper margin of the opercle. The length of the pectorals equals

+ of the total; the inferior eight rays are thicker than the rest. The

ventrals are less than 4 of the total. The anterior dorsal is triangular,

its height less than 1 of the vertical diameter of the body, which is

contained about 43% times in the total length. The posterior dorsal

commences with a short, thin spine, which so closely reclines towards

the back, that it easily may escape observation ; the first three rays are

undivided, gradually increasing in length; the fourth is the longest,

about 3 of the vertical diameter of the body; the fifth and sixth are

shorter; the rest nearly equal about $ of the length of the fourth ray.

The rays of the anal fin are somewhat shorter, but not thicker than

those of the posterior dorsal. The precise shape of the fin could not

be ascertained, as it happened to be somewhat mutilated in the only

individual observed. The naked space behind the posterior dorsal and

that behind the anal, is a little more than ;, of the total length; the

caudal is about 1. The space on the back between the lateral lines is

covered with scales like those of the rest of the back, sides, and the

posterior half of the abdomen ; the anterior half of the latter and the

chest are apparently naked. Of the Asiatic species, described by M.

M. Cuvier and Valenciennes, the present nearest approaches U. mar-

moratus, which differs in colours, in the smaller humeral spine, in

having five preopercular teeth, the space between the lateral lines

naked, and the skull is shagreened but on the posterior part only. The

capacious, leathery stomach contained remains of minute Crustacea

and mud; its length (42 inch.) a little less than 7 of the total ; that

of the intestinal canal 4} inch. There were eight czecopyloric appen-

dages. The gall-bladder excessively large, elongated, bottle shaped,

in length nearly equalling the stomach, transparent pale greenish. The

fishermen of Pinang asserted this species to be of very rare occurrence

and to grow but little larger.

Gen. Spoyrana, Artedi. 1738.

Body elongated with two separated dorsal fins, head oblong, with

the lower jaw projecting in a point beyond the upper; some of the

1006 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Oct.

teeth large, pointed, trenchant ; preopercle not toothed ; opercle with-

out spines; branchial rays seven; czecopyloric appendages numerous.

SPHYRZNA JELLO, Cuv. and Val.

Russell CLXXIV. Jellow.

Sphyreena jello, Cuv. and Val. III. p. 349.

Sphyreena jello, Bélanger, Voy. Zool. p. 346, Pl. I. Fig. 1.

Sphyreena jello, Riippell, N. W. Fische, p. 98.

? Sphyreena jello, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 24, 56, 4.

Head above and back dark greyish green, forming on the upper part

of the sides a festooned band, intersecting the lateral line ; cheeks and

sides pale silvery, abdomen white ; ventral fins whitish, the other fins

pale yellowish; dorsals, caudal and pectorals minutely dotted with

black near the margins. Iris pale golden, blackish near the orbit.

D 5—1/f, C 178, A 1 or 9, V 1/5, P 13 or 14, Br. VII.

Hapit,—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

Bay of Bengal, Red Sea.

TOTAL LENGTH, | foot 6 inch.

The length of the head is 33 of the total, taken from the symphysis

of the lower jaw to the centre of a vertical line cutting the lobes of the

caudal ; but taken from the symphysis to the centre of the caudal

itself, the head is 34 of the total. The horizontal diameter of the oval

eye is 1 of the length of the head. The opercle terminates in two

small, flat, membranous points.

At Pinang a few at the time occur at all seasons. The length given

is the common, but according to Russell an individual of 4 feet has

been observed. In one examined the stomach contained remains of

Trichiurus. 'The airvessel is long, cylindrical.

SPHYRZNA OBTUSATA, Cuy. and Val.

? Sphyrzena chinensis, Lacépéde, Pl. 10, Fig. 2

Sphyreena obtusata, Cuv. and Val. IIT. 350.

? Sphyreena obtusata, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 24, 56, 4.

Head above and back dark greyish green, paler on the upper part of

the sides, and clouded beneath the lateral line, cheeks and the rest of

the sides pale silvery ; abdomen white ; pectorals and ventrals whitish,

the other fins and the iris like S. jello.

D 5—1/9, C 172, A 1/9, V 1/, P 13, Br. VII.

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan ‘Fishes. 1007

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

Port Jackson, Isle of France, Malabar, Pondicherry,

Batavia, Surabaya.

ToTat LENGTH: 2 feet 6 inch.

The length of the head from the symphysis to the centre of the

posterior caudal margin is about 4 of the total length. The hori-

zontal diameter of the oval eye is + of the length of the head: the

eye consequently appears comparatively larger than in S, jello. The

opercle terminates in a single flat, membranous point ; the preopercle

is not rounded, but almost rectangular ; the symphysis of the lower

jaw is obtuse, and less prominent than in S. jello. There are but

three longer teeth (the second, third and fourth,) in front on each

side of the palatals; the rest are all uniformly small. The ventral

fins are not situated opposite the anterior dorsal, at the termination

of the pectorals, but in front of the anterior dorsal, opposite the

posterior half of the pectorals. The caudal fin is less deeply cleft than

in S. jello. At Pinang a few individuals occur at all seasons.

Gen. Potynemus, Gronov. 1754.

(PENTANEMUS, Artedi.)

Head compressed, covered with scales; muzzle obtuse, prominent ;

branchiostegous rays 7; pectoral fins with distinct appendages.

POLYNEMUS TETRADACTYLUS, Shaw.

? Trigla asiatica, Linné, Syst. 1345.

Russell CLAX XIII. Maga Jellee.

Polynemus tetradactylus, Shaw, V. 155.

Polynemus teria, Buchan, Ham. 224, 381.

Polynemus tetradactylus, Cuv. and Val. IIT. 375.

(Icon.)—Polynemus teria, Gray: Ill. Ind. Zool. 1. Pl. 92, Fig. 2.

Polynemus salliah, Cantor: Journ. Royal As. Soc. V. 166.

Polynemus quadrifilis, Cantor: |. c.

Polynemus tetradactylus, Swainson: Nat. Hist. Fish. II, 234.

Polynemus tetradactylus, McClelland: Journ. As. Soc. VIII.

Polynemus tetradactylus, Royle: On Isinglass, 25, 26.

Polynemus tetradactylus, Penny Cyclop. Vol. XVIII. p.

360, Note,

1008 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

Polynemus tetradactylus, Richardson, Report 1845, 218.

Polynemus tetradactylus, Bleeker : Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. _

24, 57.

Ikan Salangan, ‘ Sinanghi,’ or ‘Salanghi’ of the Malays,

Head silvery ; back and sides silvery green ; the latter beneath the

lateral line, silvery ; abdomen white; pectoral, ventral and anal fins

gamboge or pale orange; dorsals and caudal greyish, minutely dotted

with black, their margins broad blackish ; filaments white ; iris silvery,

metallic green at the upper part of the orbit.

D 8 or 9—1/14 or 15, C 178, A 3 or 4/15 or 16, V 1/, P 17, Fila-

ments 4, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore, Malayan Peninsula, Lancavy.

Bay of Bengal, Gangetic estuaries ; Australia, China, Ban-

tam, Batavia, Tjilatjap, Samarang, Surabaya, Bangkallang.

ToTAL LENGTH: 4 feet.

It is highly valued as an article of food, its flavour being compared

with that of salmon. In the Straits of Malacca single individuals

occur at all seasons, but it is there not numerous as it is m the Bay

of Bengal, and the Gangetic estuaries, nor of such gigantic dimensions

as Buchanan Hamilton describes it to attain in the latter locality. Some

individuals which in 1837 were observed in the Bay of Bengal, and

by the native fishermen denominated Salliah or Saccolih, I was induced

to consider as belonging to a distinct, although closely allied species,

(P. salliah.) as they all agreed in presenting one dorsal, and two

anal-spines more than were attributed to P. tetradactylus. The fol-

lowing is the number of fin-rays given by the different describers :

Russell : D 8—1/14,C 22? A1/16,V 1/4, P17.

Buchanan : D 8—1/14, C 15+, A 2/15, V 1/4, P 17.

Cuv. and Val.: D8—1/15,C 17, A 1/16, V 1/, P 17.

The first anal spine is very minute, and as well as the succeeding one

or two almost hid by scales, particularly in larger individuals. Al-

though the figure of this species in Buchanan Hamilton’s duplicate

drawings represents the anal fin with four spines and fifteen rays, his

description gives but 2/15. ‘The length of the filaments is liable to

individual variation, and in the adult they are comparatively shorter

than in the young. Normally the two posterior are the longest,

equalling the length of the head ; the first is but 2 of the fourth.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1009

The ascending margin of the preopercle is very finely toothed, but

the lowest tooth is conspicuously larger than the rest. The lateral line

is nearly straight from its posterior half. From the base of the caudal

it continues sloping a little downwards on the lower half of the fin, and

divides in two or three horizontal branches, which reach the margin

of the fin. A little behind the place where the cystic and hepatic

ducts jointly enter the duodenum, the latter sends forth three branches

which again terminate in innumerable ccecopyloric appendages. This

species, as first observed by M. M, Cuvier and Valenciennes, has no

air vessel,

POLYNEMUS PLEBEIUS, Broussonnet.

Polynemus plebeius, Emoi, Broussonnet : Fasc. I. Pl. 7.

Polynemus plebeius, Linné,. Syst. 1401.

Bynni, Bruce, Appendix.

Polynemus plebeius, Bloch.

Polynemus lineatus, Lacépéde V. 409, Pl. 13, Fig. 2.

Polynemus plebeius, Shaw, V. 150, Pl. 125, Bynni Carp.

Polynemus niloticus, Shaw, zbzd. 151.

Polynemus commersonii, Shaw, zbzd. 156.

Polynemus plebeius, Cuv. and Val. III. (380. Excl. Syn. P. sele,

Buchan.)

Polynemus plebeius, Temminck and Schlegal: Fauna, Jap. Pisce, 29,

Pl. XI. Fig. 1.

Polynemus plebeius, McClelland, Cal. Journ. of Nat. Hist. Vol.

IIT. p. 185, (Exel. Syn. P. sele and the accomp. Pl. V1. P. sele.)

Polynemus plebeius, Richardson: Report 1845, 219, (acl. Syn.

P. sele.)

Polynemus plebeius, Bleeker, Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 25, 58.

(Excl. Syn. P. sele.)

Head above and back greenish grey, or pale bluish silvery ; sides pale

silvery ; abdomen white ; fins whitish grey, minutely dotted with black ;

dorsals, caudal and pectorals with pale blackish margins. Iris silvery,

metallic green at the upper part of the orbit. Filaments white.

D 8—1/13 or 14, C 173, A 3/12 or 13, V 14, P 13 or 14, Fila-

ments 5, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Otaheiti, Isle of Tanna, Isle of France,

602

1010 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

Coast and estuaries of Coromandel, Japan, Polynesia,

Batavia, Samarang, Surabaya, Sampang, Madura.

TOTAL LENGTH, 1 foot:

The length of the-head is + of that of the body, measured from the

muzzle to the centre of the caudal margin; but in the length taken

from the muzzle to the centre of a vertical line cutting the lobes of the

caudal, that of the head is contained 43 or five times, according to the

individually varying length of the caudal fin. The horizontal diameter

of the eye is contained 33 times in the length of the head. The preopercle

is more finely toothed than it is in P. tetradactylus : the lowest tooth

is longer than the rest. ‘The anterior dorsal fin. commences opposite

the posterior extremity of the opercle, the extent of the base being 2

of the length of the third spine. The posterior dorsal commences a

little in front of the anal, the extent of its base equalling the length of

the third dorsal spine. The distance between the two fins exceeds by

1 the extent of the base of the anterior dorsal, while it is but little less

than the extent of the base of posterior dorsal. The two or three pos-

terior filaments are longer than the pectoral fin. The lateral line is

nearly straight towards the root of the caudal, over which it extends in

a downward slightly oblique direction to a little beneath the cleft.

The caudal fin is more or less deeply cleft, the upper lobe in some

individuals is longer than the lower ; both are pointed, but neither ter-

minates in a filament. In a fresh state no longitudinal dark lines

appear on the body, but in the young three or four of the scales of the

lateral. line near its origin, are densely dotted with black, so as to ap-

pear like a blackish serrated spot. The individuals observed at Pi-

nang differ from the description of P. plebeius by M. M. Cuvier and

Valenciennes in having three or four pectoral rays less, and three anal

spines instead of two, but the first of the three is so short, and so hid

by the scales, that it easily may escape observation. In other external

characters there is no difference, and they also agree in presenting a_

great number of ccecopyloric appendages, and in having an elongated

narrow airvessel, without appendages. At Pinang this species is of

rare occurrence, and. of the few observed, the largest measured but one

foot in length. Its value asa fish yielding isinglass requires to be

ascertained in localities which it frequents, and where it attains its full

size: 4 ft.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1011

PoLYNEMUS INDICUS, Shaw.

Russell CLXXXIV. Maga Booshee.

Polynemus indicus, Shaw, V., 155.

Polynemus sele, Buchanan, 226, 381.

Polynemus uronemus, Cuv. and Val. III. 385.

Polynemus indicus, Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fish, II. 234.

Polynemus sele, McClelland, Journ. As. Soc. Vol. VIII. p. 203, Plate.

Polynemus sele, Cantor, Proc. Zool. Soc. Pt. VII.

Polynemus sele, McClelland, Cal. Journ. N. H. Vol. II. p.

Polynemus ploteus, McClelland, 450.

Polynemus plebeius, McClelland,

Polynemus sele, McClelland, Ibid Vol. III. pp. 179, 181,

Polynemus lineatus, McClelland, Pl. VI.

Polynemus gelatinosus, McClelland,

Polynemus uronemus, Bleeker, Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 25, 58.

Ikan Kurow of the Malays.

Head above dark bluish, or greyish, lighter greyish on the sides ;

abdomen white; opercle bluish silvery with a blackish spot on the

upper half; the body everywhere more or less densely dotted with

black ; pectorals black, the other fins greyish or bluish white, dotted

with black, often so densely as to give the dorsals, ventrals, the anal

and the caudal a blackish appearance; the filaments of the caudal

lobes black; the anterior half of the pectoral filaments white, the

posterior blackish. Irish silvery.

D 8—1/13 or 14, C 172, A 3/11 or 12, V 1/5, P 13 or 14, Fila-

ments 5, Br. VII.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore, Malayan Peninsula.

Pondicherry, Madras, Vizagapatam, estuaries of the Ganges,

Surabaya.

TOTAL LENGTH: 3 feet.

The length of the head is contained about 31 times in that of the

body, measured from the muzzle to the centre of the caudal margin.

The horizontal diameter of the eye is about } of the length of the

head. The ascending margin of the preopercle is more strongly

toothed than in P. plebeius, the lowest tooth being the longest. The

anterior dorsal commences behind the termination of the opercle,

opposite the second half of the pectoral fin, the extent of its base

1012 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

being nearly equal to the length of the fourth spine. The posterior

dorsal commences considerably in front of the anal, the extent of its

base equalling the third dorsal spine. The distance between the two

fins is nearly equal the base of the anterior dorsal. The two or three

posterior or upper filaments are longer than the pectoral fins. In the

young they are comparatively larger: one or two reaching to the anal

fin. The lobes of the caudal fin are unequal, the lower being, gener-

ally, but not always, the longer. The length of the caudal filaments

is greater in the very young, in which the lower almost equals the

length of the body. The lateral line proceeds nearly straight to the

centre of the root of the caudal, from whence it is continued obliquely

downwards over the lower lobe. The most striking character by which

this species at once may be distinguished from P. plebeius is the

structure of the airvessel, of which M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes

observe: “its membrane is silvery, thick, the general form oval. It

occupies the whole length of the stomach, terminating behind in a

very sharp point, which penetrates the thick of the tail over the first

interspinal of the anal. It adheres to the third, fourth, fifth, sixth

and seventh abdominal vertebrae. From both sides towards the ventral

surface, proceed twenty-eight to thirty-five appendages, which, with

the exception of the three last ones, have two roots, but terminate in

a single sharp point. Above each of these, towards the dorsal surface,

appear one or two others. All the appendages penetrate the thick of

the muscles, and are slightly directed towards the back of the fish.”

(Hist. Nat. des Poiss. T. III. p. 285.) Also this species is distin-

guished by a very great number of ccecopyloric appendages, divided

in two portions: one containing the longer and larger, adheres to the

stomach, the other to the intestine. At Pinang single individuals

occur at all seasons, but numbers are taken from June to August.

The weight is commonly from 4 to 6 tb, seldom exceeding 20. The

airvessel of a good-sized fish when dried, and ready for the market in

China, weighs upwards of 2 ounces, is considered very good isinglass,

and fetches 25 to 30 Spanish Dollars per Pikul. The fish itself is

valued as an article of food, although less so than P. tetradactylus.

Synonymy of Polynemus indicus.

Russell, the first describer of this species, has also published the

only correct figure, No. CLXXXIV. His formula of the fin-rays is:

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1013

D 8—1/14, C 20, A. 3/13, V 1/5, P 17.

Shaw, quoting the description of Russell, named the species P. indi-

cus, which denomination, however objectionable, claims priority.

Buchanan Hamilton described this species as P. sele, which

he observed strongly resembles the description of Russell’s No.

CLXXXIV. but he strangely misunderstood Russell’s formula of the

anal fin, so as to believe that it expressed ‘‘ two fins behind the vent,”’

and concluded that P. sele must be identical with P. plebeius. As to

the identity of P. sele, there can be no doubt, as there exists in the

duplicate series of Buchanan’s drawings, a coloured figure, which

although not quite correct, it is but justice to add, is far superior to the

two copies of the drawing published by Mr. McClelland.

M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes, who could judge of P. sele but by

the in part erroneous description of Buchanan, admit on his authority

its identity with P. sele, not however without expressing a doubt.

Mr. McClelland, in Journ. As. Soc. Vol. VIII. p. 203, published a

description of ‘‘ Polynemus sele.”’ and a copy of the drawing in Bucha-

nan’s duplicate series. The fin-rays are given as follows :

D 7—14, C 20(2), A 12 or 13, V 6, P. 13.

The airvessel is described as “a large spindle-shaped organ about

half the length of the fish, thick in the middle and tapering towards

the extremities where it ends in front by two, and behind by a single

tendenous cord ; similar small tendenous attachments, about twenty-

two. in number, connect it on either side to the upper and lateral parts

of the abdominal cavity.’ The characteristic form of this organ was

first observed by M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes, and a reference to

their description of P. uronemus (P. indicus, Shaw) might have proved

the identity of that and P. sele. Notwithstanding the distinctive

character presented by the airvessel of this species, Mr. McClelland

in an editorial ‘‘On the East Indian Isinglass” (Cal. Journ. of Nat.

Hist. Vol. III. p. 179) asserts, ‘‘ Polynemus plebeius, P. lineatus

and P. sele are names which have been proposed by different authors

for the same species,’ and suggests as a more appropriate name a

new one of his own: P. gelatinosus. Mr. McClelland quotes a trans-

lation of the description of Polynemus plebeius, by M. M. Cuvier

and Valenciennes, in which it is distinctly observed, that this species

‘has a very large swimming bladder, thin, and without appendages.”

1014 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

Yet Mr. McClelland, by way of illustrating the description of this

species without appendages to the air vessel, has republished a copy of

Buchanan’s drawing of P. sele (1. c. Pl. VI.) the airvessel of which

Mr. McClelland himself had previously (Journ. As. Soc. Vol. VIII.

1. c.) described as presenting on either side about “twenty-two tende-

nous attachments.” ‘Thus, in a paper avowedly written to call attention

to the airvessel (the isinglass) of one species, and to instruct the reader

how to distinguish this species from others, not only are two species

confounded, but the confusion is increased by publishing a description

of a species, totally distinct from the one intended to be described,

and by illustrating that description by means of a figure of another,

different species.

PoLYNEMUS SEXTARIUS, Bloch, Schneider. |

Polynemus sextarius, Bl. Schn. 18, Pl. 4.

Polynemus sextarius, Cuv. and Val. III. 388.

Polynemus sextarius, Bleeker, Berh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 59.

Young. Wead above and back yellowish green, lighter on the

sides; abdomen pale silvery; opercle silvery with a blackish spot ;

another black spot, nearer the back, between the head and the anterior

dorsal ; fin-membranes greyish white, minutely dotted with black

towards their free margins; filaments white. Iris silvery, black

towards the upper part.

D 8—1/12, C 1712, A 3/12, V 1/5, P 14, Filaments 6, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Tranquebar, Coromandel, Batavia.

ToTaL LENGTH : 4 inch.

The length of the head is 4 of the total measured from the muzzle

to the centre of the posterior caudal margin. The orbit is oval

obliquely situated: its greatest diameter, parallel to the upper jaw, is

3 of the length of the head. The ascending margin of the preopercle

is finely toothed, the lowest tooth longer than the rest. The length

of the third dorsal spine, the longest, is little less than the greatest

vertical diameter of the body; the length of the second dorsal spine

equals the extent of the base of the anterior dorsal fin. In height the

fin itself slightly exceeds the posterior. The lateral line is nearly

straight; from the root of the caudal it deviates a little downwards

— SS

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1015

proceeding to the posterior margin of the lower lobe. The filament

nearest the pectoral is a little longer than the rest, its length nearly

equalling that of the head; the other five are nearly equal. A solitary

individual occurred at Pinang in 1843. As observed by M. M. Cuvier

and Valenciennes, the airvessel is excessively small, pointed at both

extremities, of the shape and size of a grain of oats.

PoLYNEMUS HEXANEMUS, Cuv. and Val.

Polynemus hexanemus, Cuv. and Val. III. 389.

Polynemus hexanemus, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 25, 59.

Head above and back yellowish green, abdomen pale silvery ; fin-

membranes pale yellow minutely dotted with black, particularly the

pectoral fins which have a black appearance; filaments white. Iris

silvery, dotted with black towards the upper orbital margin.

D 8—1/l12, C 174, A 3/11, V 1/, P 13, Filaments 6, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Batavia, Samarang, Pasuruan.

TOTAL LENGTH: 4 inch.

The length of the head is } of the total, measured from the muzzle

to the centre of the posterior caudal margin. The orbit is oval,

situated as in P. sextarius: its greatest diameter is contained 3} times

in the length of the head, in consequence of which the eye appears

comparatively smaller than in the preceding species. The ascending

margin of the preopercle is finely toothed, the lowest tooth being

stronger than the rest. The first dorsal spine is minute and almost

hid by the scales. The length of the third and fourth dorsal spines,

the longest, are but about 2 of the greatest vertical diameter of the

body. The length of the second dorsal spine is a little less than the

extent of the base of the anterior dorsal fin. In height the fin itself

is somewhat less than the posterior, the reverse of which is the case

in P. sextarius. At the root of the caudal fin the hitherto straight

lateral line deviates a little downwards, and then again continues straight

towards the centre of the margin. The scales of the body have a

short raised line in the centre, producing series of continued lines

parallel to the lateral. The second, third and fourth filaments from

the pectoral fin, are the largest, greatly exceeding the length of the

head, almost extending to the anal fin; the rest are nearly equal, some-

what shorter. From the description of M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes,

6 P

1016 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

founded upon a drawing by M. M. Kuhl and Van Hasselt, the present

principally differs in the comparative shortness of the 2°4, 34, and

4‘) pectoral filaments. Although not extending to the caudal fin, they

are the longest, and thus retain the relative dimensions. As these

organs are liable to individual variations in all the other species, there

appears no reason to doubt the identity of the present and P. heza-

nemus. From P. xanthonemus, Cuv. and Val. the present differs in

the lineated scales, and in the length of the caudal lobes, being more

than 1 of the total. A single individual was observed at Pinang in

1844.

POLYNEMUS HEPTADACTYLUS, Cuv. and Vai.

Polynemus heptadactylus, Cuv. and Val. III, 390.

Polynemus heptadactylus, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 25, 60.

Head above and back yellowish green; sides beneath the lateral

line and abdomen pale silvery; fin-membranes pale yellow, minutely

dotted with black, particularly the pectoral fins which have a black

appearance; filaments white; the points of the four superior, nearest

the pectorals, bright yellow. Ivis silvery, blackish towards the upper

margin of the orbit.

D 8—1/12, C 1722, A 3/11, V 1/5, P 13, Filaments 7, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Batavia, Cheribon, Samarang.

ToTAL LENGTH: 44 inch.

In colours, general outline, and relative proportions this species so

greatly resembles P. hezanemus that no difference can be assigned, bnt

the additional seventh filament. The straight lateral line deviates

slightly downwards at the root of the caudal; on the middle of the

fin it divides in two parallel branches, which terminate in the centre of

the posterior margin. The scales have a raised central line, forming

series of continued lines, parallel to the lateral line. The two filaments

nearest the pectoral fins and the seventh are equal, shorter than the

other four which extend to the anal fin. The ascending margin of the

preopercle is toothed as in P. hexanemus. According to M. M.

Cuvier and Valenciennes the present in forms and colours so closely

resembles the American species: P. plumiert, (Lacép),* that they

* P. virginicus, Linné ?—P. paradiseus, Bloch.—Polydactylus plumiert,

Lacép.—P. americanus, Cuv. and Val.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1017

can assign no distinguishing characters.—Nevertheless, the two are

specifically distinct. The American species is described as having a

large, thin air-vessel, without appendages, and numerous small cceca.

P. heptadactylus has but four rather large ccecopyloric appendages,

and no airvessel. At Pinang it is of very rare occurrence. Of three

individuals observed, none exceeded the length given.

Gen. Mutuuvs, Linné 1766.

Sus. Gen.—Hypeneus, Cuvier, 1829.

Resembling Mullus, but with teeth in both jaws; some with velvety

teeth on the palate and vomer; opercle generally terminating in a

sharp point.

1. With velvety teeth in both jaws, on the palate and vomer.

Hyreneus virratus,* (Forskal) Var. ?

Young. Head above and back pale bronze, with a whitish band

above the lateral line, along which the ground colour appears like a

bluish line; sides and abdomen pale silvery; a yellow longitudinal

band from the posterior angle of the eye, at first beneath the lateral

line, which it intersects a little in front of the caudal fin; a second

paler yellow band from the pectoral to the root of the caudal; cheeks

and opercles silvery; opercle with a pale crimson spot continued

obliquely down the preopercle; a second smaller spot over the point

of the opercle and the root of the pectoral; dorsals with two or three

transversal blackish bands; caudal pale yellowish with a broad blackish

margin ; pectorals white; rays of anal, ventrals and the gular filaments

pale yellow. Iris pale golden.

Older. Head above Indian red, continued on the back ; cheeks and

opercles silvery rose-coloured ; caudal pale orange with a broad black-

ish margin. Iris golden crimson.

D 8—1f, C 154, A 1/6 or 7, V 1/, P 15 or 16, Br. IV.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Toran LENGTH: 5 inch.

* Mullus vittatus, Forskal Fauna Arab. 31, No. 28.—Mudllus vittatus, Linné :

Syst. 1341.—Lacepéde, III. Pl. 14, Fig. 1.—Mullus barbatus, Bloch-Schneider,

79.—Russell CLVIII. Bandi Goolivinda.—Mullus bandi, Shaw IV. 615.—Mullus

vittatus, Shaw IV. 616, Pl. 89.—Upeneus vittatus, Cuv. and Val. IIT. 448.

6.2.2

1018 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes count 7 spines in the anterior

dorsal; Russell gives 8, and correctly figures the first as being very

small. Single small individuals occur at Pinang at all seasons.

2. With velvety teeth in both jaws ; palate toothless.

HypreNnevs FLAVOLINEATUS,* (Lacépéde) Var.

Head above and back pale bluish brown or bronze; cheeks, sides

and abdomen pale greenish silvery; from the lower part of the orbit

a vertical crimson streak ; opercle and the root of the pectorals crim-

son; on each side beneath the lateral line a broad longitudinal orange,

or rust-coloured band, intersecting the lateral line at the commence-

ment of the posterior dorsal, and terminating above it at the root of

the caudal; fins pale yellow; dorsals and caudal each with three or

four oblique waved reddish bands; lower part of anal and ventrals

pale reddish ; gular filaments yellow. Iris golden.

D 7 or 8—9, C 154, A 7, V 1/5, P 14 or 15, Br. IV.

Hasit.— Sea of Pinang.

ToTaL LENGTH: 54 inch.

M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes count 7—9 in the dorsal fins; in

some individuals however, a very minute spine precedes the longest.

Those observed at Pinang appear principally to differ from H. flavo-

lineatus in having waved reddish bands on the dorsals and caudal fins.

It must however be observed that these bands become totally obliterated

shortly after death. The lateral band remains, but it changes to

blackish. In other characters this fish agrees with the description of

H. flavolineatus. The length of the head is contained 44 times in

the total, measured to the centre of the caudal margin; the greatest

vertical diameter of the body is 54 of the total ; the eye occupies about

the third fourth from the muzzle, its diameter equalling 4 of the length

of the head. The distance between the two dorsals equals the extent

of the base of the posterior, but is somewhat less than that of the

anterior. The ramifications of the lateral line consist of 5 or 6

branches on each scale, of which three or four are directed obliquely

upwards, one downwards. The root of the scales has four or five

crenulations. ‘The filaments are rather thick, fleshy, slightly exceeding

* Mullus flavolineatus, Lacépéde III. 406.—Mullus aureo-vittatus, Shaw IV.

618.—Upeneus flavolineatus, Cuvier and Valenciennes III. 456.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1019

the commissure of the gill-openings. Single individuals occur at all

seasons at Pinang.

Fam. CATAPHRACTOID.

Gen. PuatycerPHauus, (Bloch, Schneider 1801) Cuv. and Val.

Head much depressed with trenchant edges, armed with spines,

body covered with scales; ventral fins five-rayed, widely separated

from each other, owing to the lengthened and flattened shape of the

pelvic bones ; palate with sharp teeth; branchiostegous rays 7.

PLATYCEPHALUS INSIDIATOR (Forskal).

Cottus insidiator Forskal, Fauna Arab, 25, No. 8.

Cottus insidiator, Linné: Syst. 1213.

Callionymus indicus, Linné: Syst. 1153.

Cottus spatula, Bloch, Pl. 224.

Batrachus indicus, Bloch: 43.

Callionymus indicus, Bloch, 59.

Calliomorus indicus, Lacépéde II. 344.

Cotte madécasse, Lacépéde, III. 248, Pl. 11, Fig. 1, 2.

Platycephalus spatula, Bloch-Schneider, 59.

Russell XLVI. Irrwa.

Cottus insidiator, Shaw IV. 260.

Cottus madagascariensis, Shaw IV. 261, Pl. 37.

Colliomorus chacca, Buch. Ham, 133, 373.

Platycephalus insidiator, Cuvier and Val. IV. 227.

(Icon) Platycephalus chacca, Gray: Ill. Ind. Zool. II. Pl. 93, Fig. 2.

Platycephalus insidiator, Temm. Schl. Fauna Japon. Pisce. 39, Pl.

XV. Fig. 1.

Platycephalus insidiator, Richardson Rep. 1845, 216.

Platycephalus insidiator, Bleeker, Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 6.

Head above and back greenish or brownish grey with a few smaller

and larger dark brown scattered spots; sides, from a little below the

lateral line, and abdomen white; fin membrane of the caudal white,

orange or yellow at the base and along the rays; the base indistinctly

spotted with brown; the upper and lower angle black, between both

three longitudinal, somewhat oblique black bands, liable to individual

variations, the membranes of the other fins whitish, transparent ; the

dorsal, ventral and pectoral rays more or less distinctly annulated with

1020 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

brown. Iris pale golden green; pupil black, heart-shaped by a pointed

lobe descending from the upper margin of the iris.

D 1—8—1—13, C 153, A 13, V 1/5, P. 18 or 19, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Sea of Madagascar, Red Sea, Moluccas, Seas of China and

Japan, Batavia, Bay of Bengal, estuaries of the Ganges.

ToTaL LENGTH: 1 ft. 6 inch.

M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes count 8 spines in the anterior

dorsal fin ; at a short distance, however, in front of the first of these

eight, is a very small isolated reclining spine, and in the space

between the eighth spine, and the’ first ray of the posterior dorsal,

slightly nearer the latter than it is the former, is another very minute

isolated reclining spine, which thus make the whole number of spines

10 instead of 8. The first and the tenth spines are so minute, and in

the living fish so hid in the scales, that they easily escape notice.

Russell, indeed, in Pl. XLVI. correctly gives the tenth spine, and his

description counts 9—13 in the dorsal fins.

This as well as the following species of Platycephalus is occasionally

taken in the fishing stakes placed along the coasts ; they are all capa-

ble of sustaining life some little time out of water. They are eaten by

the natives.

PLATYCEPHALUS CLAVULATUS, Cantor.

(Young ?)—Head above, opercles, back and sides pale reddish

brown ; beneath and behind the posterior dorsal fin some large patches

of a lighter brown ; along the anterior half of the back some distant

brown dots; along the lateral line a more regular series of distant

brown dots; abdomen and sides, from a little below the lateral line,

white; from behind the ventral fins minutely dotted with brown ;

cheeks whitish, minutely dotted with brown, and with two short verti-

cal brown streaks beneath the orbit; membrane of anterior dorsal

minutely dotted with brown; the upper half so closely so, as to acquire

a blackish appearance ; posterior dorsal whitish, each ray with one or

two brown dots at the upper part ; caudal membrane whitish, minutely

dotted with brown ; at the root an indistinct semicircular brown band,

near the margin some irregular brown spots, which near the lower part

are confluent, forming an oblique band; anal whitish ; ventrals and

pectorals minutely and so closely dotted with brown, as to have a

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1021

blackish appearance ; the upper six or seven pectoral rays white, annu-

lated with brown, the 19** and 20 ray, white. Iris pale greenish

golden, minutely dotted with brown ; pupil heart-shaped.

D 8—11, C. 153, A 11, V 1/, P 20, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

ToTaL LENGTH: 54 inch.

The length of the head is contained nearly 33 times in the total ;

the eye occupies the second fourth part from the muzzle; the distance

between both eyes is less than one half of the vertical diameter of the

eye. The nasal bone is rough, but without spines. At the commence-

ment of the supraorbital crest is a reclining spine, on the posterior half

three smaller, and on its continuation along the sides of the occiput are

two distant spines; from the orbit along the upper margins of the

opercles proceed 5 small gradually backwards increasing spines; the

opercle has two backwards diverging linear crests without spines. On

the middle of the anterior infraorbital bone is a small reclining spine ;

on the posterior two distant larger, from whence proceeds a raised

linear crest, terminating in the upper angular spine of the preopercle.

The latter spine extends to the margin of the operele, its length ex-

ceeding three times that of the smaller, lower spine. The angle of the

mouth is situated opposite the anterior angle of the orbit. The denti-

tion resembles that of Platycephalus insidiator : the upper maxillary

| velvety teeth form a very narrow band, which is considerably widened

on the intermaxillary bones, where the posterior series has on each

| side three teeth longer than the rest. The lateral line is nearly straight,

_ less approaching the back than in P. insidiator ; at its commencement,

as far as the middle of the anterior dorsal, every other scale has a

_ minute reclining spine; the rest of the lateral line, though raised and

distinct, appears to be spineless. The present species of which a single,

_ apparently young, individual was observed at Pinang in 1843, appears

| to be closely allied to Platycephalus scaber, (Linné).

PLATYCEPHALUS CARBUNCULUS, Cuv. and Val.

Platycephalus carbunculus, Cuv. and Val. IX. 461.

Ground colour greenish buff ; head, cheeks, back and sides spotted

with blackish brown, forming three short vertical bands on the sides of

_ the head beneath the orbit, and three larger irregular bands on the

1022 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. {Ocr.

sides of the body; throat and abdomen white; anterior dorsal fin

white, upper half pale blackish, marbled with white veins; posterior

dorsal, caudal, ventrals and pectorals white; the rays annulated with

pale black ; posterior half of caudal pale blackish with two or three

waved vertical white lines; anal white, each ray with one or two brown

dots near the extremity. Iris pale greenish golden, spotted with brown ;

pupil black, heart-shaped. |

D 9—11 or 12, C 112, A 12, V 1/5, P. 19, Br. VIL.

Hasit.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang.

Bombay.

ToTaL LENGTH: 64 inch.

The length of the head is 4 of the distance from the muzzle to the

root of the caudal ; the latter is } of that distance. The breadth of

the head in front of the eyes exceeds by 4 the distance from the muz-

zle to the anterior part of the orbit. The raised supraorbital crest is

strongly serrated, leaving the upper part of the skull like a narrow fur-

row, the breadth of which is scarcely 3 of the vertical diameter of the

eye. The upper maxillary teeth form a much broader band than in

either P. insidiator or P. clavulatus, and it is but little widened on

the intermaxillary bones, on which the teeth are of uniform length,

velvety like the rest. The number of spines of the head renders this

species conspicuous. It occurs, although not numerously, at all sea-

sons at Pinang, and it is eaten by the natives.

Gen. Scorrpana, (Aréedi) Linné 1748.

Head large, spinous, filamentous, scaleless, compressed ; eyes placed

near each other; teeth in the jaws, vomer, and palate; dorsal fin

single, anterior part spinous; branchiostegous rays seven.

ScorP2&zNa PicTa, Kuhl and Van Hasselt.

Scorpeena picta, Cuv. and Val. IV. 321.

Scorpena picta, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 4.

Head greenish olive, largely spotted with black, radiating round the

orbit ; ground colour of body and fins pale greenish or brownish buff,

on the back and sides above the lateral line largely and irregularly

marbled with black, which beneath the anterior part of the soft dorsal

is continued vertically towards the abdomen; the latter and the rest

of the sides irregularly spotted with brownish black ; spines and fin

rays, except the ventral, greenish buff, annulated with brownish black ;

1849. } Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1023

membranes of dorsal, caudal and anal fins greenish buff; the spiny

part of the dorsal largely washed with black, the rest with a broad

vertical blackish spot, continued over the body, and with two smaller

at the posterior margin; caudal with a vertical blackish band at the

root, a second in the middle, a third at the margin; membrane of

pectorals blackish brown ; of anal with a black spot behind the root of

the second spine, and an irregular blackish transversal band across the

middle, with black spots on the margin; ventrals uniformly blackish

brown. Filaments of the body black with slate grey points ; the two

large supraorbital ones olive, largely spotted with black. Iris golden

dark olive with five broad radiating black streaks.

D 12/10, C 133, A 3/, V 1/, P 17, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Java, Celebes.

ToTaAL LENGTH: 7 inch.

The length of the head is a little less than 4 of the total ; the eye

occupies the second fourth from the muzzle; the angle of the mouth is

situated a little in front of the eye, opposite the lowest of the anterior

infraorbital spines, which latter is arched downwards, but has its point

directed forwards like the two larger ones. Of the three supraorbital

spines the central is the strongest: behind it appears a fleshy pointed

filament, in length equalling the diameter of the orbit.

Smaller filaments are scattered over the body, and a series appears

above the lateral line. The second anal spine is the strongest of all, its

length equalling that of the anal fin, which is 3 of the total length.

The band of velvety teeth in the upper jaw is narrowed towards the

intermaxillary bones. ‘The reverse is the case in the lower jaw, where

the band of teeth is considerably widened on the symphysis. The

innermost of the lower maxillary teeth are longer than the rest. The

present offers the specific characters of S. picta in having the lowest of

the anterior infraorbital spines directed forwards, and the second anal

spine excessively large; but it differs in presenting a long filament

above each eye, which did not exist in the specimen described by M.

M. Cuvier and Valenciennes, A single individual occurred at Pinang

in 1842,

Gen. Prerois, Cuvier, 1819.

Differs from Scorpena in the absence of palatal teeth, and in having

the dorsal spines and pectoral rays excessively elongated.

1024 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

Prerois miues, (Bennett.)

Scorpeena miles, Bennett: Ceylon, Pl. 9.

Pterois muricata, Cuv. and Val.* IV. 363.

Macrochyrus+ miles, Swainson II. 264.

Adult. Ground colour of head and body, impure rose- or flesh-colour,

the scales edged with lighter or darker reddish brown, so as to produce

a net-work ; sides of the head and body with oblique and vertical scarlet

bands,the number and breadth varying individually : across the hindhead

two or three such, and between the eyes a longitudinal scarlet band ; be-

hind the point of the opercle a triangular black spot; lips, throat and

abdomen reddish white ; dorsal spines scarlet, broadly annulated with

black, or white; their membrane scarlet, in some with the pointed

portion attached to each spine, black, or with a triangular black spot

near the base; dorsal, caudal and anal rays and membranes scarlet ;

anal spines scarlet, their membrane reddish black ; pectoral rays scar-

let, more or less annulated with black ; base of the pectoral scarlet, con-

tinued over the root in the shape of three oblique bands; membrane

brownish green or bronze, with a black streak along each ray; ventral

spine alternately white and scarlet; membrane pale blackish green,

with longitudinal series of black and milky spots between and across

the rays ; posterior half of the membrane black; a scarlet spot inside

the root of each pectoral. Supraorbital fleshy filaments black; those

of the upper jaw and preopercle white with scarlet points. Izis silvery

white, with four or five scarlet or reddish black radiating bars.

Young. Colours distributed as in the adult ; the scarlet paler; pec-

toral fins uniformly greenish black.

D 13/11, C 143, A 3/7, V 1/5, P 12 or 13, Br. VIL.

* Although this Vol. bears 1829 on the title-page, the description quotes §.

miles, Bennett, in Fishes of Ceylon, the first edition of which appeared in 1830.

However this may be, M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes in quoting Bennett, admit

the priority of his description and figure, and his specific denomination must

therefore be retained.

+ Macrochyrus, Swainson, founded on Scorpena miles, Bennett, is characterised

as having ‘‘the pectoral fins only one-third as long as the body, and the mouth

subvertical.’’ Both characters however, are incorrect ; the pectorals in every stage

of growth much exceed one-third of the body (total length ?), and the mouth opens

obliquely as in Plerois.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1025

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Ceylon, Red Sea, Bourbon.

Tora LENTH, 92 inch.

The length of the head is } of the total, equalling that of the caudal

fin; the eye occupies the third fourth from the muzzle. Besides the

nasal spine, there are two or three supraorbital ones, of which the

posterior is the largest ; behind it proceeds the spiny temporal ridge

obliquely downwards to the commencement of the lateral line, which has

one or two spines. On each side of the occiput appears a very broad

spine, sharp like a knifeblade, with two points. The ridge of the

infraorbital bones is spiny, proceeding obliquely over the cheek towards

the margin of the preopercle, from which rise three spines. The sur-

face beneath the infraorbital ridge is uneven to the touch, but without

spines. The interval between the orbits is broad, equalling the trans-

versal diameter of the eye. From the central supraorbital spine rises

a pointed fleshy filament, which in the young equals one-half of the

vertical diameter of the eye; but in the adult it is much shorter, or

absent. The most constant of the other filaments is one on the upper

jaw near the angle of the mouth, and the largest are two or three on the

lower margin of the preopercle. The membrane of the three or four

upper pectoral rays has a very deep incision, so as to give each ray a

feather-like appearance, and the points of the lowest four or five rays

are free, projecting beyond the membrane. The length of the pectoral

fin varies not only according to age, but also individually. In a young

one the point of this fin reaches to the middle of the caudal, its length

being about 2 of the total. In one of two adults of equal length, 92

inches, the pectoral measures 3% inches, in the other 42 inches. In

the fish as commonly seen, but a small portion of the base of the dorsal

spines is connected by the membrane. In such, however, as have been

examined alive, the instant they are taken out of the sea, the mem-

brane is found continued along the posterior margin of each spine

till near the point, where an elongated long flap appears, like the pen-.

dant of a lance. Out of the element the scarlet colour of the fish soon

fades to a deep rose-colour, which then makes the vertical stripes, on

which the brown net-work appears, more conspicuous. The fish appears

to be a heavy swimmer, and as observed by Bennett, it never attempts

to support itself in the air. At Pinang single individuals occur at all

6Q2

1026 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | [Ocr.

seasons. It is a very bony fish, and the flesh is said to be insipid.

It preys on small Crustacea.

Gen. Prosoropasys,* Cantor.

(Equivalent to Apistus, Cuvier.)

Differs from Scorpena in having fewer pectoral rays and all branch-

ed, a long moveable spine on the infraorbital bone, and a similar on

the preopercle.

PROSOPODASYS TRACHINOIDES, (Cuv. and Val.)

Apistus trachinoides, Cuv. and Val. IV. 401, Pl. 92. Fig. 1.

Trichosomus trachinoides, Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fish. II. 265.+

Apistus trachinoides, Richardson, Rep. 1845, 213.

Apistus trachinoides, Richardson, Voy. Samarang, Fishes, Pl. III.

Fig. 3—5.

Apistus trachinoides, Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 8.

Head above and back blackish brown; sides and abdomen pale

neutral tint; membrane of the dorsal fin pale bluish grey with four

large oblique blackish bands, between which some oblique pale brownish

lines; anal and ventrals pale-bluish grey, the former with larger

oblique black bands, between which some pale brownish oblique lines ;

the posterior half of the latter blackish ; caudal yellowish white, minutely

dotted with brown and with a black vertical band at the root, and one

or two vertical series of black spots near the posterior margin ; pecto-

rals pale neutral tint largely spotted with blackish brown. Iris golden

flesh-colour, minutely dotted with black.

D 14 or 15/5, C 123, A 3/4, V 1/5, P 12, 13 or 14, Br. VI.

Hasrr.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Singapore.

Java, Madura, Sea of China.

TOTAL LENGTH, 3+} inch.

The fish is numerous at all seasons. It is capable of living a con-

siderable time out of its element. It is applied as manure, but not eaten.

* Tpéowmov, mask ; dacvs, rough. Substituted for Apisius Cuvier, 1829, pre-

occupied by Apistis (Scr. Apistus,) Hubner 1816 (Lepidopt.)

+ Trichosomus, in itself inadmissible, is not equivalent to Apistus, Cuv.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1027

Gen. CoryTHosatTus,* Cantor.

(Equivalent to Mrnovus. Cuv. and Val.)

Differs principally from Prosopodasys (Apistus,) by the absence of

scales, and of teeth on the palatal bones.f

CoryTHOBATUS woorRA, (Cuv. and Val.)

Russell CLX. Worrah Minoo A.

Apistus minous, Cuv. R. A. II. 168)

Minous woora, Cuv. and Val. IV. 421.

Apistes russellii, Swainson, II. 265.

Minous woora, Richardson, Rep. 1845, 213.

Head above and back brownish grey, or pale silvery grey ; sides and

abdomen buff or bluish white; dorsal fin buff, the margin of the spiny

portion, and the upper half of the soft portion black ; caudal pale yel-

lowish white, with a vertical blackish band at the root ; a second in the

middle, and a third near the margin; anal and ventrals buff, their

external half black ; pectorals buff at the root, the rest black; the free

ray white, more or less distinctly annulated with black ; body and fins

minutely dotted with black ; filaments of lower jaw white. Iris silvery

grey, minutely dotted with black.

D 9 or 10/10 or 11, C 114, A 1/9, V 1/5, P 10 or 11—1, Br. VII.

Haxit.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Isle of France, China Seas, Vizagapatam.

ToTaL LENGTH, 3 inch.

M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes count 11/12 in the dorsal, Sir J.

Richardson 10/11. (China Spec.) At Pinang the species is numerous,

and applied as manure.

CoRYTHOBATUS ECHINATUS, Cantor.

Plate XIII.

Ground colour of head and body umber, pale on the sides and ab-

domen ; fins of a darker brown than the body; on the opercles, above

the lateral line and close to the anal fin some larger and smaller irre-

gular light spots, edged with black; numerous similar small round

* Kdpus helmet ; Bdros thorny. Substituted for Minous, Cuvier and Valenciennes

1829, pre-occupied by Minois, Hubner 1816 (Lepidopt.)

+ Minous woora, and M. monodactylus, the two only species described by

Cuvier and Valenciennes, and M. adamsii, Richardson: Voy. Samar. Fishes, 7,

Pl. Il. Fig. 4—5, have a free undivided ray beneath the pectoral fins, but Cory-

thobatus echinatus has no such free ray.

1028 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

spots on the fins ; on the caudal three large such bordering the margin ;

from the root of the pectoral to the gill-opening two rose-coloured irre-

gular bands edged with black ; a similar angular spot behind the eye,

and some similar bars radiating over the iris ; the latter with a narrow

golden circle round the pupil.

D 13/11, C112, A 2A, V 14, P 11, Br. VI.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH, 3¢ inch.

The form of the body is broad lanceolate, with the sides highly

compressed. The profile of the forehead ascends nearly vertically,

from thence the back forms an arch ascending to the sixth dorsal

spine, when it gradually descends towards the tail; the profile of

the abdomen is a little less arched than the back. The length of the

head is 32 of the total. The eye is placed high on the head; the

vertical diameter of the orbit, slightly exceeding the horizontal, is 4

of the length of the head; the distance of the orbit from the

back, or the root of the anterior dorsal spine is 4 of the diameter

of the orbit. The anterior, moveable, infraorbital bone carries two

blunt spines of which the superior, the longer, scarcely projects

beyond the middle of the orbit: both are directed backwards and down-

wards. The posterior infraorbital is immoveable, and has but two very

minute spines. The rounded preopercle carries four distant, flattened

spines: the two lower ones are very minute, the two upper hardly ex-

tend beyond the anterior third of the opercle. The opercle terminates

above in a flat membranous point, below which appear two oblique

long ridges. There appears to be but a single nasal opening which

is a small tube, situated in front of the lower part of the eye. The

small oblique mouth scarcely reaches the level of the anterior orbital

margin. The velvety teeth (Pl. XIII. Fig. 2,) are placed in both jaws

on acrescent-shaped band; that of the upper is divided under the sym-

physis by a naked linear interval, behind which appears a minute fleshy

tubercle. On the vomer appears a small crescent of velvety teeth.

But the palatals are toothless. The tongue resembles that organ of

Prosopodasys trachinoides and Corythobatus woora: it is moveable,

fleshy, rounded, and occupies nearly the whole cavity. The greatest

vertical diameter, at the root of the pectoral, equals the length of the

head, the greatest thickness is 23 of the former diameter. The dorsal

‘

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1029

fin occupies the whole length of the back. The anterior spine rises

between the anterior orbital margins: it is the longest and strongest

of all, its length being about # of that of the head. The succeeding

spines and rays gradually decrease to the seventh ray, which is about 2?

of the length of the head. The remaining rays abruptly decrease ; the

eleventh, being but 3 of the length of the head, is attached to the tail by

a continuation of the dorsal membrane. All the finrays are undivided,

but jointed. The caudal is subrhomboidal or rounded, the longest,

central, rays are a little shorter than the head. The extent of the anal

fin slightly exceeds 4 of the dorsal; the two spines and the seventh

and eighth ray are a little shorter than the intervening rays, which are

+ of the length of the head. The lower half of the eighth anal ray is

attached to the tail by a very short continuation of the finmembrane.

The anus is situated a little in front of the fin. The pectorals are

elongated, rhomboidal, the central rays equalling the length of the

head. The anterior ventral ray, the longest, slightly exceeds 4 of the

length of the head; the fifth is attached to the abdomen by a conti-

nuation of the finmembrane. The lateral line is a series of linear

tubes, nearly following the outline of the back on the upper third of

the side. The fish appears to be without scales, but it is studded

with small tubercles, each surmounted by a minute, backward directed

spine. The tubercles may be seen by the naked eye, but their spines

may be perceived by passing a finger from the tail forward. On the

back, the sides of the head and body the tubercles are fewer, more

distant than on the throat and abdomen, where they are crowded.

The axilla and the space covered by the pectorals is naked.

A solitary individual occurred at Pinang in July 1842.

Gen SynanciA, Bloch Schneider 1801.

Differs from Pelor by the want of teeth on the palate and vomer,

and of free rays beneath the pectoral fins.

_ SYNANCIA ELONGATA, Cuv. and Val.

Synancia elongata, Cuv. and Val. IV. 456.

Trachicephalus elongatus, Swainson II. 268.

Synancia elongata, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 10.

Head, back and sides bluish brown or neutral tint, paler on the ab-

domen and with rose coloured lustre, everywhere minutely dotted with

black, and with scattered round white spots, and white warty filaments ;

1030 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Qecr.

dorsal, caudal, anal and pectoral fins neutral tint, largely marbled with

black, and with numerous white spots ; ventrals neutral tint, posterior

half black ; points of all the rays white. Iris pale golden, dotted with

black and with radiating black bars.

D 10 or 11/14 or 15, C123, A 2/l3or14, V 14, P 14 or 15,

Br VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Java, Pondicherry.

TOTAL LENGTH: 42 inch.

M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes count 9/15 in the dorsal fin. The

length of the head is about + of the total; the eye occupies the second

fourth from the muzzle. On the lateral line appears a series of distant

filaments, of which the anterior four are long, the rest fleshy, all with

the apex divided in two. The anterior half of the line proceeds from

the angle of the opercle obliquely upwards, the posterior half fol-

lows the back till the root of the caudal, where it bends obliquely

downwards to the centre of the fin, terminating horizontally near the

margin. This species is numerous at Pinang where, if used at all, it

is with other offal applied as manure. It is capable of living a con-

siderable time out of water.

FAM. SPAROIDZ.

Gren. Curysorpurys, Cuvier, 1829.

Rounded molars on the sides of the jaws, disposed in the upper jaw

in at least three series; in front some conical or blunt teeth; bran-

chiostegous rays six.

CHRYSOPHRYS CALAMARA, Cuv. and Val.

Russell XCII. Calamara.

Chrysophrys calamara, Cuv. and Val. VI. 117.

Head above blackish brown, the rest of the body silvery grey, the

scales minutely dotted and edged with brown; spines, rays and fin

membranes grey, minutely dotted with brown, which gives the anal and

ventral membranes a blackish brown appearance. Iris silvery, minutely

dotted with brown, the upper margin black.

D 11/10 or 11, C 193, A 3/9, V 1/5 P15, Br. VI.

Hapsir.—Sea of Pinang.

Java, Madras, Vizagapatam, Malabar.

ToTaL LENGTH : 10 inch,

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1031

When the upper jaw is protracted the length of the head is 4 of

that of the body, the caudal fin not included ; the eye borders on the

profile, and occupies the centre between the protracted muzzle and

the membranous point of the opercle; its diameter is little less

than 4 of the length of the head. The second anal spine is the

largest of all, its length equalling the distance from the protracted

muzzle to the posterior margin of the orbit. The ventral spine equals

the length of the fourth dorsal ; the first soft ray terminates in a short

filament. The pectoral fins when at rest, are slightly falcated, the

fifth ray, the longest, reaching to the second anal spine.

At Pinang this fish appears to be an occasional visitor, a few indivi-

duals occurring together at irregular intervals, and they rarely exceed

7 inches in length. The flavour is said to be good.

Gen. Pentapopus, Cuvier, 1829.

With three elongated pointed scales, of which one above the root of

each ventral, and a single between these fins, appearing like five ven-

trals, or feet ; mouth little cleft ; body rounded, with rather hard scales,

advancing farther in front than in Dentex. In each jaw two canines,

between which sometimes two or four smaller; the rest of the teeth

velvety, disposed in narrow bands.

PENTAPODUS NUBILUS, Cantor.

Head above and back light reddish brown, paler on the sides; cheeks

gill-covers and abdomen silvery white; an indistinct blackish oblique

band from the nape of the neck to the point of the opercle ; a second

similar in front of the dorsal, terminating beneath the lateral line in a

large rounded spot ; afew indistinct blackish clouded spots along the

sides; the scales of the body indistinctly edged with brownish and mi-

nutely dotted with brown; dorsal caudal and anal pale yellowish ;

pectorals and ventrals white, the posterior half of the latter pale black-

ish ; the fin-membranes minutely dotted with brown. Iris pale golden.

_ Anumber of minute pores on the infraobital bones, the cheeks, the

margin of the preopercle and on the lower jaw.

D 10A, C 174, A 38, V 1/5, P 13, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH, 42 inch.

The head is elongated, the profile much sloping, its length, when

the muzzle is protracted, is 3 of that of the body, the tail not included.

1032 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

The eye is situated behind the centre of a line drawn from the pro-

tracted muzzle to the point of the opercle ; its diameter is a little less

than 4 of the length of the head. The canines of both jaws are very

small ; there are 4 in the upper, 6 in the lower of which the two outer

ones are the largest and slightly outwards arched. The pores are

very minute, scarcely perceptible by the naked eye, rather closely dis-

tributed over the infraobitals, the cheeks, the margin of the preopercle

and the lower jaw. ‘The lateral line is very distinct, following the out-

line of the back. The scales are very finely ciliated: there are about

47 on a straight line. This species is closely allied to P. porosus,

Cuv. and Val. from which it differs in the eye being situated farther

back, in the comparatively longer pectoral fins, the second and third

upper rays reaching the anal spine, and in the comparative greater

length of the anal spines. The anterior of the latter is half the length

of the second and third, which are equal and of nearly the same length

as the succeeding soft rays. The description is taken from a solitary

individual, observed at Pinang in 1844.

Gren. SPonDYLIOSOMA,* Cantor.

(Equivalent to CantHARUS, Cuvier.)

Teeth card-like, close, the external series a little stronger than the

rest and slightly curved ; mouth slightly cleft, not protractile.

SPONDYLIOSOMA GULIMINDA, (Cuv. and Val.)

Russell CVII. Lama Guliminda.

Cantharus guliminda, Cuv. and Val. VI. 344.

Young.—Head above, back and sides above the lateral line rose-

coloured ; the latter bordered beneath by a pale blue line ; sides and

abdomen silvery with five parallel straight longitudinal lines, each rose-

coloured, bordered beneath with pale blue; cheeks and opercles silvery,

washed with rose colour; beneath the orbit an elongated blue spot; a

larger on the opercle. Dorsal fin whitish transparent, either pale blue

at the base, or with a bluish line behind each spine; the spiny part

edged with vermilion; anterior half of caudal bluish, posterior pale

crimson; the other fins whitish transparent; the anal membrane in

some bluish near the margin.

* SrovdtAtoy spindle; cdua, body. Substituted for Cantharus, Cuvier, 1829,

pre-occupied by Cantharus, Montfort, 1808, (Polypi)

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1033

Adult.—Head above and back vermilion ; ground-colour of the upper

half of the sides greenish grey, of the lower and of abdomen silvery ;

from the occiput a golden longitudinal band bordering the back; the

lateral line bordered above by a crimson, beneath by a golden band ;

the scales at the origin of the lateral line broadly edged with crimson,

forming a large rounded spot, from which proceeds a straight longitudi-

nal crimson band, bordered beneath by a narrower golden band, beneath

which four similar parallel bands, gradually lengthening and becoming

paler towards abdomen. Infraorbitals silvery crimson, cheeks and oper-

cle silvery, posterior half of opercle crimson ; preopercle violet silvery ;

caudal rose-coloured ; the other fins transparent white; dorsal edged

with vermilion. Iris golden, upper margin bluish black.

D 10/9, C 172, A 3/7, V 1/s, P 17, Br. V.

Haxit.—Sea of Pinang.

Madras, Vizagapatam.

ToTaL LENGTH : 6 inch.

The head is } of the total length to the centre of the posterior

margin of the caudal; the greatest vertical diameter of the body

equals the length of the head; the horizontal diameter of the eye is

3 of the latter; the eye occupies the second third. The ascending

margin of the preopercle is finely toothed, the angle rounded; on its

outer surface as well as on the infraorbitals appear some distant minute

pores. The upper lobe of the caudal is longer than the lower, and the

third upper ray terminates in a not very long filament, which is also

the case with the first ventral ray.

The following errors occur in Russell’s figure. The first dorsal

spine is too short, its length in the fish is ? of the second. The pec-

toral is also too short, its length being equal to that of the head; the

dorsal rays likewise: their length slightly exceeds that of the spines.

The anal fin is erroneously represented with one spine: it has three,

the first of which is 4 of the second, which is but little shorter than the

third. The ventral spine is one half the length of the head and equals

the 10‘ dorsal, which slightly exceeds the preceding. All the spines

are very slender and flexible. Single, mostly young individuals occur,

but rarely, at Pinang.

Gen. Crenipens, Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1830.

The jaws with crenulated teeth, behind which others globular.

6R 2

1034 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

Sus. Gen. Grrewya,* (Gray,) Richardson.

Teeth curved, flat and expanding towards their ends which are tricus-

pid, standing out in three rows on the margin of the jaw; a little

way behind them abrush-like band of much smaller teeth which are

also tricuspid and like the others, except in size.

CRENIDENS SARISSOPHORUS, Cantor.

Pl. I. Figs. 1-4. |

Young.—Head, back and sides above the lateral line pale umber

brown; rest of the sides and abdomen silvery buff; all the scales

broadly edged with pale umber ; spines buff, minutely dotted with dark

brown; fin-membranes and rays buff, so closely dotted with dark

brown, as to appear a shade darker than the body. Iris pale golden,

orbital margin blackish.

D 11/15, C 154, A 3/14, V 14, P 19, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

ToTaL LENGTH: 7 inch.

The form is elongated oval ; the abdominal profile a little less arched

than the dorsal. The vertical diameter at occiput is 1, at the fifth

dorsal spine 22, between the last dorsal and anal rays 4 of the total

length. The body is much compressed, particularly towards the back ;

the greatest thickness is at the lower third of the vertical diameter,

where it equals $ the length of the head. The muzzle is obtuse ; the

forehead a little arched between the eyes ; the length of the head is 1 of

the total ; the eyeis placed high up, its horizontal diameter is about

3% of the length of the head; the distance from the muzzle equals the

diameter. The posterior opening of the nostril is an almost vertical

fissure immediately in front of the eye; the anterior is oval and situat-

ed a little behind the muzzle; the infraorbital bone is very large,

occupying nearly the upper half of the cheek, it is tumid and of an

elongated, nearly oval shape; the preopercle is narrow and obscurely

ridged, with a single minute spine at the angle; the opercle terminates

in two widely separated flat points; the subopercle and interopercle

are small. The scales of the head are very small, those of the cheek

less indistinct than on the other parts of the head. The mouth is

* Founded upon Crenidens punctatus, Richardson, (Report 1845, 242,) of which

a figure appearsin Ill. Ind, Zool. under the name of Girella punctata.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1035

small, both jaws of equal length; their teeth are curved, flat, widen-

ing towards the three cusps, of which the centre one is a little larger

than the lateral ones; the outer series consists of about 18 teeth gradu-

ally increasing in length towards the angle of the mouth (Fig. 2;) im-

mediately behind, and in close contact with the outer, appears a second

series of similar teeth; at a little distance behind these two series are

two others also consisting of tricuspid teeth, but much smaller and

almost setaceous (Fig. 3;) at the angle of the mouth the teeth of all

four series coalesce, and have no interval between them. The gill-open-

ing is small linear, and the five branchiostegous rays are completely

hid in the membrane; the suprascapular bone is naked. The body is

covered with scales of different sizes; the largest are those of the sides,

from immediately beneath the lateral line as far as the pectorals extend,

they appear bony and tumid; the posterior rounded margin carries

upwards of 40 minute spines; their vertical diameter, nearly double

the length of the horizontal, is about } of the diameter of the eye.

From the apex of the pectorals the scales gradually decrease in size

towards the caudal. The scales above the lateral line and those of the

abdomen are much smaller than the rest; all are placed in irregular

series, so that their number cannot be counted. The lateral line is a

little below the upper fourth of the side ; it consists of minute single

tubes and follows the profile of the back towards the tail, in the mid-

dle of which it proceeds straight to the root of the caudal. The an-

terior dorsal spine, about 4 of the diameter of the eye, is situated at

the anterior third of the total length; it is immoveable, placed hori-

zontally, has no membrane and becomes more or less hidden by age ;

the second spine is the shortest of all, about 4 of the diameter of the

eye; the third is 3, the fourth exceeds by } the diameter of the eye;

the fifth is excessively long, robust and appears to be composed of two

parts ; the lower half, when reposing, covers with its grooved posterior

margin the sixth spine; the upper half overlaps the succeeding five

spines ; the length of the fifth is 3 of the greatest vertical diameter of

the body, from the root of this spine. The rest of the spines gradu-

ally decrease in length towards the tenth, which equals the diameter of

the eye; the eleventh exceeds it by } and is closely attached to the

anterior dorsal ray. The first four dorsal rays are the longest, of

equal length, 2 of the head; the rest gradually decrease, the fifteenth,

1036 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

double one, being + of the first. The caudal is almost truncated, the

central rays being but a little shorter than the rest, which are 2 of the

length of the head. The anal rays resemble the dorsal; the spines

are strong, the second, the longest, about 24 of the head. The anus is

situated a little in front of the first spine. The pectoral is nearly

triangular, the longest ray 2 of the head. Each ventral is enclosed

by two elongated scales ; the spine is + of the length of the head; the

anterior ray is undivided, filamentous, its length equals that of the head ;

from the second, which slightly exceeds the spine, the rest gradually

decrease. The individual described was observed at Pinang in August

1845. The fishermen declared it to be a young one, and of rare oc-

currence. <A second, of somewhat larger size, was taken on the coast

of Malacca. |

(Sus-Fam. Manoin#.)

Cas10,* (Commerson) Cuv. and Val. 1830.

Dorsal and anal fin covered with small slender scales; mouth very

slightly protractile; no teeth on the vomer ; a pointed scale above the

root of each ventral, and a third between the fins; on the occiput a

chevron or crescent with the horns backwards pointed.

CHSIO CERULAUREUS,} Lacépéde. Var.

Head above and back deep blue, changing to bluish olive on the

sides ; an indistinct golden line from the orbit along the sides, in the

centre of which it changes to silvery blue, continued to the root of the

caudal; opercle golden ; cheeks, preopercle, subopercle and interoper-

cle, lower half of the sides and abdomen silvery glazed with cherry red ;

dorsal pale olive grey, the membrane minutely and closely dotted with

brown and edged with black ; caudal membrane black, rays yellowish

olive, the upper, lower and posterior margin cherry ; ventrals and the

spiny part of anal white, the membrane of the soft anal rays pale

cherry ; the three upper rays of the pectoral white, the rest pale cherry ;

on the inner side at the root a large black spot, continued as a small

black point outside at the root of the three upper rays. Iris golden,

the orbital margin blackish. r

D 10/15, C 173, A 3/12, V 1/, P 21, Br; V1.

* Cesio, Lacepede, 1800, is founded upon erroneous characters.

+ Lacép. III. 86.—Picarel raillard, Quoi and Gaim. Freycin, 290, Pl. 44, fig. ©

3.—Cuv. Val. VI. 434,

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1037

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

ToTaL LENGTH: 62 inch.

The scales are large, deciduous ; there is no crescent-shaped space

on the occiput, which is uniformly covered with scales, which advance

on the crown as far as midway between the eyes. The present nearest

approaches the Variety from the Red Sea, which Prof. Ehrenberg deno-

minated ceruleo-teniatus ; it also resembles C. chrysozona, Kuhl and

Van Hasselt, apud Cuvier and Valenciennes. As the distribution of

colours of C. cerulaureus is liable to considerable variations, chrysozona

may turn out to be but a Variety. The description of the present was

drawn up from a single dead specimen, observed in the fish-bazar at

Pinang in 1845. The fishermen were unacquainted with the fish, and

had on that account put it aside.

Grn. CaTOCHAENUM,* Cantor.

(Equivalent to Gerres, Cuvier.)

Mouth very protractile downwards; the jaws with velvety teeth ;

the angle and inferior margin of the preopercle minutely toothed in

some, in others not; opercle terminating in an obtuse angle; body

compressed, high ; chest square beneath ; head, cheeks and opercles

like the body with large, deciduous scales; anterior dorsal and anal

spines more elongated than the rest; the base of these fins is hid in

a scaly sheath ; the ventral fins with an elongated scale above the root.

CaTOCHAENUM LIMBATUM, (Cuv. and Val.)

Gerres limbatus, Cuv. and Val. VI. 476.

Silvery with lilac reflections ; dorsal, caudal and anal fins pale yellow ;

dorsal spines, rays and membrane minutely dotted with brown, the

upper margin black, caudal with a broad blackish margin; ventrals

and pectorals white. Iris silvery or pale golden.

D 9/10, C 172, A 3/7 or 8, V 1/5, P 15 or 16, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Malabar, Pondicherry.

ToraL LENGTH: 7 inch.

The greatest vertical diameter is contained three times and one-third

in the total length. The length of the second dorsal spine is contained

two and a half times in the vertical diameter. In the adult this spine

* Kdrw, downwards; yalywy, yawning. Substituted for Gerres, Cuvier, 1829,

pre-occupied by Gerres, (Latr.) Fabricius, 1794, (Hemiptera.)

1038 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. ) [Ocr.

slightly exceeds the third in length, but in the young the two spines

are of equal length, and the lower margin of the preopercle is finely

toothed, of which all trace is obliterated in the adult. The blackish

margin of the caudal is very indistinct in the young, which bears a

strong resemblance to Catochaenum lucidum, (Cuv. and Val.)

Young individuals of this species are exceedingly numerous at Pinang

at all seasons, and large quantities are dried. Large individuals are of

comparatively rare occurrence.

CATOCHAENUM FILAMENTOSUM, (Cuv. and Val.)

Russell LX VII. Woodawahah.

Gerres filamentosus, Cuv. and Val. VI. 482.

Gerres filamentosus, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII., 4.

Head above and back pale greenish grey, the rest of the body silvery

with lilac reflections ; above and following the lateral line two parallel

series of large oval blackish spots; below the lateral line one or two

straight series of similar, but smaller spots ; dorsal, caudal and anal fins

pale yellow ; the spines, rays and membranes of the dorsal and caudal

minutely dotted with brown; the superior margin of the dorsal black ;

the posterior margin of the caudal pale blackish; ventrals and pecto-

rals white. Iris pale golden.

D 9/10, C 174, A 3/7, V 1/5, P 15, Br. VI.

Hasrr.—Sea of Pinang.

Madura, Vanikolo, New Guinea, Java, Coromandel.

TOTAL LENGTH : 74 inch.

The length of the second dorsal spine appears to vary: in an adult

and a few young, it but slightly exceeded the vertical diameter of the

body, and did not reach the caudal fin, as described by M. M. Cuvier

and Valenciennes. The young ones have no series of blackish spots,

which vanish soon after death; in the smallest examined, 44 inches in

length, the margin of the preopercle was not toothed. This species

but rarely visits Pinang.

FAM. SCIZNOID.

Susp—GeEn. Orouituus, Cuvier 1829.

Head gibbous, supported by cavernous bones ; preopercle toothed or

crenulate ; bony opercle terminating in one or two flat points; dorsal

fins two, or one deeply emarginated, the soft part of which longer than

1849, | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1039

the spinous ; anal spines extremely small ; strong canines in the upper

jaw, and in some also in the lower ; under the symphysis of the latter

two very minute pores, or none; air-vessel in some* with a hornlike,

forwards directed process on each side ;+ a very large loose bone in each

auricular cavity ; branchiostegous rays 7.{

OTOLITHUS BIAURITUS, Cantor.

Ikan Salampai, sometimes Jarang gigi, of the Malays.

Adult. ead above and back greenish grey with golden reflections ;

sides golden orange, paler towards abdomen, everywhere minutely dot-

ted with brown; lateral line golden; dorsal, caudal and anal fins

brownish yellow or pale orange, minutely. dotted with brown, black

towards the margin; ventrals pale orange; pectorals brownish with a

black spot in axilla, spreading over the basal third of the nine upper

rays. Iris golden orange.

Young. Paler than the adult; abdomen silvery buff; upper half of

opercle silvery bluish black ; the spot in the axilla very indistinct or

absent.

J 9—1/27,

D. “ak C 178, A 2/7, V 1/5, P19, Br. VIL.

ea a2

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore, Lancavy.

Tenasserim Provinces.

TOTAL LENGTH: 3 feet.

This fish is of a very elongated cylindrical form, not unlike that of

the Genus Ophiocephalus; the profile of the back and abdomen is

nearly horizontal, imperceptibly sloping towards the bluntly pointed

muzzle. The length of the head is from 43 to 1 of the total ; the depth

at occiput exceeds by } half the length of the head. The eye occupies

about the second eight of the length of the head; the anterior upper

half of the orbit borders upon the profile, while the posterior half

deviates downwards ; the greatest oblique diameter is } of the length

* M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes add (Hist. Nat. des Poiss. V.) that such is

the case in the species dissected by them.

t+ In others with numerous lateral branched appendages ; Vide infra O/olithus

ruber and the subsequent species.

{ The Malays distinguish the fishes belonging to the Genus Ofolithus by the

common denomination of Jarang (distant, open), giyi (tooth).

1040 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

of the head, while the vertical is but 2 of the oblique diameter. The

head above is depressed, slightly arched between the eyes, the distance

of which is about double the oblique diameter. The nostrils open

closely in front of the eye: the posterior obliquely oval aperture is but

little larger than the minute rounded anterior, the margin of which is

provided with a small raised membranous fold. The mouth is large ;

the widely arched upper jaw is hidden when the mouth is closed, by

the scaly fold which covers the infraorbitals; the lower jaw is scaly,

narrower, more pointed, and slightly shorter than the upper, which is

naked, with longitudinal striee, and a rather large triangular impression

near the angle, which is situated opposite the posterior part of the

orbit. In the upper jaw appear an external series of pointed inwards

arched, distant teeth. On each side of the symphysis is one or two

canines, larger than the rest ; the other teeth gradually decrease in size

towards the angle of the mouth. Ata slight interval behind the ex-

ternal appears a second narrow series of minute crowded conical (card-

like) teeth. In the lower jaw the external series consists of conical

teeth, although small, yet perceptibly larger than the card-like ones of

the upper jaw. The internal series consists of single distant large

teeth, increasing in size as they approach the angle of the mouth.

The tongue is large triangular, pointed, fleshy on each side of the

base, flat, bony in the centre, membranous towards the margins and

the apex. The angle of the preopercle is rounded, the ascending

margin is but very indistinctly crenulated. The bony part of the oper-

cle terminates in two flat points of which the upper is the smaller ;

both are enveloped in a membranous point, projecting beyond the root

the pectoral fin, and formed by a prolongation of the subopercle. The

third upper branchiostegous ray is very broad, like the blade of a sabre.

Above the pointed termination of the opercle appears another, trian-

gular point, formed by a lobe of the skin, the scales of the margins of

which terminate in short setaceous points. This second, earlike ap-

pendage also appears in Ololithus pama,* (Buchan. Ham.) The body

is elongated cylindrical, compressed towards the back ; the vertical dia-

* Syn. Bola pama, Buchan. Ham. 79, 368, Pl. 32, Fig. 26.—Sciena pama,

Cuv. and Val. V. 55, Pl. 101, who observe it might with equal propriety be con-

sidered a species of Otolithus. Their description appears to have been drawn up

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1041

meter taken in front of the dorsal fin is 64 of the total length. The

dorsal spines are very slender ; the third is the longest, equa!ling about

1 of the vertical diameter; the rest gradually decrease towards the

ninth, but the last spine is longer, nearly 3 of the third. The caudal

fin is rhomboidal very pointed, its length from 63 to 7% of the total.

The pectorals are very pointed 52 to 65 of the total. The ventrals

and the anal are equal 3 of the length of the head. The second anal

spine is scarcely one half of the length of the rays, very attenuated, and

not striated. The scales of the body are moderate, deciduous; the

lateral line is very distinct and proceeds obliquely downwards to the

very point of the caudal. The air-vessel is nearly one half of the total

length, narrow, tapering backwards to a fine point. On each side of

the latter commences a narrow tape-like process, which continuing along

each side, deviates at a little distance from the fundus of the air-vessel,

which it again joins. The organ might be compared with an elongated

antique urn with two handles. From the anterior part of each of the

latter proceed five branches, the four of which give off smaller ones to

each side, and the fifth is tortuous and larger than the rest. This organ

strongly resembles that of O. pama, (Cuv. and Val. V. Pl. 138,) yet it

presents differences more easily perceived by comparison than described.

This species approaches to O. senegalensis, Cuv. and Val. and to

O. pama, from which latter it, however, differs in its more elongated

form, particularly of the head, and in having much fewer rays in the

dorsal fin. O. reevesii, Richardson, (Rep. 1845, 224,) differs in having

10—1/31 in the dorsal fin, the preopercle spinously toothed on the

upper limb and rounded corner, where the teeth are large, and in having

the second anal spine stout and finely striated. Single individuals occur

at Pinang at all seasons, but numbers from June to August. Al-

though not much esteemed by Europeans, this fish is consumed by the

natives both fresh and dried. It yields a large quantity of isinglass,

which in the Chinese market is considered to be of the best quality,

and fetches 40 to 45 Spanish Dollars per Pikul.

OToLITHUS RUBER, (Bloch-Schneider.)

Johnius ruber, bloch-Schn. 75, No. 3, Pl. 17.

from young specimens, in which the canines are less developed: than in the adult,

in which they appear as strong and conspicuous as in several species of Ofolithus,

The form of the airvessel is not exclusively characteristic of pama.

1042 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr,

Otolithus ruber, Cuv. and Val. V. 60, Pl. 102.

Otolithus ruber, Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fish. II. 219.

Jarang gigi of the Malays.

Adult. Wead above and back pale brownish red with silvery, iri-

descent reflections ; sides of the head and parts beneath the lateral

line reddish or pure shining silvery ; upper part of opercle steel-blue ;

lateral line silvery ; dorsal pale brownish red, the membrane minutely

dotted with brown ; the other fins pale reddish yellow. Iris reddish

golden, brown towards the orbit.

Young. Sides of the head and parts beneath the lateral line silvery

pale orange.

D 10—1/29 or 30, C 172, A 2/7, V 1/5, P 16, Br. VII.

Hasitr.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singa-

Coromandel, Malabar. [pore.

ToraL LENGTH: 2 feet 6 inch.

The length of the head is 35 times in the total; its vertical diameter

equals the distance from the muzzle to the anterior margin of the pre-

opercle, or exceeds by 4% half the length of the head. The greatest

oblique diameter of the eye is } of the length of the head. The depth

of the body in front of the dorsal is contained 42 times in the total

length. In the young the caudal fin is rhomboidal, pointed; but with

age it becomes rounded, and its length little less than 4 of the total.

On each side of the symphysis of the upper jaw appear two large arched

canines, of which the exterior is the shorter ; between the two pairs rise

two distant smaller, yet conspicuous teeth. On each side of the sym-

physis of the lower jaw appears a long canine; in most individuals but

one such is visible, the corresponding one being either missing or much

smaller. Behind the canines both jaws have an external series of small

conical teeth, and in the upper appears an inner series of velvety. But

the lower jaw has but a few such behind the canines on the symphysis.

The stomach is elongated, cylindrical with four coecopyloric appendages.

In several it contained remains of fishes, of a small Melania and Crusta-

cea. The air-vessel is large, flattened, broad lanceolate, terminating

behind in a short point. Its length is 3 of the body, the caudal not

included. On each side of the body of the vessel appear 34 processes,

of which the anterior four or five divide in four branches, the next in

three, the next in two, but the posterior processes, which are slightly

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1043

longer than the preceding, are simple ; all again divide in minor ramifica-

tions. The isinglass is considered very good, and sells in the Chinese

market from 40 to 45 Spanish Dollars per Pikul. The fish is consumed

both in fresh and dried state. Single individuals occur at Pinang at all

seasons, but they are plentiful from June till August.

OTOLITHUS ARGENTEUS, Kuhl and Van Hasselt.

Otolithus argenteus, Cuv. and Val. V. 62.

Otolithus argenteus, Richardson, Rep. 1845, 225.

Otolithus argenteus, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII, 4.

Jarang gigi of the Malays.

Adult. ead above and back iridescent greyish green, with pale

reddish reflections ; sides of the head and _ beneath the lateral line red-

dish golden ; upper part and posterior margin of opercle blackish blue ;

membrane of the whitish dorsal spines reddish transparent, of the rays

and caudal reddish yellow, minutely dotted with brown, margin black ;

pectoral, ventrals and anal pale yellowish red; ventral and anal spines

whitish. Ivris golden, bluish black towards the orbit.

Young. Sides of the head and beneath the lateral line pale golden

orange ; upper part of opercle steel blue; soft dorsal, caudal, anal,

ventrals and pectorals orange or yellowish red more intense than in the

adult.

D 9 or 10—1/26, 27 or 28, C 172, A 2/7, V 1/3 P 20, Br. VII.

Hanit.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singa-

Malabar, Celebes, Madura, Batavia. [ pore.

TOTAL LENGTH: 2 feet 7 inch.

The length of the head is + of the total, its greatest vertical diameter

exceeds by 7 half the length of the head. The oblique diameter of the

eye is 54 of the length of the head. ‘The vertical diameter in front of

the dorsal is 53 of the total length. On each side of the symphysis

of the upper jaw appear two, sometimes three canines, of which

the posterior, or centre one when three are present, is the longest,

but all are shorter and more distant than those of O. ruber. The

canines are succeeded by a series of distant conical teeth of a

comparatively larger size than those in O. ruber. Behind the

external series is an inner one of velvety teeth. On each side of the

symphysis of the lower jaw is a very small canine, preceding a

series of velvety teeth, behind which is an inner series of large dis-

1044 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

tant conical teeth, some of which in size exceed the lower canines.

The lateral line describes an arch, terminating opposite the middle

of the soft dorsal fin, from whence it proceeds horizontally to the point

of the caudal. The latter fin is rhomboidal ; its length about 54 of

the total. The stomach is elongated, cylindrical, containing fishes and

Crustacea. 'There are six ccecopyloric appendages. The body of the

air-vessel is very narrow, lanceolate, about 4 of the length of the fish,

terminating in a fine point. From each side of the body of the air-

vessel proceed 25 branched processes, of which the anterior are the

longest and have the greatest number of branchlets.

At Pinang this species is taken in numbers from June till August.

It is valued by the natives as an article of food. Owing to the small

size of the air-vessel, it yields but a small quantity of isinglass, the

quality of which however is considered very good. M. M. Cuvier and

Valenciennes have observed this species figured in Colonel Farquhar’s

collection of drawings at the India House, and its name is said to be

at Malacca: Ikanhampay, which most likely is a mistake for Salampai,

the Malayan denomination of O. biauritus.

OrotitHus mMacuLaAtus, Kuhl and Van Hasselt.

Otolithus maculatus, Cuv. and Val. V. 64.

Jaérang gigi of the Malays.

Head above and back iridescent yellowish brown, lighter, silvery on

the sides; cheeks, preopercle and abdomen silvery buff; upper party

of opercle steel blue; lateral line shining silvery; on the back and

sides to within a little beneath the lateral line, a number of brownish

spots, the scales of each spot edged with black ; dorsal, anal, ventral

and pectoral fins yellowish light grey, their membranes minutely dotted

with brown; caudal rays silvery at the base; posterior half and mem-

brane brownish yellow; single large irregular black spots scattered

over the fin. Iris pale golden, blackish towards the orbit.

D 10—1/34, C 174, A 2/11, V 1/5, P 18, Br. VII.

Hasir.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singa-

Batavia. [ pore.

Toran LENGTH: 2 feet 9 inch.

The length of the head is 33 of the total; its greatest vertical dia-

meter exceeds by + half the length of the head. The oblique diameter

of the eye is a little more than } of the length of the head. The ver-

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1043

tical diameter of the body in front of the dorsal is 53 of the total

length.

The dentition resembles that of Ofolithus ruber, but the external

series of the lower jaw consists of fewer, more distant and stronger

conical teeth. The lower jaw greatly projects beyond the upper. In

the adult the caudal fin is nearly rounded ; its length is 7# of the total.

The pectorals and ventrals are comparatively short, their length equal-

ling that of the caudal. The stomach is very elongated, cylindrical,

thin. In it were found fishes, shells of a Cerithium, and Crustacea.

The air-vessel is very large, broad lanceolate, tapering behind into a fine

point. The length is one half of the body, the caudal fin not included.

Each side has from 52 to 55 branched processes, the number of which

differs not only individually, but from side to side. The lower abdo-

minal surface of the body of the vessel is perfectly smooth, and as usual,

silky white, but the upper or vertebral surface is longitudinally divided

by a narrow furrow, from which proceed a number of distant, back-

wards arched, transversal lines or ribs. The intervals between the

latter are filled up by short backwards bifurcating raised lines, of which

those nearest the central furrow are directed obliquely inwards ; but

they increase in length, and become longitudinal towards the margin of

the vessel, while those covering the lateral branched processes deviate

outwards and are much longer than the rest. Thus the whole of the

upper or vertebral surface of the air-vessel presents a kind of raised net-

work of singular beauty. This species, although not uncommon,

appears at Pinang to be less numerous than the others, which it ac-:

companies. It is reported to be flavourless, but it is highly valued

for the sake of the air-vessel, which yields a considerable quantity of

the best kind of isinglass.

OTOLITHUS VERSICOLOR, Cuv. and Val. ?

Russell CIX. Pottee Kanasah ?

Otolithus versicolor, Cuv. and Val. V. 64 ?

Jarang gigi of the Malays.

Young. Head above and back iridescent greyish green, lighter on

the sides; cheeks and preopercle silvery; opercle steel-blue; sides

beneath the lateral line silvery white; lateral line shining silvery ; fins

yellowish buff ; membrane of the spinous dorsal and marginal half of

the soft, of the anal and caudal minutely dotted with black, on the

1046 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

latter fin so closely as to produce a general blackish colour. Iris nar-

row golden round the pupil; the rest bluish black.

D 10—1/25, C 174, A 2/7, V 1/5, P18, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH : 6% inch.

The length of the head is about } of the total ; its greatest vertical

diameter exceeds one half the length by +. The oblique diameter of

the eye is 53 of the length of the head. ‘The vertical diameter in front

of the dorsal is about 3 of the total length.

The dentition, as represented by Russell, resembles that of O. macu-

latus. The broad triangular part of the upper jaw at the angle of the

mouth, is finely radiated, but without the large triangular impression,

which appears in some of the other species. The second anal spine is

proportionally stronger than in the other species; its length slightly

exceeds 4 of the anterior ray, and the two lateral surfaces are com-

pressed, finely radiated, whereas in the preceding species this spine is

rounded. ‘The air-vessel is lanceolate with numerous lateral branching

appendages ; its length equals that of the head, or about { of the total

length. The only individual observed, occurred at Pinang in 1844.

It resembles more O. versicolor than any of the preceding species :

Russell indeed gives 21 dorsal rays, but their number varies consider-

ably in all. In the present, as well as in the young of the preceding,

the caudal fin is proportionally much longer and more pointed than in

the adult, and the eye is also proportionally larger.

Gen. Jounivus, Bloch-Schneider, 1801.

Velvety teeth in both jaws : in the upper an external series of arched

teeth, considerably longer and more distant than the rest ; in the lower

an internal series of conical teeth somewhat longer than the rest.

Differs from Sciena by the comparative greater thickness and length

of the second anal spine, which is nearly two thirds of that of the first

ray. )

JOHNIUS DUSSUMIERT, (Cuv. and Val.)

Corvina dussumieri, Cuv. and Val. V. 119.

Head above and back dark greenish brown, paler, silvery on the

cheeks, preopercle and sides ; opercle steel-blue; the scales minutely

dotted with brown; abdomen pearl-coloured; membrane of dorsal

transparent, minutely dotted with brown, edged with black ; caudal

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1047

and anal yellowish white, minutely dotted with black, their marginal

part blackish ; ventrals white; upper half of pectorals brownish, lower

yellowish white. Iris silvery, upper part bluish black.

D 10—1/28 or 29, C 178, A 2/7, V 1/5, P19, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Malabar.

ToraL LENGTH: 64 inch.

The teeth of the external series of the upper jaw are distant, but little

longer than those of the internal. Under the symphysis of the lower

jaw appear five pores. The anterior part of the air-vessel is dilated,

forming a rounded lateral process on each side of the vertebral

column. Immediately behind them the body of the vessel is con-

stricted, and the rest presents a broad lanceolate form, tapering

backwards into a sharp point. From each side proceed ten processes of

which the eight are branched, but the two posterior pairs, the longest,

are either simple or bipartite. The length of the air-vessel is about 2

of the total.

At Pinang single individuals occur at all seasons. The isinglass is

reputed good, but as the fish is of small size and not numerous, but

little is procurable.

JOHNIUS BELENGERI, (Cuv. and Val.)

Corvina belengeri, Cuv. and Val. V. 120.

Corvina belengeri, Bélanger, 358.

Colours similar to those of J. dussumieri, but the body and fins so

closely dotted with black and brown as to impart a general pale brown-

ish appearance ; the marginal half of the caudal, anal and ventral fins

blackish. Iris silvery, upper half bluish black.

D 10—1/28, 29 or 30, C 172, A 2/7, V 1/5, P 17, Br. VIL.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Malabar.

ToTaL LENGTH : 64 inch,

The teeth of the external series of the upper jaw are less distant, and

rather longer than in J. dusswmiert. There are five pores under the

symphysis of the lower jaw. The form and length of the air-vessel is

that of J. dussumieri ; each side has ten branching processes, shorter,

however, and apparently placed at a greater distance from each other

than in the former species. The three posterior pairs are much longer

1048 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

than the preceding, the eighth and ninth bipartite, the tenth pair is

undivided, pointed. Also this species occurs singly at Pinang.

The two preceding species not only closely resemble each other, but

also a third: Johnius coitor, (Buchanan Hamilton.*) Their external

distinguishing characters will appear from the following table.

Johnius dussu-

Bede Johnius belengeri.| Johnius coitor.

mieri.

Length of the head ../4% in total length|+ of total length. (4 of total length.

Depth at occiput ..../$ of the length of| of the length of|2 of the length of

the head. the head. the head.

Diameter of the eye ../4 of do. 3x in do. 5% in do.

Distance from the muz-jequal the diameter|4 less than the di-|exceeding the diae

Zle) to theyeye-n:-).1|9 Oleye. ameter. meter by §

Depth in front of dor-

sal fin............ {5% in total length. |2 of total length. [¢ of total

Length of the posterior|slightly exceeding|4 of the first ray|/¢ of the first anal

anal spine ........| zZoffirstanalray.} but slenderer| ray.

than in cottor.

JOHNIUS cARUTTA, Bloch.

Johnius carutta, Bl. Pl. 356.

Corvina carutta, Cuv. and Val. V. 124.

Head above and back dark brown claret colour, lighter, silvery on

the cheeks, opercles, sides and abdomen; the scales minutely dotted

with black, and their margins of a darker brown than the ground co-

lour ; fin-membranes pale whitish yellow, minutely dotted with black ;

the upper half of the spiny dorsal, from 2% to 7- spine, black; the

soft dorsal with four equidistant, large, oblique black spots; the mar-

ginal half of the caudal, anal and ventral fins blackish. Iris golden,

the orbital half bluish black.

D 10—1/28, C 172, A 28, V 1/, P 18, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Malabar; sea and rivers Tranquebar, Pondicherry.

TOTAL LENGTH: 6 inch.

The length of the head is 43 in the total, the depth at the occiput

$ of its length. ‘The transversal diameter of the eye is } of the length

of the head, equal to its distance from the muzzle. The vertical dia-

meter in front of the dorsal fin, is little less than the length of the

* Syn. Bola coitor, Buchan. Ham. 75, 368, Pl. 27, Fig. 24.—Corvina coiéor,

Cuvier and Valenciennes, V. 116.

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1049

head. The external series of teeth of the upper jaw is but little larger

than the external ; the velvety teeth of the lower jaw, form a broader

band than those of the upper. Under the symphysis of the lower jaw

appear four pores. The second anal spine is very thick, 2 of the

length of the first ray. A single individual was observed at Pinang in

May 1845.

JOHNIUS DIACANTHUS, (Lacépéde.)

Lutjanus diacanthus, Lacépéde IV. 195, 244.

Russell CXV. Nalla Katchelee. (dAdult.)

Russell CXVI. Katchelee. (Young.)

Johnius cataleus, Cuvier, R. A. II. 173(4°)

Corvina catalea, Cuvier and Valenciennes, V. 128.

(Icon). Scieena maculata, Gray, Ill. Ind. Zool. II. Pl. 89, Fig. 3.

(Young.)

Corvina catalea, Bélanger, 360.

Corvina catalea, Richardson: Rep. 1845, 226.

Corvina nalla katchelee, Richardson 1. c.

Corvina catalea, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 4.

Ikan Tambaréh of the Malays.

Young. Head above and back dark brown claret colour; cheeks,

preopercle, and sides to a little beneath the lateral line lighter with

lilac silvery reflection, the scales edged with dark brown, and the back

and upper half of the sides with numerous larger and smaller round

black spots; lower half of the sides silvery buff; the scales minutely

dotted with brown; opercle silvery lilac or blue; dorsal and caudal

fin membranes brownish buff, minutely dotted with brown, and with

more or less numerous large black scattered spots; anal, ventrals and

pectorals brownish buff at the base, the rest pale neutral tint, minutely

dotted with brown, and the marginal half black.

Adult. ead and sides darker, with or without indistinct black

spots ; sides beneath the lateral line pale silvery bluish or lilac brown ;

opercle blackish blue ; branchiostegous rays and membrane pale lilac

silvery ; dorsal-, caudal- and anal membranes pale yellowish brown,

minutely dotted with brown, with or without indistinct large dark

brown spots; ventrals and pectorals yellowish brown, posterior half

blackish. Iris silvery lilac, minutely dotted with brown; the orbital

half, bluish black.

67 2

1050 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

D 10—1/24, C 172, A 2/7, V 1/5, P 19 or 20, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Malabar, Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Gangetic estuaries,

Tenasserim, Canton, China Seas, Madura, Java.

ToTaL LENGTH: 2 feet 9 inch.

The length of the head is 3} in the total, the caudal fin not included.

In the young the latter fin is rhomboidal, very pointed, and its length

equal to that of the head; but with age the point becomes worn, and

in the adult the length is but 2 of that of the head, or equal to the

depth at the occiput. The oblique diameter of the eye is a little less

than 2 of the length of the head; the distance from the muzzle to the

eye exceeds the diameter by 3. The vertical diameter in front of the

dorsal fin is + of the total length, The teeth of the external series of

the upper jaw are long, distant, and there is generally a canine on one

or both sides, at a little distance from the symphysis. The lower jaw

has a smaller canine on each side of the symphysis, and an internal series

of longer conical teeth. Under the symphysis appear four large pores,

and in some a fifth, very minute. The air-vessel, 4 of the length of

the fish, is of a broad, lanceolate shape, tapering behind into a very

elongated point. Hach side has 20 to 24 processes, of which the two

posterior pairs are simple or bipartite; the rest branching. The con-

tents of the stomach of one dissected were the remains of a species of

Leptocephalus and an eel, of Crustacea, and of a Loligo. At Pinang

individuals of this species occur at all seasons, but in numbers and of

the largest size, from June to August. They are not only valued as

articles of food, but also on account of the quantity and quality of the

isinglass, which sellsin the China market from 40 to 45 Spanish Dollars

per Pikul.

JOHNIUS MACULATUS,* Bloch-Schneider, Var. ?

Head above and back dark greyish green, lighter, silvery on the

cheeks, opercles and sides, the scales minutely dotted with black, not,

however, sufficiently to influence the general colour; abdomen silvery ;

membrane of dorsal spines transparent with black margin; between

the anterior six spines dotted throughout, and rather largely with black

and brown ; between the four posterior spines the central part of the

* Syn. Russell CXXIII. Sari Kulla.—Johnius maculatus, Bl. Schn. 75.—

Corvina maculata, Cuvier and Valenciennes, V. 126.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1051

membrane without dots; membrane of dorsal rays, caudal and anal

yellowish white, minutely dotted with brown and black, their marginal

portion blackish ; pectorals and ventrals whitish, the latter dotted

with black, particularly towards the margin. Iris silvery, dotted with

black ; upper orbital half bluish black.

D 10—1/23, C 172, A 2/7, V 1/5, P19, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

TovaL LENGTH : 5 inch. |

The length of the head is 43 in the total, its vertical diameter at the

occiput $ of the length. The oblique diameter of the eye is 33 in the

length of the head; the distance from the muzzle is less than the

oblique diameter. The vertical diameter in front of the dorsal fin

equals the length of the head. The distance from the orbit, across the

infraorbitals, exceeds } of the diameter of the eye. This character may

serve at once to distinguish a very closely allied species: Johnius

chaptis* (Buchan. Ham.), in which the breadth of the infraorbitals is

much less. The anterior teeth of the external series of the upper jaw

are rather long and closely set ; the rest are scarcely longer than the ra-

ther broad internal series of velvety teeth. Under the symphysis of the

lower jaw appear five pores. The lower part of the rounded margin of

the preopercle is distinctly and distantly toothed. The opercle termi-

nates in two flat spines. The lateral line is distinct ; on each scale ap-

pears a small longitudinal tube, from whence proceed an upper and

lower oblique process. Most of the scales of the sides have each a

central oblique line. The second anal spine is rather strong, longitu-

dinally radiated, and 3 of the length of the first ray. The caudal fin is

rhomboidal somewhat rounded at the point. From the defective de-

scriptions of Johnius maculatus, it is impossible to determine if the

present is specifically distinct or a variety. A single individual was ob-

served in 1844 at Pinang. ‘The form of the air-vessel and the number

of the lateral appendages resemble those of Johnius belengeri.

Sus-Gen. Corvina, Cuvier, 1829.

‘Differs from Johnius by the comparatively greater size of the second

anal spine, the length of which nearly equals that of the first anal ray.

* Syn. Bola chaptis, Buch. Ham. 77, 368, Pl. 10, Fig. 25.—Corvina chap-

fis, Cuvier and Valenciennes, V. 130.

1052 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

CorviNA SOLDADO, (Lacépéde.)

Holocentre soldado, Lacépéde, IV. 344, 373.

Russell CX VII. Tella Katchelee.

Corvina* miles, Cuvier and Valenciennes, V. 94, IX. 474.

Scizena argentea, Kuhl and Van Hasselt MS. Cuv. and

[Val. V. 95.

Adult. ead above and back iridescent greyish green ; lighter,

silvery on the cheeks, preopercle and sides ; opercle steel-blue in the

centre ; abdomen pearl-coloured ; membrane of dorsal spines transpa-

rent, minutely dotted with black and brown, and with black margins ;

membrane of the rays near the root, and in front of each ray, with a

small brownish spot; upper third minutely dotted with brown, the

margin black; ventrals whitish; the rest of the fins pale yellowish

white, the membranes and rays minutely dotted with black on the

marginal half, so closely as to impart a general blackish colour. Iris

silvery, upper orbital half bluish black.

Young. Of general lighter colours ; fins of a deeper yellow; anal

spines and three anterior rays and their membrane dotted with brown.

D 10—1/29 or 9—1/30, C 174, A 2/7, V 1/5 P 16 or 17, Br. VII.

Haxsit.—Sea of Pinang.

Java, Tenasserim, Coromandel, Bombay.

ToTaL LENGTH: 2 feet.

The length of the head is about 44 in the total; the depth at oc-

ciput + less than the length. The oblique diameter of the eye is a

little less than 1 of the length of the head; the distance from the

muzzle equals the diameter of the eye. The vertical diameter, in front

of the dorsal, slightly exceeds the length of the head. ‘The air-vessel

is about 4 of the total length, elongated oval, with numerous lateral

branching appendages, which increase in length towards the posterior

extremity. Four pores appear under the-symphysis of the lower jaw.

Small individuals occur at Pinang at all seasons ; larger ones but rarely.

The fish is eaten by the natives, and the few air-vessels procurable, are

valued as good isinglass. M. Dussumier found this species abundant

at Bombay.

Gren. Umsrina, Cuvier, 1817.

Differs from Johnius in having a cirrus under the symphysis of the

lower jaw.

* Misprinted ‘‘ Sciena.”’

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1053

UMBRINA RUSSELLI, Cuvier.

Russell CX VIII. Qualar Katchelee.

Umbrina russelli, Cuv. and Val. V. 178.

Umbrina russelli, Richardson: Report 1845, 226.

Ikan Gulama of the Malays.

Young. ead above and back silvery greyish green, lighter on the

sides above the lateral line; cheeks, opercles and beneath the lateral

line shining silvery; from the vertex, between the eyes, a blackish

band obliquely backwards over the temple, terminating on the opercle

in a large steel-blue spot ; behind the occiput a broader black band

obliquely downwards to the origin of the lateral line ; membrane of the

dorsal spines blackish, minutely dotted with brown; of the rays the

upper half minutely dotted with brown and black, the lower transpa-

rent; the rest of the fins pale orange.

Adult. Body paler; in certain lights reflecting fifteen obliquely

backwards ascending lines; no trace of the blackish band of the tem-

ples, and but a faint of the occipital; a pale steel-blue spot on the

opercle; membrane of dorsal spines brownish. Iris silvery, upper

orbital half bluish black.

D 10—2/27 or 10—1/26, C 174, A 2/7, V 1/5 P 17, Br. VII.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Vizagapatam, Indian and China Seas.

TOTAL LENGTH: 6 inch.

The length of the head is 44 in the total; the depth at occiput +

less than the length. The oblique diameter of the eye is + of the

length of the head, equalling the distance of the eye from the muzzle.

The vertical diameter in front of the dorsal fin is 4 of the length of

the body, the caudal not included, but with the latter fin it is 32 in the

total length. The teeth of the external series of the upper jaw, are

but little longer than the rest, and rather closely set. The cirrus is

thick, fleshy ; in the adult fish its length equals the lower jaw to the

angle of the mouth, but it is shorter in the young. On each side of

and a little behind the cirrus appear two large pores. The fold of the

skin covering the infraorbitals and the upper maxillary forms a small

rounded lobe on each side of the muzzle. The vertical distance from

the lower part of the orbit down the fold is 2 of the oblique diameter

of the eye. The lateral line consisting of a small central tube on each

1054 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

scale, follows the arch of the back till opposite the middle of the anal,

from whence it proceeds nearly straight to the point of the rhombic

caudal fin. In individuals with 12 dorsal spines, the eleventh is

slightly, the twelfth much longer than the tenth, and their membranes

much narrower than those connecting the rest, which from the fourth

gradually decrease in length. The pectorals are pointed, their length

equalling that of the caudal. The second anal spine, 4 of the first ray,

is compressed, broad except near the root where it is somewhat nar-

rowed. The air-vessel about 4 of the length of the fish, is elongated

oval, terminating in a long thin point. From each side proceed 14 to

16 appendages, of which the two posterior ones are simple or bipartite,

and much longer than the preceding branching ones. At Pinang this

species is of too rare occurrence to make it valuable as an article of

food, or as yielding isinglass, although the latter is considered of good

quality. The fishermen assert that individuals upwards of a foot in

length have been taken.

Gen. Pristipoma, Cuvier, 1817.

Dorsal fin single, and, as well as the anal, without scales ;* angle of

opercle blunt, or hid in the membrane; the external series of the

velvety teeth stronger than the rest ; under the symphysis of the lower

jaw two pores, behind which a small fosset; branchiostegous rays

seven.

PRISTIPOMA COMMERSONI, (Lacépéde.)

Labre commersonien, Lacép. III. 431, 477, Pl. 23, Fig. 1.

Lutjan microstome, Lacép. III. Pl. 34, Fig. 2; IV. 181, 216.

Labrus commersonii, Shaw, IV. 493.

Pristipoma kaakan, Cuv. and Val. V. 244, XIII. 8!*.

Pristipoma commersonii, Cuv. and Val. V. 252.

Pristipoma kaakan? Riippell: N. W. Fishche, 123, Taf. 30,

[Fig. 1.

Pristipoma kaakan, Richardson: Rep. 1845, 227.

Pristipoma kaakan, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 3.

(Young). Head above and back pale greyish green; opercle bluish

silvery, the posterior part minutely dotted with black; cheeks, sides

and abdomen silvery; the back and upper part of the sides minutely

dotted with black and with distant indistinct brownish spots; fin

* As observed by M. Swainson, this character does not exist in all species.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1055

membranes transparent; between the dorsal spines with a black

margin and with two or three series of brownish spots ; between the

dorsal rays two transversal series of smaller brownish spots ; posterior

half of caudal pale blackish. Iris golden.

D 12/14, C178, A 3/7 or 8, V.1/5, P 17, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Singapore.

Sea and estuaries of Coromandel, Malabar, Island of Lantao, |

China Sea, Balli, Java, Sumbawa, Celebes.

ToTaL LENGTH: 7 inch.

The length of the head and the greatest vertical diameter of the body

are contained 32 times in the total length. The fourth dorsal spine

equals half the greatest vertical diameter of the body. The second

anal spine is two thirds of the vertical diameter above it, and as long as

the fourth dorsal, but stronger. Individuals of the length described

are excessively numerous at all seasons at Pinang and Singapore, where

they are consumed by the natives either fresh or dried.

PRISTIPOMA GUORACA, Cuv. and Val.

Perca grunniens, Froster ?

Anthias grunniens, Bloch-Schneider. 308 ?

Russell CX XXII. Guoraka.

Pristipoma guoraca, Cuv. R. A. IT. 176.)

Pristipoma guoraca, Cuv. and Val. V. 256.

Pristipoma guoraca, Bélanger, 363.

Head above and back pale blackish olive; cheeks, opercles and

sides silvery grey with blue and golden reflections ; abdomen silvery

yellowish white ; most of the scales have the edges minutely dotted

with brown, and those above the lateral line a pale brown spot at the

root, forming six or seven indistinct parallel lines ; fins pale yellowish ;

membrane of the dorsal minutely dotted with brown, between the spines

one or two series of large clouded brown spots, and a single series of

smaller between the rays; margins of the dorsal and caudal blackish ;

the membrane of the latter and of the anal slightly dotted with brown.

Iris golden,

D 12/14, C 178, A 38, V.1/, P 18, Br, VII.

Haxsit.—Sea of Pinang.

Isle of Tanna, Batavia, Coromandel, Mahé (Fresh-water).

ToTAL LENGTH : 1 foot.

6 uU

1056 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

The air-vessel is elongated, nearly one third of the total length, swell-

ing in the nnddle, terminating in a point; the anterior extremity is

blunt and appears to have on each side a pointed process, a little less

than one third of the length of the vessel itself, which is restricted at

the origin of the lateral processes. The second anal spine is exces-

sively thick, striated on the anterior surface ; its length slightly exceeds

one half of the vertical diameter of the body above it, but it is con-

siderably less than one half of the vertical diameter at the pectorals.

This spine is therefore comparatively shorter in the present species

than it is in P. kaakan, Cuv. and Val. which it however much resem-

bles in distribution of colour and other characters. The fish is finely

flavoured, but its isinglass is of little value, as the air-vessel is very

thin. At Pinang it is of very rare occurrence.

PRISTIPOMA NIGRUM, Mertens.

Pristipoma nigrum. Cuv. and Val. V. 258.

Young. Blackish brown, opercles pale silvery ; membrane of dorsal

spines pale brown with lilac reflections, margin black ; soft part of

dorsal and anal blackish brown with whitish yellow margin ; pectorals

and caudal whitish yellow with a blackish vertical band at the root;

ventrals blackish brown. Iris King’s-yellow with a black orbital margin.

D 14/16, C 174, A 3/7, V 1/, P 17, Br. VII.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Manila.

ToTaL LENGTH (of the young) : 24 inch.

The head is 3 of the length of the body, not including the caudal

which is 1 of the total length. The greatest vertical diameter of the

body is 4 of the total length. The eye occupies the second third of

the head. The basal half of the soft dorsal, anal, and of the caudal

fin covered with minute scales.

This fish, of which a single individual was observed in 1845 at

Pinang, appears to be the young of P. nigrum, from which it

merely differs by the yellowish colour of the caudal, pectorals and of

the margins of soft dorsal and anal fins.

PRISTIPOMA PAIKEELI, Cuv. and Val.

Russell CX XI. Paikeeli.

Pristipoma paikeeli, Cuv. R. A. II. 176 (1)

Pristipoma paikeeli, Cuy. and Val. V. 259.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1057

Silvery brownish white ; abdomen buff; on the back and sides as

far as the pectoral fin six parallel longitudinal bands, Van Dyke brown,

each enclosed by two black lines ; fin-membranes yellowish white, all

except the pectoral minutely dotted with brown; the margin of the

spinal part of the dorsal black; the upper half of the soft part, and

the posterior margin of the caudal blackish. Iris golden.

D 12/15, C 172, A 3/9, V 1/4, P 17, Br. VII.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Madras, Vizagapatam.

ToTAL LENGTH : 6 inch.

The figure of Russell represents the dorsal spines much too slender,

and the caudal fin too deeply cleft. It is also defective in not repre-

senting the minute scales half covering the membrane of the dorsal

rays, of the caudal, anal and of the ventrals. A single individual ob-

served at Pinang in 1845, had nine anal rays, (the last one double.)

PRISTIPOMA CARIPA, Cuvier.

Anthias maculatus, Bloch, Pl. 326. Fig. 2?

Lutjan tacheté, Lacépéde, IV. 239.

Russell CX XIV. Caripe.

Pristipoma caripa, Cuv. R. A. II. 176 ‘)

Pristipoma caripa, Cuv. and Val. V. 261.

Head above and back brownish black, sides silvery brownish white ;

cheeks and abdomen silvery white, bluish on the opercles; over the

infraorbitals an oblique blackish band, edging the orbit ; a second from

the occiput, edging the margin of the preopercle and the opercle; a

third in front of the dorsal to just beneath the lateral line; three or

four blackish spots along the back, three larger, placed in quincunx

towards the former, along the lateral line; membrane of dorsal spines

hemi-transparent, edged and minutely dotted with black, and with a

large black spot between the 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th and 8th spine; upper

half of the soft dorsal minutely dotted with black, and with a small

indistinet blackish spot in front of the six anterior rays; the other

fins pale yellowish white ; the membrane of the caudal and anal minutely

dotted with brown. Iris golden.

D 12/14, C 172, A 3/7, V 1/5, P 16 or 17, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Batavia, Coromandel, Malabar.

6 u 2

1058 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. (Oct.

ToTaL LENGTH: 5 inch.

- Two individuals together were observed in 1845 at Pinang, where

the fishermen asserted the species to be very seldom seen, and never of

larger size.

PRISTIPOMA AURITUM, Cuv. and Val.

Pristipoma auritum, Cuv. and Val. V. 263.

Upper part of the muzzle dark brown, of the rest of the head the

upper half of the opercle and of the lax gill-membrane and the cheeks

light brownish grey with silvery reflections; preopercle, lower half of

opercle and of the gill-membrane silvery yellowish-white, minutely

dotted with brown; back and upper part of the sides light greyish

green, lower part of the latter and abdomen yellowish white; the

scales of the occiput and upper half of the body with a reddish brown

spot at the root, reflecting lilac and forming irregular series or longitu-

dinal lines ; the scales of the lower half of the sides silvery at the root,

and minutely dotted with brown ; fin-membranes whitish transparent,

minutely dotted with brown, rays yellowish white ; between the dorsal

spines numerous reddish brown round or elongated spots, forming

from 3 to 6 oblique series ; the margin of the membrane black ; between

the dorsal rays some rounded smaller spots, forming 4 transversal lines.

Tris golden.

D 12/14, C 172, A 3/7 or 8, V 1/5, P 17, Br. VIT.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Siam.

TOTAL LENGTH: 1 foot 82 inch.

The eye occupies the third seventh of the length of the head when

the muzzle is protracted; the length of the opercle is little less than

one half of that of the head; it is convex and projects backwards

above the anterior half of the pectoral; the mouth is comparatively

very small with few teeth; the external series under the symphysis of

the upper jaw is a little stronger than the rest; those few in the lower

jaw nearest the angle of the mouth are the largest, nearly conical. The

length of the second anal spine equals that of the fourth dorsal, the

longest, and it is nearly 7 of the vertical diameter of the body imme-

diately above it. The anterior surface of all the spines is longitudinally

furrowed. The caudal fin is covered almost throughout with minute

rough scales, so as entirely to hide the short accessory rays ; the mem-

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1059

brane of the ventrals is scaly ; the rest naked. This fish but rarely

occurs at Pinang, where it is highly valued on account of its excellent

flavour and firmness of flesh. Of four at different times examined, the

smallest measured 1 foot 5 inches in length: in external characters all

resembled each other except in the number of anal rays, varying from

7 to 8, the last one being double. M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes

describe the specimen discovered by Dr. Finlayson in Siam, with 11

dorsal spines, whereas those from the sea of Pinang present 12. In

other characters the latter so perfectly agree with the description, that

their identity appears to admit of no doubt.

Gen. Piectoruyncuvus, Lacépéde, 1801.

(DiacRamMA, Cuvier 1817.)

Two minute pores under the symphysis, and two fossets on each

branch of the lower jaw ; preopercle toothed ; lips folded and turned

back.

PLECTORHYNCHUS BLOCHII, (Cuvier and Val.)

Anthias diagramma, Bloch, Pl. 320.

Sparus diagramma, Shaw, IV. 440, Pl. 65.

Diagramma blochii, Cuvier and Valenciennes, V. 312.

Young. Ground-colour of the head, cheeks, opercles and upper half

of the body bright orange, lower half yellowish white; from between

the eyes a longitudinal brown band following the back, continuing

above the base of the soft dorsal fin ; a second from the muzzle above

the orbit, dividing in two portions which again unite above the middle

of the pectoral fin, and continue straight to the posterior part of the

soft dorsal; a third, the broadest, from the eye straight to the root of

the caudal; a fourth under and following the course of the latter; a

fifth and sixth of lighter brown, from the muzzle to the posterior part

of the abdomen ; a seventh similar from the gill-opening to the poste-

rior part of the root of the anal fin. The margin of the dorsal mem-

brane black, base and upper part orange, intermediate part milk white ;

between the root of the third and fourth dorsal spine a black spot;

from the point of the second to the base of the eighth spine a broad

oblique black band, continuing straight to the middle of the soft dorsal,

where it unites with the first band of the body, and thus continues to

the posterior part of the fin ; caudal. orange with scattered irregular

black spots; anal and ventrals greyish, posterior part black ; pectorals

1060 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

orange with a black band across the root, the centre and the point.

Iris golden orange.

D 10/23, C 172, A 3/7, V 1/5, P 17, Br. VII.

Haxit.—Sea of Pinang

Southern coast of Ceylon.

TOTAL LENGTH: 52 inches.

As observed by M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes this species differs

from Plectorhynchus lineatus, (Linné,)* in the greater length of the

second, third and fourth dorsal spines, which equals or even slightly

exceeds one half of the greatest vertical diameter of the body, and in

the comparative shortness of the anterior dorsal spine, which is one

third of the length of the second. The first anal spine scarcely exceeds

one fourth of the second, which as well as the third, equals the length

of the tenth dorsal spine, and slightly exceeds one third of the greatest

vertical diameter of the body. The number of fin rays given by

M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes: D 12/16? A 2/7, appears to be in-

correct. In fresh state the prevailing, or ground colours of the fish

are orange and yellowish white. In the absence of a detailed description

of Bodian cuvier, Bennett, (ishes of Ceylon, 13,) the species cannot be

determined. If the relative proportions of the dorsal spines as represent-

ed in the figure, are correct, the fish would appear to be P. lineatus.

A single individual was observed at Pinang in 1845.

PLECTORHYNCHUS BALTEATUS, (Kuhl and Van Hasselt.)

Diagramma balteatum, K and V. H. Cuv. and Val. V. 316.

Bright yellow and black striped ; upper part of the back and sides

black : a bright yellow narrow longitudinal band from the occiput to

the commencement of the soft dorsal fin, sending a short vertical por-

tion to the third dorsal spine; a second yellow broader band from

above the orbit straight over the posterior part of the soft dorsal ;

next a black band from the muzzle, through the eye, across the cheek

and opercle, straight to the caudal over which it continues; next a

yellow band, bordered beneath by a pale bluish black, following the

abdomen to the caudal; cheeks and lower half of opercles yellow

* Syn. Seba IIT. XXVII. Fig. 18.—Perca diagramma, Linné, Syst. 1319.—

Anthias diagramma, Bloch, 101, Pl. 9.—Sciena lineata, Lin. Mus. A. F. I. 66.—

Perca lineata, Linné, Syst. 1319.—Grammistes lineatus, Bloch, S. 182.—Dia-

gramma lineatum, Cuv. and Val. V. 309.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1061

washed with black ; abdomen yellow. Dorsal spines black, the mem-

brane between the three anterior spines yellow, the rest black; the

soft part of the dorsal yellow with a black margin, beneath which a

broad yellow longitudinal band, next a black, but the lower half of the

six or seven posterior rays yellow, in continuation of the second yellow

band of the body. Caudal fin yellow with a broad black margin, and

longitudinally divided by a continuation of the central black band of

the body. Anal yellow, lower half as far as the fourth ray black.

Membrane, spine and three first rays of ventrals black ; the rest yellow.

Pectorals white. On the centre of the whitish lips a black spot. Inis

yellow with a transversal black bar.

D 10/23, C 172, A 3/7, V 1/, P 16, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Singapore.

Java.

TOTAL LENGTH : 3% inch.

The head is contained 42 times in the total length; the eye is situ-

ated a little in front of the second third of the head; its diameter is

a little less than one third of the length of the head. The greatest

vertical diameter of the body is 4 of the length, the caudal fin not

included. The first dorsal spine is 3 of the second, the longest, which

slightly exceeds 3 of the greatest vertical diameter of the body ;

the third is a little shorter, the fourth equals half the depth of the

body ; the rest gradually decrease, the tenth equalling the first. The

second anal spine is remarkably short and slender, its length scarcely

exceeding the first dorsal, the second anal is but little shorter and

slenderer than the first. The preopercle is very finely toothed; the

opercles terminate in three small membranous points. The caudal fin

is nearly rhombic, its length slightly exceeding 1 of the total. The

pectorals are the shortest fins, their length being contained 61 times

in the total.

The intestinal canal is simple, about 4 of the total length of the fish ;

the stomach is elongated pyriform, the coats thickened : it contained

minute shells, There are 5 ccecopyloric appendages, their length is

nearly one half of the intestinal canal. The air-vessel is elongated

triangular, its length about one third of the total; from the sides of

both its extremities proceed two lateral short, pointed processes, and

six equidistant, shorter ones from each side ; its colour is white. A

1062 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

few individuals (the one described the largest), were observed at Singa-

pore in June 1840.

Gren. Losortes, Cuvier, 1829.

Muzzle short ; lower jaw prominent; preopercle strongly toothed ;

the elongated rounded soft portion of the dorsal and anal fin, and the

caudal giving the posterior part of the body a trilobate appearance ;

towards the symphysis of the lower jaw four groups of very minute

pores. Branchiostegous rays six.

Losores ERATE, Cuvier and Val.

Lobotes erate, Cuv. and Val. V. 322.

Lobotes farkarii, Cuv, and Val. V. 324, (Young ?)

Lobotes erate, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 4.

Ikan batu, or Ikan pichat priuk, of the Malays.

Young. ead and body blackish brown, light reddish brown, or

brownish green, either uniformly or with large blotches of a lighter or

darker shade ; soft portion of dorsal and anal fin like the body, mem-

brane black ; caudal like the body, black towards the yellowish white

margin, membrane of the dorsal and anal spines and ventrals brown-

ish or greenish grey, tinged with orange; pectorals yellowish white.

Adult. Brownish lilac or mulberry coloured, either uniformly, or

with large blotches of silvery grey; the scales either of the ground

colour with silvery grey edge, or vice versa; pectorals yellowish white ;

soft portion of dorsal and anal, and the caudal like the body, their

terminal half bluish or greenish black ; membrane of dorsal and anal

spines light brown or grey marbled with blackish ; ventrals dark bluish

grey ; throat, inter- and preopercle silvery grey. Iris silvery of the

ground colour of the body.

D 12/15, C 173, A 3/12 or 11, V 1/5, P 15 or 16, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Java, Madura, Malabar, Ceylon, Bay of Bengal, Estuaries of the

Ganges.

ToTaL LENGTH : 2 feet 5 inch.

The young differs from the adult in having the margin of the caudal

fin or its posterior third, yellowish white, and in having comparatively

fewer but much Jarger teeth or spines on the margin of the preopercle,

particularly towards the rounded angle. As the latter is the principal

distinguishing character assigned to LZ. farkarii, Cuv. and Val. it is

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1063

probable that Colonel Farquhar’s drawing, upon which the description

is founded represents a young individual of LZ. erate. Single individu-

als weighing upwards of 15tbs, occur at Pinang at all seasons, and are

dried by the natives. The air-vessel is very large, about 4 of the total

length, silvery white and of a lanceolate shape. It is excessively thin,

and so firmly adhering to the back, that but a small part can be re-

moved. The isinglass is by the Chinese dealers considered to be

of good quality, but the small quantity procurable renders the fish less

valuable in this respect.

Gen. Scouopsis, Cuvier, 1817.

(Scotopsipes, Telfair, 1830.)

The second infraorbital bone terminating in a rounded lobe, gene-

rally toothed, with a backwards directed spine at the angle adjoining

the orbit; third infraorbital with a forwards directed spine, in some

hid in the skin, crossing the former ; preopercle toothed ; submaxillary

pores either absent or very minute; body oval or oblong with large

scales ; dorsal fin single; mouth moderate; teeth velvety; branchio-

stegous rays five.

ScoLopsis AURATA, (Mungo Park.)

Perca aurata, Mungo Park: Tr. Linn. Soe. III. 35.

Anthias vosmeri, Bloch, Pl. 321.

Lutjanus vosmeri, Lacépéde, IV. 213.

Lutjan galon-d’or, Lacép. IV. 216.

Pomacentrus enneadactylus, Lacép. IV. 505, 508.

Scolopsides vosmeri, Cuv. R. A. II. 178")

Scolopsis argyrosomus, Kuhl and Van Hasselt, Cuv. and

Val..V. 333.

Scolopsides vosmeri, Cuv. and Val. V. 333.

Head above red; back pale bluish green ; sides light red with two

indistinct mother-of-pearl coloured longitudinal bands above the lateral

line, beneath which a third broader and distincter, terminating opposite

the soft dorsal fin; cheeks, opercles and abdomen reddish white ; in-

fraorbitals greenish golden ; all the scales, the infraorbitals, preopercle

and opercle with vermilion edges ; membrane of dorsal, anal and ven-

trals whitish transparent, spines and rays vermilion ; caudal and pecto-

ral membrane and rays pale vermilion. Iris reddish golden.

D 10/, C 173, A 3/7 or 8 V 1/5 P19, Br. V.

1064 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Java, Sumatra.

ToTaL LENGTH: 72 inch.

The eye occupies the second third of the length of the head, which,

when the muzzle is protracted, is of the total length. The greatest

vertical diameter of the body is contained about 23 times in the total

length ; the series of scales forming the lateral line are much smaller

than the rest and of a triangular shape ; the upper lobe of the caudal

is somewhat longer than the inferior ; the length of the anterior anal

spine is one half of the second, which is as long as the pectoral spine,

but much thicker. The cheeks are concave, and the ascending margin

of the preopercle is salient, diverging from the opercle, its teeth distant,

bent outwards, but generally pointing backwards. Most of the teeth

have at the base a minute downwards pointed spine, which may be

perceived by passing a finger from below upwards along the margin.

The spine of the first infraorbital is long, bayonet-shaped ; beneath it

appear two or three smaller; these, the margin of the infraorbitals,

preopercle, opercle, the spines and rays of the dorsal, anal and ventral

fins, as well as the upper and lower margin of the caudal appear as if

they were lackered with vermilion. Two individuals of nearly equal

length were observed at Pinang in May and July 1845.

FAM. ANABANTID.

Gen. Anasas, Cuvier, 1817.

Head rounded, broad; muzzle very short, obtuse, more or less de-

pressed ; the eye near the. muzzle; mouth small; velvety teeth in

both jaws; a small transversal band of similar teeth on the anterior,

and a few on the posterior part of vomer between the third upper

pharyngeals ; margins of opercle, subopercle and interopercle strongly

toothed ; branchiostegous rays six.

ANABAS SCANDENS, (Daldorf.)

Perca scandens, Daldorf: Linn. Tr. III. 62.

Anthias testudineus, Bloch, Pl. 322.

Lutjan tortue, Lacépéde IV. 192, 235.

Lutjan grimpeur, Lacépéde, |. c. 195, 239.

Amphiprion testudineus et scansor, Bloch-Schneider, 204.

Cephalopholis, id. 570.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1065

Sparus testudineus, Shaw, IV. 471.

Anabas scandens, Cuv. R. A. (1817). II. 340.

Coius cobojius, Buchanan Hamilton, 98, 370, Pl. 13, Fig. 33.

Anabas testudineus, Cuvier, R. A. (1829) IE. 226.

Anabas scandens, Cuv. and Val. VII. 325, Pl. 193.

(Icon.) Anabas spinosus, Gray: Ill. Ind. Zool. II. Pl. 89, Fig. 1.

Anabas scandens, Swainson, II. 237.

Anabas scandens, Cantor: Ann. Nat. Hist. IX. 28.

Anabas scandens, Richardson: Rep. 1845, 250.

Anabas scandens, Jerdon: Madras Journal, XV. 144.

Anabas scandens, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 4.

Harooan of the Malays.

Adult. Head above and back dark green, lighter on the sides, ab-

domen greenish silvery ; the membrane between the two largest oper-

cular spines black, forming a rounded spot ; dorsal and anal spines and

membranes pale greenish lilac, minutely dotted with brown; soft part

of dorsal and anal, as well as caudal fin greenish grey. Iris narrow

golden round the pupil; the rest golden brown, amber, or pale crim-

son; the upper half of the orbital margin green bronze.

Young. Body and the single fins of much lighter colour; at the

centre of the root of the caudal a large round black spot; ventral and

pectoral rays reddish yellow or pale orange, their membranes transpa-

rent whitish.

D 18 or 19/9 or 10, C 163, A 10/10 or 11, V 1/5, P 15, Br. VI.

Hasit.—fresh water and estuaries Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Fresh water and estuaries Chusan, Celebes, Java, Madura,

Sumatra, Burmah, Tenasserim, Bengal, Assam, Coroman-

del, Philippines.

TOTAL LENGTH : 7 inch.

At Pinang and Singapore this species is less numerous than in

Bengal, and in the former localities large individuals are of compara-

tively rare occurrence. The Malayan individuals agree with the Bengal

ones in most of the external characters: the length of the head is 2 of

the body, the caudal fin not included ; the diameter of the eye is 1 of

the length of the head. But the caudal fin is comparatively lounger

varying from } to % less than the length of the head ; the dorsal and anal

spines are longer, the ventral rays reach the first anal spine ; the greatest

6x2

1066 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

vertical diameter of the body varies from 34 to somewhat less than 1 of

the total length. Individuals taken in Bengal have the caudal fin 2 of

the length of the head; the greatest vertical diameter of the body

slightly exceeds the length of the head. The colours are slightly

different and the number of fin rays are,

D 16 or 17/9 or 10, A 10 or 11/10.

In the Malayan countries the fish is eaten by the poorer classes, who,

however, attribute to it neither the medicinal qualities nor the climbing

propensities, for which it is famed by the natives of Bengal.

Gen. Macroponvs, Lacépéde, 1802.

Velvety teeth in both jaws, with an external series of longer, distant,

recurved teeth ; margins of infraorbitals and opercles externally smooth ;

lateral line, when present, interrupted ; dorsal and anal rays undivided ;

dorsal fin of less extent than anal ; first ventral and some of the poste-

rior anal rays elongated, filamentous.

Macropopus PUGNAX, Cantor.

Plate IT. Figs..1, 2,3.

Head above and back pale brownish or olive grey, lighter on the

opercles, sides and abdomen; from between the eyes along the back

8 to 11 blackish vertical bands, reaching the abdomen; along the

sides 5 or 6 longitudinal silvery lines, produced by a silvery dot on

each of scale ; from the angle of the mouth, through the iris to the

termination of the opercle a horizontal black band; lips, chin, and

throat blackish blue spreading as a horizontal band over the lower part

of the side of the head to the gill-opening ; dorsal, caudal and ventral

membranes pale reddish hemitransparent ; margin of the dorsal and

the filamentous anterior ventral ray pale golden or silvery green; anal

membrane pale Indian red, lower margin silvery bluish or greenish ;

rays blackish ; pectorals whitish transparent. Iris narrow, golden;

the half below the black transversal band carmine; the half above the

band golden, and near the orbit dark olive.

D 18 or 9, C 132, A 2/25 or 26, V 1/5, P 13, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Ffresh water, Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

ToTAL LENGTH: 32 inch.

The head is much depressed, and far broader than the body, which

is gradually compressed towards the caudal fin. The profile of the

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1067

back is slightly arched, the highest part being at the dorsal spine;

the abdominal profile is less arched than the former. The length of the

head is 3, or slightly more, of the length of the body, the caudal not

included ; the depth at the occiput 2 of the length of the head. The

eyes are prominent, occupying the second fourth, and bordering on the

profile. Their distance across the forehead is nearly double the dia-

meter. The mouth is semicircular, moderate ; the angle is in front of

the orbit. The posterior opening of the nostrils is situated close to

the orbit; the anterior is provided with a small fleshy tube. The

tongue is free, fleshy and very pointed. Behind the velvety teeth of

the upper jaw appear successively three semicircular membranous folds,

of which the posterior is papillular on the margin, which thus appears

as if studded with a second series of minute teeth. The head is every-

where covered with large rounded scales like the rest of the body, but

the slightly protractile jaws are naked; the posterior part of each

branch of the lower jaw is covered by a single large oval scale. The

greatest vertical diameter of the body, at the dorsal spine, is in some

individuals # of, in others equal the length of the head. ‘The vertical

diameter at the root of the caudal fin varies from 54 to 4+ of the length

of the body. The dorsal fin commences a little behind the posterior

half of the body; the rays gradually increase towards the fifth, the

longest ; the extent of the base is from } to 2 of the length of the

body ; the distance from the last ray to the caudal is 3 of the length

of the body. The caudal is very broad lanceolate; the two central

rays are the longest, in some individuals 4 of the entire length of the

fish, but frequently less. The length of the anterior filamentous ventral

ray rarely exceeds that of the head. The pectorals are rounded, their

length but slightly exceeds } of the head. Opposite their posterior half

is situated the anus, immediately behind which the anal fin commences.

The rays of the latter gradually increase in length to the twenty-third or

fourth, which are sometimes elongated beyond the point of the caudal fin.

The extent of the scaly base of the anal equals 3 of the length of the bo-

dy. No lateral line appears, but on the series it would occupy if present,

some of the anterior scales have each a central rounded depression,

which, however, also appears on single scales nearer the back. Three

series lower down, on the posterior half of the sides, commences some-

times a row of similar depressions, which then continue to the caudal

1068 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

fin. The scales are rather large, higher than long; the anterior mar-

gin is straight with 21 strize, the posterior rounded, ciliate; a line

from the gill-opening to the caudal fin contains 32 ; the greatest verti-

cal diameter presents 10. Of the six branchiostegous rays the upper

one is longer and broader than the rest ; the fifth and sixth are rounded,

setaceous. Cisophagus is voluminous, short, suddenly widening into

the rounded capacious stomach. The intestinal canal is doubled upon

itself, about + of the length of the fish. Neither ccecopyloric append-

ages nor air-vessel appear. The liver is elongated of a reddish yellow.

The skeleton has 28 vertebree of which 10 are abdominal. The

branchial labyrinth (Plate II. Fig. 2.) is still more reduced than it is

in Macropodus viridi-auratus, Lacép. and almost as simple as in Spi-

robranchus capensis, Cuv. (Cuv. Val. VII. 392, Pls. 200 and 205.) It

consists of a single backwards bent lamina, and a very small posterior

rudimentary one. At the foot of the hills at Pinang this species is

numerous in rivulets. Like the rest of the family it is capable of living

for sometime out of water. The Siamese inhabitants with whom this

species is a great favourite, keep these fishes in jars with water, where

the larva of musquitoes is their food, and denominate them ‘* Pla kat,”*

i. e. the fighting fish, although they live peaceably together. The

real fish however, the exhibition of whose combats is a popular amuse-

ment with the Siamese, appears to be a variety of the present species,

produced by artificial means, like the varieties of the golden carp of China.

Macroropus PUGNAX, VAR.

Plate II. Fig. 4.

Pla kat of the Siamese.

Head above and back dark greenish olive, lighter on the sides, the

lower part of which and the abdomen deep blood red; all the scales

edged with black ; a black longitudinal band from the eye to behind

the dorsal fin, a second from the nostrils, through the iris to the root

of the caudal; a third from below the eye obliquely downwards to the

gill-opening ; dorsal membrane silvery greenish brown, with numerous

black undulating lines, vertically intersecting the black rays; caudal

* Pla, fish; kat, a fighter. The Variety is noticed by Lieut. Colonel Jas, Low,

1849, ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1069

membrane golden green, the rays bright blood red, the fin edged with

black ; anal membrane bright blood red as far as the posterior 4 or 5

rays, the rest as well as the lower margin silvery light green or sky-

blue, the rays black ; ventral spine and rays black, the first ray termi-

nating in a silvery filament ; the membrane between the first, second

and third ray bright blood red, the rest black ; branchiostegous rays

and their very wide membrane black; pectorals white, transparent.

Iris pale reddish golden with a bluish black spot in the centre of the

lower half.

The number of fin rays, and other external characters are the same

as in the species, but the colours and the length of the dorsal, caudal,

anal and ventral fins are individually varying. The branchiostegous

membrane is remarkably wide and lax. When the fish is in a state of

quiet with the fins at rest, the dull colours present nothing remarkable.

But if two are brought within sight of each other, or if one sees its

own image in a looking glass, the little creature becomes suddenly ex-

cited, the raised fins and the whole body shine with metallic colours of

dazzling beauty, while the projected gill membrane, waving like a black

frill round the throat, adds something grotesque to the general appear-

ance. In this state it makes repeated darts at its real or reflected

antagonist. But both when taken out of each other’s sight, instantly be-

come quiet. The description was drawn up in 1840 at Singapore, where a

gentleman had been presented with several by the King of Siam. They

were kept singly in glasses with water, fed with larvas of musquitoes, and

had thus lived for many months. The Siamese are as infatuated with

the combats of these fishes as the Malays are with their cock fights,

and stake considerable sums, and sometimes their own persons and

their families. The license of exhibiting fish fights is farmed, and

affords a considerable annual revenue to the King of Siam.

Gen. OspHRoMENUS, (Commerson) Cuvier, 1829

(OspHRONEMUS [Comm.| Lacépéde, 1800.)

Differs from Polyacanthus, Kuhl and Van Hasselt, by the shorter

extent of the dorsal fin, by the more complicated labyrinthform (super-

branchial) organ, by the very elongated, setaceous first ventral ray, and

by the toothed margin of the infraorbitals. In the young the margin

of pre- and interopercle are toothed.

1070 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

OsPHROMENUS OLFAX, Commerson.

Osphronéme gourami, Lacépéde, III. 117, Pl. 3, Fig. 2.

Trichopus goramy, Shaw, 1V. 388, Pl. 55.

Trichopus satyrus, Shaw, 1. c. 391, Pl. 35?

Osphronemus olfax, Hardwicke: Zool. Journ. Vol. IV. 309.

Osphromenus olfax, Cuvier, R. A. II. 228.

Osphromenus olfax, Cuv. and Val. VII. 377, Pl. 198.

Osphromenus notatus, Kuhl and Van Hasselt. (Young 7)

Cuv. and Val. VII. 386.

Osphromenus olfax, Swainson, II. 236.

Osphromenus olfax, Richardson: Rep. 1845, 251.

Osphronemus olfax, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 4.

Ikan gorémmi, of the Malays.

Young. Head above and back dark brown or olive, lighter greenish

on the sides of the head and body to a little above or below the lateral

line ; lower parts of the sides of head and body, and abdomen silvery

brownish or reddish buff; from the occiput to the caudal 7 to 9 ob-

lique blackish bands ; at the root of the pectorals, and in the penulti-

mate lateral band, a little in front of the termination of the anal, a

black spot ; pectorals and posterior half of ventrals whitish, the rest

and the membranes of the other fins closely and minutely dotted with

brown ; spines and rays brownish grey.

Adult. Head, back and upper part of the sides reddish or greenish

dark brown ; opercles and lower half of the sides impure yellowish white ;

lateral bands very indistinct ; fins greyish brown, ventrals and pectorals

paler than the rest. Iris reddish golden with scattered black spots.

mn ps

D4 12/12, C163, A 4 yy/i9 V 1/5, P 15, Br. VI.

13/12, 19/20,

Hasit.—(Naturalised) Fresh water, Pinang, Malacca.

China, Java, Madura. (Naturalised) Isle of France, Cayenne.

ToTAL LENGTH : 1 foot 6 inch.

The very young individuals differ from the adult not only in colours,

but also in having the head more elongated: its length being from 23

to 22 in that of the body, the caudal not included. In the adult the

head is 3+ in the body alone, the toothed margin of the pre- and inter-

opercle becomes smooth, and the first ventral ray is comparatively

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1071

shorter than in the young, in which it sometimes reaches the caudal fin.

Both at Pinang and at Malacca this fish has been successfully naturalised

though in the former place it is not numerous, but confined to a few

ponds. They become tame so as to appear on the approach of their

feeder, and will rise to flies, beetles, and certain flowers, particularly

a large Hibiscus. Among themselves they are pugnacious. Many

years ago several living ones were imported, and placed in a tank in the

Calcutta Botanical Gardens, where they appeared to thrive. Little

care, however, having been bestowed on their preservation, but a solitary

one survived in 1841.

Genus. Tricuopropus, Lacépéde, 1800.

Scarcely differs from Osphromenus but by a more convex forehead,

and by a dorsal fin of less extent.*

TRICHOPODUS TRICHOPTERUS, (Pallas.)

Plate II. Fig. 5. (Head.)

Sparus, Koelreuter. Nov. Comm. Petrop. IX. P. 452, Pl. 9,

Labrus trichopterus, Pallas: Spicil, Fase. 8, 45. [Fig. 1.

Labrus trichopterus, Linné: Syst. 1286.

Trichopode trichoptére, Lacépéde, III. 129.

Trichogaster trichopterus, Bloch-Schneider, Pl. 295, Fig. 2.

Trichopus pallasi, Shaw, IV. 392.

Cuvier, R. A. IT. 229 (':)

Cuv. and Val. VII. 388, Pl. 199.

Trichopus maculatus, Swainson, II. 235.

Trichopus trichopterus, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 4.

Head above, back and sides to a little below the lateral line brownish

olive, each scale of the latter with a sky-blue or verdigris rectangular

spot; cheeks and opercles silvery light blue with lilac reflection ; sides

below the lateral line silvery light blue, abdomen silvery reddish lilac,

all the scales irridescent, edged with reddish brown forming an irre-

gular network ; from the angle of the mouth through the iris, below

the silvery lateral line to the root of the caudal a black zig-zag band,

widening at the termination into a large spot, and in some individuals

Trichopus trichopterus,

a similar in the centre part of the band; dorsal spines and rays whitish

grey, their membrane dark grey with numerous white rounded spots ;

* Although to these differences may be added a less complicated labyrinthform

organ, and five branchiostegous rays, the genus rests but on slender characters.

Gow

1072 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

caudal membrane and rays like the dorsal; anal spines carmine,

their membrane and rays whitish, each ray terminating in a short

silvery filament ; ventral spine, membrane and four rays whitish, the

anterior elongated ray carmine; pectoral pale carmine at the root,

the rest white transparent. Iris narrow golden round the pupil, lower

half sky-blue, upper half above the black bar golden brown.

6/9, 10/34,

7B; . VON rae Oe

D “9, C 163,44 13/99, V 1/5, P 9, Br. V.

7/10, 14/28,

Hasgit.—fresh water, Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Moluccas, Madura, Java. :

ToTAL LENGTH: 42 inch.

Like all the species of this family, the present is liable to consider-

able individual variations of colours, number of fin rays and proportions.

Thus M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes count :

D 58, C 16, A 11/35 or 36, V 5, P 14, Br. IV.

and ask with doubt if the species be different which Bloch characterises :

D 7//, C 16, A 11/33, VS, P10, Broiy.

With regard to the number of branchiostegous rays, it is five on

each side; the superior is the longest and broadest, the rest gra-

dually decrease in length and breadth. They are difficult to count

as the second is completely hid under the first, and the fourth and

fifth are very thin, setaceous, and may thus easily be mistaken for a

single one. The ventral spine is very short, and thick, but so firmly

adhering to the root of the first elongated ray, that it easily escapes

observation. The short, gradually decreasing 2d, 3d, 4th, and 5th ray

are divided, but the latter is frequently undivided. The length of the

head varies in individuals of equal length from 3} to 33 in that the body,

the caudal fin not included. The latter is a little shorter than the head,

the vertical diameter of which, at the occiput, equals the length. The

diameter of the eyes is 34 times in the length of the head; their dis-

tance across the forehead is 1} diameter. The anterior smaller opening

of the nostrils has a short membranous tube. The mouth is small and

rendered more so as the lower jaw forms a much smaller half circle

than the upper. Both have a narrow band of velvety teeth. The

tongue is small, fleshy, and its margin completely adhering to the

floor of the mouth. The greatest vertical diameter of the body at the

fourth dorsal spine varies from 23 to 23 in the length of the body, the

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1073

caudal fin not included. The distance from the last dorsal fin to the

upper caudal appears to be constantly equal the length of the head.

The longest dorsal, caudal and anal rays seldom exceed the length of

the head, but are frequently a little shorter. The first ventral ray in

some reaches the termination of the anal, in others beyond that of the

caudal. The anal rays are either all undivided or a few of the posterior

are divided, and the last connected to the caudal. The length of the

pectoral is 2 of that of the head. The lateral line consists on each

scale of a central transversal tube, above and below which appears a

short elongated furrow. A straight line from the gill-opening to the

root of the caudal contains from 44 to 46 scales; a vertical at the

deepest part of the body from 20 to 25. The lower margin of the in-

fraorbitals and of the preopercle are closely and rather strongly toothed.

The stomach is rounded, contracted in the middle, and as well as the

-spirally twisted intestines almost entirely hid by the large light brown

liver. There are two rather long ccecopyloric appendages. The gall-

bladder is rather large, the spleen small. Between the vertebral

column and the abdominal cavity appears a very short air-vessel, silvery

like the peritoneum, but much thinner. The intestinal canal is nearly

double the length of the fish. The labyrinth-form organ (Plate II. Fig.

5,) is less complicated than in Osphromenus olfax : it consists of three

laminze of which the central is the largest, entirely hiding the third, the

inner one. Like the rest of the family, this species is capable of sus-

taining life out of water, particularly if kept in wetted fresh leaves, or

occasionally sprinkled with water. At Pinang it is numerous in stream-

lets and ponds, where it is eaten by the poorest classes. The exquisite

beauty of the metallic irridescent colours make these fishes acquisitions

in garden tanks. Like Osphromenus olfax they are very pugnacious

among themselves.

A second species of Trichopodus has been discovered by Mr.

Campbell, Superintendent of Darjeeling, in the rivers at the Sikkim

passes on the northern frontier of Bengal. An incorrect and defective

description and figure have been published by Mr. McClelland, who

imagining the fish to belong to the Family of Chetodontide, and the

genus to be new, denominated it Céenops nobilis.*

* Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist. V. 281, Pl. 21, Fig. 1.

6-¥, 2

1074 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

Gen. OpniocerHaLus, Bloch-Schneider, 1801.

With labyrinth-form superbranchial organ; fins without spines, the

ventrals commencing with a divided or undivided, jointed ray ; dorsal

occupying nearly the whole length of the back; caudal rounded ;

lateral line uninterrupted; head depressed, covered with polygonal

scales ; both jaws, vomer and palatal bones with velvety, or card-like

teeth, among which generally some longer than the rest ; body elongated,

almost cylindrical. Branchiostegous rays five.

OPHIOCEPHALUS STRIATUS, Bloch.

Ophicephalus striatus, Bloch, Pl. 359.

Ophicephalus wrahl, Lacépéde, IIT. 552.

Ophicephalus striatus, Shaw, IV. 530.

Russell, CLXII. Muttah.

Ophicephalus wrahl? Buch. Ham. (“Sol.”) 60, 367, Pl.

31, Fig. 17.

Ophicephalus chena, Buch. Ham. (Var.) 62, 367.

Ophicephalus striatus, Cuv. R. A. II. 230 (**)

Ophicephalus striatus, Cuv. and Val. VII. 417, Pl. 202.

Ophicephalus striatus, Swainson, II. 237.

Ophicephalus wrahl, McClelland, Cal. Journ. Nat. Hist:

II. 575.

Ophicephalus striatus, Jerdon. Madr. Journ, XV. 146.

Ikan haruan of the Malays.

Head above and back greenish olive with indistinct clouded black

spots ; cheeks, opercles and sides to a little beneath the lateral line

lighter with metallic lustre ; throat, abdomen and lower part of the

head and sides white; from the angle of the mouth a short metallic-

olive oblique line, and on the throat a few distant dark spots ; lower

part of sides with a number of backwards directed oblique, blackish

lines, the intervals between which pale salmon-coloured ; dorsal mem-

brane minutely dotted with brown so as to produce oblique brownish

lines, between which, at the base, appear some rounded whitish spots ;

caudal pale brownish with indistinct light concentric lines ; upper half

of anal white with oblique brown lines ; lower half blackish brown ;

ventrals white with indistinct blackish spots; pectorals transparent

whitish, minutely dotted with brown along the margins of the rays.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1075

Iris amber-coloured, orange or reddish golden round the pupil, the

rest golden olive, clouded with black.

D 41, 42 or 43, C 141, A 25, 26 or 27, V 6, P 16 or 17, Br. V.

Hasit,—freshwater and estuaries, Malayan Peninsula and Islands,

Manilla, Celebes, Tenasserim, Rangoon, Irawaddy, Gan-

ges, Bengal, Barrampootr,Goalparah, Coromandel, Malabar,

Hindostan.

TOTAL LENGTH: 2 feet.

The length of the head is from 33 to 32 in the total; (it is 4 of the

distance from the muzzle to the last dorsal ray ;) the height at the

occiput is 24 in the length. The horizontal diameter of the eyes

slightly exceeds + of the length of the head; their distance across the

forehead equals two such diameters. The vertical diameter at the first

dorsal ray is 4 of the length of the head. The anterior part of the

lateral line gradually descends towards the commencement of the se-

cond third of the dorsal, from whence it proceeds straight to the root

of the caudal. The line is marked on each scale by a short central

tube, which bifurcates. The number of component scales vary from

60 to 62. An oblique series from the anus consists of 18 to 20 scales.

In these and other characters the Malayan individuals exactly corre-

spond to O, striatus, Bloch, as described by M. M. Cuvier and Valen-

ciennes. Individuals of O. wrahi? apud Buchanan Hamilton, (Sol,)

taken in the vicinity of Calcutta, differ but slightly in colours, and in

presenting from 43 to 46 dorsal, and from 26 to 28 anal rays. O.

chena, Buch. Ham. offers the same number of rays as the latter, and

appears but to be another variety, probably as Buchanan suggests, the

identical one which Russell figured No. CLXII. Muttah. In the

Malayan countries, the fish is as numerous as in Bengal, and it is also

there eaten by the natives,

FAM. MUGILISIDA.

Gen. Mueizt, (drtedi,) Linné, 1748. .

Body nearly cylindrical, covered with large scales ; two dorsal fins

widely separated: the anterior spinous, the posterior with one or two

spines, the rest rays; ventrals behind the pectorals; centre of the

lower jaw with an elongated angular point, corresponding to a notch

in the upper jaw; teeth minute. Branchiostegous rays six.

1076 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

Mvucin PpARMATUS, Cantor.

Young? Head above and back pale brownish olive; cheeks and

upper half of the sides silvery greenish grey ; lower half of the sides

and abdomen silvery white ; on the upper part of preopercle a triangu-

lar bluish black spot, behind which an indistinct amber-coloured spot ;

the rest of preopercle and opercle pale silvery blue, faintly vermiculated

with brown; dorsal and caudal membranes pale grey, minutely dotted

with brown ; the rest of the fins white. Iris silvery grey.

D 4—1£, C 14 5, A 3A, V 1/, P 14, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

ToraL LENGTH: 4& inch.

The length of the head is 4% in the total, or 3 of the length of the

body, the caudal not included; the height at the occiput 4 of the

length of the head. The orbit occupies the second fourth of the head ;

the eye is covered in front and behind by a crescent-shaped adipose

lobe ; the distance of the orbits across the forehead equals 14 diame-

ters. On the anterior margin of the infraorbital bone appears a broad

angular incision, which receives the angle of the lips; the inferior

margin is truncated, minutely toothed ; near the upper margin of the

infraorbital, below the two small openings of the nostrils, appear two

minute pores. The mouth is very small; both jaws have excessively

minute setaceous teeth, scarcely projecting beyond the cartilaginous lips.

The greatest vertical diameter of the body, in front of the anterior dor-

sal spine, equals the length of the head ; that in front of the caudal fin

is 4 of the former. A straight line from the gill-opening to the caudal

contains 27 scales, an oblique series 10. The anterior dorsal spine is

- strong: its length is a little less than 3 of that of the head ; no elon-

gated triangular scale appears at the base of the anterior dorsal, nor of

the pectoral. The second dorsal, the caudal and anal fins are half

covered with very small scales. The first anal spine is excessively mi-

nute. The two central rays of the caudal are but very slightly shorter

than the rest. A single individual was observed at Pinang in April

1844,

The present greatly resembles M. grandisquamis, Cuv. and Val.

(XI. 103), an African species, remarkable for the great size of its scales.

The latter differs in the following particulars. The greatest height is

nearly + of the total length; at the occiput the height is } of the

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1077

length of the head; at the root of the caudal it is one half of the

greatest. It is described as having no teeth.

MvueiL MacRoLeEPiIpoTvus, Riippell.

Muge christian, Quoy et Gaimard: Voy. de Freycinet.

Mugil macrolepidotus, Riippell: Atlas, Fische, p. 140, Taf,

32, Fig. 2.

Mugil macrolepidotus, Cuv. and Val. XI. 134.

Mugil macrolepidotus, Richardson: Report, 1845, 249.

Young. Head above and back pale bluish green; lighter, silvery, on

the sides of the head and abdomen ; opercle steel blue; on the sides

four parallel pale blackish lines ; dorsal, caudal, and anal spines, rays,

and membranes minutely dotted with black; on the dorsals and anal

so closely as to give the marginal half a black appearance ; ventrals

white, posterior half of the three anterior rays minutely dotted with

black ; upper ten pectoral rays black, the rest white. Iris silvery.

D 4—1/8, C 14 7, A 3/8, V 1/5, P16, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Waigiou, Rawak, Borabora, Vanikolo isles, Malabar, Red

Sea, China Seas?

_ ToTaL LENGTH: 5 inch.

The length of the head is 4} in the total; the height at occiput 2 of

the length. The diameter of the eyes is 3} in the length of the head ;

their distance across the forehead equals two diameters. The anterior

margin of the infraorbital bone is arched, so as to receive the angle of

the lips, and as well as the inferior truncated margin finely toothed.

The young has no perceptible teeth; M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes

describe them as short and fine in the adult. The posterior margin of

the preopercle has three deep indentations. The vertical diameter in

front of the first dorsal spine slightly exceeds } of the total length ;

that in front of the caudal fin is less than one half of the former. A

straight line between the gill-opening and the root of the caudal con-

tains 29 scales ; an oblique series in front of the anterior dorsal fin 9.

The first dorsal spine is scarcely + of the length of the head, and less

strong than in M. parmatus. A single individual was observed at

Pinang in August, 1843.

MuvcGit CEPHALOTUS, Cuv. and Val.

Mugil Gur, Forskal, Consp. p. XIV. No. 109, Var. 8?

1078 ~ Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

Mugil cephalus, Russell CLXXX. Bontah.

Mugil cephalus? (Sole bhanggan), Buchan. Ham. p. 219, 381.

Bontah, Russell. (Syn.—Mugil oiir, Forsk.) Cuvier R. A.

I¥s/p. 232 (4).

Mugil cephalotus, Cuv. and Val. (Syn.—Musgil oiir, Forskal)

| XI. 110.

Russel II. CLXXX. Riippel: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, p. 131.

Mugil cephalotus, Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 5.

Jumpul of the Malays.

Head above and back lead-coloured tinged with green, lighter silvery

on the sides of the head and body as far as the upper margin of the

pectoral fins ; all the parts below dull silvery white; on the sides five

to seven parallel, dark grey longitudinal bands; anterior dorsal fin

light bluish grey; posterior and caudal membrane dark grey, rays

lighter; anal and. ventrals white; pectorals outside white, hemitrans-

parent, inside with a large oblique blackish spot on the anterior half.

Iris silvery or mother-of-pearl round the pupil; the rest blackish

brown.

D 4—1/8, C/143, A 3/9, V 1/5, P 17, Br. VI. [Isles.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore, Lancavy

Chusan, Macao, Madeira, Coromandel, Bay of Bengal,

Gangetic estuaries, Malabar.

ToTaL LENGTH: 2 ft.

The head is much depressed, broad oval, the muzzle being about

half the breadth of the occiput. The upper surface is less trans-

versely arched than the lower; both surfaces where they join, form

a blunt ridge from behind the eye to the short triangular mem-

branous point in which the opercle terminates. The eye is situated

in front of the ridge, occupying the third eighth of the head; its

transversal diameter being 2 of the length of the head, which is 44

times in the total, or + of the body, the caudal fin net included. The

distance between the eyes across the forehead equals 32 diameters.

The vertical diameter of the head between the eyes is about 4 of the

length: at the occiput it is 3. The openings of the nostrils are

situated a little above the level of the orbit, along the superior margin

of the infraorbital; the posterior, the larger, is transversely oval; the

anterior is circular, The infraorbital bone is broad triangular, with

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1079

the rounded, truncated apex downwards; the latter, as well as the

backwards arched anterior margin, is finely but distinctly toothed, and

naked, but the rest of the external surface is covered with small scales,

The adipose membrane covering the circumference of the eye is of a

whitish grey. No such series of pores appear on the lower half of

the membrane, as M. Riippell has observed in Mugil oiir, Forskal

(not apud Cuvier and Val.), nor are there any pores under the lower

jaw. The lower half of the posterior margin of the preopercle has

two large, a little obliquely upwards-directed indentations, and in some

the upper haif of the margin has two similar ones. M. oiir as well as

M. cephalus are according to M. Riippell distinguished by six pores

beneath the lower jaw, and by three not very distinct oblique inden-

tations in the lower margin of the preoperculum. The mouth is

horizontal, the angle is opposite the anterior opening of the nostril; the

upper jaw projects beyond the lower. The upper mandible is flattened,

broad in the centre, tapering towards the angles of the mouth ; in the

centre is a very small notch. In the upper lip appears a single series

of very minute teeth. The symphysis of the lower jaw forms a

tubercle under which appears a notch deeper than that of the centre

of the upper mandible. The lower lip is more fleshy than the upper,

and the margin is bent downwards, so as to form on each side a furrow

proceeding from the notch under the symphysis to the angle of the

mouth. The teeth of the lower jaw are so excessively minute, few,

and distant, that even in large individuals they are imperceptible to the

touch, and can only be seen through a lens. In smaller individuals

these teeth are absent, or at least confined within the half transparent

mandibles, and appear like short seta, bent with the lip, but not project-

ing beyond it. The tongue is fleshy, broad at the root, narrower, round-

ed at the apex, and raised in a keel in the centre. Along the margin

which is fixed to the floor of the mouth, appears a series of rounded or

oval patches of velvety teeth. At the root of the central keel is an elon-

gated patch, and close behind the apex two smaller ones of velvety teeth.

On each side of the vomer is raised into a tubercle, carrying a transverse-

ly placed linear patch of similar teeth. Every part of the head is co-

vered with scales, of which those of the opercle are very large, but in

young individuals they are so thin as to make the silvery opercle appear

scaleless, ‘The yertical diameter in front of the anterior dorsal spine

1080 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

equals the length of the head minus the diameter of the eye. The

anterior dorsal spine equals the distance from the muzzle to the poste-

rior margin of the orbit, or about 3} of the last mentioned vertical

diameter. The anterior dorsal fin commences in the centre of the

distance between the muzzle and the root of the caudal. The extent

of the base equals the length of the anterior spine; from its centre

commences an elongated, triangular scale, projecting midway behind

the very slender fourth spine, the length of which is 3 of the preceding

three. The distance between the anterior and posterior dorsals equals

2 of the length of the head, the latter fin commencing opposite the

centre of the anal, much nearer the caudal than the anterior dorsal.

The anterior ray equals 3 the length of the head. The distance

between the posterior ray and the root of the caudal equals the length

of the anterior dorsal spine. ‘The posterior margin of the caudal fin

is but slightly furcated, the inferior lobe is a little larger than the

upper. The anal fin commences about halfway between the termi-

nation of the ventrals and the root of the caudal fin. Its height

equals, its extent slightly exceeds the second dorsal. The two anterior

spines are so completely covered by scales, that they escaped the

observation of Russell, whose figure (CLXXX.) represents the third

much too long: it exceeds but slightly 3 of the anterior ray. The

length of the peetoral fin is 7} in the total, or nearly equal that of

the caudal. Above the root of the pectoral appears no trace of an

elongated triangular scale, as in some other species, but in the axilla,

hidden by the fin, are two elongated oval scales, much smaller than the

rest. The ventral fins are a little shorter than the pectorals; the

spine is strong and but slightly shorter than the anterior dorsal. At

the base of each fin appears an elongated triangular scale, and a

similar, but shorter and broader between the two fins; the anterior

half of the fifth ray is attached to the abdomen by a membrane. A

straight line between the gill-opening and the root of the caudal fin

contains from 33 to 35 scales, an oblique series in front of the anterior

dorsal 11 or 12. The scales are very large, nearly as broad as long;

the anterior margin is straight, but with from 2 to 6 crenulations, pro-

duced by a number of radiating lines, varying in number from 3 to 7.

The posterior margin is rounded and with excessively minute points,

the termination of a very fine concentric net-work on the exposed

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1081

surface. Each scale is marked by a fine central line, horizontal in,

most, but pointing obliquely downwards on the scales immediately

beneath the root of the pectoral fins.

The stomach is composed of two portions: the cardiac into which_:

the short capacious cesophagus opens, terminates in an elongated

cylindrical fundus; the pyloric portion is shorter, globular like a large

button, and very thick, gizzard-like. The cavity is very small and

presents a few coarse longitudinal folds. In several examined, it con-

tained some mud, mixed with green mucus. Pylorus is surrounded by

five short but capacious ccecopyloric appendages. The intestinal canal,

about 7 times the length of the fish, is folded several times upon

itself and firmly enveloped in fat. The gall is rather large, ovoid with

a short duct opening close to Pylorus. The liver is moderate, resting

across the stomach, with several lobes, of which the longest is attached

| to Duodenum. The spleen is small, elongated, completely hidden by

___ the fat between the folds of the intestines. The abdominal surface of

Peritoneum is black, the opposite silvery. The air-vessel is large,

elongated, its parietes very thin, pearl-coloured. At Pinang this

species occurs, though not numerously, at all seasons, and when newly

taken it is highly valued for its excellent flavour.

| The present is the fish supposed by Russell to be Mugil cephalus,

| Linné, (Vol. II. p. 64.) The figure, (CLXXX. Bontah,) among other

| inaccuracies represents the mouth without teeth, and the anal fin with

| a single, too long spine. The latter, as well as the margins of the

| scales being entire, (as they in reality appear to the naked eye,)

| induced Buchanan Hamilton to consider the individuals which he

obtained from the estuaries of the Ganges, to be a distinct. species,

and also he overlooked the minute teeth in the lips. M. M. Cuvier

and Valenciennes (T. XI.) unite both under the denomination of M.

cephalotus. They doubt, however, without reason, the correctness of

| Russell’s omitting to figure, and Buchanan to mention, any elongated

triangular scale above the pectoral fins, and they believe that the fish

is identical with Mugil oiir, Forskal, (Consp. p. XIV. No. 109, Var.

and characterised: ‘* Labio utroque ciliato, inferiori unicarinato, oculis

pinguedine fere obtectis, operculo macula p. p. oblonga obliqua.”’) Dr.

Riippell, (Neue Wirbelth, &c. Fische, p. 131,) observes that if Rus-

| sell’s description of ‘‘ Bontah,” as being ‘‘ without teeth” is correct, the

6573

1082 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Oct.

. fish cannot be identical with M. oii, the microscopical teeth of which

Forskal expresses by the word “ciliato.” It is to be regretted that

Dr. Riippell did not communicate a more detailed description of the

fish from the Red Sea, which is most likely Forskil’s species, for

although Russell happens to be incorrect, the fish he described pre-

sents neither the six pores under the lower jaw, nor the arched series

of pores in the adipose membrane, covering the lower part of the eye,

which Dr. Riippell points out as characters distinguishing M. dur. It

is therefore impossible with certainty to determine if the latter is iden-

tical with the present species.

7 MuGIL CUNNESIUsS, Cuv. and Val.

Russell CLXXXI. Kunnesee.

Mugil kunnesee, Cuvier R. A. II. 232 ('*)

Mugil cunnesius, Cuv. and Val. XI. 114.

Mugil cunnesius, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 131.

Young. Head above and back silvery bluish green, lighter, minutely .

dotted with black on the upper half of the sides ; lower half and abdo-

men silvery white; sides and abdomen with parallel silvery lines,

produced by a short line on each scale; cheeks and opercles shining

silvery, the latter with steel-blue reflections ; fin-membranes white, those

of the dorsals and caudal minutely dotted with black, particularly

towards their margins, so as to make them appear blackish; in some

a black spot at the root of the upper pectoral ray, continued in the

axilla as a blackish line. Iris silvery round the pupil, the rest dotted

with black.

D 4—1/, C 143, A 3/9, V 1/, P 16 or 17, Br. VI.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Moluccas, Bay of Bengal, Coromandel, Malabar, Red Sea.

TOTAL LENGTH: 64 inch.

The length of the head is 4 of the body, not including the caudal

fin. The height at the occiput is about $ of the length of the head.

The eye occupies the second fourth of the head; the diameter, not

including the adipose covering, is 1 of the head; but the diameter of

the orbit is + of the head; the distance across the forehead is 14 dia-

meter. The infraorbital is triangular, with the apex truncated, slightly

rounded and finely toothed; the anterior margin is nearly straight,

neither toothed nor notched. The anterior opening of the nostril is

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1083

minute, circular; the posterior a little larger, transversely oval, both

situated along the upper margin of the infraorbital. The mouth is

small, the lower jaw. but little shorter than the upper; the angle is

situated opposite the anterior opening of the nostril. The notch of the

upper lip corresponds to the tubercle of the lower, which is notched

underneath. There are no teeth perceptible in the lips. On each

side of the vomer appears a transversal tubercle. In the young the

opercles appear to be scaleless.. The vertical diameter in front of the

first dorsal spine equals the length of the head. A straight line from

the gill-opening to the root of the caudal fin contains 42 or 43 scales ;

an oblique in front of the anterior dorsal fin 13.

Each scale is marked by a central line, horizontal in most, but almost

vertical in those immediately below and in front of the pectoral fins.

The third dorsal spine is situated at equal distance from the muzzle

and the root of the caudal fin. The length of this, as well as of the

two preceding spines, exceeds 3 of the vertical diameter of the body

beneath them, and it also slightly exceeds the extent of the base of the

fin itself. The fourth spine is about > of the preceding three. On

each side of the base is an elongated scale. The second dorsal fin

commences at equal distance from the first dorsal spine and the root of

the caudal, opposite the third anal ray; the base nearly equals the

length of the first ray. The caudal fin is slightly lunated : the length

of the first and fourteenth ray is about 1 of the total length. The

length of the pectoral fins is 5} times in the total; above the root

of each appears an elongated. scale, formed like a knife-blade with the

back towards the upper margin of the fin ; its length is nearly 4 of that

of the fin, At Pinang young individuals are numerous at all seasons.

MuGiIuL Borsonicus, Cuv. and Val.

Mugil borbonicus, Cuv. and Val. XI. 113.

Young. ead above and back bluish green ; lighter silvery on the

upper half of the sides ; lower half.abdomen and cheeks silvery white ;

opercles shining silvery ; anterior dorsal fin-membrane transparent

minutely dotted with black; first spine blackish; posterior dorsal, '

caudal, anal and pectoral pale yellow, minutely dotted with black ;

spine and upper half of the first ray of second dorsal, and the upper,

lower, and posterior broad margin of caudal black; at the root of the

upper pectoral ray a black spot continued over the anterior half of the

1084 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

inside of the pectoral ; ventrals white. Iris silvery round the pupil,

blackish green towards the orbit.

D 4—1/8, C 145, A 3, V 1/, P 17, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Pinang River.

Bourbon.

TOTAL LENGTH : 6 inch.

The length of the head is 3 of the body, the caudal fin not included ;

the height at occiput 3 of the length. The eye occupies the second

fourth of the head; the diameter of the orbit is } of the length of the

head ; the distance between the eyes across the forehead is 14 diameter.

The infraorbital is triangular, covered with small scales, and with three

pores placed obliquely in the middle of the external surface ; the ante-

rior margin Is finely toothed, and slightly arched, but becomes a little

concave towards the truncated, finely-toothed apex. The superior

margin is somewhat angular in the centre, on each side of which appear

the openings of the nostrils. The mouth is small, transversal; the

angle is situated opposite the posterior opening of the nostril ; the lower

jaw is but slightly shorter than the upper. There are no visible teeth

in the lips; the lower has in the centre a strong tubercle which in

front and beneath is deeply furrowed. On each side of the vomer

appears a strong transversal ridge. Under each branch of the lower

jaw appear three pores. The preopercle is covered with large very

thin scales, and has a long transversal incision in the posterior margin,

near the angle; the opercle and subopercle are aparently without

scales, and brilliantly shining with silver. Nearly all the scales of the

occiput are divided lengthwise by a shallow furrow, which on the

scales of the body becomes a short longitudinal line. But the

scales immediately below the pectoral fin are each marked near the

root by a short vertical line. A longitudinal series between the gill-

opening and the root of the caudal consists of 39 scales ; an oblique in

front of the anterior dorsal fin of 14. The vertical diameter in the latter

place is 43 of the total length. The length of the three anterior dorsal

spines is about 3 of the length of the head, and equals the extent of

the fin itself; the fourth spine slightly exceeds 4 of the length of the

preceding three. At the base appears an elongated scale, extending to

the posterior margin of the fin. The second dorsal spine is situated in

the centre between the muzzle and the root of the caudal fin. The pos-

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1085

terior dorsal fin is situated at equal distance from the anterior and

from the root of the caudal, and it commences opposite the anterior

anal ray. The upper margin is falcated; the eighth ray is a little

longer than the preceding. The extent of the fin equals that of the

anterior dorsal. The posterior margin of the caudal is lunated. The

anal fin is nearly triangular, but that the posterior ray slightly exceeds

the preceding ; the third spine is } the length of the anterior ray. The

length of the pointed, slightly falcated, pectoral fin is + less than the

length of the head ; above the superior margin appears an elongated,

knife-blade-like scale, } the length of the fin. The ventral fins com-

mence opposite the posterior half of the pectorals; their length equals

+ of that of the head. The elongated scale above the root extends to

the margin of the membrane which connects the anterior half of the

fifth ray to the abdomen. The elongated scale between the fins is

broader and projects far behind the latter connecting membrane.

A single young individual was obtained from a part of the Pinang

River, (Sungei Pinang,) where the water is fresh.

SUB FAM. ATHERINOIN A.

Gen. ATHERINA, (Artedi, ) Linné, 1766.

Body elongated ; two widely separated dorsals ; ventrals behind the

pectorals ; upper jaw protractile ; minute teeth in both jaws; in some

species also on the vomer, palatals and pterygoids; each side with a

broad silvery band. Branchiostegous rays six.

ATHERINA FORSKALI, Riippell.

Atherina hepsetus, Forskal, 69, No. 101?

Atherina forskilii, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth, Fische: 132,

Tab. 33, Fig. 1.

Head above, back and upper third of the sides pale sea green, dotted

with black ; from the axilla to the caudal a light blue longitudinal line,

under which a pale yellowish, bordered beneath by a broad shining

silvery band ; muzzle and lips blackish ; cheeks and opercles shining

silvery, upper half of the latter steel-blue ; throat and abdomen silvery

white; fins hyaline, margins of spines and rays of the dorsals, caudal

and pectorals minutely dotted with black; posterior margin of caudal

blackish. Iris silvery ; above the pupil a transverse bluish black spot.

D 5--1/9 or 10, C 178, A 1/13, V 1/5, P 15, Br. VI.

1086 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Ocr.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Red Sea.

Tora, LENGTH: 3 inch.

The length of the head is 34 in the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal. On each side of the flattened

vertex, where the opercle joins, appears a longitudinal furrow contain-

ing two or three pores. Three or four such appear on the infraorbitals,

several beneath the nostrils, and three beneath each branch of the

lower jaw. The diameter of the eye is 2} in the length of the head.

At the lower part of the ascending margin of the preopercle, near the

angle, is a deep incision. In both jaws, on the vomer, palatals and

pterygoids appear bands of velvety teeth. The vertical diameter at the

ventrals is 54 in the total length. The anterior dorsal fin commences

a little behind the centre of the back ; the four first rays are placed

close together ; the fifth is somewhat removed from the fourth. The

body is covered with seven longitudinal series of rather large scales ;

the third series from above carries the lateral line, which consists of a

minute notch on the posterior margin of each scale. The anterior 7

or 8 scales of the series appear to have no such notch, so that the

lateral line appears to commence on the ninth scale. The pectorals

are triangular, a little downwards pointed ; their length slightly exceeds

1 of the total length. The last ray of the second dorsal, and of the

anal fin is a little elongated. Two individuals observed at Pinang in

July 1843 and April 1845, differ from Dr. Riippell’s description in

having five instead of six spines in the anterior dorsal fin. The smaller,

24 inches in length, is of a more elongated form, its vertical diameter

at the ventrals being % of the total length. It is also distinguished by

having on the vertex a small raised triangular space, resembling an

escutcheon, with the point between the orbits. The latter (‘ ecusson’),

is described by M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes as a character distin-

guishing Atherina lacunosa, Forster. As both individuals examined

at Pinang present similar pores, and the characteristic incision of the

margin of the preopercle, neither of which characters are noted in the

description of A. lacunosa, their identity with 4. forskali cannot be

doubted.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1087

FAM. SCOMBROID.

Gen. ScomsBer (Artedi) Linné, 1748.

Anterior dorsal fin separated by a considerable interval from the

second, the posterior part of which as well as of the anal fin, forms

five spurious fins; on each side of the tail two small crests, the one

above the other ; body fusiform with small smooth scales. Branchi-

ostegous rays 7.

SCOMBER MICROLEPIDOTUS, Riippell.

Scomber microlepidotus, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, p. 38,

Taf. 11, Fig4,2.

Head above, back and sides as far as the lateral line intense steel-

blue, after death with three irregular series of black spots ; sides of the

occiput and of the body immediately beneath the lateral line silvery

light blue; lower part of the sides, abdomen, and sides of the head

shining silvery, immediately behind the angle of the mouth a black

triangular spot ; membrane of anterior dorsal transparent, scantily

dotted with brown along the spines ; second dorsal, caudal, anal and

the spurious fins pale yellow; the dorsal spurious fins and the caudal

with black margins; ventrals and pectorals whitish, the latter with a

blackish line along the root. Iris silvery round the pupil, the rest

bluish black.

D 9—12—V, C 178, A 1/11—V, V 1/5, P 18, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Massaua, (Red Sea.)

TOTAL LENGTH: 5 inch.

The length of the head is 3} in the total. The diameter of the

orbit is 34 in the length of the head; the distance between the eyes

across the forehead is 2 of the diameter. The anterior and posterior

thirds of the eye are covered by an adipose crescent-shaped membrane,

leaving a central, lanceolate space open. A single series of minute,

yet visible teeth, appear in both jaws. The cavity of the mouth is

whitish, minutely dotted with black; the anterior part of the tongue

it flattened, rounded, and closely dotted with black, the posterior part

is a narrow linear crest, covered by a series of small rounded spots of

velvety teeth. The sides of the head are scaleless, except the cheeks,

or the anterior half of the preopercle, which as well as the space below

7 A

1088 | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

the pectoral fins are covered with scales, larger than the very small

ones of the body. Along the lower margin of the preopercle, appear

some rather indistinct radiating lines. The vertical diameter in front

of the anterior dorsal is 43 in the total length. The first spine of the

anterior dorsal fin is but little shorter than the second, (in the figure

of Russell No. CXXXVI, Scomber kanagurta, Cuv. its length is

4 of the second,) the second and third are each 2} in the length of the

head. Although the present fish differs from Dr. Riippell’s in having

9 instead of 10 spines in the anterior dorsal fin, in other characters

both agree so perfectly that they appear to be identical. A single indi-

vidual was observed in August 1844, at Pinang.

Gen. Tuynnus (Willoughby, 1686), Cuvier, 1817.

Round the thorax a kind of corslet formed by scales larger, but less

smooth than those of the rest of the body; a cartilaginous keel on

each side of the tail between two small crests; anterior dorsal fin

elongated, separated by a very short interval from the second.

THYNNUS AFFINIS, Cantor.

Head above and back indigo-blue, lighter, silvery, with rose-coloured

reflections on the sides above the lateral line ; from the angle between

the points of the corslet to the tail, a number of oblique, backwards

and upwards directed undulating blackish bands; sides beneath the

lateral line and abdomen pale silvery or satin, with rose-coloured and

light-blue reflections ; cheeks and opercles shining silvery with similar

reflections ; anterior dorsal fin greyish buff with a dark brown line

along the anterior margin of the six first spines, changing to a trian-

gular spot in front of the succeeding ones; second dorsal, anal and

their spurious fins pale brownish yellow, edged and washed with black-

ish ; caudal yellowish buff, washed with brownish in the centre; ven-

trals brownish grey; pectorals silvery grey, blackish towards the mar-

gin. Iris silvery, blackish blue towards the orbit.

D 15—3/10—VIII, C 172, A 3/\1—VII, V 1/5, P 27, Br. VII.

Hasgit.—Sea of Pinang.

' ToraL LENGTH: 1| foot 10 inch.

In general outline this species resembles 7. pelamys (Linné). But

compared with the description and figure of the latter species, (Cuv.

and Val. T. VIII. p. 113, Pl. 214,) the present differs in colours,

number of fin rays and in characters to be pointed out. The length of

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1089

the head is contained three times in the distance from the symphysis

of the lower jaw to the centre of a vertical line drawn between the

fifth dorsal and the anal spurious fins ; it is about 34 in the total length.

(In 7. pelamys the head but slightly exceeds } of the latter.) The

height at occiput is 2 of the length of the head.

The vertical diameter of the eye is 3, the horizontal + of the distance

from the point of the upper jaw to the gill-opening. (In pelamys the

diameter of the eye is 54 in the distance given.) In the upper jaw

appear 23 distant, small, inwards arched teeth; in the lower 30, the

posterior of which are a little stronger than the rest. The posterior

part of the external margin of the palatal bones carries a single series

of very minute teeth. The tongue is free, flattened, oval, and as well

as the whole cavity, of a pale blackish blue colour. The vertical

diameter in front of the pectoral fins is 44 in the total length. The

anterior dorsal spine is placed opposite the second seventh of the pec-

toral fin. Its length is } of the head, taken from the symphysis of

the lower jaw. (In pelamys it is shorter.) The second spine is nearly

as long, but only half the breadth of the preceding; the rest gradually

decrease in length to the sixth, which is about 4 longer than the

seventh ; the succeeding decrease less perceptibly towards the fifteenth,

the length of which is about $ of the seventh. The distance between

the anterior and second dorsal fin equals the length of the seventh

spine. The anterior spine of the second dorsal fin is very short; the

third scarcely exceeds 3 of the first ray: all three spines are so com-

pletely hid by the integuments, as to be nearly imperceptible unless

the latter be removed, and such is also the case with the spines of the

anal fin. A vertical line drawn between the points of the caudal fin

is contained a little more than 33 (in pelamys scarcely more than 3)

times in the total length. The length of the pectoral fin is 64 in the

total length. The ventrals are 3 of the length of the pectorals, and

each is received into a furrow, externally bounded by a fold of the

corslet. Between the fins appears an elongated lamina, in length

equalling the fifth ray, the anterior half of which is connected by a

membrane to the abdomen. The corslet consists of three points: the

superior extends to and clasps the second dorsal fin. The series of

scales nearest the anterior dorsal fin, particularly those of the anterior

part, are very large, nearly rhombic; the next three series are smaller,

i & 2

1090 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

yet conspicuously larger than the rest. The central point, the largest,

commences opposite the seventh dorsal spine, and terminates in a

blunt point opposite the fourteenth spine, while the lower, somewhat

undulating margin, extends to a little in front of the origin of the

ventral fins. Between the occiput and the anterior third of the pec-

toral fin, appears an oblique triangular space, covered with narrow elon-

gated scales, but bounded behind by 4 or 5 oblique series of large

rectangular scales. The lateral line commences gently ascending

towards the sixth dorsal spine, from whence it gently descends till

opposite the anterior dorsal spurious fin, when it proceeds straight to

the cartilaginous keel of the tail. The third point of the corslet ter-

minates on the abdomen, opposite the point of the pectoral fins. A

single individual occurred at Pinang in December 1844.

Gen. Cypium, Cuvier, 1829.

Body elongated, without corslet; maxillary teeth large, compressed,

trenchant, (lancet-shaped ;) palatal bones, anterior part of vomer,

tongue and branchial arches with velvety teeth.

Cysrum comMERSONI, (Lacépéde.)

Scomber commerson, Lacép. II. 600, Tab. 20, Fig. 1.

Scomber maculosus, Shaw: Nat. Misc. No. 982.

Russell, CX XXV. Konam.

Scomber commersonii, Shaw: Gen. Zool. IV., 589, Pl. 85.

Scomber maculosus, Idid. p. 592.

Cybium commersonii, (Cuv.) Riippell: Atlas, Fische, Pg. 94, Taf.

25, Fig. 1.

Cybium commersoni, Cuv. R. A. II. 200.

Cybium commersonii, Cuv. and Val. VIII. 165.

Cybium commersonii, Riippel: Neue Wirbelth, Fische, p. 41.

Cybium commersonii? Richardson: Report, 1845, 268.

Ikan Tanggiri of the Malays.

Head above and back intense blue with golden green reflections,

lighter on the sides of the head and body to a little beneath the lateral

line ; the rest of the sides, the abdomen, opercles and cheeks shining

silvery with lilac reflections; membrane of anterior dorsal fin pale

lilac grey, minutely dotted with brown, upper margin black; second

dorsal, anal and their spurious fins pale silvery lilac grey; anal and its

spurious fins with white margins; caudal silvery blackish; ventrals

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1091

white; anterior half of pectorals white, posterior blackish; between

the gill-opening and the root of the upper margin of the pectorals a

large black spot. Iris silvery, bluish black near the orbit. After

death the sides above the lateral line acquire a number of close, vertical

undulating lines and spots; beneath the lateral line appear fewer and

more distant black lines.

D 17—4*/13—X, C 1714, A 4/13—X, V 1/5, P 23, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Isle of France, Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Massaua, (Red

Sea,) China Seas.

TOTAL LENGTH: 3 ft.

The length of the head is 43 in the total. The orbit is surrounded

by acircular, rather broad, adipose membrane. The diameter of the

orbit is a little less than 1 of the length of the head; the distance of

the eyes across the forehead is a little less than two diameters. In

the upper jaw appear on each side 20 to 25 large lancet-shaped teeth

in the lower 10 to 15, of which the posterior ones are the largest of all ;

velvety teeth appear on the anterior part of vomer, on the palatals,

pterygoids, on the tongue, and on the margin as well as the internal

«surface of each hyoid bone. The only perceptible, small elongated

scales appear along the anterior dorsal, on the second dorsal, caudal

and anal fins, and from behind the infraorbitals round the eye to the

occiput. The vertical diameter in front of the anterior dorsal is + of

the total length. The lateral line deviates but little from the upper

third of the body, till opposite the first spurious dorsal fin, when it

suddenly descends, describing an arch which terminates nearly opposite

the fourth spurious dorsal fin; from thence it proceeds in the middle

of the body, over the strong keel in front of the caudal fin. Both in

* The anterior dorsal and the anal finrays are preceded by four spines (undivided

rays) which however cannot distinctly be perceived without removing the covering

scales and integuments. The caudal fin consists of 17 central branched rays,

above and below which appear 14 gradually decreasing, undivided rays. The fol-

lowing number of finrays have been given by the different describers: Russell,

whose figure is more correct than his description: D 16—16, C 24, A 14, V 6,

iE 22, Br. VII.

Riuppell: D 16—14—X, C 26, A 3/14—X, V 1/5, P 24, Br. VI.

Cuvier and Valenciennes: D 16—1/15—X, A 1/15—IX, P 22 or 23, Br. VII.

1092 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Nov.

front of and behind the arch, the lateral line makes a few, in different

individuals varying, slight undulations. ‘The spines of the anterior

dorsal fin terminate in excessively slender points, which when uninjured

are completely connected by the membrane. Such, indeed, was the

case but in very few young individuals observed at Pinang, the instant

they were taken out of the sea. The membrane, however, is easily

torn and the spines are left each terminating in a filament as

represented by Dr. Riippell (Atlas: Taf. 25, fig. 1). The fish occurs

at Pinang during all seasons, but not in numbers. As an article of

food it is there valued both in its fresh and dried state. Single

individuals may be seen in the cold season, but very rarely, in the

Calcutta bazars. But they are not eaten by Europeans, as this as

well as other Indian mackarels requires to be very fresh, to be fit for

the table.

CyBIUM LINEOLATUM, Cuvier.

Cybium lineolatum, Cuv. and Val. VIII. 170.

Cybium lineolatum, Bélanger ; Voyage, p. 366, Pl. II. Fig. 1.

Cybium lineolatum, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 4.

Tanggiri of the Malays.

Head above and back intense blue with golden green reflections,

lighter on the sides of the head and body, to a little beneath the ante-

rior half of the lateral line ; the rest of the sides, the abdomen, oper-

cles and cheeks shining silvery with pale lilac reflections ; membrane

of anterior dorsal fin pale lilac grey, minutely dotted with brown, upper

margin black ; second dorsal and spurious fins pale silvery lilac grey ;

caudal silvery blackish grey; anal and spurious fins silvery white ;

ventrals white; pectorals silvery white, minutely dotted with black on

the posterior outer half and on the whole inner surface, so closely as to

appear blackish. Iris silvery, bluish black towards the orbit. After

death appear several series of black spots : irregular above the lateral

line; beneath the latter three or four series of longitudinal short

linear spots, each series appearing like an interrupted line.

D 16—4/12—IX, C 1523, A 5/14—X, V 1/5, P 21, Br. VII.

Haxsit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Malabar, Bay of Bengal, Madura, Java.

ToTaL LENGTH: 2 feet.

The length of the head is 43 in the total measured to the centre of

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1093

the posterior caudal margin, but + to the centre of a vertical line

between the points of the caudal lobes. The diameter of the orbit is

41 in the length of the head ; the margin of the orbit supports a rather

broad circular adipose membrane. The distance of the eyes across the

forehead is 1} diameter. On each side of both jaws appear upwards

of 18 lancet-shaped large teeth, of which, however, more than 10 or

11 are seldom present. The middle ones of the lower jaw are

the largest. On the anterior part of the vomer appears a pointed

triangular spot with velvety teeth, and on each palatal and pterygoid

a rather broad continued line of similar teeth. Others appear at the

root of the small oval, flattened tongue, on the margin and internal

surface of each hyoid bone. The scales are perceptible in the places

noted under Cybium commersoni. The greatest vertical diameter

slightly exceeds 4 of the total length. The lateral line, a series of

short rectangular elevations, commences following the upper fourth of

the body, from which it gently deviates towards the termination of the

second dorsal fin; from thence it continues declining to below the

middle of the body, opposite the fifth spurious fin, when it slightly

ascends towards the strong keel in front of the caudal fin. The spines

of the anterior dorsal fin are very slender, and the membrane is easily

detached, so as to leave the filamentous points of the anterior and the

whole of the posterior five or six very short spines unconnected.

The anterior spine, scarcely equalling the diameter of the eye, is 2

of the length of the second, which is shorter than the third. The

fourth, the longest, is } of the length of the head; the rest gradually

decrease; the sixteenth is so short and slender that it easily may

escape observation. The anterior spurious fin is often by a short

membrane connected to the second dorsal and anal. Hach caudal lobe

equals the length of the head. The length of the pectorals is 83 in

the total ; the ventrals 4 of the pectorals.

At Pinang this species occurs at all seasons, but not in numbers. In

quality it resembles C. commersoni, and like it, a solitary, stray one,

may during the cold season, be seen in the fish bazars of Calcutta.

Cysium GutTTaTuM. (Bloch-Schneider).

Scomber guttatus, Bl.-Schn. 23, Pl. 5.

Russell, CXXXIV. Wingeram.

Scomber leopardus, Shaw: Gen. Zool. IV. 591.

1094 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

Cybium guttatum, Cuv. R. A. II. 200 (‘).

Cybium guttatum, Cuv. and Val. VIII. 173.

Cybium kuhlii, Cuv. and Val. 27d. 178 (Young).

Cybium guttatum Richardson, Report, 1845, 268.

Cybium guttatum, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 4.

Tanggiri papan of the Malays. |

Adult. Membrane of the first seven or nine spines of anterior

dorsal fin black, that of the succeeding spines white, minutely dotted

with brown, and broadly edged with black; rest of the body and eyes

coloured like Cybium lineolatum. After death appear on the back and

upper half of the sides numerous black rounded and oval spots, of

different sizes, mostly irregularly scattered, here and there in regular

longitudinal series.

D 18—4/l6—X, C 1512, A 5/16—IX, V 1/5, P 21, Br. VII.

or D 17—5/16—X, A 6/16—IX.

Young. Ventrals, second dorsal, anal and their spurious fins pale

yellowish ; caudal whitish, the root the posterior margin and between

the central five rays silvery bluish. Rest of the body like the adult,

but no black spots appear after death.

D17—5/17—VII, A 6/16—VII, or D 15—5/16—VIII, A 6/16—

WHIT:

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Java, Madura, Malabar, Coromandel.

ToTaL LENGTH: 3 feet.

The length of the head is 4 of the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior caudal margin, but 5} in the total, measured to the centre

of a vertical line between the points of the caudal lobes. The orbit is

surrounded by a circular adipose membrane. The diameter of the

orbit is 7 of the length of the head. The distance of the eyes across

the forehead is 14 diameter. The maxillary teeth are generally shorter

and less broad than in C. commersoni or lineolatum. On each side of

the upper jaw appear upwards of 19, of the lower upwards of 15 teeth,

The velvety teeth are disposed as in C. lineolatum, but they are more

numerous, as the whole of the roof of the mouth, bounded in front by

the vomer and on each side by the palatals, is studded with patches of

teeth. The very .centre of the roof behind the anterior pointed part

of vomer, presents a singular appearance: it is covered with linear ele-

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1095

vations separated from each other by narrower lines of the naked lining

membrane. The greatest vertical diameter in front of the second dorsal

fin equals the length of the head. The lateral line, consisting of little

rectangular elevations, follows the outline of the back while gently

declining till opposite the third or fourth dorsal spurious fin; from

thence it continues straight to the strong keel in front of the caudal

fin. In the young of this and the preceding species the latter keel is

very little developed. Single individuals occur at Pinang at all seasons,

and are valued as articles of food. In Calcutta they are very rarely

seen, and during the cold season only.

Gren. Tricuiurus, Linné, 1766.

Body elongated, compressed, with a single extensive dorsal fin; tail

terminating in a slender finless filament; neither ventrals nor anal,

but instead of the latter a number of minute spines ; muzzle elongated ;

lower jaw projecting beyond the upper, both with distant lancet-shaped

teeth, among which several arched ones longer than the rest, and with

the posterior part of the point barbed ; each palatal with a series of

velvety teeth. Branchiostegous rays seven.

TRICHIURUS HAUMELA, (Forskal.)

Willoughby: App. Pl. 3. Fig. 3.

Clupea haumela, Forskal: Fauna Arab. p- 72, No. 106.

Clupea haumela, Linné: Syst. 1408.

Lacépéde, II. Pl. 7, Fig. 1.

Russell XLI. Sawala.

Trichiurus lepturus, Buchan. Ham. Fishes, p. 31, 364.

Trichiurus haumela, Cuvier, R. A. II. 218.

Trichiurus haumela, Cuv. and Val. VIII. 249.

Trichiurus haumela, Riippell, N. W. Fische, 41.

Trichiurus haumela, Swainson, II. 254.

Trichiurus haumela, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 4.

Ikan Pichuk of the Malays.

Adult. Head above, back and naked point of the tail blue blackish,

lighter silvery on the jaws, sides of the head and body; abdomen

silvery ; dorsal rays and membrane pale reddish yellow, the latter to

the twelfth ray, and from thence the upper half, minutely dotted with

7 8B

1096 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

black, so as to appear blackish ; anterior third of pectorals pale reddish

yellow, the rest blackish. Iris silvery blue, blackish towards the

orbit.

Young. Head above, back and naked point of the tail silvery bluish ;

the rest of the body shining silvery; dorsal and pectorals yellowish

white, minutely dotted with black like the adult, without, however,

acquiring the blackish general appearance of the latter.

D427 to2133):P 11 ,BrevVik:

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Chusan, Canton River, Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Gan-

getic estuaries, Malabar, Djetta, (Red Sea,) Java, Celebes,

Madura.

ToTAL LENGTH: 2 feet 8 inch. |

The length of the head, measured from the symphysis of the lower

jaw to the termination of the opercle, is + of the total. The diameter

of the eye is 4 of the length of the head, or 4 of the vertical diameter

of head through the eye itself. In the upper jaw appear on each side

upwards of 15 distant teeth, of which the anterior pair which are pre-

sent in the very young ones only, are directed forwards. Behind these

appear a pair, or a single lower arched tooth, the posterior part of the

point of which is barbed. Next follow 3 or 4 very small lancet-shaped,

behind which is a very long arched, half-barbed tooth. The rest of

the space is occupied by some distant lancet-shaped teeth, of which

those in the middle are the largest. On each side of the symphysis

of the lower jaw appears an arched tooth, like the corresponding one

of the upper jaw, but shorter. Behind the tooth is a vacant space,

followed by upwards of 12 lancet-shaped teeth, which with the exception

of one or two half-barbed in the middle, are smaller than the corres-

ponding of the upper jaw. Along the margin of each palatal is a series

of velvety teeth. The tongue is small, oval, a little pointed, and smooth.

The anterior dorsal ray is + of the length of the head. The greatest

vertical diameter of the body is generally ;, but in the adult , of the

total length, This species is excessively numerous at all seasons in

the Straits of Malacca and in the estuaries of the Ganges. The com-

mon length is about one foot, and but a solitary individual of 2 feet

8 inch was observed at Pinang. The fish is consumed fresh, but chiefly

dried, by the natives, and forms in the latter state an article of exporta-

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1097

tion. It is of voracious habits, devouring its own kind, as well as

other fishes, and crustacea. The adult had a nodulous enlargement of

the size of a coffee seed, on one of the anal interspinal bones, similar to

those observed in Platax arthriticus, Cuv. and Val.

TRICHIURUS SAVALA, Cuvier.

Trichiurus savala, Cuvier, R. A. Il. p. 219.

Trichiurus armatus, Gray: Zool. Misc. 9, (Hacl. Syn.

Sawala, Russell.)

(Icon.) ‘Trichiurus armatus, Gray: Ill. Ind. Zool. II. Pl. 93,

Bigs.

Trichiurus savala, Cuv. and Val. VIII. p. 251, Pl. 224.

Trichiurus savala, Cantor: Ann. Nat. Hist. IX. 15.

Trichiurus armatus, Richardson, Report, 1845, 268.

Pichuk of the Malays.

Head above, back and the naked point of the tail pale bluish, all

other parts shining silvery ; dorsal and pectoral rays yellowish white,

their membrane hyaline. Iris silvery, bluish towards the orbit.

D 112 to 120, P 11, Br. VII.

Hasitr.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Canton River, Chusan, Pondicherry, Bay of Bengal, Gan-

getic estuaries, Malabar, China Seas.

ToTaL LENGTH: 1 foot 4 inch.

The length of the head is from 6} to 74 in the total. The diameter

of the eye is from 8} to 4 of the length of the head, or 4 of the verti-

cal diameter of the head through the eye itself. The anterior rays of

the dorsal fin are proportionally shorter than in 7’. Aaumela: the

length of the first ray but slightly exceeds the diameter of the eye.

The lancet-shaped teeth of the jaws are proportionally smaller than in

the preceding species, which it in other respects greatly resembles.

Although not very scarce at Pinang and at the Sandheads, it is of far

rarer occurrence than 7’. haumela, which it resembles in voracious

habits. As observed by M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes, neither

species is electrical, but both give at certain seasons, like many other

fishes, a vivid phosphoric light.

GEN. Exvacate, Cuvier, 1829.

Head depressed ; body fusiform ; a number of free spines preceding

the dorsal fin, but none the anal; no keel in front of the caudal fin.

7 B2

1098 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

ELACATE BIVITTATA, Cuv. and Val.

Elacate bivittata, Cuv. and Val. VIII. 338.

Elacate bivittata, Temm. Schl. Fauna Japon. Pisc. 104, Pl. LVI.

Elacate bivittata, Richardson, Report, 1845, 269.

Head above and back inky, or bluish black ; from the posterior part

of the orbit to the root of caudal, a pale silvery longitudinal band,

dotted with black; from the shoulder, enclosing the posterior ? of the

lateral line, an intense bluish black band ; beneath which a narrower,

pale silvery, dotted with black ; under which a bluish black ; throat

and abdomen pale silvery, dotted with black ; upper half of sides of the

head silvery blackish ; lower half: pale silvery dotted with black ; dorsal

free spines, and all fin rays whitish ; their membranes pale greyish,

minutely dotted with brown so as to acquire a general brownish, or

blnish black appearance; caudal whitish at the root, and with a white

triangular spot at the upper and lower angle; in some the posterior

margin whitish ; pectorals whitish at the root, the rest intense black.

Tris silvery, minutely dotted with black.

D 8—2/30, 34, 35 or 36, C 1733, A 2/25, 26, 27 or 28, V 1f,

P 20, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

Moluccas, Japan, China Seas.

TOTAL LENGTH : 2 feet.

The length of the head is 3 of the total. The eye is surrounded by

a large circular adipose membrane. The transversal diameter of the

orbit is 4, the vertical + of the length of the head. The distance of the

orbits across the forehead slightly exceeds their transversal diameter.

The diameter of the eye itself is 3 of the length of the head. Besides

the cardlike teeth of both jaws, the vomer and the palatals, the whole of

the roof of the mouth between the three latter bones, the tongue and the

innerside of the gums are covered with velvety teeth. As in ZL. pondi-

ceriana, Cuv. and Val. the upper surface of the cranium has on each

side a fascicle of striee, radiating forwards and backwards. They are

indeed less apparent during life and in specimens preserved in spirits,

than in dried ones, which probably accounts for M. M. Cuvier and

Valenciennes describing the surface as nearly smooth (VIII. p. 338.)

On each opercle appear upwards of 9 backwards radiating, sharp striz.

Each side of the occiput and the cheeks are covered with small oval,

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1099

slightly pointed scales, like those of the body ; the rest of the head is

naked. The eight free dorsal spines are all directed backwards; each

is attached to its groove by a small triangular membrane. The anterior

ray of the dorsal and anal fins is shorter than the second, and not

branched like all the succeeding. The lateral line proceeds nearly

straight towards the termination of the pectorals from whence it gently

declines, keeping the middle of the body, and terminating a little in

front of the posterior margin of the caudal. It makes several slight

undulations, and the anterior portion is sometimes found double, the

one above the other. The length of the caudal fin is + of the total ; the

posterior margin is straight, vertical. The pectoral is a little falcated ;

the length + of the total, nearly double the length of the ventrals.

The stomach is an elongated muscular sac; at some distance from the

pylorus appears a ccecum, nearly as long as the stomach, from the

side of which proceed a number of short processes, each terminating

in many minute branches, all forming a countless mass of coeca. The

intestinal canal makes a single circumvolution: its length is about 3

of the total. The liver is elongated, single-lobed. The gall-bladder

is reduced to a narrow tube. The spleen is small triangular, There

is no air-vessel. In several dissected the stomach contained fishes

(Clupeoide) and Loligo. Single individuals occur at all seasons at

Pinang. They are eaten by the natives.

Gen. CHorinEMus, Cuv. and Val. 1831.*

Body oblong, compressed ; no keel in front of the caudal fin; ante-

rior dorsal fin consisting of singly moveable spines, each with a small

membrane ; the first of these spines preceded by an immoveable one,*+

more or less hid in the skin and pointing forwards; rays of the second

dorsal and anal fin either entirely detached, or united by a mem-

brane so brittle, as to easily disappear, and-make the rays resemble

spurious fins ; two free spines, resembling those of the anterior dorsal,

behind the anus.

* Substituted for Scomberoides, Lacépéde, 1800.

+ As the immoveable spine is rarely perceptible except in very young individu-

als, it will not be given in the formulas of the dorsal fins, but special mention will

be made of it.

1100 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

CHORINEMUS LYSAN, (Forskal.)

Scomber lysan, Forskal: Pl. 54, No. 67.

Scomberoide commersonien, Lacép. II. Tab. 20, fig. 3.

Russell, CXLI. Aken Parah.

Scomber madagascariensis, Shaw, Gen. Zool. 1V. Pt. II. p. 590,

Pl. 85.

Lichia lysan, Riippell: Atlas, p. 91.

- Scomberoide commersonien, Cuv. R. A. II. 204 (').

Scomber lysan, Cuv. did.

Scomber madagascariensis, Bennett: Life of Raffles.

Chorinemus commersonianus, Cuv. and Val. VIII. 370.

Chorinemus lyzan, Cuv. and Val. VIII. 387.

Chorinemus lysan, Riippell, N. W. Fische, 44.

Chorinemus commersonii, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 4.

Tallang raya of the Malays.

Head above and back golden greenish olive, the rest of the head and

body brilliant golden citrine or sulphur colour; second dorsal, anal,

pectoral and caudal like the body, but not golden; posterior margin of

caudal blackish, anterior dorsal, ventrals and post-anal spines white.

Iris golden sulphur-coloured, greenish towards the orbit.

After death. Head above and back greyish olive, lighter on the

sides towards the lateral line; rest of the head and body silvery ; sides

along or above the lateral line with 6 or 7 large oval blue-blackish or

greyish spots; second dorsal, anal, pectoral and caudal yellowish white.

Iris silvery.

D 7 or 6—1/20, C 174, A 2—1/18, V 1/, P 18, Br. VII.

Hasrr.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Sumatra, Java, Madura, Coromandel, Red Sea, Madagascar.

TOTAL LENGTH: 2 feet.

The length of the head is 42 in the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal ; the height at occiput nearly equals

the length of the head. The diameter of the orbit, supporting an adi-

pose membrane, is + of the length of the head; the distance across

the forehead equals the diameter. The angle of the mouth is situated

at some distance behind the orbit; the distance from the muzzle to

the angle of the mouth slightly exceeds 4 the length of the head.

The immoveable spine preceding the first dorsal, is apparent in the

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1101

very young, but later it becomes entirely hid by the integuments.

The lateral line forms an obtuse angle opposite the first dorsal spine,

and at equal distance between the latter and the middle of the pectoral

fin. The anterior of the black spots which appear after death is situ-

ated beneath the origin of the lateral line, between it and the root of

the pectoral; the upper part of the opercle becomes frequently black-

ish; of the rest of the spots, the two or three are above, but touch the

lateral line ; the others are altogether above it. The scales are minute,

oval, with a longitudinal central furrow, and enveloped in the transpa-

rent epidermis. The greatest vertical diameter of the body, in front of

the posterior dorsal fin varies from 34 to 33 in the total length.

At Pinang single individuals occur at all seasons. They are eaten

either fresh or dried by the natives.

CHORINEMUS TOL, Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Russell, CX XXVIII. Tol Parah.

Chorinemus tol, Cuv. and Val. VIII. p. 385.

Head above and back metallic bluish grey, lighter on the sides to

a little above the lateral line ; opercles and the rest of the body silvery

white’; pectorals and caudal yellowish white, the latter edged with

blackish ; the rest of the fins white; the angle of the second dorsal

fin black. Iris silvery, bluish black towards the orbit.

After death. Upper part of opercle and a spot immediately behind it,

metallic bluish grey ; in some a series of from 6 to 8 similar spots above

the lateral line.

D 7—1/20 or 21,C 178, A 2—1/18, 19 or 20, V 1/5, P18, Br. VIT.

Hasit.—Sea af Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Amboyna, Buru, Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, mouths of

the Ganges, Malabar.

ToTaL LENGTH : 8§ inch.

The length of the head is from 42 to + of the total, measured to the

centre of the posterior margin of the caudal fin; the depth at occiput is

3 of the length of the head. The transversal diameter of the orbit is

33 in the length of the head ; the distance across the forehead equals

the diameter. The greatest vertical diameter of the body equals the

length of the head. The lateral line makes a very obtuse angle oppo-

site the third dorsal spine, from thence it declines till opposite the

third or fourth ray of the second dorsal, when it proceeds straight to

1102 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

the centre of the caudal. The length of the lobes of the caudal equals

that of the head, but generally one of the lobes is shorter than the

other. The length of the pectorals and ventrals slightly exceeds } of

the length of the head. The angle of the mouth is situated beneath

the centre of the orbit; the lower jaw sligthly projects beyond the

upper. The scales appear like numerous, close, horizontal needles.

The immoveable spine preceding the first dorsal, is in some partially

apparent, in others entirely hidden. Younger individuals are at Pinang

excessively numerous during all seasons, and are dried by the natives.

Gren. Tracuynotus, (Lacép.) Cuvier, 1817.

(Casiomorus, Lacép. 1800.—AcANTHINION, Lacép. 1802.—)

Differs from Gen. Lichia by a more elevated body, a profile more

rapidly descending in front of the eyes, and by the more elongated

points of the second dorsal and anal fin.

TRAGHYNOTUS MOOKALEE, Cuv. and Val.

Gasterosteus ovatus, Linné, Syst: 1325?

Centronote ovale, Lacépéde ?

Russell, CLIV. Mookalee Parah.*

Trachinotus mookalee, Cuv. and Val. VIII. 423.

Head above and back silvery green; sides above the lateral line

golden green ; beneath the line, abdomen and opercles golden gamboge ;

all fins gamboge ; anterior margin of dorsal spines and first ray of

second dorsal blackish ; membrane of second dorsal, caudal and pecto-

rals minutely dotted with brown. Iris golden gamboge, green towards

the orbit.

D 6—1/19. C 178, A 2—1/17, V 1/5, P 20, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Coromandel, Malabar.

ToTaL LENGTH : 8 inch.

The length of the head is + of the total measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal; the depth at the occiput exceeds

by 3 the length of the head. The diameter of the orbit is 34 of the

* Dr, Riippell considers this identical with Trachynotus falcatus, (Forsk.) of

which also the following synonymes are given: Scomber falcatus, Forskal, p. 57,

No. 76.—Cesiomorus blochii, Lacep. II. Tab, 3, Fig, 2.—(Riippell: Atlas, p.

88,) To these the author has later added: Trachinotus drepanis, Cuv. and Val,

VIII, 429,

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1103

length of the head. The infraorbital is broad, rounded in front, taper-

ing to a point beneath the centre of the orbit, so as to leave the

inferior half of the narrow maxillary bone exposed. The preopercle

consists of a very narrow vertical portion, and a shorter, broader hori-

zontal ; where both join, the posterior margin describes a segment of a

circle. The external surface is divided in two parts by a ridge in

the middle: the anterior part has at the angle four longer and

several smaller spine-like radiating processes, between which appear

numerous radiating lines which continue along the vertical part of

the posterior margin, which has the appearance of being very finely

denticulated in an oblique upward direction. The angle of the

mouth is situated in front of the orbit. In a young individual, 36

inches in length, a band of card-like teeth appear in both jaws;

but in another, 8 inches in length, the jaws have no perceptible

teeth, and such was also the case in those examined by Russell. M. M.

Cuvier and Valenciennes describe their specimens of 7’. mookalee with

velvety, easily perceptible teeth in both jaws.* It would therefore

appear that some, not all, individuals with age lose their teeth. Asa

young individual examined at Pinang has very distinct teeth, it follows

that the division adopted by Dr. Riippell (Atlas, p. 88) of Trachinotus,

Lacép. containing species supposed to have no teeth, is inadmissible.

The anterior opening of the nostrils is much smaller than the posterior.

The lateral line commences slightly ascending till above the point

of the pectoral fin, from whence it gently descends till opposite the

posterior third of the second dorsal, when it proceeds straight to the

middle of the caudal fin. The scales of the body are very minute,

appearing like points. In the young individual examined at Pinang,

the spine preceding the moveable dorsal ones, had the point projecting,

but in the larger one, although perceptible, it was imbedded in the

integuments. In Russell’s figure the point projects. The length of

the point of the second dorsal slightly exceeds 3 of the extent of the

base of the fin. The point of the anal is a little shorter. The greatest

vertical diameter, in front of the second dorsal, is by } less than half of

the total length. The lobe of the caudal is 4 of the total length.

The length of the pectorals is 3 of the head; that of the ventrals >

* T. blochit (Lacép.) and T. falcatus, (Forsk4l), which Dr. Riippell considers

to be identical with the present species, have no teeth. (Cuv. and Val. VIII.)

y a ©

1104 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Nov.

of the pectorals. |The two above mentioned individuals were observed

at Pinang in June, 1843, and in February, 1845.

TRACHYNOTUS QUADRIPUNCTATUS, (Riippell.)

Cesiomorus quadripunctatus, Riippell: Atlas, p. 90, Tab. 24.

Fig. 1.

Trachinotus quadripunctatus, Cuv. and Val. VIII. 434.

Head above and back silvery greyish green, lighter on the sides to a

little above the lateral line; rest of the sides, abdomen, opercles and

cheeks silvery white; on the lateral line 2 to 5 distant black spots ;

fins hyaline; point of second dorsal and anal, and lobes of caudal

black. Irish silvery, greenish towards the orbit.

D 6—1/22, C 178, A 2—1/22, V 1/5, P 17, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Massaua, (Red Sea,) Seychelle Islands.

TOTAL LENGTH: 7% inch.

The length of the head is 43 in the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal; the depth at the occiput equals the

length of the head. The diameter of the orbit is 3} in the length of

the head. The nostrils, the infraorbital and the preopercle resemble

LT’. mookalee. In both jaws, on the vomer and palatals appear card-

like teeth. The lateral line is slightly arched downwards till the origin

of the second dorsal fin, from whence it proceeds straight in the mid-

dle of the body towards the caudal. The scales are minute, scarcely

perceptible. In the individual examined at Pinang the point of the

immoveable spine, preceding the first dorsal, projected far beyond the

integuments. On the left lateral line appeared four small black spots :

the first opposite the 4th dorsal spine, the second, the largest of all,

opposite the root of the second dorsal, the third opposite the middle of,

and the fourth opposite the termination of the second dorsal. On the

right lateral line, however, the last spot was absent. The individual

described by Dr. Riippell had on each side two such spots, corre-

sponding to the second and third in the present. In those examined by

M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes the number of spots varied from 3 to

5. The greatest vertical diameter of the body in front of the second

dorsal is 23 in the total length, measured to the centre of the poste-

rior margin of the caudal. The length of the point of the second

dorsal equals the extent of the base of the fin; that of the anal

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1105

slightly exceeds it. The length of the caudal lobes is 22 in the total,

measured as above observed. The pectorals are 3 of the length of the

head ; the ventrals 3 of the pectorals. A single individual was taken

at reads in June 1845, while unusually strong southerly winds pre-

vailed. The fishermen asserted the species to be of very rare occur-

rence.

Gen. Apouectus, Cuvier and Falenciennes, 1831.

Differs from Trachynotus by the ventral fins being fixed under the

throat.

APOLECTUS STROMATEUS, Cuv. and Val.

Apolectus stromateus, Cuv. and Val. IX. 439.

Head above back and sides to the lateral line silvery brownish olive ;

cheeks, opercles and abdomen silvery pale neutral tint, everywhere

minutely dotted with black; dorsal and anal pale greenish olive, minutely

dotted with black ; edges and the posterior part, containing the 3 or 4

last rays yellowish white ; ventrals blackish; pectorals yellowish white,

minutely dotted with black; caudal yellowish white, posterior half

minutely dotted with black. Iris silvery buff, orbital half blackish

blue.

D 4—1/43, C 1734, A 2—1/37, V 1/5, P 21, Br. VI.

Haxsir.—Sea of Pinang.

Java, Pondicherry.

ToTaL LENGTH: 3 inch.

The length of the head is 3} in the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal fin; the depth at occiput exceeds

by } the length. The diameter of eh eye is 4 of the length of the

head. In each jaw appears a single series of excessively fine teeth.

The greatest vertical diameter in front of the second dorsal fin is 13 in

the total length. In front of the first minute dorsal spine appears an

immoveable forward-pointing one, anterior to which two minute spines

may be felt by passing the finger along that part of the back. The

length of the point of the second dorsal and anal fins is 23 in the total.

That of the falcated pectorals and caudal lobes is § of the total length.

The ventrals are 3 of the pectorals; the rays are very slender. A

single individual was observed at Pinang in June, 1844.

Gen. Caranx, (Lacép. 1800,)- Cuvier, 1829.

Lateral line more or less mailed with scaly plates, each keeled and

7c2

1106 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

with a spine; two dorsal fins ; a horizontal immoveable spine in front

of the anterior dorsal ; two free spines in front of the anal; body, the

lateral line excepted, covered with small scales; crest of cranium tren-

chant; last rays of second dorsal often slightly connected; in some

separated in spurious fins.

A,.—With several spurious fins behind the second dorsal and anal.

CaRANX ROTTLERI, (Bloch.)

Scomber cordyla, Linné, Syst. 1332 ?

Scomber rottleri, Bloch, Tab. 346.

Russell, CXLIII. Woragoo.

Scomber rottleri, Shaw, IV. 598.

Caranx rottleri, (Lacép.) Riippell: Atlas, 102.

Caranx rotleri, Cuv. R. A. II. 208 (')

Caranx rotleri, Cuv. and Val. IX. 29.

Caranx rotleri, Riippell, N. W. Fische, 48, 52.

Caranx rotleri, Richardson, Report, 1845, 273.

Head above and back steel blue or silvery dark green, lighter on the

sides towards the lateral line ; the latter as well as the rest of the body

shining silvery ; on the upper part of opercle a bluish black spot ; fins

transparent, yellowish ; point of the second dorsal, and margin of the

caudal minutely dotted with black. Iris silvery; adipose fold of the

orbit pale amber-coloured.

D 8—1/10 or 11—IX, C174, A2—18—VIII or VII, V 1/5, P 22.

Br, VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Coromandel, Malabar, Massaua, (Red Sea,) China Seas.

TOTAL LENGTH: 7 inch.

The length of the head is + of the body, the caudal not included;

the greatest vertical diameter, in front of the second dorsal fin, is 34 in

the length of the body. The diameter of the orbit is a little less than

3 of the length of the head; the broad adipose fold of the orbit leaves

a vertically oval space, in which the eye appears. The anterior part of

the lateral line is formed by very small rounded scales and describes a

short high arch, which terminates opposite the middle of the anterior

dorsal fin ; the rest of the line is straight, consisting of 53 to 55 oblique,

keeled and spinous plates. The anterior of the latter are narrow;

each nearly 3 of the vertical diameter of the body ; the posterior ones

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1107

increase in breadth and entirely cover the tail. The falcated pectoral

fins are 34 in the total length, measured to the centre of the posterior

margin of the caudal. Single individuals occur at all seasons at Pi-

nang. They are eaten by the natives.

B.—Without spurious fins behind the second dorsal and anal fins.

CARANX VARI, Cuv. and Val.

Caranx vari, Cuv. and Val. IX. 48.

Head above and back steel blue with silvery green reflections, lighter

on the upper half of the sides; the rest of the body shining silvery ;

abdomen with rose-coloured reflections ; on the upper part of the oper-

cle and at the commencement of the lateral line a large pale bluish-

black spot; anterior dorsal fin black ; second dorsal and caudal pale

yellowish white, their marginal halves minutely dotted with black ; the

rest of the fins hyaline, white; the middle of the anal sparingly dotted

with brown. Iris silvery; adipose fold of the orbit pale amber-co-

loured,

D 8—1/24, C 174, A 2—1/20, V 1/5, P 19, Br. VII.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Pondicherry.

ToTaL LENGTH: 65 inch.

The length of the head is 33 in that of the body, or 33 in the total

measured to the centre of the posterior margin of the caudal. The

inferior margin of the opercle is very slightly concave. The diameter

of the orbit is 33 in the length of the head; the opening of the

adipose fold of the orbit is vertically oval. The greatest vertical

diameter of the body, in front of the second dorsal, is 4 of the

length of the body. The arched portion of the lateral line extends

to opposite the anterior part of the second dorsal, the straight portion

consists of from 55 to 58 plates, none of which exceeds in height

4 of the greatest vertical diameter of the body. The falcated pectorals

are 35 in the total length. This species is of uncommon occurrence

at Pinang.

CARANX MATE, Cuv. and Val.

Caranx mate, Cuv. and Val. IX. 54.

Head above and back steel blue, with silvery green reflections ;

lighter on the upper half of the sides, rest of the body shining silvery ;

abdomen with mother-of-pearl reflections ; pectoral, caudal and second

1108 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

dorsal yellowish white, the latter. minutely dotted with black towards

the margin ; first dorsal, ventrals and anal whitish, the latter sparingly

dotted with brown; upper part of opercle with a bluish black spot.

Tris silvery ; adipose fold of the orbit pale amber-coloured.

D 8—1/24, C 174, A 2—1/20, V 1/5, P 22, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Seychelles, New Guinea, Anjer, Pondicherry.

ToTaL LENGTH: 9© inch.

The length of the head slightly exceeds 3} in the total, measured

to the centre of the posterior margin of the caudal; the depth at

the occiput is 3 of the length of the head. The diameter of the orbit is

32 in the latter; the opening of the adipose fold of the orbit is verti-

cally oval. The lower margin of the opercle is nearly straight, or

slightly concave about the middle. The greatest vertical diameter of

the body in front of the second dorsal is 33 in the total length. The

arched portion of the lateral line terminates opposite the anterior

fourth of the second dorsal; the rest is straight and covered by 37

to 40 plates, none of which in height exceeds 3 of the greatest vertical

diameter of the body. The length of the falcated pectorals is 34 in

the total. The last dorsal and anal ray is stronger and more elongated

than the preceding ones, and as the connecting membrane easily

becomes torn, these two rays acquire the appearance of spurious ones.

M. M. Cuvier,and Valenciennes describe C. xanthurus as corresponding

in every respect to the present species, except in its having a series of

eight or nine dorsal spots of a darker blue than the rest of the back.

From C. affinis, Riippell, (Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 49, Tab. 14,

Fig. 1.) the present also differs but slightly; in afinis the head is

4 of the total length, and the pectorals equal the length of the head:

both are therefore shorter than in the present. The first dorsal spine

is 4 of the fourth, the longest. In the present the first spine is 23 in

the length of the third and fourth, which are of equal length. Single

individuals occur at all seasons at Pinang. They are eaten by the

natives.

CARANX LEPTOLEPIS, Kuhl. and Van Hasselt.

Caranx leptolepis, Cuv. and Val. IX. 63.

Caranx mertensil, Cuv. and Val. IX. 64.

Ifead above and back steel blue; from above the orbit to the caudal

1849.| Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. © 1109

a broad gamboge band; the rest of the body shinmg silvery ; dorsal

and caudal fins gamboge, the rest white. Iris silvery, blue towards the

orbit. In some individuals a large bluish black spot on the upper

part of the opercle.

D 8—1/25 or 26, C 178, A 2—1/22 or 23, V 1/5, P 20, Br. VII.

Hasgit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

Java, Manilla.

ToraL LENGTH: 44 inch.

The length of the head is 34 in the total, measured to the centre

of the posterior margin of the caudal ; the depth at occiput is + less

than the length. The diameter of the orbit, which is surrounded by

a very narrow adipose fold, is 3 of the length of the head. The lower

margin of the opercle is straight. The snout is uncommonly protrac-

tile; the teeth of both jaws are excessively minute, so as to be barely

perceptible to the touch. The very slight arch of the lateral line

terminates opposite the middle of the second dorsal; the anterior part

of the rest is covered by minute scales, which do not perceptibly in-

crease in size till opposite the posterior third of the second dorsal, from

whence may be counted 25 such. None of these scales exceed }, of

the greatest vertical diameter of the body, which equals the length of

the head. ‘The length of the falcated pectorals also equals that of the

head. M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes describe C. mertensii as merely

differing by the absence of the black opercular spot. At Pinang,

where the fish is uncommon, individuals occur with and without the

spot, in forms and colours so exactly like, as to leave no doubt about

their identity.

C.—With trenchant profile, forming a segment of a circle ; plates

exclusively on the straight portion of the lateral line ; pectorals falci-

form ; in front of the first dorsal an immoveable horizontal spine, often

hid in the integuments.

CARANX FORSTERI, Cuv. and Val. ?

Scomber hippos, Lin. apud Forster ?

Caranx forsteri, Cuv. and Val. IX. 107?

Young. TWead above and back golden green, lighter on the sides ; rest

of the body shining silvery ; abdomen with mother-of-pearl reflections ;

at the angle of the opercle a very faint bluish black spot; first dorsal

minutely dotted with brown, so as to appear pale grey; ventrals and

1110 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

anal white; pectoral, caudal and second dorsal yellowish, the point

and margin of the latter, and the posterior margin of the caudal

minutely dotted with brown, so as to appear greyish. Iris i

bluish black towards the orbit.

D 8—1/20 or 21, C 174, A 2—1/15, 16 or 17, V 1/5, P 19, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH: 42 inch.

The length of the head is a little less than 33 in the total, measured

to the centre of the posterior margin of the caudal fin; the depth at

occiput equals the length, The diameter of the orbit is 34 in the

length of the head. The infraorbital is longer than broad: its greatest

breadth, along the superior margin equalling } the diameter of the

orbit. The arched, very slightly undulating, portion of the lateral line

terminates opposite the fifth or sixth ray ef the second dorsal; the

straight portion is covered by 30 to 31 plates, none of which exceed

about 4 of the greatest diameter of the body, which is 3+ in the total

length of the body. The length of the falcated pectorals equals

that of the head. Single individuals occur at Pinang at all seasons.

They appear nearest to correspond to the description of C. forsteri.

CARANX MALABARICUS, (Bloch-Schneider.)

Scomber malabaricus, Bloch-Schn. p. 31.

Russell, CL. Tallam Parah.

Caranx malabaricus, Cuv. and Val. IX. 121.

Caranx malabaricus, Richardson, Report, 1845, 275.

Head above and back pale silvery sea green; sides of the head and

body shining silvery with blue reflections; abdomen white; at the

upper part of the opercle a bluish black spot; pectorals, second dorsal

and caudal yellowish white, the two latter sparingly dotted with black

towards the margin; anal and ventrals white; first dorsal hyaline.

Iris silvery, minutely dotted with brown; upper orbital margin bluish

black.

D 8—1/22, C 174, A 2—1/18, V 1/, P 20, Br. VII.

Hasitr.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Red Sea, China Sea.

ToraL LENGTH: 8 inch.

The length of the head is 33 in the total, measured to the centre of

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1111

the posterior margin of the caudal; the depth at occiput equals the

length. The transversal diameter of the orbit is a little less than 3

of the length of the head. The teeth of both jaws, of the vomer and

the palatals are velvety, but those on each side of the symphysis of

the jaws are a little longer than the rest. The tongue is very small,

linear, and with the exception of the apex, covered with velvety teeth.

The arched portion of the slightly undulating lateral line terminates

opposite the posterior third of the second dorsal; the straight portion

is covered by 35 to 36 plates, none of which exceeds ,}, of the greatest

vertical diameter of the body, which is about 2} in the total length,

The pectorals equal the length of the head. Single individuals occur

at Pinang at all seasons, and are eaten, fresh or dried, by the natives.

CARANX NIGRIPES, Cuv. and Val.

Russell, CLII. Mais Parah.

Caranx nigripes, Cuv. and Val. IX. 122.

Caranx nigripes, Richardson, Report, 1845, 275.

Caranx nigripes, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 4.

Head above and back pale silvery blue or green; sides of the head

and body shining silvery with rose coloured reflections; abdomen

white: on the upper part of the opercle an indistinct bluish black

spot; base and anterior margin of ventrals white, rest greenish black,

and between these fins a black spot; first dorsal greyish, minutely

dotted with black ;.the rest of the fins white, the second dorsal and

caudal minutely dotted with black towards the margin ; at the symphy-

sis of the lower jaw a black spot; branchiostegous rays and membrane

silvery white, the latter broadly brimmed with black between the four

lower rays. Iris silvery, upper orbital margin bluish black.

D 8—1/21 or 22, C 178, A 2—1/18, 19 or 20, V 1/5, P19, Br. VII.

Hasrr.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Java, Balli, Madura, China

Seas.

TOTAL LENGTH: 6 inch.

The length of the head is 34 in the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior caudal margin; the depth at occiput exceeds by 3 the

length. The transversal diameter of the eye is 34 in the length of

the head. The greatest vertical diameter of the body is 24 in the

total length. The horizontal, immoveable, spine in front of the first

7 D

1112 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

dorsal, is rather strong, with the point free. ‘Phe arched portion of the

lateral line terminates opposite the fifth ray of the second; the straight

portion is covered by about 36 or 37 slightly pointed plates, none of

which exceeds ;4 of the greatest diameter of the body. The length

of the falcated pectorals is 34, that of the ventrals is 44 in the total.

The length of the ventral spine is 25 in the nearest ray. The point of

the second dorsal and anal fin is 34 in the greatest vertical diameter of

the body. Behind the eyes appear some indistinct scales ; the cranial

crest, the rest of the head and the thorax are scaleless ; the rest of

the body is covered by small orbicular, somewhat deciduous scales.

This species is at all times excessively numerous in the Straits of

Malacca and the Bay of Bengal. The natives eat it in its fresh and

dried state.

CaRANX ATROPUS, (Bloch-Schneider).

Brama atropus, Bloch-Schneider, 98, Pl. 23.

Olistus atropus, Cuv. and Val. IX. 141.

D 8—1/21, C 178, A 2—1/17, V 1/4, P 19, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Tranquebar.

ToTaL LENGTH: 74 inch.

In proportions, number of fin rays and colours this fish exactly

resembles Caranx nigripes, from which it merely differs in having the

6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, and 12th rays of the second dorsal

longer than the rest, and the elongated part not connected by the

membrane. The 8th and 9th are the longest, each being about 24 in

the greatest vertical diameter of the body. All the elongated rays,

although filamentous, are distinctly branched, which consequently

excludes the fish from the genus Olisthus.* The elongated part, as

well as the half of the membrane in front of each ray, is minutely

dotted with black. However erroneous Bloch’s description and figure

of Brama atropus may be, there seems to be no reason to doubt that

a specimen of the present fish was his original. M. M. Cuvier and

Valenciennes observe that the specimen now extant, marked by

Bloch: Brama atropus, (his specimen of Caranzx nigripes is labeled :

ok Ouistuus, Cuv. (R. A. 1829.) Differs from Caranzx, (Citula) in having the

middle rays of the second dorsal not branched, but merely articulated, and each

elongated into a filament.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1113

Brama melampus,) is nothing but Caranx nigripes. Mutilation of the

delicate filaments of C. atropus would indeed render it indistinguish-

able from C. nigripes. A single individual of the present was

observed at Pinang in June, 1844, and it remains to be ascertained if

the elongation of some of the dorsal rays is more than an individual

distinction. Dr. Riippell obtained in the Red Sea a specimen of his

Citula ciliaria (Syn. Olistus ? rupellii, Cuv. and Val.) which had the

middle rays of both the second dorsal and of the anal fin elongated

filamentous, and he therefore thinks it possible that the fish is iden-

tical with Olistus malabaricus, Cuv. and Val, (Neue Wirbelth. Fische :

p- 50).

CaRANX ARMATUS, (Riippell.)

Scizena armata, Forskal, Fauna Arab. p. 53, No. 68?

Scizena armata, Linné, Syst. 1306 ?

Russell, CLI. Tchawil Parah. (Young.)

Citula armata, Riippell: Atlas, 103.

Caranx citula (cirrhosus, Ehrenb.) Cuv. and Val. TX. 126, Pl. 250.

Caranx armatus, Cuv. and Val. IX. 127,

Caranx ciliaris, Cuv. and Val. IX. 129. (Young.)

Citula armata, (Syn. Caranx cirrhosus,) Riippell, Neue Wirb. Fis-

che 50,

Caranx ciliaris, Temm. et. Schl. Fauna Japon. Pisce. 112.

Caranx ciliaris, Richardson, Report, 1845, 276.

Young. Head above and back pale sea green or bluish green; sides of

the head and of the body beneath the lateral line mother-of-pearl

with pale rose coloured reflections ; abdomen white ; an indistinct

black spot at the upper part of the opercle ; first dorsal hyaline

minutely dotted with black ; second dorsal yellowish white, the elongat-

ed point and the upper margin minutely dotted with black; caudal

yellowish white, marginal half minutely dotted with black; anal and

pectorals white; base and anterior margin of the ventrals white, rest

pale greenish grey, minutely dotted with brown. Iris silvery, upper

orbital half greenish black.

D 8—1/21, C 172 A 2—1/16 or 17, V 1/5, P 19, Br. VII.

Haxsir.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

Seas of China and Japan, New Guinea, Java, Coromandel,

Red Sea, Indian Ocean.

7 DIZ

1114 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

TOTAL LENGTH : 44 inch.

The length of the head is 32 in the total, measured to the centre of

the caudal fin ; the depth at occiput exceeds by + the length. The

diameter of the orbit is 3 of the length of the head. The greatest

vertical diameter of the body, in front of the second dorsal, is 24+ in

the total length. The arched portion of the lateral line does not

abruptly become straight ; it straightens a little in front of and opposite

the third posterior part of the second dorsal, and is covered by about

24 plates, none of which exceeds 3 of the greatest vertical diameter

of the body. The elongated first dorsal ray exceeds by about +

the greatest vertical diameter of the body ; the first anal ray scarcely

exceeds 2 of the first dorsal, but is frequently less. The point of the

horizontal spine, in front of the first dorsal fin, is exposed. The length

of the falcated pectorals is 3 of the total length ; the ventrals slightly

exceed 4 of the pectorals. This species is of uncommon occurrence at

Pinang. It corresponds exactly to Russell’s No. CLI. (Caranzx cili-

aris, Cuv. and Val.) which would appear to be the young of Citula

armata, which Dr. Riippell considers to be identical with Caranzx citula

(cirrhosus, Khrenb.) Cuv. and Val. The description of the latter

affords no specifically distinguishing characters.

CARANX OBLONGUS, Cuv. and Val.

Caranx oblongus, Cuv.’and Val. IX.

Young. Head above and back pale yellowish green; sides of the

head and body beneath the lateral line shining silvery ; abdomen white ;

first dorsal hyaline, sparingly dotted with brown; second dorsal and

anal hyaline, the marginal half minutely dotted with brown, the elongat-

ed points of the fins bright vellow; ventrals and caudal yellow, the

margin of the latter minutely dotted with black; pectorals white.

Iris golden light green ; upper half of orbital margin bluish black.

D 8—1/22, C 174, A 2—1/19, V 1/5, P 21, Br. VII.

Hasitr.—Sea of Pinang.

Vanicolo, Oualan.

TOTAL LENGTH: 53 inch.

The length of the head is 4 of the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal; the depth at occiput slightly ex-

ceeds the length of the head, of which the diameter of the orbit is +.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1115

Of the velvety teeth those of the symphysis of both jaws are some-

what stronger than the rest. The greatest vertical diameter of the

’ -body in front of the second dorsal is 23 in the total length, measured

to the centre of the posterior margin of the caudal. The lateral line is

slightly arched, following the profile of the back it terminates opposite

the second third of the dorsal. The straight portion is covered by 40

strongly keeled plates, none of which exceed } of the greatest vertical

diameter of the body. The point of the horizontal spine in front of

the first dorsal is exposed. The elongated anterior ray of the second

dorsal exceeds by 1 the greatest vertical diameter of the body, of which

the anterior ray of the anal is but 3. The falcated pectorals equal the

lobes of the caudal, and are 23 in the total length. The ventrals are

1 of the pectorals. A single individual occurred at Pinang in Septem-

ber, 1843.

CarAnx speciosus, (Forskal.)

Scomber speciosus, Forskal, Fauna Arab. 54, No. 70.

Scomber speciosus, Linné, Syst. 1332.

Lacépede, III. Tab. 1, Fig. 1.

Russell, CX LIX. Poloosoo Parah.

Scomber speciosus, Shaw, IV. 603.

Caranx 4 six bandes, Quoy et Gaim. Tab. 65, Fig. 4.

Caranx speciosus, Riippell, Atlas, 96.

Caranx speciosus, (Syn. C. petaurista: Isid. Geoff. Eg. Tab. XXV.

Fig. 1. Adult.) Cuvier, R. A. II. 209 (’)

Caranx speciosus, Cuv. and Val. IX. 130.

Caranx speciosus, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 45.

Zonichthys subcarinata, Swainson: II. 248.

Caranx speciosus, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 4.

Ground colour citrine or king’s-yellow with a bluish black oblique

band from the centre of the orbit to the occiput ; a second from the

occiput vertically over the posterior margin of the opercle; a third

narrow line from in front of the first dorsal to a little below the lateral

line; a fourth broad band from the middle of the first dorsal to abdo-

men; a fifth narrow line from between the dorsals; a sixth broad

band from the anterior part of the second dorsal; a seventh narrow

line from the middle; an eighth broad band from the posterior part ;

1116 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

and a ninth narrow line from the termination of the second dorsal ;

the posterior three alternate bands and lines reaching the abdomen ;

in some a bluish black spot at the root of the pectorals ; branchioste-

gous rays and membrane, the two spines in front of the anal and the

ventrals white ; the rest of the fins citrine, the dorsals minutely dotted

with black, the points of the caudal and the posterior margin black.

Iris golden citrine, upper orbital margin bluish black.

D 7—1/19 or 20, C 172, A 2—1/15 or 16, V 1/,, P 22, Br. VII.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

New Holland, Vanicolo, Isle of France, Red Sea,

Trincomalie, Coromandel, Java, Madura.

TOTAL LENGTH : 9 inch.

The length of the head is 33 in the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal; the depth at occiput equals the

length. The diameter of the orbit is + of the length of the head. In

individuals not exceeding 34 inches in length, velvety teeth may be

felt on each side on the symphysis of the upper jaw ; on each side of

the symphysis of the lower they may distinctly be seen, and a single

series of from 10 to 12 rather distant teeth appear across the vomer.

In an individual 9 inches in length no teeth appeared except a small,

yet distinct, one on each side of the symphysis of the lower jaw. The

greatest vertical diameter of the body, in front of the second dorsal, is +

of the total length. The arched portion of the lateral line terminates,

but not abruptly so, a little in front of and opposite the middle of the

second dorsal fin. The straight portion is covered by upwards of 34

slightly keeled plates, of which none of the posterior 12, the largest,

exceeds =}, of the greatest vertical diameter of the body. The length of

the falcated pectorals equals that of the head. Single individuals occur

at Pinang at all seasons. They are eaten by the natives.

Gen. Scyris, Cuvier, 1829.

Differs from Caranz by a more elevated, trenchant profile ; first

dorsal entirely hid; second dorsal with some of the rays elongated,

filamentous.

Scyris mnpicus, Riippell.

Scyris indicus, Riippell: Atlas, 128, Tab. 33, Fig. 1. (Young.)

Scyris indica, Cuv. and Val. IX. 145, Pl. 252. (Adult.)

Scyris indicus, Riippell : Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 51.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1117

eben (rong et Swainson, II, 251.

Scyris indicus, (Adult) J

Scyris indica, Richardson, Report, 1845, 276.

Head above and back blackish silvery ; cheeks and opercles shining

silvery, the latter minutely and sparingly dotted with brown; at the

upper part of the posterior margin of the opercle a small intensely

black spot; the rest of the body silvery satin, abdomen sparingly

dotted with brown; fin-rays and membranes yellowish white ; upper

margin of the second dorsal and posterior margin of the caudal minutely

dotted, so as to appear blackish; root of the pectoral silvery. Iris

silvery, upper orbital half bluish black.

D 1/19, C 178, A 1/16, V 1/5, P 19, Br. VII.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang

Java, Pondicherry, Red Sea, China Seas.

TOTAL LENGTH : | foot 9 inch.

The length of the head is 3} in the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal; the depth at occiput is but 4 of

the total length. The diameter of the orbit is } of the length of the

head. In both jaws appear two or three series of small, but strong,

conical teeth resembling those of some Sparoide ; those on each side

of the symphysis are larger than the rest. The vomer presents a few

similar, but the small, oblong, tongue is covered with card-like teeth.

The greatest vertical diameter of the body, in front of the dorsal fin, is

22 in the total length. Each of the small scales composing the lateral

line has a central longitudinal tube, from the posterior part of which

branch off two smaller ones: one upwards and backwards, the other

downwards and backwards. The arched, somewhat undulating portion

of the line terminates opposite the middle of the dorsal fin. The

straight portion consists mostly of small scales, but towards the termi-

nation of the dorsal the posterior eleven gradually enlarge and become

sharply keeled; the three or four last, although the largest, do not

exceed ;1, of the greatest vertical diameter of the body. In the adult

the cranial crest is very large and arched, like that observed in Platawx

arthriticus, but the posterior part, from opposite the opercle, is not con-

tiguous, but consists of three separate, gradually decreasing, egg-shaped

pieces of bone. Behind the last, lie six successive pieces, entirely

hid under the integuments, and resting on the interspinals. The ante-

1118 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

rior undulating dorsal ray is the longest, slightly exceeding the length

of the head. This, as well as the three succeeding, gradually decreas-

ing ones, are undivided ; the fifth and sixth are branched like the fol-

lowing, but their anterior branch is undivided and slightly elongated.

The anterior anal ray equals in length the corresponding dorsal, and

is as well as the second undivided. In front of the anal fin lie two

small distant spines entirely concealed under the integuments. The

length of the faleated pectorals is 4 of the body, not including the cau-

dal; that of the ventrals a little less than 4 of the pectorals. Single

individuals are of very rare occurrence at Pinang.

Gen. GauticutTuys, Cuv. and Val. 1833.

Body high and compressed ; profile much elevated ; ventrals elongat-

ed ; caudal furcated ; first dorsal fin very low or reduced to a series

of short spines ; anterior rays of second dorsal and anal excessively

elongated.

GALLICHTHYS MAJOR, Cuv. and Val.

Russell, LVII. Gurrah Parah.

Gallichthys major, Cuv. and Val. IX. 168, Pl. 254.

Blepharis gallichthys, Swainson, II. 250.

Gallichthys major, Richardson, Report, 1845, 271.

Head above and back blackish silvery; cheeks and opercles shining

silvery ; at the upper part of the latter an indistinct bluish spot ; rest

of the body silvery satin; fin-rays and membranes yellowish white;

elongated portion of the dorsal and anal, upper margin of the dorsal

and posterior of the caudal minutely dotted with black; dorsal and

anal filaments, and ventral fins black. Iris silvery, upper orbital half

bluish black.

D 6—1/18 or 19, C 178, A 2—1/16, V 1/5, P 19, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

Coromandel, Moluccas, China Sea.

TOTAL LENGTH: 6 inch.

The length of the head is 3 of the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal; the depth at occiput is nearly

double the length of the head. A narrow band of velvety teeth ap-

pears in both jaws and on the vomer. The diameter of the eye is + of

the length of the head. The greatest vertical diameter of the body is

1} in the total length. The lateral line in its component scales, and

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1119

its course exactly resembles that of Scyris indicus. The length of the

anterior ray and its hairlike filament, of the second dorsal, anal, and

ventral fins equals the length of the body ; it is, however, liable to indi-

vidual variations. The four anterior rays of the second dorsal are

undivided, and as well as the five succeeding branched rays, terminate

in gradually decreasing hairlike filaments. The two anterior anal rays

are undivided, and as well as the third, which is branched, terminate

in similar filaments. The anterior ventral ray is undivided, and, as

well as the second, which is branched, filamentous. The length of

the falcated pectorals and of the caudal lobes is 22 in the total. Single

individuals are rarely seen at Pinang. |

Gen. Serioua, (Risso,) Cuvier 1829.

Two dorsals, no spurious fins; tail without keel or crests ; jaws,

vomer aud palatals with velvety or card-like teeth. Differs from

Caranx by the not mailed lateral line; from Lichia by the membrane

uniting the spines of the first dorsal.

SERIOLA BINOTATA, Cuv. and Val.

Seriola binotata, Cuv. and Val. IX. 215.

Head above, back and sides to the lateral line yellowish green ;

sides of the head and body beneath the lateral line greenish yellow,

abdomen bluish white or green; dorsals greenish yellow; a black verti-

cal band above the eye, a second broader from occiput over the opercle ;

a third from between the second and fourth spine of first dorsal down

towards the pectoral ; a fourth from the point of second dorsal to the

side below the lateral line ; a fifth from the middle of the second dorsal

to the lateral line; a sixth from the posterior part of the second dor-

sal ; a seventh in front of the upper half of the root of the caudal ;

between the bands some round and irregular black spots ; caudal yel-

low with a round black spot in the centre and an oval over each lobe,

the point of which is yellowish white ; anal light bluish green, lower

half black, anterior and posterior angle yellowish white ; ventrals light

bluish green, posterior half black, point of anterior ray yellowish white ;

pectorals pale yellow. Iris light golden green, orbital margin blackish.

D 7—1/32 or 33, C172, A 2—1/15, 16 or 17, V1/5, P19, Br. VII.

Hasitr.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

Pondicherry, Bay of Bengal.

ToraL LENGTH: 4 inch.

7 E

1120 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

The length of the head is 34 in the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal; the depth at occiput is a little

less than the length of the head. The diameter of the eye is 3 of the

length of the head. The forehead between the eyes is arched, not

trenchant. The angle of the mouth is opposite the posterior margin

of the orbit. The card-like teeth of the jaws, vomer and palatals are

rather large, recurvous ; those of the tongue velvety. The greatest

vertical diameter of the body, in front of the first dorsal, slightly

exceeds the length of the head. No immoveable spine is perceptible

in front of the first dorsal fin. The anterior third of the lateral line is

a little arched, the rest nearly straight. The first dorsal is small: its

height but + of the greatest vertical diameter of the body; the point

of the second dorsal is more than double the height of the former. The

length of the ventrals equals that of the head; the anterior half of the

fifth ray is connected to the abdomen by a membrane. The length of

the pectorals is 4 of that of the body, the caudal not included. The

caudal lobes are + of that distance. Single individuals occur rarely

at Pinang. This species greatly resembles Seriola nigrofasciatus

(Riippell,)* from which it, however, may at once be distinguished by

the remarkably shorter distance between the first and second dorsal.

Gen. Lactarius, Cuv. and Val. 1833.

(PLatyLepis, Swainson 1839.)

Differs from Serzola in having one or two long arched teeth on each

side of the symphysis of the upper jaw; in having a single series of

fine teeth in the lower, and on the symphysis one or two longer ones ;

and in the absence of free spines in front of the anal fin.

LACTARIUS DELICATULUS, Cuv. and Val.

Scomber lactarius. Bl.-Schn. 31, No. 26.

Russell CVILI, Chundawah.

Seriola lactaria, Cuv. R. A. II. 206.

Lactarius delicatulus, Cuv. and Val. IX. 238, Pl. 261.

Platylepis lactaria, Swainson, II. 247.

Lactarius delicatulus, Richardson Report 1845, 272.

Lactarius delicatulus, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 4.

Head above, back and sides to the lateral line greenish grey or lead

* Syn. Nomeus nigrofasciatus, Riippell, Atlas, 82 Pl. 24, Fig. 1.—Seriola

riippelli, Cuv. and Val. IX. 216,

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1121

coloured ; the rest shining silvery ; a black spot at the upper part of

the posterior margin of the opercle; fins hyaline, marginal half of

dorsals and caudal minutely dotted with black. Iris silvery, upper

half of orbital margin black.

D 8—1/21 or 22, C 174, A 3/25, 26 or 27, V 1/5, P 16, Br. VII.

Hasitr.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula Singapore.

Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, mouths of the Ganges, Mala-

| bar, Java, Madura,

Toran LencTH: 4% inch.

The length of the head is 3 of the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal; the diameter of the eye is 33 in

the length of the head. The greatest vertical diameter, in front of the

first dorsal, equals the length of the head. The lateral line follows at

the upper third of the body the outline of the back. The scales of

the lateral line and the body are rather large, orbicular, very thin and

deciduous. This species is excessively numerous at all seasons. It is

eaten both fresh and dried.

Gen. Stromateus, (Artedi,) Linné. 1748.

Ventral fins none; dorsal single with the spines hid in the anterior

margin ; vertical fins covered with scales.

STROMATEUS NIGER, Bloch.

Stromateus paru, Bloch Pl. 160.

Stromateus niger, Bloch Pl. 422.

Stromateus paru, Linné: Syst. 1148.

Stromateus paru, Shaw IV. p. 108, (Bloch Pl. 160.)

Stromateus niger, Shaw ibid. 111.

Stromateus niger, Russell, p. 35, No. XLIII. Nalla Sandawah.

Stromateus niger, S. paru, Cuv. R. A. IT. 213 (*)

Stromateus niger, Cuv. and Val. IX. 385.

Stromateus niger, Cantor: Ann. and Mag. N. H. IX. 15.

Stromateus niger, Richardson Rep. 1845, 272.

Stromateus niger, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 4.

Bawar or Bawal tumbak of the Malays.

Head above, back and sides dark greyish brown with blue refiec-

tions ; cheeks, opercles and abdomen silvery light bluish grey or pale

neutral tint ; dorsal and anal silvery bluish grey, blackish towards the

{eZ

1122 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

margin ; pectorals and caudal yellowish light grey, edged with blackish.

Iris silvery blackish or brownish blue.

D 1/42 or 43, C 172, A 1/37 or 38, P 23, Br. VI. (VII?)

Hasit.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Chusan, Macao Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Bombay,

Java, Celebes, Madura.

TOTAL LENGTH : 1 foot.

The length of the head is 33 in the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal. The diameter of the eye is + of

the length of the head. In each jaw appears a single series of exces-

sively minute teeth. The greatest vertical diameter of the body, from

the middle of the point of the dorsal to the anal, is a little less than $

sin total length. The lateral line, at the upper third of the body,

follows the outline of the back to a little in front of the dorsal, from

whence it proceeds straight to the caudal. It is raised, like a thin

cord ; the tail is distinctly keeled. The dorsal fin is preceded by four

or five, the anal by four short spines, which, however, are completely

hid by the integuments. The length of the falcated pectorals is a

little more than 23 in the total. The lobes of the caudal equal the

length of the head. This species, ‘‘ the black pomfret,” is at all sea-

sons taken in abundance in the Straits of Malacca, where, however, it is

considered inferior to Stromateus sinensis, “the white pomfret.” In

dried state it is largely exported, and thus it appears in the bazaars of

Hindustan, which are chiefly supplied from Bombay.

STROMATEUS SINENSIS, Euphrasén.

Stromateus sinensis Euphrasén : Act. Acad. Stockh. IX. 49, Tab. 9.

Stromateus atoo-koia, Russell, p. 35. No. XLIV. Atoo Koia.

Stromateus albus, Cuv. R. A. IT. 213 (°)

Stromateus albus, Cuv. and Val. IX. 388.

Stromateus atous, Cuv. and Val. !. c. 389.

Stromateus albus, Cantor, Ann. Nat. Hist. IX. 15.

Stromateus atous, Richardson Report 1845, 273.

Bawar or Bawal chirmin of the Malays.

Young. ead above and back reddish brown ; rest of the body and

fins lighter, silvery, with a mixture of ventral tint, lilac or blue ; dorsal,

anal, and caudal with the marginal half blackish ; everywhere with

1849. | ‘Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1123

brown dots of different sizes: the larger with a silvery point in the

centre.

Adult. Head above, back and sides to the lateral line deep neutral

tint; rest of the body with a mixture of brownish grey with metallic

reflection, lighter, silvery towards abdomen ; everywhere dotted as the

young ; large patches of milkwhite naked skin, where the scales have

disappeared ; fins silvery grey, marginal half blackish ; cavity of the

mouth and tongue pale bluish grey with brown dots, silvery in the centre.

Iris reddish silvery or copper-coloured, minutely dotted with brown.

D 1/43 to 46, C 177, A 1/39 to 42, P 26 or 27, Br. VI.

Hasir.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Macao, Chusan.

ToTaL LENGTH : 10 inch.

The length of the head is 4} in the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal. The diameter of the eye is a little

less than + of the length of the head. The lower jaw projects a little

beyond the upper: in both appears a single close series of excessively

minute teeth. The thread-like lateral line, at the upper fifth of the

body, follows the outline of the back to the termination of the dorsal

fin, from whence it proceeds straight, along the upper third of the tail

to the caudal. The scales of the body are small, orbicular and so

deciduous that the fish generally appears with large patches of milk-

white naked skin. The greatest vertical diameter of the body, from

the middle of the point of the dorsal to that of the anal fin, exceeds by

3 half the total length. The pectorals are broad, pointed but not

faleated, and project from the body; their length is 33 in the total.

The length of the broad triangular caudal lobes equals that of the head.

Both the dorsal and anal fin are preceded by four spines completely

hidden by the integuments. As in Stromateus fiatola, Linné, and in

S. argenteus, Bloch, the fleshy oesophagus is armed with numerous

bony, barbed, spines or teeth. In the stomach of those examined ap-

peared remains of fishes. This is par excellence the ‘ white pomfret”’

of the Straits Settlements and Madras, ‘ pample blanche” of Pondi-

cherry. It is justly renowned for its flavour, but it requires to be

freshly taken when used. In the Straits and on the Coromandel Coast

it is abundant at all seasons. At the Sandheads in the Bay of Bengal,

(21° N. L.) it occurs, but less numerously. Russell happened seldom

1124 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Nov.

to see this species and considered it very inferior to the ‘‘ black’

(Stromateus niger, Bloch) or “ white pomfret,’? by which latter Rus-

sell means Stromateus argenteus, Bloch. (Russell p. 34.)

STROMATEUS ARGENTEUS, Bloch.

Stromateus argenteus, Bloch, Pl. 421.

Stromateus argenteus, Shaw IV. 110.

Stromateus argenteus, Russell p. 31, 35, No. XLII. Tella Sandawa.

Stromateus candidus, Cuv. R. A. II. 213 (?)

Stromateus candidus, Cuv. and Val. IX. 391.

Stromateus argenteus, Cuv. and Val. IX. 393.

Stromateus securifer, Cuv. and Val. IX. 394, Pl. 273 (Young.)

Stromateus candidus, Bélanger, 369, Pl. II. Fig. 2.

Stromateus securifer, Cantor Ann. Nat. Hist. IX. 15.

Stromateus securifer, Richardson Report 1845, 273.

Stromateus candidus, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 4.

Head above back and sides to the lateral line neutral tint with pur-

ple reflections ; sides of the head and body beneath the lateral line

silvery grey, everywhere with minute black dots, disposed on the sides

of the occiput, and the upper half of the body so as to produce alternate

indistinct, blackish and silvery grey-undulating, irregular lines; on

the upper part of the opercle an irregular black spot; abdomen silvery

white ; dorsal and anal silvery, minutely dotted with black so as to

render the point and marginal half blackish ; caudal and pectorals yel-

lowish white, minutely dotted with black so as to make the posterior

half and the margins blackish ; cavity of the mouth and tongue as in

S. sinensis. Ivis silvery, minutely dotted with black.

D 9—1/39 to 43, C 174, A 6—1/34 to 38, P. 25, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Malabar, Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Macao, Chusan,

Java, Madura.

ToTaL LENGTH: 9 inch.

The length of the head is 44 in the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal. The diameter of the eye is 33 in

the length of the head. The muzzle is a rounded protuberance which

considerably projects beyond the mouth. Both jaws have a single

close series of excessively minute teeth. The naked skin of the upper

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1125

part of the head and the anterior part of the back is longitudinally

wrinkled. The lateral line follows a similar course to that of S. chi-

nensis, and the scales of the body are equally deciduous. The points

of the dorsal and anal are more falcated and as well as the lobes of the

caudal and the pectorals more elongated than in the former species.

The length of the point of the anal, slightly exceeding that of the

dorsal, equals the pointed pectorals which as well as the caudal lobes

are 4 of the total length. The greatest vertical diameter of the body

between the commencement of the dorsal and anal fin, exceeds by 4

half the total length. The dorsal fin is preceded by nine truncated

processes of which each has one forwards and one backwards directed

spine; the anal is preceded by six similar ones, differing, however, in

having the longer spine pointing backwards. In young individuals these

spines are much more distinct than in the adult, and in this stage the

fish has been described as Stromateus securifer.—Stromateus argen-

teus, Euphrasén,—Stromateus aculeatus, Bloch-Schneider, is pro-

bably also the young of this species. In the adult fish the anterior

two or three of the truncated dorsal processes are completely hidden

by the integuments, and the rest are barely piercing the back, so as to

be more readily felt than seen. Although they escaped the observa-

tion of Bloch, Russell correctly identified his No. XLII. Tella San-

dawa, with Bloch’s Pl. 421. In the Straits Settlements as well as at

Madras, also this species is denominated the “‘ white pomfret.”’ In

abundance and excellence it vies with S. sznensis.

STROMATEUS CINEREUS, Bloch.

Stromateus cinereus, Bloch Pl. 420.

Stromateus cinereus, Shaw IV. 109.

Russell XLV. Sudi Sandawah.

Stromateus sudi, } Basel ots.

Stromateus cinereus,

Stromateus griseus, Cuv. R. A. II. 213 (*)

Stromateus griseus, Cuv. and Val. IX. 395.

Head above, back and sides to the lateral line lead grey ; cheeks and

opercles silvery, slightly dotted with black ; an irregular black spot on

the upper part of the opercle; sides beneath the lateral line silvery

grey ; abdomen silvery white; dorsal and anal silvery grey, minutely

dotted with black ; their elongated points and margins blackish ; caudal

1126 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Nov.

yellowish white, minutely dotted with black, margins and posterior part

of the lobes blackish ; pectorals buff, upper margin and posterior half

minutely dotted with black ; cavity of the mouth and tongue as in S.

sinensis. Iris silvery, orbital half lead grey.

D 7 or 8—1/39 to 41, C 174, A 5—1/32 to 39, P 23 to 25, Br. VI.

Hasir.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Coromandel, Bay of Bengal.

Length of cheybody) peru biel tN... fz 4 inch.

of the lower caudal lobe, .......... A copes

TOTAL LENGTH: 8 inch.

The length of the head is 3 of the total, measured to the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal. The diameter of the eye is 4 of

the length of the head. The muzzle forms a large rounded protube-

rance projecting over the mouth. Lach jaw has a close series of exces-

sively minute teeth. The lateral line is situated as in S. sinensis and

argenteus. 'The scales of the body are small, orbicular and so decidu-

ous that the fish generally appears scaleless. The truncated pro-

cesses preceding the dorsal and anal fin resemble those of S. argen-

teus, from which the present may readily be distinguished by the far

greater elongation of the lower lobe of the caudal, and of the falcated

point of the anal fin. The falcated point of the dorsal equals the

length of the pointed pectorals, which are 22 in the total length. The

upper caudal lobe is but 3 of the lower, which equals the length of the

body, the caudal not included. The length of the falcated point of

the anal fin in some individuals equals the lower caudal lobe, in others

it is but 2 of the latter. The greatest vertical diameter of the body,

between the commencement of the dorsal and anal fin, exceeds by %

half the total length. At Pinang this species is as abundant as the

preceding, but probably from its inferior size it is considered some-

what inferior in quality. At the Sandheads it occurs rarely.

Gen. Cyrtus, Bloch 1787.

Body compressed; back greatly elevated with several small tren-

chant blades in front of the dorsal; between the ventrals on the pelvis.

a horizontal, backwards directed spine; scales excessively minute,

transparent ; ribs dilated, convex, forming rings in contact with each

other and producing a conical cavity.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1127

Cyrtus 1npicus, Bloch.

Kurtus indicus, Bloch Pl. 169.

Kurtus indicus, Linné, Syst. 1184.

Kurtus blochii, Lacép, II. 516 and 517.

Kurtus indicus, Shaw IV. 185, Pl. 25.

Russell XLVIII. Somdrum Kara Mooddee. (Male 7)

Kurtus indicus, Cuv. R. A. II. 215. (Female ?)

Kurtus cornutus, Cv. l. c. (Male ?)

Kurtus blochii, Cuv. and Val. IX. 421, Pl. 277. (Female ?)

Kurtus cornutus, Cuv. and Val. IX. 426. (Male ?)

Kurtus blochii, Swainson II. 253.

Kurtus blochii, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 4.

Head above and body flesh-coloured, hemitransparent ; back minutely

and closely dotted with black, forming immediately behind the occiput

a large rounded spot, from which in some (the males?) projects the

black, downwards arched, horn-like process ; opercles and jaws silvery,

with steel blue reflections ; abdomen silvery with rose-coloured, lilac

(Female ?)

and golden reflections ; pectorals and ventrals whitish, the rest of the

fins pale reddish or whitish yellow, minutely dotted with black. Iris

silvery, upper orbital margin blackish.

D 8—2/13, C 178, A 2/33 or 34, V 1/5, P 23, Br. VII.

Hasir.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Java, Madura, Coromandel, Sandheads.

ToTAL LENGTH: 5 inch.

The length of the head in a straight line from the symphysis of the

lower jaw, is + of the total, measured to the centre of the posterior mar-

gin of the caudal, but taken obliquely upwards to the membranous

angle of the opercle, itis but 4 of the total, and equals the depth at occi-

put. The diameter of the eye is 4 of the former length of the head.

In each jaw is a band of card-like teeth: in the upper immediately

under the symphysis is a naked excavated space, which receives from the

lower a corresponding protuberance, covered with teeth ; on the vomer

and the palatals appears a single series of excessively minute velvety

teeth. On the inferior margin of the preopercle appear three strong

backwards arched spines, of which the posterior is the longest and

somewhat removed from the others. The angle of the opercle projects

4 #F

1128 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

far back, and is excessively thin, membranous, supported by four or five

backwards radiating rays, the points of which are exposed. In those,

supposed by Cuvier to be males, projects immediately behind the occi-

put a horn-like, compressed process, broad at the base, somewhat atte-

nuated, but truncated at the apex. It is arched, placed horizontally,

with the apex bent downwards. On the upper margin, close to the

apex appear four minute spines. The two first dorsal spiny processes

immediately behind the horn-like one, are very minute, triangular, with

the point directed backwards ; the third is truncated with a minute spine

in front and behind ; the fourth is much larger and consists of a forwards

directed spine; the succeeding four spines gradually increase and are

all directed backwards. The dorsal fin is preceded by two spines of

which the anterior is + of the second, which again is 3 of the length of

the first ray. The greatest vertical diameter of the body, in front of the

first dorsal ray, is 3 of the total length. Each of the broad, excavated

ribs, from the third to the fifteenth vertebra, serves to form a conical,

funnel-shaped cavity, very pointed towards the tail. The broad truncated

lower extremity of each rib is striated, so as to appear as if fringed.

The stomach is a rounded, rather capacious sac, generally expanded by

remains of Crustacea ; the liver is small, divided in two lobes; the

gall bladder and the spleen excessively minute. The narrow intestinal

canal forms two circumvolutions: its length is about 2 of the length

of the fish. In the Straits of Malacca and the Bay of Bengal

as far as the mouths of the Ganges, it is excessively numerous at all

seasons. Individuals with the horn-like process are far less numerous

than those without it. Large quantities are dried, and consumed by

the natives of India. Plate 277 of Cuvier and Valenciennes represents

the fish much too red.

Gen. Eauuta, Cuvier 1817.

Body compressed ; dorsal undivided ; snout greatly protractile;

edges of back and abdomen dentated along the fins.

EQUULA CABALLA, Cuy. and Val.

Scomber equula, Forskal, Faun. Arab, 58, No. 77.

Centrogaster equula, Linné: Syst. 1337.

Ceesio poulain, Lacép. IIT. 90.

Russell LXII. Tottah Karah ?

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1129

Scomber equula, Shaw, IV. 596.

Equula caballa, Cuv. and Val. X. 73.

Equula caballa, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 51.

Equula caballa, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 5.

Head above and back silvery pale green, minutely dotted with black ;

the rest of the head and body shining silvery ; muzzle above greenish

grey, minutely dotted with black ; dorsal and anal spines pale silvery

irridescent, and as well as their membranes sparingly dotted with

black ; the base of the dorsal and anal membrane pale reddish yellow,

the rest hyaline, the margin of the dorsal blackish ; caudal yellowish

white, minutely dotted with black, so as to render the posterior margin

blackish ; ventrals white, reddish yellow at the base and with a few

black dots; pectorals hyaline, blackish silvery outside along the root,

on the innerside and in axilla black. Iris silvery, orbital half blackish.

D 8/16 or 7/17, C 174, A 3/14 or 15, V 1/5, P 18 or 19, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

Red Sea, Bombay, Malabar, Guam, Coromandel, Java,

Sumbawa, Madura.

TOTAL LENGTH: 6 inch.

The length of the head is 3% in the total, to the centre of the

caudal margin; but with the muzzle protracted it slightly exceeds

tof the total. The diameter of the eyeis+ of the length of the

head. The narrow band of fine flexible teeth in the jaws, is almost

hid by the fleshy lips. The lower part of the protracted muzzle is

considerably arched downwards. The greatest vertical diameter of the

body, in front of the dorsal fin, is } of the total length. The second

dorsal spine is broad, sabre-like, with a sharp edge, and on each side

with a narrow longitudinal furrow. The second anal is shorter,

but of the same shape. ‘The anterior margin of the third and fourth

dorsal, and of the third anal spine is toothed like a saw. Both the

dorsal, anal, and ventral spines have the posterior margin transversely

striated, a structure also observed in some species of the Genera

Apogon, Lacép. and Chanda, Buchan, Ham. The succeeding species

of Equula present the same structure of these organs. The length

of the second dorsal spine equals that of the head, or 3 of the greatest

vertical diameter of the body ; the third dorsal is } shorter than the

second. The second anal spine is even broader than the second dorsal,

io Bee

1130 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

but shorter, its length but slightly exceeding that of the third dorsal.

The third anal is 2 of the second. In EHquula edentula (Bloch)

(Syn. Scomber edentulus, Bloch.—E. ensifera, Cuv. and Val.) the

two spines are of nearly equal length. At Pinang single individuals

are of rare occurrence.

EauuLA BINDUS, Cuv. and Val.

Russell LXIV. Bindoo Karah.

Equula bindus, Cuv. and Val. X. 78.

Young. Head above and back silvery pale green, minutely dotted

with black, so as to form a blackish line along the base of the dorsal ;

rest of the body shining silvery; upper part of opercle steel blue;

dorsal fin hyaline, edged with black, upper third of the second, third,

fourth and fifth dorsal spines bright orange; caudal pale yellowish,

minutely dotted with black, posterior margin blackish ; anterior third

of anal bright yellow, the rest hyaline ; ventrals and pectorals whitish ;

inside of the mouth and gill-covers dotted with black. Ivis silvery,

orbital half blackish.

D 8 /16, C 172, A 3/14, V 1/4, P15, Br. V.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Coromandel.

ToTraL LENGTH: 3 inch.

The length of the head is 33 in the total to the centre of the caudal

margin; when the muzzle is protracted, itis 4. The latter projects

horizontally, forming a short truncated cone. In both jaws appear a

single series of excessively fine setaceous teeth. The diameter of the

eye is 4 of the length of the head. The two small spines above the

anterior part of each orbit are strongly marked. The upper margin of

the orbit is very finely toothed, but all the cranial crests are smooth.

Russell’s remark, that the back before the dorsal fin feels serrated to

the finger, must therefore refer to the upper margin of the orbit.

Between the interparietal crest and the first dorsal spine appears a

smaller interspinal crest, the apex of which, however, does not in this

more than in the other species penetrate the integuments. The

greatest vertical diameter of the body, in front of the dorsal fin, is $

of the total length. The second dorsal spine is + of the latter, or 2

of the greatest vertical diameter; the third dorsal spine is but little

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1131

shorter. The second anal spine equals in length the second dorsal,

but it is a little less broad; the third anal is 3 of the second. The

ventral fins are remarkably short; their length equals the diameter of

the eye; their spine is distinct, but slender. A single individual was

observed at Pinang in April 1844.

EQUULA SPLENDENS, Cuvier.

Russell LXI. Goomorah Karah.

Equula splendens, Cuvier R. A. II. 212 (’).

Equula gomorah, Cuv. and Val. X. 80.

Equula gomora, Riippell, Neue Wirb. Fische, 51.

Head above and back pale golden green, minutely dotted with black,

forming a blackish line along the base of the dorsal fin; rest of the

body silvery satin; the muzzle minutely dotted with black ; a little

above the lateral line an arched pale reddish line joining the posterior

third of the lateral, which itself above borders a broad longitudinal

pale reddish band; cheeks and opercles shining silvery ; membrane of

dorsal hyaline, the upper half between the second and sixth spine

black; the rest edged with black ; caudal pale reddish yellow, minutely

dotted with black; anal pale reddish yellow; ventrals and pectorals

white. Iris silvery, orbital margin black.

D 8/16, C 174, A 3/14, V 1/5, P 19, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Coromandel, Malabar, Red Sea.

TOTAL LENGTH: 4 inch.

The length of the head is 33 in the total to the centre of the caudal

margin; with the muzzle protracted, it is 33. The latter projects

very slightly downwards, forming a short truncated cone. The lips

are rather fleshy and hide the single series of fine setaceous teeth.

The diameter of the eye is a little more than 3 of the length of the

head. The greatest vertical diameter of the body, in front of the

dorsal, is 23 in the total length. The second dorsal spine is 1 of the

total length, a little less than 4 of the greatest vertical diameter; the

third dorsal is but little shorter. The second anal spine is 3 of the

second dorsal; the third anal slightly shorter than the second. Single

individuals occur, but rarely, at Pinang.

1132 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

EQUULA DAURA, Cuvier.

Russell LXV. Dacer Karah.

Equula daura, Cuvier R. A. II. 212, (’).

Equula dacer, Cuv. and Val. X. 83.

Young. Head above and back light greenish grey, minutely dotted

with black, forming a black line along the base of the dorsal; rest of

the body silvery satin; between the occiput and dorsal fin a large

triangular blackish spot, not descending to the lateral line; from the

posterior angle of the opercle to the caudal a pale yellowish longi-

tudinal band; cheeks and opercles shining silvery, infraorbitals black-

ish; dorsal hyaline, upper half between the second and sixth spine

blackish ; caudal yellowish white, minutely dotted with black; anal

and pectorals hyaline ; ventrals white. Iris silvery, orbital half black.

D 8/16, C 174, A 3/15, V 1/5, P 19, Br. V.

Haxsit.—Sea of Pinang.

Coromandel, Ceylon.

TOTAL LENGTH: 232 inch.

The length of the head is 33 in the total to the centre of the caudal

margin; when the conical, slightly downwards arched muzzle is pro-

tracted, it is 33. The diameter of the eye is 3 of the length of the

head. The greatest vertical diameter of the body is little less than

+ of the total length. The second dorsal spine is 42 in the total

length; the third is but little shorter; the second anal is 3 of the

second dorsal; the third anal is 2 of the second. Single individuals

occur occasionally at Pinang.

EQUULA FILIGERA, Cuy. and Val.

Cuvier: Mem. du Mus. I. 402, Pl. 23, Fig. 1.

Equula filigera, Cuv. and Val. X. 92, Pl. 284.

Equula filigera, Swainson IT, 250.

Head above and back pale greyish green, minutely dotted with brown ;

rest of the head and body shining silvery ; fins yellowish white; dorsal

spines and their membranes, and the muzzle dotted with pale brown.

Iris silvery, orbital margin blackish.

D 8/16, C 174, A 3/14, V 1/5, P 19, Br. V.

Hasrt.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Moluceas, Seychelles, Malabar, Ceylon.

ToTaL LENGTH: 5 inch.

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1133

The length of the head is 34 in the total to the centre of the caudal

margin; with the protracted downwards arched muzzle itis +. The

diameter of the eye is 34 in the length of the head. The fleshy lips

entirely cover the narrow bands of setaceous teeth. The greatest

vertical diameter, in front of the dorsal fin, slightly exceeds 4 of the

total length. The second, slender, flexible dorsal spine is by + less

than the greatest vertical diameter of the body; the third is about 4

of the length of the second anal; it slightly exceeds $ of the second

dorsal, and is of equal breadth; the third anal is 3 of the second. This

species occurs, but not numerously, at all seasons at Pinang.

EQUULA INSIDIATRIX, (Bloch).

Zeus insidiator, Bloch, Pl. 192, Fig. 2.

Zeus insidiator, Linné, Syst. 1221.

Zée rusé, Lacép. IV. 575.

Zeus insidiator, Shaw IV. 284. Pl. 41.

Equula insidiatrix, Cuv. R. A. II. 212 (’).

Equula insidiatrix, Cuv. and Val. X. 98.

Equula insidiatrix, Bleeker: Verh. Bat, Gen. XXII. 5.

Head above and back metallic violet, paler on the sides towards the

lateral line; rest of the head and body shining silvery ; head and back

minutely dotted with black, forming a blackish line along the base of

the dorsal; along the upper part of the sides nine or ten pale reddish

brown vertical bands, each consisting of three or four round or irre-

gular spots, descending a little beneath the lateral line; in some indi-

viduals a blackish spot on the upper part of the opercle; from the

lower part of the orbit along the anterior margin of the cheek an

oblique black line, bordered behind by a sulphur-coloured one; fins

hyaline; caudal minutely dotted, dorsal edged with black; cavity of

the mouth minutely dotted with black; internal surface of opercles

sulphur-coloured, partially dotted with black. Iris silvery, orbital

margin black.

D 8/16, C 172, A 3/14, V 1/., Br. IV?

Hasir.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Surat, Coromandel, Malabar, Bay of Bengal, Mouths of

the Ganges, Java, Madura.

ToraL LENGTH: 32 inch.

The length of the head is + of the total to the centre of the poste-

1134 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Nov.

rior margin of the caudal; when the slightly upwards directed tubular

mouth is protracted, it is 3 of the total. The lower margin of the

preopercle, particularly the anterior part, is finely yet distinctly toothed.

The diameter of the eye is 23 in the length of the head. The greatest

vertical diameter of the body, in front of the dorsal, is a little less than

3 of the total length. The second dorsal spine is } of the greatest

vertical diameter of the body. The second anal spine is 2 of the second

dorsal ; the third anal is 4 of the second, but much slenderer. The

ventrals are very short, their length somewhat less than the diameter of

the eye. The branchiostegous membrane appears to have a fifth

excessively minute ray. ‘This species is at all seasons very abundant

in the Straits of Malacca, and numbers are dried and consumed by the

natives.

EQuUULA LONGIMANA, Cantor.

Head above and back lead coloured, minutely dotted with black

along the dorsal fin; rest of the head and body shining silvery,

slightly iridescent ; where the opercle and preopercle join above appears

a pale blackish spot; on the anterior part of the side between the

commencement of the dorsal and the anterior third of the pectoral,

a large rounded bluish black spot; fins hyaline ; upper half of dorsal

membrane, between the third and eighth spine, indistinctly spotted with

pale brown. Iris silvery, orbital half black.

D 10/15, C 177, A 4/13, V 1/4, P 13, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Tora LENGTH: 44 inch.

The general form of the fish is elongated oblong, the greatest verti-

cal diameter of the body, in front of the dorsal fin, being 4 of the

total length, measured to the centre of the posterior margin of the

caudal. The length of the head is 34 in that distance; when the

very little downwards protractile mouth is extended, it is 3. The

cranial crests are short and less sharp than in the preceding species.

No spines appear above the anterior part of the orbit. The diameter

of the eye is 2} in the length of the head. The lips are fleshy, covering

a narrow band of minute, recurvous, setaceous teeth, of which there are

fewer in the lower than in the upper jaw. The opercle terminates

behind in a very obtuse, membranous angle ; it is joined to the sub-

opercle by an oblique line; by a vertical to the preopercle. The latter

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1135

is triangular, with the posterior part very thin; the posterior margin is

smooth, not toothed, its ascending portion is vertical, the lower rounded,

nearly horizontal; the anterior margin is thick, forming a broad, ob-

lique line. The interopercle fits closely so as to cover the branchios-

tegous mémbrane; its lower margin is convex. The infraorbitals are

completely hid. The cheeks, as well as the rest of the head are cover-

ed with scales like those of the body, but the opercles have a scaleless

appearance. The indistinct lateral line follows the outline of the back

along the upper third of the body. It appears during life to be

naked ; it is, however, covered with large rounded, diaphanous scales.

They are deciduous, and the vertical diameter of the part exposed

exceeds three to four times the horizontal. All the spines of the fins

are finely transversely striated, but not toothed, and, except the second

anal, remarkably slender, transparent. The first dorsal spine is exces-

sively minute; the second is 3 of the third, the length of which

slightly exceeds } of the greatest vertical diameter of the body ; the

fourth and fifth are but little shorter. The second anal spine is 3 of

the second dorsal, but much broader, sabre-like ; the third anal is 2 of

the second. The pectorals differ from those of all the other species by

being very elongated and falcated ; they extend as far back as the pos-

terior third of the dorsal fin ; their length is 4 of the total. The ven-

trals are less than 4 of the pectorals. The caudal lobes equal the

length of the head. The series of spines along the base of the dorsal

and anal fin are very small.’ In the Straits of Malacca this species is

very abundant at all seasons, and quantities, both fresh and dried, are

consumed by the natives.

. Gen. Gazza, Riippell 1835.

Body compressed, with very minute scales ; mouth moderate, greatly

protractile, with a single series of crooked teeth among which a few

longer and stronger than the rest ; no teeth on the palatals nor vomer ;

preopercle with a double margin ; the lower part of the external margin

serrated ; otherwise resembling Hquula, but the series of spines along

the base of the dorsal and anal fins may be felt, not seen.

GAZZA EQUULAEFORMIS, Riippell.

Gazza equulaeformis, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 4, Tab. 1,

Fig. 3.

Head above and back pale lead coloured, minutely dotted with black ;

1136 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

rest of head and body shining silvery ; muzzle and upper lip minutely

dotted with black, the cheeks with pale blue; palate, floor of the mouth

and internal surface of branchiostegous membrane minutely dotted with

black ; dorsal and anal spines pale steel blue; fin-membranes hyaline ;

dorsal between the second and sixth spine minutely dotted with black,

superior margin black ; posterior half of caudal minutely dotted with

black. Iris silvery, orbital margin black.

D 8/16, C 174, A 3/14, V 1/, P 16 or 17, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Massaua (Red Sea.)

TOTAL LENGTH: 4 inch.

The length of the head is 33 in the total to the centre of the poste-

rior margin of the caudal; with the mouth protracted it is 3. The

diameter of the eye is 4 of the length of the head. Above the anterior

part of the orbit appear two minute spines, and behind them the whole

of the upper margin of the orbit is very finely toothed. The greatest

vertical diameter of the body, in front of the dorsal fin, slightly exceeds

2+ in the total length. The second dorsal spine is 24 in the greatest

vertical diameter ; the second anal is 3 of the length of the second dor-

sal; third anal is but slightly shorter than the second. The superior

branchiostegous ray is closely adhering to the gill-cover; the inferior,

(the fifth,) is farther removed from the fourth than the other four are

among themselves. In the Straits of Malacca this species is very

numerous at all seasons, and forms like the rest an article of food.

Gen. Meng, Lacépéede 1803.

Mouth like that of Hquula, but body more compressed; margin of

abdomen trenchant, very convex owing to the development of the sca-

pular and pelvic bones, throwing the ventrals farther back than the

pectorals; profile of the back nearly horizontal.

Mewne macutata, (Bloch-Schneider.)

Zeus maculatus, Bloch-Schneider, 479, 480, Pl. 14, Fig. 2.

Mene anne-caroline, Lacép. V. 95, No. 6, Pl. 22.

Russell LX. Ambata Kuttee.

Mene maculata, Cuv. and Val. X. 104, Pl. 285.

Mene maculata, Swainson II. 251.

Mene maculata, Temm. Schl. Fauna Japon. Pisc. 127, Pl. LXVII.

; Fig. 3.

Mene maculata, Richardson, Report 1845, 276.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1137

Head above and back greenish lead coloured, paler on the sides

towards the lateral line; rest of the body silvery satin; above the

lateral line one or two longitudinal series of more or less distinct,

rounded, lead coloured spots; beneath the lateral line two similar

series ; jaws, cheeks and opercles shining silvery ; dorsal pale olive

greyish, minutely dotted with black ; caudal silvery at the base, rest

yellowish white, minutely dotted with black ; anal silvery white; ven-

trals white; first, elongated ray, silvery at the base, rest blackish ;

pectorals hyaline; lips blackish ; tongue, and internal surface of the

mouth dotted with black. Iris silvery, orbital margin blackish.

D4A3, C 175, A 31, V 1/5, P16, Br. VIT.

Hazit.—Sea of Pinang.

Java, Coromandel, Japan.

Tora LENGTH: 5 inch.

The length of the head is 33 in the total to the centre of the poste-

rior margin of the caudal, with the muzzle protracted it is 23. The

diameter of the eye is 33 in the length of the head. The teeth are

excessively minute, velvety : in the upper jaw their narrow linear band

suddenly widens towards the angle of the mouth. In the space be-

tween the interparietal and the interspinal crest, in front of the dorsal

fin, appear in succession three small flattened, lancet-shaped ossicles.

The greatest vertical diameter of the body, in front of the dorsal fin,

is a little less than 2 of the total length. In a solitary individual, ob-

served in August 1845 at Pinang, the lateral line presents the follow-

ing appearance. The short anterior part, consisting of three rather

large tubes, rises nearly vertically, when it turns backwards under a

nearly right angle, and proceeds very close to the back towards the

origin of the dorsal, where it suddenly disappears. A similar line, but

formed of much smaller tubes, commences on the upper fifth of the

back, opposite the eighth dorsal ray, and proceeds, deviating a little

obliquely upwards, to the thirty-first dorsal ray, where it suddenly

terminates. The length of the first ventral ray is 23 in the total

length. The pectoral rays are remarkably broad, compressed, parti-

cularly the second which resembles the blade of a sabre.

°)

1138 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

FAM. CHATODONTID.

Gen. Cuzropon, (Artedi) Linné 1748.

Teeth of the jaws slender, flexible and close like the hairs of a brush ;

mouth very small, slightly or not at all projecting; body elliptical or

nearly orbicular ; caudal fin truncated ; 12 or 13 dorsal, 3 anal spines ;

dorsal spines and rays continued in a nearly uniform curve ; branchi-

ostegous rays six. :

- CHZTODON PRETEXTATUS, Cantor,

Plate III.

Head as far as the occiput, gill-covers and throat black; on the

chin a rounded white spot; a white band round the throat to the

angle of the mouth; a second, also encircling the throat, obliquely

upwards and forwards in front of the eye across the forehead ;\a third,

narrow, backwards arched white line on the forehead between. the _ ,

eyes; a broad white band surrounding the chest, narrowing as it ver-

tically ascends between the preopercle and the eye, and continues to a

little in front of the first dorsal spine ; body and the scaly part of the

dorsal and anal fin light greyish brown; each scale minutely dotted

with black, and on the body with a short central dark bar, reflecting a

series of parallel lines ascending obliquely backwards ; dorsal spines

vermilion, their membrane light greyish brown; margin of the soft fin

black (the very point of the rays colourless,) beneath bordered by a

narrow white line, under which a broad vermilion band, gradually

widening backwards; in some the latter is placed immediately under

the black margin, and longitudinally divided by a narrow white line ;

on tke anterior half of the caudal a vertical vermilion band, next a

narrower black, behind which the rest of the fin is white ; anal spines

light brownish grey, membrane black ; margin of the soft part black

(the very point of the rays colourless,) bordered above by a broad

crescent-shaped vermilion band; ventrals black ; pectorals brownish or

blackish at the root; the rays brownish white, membrane transparent.

Iris milky white or buff.

D 12/26, 27 or 28, C 174, A 3/20, 21 or 22, V 1/5, P 15 or 16,

Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

TorTaL LENGTH: 5% inch.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1139

The outline of the much compressed body is broad oval, deeply

emarginated behind by the three vertical fins; the profile descends

nearly straight from the dorsal fin to the narrow, slightly elongated muz-

zle. The greatest vertical diameter of the body, taken from the root of

the 7th dorsal spine, is 3 of the total length. The length of the head,

nearly equalling the height at the occiput, is about { of the total

length ; the eye is situated a little above the centre of the longitudinal

diameter, but in the centre of the greatest vertical diameter of the head ;

its diameter is 3 of the length of the head. The mouth is slightly

protractile, very small, the cleft being + of the length of the head ; the

teeth are normal; the nostrils open near the anterior part of the orbit ;

the preopercle is narrow; near the angle are a few indistinct crenula-

tions ; the opercle terminates in a small flat membranous point. The

black ocular band is in front bordered by the second white band,

which obliquely encircles that part of the head ; behind by the poste-

rior white band, which from the chest proceeds vertically over the

preopercle to a little in front of the anterior dorsal spine. As the pro-

file of the head is sloping, the black ocular band is nearly threesided,

much broader above than below the eye. The dorsal spines gradually

increase in length till the fifth which, as well as the rest, is nearly

equal 3 of the length of the head ; the two anterior spines are exposed ;

the rest become gradually covered with scales which spread in an ob-

lique arched line, so as barely to leave the points of the three last spines

visible ; the soft portion is gently arched, scaly, highest in the middle,

where the rays slightly exceed the length of the fifth spine. The

length of the caudal fin is a little more than } of the length of the

head ; the posterior margin is straight when at rest, but rounded when

expanded, and then more than double the length of the fin; the ante-

rior 3 are covered with scales. The anal commences opposite the 8th

or 9th dorsal ray ; the anterior spine is 2 of the second and third,

which in length equal the fifth dorsal; they are gradually covered with

scales, so that of the last one third only is exposed ; the soft part is

rounded, scaly, its highest elevation in the middle equalling that of

the dorsal. The ventrals commence opposite the termination of the

root of the pectorals ; the length of the spine is 4 of that of the head,

and 2 of that of the first ray ; above the root of each ventral appears a

broad pointed scale. The length of the pectorals is a little more than

1140 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

x of the total. The scales of the body are rounded, higher than long,

ciliated ; those of the lateral line much smaller than the rest and nearly

triangular ; the line itself ascends backwards till opposite the 11th dor-

sal spine, from whence it descends, closely following the back to the

termination of the soft dorsal fin. The lateral line follows a similar

course in Chetodon reticulatus, Cuv. and Val. Of the present species

two were observed at Pinang in May 1845, and in June eleven were

taken together in a fishing net, all nearly of equal size. The

fishermen asserted the fish to be an excellent article of food, but

of rare occurrence, and not to attain greater dimensions. Like other

species of this and the neighbouring genera, the present expires imme-

diately, when removed from its element. It appears to be allied to

C. reticulatus and C. lunula, Cuv. and Val.

Gen. Cuetmon, Cuvier 1817.

Muzzle excessively long, slender, formed by the horizontally elongat-

ed intermaxillary bone and the lower jaw, both of which have one

half or two thirds united by a membrane, so as to reduce the mouth to

a small horizontal cleft at the extremity of the cylinder; teeth in both

jaws fine, velvety ; in other respects like Chetodon.

CHELMON ROSTRATUS, (Linné.)

Seba. III. Pl. 25, Fig. 17.

Cheetodon rostratus, Lin. Mus. Ad. Fr. I. 61, Tab. 33, Fig. 2.

Cheetodon rostratus, Linné, Syst. 1244.

Jaculator, Schlosser: Phil. Transact, 1764, 39, Pl. 9.

Cheetodon rostratus, Bloch. Pl. 102, Fig. 1.

Cheetodon enceladus, Shaw: Nat. Mise. 2, Pl. 67.

Cheetodon rostratus, Shaw IV. 337, Pl. 47.

Chelmon rostratus, Cuv. R. A. II. 190.

Chelmon rostratus, Bennett: Life of Raffles, 689.

Chelmon rostratus, Cuv. and Val. VII. 87.

Ground colour cf body and fins silvery, with one frontal and five ver-

tical, lateral bands; all, except the fifth, orange or brownish ochreous,

edged with blackish brown, outside of which with white; the frontal

band along the profile of the head to the point of the elongated muzzle ;

the first lateral from the occiput through the iris to the throat ; the

second from between the first and second dorsal spine over the opercle

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. “eae

in front of the pectoral to the abdomen in front of the ventrals; the

third from the sixth and seventh dorsal spine down to the anus ; the

fourth, the broadest, from between the ninth spine and the tenth dorsal

ray to between the third anal; within this band, at the base of the

soft dorsal, a rounded black spot edged with white; the fifth, in front

of the caudal, black with white margins. The soft dorsal and anal

with a black margin, the base of which bordered by a white line en-

closed between two black ones; the anterior half of the caudal pale

ochreous, the rest as well as the pectorals and ventrals. white, the latter

minutely dotted with black. Iris pale golden orange, longitudinally

divided by the ocular band.

D 9/29, C 173, A 3/20, V 1/, P 15, Br. V.

Hasir.—Sea of Singapore, Malacca.

Sea and rivers of Java, Sumatra.

TorTaL LENGTH: 54 inch.

Numbers were observed in May 1840, at Singapore; they were,

however, all dead, and their colours apparently somewhat faded. The

fish is considered excellent by the natives, and eaten both fresh and

dried. At Malacca it appears to be of rare occurrence, and at Pinang

no specimen was observed during upwards of four years search. The

fishermen judging from a drawing, asserted that they were acquainted

with the species, but they invariably brought Plataz ocellatus, Cuv.

and Val. instead, which in colours and their peculiar distribution,

certainly offers a remarkable resemblance to the present species.

Gen. DipHrevutes,* Cantor.

(Equivalent to Hentocuvus, Cuvier.)

The anterior dorsal spines rapidly increasing in length, the third or

fourth filamentous, sometimes double the length of the body, resem-

bling a coach-whip ; scales large.

DIPHREUTES MACROLEPIDOTUS, (Linné.)

Cheetodon macrolepidotus, Linné, Syst. 1247.

Cheetodon macrolepidotus, Bloch, Pl. 200, Fig. 1.

Cheetodon bifasciatus, Shaw IV. 342.

Heniochus macrolepidotus, Cuv. R. A. II. 191. (')

Heniochus macrolepidotus, Cuv. and Val. VII. 93, Pl. 176.

* Aippevtys, acharioteer. Substituted for Heniochus, Cuvier 1817, pre-occupied

by Henioche, Hubner 1816. (Lepidoptera.)

1142 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

Heniochus macrolepidotus, Temm. and Schl. F. J. Pisce. 82, Tab.

XLIV. Fig. 1. (Young.)

Heniochus macrolepidotus, Richardson, Report 1845, 246.

Young. Ground colour of the head and body milk-white ; on the

upper part of the muzzle, as far as the anterior opening of the nostrils,

a small black rectangular band ; between the eyes across the forehead,

a backwards pointing angular black band; a broader, comprising the

three anterior and in some the root of the elongated fourth dorsal

Spine, proceeds obliquely downwards over the side and posterior part

of the opercle, from whence it becomes broader, spreading in front

over the ventrals, behind over the spinous part of the anal, edging the

soft part; a posterior black band, partially covering the 5th, 6th, 7th

and 8th dorsal spine, proceeds obliquely backwards over the side cover-

ing the posterior half of the soft anal. The fourth elongated, flexible,

dorsal spine and its membrane milk-white, minutely dotted with black ;

rest of the dorsal, the caudal and pectoral fins bright gamboge or

citrine. Iris gamboge, blackish towards the orbit, divided by an ob-

lique black band, appearing as a continuation of the angular one of

the forehead.

D 11/25 or 26, C 174, A 3/18 or 19, V Jf, P 17, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore, Malayan Peninsula.

Manilla, Moluccas, New Guinea, Celebes, Ceylon, Pondi-

cherry, Isle of France, Mauritius, Mozambique, Japan.

ToTaL LENGTH: 6 inch.

Solitary young individuals, not exceeding the length given, occur at

all seasons at Pinang.

Gen. ILarcues,* Cantor.

(Equivalent to Epuiprus, Cuvier.)

Body oval or nearly orbicular ; dorsal fins two, or one deeply emar-

ginated between the spinous and soft portion; the former not covered

with scales, capable of reclining in a groove, formed by the skin of the

back; anal spines three; pectorals oval.

ILARCHES ORBIS, (Bloch).

Cheetodon orbis, Bloch, Tab. 202, Fig. 2.

Cheetodon orbis, Linné, Syst. 1244.

* IAdpxns, commander of a troop. Substituted for Ephippus, Cuvier 1829,

pre-occupied by Ephippium, Latreille 1802 ( Diptera.)

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1143

Cheetodon orbe, Lacép. IV. 458, 491.

Cheetodon orbis, Shaw, IV. 339.

Ephippus orbis, Cuv. R. A. II. 191 (°).

Ephippus orbis, Cuvier and Val. VII. 127.

Ephippus orbis, Swainson, II. 213.

Ephippus orbis, Richardson Rep. 1845, 245.

Head above and back light greyish green; sides and abdomen

silvery with pale lilac lustre; fin-membranes transparent, minutely

dotted with black, giving the marginal half a blackish appearance ;

dorsal and anal spines and their membranes, pale silvery, the rays

yellowish white. Iris pale golden, minutely dotted with black.

D 8—1/19, C 178, A 3/16, V 1/5, P19, Br. VI.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore, Malayan Peninsula.

Malabar, Tranquebar, Pondicherry, Indian and China Seas.

Total length: 54 inch.

The greatest vertical diameter of the head exceeds by +} its length,

which is a little less than 4 of the total; the greatest vertical diameter

of the body is 13 in the total length. The young individuals, like those

of Ilarches faber, (Brouss.) are of a less orbicular outline than the

adult, their greatest vertical diameter being 3 of the total length. On

each side of the centre of the upper jaw appears a small pore, and on

each side of the symphysis of the lower two similar, the one placed

a little in front of the other. There is besides a larger pore or some-

times two on each branch of the lower jaw. The posterior margin of

the caudal fin is not straight, but convex in the centre, above and

below which it is slightly concave. In the young the colour of the

dorsal membrane, particularly the upper half of the soft, the anal and

the ventral is of a deeper black than in the adult. Although indivi-

duals occur at Pinang at all seasons, they are not numerous. The fish

though bony, and considered indifferent, is by the natives consumed

both fresh and dried.

Gen. Harpvocuirvus,* Cantor.

(Equivalent to Drepane, Cuv. and Val.)

Pectoral fins elongated, falciform, nearly reaching the base of the

caudal; outline of the body almost quadrangular.

* “Aprn, scythe ; xelp, hand. Substituted for Drepane, Cuv. and Val, 1831,

pre-occupied by Drepana, Schrank 1802 (Lepidoptera.)

1144 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

Harrocuirvs punctatus, (Linné).

Cheetodon punctatus, Linné: Syst. 1243.

Chétodon faucheur, Lacépéde.

Cheetodon punctatus, Shaw, IV. 365.

Russell LXXIX. Latte.

Ephippus punctatus, Cuv. R. A. II. 191 (‘).

Drepane punctata, Cuv. and Val. VII. 132, Pl. 179.

Drepane punctata, Swainson II. 215.

Drepane punctata, Richardson, Report 1845, 245.

Drepane punctata, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 5.

Head and body iridescent silvery ; the crest from the occiput to the

dorsal fin blackish; the upper half of the sides with more or less

regular vertical series of small black spots; in some a small black

spot in the axilla, in others a single oblique series of spots at the base

of the soft dorsal ; spines and rays pale silvery, the anterior margins of

the first dorsal ray black ; fin-membranes whitish transparent, the scaly

portion silvery, the marginal minutely dotted with black, in some suffi-

cieutly strong to impart a blackish appearance to the marginal half.

Iris silvery.

D 8—1/20 or 21, C 173, A 3/17, V 1/5, P 17 or 18, Br. VI.

Hasir.—Sea and estuaries Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore,

Coasts of New Holland, New Guinea, Southern coasts of

China, Java, Celebes, Madura, Bay of Bengal, Gangetic

estuaries, Malabar.

TOTAL LENGTH : | foot 5 inch.

The body appears to become elongated with age: in the adult the

diameter from the angle of the back to that at the commencement of

the anal fin is about $ of the length of the body, the caudal not in-

cluded. In the young it is something more than 4 of that distance.

In the very young individuals the occipital crest is denticulated, and

they are at all seasons numerous at Pinang, but large individuals occur

rarely. In the largest observed, the length of which is given above, the

rounded protuberance of the skull between the eyes is very large and

prominent, and the roots of the four central caudal rays are enlarged

and joimed together without any intermediate membrane. A similar

enlargement of the occipital crest and some of the bones occurs in adult

individuals of Plataz arthriticus, Cuv. and Val. The present species

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1145

is bony and insipid. It is, however, eaten by the natives in its fresh

and dried state.

HARrpPocuIRUS LONGIMANUS, (Bloch-Schneider.)

Cheetodon longimanus, Bloch-Schneider, 231.

Russell LXXX. Terla A.

Russell LXXXI. Terla B.

Ephippus longimanus, Cuv. R. A. II. 191 (°).

Drepane longimana, Cuv. and Val. VIT. 133.

Drepane longimana, Richardson Report 1845, 245.

Young.—Head and body iridescent silvery ; the crest from the oc-

ciput to the dorsal fin blackish ; the upper half of the sides with four

or five vertical, more or less distinct, lead coloured bands. Fins like

H. punctatus. Iris silvery.

Adult.—Body uniformly iridescent silvery ; rest like the young.

Number of fin rays like H. punctatus.

Hasit.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singa-

pore.

Java, Bay of Bengal, Gangetic estuaries, Malabar, China

Seas.

ToTaL LENGTH: 84 inch.

Except the colours, no external character can be assigned to distin-

guish the two species, but anatomical differences have been pointed

out by M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes. Large individuals are rarely

seen at Pinang, but there, as in the mouths of the Ganges, young ones

are very numerous. During life or shortly after death, none of those

examined presented the red colour described by Russell.

Gen. Cacopoxvus,* Cantor.

(Equivalent to Scatoruacus, Cuvier and Valenciennes.)

Four anal, eleven dorsal spines ; scales excessively small.

Cacopoxus areus, (Linné.)

Cheetodon argus, Linné, Syst. 1248.

Cheetodon argus, Bloch, Tab. 204, Fig. 1.

Cheetodon argus, Shaw, IV. 332.

Russell LXXVIII. Chitsilloo.

Cheetodon pairatalis, Buchan. Hamilton, 122, 372, Pl. 16, Fig. 41.

* Kaxodogos, ill-reputed. Substituted for Scatophagus, Cuv, and Val, 1831»

pre-occupied by Scatophaga, Meigen 1802, (Diptera.)

1146 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

Ephippus argus, Cuv. R. A. IT. 191.

Cheetodon atromaculatus, Bennett : Ceylon No. 18.

Scatophagus argus, Cuv. and Val. VII. 136.

Scatophagus argus, Richardson Report 1845, 245.

Scatophagus argus, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen, XXII. 5.

Head above and back silvery blackish or brownish green, or purple,

lighter on the sides ; abdomen whitish or yellowish; back and sides,

and in some the opercles, with blackish or brownish spots, in form,

number and size liable to individual variations ; dorsal and anal spines

and membranes silvery, minutely dotted with black, imparting to the

latter a more or less intense colour; dorsal, caudal and anal rays of.

the ground colour of the body, their membranes more or less intense

black, with or without some smaller spots like those of the body ;

ventrals greyish or whitish, minutely dotted with black ; pectorals

whitish. Iris brown or blackish with a narrow golden circle round the

pupil.

D 10—1/18, C 174, A 4/14, V 1/, P 18, Br. VI.

Hasir.—Estuaries and sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singa-

pore.

Malabar, Ceylon, Bay of Bengal, Gangetic estuaries, Java,

Celebes, Madura, Moluccas, China Sea.

ToTaL LENGTH : 10 inch.

The young are generally of more brilliant colours; in one taken in

the Joomrah, one of the mouths of the Ganges, the dorsal spines and

ventral fins were of a deep red. At Pinang this species is not very

numerous. It is eaten by the natives, though many reject it on ac-

count of its reputed disgusting habits. In several examined in the

estuaries of the Ganges, and at Pinang, the stomach contamed remains

of small fishes and crustacea. According to Bennett, it is in Ceylon

angled on hooks baited with a kind of sea-weed (‘‘ Pendah,’’) of which

this fish appears to be particularly fond.

Gren. Houacantuvus, Lacépéde 1802.

With a large backwards pointed spine at the angle of the preopercle,

the margins of which are toothed.

HoLacaNTHUS ANNULARIS, (Bloch.)

Cheetodon annularis, Bloch. Tab. 215, Fig. 2.

Cheetodon annularis, Linné: Syst. 1262.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1147

Holacanthe anneau, Lacépéde IV, 526, 533.

Cheetodon annularis, Shaw, IV. 330, Pl. 47.

Russell, LXXXVIII. Sahni Tchapa.

Holacanthus annularis, Cuv. R. A. II. 192 (’).

Holacanthus annularis, Cuv. and Val. VII. 178.

Ground colour of the body and fins light brown with golden lustre,

darker on the head; external half of soft dorsal and anal blackish;

scales of the body with a central blackish spot; at a little dis-

tance above the shoulder and opercle a ring of deep blue, internally and

externally edged with black; on the body a number of similarly

coloured oblique, slightly arched bands: the anterior, from the 7th dor-

sal spine, obliquely downwards, terminating a little below the ring;

the second from the 10th dorsal spine ; the third from the 4th dorsal

ray joins the termination of the two preceding bands; the succeeding

radiate from about the 5th dorsal, each describing a larger arch,

the fourth terminating opposite the point of the opercle; the fifth

in the axilla, the sixth, seventh and eighth, which latter passes

along the base of the anal, terminate between the root of the

pectoral and ventral; the ninth passes vertically in front of the

caudal fin, spanning the soft anal; the tenth and eleventh follow

the course the ninth. From the orbit a short horizontal blue biack

edged band, which on the opercle divides in three branches, of which

the lower passes obliquely down to meet the fourth of the body; from

the nostrils to the upper part of the preopercle another horizontal

band. Dorsal and anal spines white, covered by the brownish mem-

brane ; caudal, ventral and pectoral rays, light yellowish brown, mem-

brane dark brown; the large preopercular spine white, the shallow

groove on the external surface filled with a brown membrane; to the

slightly convex upper margin is attached a black, loose membrane.

Iris brownish golden, the orbital half speckled with black.

D 13/22, © 17%, A 3/21, V 1/, P. 18, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Moluccas, Malacca, Pondicherry, Vizagapatam.

TotTaL LENGTH: | foot.

In November 1843 a single individual was observed at Pinang.

From the descriptions and figures published, it appears that the num-

ber and distribution of the bands are liable to individual variations.

1148 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

In the one examined, the length of the entire fourth dorsal ray

did not exceed that of the first ventral, whereas it commonly projects

beyond the caudal fin. The figure of Russell is defective in not

representing the loose membrane attached to the superior concave

margin of the large spine, nor the dentitions of the margins of the

preopercle.

Gen. Puatax, Cuvier 1817.

Teeth setaceous, external series trilobate ; body very compressed

and high; dorsal spines few, hid in the anterior margin of the fin;

anterior rays of dorsal, anal and ventral fins elongated, in some falciform.

PLATAX VESPERTILIO, (Bloch).

ADULT.

Cheetodon vespertilio, Bloch. Pl. 199, Fig. 2.

Cheetodon vespertilio, Linné, Syst. 1257.

Cheetodon vespertilio, Shaw, IV. 344.

Platax vespertilio, Cuv. R. A. 1817 II. 334, (°).

Platax vespertilio, Riippell: Atlas, 143 (Verzeichniss) Note 5.

Platax vespertilio, Cuv. R. A. 1829, 193, (').

Platax blochii, Cuv. and Val. VII. 22.

Platax vespertilio japonicus, Temm. and Schl. Faun. Jap. Pisces, 83,

Tab. XLIII.

Platax vespertilio, Richardson, Report 1845, 245.

Platax blochii, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 5.

Head and body pale bluish silvery brown, lighter on the cheeks,

opercles, throat, sides and abdomen ; the scales minutely dotted and

edged with blackish brown, and sometimes with a few scattered small

dark spots on the sides; the ocular, pectoral and caudal band indis-

tinct; basal half of dorsal and anal fins like the body; upper half

blackish ; the rays whitish ; caudal pale greyish transparent ; posterior

margin blackish; ventrals blackish; pectoral rays brownish yellow,

with a broad brownish band at the base. Iris brownish golden, verti-

cally divided by the ocular band.

D 5/36, 37, 38 or 39, C. 174, A 3/25, 26, 27 or 28, V 1/5, P17 or

18, Br. VI.

Haxsir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Isle of France, Red Sea, Ceylon, Bay of Bengal, China

Sea, Japan, New Guinea, Amboina, Java, Madura.

Tora LENGTH: 7 inch.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1149

The greatest height* of the body is a little less than 3 of the total

length or equal the distance from the symphysis of the lower jaw to

the termination of the dorsal and anal fins.

Younc.—Var. A.

Seba III. 25, Fig. 15?

Cheetodon pinnatus, Linné: Mus. A. F. Pl. 33, Fig. 6?

Cheetodon pinnatus, Linné, Syst. 1241?

Cheetodon vespertilio, Bennett: Ceylon No. 5.

Platax ehrenbergii, Cuv. and Val. VII. 221.

Platax ehrenbergii, (Syz. vespertilio) Riippell: N. W. Fische, 33.

Platax ehrenbergii, Richardson, Report 1845, 245.

Head, body, dorsal and ventral fins light rust-coloured, or reddish

ochre, lighter on the sides and abdomen, minutely dotted with black ;

on the forehead above the centre of each orbit a brown dot; from the

occiput through the iris to the ventral spine a more or less distinct,

often interrupted, blackish brown band; traces of a second such from

the anterior dorsal spine to the pectoral fin; in some a blackish spot

at the base of the anterior dorsal fin and a corresponding smaller at

the base of the anal; a blackish spot at the termination of the base

of the dorsal and anal fins ; caudal pale reddish yellow with a vertical

reddish brown band at the base; pectorals pale yellow, in some with a

brownish line along the base. Iris golden of the ground colour of the

body, vertically divided by the ocular band.

Total length from 1} to 42 inch.

Younc.—Var. B.

Vlaming No. 199, Cambing.

Valentyn No. 62.

Renard Pl. 24, Fig. 129.

Platax albipunctatus, Riippell: Atlas, 69, Tab. 18, Fig. 4.

Platax guttulatus, Cuv. R. A. IT. 193 (’).

Platax guttulatus, Cuv. and Val. VII. 227 Pl. 186.

Platax vespertilio, Ruppell : Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 33.

Head and body pale silvery chocolate coloured ; cheeks, opercle,

throat and abdomen bluish white; on the forehead above each orbit a

brown dot; from the occiput through the iris to the ventrals, a

* In the present and in the two succeeding species, it is calculated from the first

dorsal to the first anal spine.

1150 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

continued or interrupted dark brown band, or light brown with dark

edges; from the first dorsal spine to the pectoral more or less distinct

traces of a second band; on different parts of the body some scattered

pearl-coloured spots, with dark brown edges and of irregular shape ;

base of dorsal and anal of the ground-colour of the body; rest of their

membranes bluish white dotted with black; their margins blackish ;

rays light greyish; base of the caudal of the ground-colour of the

body with a vertical, forwards arched, dark brown band; rest of the fin

pale yellow ; ventrals blackish ; the fifth ray and its membrane whitish,

minutely dotted with brown; pectorals yellowish white. Iris pale

chocolate coloured, with a narrow golden ring, vertically intersected by

the ocular band.

ToraL Lenctu: 12 to 33 inch.

In individuals of the given dimensions, the greatest height equals

the length of the body to the centre of the dark band on the caudal

fin, or it is about 3 less than the total. The elongation of the anterior

dorsal, anal and ventral rays is liable to individual variations, the

maximum of the two former fins not exceeding ? of the greatest height

of the body. The ventrals never exceed 3 of the greatest height.

On each side of the lower jaw appear three minute distant pores. In

the early age the teeth of the two or three external series are trilobate,

but they become blunter with age. At Pinang young individuals with

pearl-coloured spots, appear to be of rarer occurrence than the others.

The intestinal canal is nearly twice the length of the fish; of the

five ceecopyloric appendages the three larger are of nearly equal length ;

the other two are very minute; the air-vessel is lanceolate, very

thin, pearl coloured. In individuals of all ages the stomach contained

remains of fishes and crustacea. Dr. Riippell adds Plataw gaymardi,

Cuyv. and Val. (VII. 216) to the synonymes of the present species.

Puatax TEIRA, (Forskal).

Cheetodon pinnatus, Chinens. Lagerstr. No. 25?

Cheetodon teira, Forskal, 60 No. 82, Tab. XXII.

Cheetodon teira, Bloch, Tab. 199 Vig. 1.

Cheetodon teira, Linné, Syst. i265.

Cheetodon teira, Shaw, IV. 345, Pl. 48.

Platax teira, Cuv. R. A. II. 193 (’).

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1151

Platax teira, Riippell: Atl. 68.

Platax teira, Cuv. and Val. 226.

Platax teira, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische 33, 37.

Young. Ground colour of the body, dorsal, anal and ventral fins

pale silvery whitish, the scales edged with blackish brown or deep

purple ; opercles, throat and abdomen bluish white, minutely dotted with

black ; from the occiput, through the iris over the ventral soft fin a

blackish band; a second from the anterior margin of the dorsal fin,

spreading over the dorsal spines, continuing vertically over the posterior

part of the opercle to the abdomen; a third over the posterior part of

the dorsal, the body and the anal fin and over the base of the caudal ;

the rest of the caudal and the pectorals whitish. Iris pale golden, ver-

tically divided by the ocular band. 7

Older. The vertical bands very indistinct; dorsal, anal and ventral

fins bluish black or brown; caudal greyish brown, the margin blackish.

Tris blackish or brownish with a narrow golden ring round the pupil.

D 5/31 or 32, C 174, A 3/23, 24 or 25, V 1/4, P 17, Br. VI.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Red Sea, Malabar, Bay of Bengal.

ToTaL LENGTH: 8 inch.

The greatest height equals the length of the body, the caudal fin

not included; the latter, as also the head, being 3 of the total length.

The elongation of the anterior rays of the dorsal, anal and ventral fins

is comparatively greater in young than in older individuals; in. all,

however, it is liable to considerable individual variations. The dorsal

and anal are either equal or differing: in the young their greatest

elongation exceeds by 3 the greatest height of the body. The ven-

trals often differ among themselves: in the young their greatest length

does not exceed the greatest height of the body, in older ones it

slightly exceeds one half of that distance. On each side of the lower

jaw appear three small distant pores. At Pinang smaller individuals

occur at all seasons ; larger ones are less frequent.

PLATAX ARTHRITICUS, Cuv. and Val.

Ecan bonna, Bell: Philosoph. Transact. 1793.

Cheetodon arthriticus, Cuv. and Val. VII. 229.

Head, back, sides, dorsal, caudal and anal fins dull chocolate brown

or lead coloured, in some largely marbled with dark brown ; abdomen

ripe.

1152 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

pale whitish ; ventrals brownish yellow; pectorals whitish. Iris of

the ground colour of the body, with a narrow golden ring.

D (5)/31, C177, A (3)/23, V 1/4, P17, Br. VI.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

Java, Sumatra.

TOTAL LENGTH : | foot 7 inch. 2

The dorsal and anal spines are so completely hidden, that they are

imperceptible to the touch, but on close inspection their points may

be perceived through the integuments. The greatest height equals

the distance from the muzzle to the termination of the dorsal and ven-

tral fins. The diameter of the eye is + of the length of the head,

which is about + of the total. The large arched occipital crest,

and the nodulous enlargement of some of the bones render this

species easily distinguishable. On each side of the symphysis of the

upper Jaw appears a minute pore, and five somewhat larger on each

side of the lower jaw. At Pinang this species is not numerous, al-

though from October till January eight or ten are sometimes captured

at the time in the fishing stakes. The flavour is considered excellent.

The large air-vessel is too thin, and yields too little isinglass to become

of value.

PLATAX OCELLATUS, Cuv. and Val.

Platax ocellatus, Cuv. and Val. VII. 229.

Ground colour of body and fins pale ochreous silvery ; with one

frontal and five lateral ferruginous bands, edged with black : a narrow

frontal band along the profile of the head to the point of the muzzle ;

the first lateral from the occiput, describing a forwards directed arch,

through the iris, over the cheek to a little in front of the ventrals ; the

second, less arched, from in front of the dorsal, bordering on the oper-

cle, enclosing the base of the pectoral to midway between the ventrals

and anus; the third following obliquely the two or three posterior

dorsal spines, proceeds a little backwards down the side, to the ante-

rior margin of the anal; the fourth, the broadest, from between the

spine and soft part of the dorsal, describing a slightly backwards

directed arch down the side and over the anterior third of the anal;

at the base of the dorsal within this band a large rounded or oval black

spot; the fifth band follows the margin of the soft dorsal; in front

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1153

of the caudal, within the black edges of this band, a vertical oval black

spot with a broad white margin; the rest of the band following the

margin of the soft anal, successively joins the fourth and third pre-

ceding bands ; the dorsal spines and the angle they form with the rays

of a brilliant orange, which spreads over the origin of the fourth and.

fifth bands. Anterior half of caudal ferruginous, posterior whitish,

bluish or blackish towards the margin; pectorals yellowish white ;

ventrals milky white, the marginal half of the soft part black, Iris

pale golden, vertically divided by the anterior lateral band.

D 6 or 7/29 or 30, C 174, A 3/19 or 20, V 1/5, P 15, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

TOTAL LENGTH : 3% inch.

The length of the head is a little less than + of the total, its greatest

vertical diameter slightly exceeding the length. The eye is situated

a little above the centre of the vertical diameter of the head, close to

the profile; the diameter is a little less than 4 of the length of the

head, equal the distance across the forehead. The form of the body is

broad oval, the back and abdomen forming uniform arches, interrupted

by the somewhat horizontally protracted muzzle. The greatest height

of the body, from the root of the fourth dorsal ray to the first anal

spine, exceeds by + half the total length. The mouth is very small,

slightly protractile, the lower jaw longer than the upper; the teeth

setaceous, all uniformly pointed, none trilobate. The anterior dorsal

spines are very short, the rest gradually increase, the last equalling the

length of the head. The two or three anterior rays, the longest,

slightly exceed 4 of the greatest height of the body; the extent of the

base of the dorsal fin equals the length of the body, the head and cau-

dal not included. ‘The posterior margin of the caudal is slightly

arched ; the length of this and the pectoral fins is about + of the total.

The third anal spine equals the fifth dorsal; the two anterior rays,

the longest, measure 4 of the longest dorsal rays; the extent of the

base of the anal is less than 2 of that of the dorsal. The ventral

spine equals the fifth dorsal spine; the first ray is elongated, about

the length of the head. The scales are rather large, orbicular, finely

ciliated ; the lateral line continues straight to a short distance from

the head, where it rises to a moderate arch, gradually approaching the

back till suddenly terminating beneath the last dorsal rays. The pro-

ite

1154 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

portions and the colours are the same in all ages. The uniformly

setaceous teeth, the comparatively less height of the body and elonga-

tion of the dorsal and anal fins are characters which remove this

species from the rest, and approach it to the Genus Chetodon. As

above observed, the peculiar distribution of colours bears a striking

resemblance to that of Chelmon rostratus, (Linné). During the

month of May 1840 numerous individuals were daily observed in the

fishmarket at Singapore. At Pinang single individuals occur during

all seasons. The fish is eaten both fresh and dried by the natives,

although reputed indifferent and bony.

Gen. Monopacty.uvs, Lacépéde. 1800.

Body compressed; dorsal and anal scaly, more or less falciform,

with their spines hid to the point in the anterior margin ; teeth close,

velvety ; ventral spines minute, the latter so as easily to escape obser-

vation.

MonopactyLus RHomMBEUS, (Forskal.)

Scomber rhombeus, Forskal. Fauna Arab. 58, No. 78.

Centrogaster rhombeus, Linné: Syst. 1338.

Centropodus rhomboidalis, Lacépéde III. 303, 304, 305.

Russell, LIX. Kauki Sandawa.

Psettus rhombeus, Cuv. R. A. II. 193 (*).

Psettus rhombeus, Cuv. and Val. VII. 245.

Monodactylus rhombeus, Swainson IT. 212.

Adult. Profile of the head and back black; the rest above the

lateral line golden green; sides of the head, opercles, and the body

beneath the lateral line pale silvery; from the anus to the anal fin a

black line; from the occiput to the centre of the upper margin of the

orbit an oblique black band, continued through the pale golden iris, and

in some over the cheek; a second similar band from the first dorsal

spine to the point of the opercle; anterior margin of dorsal and the

angle formed by the anterior six or eight rays black; the branched

part of the succeeding rays gamboge, minutely dotted with black; the

rest of the fin golden green ; caudal gamboge, margin black or black-

ish; anterior margin of anal and the angle formed by the anterior four

rays bluish black ; the branched part of the succeeding rays pale blu-

ish or blackish, minutely dotted with black ; the rest of the fin greenish

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1155

or bluish silvery ; anal spines and rays white, the latter minutely dot-

ted with black ; pectorals yellowish white.

Young. Like the adult, but the head, body, dorsal and anal fins,

minutely dotted with black, in some so closely, as to impart a general

blackish colour. .

D 8/28, 29 or 30, C 178, A 3/29 or 30, V 1/3, 4 or 5, P 17 or 18,

Br. VI.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Isle of France, Red Sea, Coromandel.

TOTAL LENGTH: 5} inch.

The length of the head is contained 3} times in the total ; its great-

est vertical diameter is 3 of the total length. The diameter of the eye

is contained 23 times in the length of the head, but equals the distance

across the forehead. The height of the body, between the origin of

the dorsal and anal fins, is contained about 13 time in the total length:

it equals the distance from the centre of the anterior part of the

orbit to the termination of the dorsal and anal fins. Vertically

measured, the dorsal equals the length of the head; the anal is

somewhat more; it nearly equals the greatest vertical diameter of

the head or about 4 of the total length. The ventral spines are very

short, but strong, each being 51, of the length of the head; at the

base both are almost in contact, but their points diverge. The ventral

rays of each fin are contained in a small groove in the body; they are

very minute and their number not only varies from 5 to 3 in different

individuals, but also on either side in the same individual. The pro-

posed genus Pse¢tus, Cuv. and Val. 1831, is characterised as having

no palatal teeth, which, as far as the present species is concerned, is a

mistake. Forskal’s diagnosis of Scomber rhombeus says: “ dentes

numerosi subtiles. Lingua obtusa, prope apicem superne callo ovali,

plano, albido, scabro,” which is perfectly correct. All the teeth are

velvety, “en velours ras et serré ;” those of both jaws appear like nar-

row bands ; of the vomer like a small rhombic elevation ; of the palate

on each side like a lancet-shaped line, broader in front; of each of the

pterygoid bones like a triangular band, broader than the rest, and with

the apex in front. On the oval tongue the teeth occupy the middle,

leaving the margin naked. Single individuals occur during all seasons

at Pinang, where they are eaten by the natives.

1156 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

Gren. PimeLertTerRvs, Lacépéede 1802.

Body oval, compressed; dorsal single, its rays, as well as those of

the caudal and anal, covered with scales; the single external series of

maxillary teeth trenchant, fixed by means of a horizontal posterior

process resembling a talon.

PIMELEPTERUS OBLONGIOR, Cuyv. and Val.

Pimelepterus oblongior, Cuv. and Val. VII. 264.

Adult? Wead above and back blackish brown; the scales silvery

brownish grey, edged with brown : those above the lateral line with darker

brown than those below; each series of scales longitudinally separated

from the succeeding by a lighter or darker ferruginous stripe, impart-

ing to the body a striped appearance ; from beneath the eye, over the

cheek and opercle a ferruginous stripe; a second continued or interrupted,

from behind the orbit to the point of the opercle; on the occiput some

irregular ferruginous spots. Dorsal and anal spines and membrane

pale greyish brown, or neutral tint, minutely dotted with brown; soft

portion of dorsal, anal and the caudal of the ground colour ; their mar-

ginal part blackish; ventrals pale bluish grey, minutely dotted with

brown, marginal half blackish; pectoral rays buff, membrane trans-

parent ; the scales of the base and those between the rays like those of

the body. Iris silvery near the pupil, the rest bluish black or brown.

Young. Ground colour of the body paler and with a bluish tint ;

lateral stripes paler and fewer.

D 11/12, 14 or 15, C173, A 3/12, 13 or 14, V 1/, P 18 or 19, Br. VII.

Hapit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

ToTaL LENGTH: 74 inch.

The length of the head is contained less than four times in

the total: its height at the occiput equals the length. The eye is

situated above the centre of the head, nearer the muzzle than the gill-

opening: its horizontal diameter is about 3} of the length of the head.

The greatest vertical diameter of the body slightly exceeds 34 of the

total length. The number of external maxillary teeth appears to in-

crease with age: the largest individual examined had 30 in each jaw.

Their size decreases from the centre towards the angles of the mouth ;

the posterior, horizontal process is slightly longer than the anterior

trenchant one. Behind the external series is a narrow crescent-shaped

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1157

naked space, from the posterior concave margin of which rises a single

series of minute, distant, backwards arched teeth. On the vomer ap-

peats a transversely oval elevation with velvety teeth; on each palatal

bone a narrow line, and on each pterygoid a broad lanceolate elevation

with similar teeth. The tongue is small, but broad, rounded in front ;

on each side of the base appears a small oval spot of velvety teeth.

The largest individual presented nine longitudinal series of scales above

the lateral line, eighteen below, the longest of which contained 52

scales. The anal spines gradually increase in length: the posterior,

the longest, is less than } of the length of the succeeding ray. From

the figure of Pimelepterus boscii, Lacepede (Cuv. and Val. Pl. 187,)

it would appear, that in that species the second and third anal spines

are of equal length. At Pinang single individuals of the present species

occur, but rarely, during all seasons. The flavour is said to be very

good.

Gen. PempuHeris, Cuvier 1829.

Anal fin long, scaly ; dorsal short, elevated ; head obtuse; eye large ;

opercle with a small spine; velvety teeth in the jaws, on the vomer

and palatal bones.

PEMPHERIS MOLUCCA, Cuv.

Pempheris molucca, Cuv. R. A. Ii. 195 (').

Pempheris moluca, Cuv. and Val. VII. 306.

Pempheris molucca, Temm. Schl. Fauna Japon. Pisce. 85, Pl. XLIV.

| Fig. 3.

Pempheris moluca, Richardson, Report 1845, 244.

Young. Head above and back pale metallic copper-coloured, lighter

on the upper half of the sides; cheeks, opercles and abdomen silvery

with golden and steel-blue reflections ; all parts minutely dotted with

brown, on the opercles and cheeks so closely as to acquire the appear-

ance of a brown band following the posterior and the inferior margin of

the orbit ; lateral line pale orange ; fins pale reddish yellow; the scaly

portion of the dorsal, caudal and anal coloured and dotted like the

body ; the upper half of the dorsal spines and membrane so closely

dotted with reddish brown, as to acquire a general brownish appearance.

Iris pale golden round the pupil ; the rest minutely and closely dotted

with black. |

D 6/9, C 173, A 3A2, V 1/5, P 19, Br. VIL.

1158 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Nov.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Moluccas, Batavia, Japan.

ToTaL LENGTH: 34 inch,

The length of the head is contained 42 times in the total: its great-

est vertical diameter equals the length. The profile between the eyes

is not convex, but somewhat concave, owing to a slight projection of the

upper margin of the orbit, thus intersecting the profile. The diameter

of the eye is a little less than 3 of the length of the head; the orbit

occupies the upper half, nearer the muzzle than the gill-opening. The

greatest vertical diameter of the body, at the origin of the dorsal fin, is

about 3 of the total length. The stomach is thick, leathery, with four

larger and two smaller appendicula ccecopylorica. The intestinal canal

is 2 of the length of the fish. The gall bladder is long, linear. The

air-vessel large, thick ; the anterior third is rounded, joined by a con-

striction to the posterior oval portion. A single young individual was

observed at Pinang in May 1845.

Gen. Toxotes, Cuvier 1817.

Body short and compressed ; dorsakfin placed on the posterior half

of the back, with very strong spines; soft part of dorsal and anal

scaly ; muzzle depressed, short ; lower jaw projecting beyond the

upper; velvety teeth in the jaws, vomer, palatals, pterygoids and on

the tongue; lower margin of infraorbital and preopercle finely toothed ;

branchiostegous rays 7.

TOXOTES JACULATOR, (Pallas).

Scieena jaculatrix, Pallas: Spicil. Fase. 8, 41.

Scizena jaculatrix, Hommel: Phil. Transact. LVI. 1766. p. 187.

Scarus schlosseri, Linné: Syst. 1282.

Scizena jaculatrix, Bonnaterre: Encycl. Method. Pl. d’Ichthyol. 121.

Scarus schlosseri, Lacépéde IV. 5, 17.

Labre sagittaire, Lacépéde III. 425, 463.

Scarus schlosseri, Shaw, IV. 398.

Labrus jaculator, ibid. 485, Pl. 68.

Toxotes jaculator, Cuv. R. A. II. 196.

Coius chatareus, Buchan, Hamilton, 101, 370, Pl. 14, Fig. 34.

Toxotes jaculator, Cuv. and Val. VII. 314, Pl. 129.

Toxotes jaculator, Swainson, II, 214.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1159

VAR. MALACCENSIS, Cuv. and Val.

Cuv. and Val. VII. 320.

Ikan sumpit or Sa sumpit of the Malays.

Head above silvery olive green, brown or blackish, all the rest sil-

very buff or greyish; all the scales with minute brown dots, either

spread or collected round the centre, so as to produce faint brownish

longitudinal lines; along the side five large rounded spots: the

first on the occiput in front of the opercle; the second behind the

opercle, intersected by the lateral line; the third between the spiny

and soft dorsal; the fourth close to the termination of the soft dor-

sal; the fifth at the upper half of the root of the caudal; above

this series another of smaller black spots, viz. one between the first and

second lower spots ; another between the second and third ; a third at

the centre of the base of the soft dorsal ; in some the upper series of

spots is confluent along the back ; some havea small black spot on the

symphysis of the lower jaw. Dorsal spines and membrane either brown-

ish black or greyish, minutely dotted with black ; the soft dorsal silvery

olive, with a large oblique black spot joining the third of the upper

dorsal series; another spreading over the upper half of the posterior

seventh or eighth ray ; margin of the soft portion black; caudal bright

gamboge with a more or less distinct black, backwards arched band

behind the root ; upper half of anal silvery olive or greyish green, lower

half black ; pectorals and ventrals white, the latter with a large black

‘spot, in some occupying nearly the whole space between the first and

fourth ray. Iris bright gamboge or orange, blackish towards the orbit.

~ D 5/12 or 13, C 172, A 3/15, 16 or 17, V 1/5 P 13 or 14, Br. VII.

Hapsir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsulu, Singapore.

“New Guinea, Isle of Baru, Java, Malabar, mouths of the

Ganges.

TOTAL LENGTH: 7 inch.

This appears to be the variety, described by M. M. Cuvier and

Valenciennes from a drawing in the series, formerly in the late Colonel

Farquhar’s possession. ‘The food of several examined, consisted of

remains of crustacea. In the Straits of Malacca this fish occurs, but

not numerously, at all seasons. It is eaten by the Malays, who

record its habits in the denomination :. chan signifying a fish, sumpitan

a blow-pipe.

7 K

1160 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Nov.

FAM. THNIOIDA.

Gen. Crepota, Linné 1766.

Body elongated, compressed like a sword-blade; dorsal and anal

fins very long; caudal pointed ; ventrals attached under the pectorals ;

muzzle obtuse ; jaws opening nearly vertically, with pointed teeth ;

the ventrals are the only fins preceded by a bony spine.

CEPOLA ABREVIATA, Cuy. and Val.

Cepola abreviata, Cuv. and Val. X. 403.

Cepola variegata, Swainson II. Appendix, 402.

Head above carmine ; cheeks and opercle paler ; jaws, preopercle and

throat silvery whitish; back deep flesh-coloured, paler, with silvery

reflections on the sides and abdomen, pale bluish under the pectorals ;

lateral line silvery ; along the middle of the sides a longitudinal series

of about 14 round, distant, orange, or cornelian-red spots, gradually

decreasing in size towards the caudal; dorsal and anal rose-coloured,

deepening to crimson on the marginal half; anal edged throughout,

dorsal at the posterior part, with dark purple; membranes sparingly

dotted with brown; caudal rays black; membrane cornelian-red ;

pectorals transparent, ventrals white. Iris silvery rose-coloured, orbi-

tal margin black.

D 72 or 74, C 13, A 74, V 14, P 19, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Moluccas, Anjer (Java,) China.

TOTAL LENGTH: 7% inch.

The length of the head is 3 of the total; the depth at the occiput

3 of the length. The distance from the muzzle to the eye is + of that

from the muzzle to the point of the opercle. The diameter of the eye

is 3 of the length of the head. In each jaw appears a single series of

small pointed recurvous teeth, of which those near the symphysis are a

little longer than the rest. There are about 24 on each side of the

upper, 12 on each side of the lower jaw. On the lower margin of the

preopercle appear five rather strong spines: two pointing obliquely

backwards and downwards at the angle, and three, pointing forwards,

along the margin. The cheeks and opercles are covered with scales,

the rest of the head isnaked. The vertical diameter at the pectorals

nearly equals the length of the head; the diameter in front of the

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1161

caudal is scarcely 3 of the former. The body is covered with small

rounded scales, considerably larger, however, than in Cepola rubescens,

Linné. The lateral line, like a thin cord, consists of keeled scales.

It proceeds from the upper part of the gill-opening obliquely upwards

to the fourth dorsal ray, from whence it accompanies the base of the

dorsal fin to the termination, which latter is joined to the caudal. The

length of the longest dorsal ray is } of the vertical diameter of

the body. The anal commences opposite the eighth dorsal ray; the

longest rays slightly exceed those of the dorsal. The pectorals are

rounded, their length is 1; of the total. The ventrals are situated a

little in front of the pectorals, and are a little shorter; the first ray

terminates in a filament reaching the anus, or origin of the anal fin;

the fifth ray has three fourths of its length attached to the abdomen

by a membrane. The caudal is pointed ; its length is 114 in the total.

The stomach is small, but thickened. There are eight czcopyloric

appendages. The intestinal caudal is 4 of the length of the fish. The

air-vessel is rather large, silvery. Two individuals occurred at Pinang

in March and April 1845. The smaller, 4 inches in length, resembled

the one just described, in colours and in the distribution of the spots ;

but it differed in the following dimensions. The length of the head was

6} in the total, of which the caudal and the pectorals measured 2. Both

head and these fins, therefore, were proportionally considerably longer

in the smaller than in the larger individual. The specimen in the Zoo-

logical Society’s Museum, London, described by Mr. Swainson, mea-

sures one foot in length. |

FAM. GOBIOID.

Gen. Gosius, Linné, 1748. 1

- Head depressed with pores between the eyes; dorsal fins two, dis-

tinct, rays of both flexible; ventral fins united at the edges, forming a

circle ;_ vent with a tubercle; body covered with scales, the free edges

of which ciliated ; teeth small, numerous; branchiostegous rays 5.

Gosius ELEGANS, Kuhl. and Van. Hasselt, Var.

Buff with a tinge of olive, minutely dotted with brown; the upper

half of the sides with 3 or 4 indistinct lines, each formed by a series

of very short brown streaks, beneath which a series of indistinct brown

spots; a blackish spot at the posterior margin of the orbit; a second

a ae

1162 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

at the upper part of the root of the pectoral fin, and a third at the

lower part of the root, spreading on the gill-membrane. Near the

lower part of the root of the pectoral is a faint trace of a fourth brown

spot. The membranes of the fins are of a very pale bluish green,

minutely dotted with brown; those of the dorsals, particularly the

second, with 3 or 4 indistinct series of blackish spots, and afew similar

on the caudal membrane. The rays of the anterior dorsal have 2 or 3

series of brown spots. Iris pale greenish silvery, minutely dotted

with brown.

D 6—1/, C 183,A 18, V 1/, P 18, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

TorTaL LENGTH: 34 inch.

A single individual observed differs from Gobius elegans,* found in

Vanikolo, New Guinea, Java, and Bombay, in having one soft ray less

in the 2nd dorsal and anal-fins ; and slightlyin colours, which differ-

ences however appear not sufficient to constitute a distinct species.

GoBius Kokivs, Cuv. and Val.

Russell LI. Koku.

Gobius kokius, Cuv. and Val. XII. 68.

Gobius kokius, Jacquemont, Atlas: Pl. 14, Fig. 3?

Gobius kokius, Jerdon, Madras Journ. XV. 148.

Gobius kokius, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 24, 5.

Head above and back greenish brown, sides pale reddish yellow ;

abdomen white; the back with 5 large, distant, brownish spots; 5

similar on the sides, the latter disposed beneath the intervals of the

former. The rays and membranes of the dorsal and caudal fins with

brown spots distributed in transversal series, which, however, are fre-

quently very indistinct, and in some scarcely perceptible. One or two

brown spots appear in some at the root of the pectoral fins, the

membrane of which and of the ventral and anal fins is whitish. The

lower half of the anal and caudal membrane is blackish in some indi-

viduals. Iris golden, in some dotted with black.

D 6—1/9, C 163 or 197, A 1/8, V 1/5, P 20 or 21, Br. Vs

Hasir.—fresh-water and sea of Pinang.

Isle of France, Malabar, Coromandel, Orissa, Java, Madura.

TOTAL LENGTH: 84 inch.

* Cuy. and Val, XII, 538.

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1163

This species is closely allied to Godzus giuris, Buch. Ham. from

which M. Valenciennes observes, it chiefly differs in the comparatively

smaller eye, the diameter of which is % or + of the length of the head,

while in G. giuris it occupies the second fourth of the length of the

head.

GoOBIUS SUBLITUS, Cantor.

Pale greyish brown, lighter on the sides, abdomen buff; back and

sides with six indistinct parallel longitudinal streaks, produced by a

short brownish line dividing each scale ; fin-membranes minutely dot-

ted with brown; anterior dorsal with a central transversal whitish

waved band, and a similar at the base; second dorsal and caudal with

4 or 5 transversal series of oval whitish spots ; anal with a subterminal

reddish white band ; the posterior pointed part of this fin, as well as

the outer half of the ventrals and pectorals, blackish. Iris pale

golden.

D 6—1/9, C 153, A 1/8, V 1/5, P 19, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

ToTAL LENGTH: 3 inch.

The head is elongated, 3 of the total length, depressed ; the breadth

of the nape a little less than the depth, which equals 4 of the

length of the head; the profile gently sloping; the cheeks and

opercles tumid; the eyes are nearly vertical, occupying the second

fourth of the head, and placed excessively close together ; the muzzle

pointed ; the lower jaw slightly longer than the upper ; the mouth very

large, oblique, the angle situated beneath the posterior margin of the

orbit. The teeth of both jaws are crowded, card-like, of unequal

length, the external series shorter than the rest, distant, bent mwards.

On each side of the symphysis of the upper jaw, on the internal series,

is a pair of teeth in length exceeding all the rest. The anterior teeth

of the inner series of the lower jaw are somewhat longer than the rest ;

the tongue is smooth flattened, crescent-shaped. The body is elongat-

ed, its greatest depth being about 63 times in the total length. The

scales are rather large, finely ciliated, with strize converging towards

the centre of the posterior margin. The longitudinal series, from the

root of the pectoral to the caudal, contains about 38 scales. The

height of the first dorsal is 4 of the total length; the fifth ray

1164 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

is slightly longer than the rest, and terminates in a short filament; the

membrane is carried very close to the origin of the second dorsal, the

height of which is } of the total length. In extent and height the

anal is a little less than the former: the posterior extremity of both is

pointed. The caudal, ventral and pectoral fins are a little pointed, of

nearly equal length, 3 of the total. The species is not numerous: it

appears to be closely allied to Godius biocellatus, Cuv. and Val.

(XII. 73), but it differs in its dentition and the filamentous fifth ray of

the anterior dorsal.

GOBIUS APOGONIUs, Cantor.

Back brownish, sides and abdomen buff, opercles minutely dotted

with black. Back and sides with 5 or 6 parallel, sometimes interrupt-

ed, series of black spots ; fin-membranes buff; on the anterior dorsal

two elongated black spots, of which the posterior between the 4th and

5th ray; the second dorsal and anal fin with 2 or 3 transversal

series of black spots, and with their free margins black ; caudal edged

with black with a number of somewhat irregular transversal series of

black spots; ventrals with the extremities of the two central rays (the

fifth) black. Iris pale golden, spotted with black.

D 6—1/8, C 152, A 18, V 1/5, P 18, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH: 24 inch.

The general outline, the short robust make, and the large scales

impart to this species a certain resemblance to the Genus Apogon.

The head is about 3 of the total length, depressed, sloping; the

muzzle broad, rounded; the eyes are lateral, near the upper profile,

occupying the second fourth of the head; their distance across the

head, and that from the lower margin of the orbit to the angle of the

mouth, equals the diameter of the eye, or one fourth of the length of

the head. The jaws are nearly semi-circular, the lower slightly pro-

jects beyond the upper ; the mouth is obliquely cleft, the angle situated

under the middle of the orbit. The teeth of both jaws are velvety,

the external series of the upper consists of a few distant teeth, slightly

larger than the rest; in the lower jaw there is a similar internal

series, of which the two nearest the symphysis have the appearance of

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1165

small canines. The tongue is thin, narrow, crescent-shaped, and

smooth. The profile of the forehead rises obliquely towards the first

ray of the anterior dorsal, where the vertical diameter equals about 4

of the total length; from thence the arched profile of the back and

abdomen gradually converge towards the last ray of the second dorsal

and anal fins, the vertical diameter between which equals 4 of the total

length, and such it continues to the root of the caudal. The height

of the first ray of the anterior dorsal fin equals one half of the

greatest vertical diameter; the second and third rays gradually

increase ; the fourth terminating in a filament, slightly exceeds the

greatest vertical diameter of the body ; but the sixth ray scarcely equals

half the height of the first. The second dorsal and the anal fin are

nearly opposite, on a backwards sloping level, their extent being some-

what less than + of the total length. Their sixth, divided, rays, are the

longest and equal about one-sixth of the total length. Their first. and

last rays are about 4 of the total length. The distance between the ante-

rior and second dorsal is about 3 of that between the latter and the

caudal fin. The latter is rounded, about 1 of the total length. The

pectoral fins are rounded, nearly as long as the caudal, and with the

rays slightly filamentous. The ventrals are a little pointed, and

scarcely exceed one half the length of the pectorals. The scales are

generally very large, particularly on the crown of the head, and the

opercles finely ciliated, and striated ; their breadth double their length.

The longitudinal series, from the root of the pectorals to the caudal,

contains about 25 scales; the sides behind the second dorsal and the

anal fins are covered by 5 vertical series.

A few individuals were occasionally observed among the fishes taken

in the stakes. off the coast of Pinang. This species is closely allied

to another from the estuaries near Calcutta: Gobius sadanundio,

Buchan. Ham. (Gangetic Fishes, 52,366) among whose duplicate

series of drawings there. is a representation. In the number of

rays and the large size of the scales both agree, and the black

markings of the fins and the body are also nearly the same. But

G. sadanundio is of a strikingly more elongated shape, the third ray

of the anterior dorsal fin is the longest, and the fourth is shorter not

terminating in a filament. Godius filosus, Cuy, and Val. (XII. 78)

appears also to be allied to the present species.

1166 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Nov.

GOBIUS ACUTIPENNISs,* Cuv. and Val., Var.

Brownish buff with some indistinct blackish clouded spots on the

back and sides; fin-membranes bluish white, minutely dotted with

black; the two dorsals and the upper third of the caudal with indis-

tinct transversal series of blackish spots. Iris blackish silvery.

D 6—1/12,'C 174, 'A 1/13, V 1/5, P 22, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

‘ToTaL LENGTH : 34 inch.

The rays of the first dorsal gradually increase towards the fifth,

which terminates in a filament, in length slightly exceeding 4 of the

total. The second dorsal and the other fins are pointed ; the length

of the caudal is 4 of the total; that of the head slightly exceeds 3.

In both jaws the teeth are placed in a single series ; those of the upper

are a little longer and more distant than those of the lower; there are

no canines. G. acutipennis, Cuv. and Val. has 10 branched rays in

the second dorsal and 11 in the anal. But in proportions and colours

it closely agrees with the present.

GOBIUS CRINIGER, Cuv. and Val.

Gobius criniger, Cuv. and Val. XII. 82.

Pale ochreous with faint silvery lustre ; abdomen whilisley head and

upper jaw black ; three round black spots on the cheeks ; a fourth larger

at the posterior angle of the orbit; a similar on the opercle ; on the

sides three large rounded black spots: the anterior behind the pectoral

fin, spreading on the back ; the second below the posterior part of the

second dorsal, and the third at the root of the tail. Between these

spots several smaller, irregular black marks. The fin-membranes

whitish, that of the ventrals minutely dotted with black. That of the

two dorsals and the caudal with rather large black spots ; the free mar-

gin of the caudal and anal black. Iris pale golden, blackish.

D 6—1/9, C 133, A 1/9, V 1A, P 17, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

New Guinea, Malabar.

TOTAL LENGTH: 2 inch. 3

The occiput and the opercles are without scales; the rest of the

body with large ciliated, faintly striated scales, of which the longitudinal

* XII. 80.

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1167

series from the root of the pectoral to the anterior part of the caudal

contains about 34, The length of the head is about 4 of the total.

The second ray of the anterior dorsal is the longest, terminating in a

filament ; its length is double that of the greatest vertical diameter, or

a little less than 3 of the total length. The teeth are minute, velvety,

of nearly equal length. This species appears not to be numerous at

Pinang.

Gosius cyanocuavis, Cantor.

Greenish-grey, paler on the abdomen ; the scales with a central azure

spot, forming on the body from 5 to 8 longitudinal series ; the opercle

and root of the pectorals with a few similar spots; anterior dorsal

minutely dotted and clouded with brown ; second dorsal black, pale at

the base, upper margin orange, between the rays 3 to 5 white oval

spots, forming transversal series ; caudal similarly coloured, but with

the upper half of the posterior margin orange; anal intenses, ventrals

and pectorals paler black, the anterior margin of each of the anal

branched rays accompanied by a blue streak. Genital papilla with an

orange coloured apex. Iris golden, spotted with black ; pupil strongly

iridescent,

D 6—1/10, C 174, A 1/10, V 1/4, P19, Br. V.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH: 6 inch.

The head is a little depressed, the profile slightly sloping, the length 2

of the total ; the breadth at the nape is contained 23 times in the depth,

which exceeds one half of the length of the head; the cheeks are tumid ;

eyes obliquely oval, nearly vertical, situated nearer the posterior angle of

the preopercle than the muzzle; their greatest diameter is about 3 of

the length of the head ; their distance 2 of the greatest diameter ; the

muzzle is bluntly rounded, the lower jaw slightly projecting beyond the

upper ; the gape is wide, the angle of the mouth is beneath the posterior

margin of the orbit. The teeth of the upper jaw are generally minute,

but the anterior 4 or 5 on each side a little longer than the rest ;

the external series on each side of the lower jaw consists of 9 teeth, of

which the two last towards the angle of the mouth are stronger, and

much longer than the rest, and recurvous. These teeth M. Valen-

ciennes compares with the fangs of venomous serpents. The other

teeth are minute like those of the upper jaw. On the lower part of

7 L

1168 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

the margin of the preopercle appear five pores of which the two

upper ones are a little larger than the rest. The scales of the nape,

of the opercle and of the root of the pectorals are much smaller than

those of the body which are very large, finely ciliated and striated.

The longitudinal series from the root of the pectoral to the caudal con-

tains about 32 scales. All the rays of the anterior dorsal terminate in

filaments: the third is the longest, equalling nearly half the total

length ; next to that is the fourth ray; the sixth is the shortest, but

all except the third, are liable to individual variations. The posterior

dorsal and anal fins are pointed, increasing in height towards the last,

double, ray, which is about % of the total length. The caudal is con-

tained 43 times, the pectorals and ventrals 6 times in the total length :

all these fins are broad, and a little pointed. The species is of no un-

common occurrence: it is closely allied to Godius caninus, Cuv. and

ValvOclh. 16);

GosBius russus, Cantor.

Flesh or pale salmon-coloured ; back blackish ; on each side 4 or 5

large clouded blackish spots, the scales of which lave a minute vertical

lanceolate whitish spot in the centre ; first dorsal whitish at the base

and at the upper margin, with two transversely waved blackish bands,

separated by a white, which surrounds a large black spot between the

4th and 5th rays ; posterior dorsal whitish, minutely dotted with brown,

and with two irregular transversal series of pale blackish, clouded,

spots ; rays of dorsals and anal flesh-coloured ; membranes of caudal,

anal, ventral and pectoral fins whitish, minutely dotted with brown.

Iris pale golden, spotted with black.

D 6—1/10, C 194, A 1/10, V 1/4, P18, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

ToTaL LENGTH: 42 inch.

The head is depressed, the profile slightly sloping from the eyes ; the

length equals that of the caudal, and is contained about 4} times in the

total length; the breadth at the nape is a little less than the height

which is about + of the total; the cheeks tumid ; the eyes oval, lateral,

situated on the profile, occupying a little more than the second fourth

of the head, nearer the muzzle than the angle of the preopercle ; the

muzzle is broad rounded ; the lower jaw a little longer than the upper ;

the gape is wide, oblique, the angle is situated beneath the middle of the

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1169

orbit. The teeth are velvety; the 4 anterior on each side of the upper

jaw are distant and longer than the rest. The external series of the

lower jaw consists of five similar teeth on each side, the last of which

is slightly recurvous, but in length scarcely exceeding the four anterior.

The space between the nape and the anterior dorsal is naked ; the rest of

the body is covered with small ciliated, striated scales, which are indis-

tinct and almost hidden in the skin. The rays of the anterior dorsal

terminate in short filaments ; the first is the longest, scarcely exceeding

the vertical diameter at the nape, or about 3 of the total length; the

membrane closely approaches the posterior dorsal, which, as well as the

anal, slightly increases in height towards the 9th branched ray, the

length of which equals the first ray of the anterior dorsal. The caudal,

ventral and pectoral fins are broad, slightly pointed ; the length of the

two latter is little more than 7 of the total. The species is not numer-

ous: it closely approaches Gobius phalena, Cuv. and Val. (XII. 92).

Gen. ApocrypTes, Cuv. and Val. 1837.

(ScarTExaos,* Swainson, 1839.)

Ventral fins united as in Godius ; two dorsals ; body elongated ; caudal

long, pointed (lanceolate); teeth pointed, distant, in a single series in

both jaws, near the symphysis of the lower two teeth a little behind

the rest ; scales small.

APOCRYPTES LANCEOLATUS, (Bloch-Schneider).

Eleotris lanceolata, Bloch-Schneider, 67, Pl. 15.

_ Gobius changva, Buchan. Ham. 41,365, Pl. 5. Fig. 10.

Apocryptes changva, Cuv. and Val. XII. 145.

Scartelaos calliurus, Swainson, II. 280.

Apocryptes changva, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 36, 5.

Head, cheeks and opercles blackish olive, bluish beneath; back

blackish olive ; sides greenish or bright gamboge mottled with blackish ;

abdomen whitish or rose-coloured ; dorsal fins minutely dotted with

black. ‘The rays of the second in some with brownish spots; in the

young both are transversely waved with pale brown; caudal with alter-

nate vermiculated brownish and whitish lines, and at the upper part of

the root a black ocellated spot ; anal, ventrals and pectorals buff or pale

yellowish. Iris buff.

* By mistake characterised as being destitute of scales.

7L2

1170 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

D 5—1/80 or 31, C 174, A 1/29, V 1/5, P 18, Br. V.

Hasit.—Estuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Batavia, Madura, Rangoon, Pondicherry, estuaries of the

ToTAL LENGTH : 64 inch. Ganges.

The species is numerous at Pinang.

APOCRYPTES NEXIPINNIS, Cantor.

Slate-coloured, lighter on the abdomen; throat bluish white; fin-

membrane of the united dorsals and of the caudal minutely dotted with

brown, giving the fins a greyish appearance ; anal and ventrals trans-"

parent, pectorals blackish grey, divided in the middle by a crescent-

shaped transparent band, which expands over the lowest eight rays.

Iris slate-coloured.

D 6/26, C 174, A 1/25, V-1/, P 21. Br. V.

Haxsit.—Sea of Pinang.

ToTAL LENGTH: 33 inch.

The head is depressed, gently sloping before the eyes ; the breadth at

the nape exceeds the vertical diameter by one third, and equals 4 of

the length of the head ; the latter is 3 of the total length; the eyes are

vertical, oval, occupying the third seventh of the length of the head ;

their distance is somewhat less than their diameter. The muzzle is

rounded, the lower jaw slightly projects beyond the upper ; the gape

is enormous, almost horizontal; the angle of the mouth marks

the anterior half of the length of the head. ‘The anterior tooth on

each side of the symphysis of the upper jaw is excessively long,

curved and projecting beyond the lower jaw when the mouth is closed.

Ata distance from these canines commences on each side a single

series of 12 to 14 smaller, distant teeth, placed almost horizontally,

and arched downwards. The thin membranous upper lip covers all

the teeth except the two foremost, and has a small downwards pointed

lobe beneath the anterior angle of the orbit. The lower jaw has on

each side a single series of 10 to 12 distant teeth, horizontally placed

and bent upwards. The first on each side of the symphysis is placed

a little behind the rest, and it is the smallest; the succeeding

four gradually increase in length ; the two last are the longest of the

series, which terminates with the anterior half of the jaw, and consi-

derably in front of the teeth of the upper jaw. The tongue is very

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 71

narrow, almost linear, short, smooth, rounded in front and tied to

the floor of the mouth. It is of a buff colour, but the cavity of the

mouth is inky. The scales of the nape are very small and deci-

duous, so as to make the part appear naked ; they gradually increase in

size towards the posterior part of the body, where they are very large.

They are orbicular with about 16 strize. The body is compressed, the

profile gradually narrowing towards the tail. The first dorsal ray is

situated at the second third of the total length: its height is about

+ of the vertical diameter at the nape; the succeeding, undivided, rays

gradually increase towards the 5th, which, as well as the 6th, are about

2 of the vertical diameter at the nape. The distance between the 5th

and 6th, undivided, rays, and between the latter and the first branched

ray is conspicuously greater than the distances between any of the

preceding or following dorsal rays. The first branched ray is some-

what shorter than the 6th undivided, which produces a sinking in the

upper margin of the connecting membrane, and indicates the transition

from the undivided to the branched rays. The latter gradually increase

in length towards the penultimate, which nearly equals the vertical

diameter at the nape. The caudal is broad lanceolate, its length about

z of the total. The first undivided ray of the anal is situated opposite

the 3rd branched dorsal; the height of the fin is slightly less than

that of the dorsal. The papilla immediately behind the anus is short,

conical. The ventrals are rounded, their length equalling the vertical

diameter at the nape; the transversal diameter exceeding the latter

by one third. The pectorals are pointed, their length 3 of the total.

It is not numerous at Pinang.

Although the dorsal fin is single, as it is in Godioides, Lacépéde,

this species has the characteristic dentition of Apocryptes: it is in

fact an Apocryptes with the two dorsal fins united, and as above

observed, with the junction perceptible. The single character is of

too little value to warrant the formation of a separate genus, par-

ticularly, as in Apocryptes dentatus, Cuv. and Val. (XII. 112) the

membrane of the anterior dorsal is continued to the base of the second.

Gen. TRYPAUCHENA, Cuv. and Val. 1837.

Ventral fins united as in Gobius ; the single dorsal, the caudal and

anal united ; on each side of the nape above the opercle a deep fossa.

1172 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

: TRYPAUCHENA VAGINA, (Bloch).

Gobius vagina, Bloch-Schn. 73, No. 20.

Gobioides ruber, Buchan. Ham., 38,365.

Trypauchena vagina, Cuv. and Val. XII. 153, Pl. 351.

Trypauchena vagina, Swainson II. 279.

Trypauchen vagina, Richardson, Report 1845, 206.

Trypauchena vagina, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 37, 5.

Rose-coloured with light blue reflections, paler towards the abdomen

which is whitish ; eyes minute, barely perceptible, like two blackish

points ; fins transparent, colourless.

D 6/47 to 49, C 17, A 1/49, V1/, P 17, Br. 1V.

Hasrt.—Sea of Pinang.

Sea, estuaries and freshwater of Bengal, Coromandel,

Malabar, China Seas, Java, Madura, Balli.

ToTaL LENGTH: 8 inch.

Not numerous at Pinang.

Gren. AmBiyoprus, Cuv. and Val. 1837.*

(PstLosomus, Swainson, 1839).

Body elongated; ventrals like Godcus ; dorsal, caudal and anal fins

united; mouth vertical; in both jaws an external series of exposed,

curved, distant teeth, longer than the rest; eyes very minute, hid by

the skin, scarcely perceptible ; no fossze on the side of the nape.

AMBLYOPUS HERMANNIANUS, (Lacépéde).

-Teenicide hermannien, Lacépéde, IV. 533.

Cepola hermanniana, Shaw, IV. 191.

Cepola czecula, Bloch-Schneider, 241, Tab. 54.

Gobioide rubicundus, Buchan. Ham., 37, 365, Pl. V. Fig. 9.

Teenioides, Cuv. R. A. IT. 244.

' Amblyopus hermannianus, Cuv. and Val. XII. 159, Pl. 350.

Psilosomus, Swainson, II. 183.

Amblyopus hermannianus, Swainson, II. 279.

Head and back brownish ochre ; sides brick-red, paler on the abdo-

men, fins reddish ochre, caudal in some blood coloured.

D 6/44, C 15, A 1/45, V 1f, P 15, Br. V.

Buchanan Ham.: D 46, A 40, V 12.

* Substituted for Tenioides, Lacépéde 1800, the definition of which, M. Valen-

ciennes observes, is incorrect, and not complete.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1173

Cuv. and Val.: D 6A0, C 15, A 1/37, V 1/, P 15.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Estuaries and freshwater of Bengal, Rangoon, Tranquebar.

Peiho river.

Toran LENGTH: | ft. 2 inch.

The height at the nape is from zs to 7; of the total length; the

length of the head is 7 to 3 of the total; the length of the pectoral

fin 1s 7 to 25 of the total, and 4 of that of the ventrals. It is of no

common occurrence at Pinang.

Gren. PERIOPHTHALMUS, (Bloch-Schn. 1801) Cuv. and Val. 1837.

Profile rapidly sloping at an obtuse angle where the eyes are

situated ; the latter are very close to each other, provided with a lower

lid capable of covering the eye. Ventral fins in some entirely united,

in others partially at the basal half; pectorals muscular at the base,

covered with scales and appearing as if supported on arms. Teeth of

both jaws in a single series, more or less horizontally placed.

PERIOPHTHALMUS SCHLOSSER], (Pallas).

Gobius schlosseri, Pallas, Spicil VIII. Pl. 1, Fig. 1—4.

Gobius schlosseri, Linné: Syst. 1201.

Gobius schlosseri, Lacép. II.

Periophthalmus schlosseri, Bloch-Schn.

Gobius schlosseri, Shaw IV. 246.

Gobius schlosseri, Raffles: Linn. Tr. XIII.

Periopthalmus schlosseri, Cuv. R. A. II. 245 (?).

Periophthalmus schlosseri, Bennett: Life of Raffles.

Periophthalmus schlosseri, Cuv. and Val. XII. 192.

Periophthalmus schlosseri, Swainson, II. 280.

Periophthalmus schlosseri, Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 39.

Ikan lasah, * lisah, or lésah of the Malays.

Upper part of the head and back blackish green or olive, cheeks and

sides greenish gamboge, the scales with blackish edges and a large

blackish spot at the upper angle of the opercle; throat and abdomen

white. Anterior dorsal shining reddish brown, the upper margin

whitish ; second dorsal: upper margin and basal half brownish white,

in the middle a broad obliquely upwards turned black band ; posterior

* Ldasah, restless.

1174 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

part of the pectorals and caudal black ; anal and ventrals whitish.

Iris black with a narrow internal golden ring ; eyes strongly iridescent.

D 8—1/12, C 168, A 1/12, V 14, P17, Br V.

Hasit.—Lstuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, ies accie

Amboina, Sumatra, Java.

TOTAL LENGTH: 102 inch.

Some individuals have on one or both sides of the symphysis of the

upper jaw a second, internal, short series of two or three small teeth.

At Pinang this species occurs in great numbers in the moat of Fort

Cornwallis, which is filled by each tide from the sea. Like the other

Gobies it is very wary and difficult to capture, but unlike most of the

others, it is very fierce when taken, and is capable of inflicting rather

severe wounds with the long hooked teeth.

GEN. BoLEoPHTHALMUS, Cuv. and Val. 1837.

Differs from Periophthalmus in having all or the middle teeth

of the upper jaw straight and strong; those of the lower jaw placed

horizontally, all very fine, except two stronger than the rest, recurvous,

and placed a little inwards; head more oblong than Periophthalmus ;

scales small or imperceptible; anterior dorsal fin with five rays; the

base of the pectorals not in all species covered with scales.

BoLEOPHTHALMUS BODDAERTI, (Pallas).

Gobius boddaerti, Pallas, Spicil. Zool. VIII. 11, Tab. 2, Fig. 4, 5.

Gobius boddaerti, Linné: Syst. 1201.

Eleotris boddaerti, Bloch-Schn. 66.

Gobius striatus, Bloch-Schn. 71, Tab. 16. (Female, Cuv. and Val.)

Russell LIV. Nettee Kunla Mottah.

Gobius boddaerti, Shaw IV. 238.

Gobioides boddaerti, Cuv. R. A. II. 244 (*).

Boleophthalmus boddaerti, Cuv. and Val. XII. 199.

Boleophthalmus boddaerti, Richardson, Report 1845, 208, 319.

Boleophthalmus boddaerti, Tem. et Schl. Fauna Japon. 148, Tab.

LXXVI. Fig. 3.

Boleophthalmus boddaerti, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 40, 5.

Lips, upper part of the head and the back blackish green ; sides

greenish gamboge ; abdomen white; the sides from the second dorsal

with 6 or 7 obliquely backwards directed blackish bands, (not reaching

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1175

the abdomen); the whole body, pectorals and caudal with numerous

verdigris spots ; anterior dorsal pale brownish lilac with violet spots,

the upper margin between the first four rays whitish ; second dorsal

brownish, whitish towards the base, between the rays two or three

transversal violet bands edged with white, forming irregular transversal

series ; caudal with blackish rays; anal and ventrals whitish ; pectoral

membrane blackish. Eyes black, strongly iridescent.

D 5—1/24 to 26, C 16, A 1/25, V 1/, P 19, Br. V.

Hasir.—ZLstuaries and Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Madura, Borneo, Java, Sea of China and Japan, Moluccas,

Bengal, Coromandel, Malabar.

Toran LENGTH: 5 inch.

At Pinang the species is very numerous in the same localities as

Periophthalmus schlosseri.

BoLEOPHTHALMUS PECTINIROSTRIS, (Linné.)

Gobius pectinirostris, Linné: Chinens. Lagerstr.—Amoen. Acad.

Dee. 1754,

Apocryptes chinenses, Osbeck : It. 130.—Amoen. Acad. IV. Pl. 3,

Pig 3:

Gobius pectinirostris, Linné: Syst. 1200.

Gobius pectinirostris, Lacép. II. 542.

Gobius pectinirostris, Shaw IV. 245.

Apocryptes pectinirostris, Cuv. and Val. XII. 150.

Boleophthalmus pectinirostris, Richardson Report 1845, 208.

Head and back greyish green, lighter on the sides ; abdomen whitish ;

the whole body with minute blackish tubercles, and with metallic sky-

blue or verdigris spots ; muzzle, lips, throat and posterior margin of

the opercle pale greenish black ; anterior dorsal greenish black with

numerous vertically placed lilac spots ; posterior dorsal greenish black

with 6 or 7 transversal series of elongated lilac, black-edged spots,

which between the 8 posterior rays become larger, but rarer; caudal

brownish black with transversal series of indistinct lilac spots; anal,

ventral and pectoral fins brownish ; the base of ventrals greenish black,

the anterior scaly part of the pectorals with a blackish crescent-shaped

margin. Iris narrow golden ; pupil strongly iridescent.

D 5—1/25, C 163, A 1/25, V 1/5, P 20, Br, V.

1176 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Noy.

Hasit.—Sea coast of Pinang.

‘Canton.

TOTAL LENGTH: 6 inch.

The length of the head is a little more than 3 of the total length,

the height slightly exceeds the breadth and equals half the length. The

vertical diameter at the anterior dorsal is $ of the total length. The

muzzle is rounded, the gape wide, the angle of the mouth is opposite the

posterior angle of the orbit. The eyes are contiguous, situated a little

behind the second fifth of the head; upper eyelid with tubercles; the

lower membranous, hemi-transparent. The upper jaw has on each side of

the symphysis three conical teeth, distant, and longer than the rest, of

which there are upwards of 30 very minute, and distant, on each side.

On the upper lip behind the canines appears a small flattened lobe.

Each side of the lower jaw carries 30 to 34 horizontal, closely set teeth,

which are long, almost setaceous, obliquely truncated at the apex. On

each side of the symphysis, on a more inward level than the others, is

a stronger, conical, vertical tooth. The tongue is small, rounded,

fleshy, and fixed to the floor of the cavity, and as well as the latter

inky. The anterior dorsal commences a little behind the root of the

pectoral ; the four posterior rays are filamentous : the third, the long-

est, is little less than 3 of the total length; the fifth, a little shorter

than the first, equals about one half of the third; the membrane

extends close to the posterior dorsal; the base of this fin equals

the greatest vertical diameter of the body. The posterior dorsal

slightly increases in height towards the 21st ray, which measures about

2 of the greatest vertical diameter of the body ; the base of the fin is

31 times its height. The caudal is a little pointed, the length litle

less than 3 of the total. The anal commences opposite the second

branched ray of the posterior dorsal, the tract of which it follows, but

its height is less by one third; the 23rd ray is the longest and less

than one half of the greatest diameter of the body. The ventrals are

infundibuliform, their length is about 3 of the total. Two thirds of

the pectorals are covered with scales; their length is about 7 of the

total; the naked portion of this fin is oval. The scales resemble those

of B. boddaerti, increasing in size on the abdomen and posterior part

of the body, deeply imbedded in the integuments, which are covered

with numerous papilla. Single individuals were observed at Pinang.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1177

BoLEOPHTHALMUS viRIDIS, (Buchan-Ham.)

Gobius viridis, Buchan. Ham. 42, 45, 366, Pl. XXXII. Fig. 12.

Boleophthalmus viridis, Cuv. and Val. XIT, 213.

Boleophthalmus histophorus, Cuv. and Val. XII, 210.

Scartelaos viridis, Swainson II, 280.

Head and back greenish ; sides bluish-slate coloured ; above the indis-

tinct lateral line more or fewer distant black dots ; in some a varying

number of blackish vertical lines ; the festooned lips, the throat and

abdomen bluish white ; dorsal fins greenish grey edged with black, the

posterior one dotted with black; caudal similar, but the black dots

forming a few undulating transversal lines ; anal and ventrals pale rose-

coloured or whitish ; pectorals greyish with a few scattered black dots.

Iris pale golden.

D 5—1/26, C 17, A 1/25, V 1/5, P 17, Br. V.

Hasrr.—Sea of Pinang.

Estuaries of the Ganges, Bombay, Surat.

TOTAL LENGTH: 5 inch.

From comparison of a number of living individuals it appears that

the deeper or lighter greenish colour of the back, and the absence or

presence of vertical lines on the sides are but individual differences, per-

haps influenced by age, sex, or habits. Buchanan Hamilton correctly

observes ‘there are very minute scales on the body and upper part of

the head.” They are imbedded in the skin, distant, orbicular or

slightly oval, and become larger towards the tail. On submitting a

portion of the skin to 60 or 100 linear magnifying power, the scales

may be seen distinctly enough. This species is very numerous

at Pinang.

Gen. Exzorris, Gronov. 1763.

General structure of Godzus, but the ventral fins are not united ;

branchiostegous rays six.

ELEOTRIS POROCEPHALA, Cuv. and Val.

Eleotris porocephala, Cuv. and Val. XII. 237.

Head and back blackish brown; sides brownish white with clouded

brownish spots ; abdomen brownish white minutely dotted with brown ;

anterior dorsal pale brownish ; posterior dorsal and caudal darker with

indistinct transversal series of brownish spots, their free margin whitish ;

7m 2

1178 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

anal, ventrals and pectorals whitish hemi-transparent. Iris golden,

more or less spotted with black.

D 6—1£, C 178, A 1/7, V 1/5, P 15, Br. VI.

Hasit.—freshwater Pinang.

Freshwater Seychelle Islands, New Ireland.

ToTaL LENGTH: 54 inch.

The pore a little above the posterior nostril, and that immediately

behind the orbit are indistinct in the two young individuals examined ;

the uppermost of the four pores on the posterior ascending margin of

the preopercle is distinct, the other three less so, confluent, forming a

short sulcus.

ELEOTRIS OPHIOCEPHALUS, Kuhl and Van Hasselt.

Eleotris ophiocephalus, Cuv. and Val. XII. 239.

Head and back pale brownish black ona golden ground; sides with

six parallel longitudinal brown lines; abdomen buff, minutely dotted

with brown; dorsals brownish; the posterior and the caudal with

indistinct transversal series of brownish spots, and with whitish mar-

gins ; anal, ventrals and pectorals hemi-transparent, minutely dotted

with brown. Iris golden blackish.

Des, C172, ae l/75 0 Wo, © lo, bre vie

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Java.

ToTaL LENGTH: 5£ inch.

From EF. porocephala the present species principally differs in its co-

lours: the head appears a little more elongated, the scales of the crown

somewhat larger, and the inferior margin of the preopercle has but a

single rather indistinct pore, near the angle of the mouth. It appears

to be of rare occurrence at Pinang.

ELEoTRIS BUTIS, (Buchan. Ham.)

Cheilodipterus butis, Buchan. Ham. 57,367.

(Icon.) Cheilodipterus butis, Gray. Ill. Ind. Zool. II. Pl. 93,

Fig. 3

Eleotris humeralis, Cuv. and Val. XII. 246.

Eleotris humeralis, Bleeker: Verhand. Batav. Gen. XXII. 22, 5.

Reddish brown with dark central spots on some of the scales of the

head and sides, and the latter with numerous vermilion spots; the

two dorsals brownish at the base, transparent in the middle with

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1179

broad vermilion margins; caudal and anal black with vermilion mar-

gins; anal rays with similar spots; pectorals transparent ; near the

root, between the 8th and I6th ray, a large rounded black spot, above

and below which a smaller vermilion spot, and a few others at the root

of this and the ventral fins. Iris blackish golden.

D 6—1£, C 173, A 1/8, V 1/, P 18, Br, VI.*

Hasit.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang.

Estuaries of Bengal, Batavia, Samarang, Surabaya, Pasu-

ruan, West Coast of Madura.

ToTaL LENGTH : 6 inch.

It is readily recognised by the much depressed elongated head, the

length of which is contained 33 times in the total; the greatest verti-

cal diameter of the body slightly exceeds ¢ of the total length. The

opercle is a little pointed above the root of the pectorals, which, how-

ever, is less perceptible in the young than in the adult, Although

Buchanan Hamilton points out the strong affinity of this species to the

Gen. Gobiomorus, Lacépéde, he was led to consider it a Cheilo-

dipterus. His specimen from the Ganges, figured in his unpublish-

ed drawings, and later by Mr. Gray, was destitute of the vermilion

spots of the body, which vanish in individuals inhabiting muddy

estuaries. These spots as also the scarlet margins of the fins, be-

come obliterated after death, when the black spot of the pectoral

fins appears surrounded by two smaller yellowish-white ones, as de-

scribed by M. Valenciennes. (Hist. Nat. des Poiss. XII. p. 186.) It

is not numerous at Pinang.

ELEOTRIS CAPERATUS, Cantor.

Ground-colours, the vermilion spots of the body and the margins

of the fins, the black spots at the root of the pectorals exactly resem-

bling those of Hleotris butis.

D 6—1£, C 164, A 18, V 1/, P 21, Br, VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Toran LENGTH: 32 inch.

The crown of the head is apparently scaleless as far as the posterior

margin of the orbit ; it is depressed, but less elongated than L. dutis,

its length being contained 43 times in the total ; the opercles expansible

and cleft as in LZ. butis. The muzzle is rounded, the gape nearly ver-

* Buchanan Hamilton gives by mistake 7 branchiostegous rays.

1480 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

tical, the angle of the mouth opposite the anterior part of the orbit ;

the lower jaw scarcely longer than the upper; the teeth minute,

velvety, the external anc internal series of both jaws distant, somewhat

longer than the rest ; the tongue small, flattened, rounded in front ; the

eye oval, comparatively larger thanin #. dutis, occupying the second

fourth of the head; the distance between both is about one vertical

diameter. The upper margin of the orbit forms a sharp arched crest,

armed with minute, close, forwards pointing spines; the crest itself

is continued obliquely downwards, but becomes spineless in front of

the orbit, and there it separates the rostral cavity in which the two nos-

trils open, from a short crescent-shaped cavity, immediately below the

anterior angle of the orbit. Along the upper margin of the somewhat

pointed preopercle proceeds a short, but rather deep, horizontal sulcus,

which farther follows the tract behind the supraorbital spinous crest.

The greatest. vertical diameter of the body, at the commencement of

the anterior dorsal fin, is a little less than the length of the head. The

scales of the opercles, cheeks and the nape are a little smaller than

those of the body, which are a little broader than long. The longitu-

dinal series from the root of the pectorals to the caudal contains about

34 scales. The length of the pectoral fins equals that of the head ;

the other fins, as well as the genital papilla in shape and proportions

resemble those organs of F. dutis. The similarity of colours and their

distribution is so striking in both species, that they might be mistaken,

but for the supraorbital spinous crest, the sulcated, and comparatively

shorter head of E£. caperatus. Two individuals were observed at

Pinang, taken together in stakes with other fishes.

SUBFAM. ECHENEIDIN 2.

Gen. Ecuenets, ({Artedi,| Linné 1748), Cuvier 1817.

With a flattened disk on. the head, composed of a certain number of

transversal laminze, directed obliquely backwards, dentated or spiny on

their posterior margin, and moveable so that by creating a vacuum

between them, or by hooking’ on by the spines, they are capable of

attaching themselves to various bodies, such as rocks, ships, fishes, &c.

Body elongated, covered with minute scales; a single soft dorsal oppo-

site to the anal; head perfectly flat above; eyes lateral; mouth hori-

zontally cleft, rounded; lower jaw projecting and as well as the inter-

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 118]

maxillaries furnished with minute card-like teeth; a regular series of

minute teeth like cilia along the margin of the upper maxillaries ;

branchiostegous rays eight ; the stomach is a wide cul-de-sac; czeca

six or eight ; intestine ample, but short ; air-vessel none.

EcHENEIS NAUCRATES, Linné.

Echeneis neucrates, Linné: Syst. Nat. 1188.

Echeneis neucrates, Forskal: Descr. Anim. p. XVI. No. 7.

Echeneis naucrates, Bonnat. Encyclop. Method. Ichthyol. Tab. 33.

Echeneis neucrates, Bloch. Tab. 171. Fig. 124.

Echeneis neucrates, Shaw IV. 209, Pl. 31.

Echeneis neucrates, Russell XLIX. Ala Mottah.

Echeneis naucrates, Cuv. R. A. (Ed. I.) IT. 228.

Echeneis neucrates, Bennett: Life of Raffles, 692.

KEcheneis vittata, Riippell: N. W. Fische, 82.

Echeneis naucrates, Richardson: Report 1845, 203.

Kcheneis naucrates, Temm. et Schl. Fauna Jap. Tab. CXX. Fig. 1.

Guddimi of the Malays.

(Adult.) Disk, fins, and ground-colour of body livid or lead colour

of different shades ; from the muzzle over the side of the head a broad

bluish black band, in some more or less continued along the lateral

line ; in some the throat and posterior half of the body bluish black ;

in others livid patches on the sides and abdomen; upper and lower

corner of the caudal with a crescent-shaped or triangular milk-white

spot. Iris silvery bluish black.

(Young.) Of darker colours than the adult ; the elevated angles

of the dorsal and caudal milk-white as also the angular spots on the

trapezoidal caudal.

D 2/33 to 38, C 178, A 2/33 to 38, V 1/5, P 21 to 23, Br. IX.

Disks 23 to 26.

Hasit—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Atlantic on both sides, Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Bay of

Bengal, Sumatra, Australia, Polynesia, Japan.

TOTAL LENGTH: 2 ft. 4 inch.

Single individuals occur at all seasons in the Straits of Malacca.

The Malays consider this fish to be powerful manure for fruit trees,

#» (Low: Dissert, of Pinang, 179).

1182 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Nov.

FAM. BLENNIOID,

Gen. Perroscirtes, Riippell 1828.

(Omoprancuus, [Lhrenberg,| Cuv. and Val. 1836.—

BLENNECHIS,* Cuv. and Val. 1836.)

Teeth setaceous, minute, in a single series ; branchial opening very

small, placed above the pectoral fins; dorsal single, with flexible, but

not articulated rays ; ventrals thoracic, with three rays.

PETROSCIRTES VARIABILIS, Cantor.

Head above and back light brownish olive ; sides of the head and

body yellowish; abdomen greenish yellow; from the orbit to the

caudal a longitudinal blackish band, above which the head and body

minutely dotted and clouded with black ;.dorsal yellowish olive, dotted

with black, rays with more or less distinct blackish spots forming two

or three longitudinal series ; in some individuals a black spot between

the points of the first and second ray ; caudal yellow, base minutely

dotted with black and in some with a central black spot; anal yellow

minutely dotted with black, in some with black spots on the rays

forming two or three longitudinal series; ventrals yellow ; pectorals

transparent. Iris bright yellow clouded with blackish ; orbital margin

olive.

D 11/17 to 20, C 112, A 17 to 21, V 3, P 15, Br. VI.

Haxit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

TOTAL LENGTH: 5 inch.

The form of the body is elongated, gradually compressed from the

head to the tail; the greatest vertical diameter of the body, in front of

* Blennechis, Cuv. and Val.—‘‘ Branchiostegous membrane closed beneath

and commiunicating externally by a small fissure above the base of the pectoral

fins; dentition a modification of that of Blennius: lower incisors, attached to

the anterior part of the jaw; on each side a long canine, in some species enormous,

reclining ; in others arched, and when the mouth is closed, fitting in a cavity on

each side of the palate; dorsal undivided ; tentacles absent in most.’’ (Cuv. and

Val. XI. 279).—Of the two species of Petroscirtes, described by Dr. Riippell,

P. mitratus is characterised as having in both jaws a single close series of fine

setaceous teeth; P. ancylodon as having in addition two small canines on each side

of the upper jaw, and a very long one on each side of the lower. As M. M. Cuvier

and Valenciennes admit both species in their Genus Blennechis, Dr. Riippell’s

Petroscirtes claims priority. |

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1183

the anal, is } of the total ; of which that in front of the caudal is 5}.

The vertical section at the occiput is nearly square, from thence the

sides of the head are gradually compressed towards the truncated

muzzle, the breadth of which is } less than that of the occiput. The

upper part of the head is flattened, gently declining to between the

eyes, when it becomes arched and abruptly declining. The length of

the head is } of the total, the depth at occiput about 3 of the length.

The distance from the muzzle to the orbit is 3 of the length of the

head. The upper part of the orbit forms a part of the profile ; the dia-

meter of the eye is + of the length of the head. The mouth is rather

large: as the jaws are truncated in front, they consist of a central and

two lateral portions, The central or transversal supports a single close

series of minute setaceous trenchant teeth: those of the upper jaw are

placed vertically ; those of the lower, the shorter, horizontally. In

the upper jaw their number varies from 30 to 40; in the lower from

32 to 50. The number appears to be independent of age: of two

individuals measuring 5 inch. in length, one had 42, the other 24 inci-

sors, while two others, about 3 inches in length, had 34 and 32. On

each side of the lateral part of the upper jaw, a short distance behind the

incisors, appears a small canine. A much longer canine, equalling the

diameter of the eye, is placed on each side of the lower jaw immediately

behind the incisors. When the mouth is closed each of the lower

canines is received into a large oval cavity in the palate. Behind the

canines the jaws are toothless. There is no tongue; under the throat

are two excessively minute filaments. Just above and a little in

front of the root of the pectorals appears a short crescent-shaped

fissure, the opening of the gills. On the upper part of the head

are several pores, of which one above the anterior part of each —

orbit, appears to be constant. The body appears to be naked with

numerous minute pores secreting mucus. The lateral line proceeds

from the posterior part of the opercle obliquely upwards to about the

fifth dorsal ray, from whence it follows close to the base of the fia

towards the eleventh ray, when it turns for a short distance obliquely

downwards and suddenly terminates. The dorsal fin commences on a

line with the posterior margin of the preopercle ; the first ray is a little

shorter than the rest, which are nearly equal, 2 of the greatest diame-

ter of the body. The dorsal, like all the other fin rays, are undivided,

but the first 11 dorsal are simple, not jointed ; the last one is connected

1184 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

by a triangular membrane to the posterior part of the back. The cau-

dal equals the length of the head; when spread out, the posterior

margin is rounded with the points of the rays exposed, but ordinarily

the fin appears lanceolate. The anal commences opposite the twelfth

dorsal ray ; it resembles the dorsal, but the rays are a little shorter; the

last one is connected by a membrane to the posterior part of the abdo-

men. The pectorals are rounded, ¢ of the total length. The ventrals

consist of three rays, of which the anterior is the shortest ; the central

is the broadest, but its length equals the very thin posterior one, which

is about 4 of the total length. Single individuals occur at all seasons

at Pinang. They resemble some of the Godioide in their power of

sustaining life for some time out of water, in their skipping movements,

and in their habit of inflating the gill-membrane. The diaphragm is

silvery white ; the stomach capacious, generally expanded with minute

crustacea ; the liver small ; the gall large, pyriform ; the intestinal canal

is simple, about the length of the fish; the air-vessel small, pyriform,

silvery. This species is closely allied to P. bankieri, Richardson,* which,

however, is readily distinguishable by its larger eye (4 of the head,)

and by the third ventral ray being much shorter than the second.

FAM. LOPHIOID.

Gen. ANTENNARIUS, (Commerson) Lacépéde 1798.

(Curronectes,t Cuvier, 1817).

Head compressed with three free rays on the crown; mouth verti-

cally cleft ; opening of the gills small, round, behind the pectoral fins,

in the posterior part of axilla. Tongue toothless. Intermaxillaries,

lower jaw, vomer, palatines and pharyngeals with minute card-like

teeth. Dorsal fin elongated.

ANTENNARIUS RANINUS, (Tilesius).

Klein: Miss. III. Pl. 3, Fig. 4?

Lophius histrio, Var C., Bloch-Schn., 142?

Lophius histrio marmoratus, Bl.-Schn. Ibid ?

Lophius raninus, Tilesius: Mem. Mose, XI. Pl. 16.

* Ichthyology of the Voyage of H. M. S. Sulphur, 136, Pl. LXIV. Fig. 8, 9.

—Report 1845, 266.

Tt Chironectes, Illiger. 1811, a genus of Marsupialia.

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1185

Lesson: Voy. de la Coquille. Poiss. Pl. 16, Fig. 2.

Chironectes marmoratus, Cuv. and Val. XII. 402.

Chironectes raninus, Richardson, Rep. 1845, 203.

Chironectes marmoratus, Temm. and Schl. Fauna Jap. Pisc. 159, .

. LXXXI: Fig: 1,

Ground colour of back, sides and fins yellow ochre, largely marbled

with blackish brown, in which occur single darker spots ; abdomen

silvery yellowish-white with brown spots; the cutaneous filaments of

the fins and back blackish, those of the sides pale yellow, those of the

abdomen white. Iris pale burnished golden with distant radiating

brown lines ; pupil circular, black.

D 3—12, C 9, A 7, V 5, P 10, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

New Guinea, Bombay, Japan.

Tora LENGTH: 42 inch.

The body is minutely granulated, and the first dorsal ray is exces-

sively slender: it was absent in the larger of two individuals observed

at Pinang.

ANTENNARIUS HISPIDUS, (Bloch-Schn.)

Koehlreuter, N. C. Petrop. X. Pl. 8, Fig. 1.

Lophius hispidus Bloch-Schn. 143, No. 6.

Lophius striatus, Shaw, Nat. Mise. V. Pl. 175.

Russell XIX. Kappa Mura Moia.

Lophius histrio, Linné, Russell.

Chironectes lophotes, Cuvier: Mem. du Mus. III. Pl. 17, Fig. 2.

Chironectes hispidus, Cuv. and Val. XII. 407.

Pale reddish yellow (nankin-colour), paler on the abdomen; head

and back with transversal sooty brown stripes: those of the nape and

back nearly transversal or slightly oblique, radiating obliquely down-

wards from the eye and from the tail; all the fins except the ventrals

spotted with sooty brown; first dorsal ray yellowish alternately brown ;

the tuft of filaments longitudinally blackish and white; the few short

filaments of the body, the lips, tongue, and cavity of the mouth pale

yellowish. Iris pale burnished golden with radiating brown lines ;

pupil black, circular.

D 3—12, C 9, A 7, V 5, P 10, Br. VI.

7N 2

1186 : Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

Bay of Bengal.

TOTAL LENGTH : 9 inches.

The body and fins are covered with small, closely set, bipartite spines

which rise vertically from the skin. The lateral line is composed of

larger somewhat distant spines, each terminating in 6 to 9 points;

it commences from the muzzle, proceeds in an arch above the eye and

continues following the slope of the back towards the posterior part of

the second dorsal. A second, rather indistinct line of distant, larger

spines is observed on the upper half of the upper jaw, and a third

similar marks externally the posterior margin of the opercle. Here

and there on the body, but particularly towards the anterior part of

the abdomen, appear some short fleshy filaments. The larger individual

was observed at Singapore in May 1840, asecond, 4 inches in length, at

Pinang in 1845. The stomach is conical, very capacious, occupying

the entire length of the lower part of the expansible abdominal cavity ;

the coats are very thick, leathery ; the internal surface with numerous

irregular folds. The duodenum, the widest of the intestines, receives the

elongated ductus coledochus at a distance of about 3 inches from pylo-

rus. The length of the intestinal canal is double that of the fish. The

liver is very voluminous, elongated ; the gall bladder is like a pea, half

imbedded in the liver; the spleen very minute. The air-vessel large,

oval; the coats very thick.

ANTENNARIUS COMMERSONI, (Lacépéde).

Renard I. Pl. 43, 212?

Lophius commersonii, Lacépéde I. 327.

Lacépéde I. Pl. 14, Fig. 3?

Chironectes commersonii, Cuvier: Mém. du Mus. III. 431, Pl. 18,

Fig. 1.

Chironectes commersonii, Cuv. and Val. XII. 426.

Bluish black. On the back, above the lateral line, and in front of

the first articulated ray an oblique rose-coloured oval spot, within

which a black ring; at the root of the caudal, above and below two

similar smaller spots, and one on the side between the pectoral and

anal fins. First very slender dorsal ray alternately rose-coloured and

black, the tuft of filaments rather full, blackish grey. Rays of the

dorsal, anal, pectoral and ventral fins black, the membranes inky with

a rather broad sub-marginal rose-coloured band, edged with black.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1187

The points of the ventral rays rose-coloured. The caudal rays black ;

between the third and ninth, near the root, the black membrane has a

transversal rose-coloured band divided in the middle by a black line.

On the posterior part of the caudal a broad sub-marginal rose-coloured

band, within which four somewhat undulating black lines, edged with

black. Lips, throat, tongue, and cavity of the mouth hght bluish

gray, dotted with black. Iris rose-coloured silvery, with six radiating

black lines, pupil circular, black.

D 3—14,C 9, A7, V 5, P 9, Br. VI.?

Hasitr.—Sea of Singapore.

Isle of France.

TOTAL LENGTH: 54.

The body and fins are covered with small black spines like those of

A. hispidus, but there are no fleshy filaments. The lateral line is con-

tinued to the root of the caudal fin. The abdomen is very expansible.

The present differs from the description given by Cuvier and Valenciennes

in the position and number of the rose-coloured spots or ocelli, and

the anal fin has one ray less, differences sufficiently insignificant to be

considered individual. A single individual was observed at Singapore

in May 1840.

Gen. Batrracuus, Klein 1744.

Head broad ; mouth widely cleft, lips frequently with numerous

cutaneous filaments ; anterior dorsal fin very small and almost hid by the

integuments ; pectorals supported by flat short arms; ventrals jugular

with three rays of which the anterior is elongated, flattened like a sword-

blade ; teeth in the jaws, vomer and palate ; posterior dorsal and the anal

extensive, but low; sub-opercle as large as opercle, both terminating in

strong spines ; infraorbitals none ; branchiostegous rays six.

BATRACHUS GRUNNIENS, (Linné).

Seba III. Pl. 28, Fig. 4,

Cottus grunniens, Var. B. Linné: Mus. Ad. Fr. II. 65.

Cottus grunniens, Linné, Var. B: Syst. 1209.

Cottus grunniens, Bloch, Pl. 179.

_Cottus grunniens, Lacép. III. 232.

Batrachus, Bloch-Schneider, 42,

Cottus grunniens, Shaw IV. 256.

Batrachus grunniens, Cuv. R. A. II. 253. (*).

Batrachoides gangene, Buchan, Ham. 34, 365, Pl. XIV. Fig. 8.

1188 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

Batrachus grunniens, Cuv. and Val. XII. 466.

Head above, back and sides light greenish or brownish olive,

abdomen greenish or brownish white ; head marbled and spotted with

black ; body with more or less distinct oblique and vertical broad

bands, darker than the ground-colour, edged and spotted with black ;

fleshy filaments buff; fins of the ground-colour of the body, dorsals

and anal indistinctly clouded with black or with very oblique blackish

bands ; caudal, pectorals and ventrals with blackish spots or narrow

vertical bands. Iris narrow silvery olive, orbital part blackish.

D 3—22, C 132, A 18, V 1/2, P 23, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Java, Bombay, Gangetic estuaries.

ToTaL LENGTH: 10 inch.

The length of the head is about 4 of the total ; the transversal dia-

meter of the orbit is ¢ of the length of the head. The eyes are placed

nearly horizontally, their distance from the muzzle is one diameter, from

each other it is somewhat less than two transversal diameters. The

intermaxillary teeth are minute, placed ina double series, which reaches

from the symphysis to opposite the eyes. A double series of stronger

conical teeth occupies the vomer and palatals, and extends farther back

than the intermaxillaries. The lower jaw has a double series of strong

conical teeth on the symphysis, but it becomes single in the branches

of the jaw. The tongue is bony, small, flattened, elongated and so

completely hid in the integuments that it cannot be perceived during

life. The opercle terminates in two strong spines of which the supe-

rior points obliquely upwards and backwards, the lower is horizontal.

The sub-opercle terminates in a single horizontal spine, in length

equalling the lower one of the opercle. A number of fleshy filaments

terminating in cilia are scattered over the head. One behind each eye,

and at the angle of the mouth is longer than the rest. The greatest

vertical diameter of the body equals the length of the head. The

ventral spine is very short and by a membrane closely joined to

the first ray which is the longer and undivided The second ray

is shorter and divided in numerous branches. Single individuals

occur, but rarely, at Pinang. The natives attribute poisonous qualities

to these fishes, and reject them even as manure. The creaking sound

they emit has been noted by Buchanan. They are capable of living

a considerable time out of their element.

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1189

FAM. TEUTHIDIDA.

Gen. Tevurtuis, Linné 1766.

(Siaanus, Forskal 1775.—CrntTrocaster, Houttuyn.—AmPua-

cantHus, Bloch-Schneider 1801.—Buro, (Commers.| Lacépéde,

1803.)

Body oval, compressed; mouth slightly cleft and little protractile ;

teeth minute, crenulated, in a single series; a horizontal spine in front

of the dorsal fin; ventrals with two spines: an external and an inter-

nal, between which three rays; branchiostegous rays five, of which

the lowest is dilated and hid in the isthmus.

TruTHIS JAVA, Linné.

Gronov. Zoophyl. 113, No. 352, Pl. 8, Fig. 4.

Teuthis java, Linné: Syst. 1362.

Russell CII. Worahwah.

Teuthis javus, Cuv. R. A. II. 223, (’).

Amphacanthus javus, Cuv. and Val. X. 118.

Amphacanthus javus, Schlegel et Miiller: Verhand. over de Nat.

Gesch. (Amphacanthus) 10.

Amphacanthus javus, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 5.

Ikan kitang of the Malays.

Head above, back and sides dark brownish neutral tint, paler towards

abdomen; on the head and back numerous pale bluish grey rounded

spots, which on the sides and chest become elongated, irregular, vermi-

culated; on the abdomen longitudinal and whitish; sides of the head

metallic greenish yellow or sulphur-coloured; cheeks washed with

brown; pectorals transparent greyish white; rest of the fins pale

brownish grey closely dotted with brown, and washed with brown, pale

orange and lilac. Iris pale metallic sulphur-coloured; orbital half

dark brown or neutral tint.

D 13/10, C 1738, A 7A, V 1/3/l, P 18, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Sunda, Java, Madura, Coromandel.

TOTAL LENGTH: 11 inch.

The length of the head is a little more than + of the total, in which

the depth at occiput 1s contained 34 times. The greatest diameter of

the orbit, which is a little oblique and falling beneath the widened,

1190 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

crenulated anterior margin, is + of the length of the head. The greatest

vertical diameter of the body is 24 in the total length. The horizontal

spine in front of the first dorsal has in the young of this and of the

following species the point exposed ; with age it becomes entirely hid by

the integuments. In young individuals the length of the head is from

41 to 42 in the total; the greatest diameter of the orbit is 23 in the

length of the head; the greatest vertical diameter of the body is 23 in

the total length. At Pinang small individuals are numerous at all

seasons. As all the species of the present genus are supposed by the

Malays of the Straits to be highly poisonous, they are not eaten, but

set aside among offal of fish to be used as manure.

TEUTHIS CONCATENATA, (Cuv. and Val.)

Amphacanthus concatenatus, Cuv. and Val. X. 127.

Kitang of the Malays.

Head above, back and anterior part of the sides above the lateral

line blue purple; rest of the sides reddish yellow; abdomen reddish

white ; back and sides with numerous rounded brick-red spots becoming

reddish yellow on the lower part of the sides; sides of the head

reddish yellow bronze washed with brown; nostrils, infraorbitals and

opercles brimmed with cobalt; pectorals transparent; rest of the fins

pale brownish grey, closely dotted with brown, washed with pale

reddish yellow and lilac ; between the dorsal and anal rays some indis-

tinct brown spots. Iris narrow sulphur-coloured round the pupil ; rest

brown bronze.

D 13/10, C 174, A 7/9, V 1/3/1, P 17, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang. 3

Isle of Buru, Batavia.

ToTaL LENGTH: 64 inch,

The length of the head is 43 in the total, the depth at occiput 32.

The greatest oblique diameter of the orbit is 23 in the length of the

head. The outline of the head is convex, particularly between the eyes.

The greatest vertical diameter of the body is 2} in the total length.

When the caudal fin is spread out, the posterior margin is nearly

straight. Single individuals occur at Pinang at all seasons.

———_ =. ~~ —

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1191

TEUTHIS DORSALIS, (Cuv, and Val.)

Amphacanthus dorsalis, Cuv. and Val. X. 143.

Amphaeanthus dorsalis, Schlegel and Miiller: 1. c. 10, 13, Tab. 2,

Fie, 1.

Kitang of the Malays.

Head above and back pale brownish olive, lighter on the upper half

of the sides; lower half and abdomen bluish white; immediately

beneath the origin of the lateral line and in front of the pectorals pale

reddish lilac; back and sides with numerous small oval bluish white

spots; cheeks and opercles pale metallic sulphur-coloured, opercles

edged with pale lilac; pectorals transparent; caudal pale brownish

olive, minutely dotted with brown; rest of the fins greyish white,

tinged with lilac, minutely dotted with brown. Iris yellowish white,

orbital margin olive.

D 13/10, C 173, A 7/9, V 1/1, P 16, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Batavia.

TOTAL LENGTH: 6 inch.

The length of the head is 43 in the total. The greatest, oblique,

diameter of the orbit is 3 of the length of the head. The greatest

vertical diameter of the body is } of the total length. At Pinang this

Species is numerous at all seasons.

Gen. Acantuurus, Forskal 1775.

(Harpurvs, Forster 1778.—Asripurvs, Lacép. 1802.)

Tail on each side armed with a strong moveable spine; head and

body compressed ; eyes elevated ; mouth slightly cleft ; teeth in a single

series, trenchant, with crenulated margins ; dorsal single ; body covered

with minute scales ; branchiostegous rays five.

ACANTHURUS XANTHOPTERUS, Cuv. and Val.

Plate IV.

Acanthurus xanthopterus, Cuv. and Val. X. 215.

Young. Head and body violet brown, paler towards abdomen ; the

nostrils opening in a bright gamboge triangular spot, resting _ behind

on the anterior half of the orbit, the apex towards the middle of the

AAO.

1192 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Nov.

profile; dorsal fin bright yellow, minutely dotted with brown; along

the base a cobalt blue longitudinal band, above which a second parallel

lilac one terminating on the anterior third of the fin; a third and a

fourth above each other: both bifurcating about the anterior half;

upper margin black; anterior half of caudal white, the rest brown like

the body ; posterior margin broad, black ; anal bright yellow minutely

dotted with brown, with a cobalt blue basal band, above which four

parallel lilac ones, external margin black ; ventral spine and rays pale’

bluish black; membrane pale grey minutely dotted with brown; pec-

toral rays yellow, membrane transparent. Iris narrow, yellow round

the pupil, next broad silvery white, orbital margin reddish brown.

D 9/27, C 178, A 3/25, V 1/5, P 17, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Seychelles.

ToTAL LENGTH: 54 inch.

The length of the head is 43 in the total; the diameter of the eye is

34 in the length of the head. The preopercle, opercle, scapular and

humeral bones are distinctly radiated. In each jaw is a single series of

16 trenchant teeth: those of the upper appear somewhat larger and their

margin has from 10 to 12 crenulations (Fig. 3. Magnif.) ; in the lower

jaw the pair of teeth on the symphysis is longer than the rest, and the

whole of the margin carries 10 crenulations; all the rest are shorter,

truncated with about 5 crenulations. The greatest vertical diameter of

the body (Fig. 2.) is 23 in the total length. The whole of the head and

body, the anterior half of the caudal and the base of the dorsal and anal

fins, are covered with small elongated oval scales (Fig. 4. Magnif.), of

which those of the body have the posterior part truncated with about

12 unequal cilia on the margin. The lateral line appears like a thread

at the upper fifth of the body; it is slightly undulating, following the

outline of the back, which is less arched than that of the abdomen, till

it arrives between the terminations of the dorsal and anal fins. From

thence it is at first a little downwards arched and then rises, so as to

pass above the spine of the tail towards the caudal. Above and below

the lateral line appear a number of short, excessively minute, backwards

directed tubes. The length of the spine is less than the diameter of

the eye; the anterior margin is sharp, the posterior rounded. The

posterior margin of the caudal is slightly concave; the superior

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1193

lobe a little longer than the inferior. The stomach is short, thick,

gizzard-like ; the gall very large. There are four ccecopyloric append-

ages. The intestinal canal is spirally folded, more than twice the

length of the fish. A single young individual was observed at Pinang

in March 1845. ‘The fishermen asserted that it is of rare occurrence,

and attains to a foot in length.

FAM. AULOSTOMATID.

Gen. CANNORYNCHUS,”* Cantor.

(Equivalent to Fistuvaria, Linné, 1766).

Mouth tubular, elongated, depressed ; jaws slightly cleft, nearly hori-

zontal, with small teeth; head elongated from 4 to 4 of the total

length; body elongated depressed ; scales invisible ; behind the head,

above and below, some bony appendages casing the anterior part of

the head, dorsal fin single, and as well as the anal composed of undi-

vided rays; branchiostegous rays seven.

CANNORYNCHUS IMMACULATUS, (Commerson.)

Russell, CLX XIII. Goorum.—Fistularia tabacaria, Lin.

Fistularia tabaccaria, White, Voyage Bot. Bay. P. 296, Fig. 2.

Fistularia immaculata, (Commerson,) Cuv. R. A. II. 267.(')

Fistularia commersonti, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 142.

Fistularia immaculata, Richardson, Rep. 1845, 247.

Young. Head above light greenish grey; upper half of opercles

greenish olive minutely dotted with black, lower half as well as the

under surface of the head and the abdomen whitish ; sides of the body

light slate grey; the lateral line bordered beneath by a pale silvery

bluish white line; fins greenish hyaline; caudal filament brownish

olive. Iris narrow golden round the pupil; the rest blackish silvery.

D 15, 16 or 17, C 134, A 14 or 15, V 1/5, P 15, Br. VII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean, Coromandel, Mohila, (Red Sea.)

engthorthehead: 2. i606 6s +5 % soy 0 its OF Wels

ss 9» 9, body to the root of caudal fin, .. O ,, 8% ,,

iia se CHUA TIAMNCUL. 5 c.ckclscgene ee, 0 59 42. ig

ToTAL LENGTH: | ft. 62. inch.

* Kavyn, reed; pvyxos, snout. Substituted for Fistularia, Linné, 1766, pre-occu-

pied by Fistularia, Donati, 1750. (Polypi.)

1194 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

The length of the head is 3 of the length of the body, measured

from the symphysis of the lower jaw to the point of the caudal fin.

The tubular mouth, to the anterior margin of the orbit, is 23 times

longer than the rest of the head. The horizontal diameter of the eye

is 94 in the length of the head; the distance of the eyes across the

forehead is 4 of the diameter; the narrow forehead is widened by a

transparent membrane extending along the upper margin of the orbit,

and giving it an elongated oval shape. From the sides of the occiput

proceeds a sharp crest of minute spines to the preopercle ; the posterior

and anterior part of the orbit are finely toothed, and the latter part has

a short broad spine above and below. On each side of the tubular

mouth, appears a sharp ridge, the posterior half of which is armed

with small forwards directed spines. The lower jaw is longer than the

upper, with a round protuberance at the symphysis. Both jaws have

a single series of small, somewhat unequal, reclining teeth. A similar

single series appears on each of the palatals, and from four to six on

the anterior part of the vomer.. Between the intermaxillary series of

teeth and those of the vomer is extended a small crescent-shaped mem-

brane, From the centre of the opercle proceed downwards two strong

striz and numerous finer ones radiate backwards. From the posterior

part of the orbit radiate a number of lines backwards. Immediately

behind the occiput commence a pair of elongated lanceolate bony plates,

each contained about 53 times in the length of the body, forming in the

middle of the back a slightly raised line. Behind the pectoral fins ap-

pears a shorter lanceolate bony plate, the upper margin of which joins

the former pair of the back ; the lower joins a larger also lanceolate plate,

which on each side covers the anterior part of the abdomen, The latter

pair of abdominal plates are turned up at the sides at a right angle ; their

lower surface is honeycombed and the anterior half of their lower

margin leaves a central open space on the abdominal surface. The

length of the pair of abdominal plates is 2 of the dorsal. The length

of the pectoral fins and the lobes of the caudal equal the horizontal

diameter of the eye. The vertical diameter at occiput, as well as the

greatest diameter of the body, is 3 of the horizontal diameter of the

eye. The breadth across the occiput equals the latter diameter. A

vertical section of the head is broad rectangular; one of the anterior

part of the body, in front of the dorsal, is nearly triangular ; behind the

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1195

dorsal it is rhombic. The dorsal and anal fins commence opposite

each other at the posterior fourth of the distance from the anterior part

of the orbit to the point of the caudal lobes. The lateral line com-

mences above the opercle; the anterior part, occupying the dorsal

plates, is arched with the convexity towards the centre of the back, so

that the lines of both sides describe the figure of an elongated hour-

glass. At the termination of the lateral pair of bony plates the lateral

line commences, following the centre of the side, above the bluish white

line. ‘The lateral line consists of a number of a linear tubes, deeply

cleft at both ends; behind the dorsal fin the tubes change to very

short, sharp bony ridges, which to the touch appear like spines. The

ventral fins are very short situated in the centre between the muzzle

and the point of the caudal lobes. The length of the elongated central

caudal ray appears to be proportionally longer in the very young indi-

viduals; in the largest it was divided in two. Four individuals were

observed at different seasons at Pinang ;* they were examined some-

time after death, and none of them exhibited the lateral series of blue

spots noted by Dr. Riippell.

ORDO ANACANTHINI.

FAM. PLEURONECTISIDA.

Gen. Puatessa, Cuvier, 1817.

In each jaw a series of trenchant, obtuse teeth; frequently on the

pharyngeals teeth like paving-stones ; dorsal extending in front to above

the upper eye, leaving, as well as the anal, a naked interval between

themselves and the caudal ; shape rhomboidal; most species have the

eyes on the right} side; two or three small cceca.

Eyes and colour on the lefé side.

* Another species of the present family : Amphisyle scutata, Klein, was observ-

ed in great numbers at Singapore in May 1840. From 1842 to 1845 none occur-

red at Pinang, nor were the fishermen there acquainted with the fish.

t The terms right and left, or dextral and sinistral are applied to the species

of this family, as to those of every other, while the fish is placed with the tail to-

wards the observer, the dorsal fin upwards, and the anal downwards.

1196 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

PLATESSA RUSSELLI.

(Icon.) Platessa russelli, Gray: Ill. Ind. Zool. Pl. 94, Fig. 2.

Ikan Siblah of the Malays.

Left side. Pale reddish- or yellowish-brown ; each néstie with a ver-

tical buff spot close to the dark brown posterior margin ; opercle and

anterior third of abdomen pale bluish or neutral tint. Iris silvery,

coloured like the body.

Right side. Buff or dust-coloured ; opercle and anterior third of

abdomen pale bluish. Fins transparent, coloured like the body, but

paler, minutely dotted with brown; dorsal, caudal and anal with a few

scattered indistinct brownish spots.

D 70 to 73, C 152, A 56, V 6, P 12, Br. VII.

Hasit: Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

TOTAL LENGTH: 1 ft. 1 inch.

Left side. The length of the head is 41 in the total. The upper

orbit occupies the second-fourth of the head, close to the profile of the

back without encroaching upon it ; it is oval; the horizontal diameter,

being 4 of the length of the head, exceeds by 4 that of the lower

rounded orbit. Both are separated by a very narrow sharp ridge.

The vertical distance from the centre of the inferior orbital margin of the

lower eye to the margin of the lower jaw is 4 of the length of the head.

The posterior apertures of both nostrils are situated immediately in

front of the orbits ; they are rounded and larger than the anterior ones.

Of the latter the upper one appears to be a small puncture about mid-

way in front between both orbits. The lower anterior aperture is

situated obliquely in front of the posterior, close to the margin of

the left upper maxillary. The latter bone is narrow, widened and

obliquely truncated at the lower extremity. The angle of the mouth

scarcely extends to the anterior part of the orbits. The margin of the

mouth is exclusively formed by the elongated intermaxillaries, to which

are confined the teeth. The latter are conical, blunt, slightly inwards

arched and placed in a single series, of which the anterior four or five

of each side are a little larger and more distant than the rest, which

are minute and placed closely together. The teeth of the lower jaw

are longer, fewer, and all with intervals. The tongue is linear, smooth.

The opercles and cheeks are hid by scales. The form of the body is

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1197

oblong, the greatest vertical diameter, at the second-third of the total

length, slightly exceeds 4 of the total. The body is covered by

upwards of 67 longitudinal series of scales, of which there are about 81

on a line between the gill-opening and the caudal. The scales are small

rounded with about 15 radiating lines at the radical part ; the posterior

margin is closely ciliated. The lateral line consists of simple tubes.

It commences at the lower margin of the lower orbit, ascends in the

shape of the letter S to the upper extremity of the preopercle, then

slightly descends to above the posterior angle of the opercle, when it

suddenly rises describing a short arch, terminating above the point of

the pectoral. From thence it proceeds straight along the middle of

the side to the point of the posterior margin of the caudal fin. The

dorsal fin commences opposite the anterior angle of the upper orbit ;

the distance from the muzzle equals the horizontal diameter of the

upper eye. All the rays, except the three last ones, are undivided,

and with a single series of small scales along the anterior margin; the

points of the rays project a little beyond the membrane, so as to give

the fin a fringed appearance. The longest rays are contained 23 times

in the length of the head: they are situated at the commencement of

the posterior half of the fin, the distance of which from the caudal is

4 of that of the anterior ray from the muzzle. The root of the caudal

is covered with small scales; the posterior margin is pointed in the

centre, the two rays of which are the longest, 3 of the head. The pos-

terior four or five anal rays are divided ; the rest are simple and resem-

ble the dorsal. The extent of the base of the anal is about 4 less than

that of the dorsal. The left ventral is situated a little nearer the gill-

opening than the anal; the two first rays are undivided ; the second,

the longest, is 3 of the head, and extends to the second anal ray. The

right ventral is a little farther back, the first ray commencing opposite

the third ray of the left fin. The two upper pectoral rays are undivided ;

the third, the longest, slightly exceeds 4 of the head. Single individuals

occur at Pinang, at all seasons. They are eaten by the natives.

Gen. Hiprocuossus, Cuvier, 1817.

Fins resembling those of Platessa ; form generally more elongated ;

jaws and pharynx with teeth, in most species strong and sharp.

1198 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Nov.

A,.—Lyes and colour on the right side.

HippocGiossus ERUMEI, (Bloch-Schneider.)

Pleuronectes erumei, Bloch-Schneider.

Russell, LX1IX. Adalah.

. Hippoglossus erumei, Cuv. R. A. IL. 340.(’*).

Hippoglossus erumei, Riippell: Atlas, 121.

Hippoglossus erumei, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth, Fische, 84.

Ikan Siblah of the Malays.

Right side. Dull brownish- or greenish-grey ; anterior third of dor-

sal milk-white, minutely dotted with brown ; rest pale bluish brown,

dotted with brown and washed with black; caudal blackish with a

broad, vertical, whitish band at the base; anterior eighth of anal milk-

white, rest like dorsal; pectorals and ventrals hyaline, the latter

minutely dotted with brown. Iris silvery, sending a number of vermi-

cular diverging threads over the circular black pupil.

Left side. Brownish white, minutely dotted with brown.

D 48 to 53, C 153, A 35 to 39, V 6, P 14 or 15, Br. VII.

Hasir: Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Coromandal, Bay of Bengal, Estuaries of the Ganges,

Massauah.

ToTaL LENGTH: | ft.

Right side. The length of the head is + of the total. The upper

orbit is placed horizontally on the upper surface of the head ; its dis-

tance from the muzzle is 2 of its longitudinal diameter, which is + of

the length of the head. A little below, and in front of the upper orbit,

on the left side of the muzzle, appears the posterior circular aperture

of the left nostril ; the anterior one is smaller, tubular and _ situated a

little in front of the posterior. The right orbit is shghtly shorter than

the left, and is situated vertically on the left side of the head, bordering

upon the upper maxillary. The circular pupils are protected by a

number of vermicular silvery filaments which diverge from the upper

margin of the iris. The distance between both orbits scarcely exceeds

1 of their diameter; each orbital margin is a little raised with a narrow

intervening furrow. ‘The apertures of the right nostril are situated

immediately in front of the right eye, and resemble the corresponding

of the left. The upper maxillary is elongated, widened and truncated

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1199

bowel. The linear elongated intermaxillaries form the margin of

the mouth, and have two series of long, distant, arched teeth, each

with a minute barb on the posterior part of the point. The teeth

of the external series are fixed, but those of the internal are moveable,

and may be laid down like those of Saurus nehereus, (Buchan. Hamil-

ton). The teeth of the lower jaw resemble those of the upper,

but they are more numerous ; those of the inner series are a little

longer, and those near the symphysis have an indistinct double barb.

On each side of the palate appears a single series of small pointed

teeth, and in young individuals, upwards of 4 inches in length, four to

six similar on the vomer, which, however, very early disappear. The

tongue is minute and smooth; on each side of the root rises a small

cluster of minute pointed teeth, and similar appear at intervals on the rest

of the hyoid. The angle of the mouth is situated opposite the posterior

part of the left orbit. The greatest vertical diameter of the body, at

the second third of the total length, slightly exceeds 4 of the latter.

The lateral line commences at the inferior margin of the lower eye, which

it follows, and turning backwards over the upper margin of the opercle,

it describes a low arch which terminates opposite the middle of the

dorsal. From thence it proceeds straight along the middle, to the

point of the posterior margin of the caudal. The line is a little raised,

and is on each scale composed of three small tubes: a central, from

which an upper and lower diverge backwards. The greatest vertical

diameter contains from 55 to 57 series of scales; the lateral line, from

the opercle to the root of the caudal, 69 to 71 scales. The scales are

small rounded, with 12 to 15 radiating lines at the radical portion and

indistinctly ciliated in the centre of the posterior margin. The dorsal

fin commences behind the upper orbit at a distance of one longitudinal

diameter, and terminates at an equal distance from the caudal. The

9 or 10 anterior rays are undivided ; the longest, towards the middle

of the fin, are 24 in the length of the head; all have at their anterior

margin a series of small scales, The anal is + shorter than the dorsal ;

the two first rays are undivided; in other respects it resembles the

dorsal. The root of the caudal is scaly; the posterior margin is

bluntly pointed in the centre, the two rays of which, the longest, are ¢

of the head. The right ventral is situated a little in front of the pec-

toral, much nearer the gill-opening than the first anal ray; the two

1200 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

first rays are undivided ; the fourth, the longest, is 2} in the length of

the head. The left ventral is placed a little farther backward. The

pectorals are pointed, 4 the length of the head. The stomach is very

capacious, broad pyriform ; the intestinal canal is simple, about 7 of the

total length. Single individuals occur at all seasons at Pinang, and

are eaten by the natives.

B.—Eyes and colour on the left side.

HIPPOGLOSSUS ERUMEI, VaR. A.

Hasit: Sea of Pinaag.

This is simply a reversed, sinistral variety, necessary, however, to

distinguish as such from a second, differing in colours. The present

attains to the size of the dextral, but at Pinang it is of rarer occurrence.

Individuals of equal length differ in no characters except in such as are

necessarily the consequence of reversion, such, for instance, as the left

ventral fin being placed a little anterior to the right.

HipPpPoGLossus ERUMEI, VAR. B.

Russell, LX XVII. Nooree Nalaka C.

Hippoglossus nalaka, Cuvier, R. A. II. 340(*).

Left side. Ground colour pale brownish grey or white minutely

dotted with brown; a broad brownish black vertical band, extending

from the jaws over the sides of the head and body to the root of the

pectorals ; two similar on the sides of the body, and a fourth over the

posterior part of the body and the tail; the three last bands extending

faintly over the corresponding parts of the dorsal and anal; anterior

half of caudal whitish dotted with brown; posterior half brownish

black ; rest of the fins and eyes like H. erumet.

Right side, like the left of H. erumei.

Hasit: Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Coromandel.

Except in colours and being sinistral, the present variety agrees in

every other character with H. erwmez. Russell, indeed, observed the

strong resemblance, but he imagined that in this variety the scales

were smaller, and the lateral line carinated. Comparison of equal indi-

viduals of both shews no difference of the size of the scales, and the

lateral line is equally raised in both. Russell describes the length as

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1201

being six inches. Of a number of individuals examined at Pinang and

Singapore none exceeded 64 inches. It remains to be ascertained if

this variety attains to the same size as Var. ., or if it is merely a

transient livery of certain young individuals of Var. A.

Gen. Sousa, Klein 1748.

Eyes and colour on the right side; mouth distorted on the side

opposite the eyes; minute crowded teeth in the half of both jaws

opposite the eyes, the other half toothless; form of the body oblong ;

muzzle rounded and generally projecting beyond the mouth ; dorsal

commencing opposite or a little in front of the upper eye ; caudal sepa-

rated from dorsal and anal.

SOLEA HUMILIS, Cantor.

Right side. Pale umber-brown, minutely dotted with black, and

with numerous small blackish spots; an indistinct larger one close

below the middle of the base of the dorsal, and a second at the poste-

rior third; two corresponding spots near the base of the anal ; mem-

branes of the fins pale brownish buff dotted with black, rays pale

umber ; on the caudal some indistinct blackish spots; near the point

of the pectoral an oval-, and between the two lowest rays a linear black

spot. Iris pale silvery. ma

Left side. Pectoral, ventral and short filaments about the mouth

brownish white.

D 57, C 124, A 42, V 5, P 8, Br. VI.

Hasit: Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH : 32 inch.

Righi side. The form of the body resembles that of Solea pegusa,

Yarrell,* but the vertical diameter is greater in the present. The

length of the head is 54 in the total. The upper orbit, the larger, is

situated in the centre between the angle of the mouth and the corre-

sponding part of the dorsal, but much nearer the muzzle ; the horizon-

tal diameter is 3 of the length of the head. The lower orbit is situated

between the angle of the mouth and the posterior angle of the upper

orbit, of which its horizontal diameter is 2. The distance between the

orbits slightly exceeds the horizontal diameter of the upper orbit.

* Zool. Journ, IV. 467, Pl. 16.—British Fishes : II, 260.

7 P22

1202 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

The whole of the head is covered with little scales like those of the

body, rough to the touch. The tongue is minute, smooth, truncated

triangular. The greatest vertical diameter of the body, at the end of

the anterior'third of the dorsal, is 2} in the total length. On the

diameter may be counted 69 series of scales. The slightly raised

lateral line continues straight from behind the upper part of the oper-

cle to the caudal, a little nearer the back than the abdomen. It con-

tains 85 scales, each with a minute central tube. The scales of the

head and body are small, elongated tetragonal, the posterior margin

rounded. On the radical part appear about nine radiating lines, some

of which are divided in two; the centre of the posterior margin has

upwards of thirteen cilia, although very fine, yet sufficiently strong to

make the scales appear rough to the touch. The first dorsal ray com-

mences on a level with the anterior angle of the upper orbit. The first

nine rays are undivided ; all are covered by an elongated pyramidal

sheath of scales, consisting of two or three series, which extend to near

the points of the rays, which project beyond the membrane. The

longest rays, towards the middle of the fin, equal 5 the length of the

head. ‘The anal resembles the dorsal, but has only the four anterior

rays undivided. The caudal is rounded, equal the length of the head.

The pectoral is pointed, 3 the length of the head. The right ventral

is very small, about 3 of the pectoral, and the last ray is connected by

a membrane to the first anal.

Left side. A little above and behind the symphysis of the upper

jaw appears a small tubercle, through which is pierced a single minute

nostril. The base of the dorsal as far as the nine first rays carries a

few short soft filaments, some of which are scattered over the side of

the head ; they become more numerous and crowded towards the left

angle of the mouth. This side of the jaws resembles the cipher 3,

there being at the angle a small pointed tubercle, directed inward.

The teeth are very fine, crowded and hid to the point in the fleshy lips.

The left ventral is longer than the right and not joined to the anal.

A single individual was observed at Pinang in October 1842.

Soiea ovata, Richardson.

Solea ovata, Richardson: Report, 1845, 279.

Right side, Brownish ash-grey, minutely mottled with pale black-

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1203

ish, towards the base of the dorsal and anal three rounded, distant,

black spots, edged with light grey; on the rest of the body a few scat-

tered similar spots, also indistinctly ocellated ; pectoral greyish at the

base rest black ; rest of the fins pale ash-grey minutely mottled with

blackish. Pupil horizontally oval; iris pale silvery round the pupil ;

the rest ash-grey.

Left side. Brownish white; opercles and abdomen lead grey ; fila-

ments about the head white ; fins buff.

D 65, C 125, A 48, V 5, P 9, Br. VI.

Hasit: Sea of Pinang.

China Seas, Canton.

TOTAL LENGTH: 32 inch.

Right side. The length of the head is % of the total. Both eyes

are nearly equal, 4 of the length of the head ; the upper one occupies

the second-fifth ; the lower is removed slightly farther back, and

touches the upper lip ; the posterior angle of both eyes are situated a

little farther back than the angle of the mouth, the eyes are separated

by a sharp rest, the diameter of which is scarcely } of the horizontal

diameter of each eye. The tongue and teeth resemble those organs of

S. humilis. The greatest vertical diameter of the body, at about the

middle of the dorsal is 24 in the total length. On the diameter may

be counted about 76 scales. The latter are rough to the touch; on

the radical part appear upwards of 16 radiating lines, some of which

are divided in two; the centre of the posterior margin is armed with

from 9 to 12 fine spines. The lateral line proceeds straight in the

middle of the side from the gill-opening to the caudal; it contains up-

wards of 95 scales, each with a minute central tube. The first dorsal

ray commences opposite the anterior angle of the upper eye; the

longest rays, towards the middle of the fin slightly exceed 4 of the

length of the head. The anal resembles the dorsal. The rounded

caudal is distinct, but united by a membrane to the dorsal and anal;

its length is 4 of the head. The pectoral is elongated 2 of the length

of the head. The ventrals are nearly equal, about 3 of the length of

the head.

Left side. Numerous filaments appear on the lower lip and the

lower margin of the gill-cover. The left pectoral is but 2 of the right.

Single individuals occur at Pinang at all seasons.

1204 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

Sus Gen. Synaprura,* Cantor.

(Bracuyurus, Swainson, 1839.)

General structure of Solea, but the caudal, dorsal and anal fins are

all united.

SYNAPTURA COMMERSONIANA, (Lacépéde.)

Pleuronecte commersonien, Lacép. III. Pl. 12, Fig. 2, (uot IV.

Russell, LXX. Jerree Potoo A. 656.)

Solea commersoniana, Cuvier, R. A. IT. 343.(').

Brachirus commersonii, Swainson, IJ. 303.

Ikan lédaht of the Malays.

Right side. Greenish or brownish olive, darkest on the opercles,

minutely dotted with brown; all the scales with a small vertical buff

spot behind the cilia, giving a dusty appearance to the ground colour ;

pectoral black with buff margin; rest of the fins like the body but

lighter ; dorsal, caudal and anal with a narrow milkwhite edge within

which a second sooty brown, composed by a series of single spots on

the membranes ; lips and pointed papillee of the lower olive; mouth

and opercles inside pale olive, closely dotted with black. Iris a silvery

or golden green ring; the rest bluish black.

Lefé side. Pectoral and ventral buff.

D 78 or 81.

C 12, Right V 5, Left V 4, P 6, Br. VI.

A 65 or 66,

155 or 159

Hasit: Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Coromandel.

ToTaL LENGTH: 84 inch.

Right side. The length of the head is 7 of the total. The upper

orbit is situated above the middle of the right upper lip at equal dis-

tance from the angle of the mouth and the muzzle; the greatest

diameter is oblique, upwards and backwards is ¢ of the length of the

* Suvarrds, joined; ovpa, tail. Substituted for Brachirus, properly written :

Brachyurus, Swainson 1839, preoccupied by Brachyurus, Fischer, 1814. (Mam-

malia.)

+ Ledah, tongue.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1205

head. From the anterior angle of the upper orbit proceeds a short

bony ridge which terminates close to the muzzle in a flat rounded

point, which with the muzzle produces a short furrow. The

lower orbit is situated immediately above the angle of the mouth, a

little posterior to the upper one, and in a different position. The

greatest diameter is oblique, downwards and backwards, scarcely shorter

than that of the upper orbit. The distance between the anterior

angles of both orbits equals their greatest diameter. The posterior

aperture of the nostril is a little in front of the lower orbit; the

anterior is a little farther in front, tubular or pierced through a

small papilla. The lower right lip is fleshy with numerous pointed

papilla. The tongue is minute, linear, smooth. The teeth resem-

ble those of Solea humilis. All the scales of the head, below the

level of the upper eye area little larger than those of the body;

above that level, towards the origin of the lateral line, they are nearly

double the size, and by far the greatest of all. The form of all is

nearly rectangular, with the posterior margin rounded, with 8 or 9 fine

spines, which make the scales rough to the touch. At the radical

part appear 3 or 4 radiating lines. The greatest vertical diameter of

the body, at the commencement of the second third of the back, is 3

of the total length. This diameter contains about 71 series of scales.

The lateral line commences behind the upper part of the opercle and

proceeds straight, a little nearer the back than the abdomen, to the

caudal, It consists of about 167 minute central tubes. The first

dorsal ray commences close to the muzzle, a little below the level of

the anterior margin of the upper orbit. The rays, of which the first

four are undivided, gradually increase in length to the last which is 3

of the length of the head. The caudal is elongated, terminating in a

rounded point, 3 of the length of the head. The anal, all the rays of

which are divided, commences beneath the posterior part of the inter-

opercle, between the two ventrals. The basal half of all three vertical

fins are covered with minute scales, and the points of the rays project

a little beyond the membrane. They are so closely connected, that

the milkwhite outer margin is uninterrupted, and the shape of the fish

resembles a broad point of a lance. The length of the pectorals is 3

of the head. The ventrals are situated immediately in front of the

anal, but on a little higher level; their length equals the pectorals, On

1206 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Nov.

the left side about the lower lip and the throat appear a number of short

white filaments. The figure of Russell (LXX.) is incorrect. The

short arch above the upper eye is not produced by the lateral line, but

by a bony ridge, and the caudal fin is too short and rounded, and dis-

tinct. His original was probably mutilated. Single individuals are

of rather rare occurrence at Pinang.

SYNAPTURA ZEBRA, (Bloch.)

Pleuronectes zebra, Bloch, Tab. 187.

Pleuronectes zebra, Linné: Syst. 1226.

Pleuronectes zebra, Shaw, [V. 305, Pl. 44.

Solea zebra, Cuvier, R. A. II. 343 (')

Pleuronectes zebra, Bennett: Life of Raffles, 692.

_ Brachirus zebra, Swainson, II. 303.

Right side. Ground colour of head, body, dorsal, anal and ventral

fins reddish white minutely dotted with brown; on the head and body

upwards of 19 vertical sooty- or blackish-brown bands extending over

the dorsal and anal; the bands double or in pairs, frequently confluent

towards the tail; a reddish yellow or pale orange band over the root

of the caudal and the last dorsal and anal rays; rest of the caudal

black with several oval milkwhite spots; pectoral black; pupil iride-

scent, circular; iris pale golden, with four radiating blackish bars.

Left side. Pectoral, ventral and filaments of the mouth and throat

reddish white; opercle and abdomen bluish.

D 81 or 83.

C 16, Right V 5, Left V 4, P 7 or 8, Br. VI.

A 67 or 65

164

Hasir: Sea of Malayan, Peninsula and Islands.

Chusan, Macao, Bay of Bengal, Sumatra.

TOTAL LENGTH: 7 inch.

Right side. The length of the head is 7 of the total. The upper

orbit is situated above the middle of the upper right lip, at equal dis-

tance from the muzzle and the angle of the mouth; the horizontal

diameter is of the length of the head. The lower orbit is a little

farther backwards, immediately above and behind the angle of the

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes, 1207

mouth: the horizontal diameter equals that of the upper; the distance

between both is somewhat less. A slight downwards arched ridge

proceeds from the anterior angle of the upper orbit to the muzzle.

The nostrils, mouth and teeth resemble those of S. commersoniana,

but the lower right lip presents no papille. The greatest vertical dia-

meter, at the end of the anterior third of the body, is 3% in the total

length ; it contains upwards of 71 series of scales. The latter are all

small, nearly rectangular, with 7 to 9 radiating lines at the radical

part, and with as many spines at the posterior rounded margin. The

lateral line in its course resembles that of S. commersoniana ; it con-

sists of upwards of 121 small central tubes. The dorsal commences

opposite the anterior angle of the upper orbit, at a distance from the

upper lip of 4 of the length of the head, but not immediately from the

upper lip, as represented by Bloch, and the copies of his incorrect

figure. The anterior 26 to 28 rays are undivided ; the last rays are

the longest and as well as the caudal and the last anal rays slightly

exceed the length of the head. The caudal is broader and more

rounded than in S. commersoniana, which in other respects the three

united fins resemble. The pectoral is very pointed owing to the second

upper ray being much longer than the rest, although it is but 23 in

the length of the head. The length of the ventrals is about + of the

Fength of the head; they are placed as in S. commersoniana, but the

distance from the first anal ray is a little greater. Single individuals

occur at Pinang at all seasons.

Gen. Acuirus, Lacépéde, 1802.

Resembling Solea, but destitute of pectoral fins; dorsal and anal

distinct from caudal ; eyes and colours on the right side.

ACHIRUS PAVONINUS, Lacépéde.

Achire pavonine, Lacépéde, IV. 660.

Pleuronectes pavoninus, Shaw, IV. 310.

Right side. Ground colour of head, body and fins yellowish- or

pink-brown; the fin-membranes dotted with black; scales edged

with dark brown; head and body with numerous larger and smaller

rounded milkwhite spots, edged and minutely dotted with dark brown,

and with a round soot-coloured spot in the centre; a few of the white

Lae |

/ Q

1208 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

spots confluent ; base of dorsal and caudal with a series of spots

like those of the body; the rest of these fins, the right ventral and

the caudal with numerous smaller spots destitute of the brown central

spot. Iris annular, golden ; rest brownish.

Left side. Head and body brownish white or buff; opercle and,

abdomen pale bluish ; filaments of the head white.

D 67, C 128, A 50, V 5, P 0, Br. right VI; left V2

Hasrr.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH: 7£ inch.

The length of the head is 63 in the total. The upper orbit is situated

at the upper third of the head, at equal distance from the muzzle and

the angle of the mouth; the horizontal diameter is + of the length of

the head. The lower orbit is situated vertically below the upper, at a

distance of 14 diameter immediately above and behind the angle of the

mouth ; it is a little larger than the upper orbit. Between the anterior

angles of both appears like a pore the posterior aperture of the nostril ;

the anterior one is tubular, pierced through a small tubercle which is

situated lower down, immediately above the centre of the upper lip.

The jaws are equal; the mouth very little distorted to the left;

the lips are fleshy. The right side is toothless, but on the left appear

numerous, minute, setaceous teeth, so completely hid by the lips, that

during life they easily escape observation. On the left side of the head

and on the throat appear numerous small filaments. The tongue is

minute, smooth, truncated triangular. The body forms a regular elon-

gated oval; its greatest vertical diameter is a little less than 2 of

the total length; this diameter contains about 67 series of scales.

The latter are small, oval. On the posterior margin appear some

spines so excessively minute, that the surface does not appear rough.

to the touch. The rest of the circumference of the scales is divided

by upwards of 55 backwards radiating lines. The lateral line

commences from the upper margin of the opercle; at first it slightly

descends, and then continues in the middle of the side to the caudal ;

it contains about 99 central tubes. The dorsal commences very close

to the upper lip, opposite the centre of the distance between the eyes ;

all the rays are divided; the anterior and posterior ones are a little

shorter than the rest, which are about 23 in the length of the head.

The anal resembles the dorsal, but the rays are a little longer. Both

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1209

fins have their basal third covered with scales. Immediately above

the latter scales, on both sides of the fins, in the centre between each

pair of rays, appears a very distinct rounded aperture, the margin of

which is a little raised, and the bottom of which is formed by a lamina

of the fin membrane. From the upper part of each aperture proceeds a

linear fold, which may be traced to the external margin of the fins.

Commerson discovered a similar row of pores along the base of the

dorsal and anal rays of Achirus marmoratus, Lacépéde ;* and later, Dr.

Riippell observed similar in Achirus barbatus, Geoffroy.+ The caudal

is scaly, rounded, 3 of the length of the head. The right ventral is

broad, rounded ; all the rays are divided, $ of the length of the head ;

the fifth ray is throughout connected by a membrane to the first anal.

The left ventral commences a little more backward ; it is narrower and

shorter, and not joined to the anal. A single individual was observed

at Pinang in August 1843.

Gen. Puacusia, Brown, 1756.

Dorsal, caudal and anal fins united ; otherwise resembling Achirus,

Eyes and colour on the left side.

PLAGUSIA BILINEATA, (Bloch.)

Pleuronectes bilineatus, Bloch, Pl. 188.

Pleuronectes bilineatus, Linné: Syst. 1235.

Russell, LX XIV. Jerree Potoo E.

Pleuronectes bilineatus, Shaw, LV. 317.

‘Plagusia bilineata, Cuv. R. A. Ed., 224.(*).

Plagusia bilineata, Riippell, Atlas, 123.

Plagusia dipterygia, Riippell, ibid. 123, Taf. 31, Fig. 3, (Young.)

Pleuronectes bilineatus, Bennett: Life of Raffles, 692.

Plagusia bilineata, Riippell : Neue Wirb. Fische, 84.

Plagusia dipterygia, Riippell, ibid.

Plagusia bilineata, Swainson, II. 303.

Plagusia bilineata, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 5.

Ikan lédah of the Malays.

* Lacépéde, 1V. 660.—Pleuronectes marmoratus, Shaw, 1V. 310.

ft Ann, du Mus, I, Pl. XI.—Riippell : Atlas, 122, Tab. 31, Fig. 2.

7-& 2

1210 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

Left side. Pale reddish brown; scales with metallic iridescent

reflections, with a pale dark brown longitudinal line, and with a buff

or whitish vertical line along the root of the fine spines; opercle

bluish or neutral tint; fin-membranes hyaline; rays buff. Iris narrow

golden round the circular pupil; rest blackish blue.

Right side. Brownish white; opercle and abdominal cavity bluish.

D 96 or 97,

C 8,...... left V 5, right V 4, P 0, Br. VI.

A 70 or 73, }

174 or 178

‘Hasitr.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Red Sea, Sumatra, Java, Ma-

dura.

TOTAL LENGTH: 9 inch.

Left side. The form of this as of all the following species is elon-

gated lanceolate. The length of the head is 43 in the total. The

muzzle bluntly pointed ; the distance to the anterior angle of the upper

orbit is 102 in the total length; the muzzle terminates downwards in a

remarkably long sickle-shaped process, which extends below the lower

jaw to opposite the angle of the mouth, or in young individuals a little

beyond it.* The distance from the muzzle to the point of the sickle-

shaped process, its length, varies individually from 53 to 64 in the

total length ; in young individuals it is proportionally longer, slightly

exceeding +. The upper orbit is situated in the centre of the head,

above the middle of the upper lip; the horizontal diameter is =, of

the length of the head. The lower orbit is thrown farther back

above the angle of the mouth ; both are of about equal size, and their

vertical distance but slightly exceeds the horizontal diameter. The

left side of the jaw is toothless with fleshy papillular lips; in the

right of both appear crowded fine setaceous teeth. A single nostril

appears in front of the lower eye, close to the lip: the tongue is

minute, rounded, smooth. The greatest vertical diameter of the

body, at the commencement of the anal fin, equals the length of the

* The young are farther distinguished by their excessively minute right ventral

fin. The description and plate of Plagusia dipterygia, Rippell, offer no specific

distinguishing character.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1211

head ; on it appear about 44 series of scales. The latter are elongated

oval; those of the body double the size of those of the head. The

anterior margin carries upwards of 17 minute spines, rough to the

touch ; the radical part upwards of 60 radiating lines. A line between

the gill-opening and the caudal contains about 85 scales. The lateral

line commences at the muzzle, ascends a little above the upper orbit ;

from thence it is straight to near the upper margin of the opercle,

where it makes a very short ascent, and then continues straight, nearly

im the middle of the body to the caudal. Above the preopercle it gives

off a short vertical branch, which again is divided in three principal

branches : an upper which proceeds backwards to the margin of the

opercle, a second obliquely downwards over the opercle, and a third,

which following the anterior arch of the preopercle despatches a branch

backwards to the lower part of the opercle, and terminates on the

throat. Above the opercle the lateral line gives off another short

branch which rises vertically, and divides in what is called the second

lateral line of which the anterior branch proceeds near the base of the

dorsal towards the muzzle, the posterior continues near the dorsal to

the caudal. The dorsal commences far in front of the eyes at a short

distance from the muzzle. The dorsal, caudal and anal rays are undi-

vided, and nearly of equal length, 3 of the head, with the points

slightly projecting beyond their membranes. The left ventral is situ-

ated at the gill-opening, on a level a little above the anal; the first ray

is very short and closely connected to the second; the rest gradually

increase in length; the fifth is the longest, 1 of the head and by a

membrane throughout connected to the first anal. The stomach

is capacious, broad pyriform; the intestinal canal simple, forming

two circumvolutions ; its length is less than 3 of the total. Single

individuals occur at Pinang at all seasons. They are of excellent

flavour.

PuaGusia CYNOGLOSSA,* (Buchan. Ham.) Var. A.

Ikan Iédah of the Malays.

Left side, Ground-colour pale reddish brown, posterior half of head

* Syn. Achirus cynoglossus, Buchan. Hamilton, 132,373. Marked Achirus

kukurjibha in Buchanan’s duplicate series of drawings.

Hab. Bay of Bengal, mouths of the Ganges.

1212 _ Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

and the body largely spotted and marbled with blackish brown ; dorsal,

caudal and anal rays brownish, their membranes pale brownish trans-

parent, minutely dotted with black ; ventrals whitish. Iris golden,

annular, rest bluish black.

Right side. Brownish white; opercle and abdominal cavity pale

bluish,

Var. B

Left side. Differs from Var. A by having 7 or 8 vertical, blackish

brown, distant bands not extending over the dorsal and anal; head

and intervals with irregular blackish brown spots.

D 100 or 102,

C21 OO V 4, PO, Br. VI.

A 7 6or”78,

186 or 190.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH : 6 inch.

Left side. The length of the head is 52 in the total. The distance

from the very bluntly pointed muzzle to the upper eye is ;+ of the

total length ; the point proceeding downwards from the muzzle barely

covers the symphysis of the lower jaw; its length equals the distance

from the muzzle to the upper eye. Both eyes are excessively minute,

like points. The upper one is situated at the anterior third of the

head, opposite the middle of the upper lip. The lower is a little far-

ther back, immediately above the posterior third of the upper lip.

The distance between both is apparently two diameters. No nostril is

distinguishable. The left side of the lips is not papillular; the right

completely hides the minute teeth. The greatest vertical diameter of

the body, in front of the anal, is 42 in the total length; on it appear

31 to 33 series of scales. The latter are on the body comparatively

large, elongated oblong, with about 17 minute spines at the posterior

margin, and about 36 radiating lines on the radical portion. There are

about 81 on a straight line between the gill-opening and the caudal.

The lateral line with its ramifications, resembles that of P. dilineata.

The length of the pointed caudal is 4 of the head. The distance from

the first anal to the first ventral ray equals that between the muzzle

and the upper eye, which is nearly thrice that of these fins in P. 67/:-

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1213

neata. In other respects the fins resemble those of the latter species.

At Pinang single individuals occur, but rarely, which in addition to

their small size, makes them less valued as an article of food.

PLAGUSIA TRULLA, Cantor.

Ikan lédah of the Malays.

Left side. Pale dark reddish brown; opercles much darker than the

rest ; in some individuals a series of short, distant, vertical bluish lines

under the anterior half of the dorsal, and above the anterior third of

the anal; scales with a dark longitudinal line ; posterior margin buff ;

fins transparent pale brownish, minutely but faintly dotted with black .

Iris annular golden ; rest bluish black.

Right side. Brownish white, opercles and abdominal cavity black -

ish blue.

D 109 or 111,

ett) ....«. def, V4, right.0; P.O, Br... VI.

A 80or 86,

201 or 209

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Tora LENGTH: | ft.

Left side. The length of the head is 53 in the total. The distance

from the rounded muzzle to the anterior angle of the upper orbit is

from 13} to +; of the total length. The point proceeding downwards

from the muzzle covers the symphysis of the lower jaw; its length

equals the distance between the muzzle and upper orbit. The latter

is situated a little behind the anterior third of the length of the head,

opposite the middle of the upper lip. The horizontal diameter is 103

in the head. The lower orbit is placed a little farther back, still con-

siderably in front of the angle of the mouth; it is a little smaller than

the upper; the vertical distance between both slightly exceeds the

horizontal diameter of the upper. Immediately beneath the latter

appears a small, but remarkably developed bony protuberance, or spine.

A single aperture of the nostril appears a little in front of the lower

eye above the lip. The lips are fleshy, but not papillular, otherwise

the mouth, tongue and dentition resemble P. dilineata. The greatest

vertical diameter of the body, towards the middle, is 45 to 43 in the

1214 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

total length, It contains 45 series of scales. For the size of the

fish the latter are rather small, elongated oval, with about 21 radiating

lines at the radical part, and 13 spines at the posterior margin, which

is rough to the touch. A straight line between the opercle and the

caudal contains about 117. The lateral line and its ramifications

resemble P. bilineata. The distance between the muzzle and the first

dorsal ray, and that between the first ventral and anal ray equal 4 of

that between the muzzle and upper eye. The length of the caudal

varies from 2} to 3 of the length of the head. There is but a single

ventral, on the left side, connected by a membrane to the anal. But

for the absence of the ventral fin, the figure marked Plagusia abbre-

viata in Illustrations of Indian Zoology, Il. Pl. 94, Fig. 3, might be

supposed to represent the present species. Individuals, although never

in great numbers, occur at all seasons at Pinang, and are highly valued

for their flavour.

PLAGUSIA GRANDISQUAMISs, Cantor.

Left side. Pale reddish brown; scales with metallic iridescent

reflections, a central dark longitudinal line, and the posterior margin

buff; opercle and abdominal cavity bluish black; from above the

opercle closely beneath the base of the dorsal a black band, gradually

narrowing towards the caudal; from a little behind the abdominal

cavity immediately above the base of the anal a similar black band

joining the former at the root of the caudal; dorsal and anal pale

brownish transparent, minutely dotted with black ; caudal black, ven-

trals white. Iris annular golden, rest minutely dotted with black.

Right side. Brownish white; opercle and abdominal cavity bluish

black.

D 116,

C 10, V4, P 0, Br. VI.

A 88}

214

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

ToTaL LENGTH: 72 inch.

Left side. The general form is narrow, elongated lanceolate, resem-~

bling Plagusia lingva, (Buchanan Hamilton.)

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1215

The length of the head is 54 in the total. The distance from the

oval muzzie to the anterior angle of the upper orbit is 4; of the total

length; the point proceeding downwards from the muzzle is broad,

barely covering the symphysis of the lower jaw; its length equals the

distance between the muzzle and the upper orbit. Both orbits are

nearly equal; the upper one is situated at the second fifth of the head

opposite the middle of the upper lip; the horizontal diameter is j5 of

the length of the head. The lower orbit is placed very little farther back

than the upper. The interval between both is excessively narrow, a short

linear septum ; between the anterior angles of both appears a small

pointed, triangular, bony protuberance. ‘The nostril has a single aper-

ture in front of the lower eye, above the upper lip. The lips are

fleshy, not papillular; the excessively minute teeth on the right side

are completely hid from view. The tongue is linear, smooth. The

greatest vertical diameter, at the anterior third of the body, equals the

length of the head. On it appear 17 series of remarkably large scales,

of a broad oval form. The length of the largest is } of the head,

their breadth ;1,; at the radical part appear upwards of 50 radiating

lines; at the posterior margin 36 to 38 fine spines, rough to the touch.

A straight line between the opercle and caudal contains 59 scales.

The lateral line and its ramifications resemble those of P. bilineata.

The dorsal commences at a distance from the muzzle of 4 of that from

the latter to the upper eye; the longest rays, as well as the pointed

caudal, is 4 of the head. The distance between the left ventral

and the anal is } of that between the muzzle and the upper eye.

Both ventrals are nearly equal, 3 of the head; the last ray of the left

ventral is throughout united to the first anal. In other respects the

fins resemble those of P. dilineata. A single individual occurred at

Pinang in December 1842. The scales were deciduous, probably from

decay. The fishermen were not acquainted with the species.

PLAGUSIA LINGVA, (Buchanan Hamilton.)

Cynoglossus lingva, Buchan. Ham. 32, 365.*

‘Ikan lédah’ of the Malays.

Left side. Reddish brown; the scales with golden iridescent reflec-

tions, a dark longitudinal central line, and the posterior margin buff ;

* Marked Acheiris jibha in Buchanan’s duplicate series of drawings.

ard

i R

1216 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

opercle blackish blue ; sides with distant rounded and irregular blackish

brown spots ; dorsal and anal pale brownish grey, transparent, minutely

dotted with black; the dorsal immediately in front of the caudal, and

the latter itself, black; ventrals white. Iris golden, annular; rest

blackish blue.

Right side. Brownish white ; abdominal cavity blackish blue.

D 137.

Chel pw 4.2 Oe Brome.

SoA 07:

254.

Hasir: Sea of Pinang. |

Bay of Bengal, Gangetic estuaries.

ToTAL LENGTH: | ft.

- Left side. The length of the head is 53 in the total. The dis-

tance from the oval muzzle to the anterior angle of the upper orbit is

114 in the total length; the point proceeding downwards from the

muzzle projects a little beyond the symphysis of the lower jaw; its

length equals the distance between the muzzle and the upper orbit.

The latter is situated in the centre of the length of the head, opposite

the middle of the upper lip ; the horizontal diameter is }, of the

length of the head. The lower orbit is placed farther back a little in

front of the angle of the mouth ; it is slightly smaller than the upper

one. The vertical distance between the two equals the diameter of

the upper. Between both appears a very distinct oval aperture,

according to Buchanan Hamilton the posterior aperture of the nostril,

which has another above the upper lip in front of the lower eye. The

mouth, tongue, and dentition agree with P. grandisquamis. The

greatest vertical diameter, at the anterior third of the body is 62 in

the total length. On it appear 31 series of elongated, irregularly oval

scales with upwards of 37 radiating lines at the radical part. Those

of the anterior part of the body have the centre of the posterior margin

very finely ciliated, not rough to the touch ; in the rest of the scales this

margin is smooth and bluntly pointed. A straight line between the

opercle and caudal contains about 100 scales. The lateral line and its

ramifications resemble those of P. dilineata. The dorsal commences

very close to the point of the muzzle, + of the distance from the latter

to the upper orbit ; the rays’ slowly increase towards the caudal, the

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1217

longest being 4 of the head. The caudal terminates in a very sharp

point ; its length is 4 of the head. The distance between the first,

left, ventral and the anal ray is scarcely 4 of that between the point of

the muzzle and the upper orbit. The right ventral is smaller and so

near the left, which is closely connected with the anal, that Buchanan

Hamilton overlooked both. In other respects the fins resemble

those of P. bilineata. Single individuals occur, but rarely, at Pinang.

PuaGusiA porous, Cuvier.

Russell, LX XIII. Jerree Potoo D.

Plagusia potous, Cuvier, R. A. IT. 344 (').

Ikan lédah of the Malays.

Left side. Lighter or darker copper-red; the scales with strong

metallic iridescent reflections; opercle and abdominal cavity pale

blackish blue; fins transparent pale brownish, minutely dotted with

brown ; caudal blackish ; ventrals whitish. Iris annular, pale golden ;

rest blackish blue; superior margin of the upper orbit and lower of

the inferior with a buff crescent-shaped membrane.

Right side. Brownish white; opercle and abdominal cavity pale

bluish.

D126 or 127.

weer... VAP 0, Bre VE

A 94 or 95.

230 or 232.

Hasir: Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Coromandel,

Tora, LENGTH: 1 ft. 2 inch,

Left side. The length of the head is 53 in the total. The distance

from the centre of the oval muzzle to the anterior angle of the upper

orbit is from 113 to +s of the total length. The point proceeding down-

wards from the muzzle covers the symphysis of the lower jaw, or is a

hittle shorter ; its length equals the distance between the muzzle and

the upper orbit. The latter is situated a little in front of the centre

of the length of the head, opposite the middle of the upper lip; the

horizontal diameter is ;, of the length of the head. The lower orbit,

in size equals the upper; it is placed little farther back, considera-

bly in front of the angle of the mouth. The vertical distance between

ued 9 ]

‘Ra

1218 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

both equals the horizontal diameter. In front of the lower orbit,

above the lip, appear two small apertures of the nostril, separated by a

narrow membranous septum ; the lower is oval, double the size of the

circular upper one, which opens under a small bony protuberance.

The mouth, tongue, and teeth resemble those of P. grandisquamis.

The greatest vertical diameter of the body, at the anterior third, is 54

in the total length. On it appear 23 series of oval scales, of which

the largest are + of the length of the head; their breadth ~,. The

radical part is marked with upwards of 46 radiating lines; the poste-

rior margin with 36 to 38 very minute spines, barely perceptible to the

touch. A straight line between the opercle and the caudal contains 69

scales. The lateral line and its ramifications resemble those of P. dz/7-

neata. The fins resemble those of P. lingua. The description of Russell

gives 148 dorsal rays, which probably is a misprint instead of 128.

At all events there is a great discrepancy between the description and

the plate which represents 165 dorsal and 155 anal rays. The form

of all the fins is incorrect. At Pinang this species occurs, although

never in great numbers, at all seasons. It is of excellent flavour, and,

like Plagusia trulla, passes at European tables under the denomina-

tion of ‘ Sole.”

With the exception of Plagusia grandisquamis, which was not

observed alive, the other species are all distinguished for their tenacity

of life. The fishermen at Pinang assert that some species of Pla-

gusia shoal at certain seasons,

ORDO PHARYNGOGNATHI.

SUBORDO PHARYNGOGNATHI ACANTHOPTERYGII.

se aaniainameeed

FAM. SCAROID.

Gen. Juis, Cuvier, 1817.

Head smooth, without scales ; lateral line forming an elbow opposite

the end of the dorsal fin.

JULIS DUSSUMIER}I, Cuv. and Val.

Julis dussumieri, Cuv. and Val. XIII. 478, Pl. 387.

Ground-colour of the head and body light green ; abdomen greenish

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1219

white; on the upper part of the head some vermilion spots; a broad

vermilion band edged with deep blue from the eye to the angle of the

mouth ; a second obliquely over the cheek towards the angle of the

mouth ; a third on the preopercle; a fourth on the temple round the

eye; a fifth along the upper margin of the opercle; a sixth, angular,

on the upper half of the opercle ; on the lower half a large vermilion

spot ; a seventh on the subopercle ; each of the scales of the back and

sides with a large central vermilion spot; in front of the vermilion

root of the pectorals a large dark-blue spot ; pectorals hyaline, the rest

of the fins pale yellowish green ; dorsal with a series of oblique vermilion

lines along the base ; a central brownish-lilac undulating line between

the five first spines; between the fifth and sixth a large dark-blue

spot ; between the succeeding spines and rays a large triangular brown-

ish lilac spot occupying the upper half of the membrane ; upper mar-

gin vermilion; angles of the caudal with a triangular orange spot with

a basal vermilion line; two indistinct vertical brownish bands in the

middle, the whole fin with numerous small blue spots; anal with a

series of oblique vermilion lines along the base; upper half brownish

lilac, the three spines with vermilion points ; first and second ventral

rays vermilion. Iris narrow golden, next vermilion, orbital margin

brownish green with a vermilion spot at the lower half.

D 9/12, C 148, A 3/12, V 1/5, P 16, Br. V.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Malabar.

TorTaL LENGTH: 62 inch.

The length of the head is 43 in the total. The eye occupies the

third-fifth of the head, and the upper third of the vertical diameter

passes through it; the horizontal diameter is + of the length of the

head. The greatest vertical diameter of the body equals the length of

the head. The tooth on each side of the symphysis of the upper jaw

is longer than the succeeding seven of the external series, which gra-

dually decrease in length. At the angle of the mouth at some distance

from the last tooth appears a strong obliquely downwards and forwards

pointed tooth. ‘Two teeth on each side of the symphysis of the lower

jaw are longer than the rest, which are smaller than the corresponding

ones of the upper jaw. The scales of the body are large, striated. A

longitudinal series contains 26, an oblique 11. The lateral line consists

1220 Catalogue,of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

of tubes, each with a smaller superior and an inferior tube branching off

backwards. The anterior part of the line rises obliquely towards the

sixth dorsal spine, the rest proceeds straight along the upper fourth of

the body towards the ninth ray, when it declines a little and proceeds

straight towards the caudal. The posterior margin of the latter fin is

rounded. The last ray of the dorsal and the anal, and the first ray of

the ventrals are elongated intoavery short filament. The anterior anal

spine is very minute. The figure of M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes

does not quite correspond to their very correct description. A single

individual occurred at Pinang in June 1844,

JULIS MOLA, Cuvier.

Russell, CXX. Sahnee Moia.

Julis mola, Cuvier, R. A. IT. 258.

Sahnee moia, Cuv. and Val. XIV. 234.

Ground-colour of the head and body pale sea-green; abdomen

whitish green ; from the muzzle over the forehead along the base of the

dorsal a dark brown longitudinal band ; a second from the side of the

muzzle through the eye along the middle of the side to the root of the

caudals; the two bands in some consisting of two or three series of

spots; on the upper part and sides of the head some irregular orange

streaks ; pectorals hyaline, red at the root ; ventrals white ; rest of the

fins pale yellowish greeen; dorsal with an undulating pale blackish

band along the base and a second along the middle ; in some a black

spot either between the fifth and seventh spine, or between the first and

second ; caudal with some pale bluish spots, and in some with a

black spot at the root; anal with pale blackish spots near the

margin. Iris narrow golden, next vermilion; orbital margin dark

brown.

D OM2ZnCeB4s, AQ/AZ Vi1/, Pls; Bre Vz

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Coromandel.

TOTAL LENGTH : 46 inch.

The length of the head is 3$in the total. The diameter of the

eye, situated as in J. dussumieri, is 4 of the length of the head. The

‘dentition and scales resemble those of the latter species. A longi-

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1221

tudinal series contains 27, an oblique 13 scales. The lateral line pro-

ceeds straight along the upper fourth of the body towards the ninth

dorsal ray, from whence it declines towards the middle of the side and

proceeds straight towards the caudal. The line is composed of tubes,

from each of which, anterior to the ninth dorsal ray, branch off

backwards a superior and inferior smaller tube. The greatest vertical

diameter of the body equals the length of the head. The first seven

dorsal spines are shorter than the rest, which makes the anterior part

of the fin lower than the posterior. The stomach is a short elongated

tube, slightly more voluminous than the intestinal canal which is

thrice doubled upon itself. The length of both is 4 of the total.

The air-vessel is small, elongated conical, of a silvery colour. Single

individuals occur, but rarely, at Pinang.

Gen. Scarus, Gronov. 1763.

Jaws (intermaxillary and premandibular bones) convex, rounded,

with teeth, arranged like scales, on their edge and anterior surface ;

lips single, fleshy; body oblong with large scales; lateral line inter-

rupted; one inferior and two superior pharyngeal plates with teeth

like transverse lamine.

Scarus psirracus, Forskal.

_ Scarus psittacus, Forskal, 29.

Scarus psittacus, Shaw, 1V. 397.

Scarus psittacus, Cuv. R. A. II. 266 (’).

Scarus psittacus, Riippell: Atlas, 77, Tab. 20, Fig. 1.

Scarus psittacus, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 28.

' Scarus psittacus, Cuv. and Val. XIV. 226.

Petronason psittacus, Swainson, II. 226.

Young. ead above and ground-colour of the back and _ side3

greenish light-blue; all the scales of the latter parts with broad orange

margins, forming a net-work; cheeks, opercles, throat and abdomen

reddish white; upper lip surrounded by a light blue streak ; a second

similar from the angle of the mouth obliquely upwards surrounding

the lower half of the orbit; a third from the chin to the cheek; a

fourth at the anterior margia of the preopercle obliquely backwards -

over the opercle ; a fifth along the posterior margin of the preopercle:;

1222 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

from the orbit radiate two upwards and two backwards ; in front of

the pectoral at the margin of the gill-opening an irregular, light blue

spot ; dorsal reddish orange; rays, upper and basal margin light blue ;

caudal membrane yellowish brown, base, upper, lower and posterior

margin as well as the rays light blue; anal reddish orange, base and

lower margin light blue; spine and point of the ventrals light blue;

anterior half of the membrane orange, posterior half white; pectorals

yellowish white, second ray light blue. Iris narrow golden round the

pupil ; rest greenish olive.

D 9/10, C 133, A 3/9, V 1/5, P 15, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Red Sea.

TotTaL LENGTH: 104 inch.

The length of the head is 32 in the total. The horizontal diameter

of the orbit is 43 in the length of the head. The vertical diameter at

the occiput equals the length of the head ; the greatest vertical diameter

of the body slightly exceeds the length ofthe head. The body is

covered by eight longitudinal series, each containing 23 scales. The

lateral line consists of backwards branching tubes. The line continues

on the third longitudinal series to the termination of the dorsal fin ;

a single tube then appears on the succeeding scale of the fourth series ;

the completing part of the line occupies the five posterior scales of the

fifth longitudinal series. This species greatly resembles Scarus harid,

Forskil, from which it differs in having the outline of the abdomen

much more convex than that of the back, and in having the angles of

the caudal much less elongated. The first of the undivided anal rays

is very short and so closely adhering to the second, that it easily may

escape observation. A single individual occurred at Pinang in May

1844.

FAM. GLYPHIDODONTID.

Gen. TETRADRACHMUM,* Cantor.

(Equivalent to DascyLuus, Cuvier.)

Shape oblong; head obtuse; teeth velvety, the external series

* Terpddpaxyov, a coin, worth four drachms. Substituted for Dascyllus,

Cuvier, 1829, pre-occupied by Dascillus (scrib. Daseylus,) Latreille, 1796, (Co-

leoptera).

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1223

stronger than the rest, conical, pointed; preopercle toothed, lateral

line terminating opposite the soft part of the dorsal fin; branchio-

stegous rays five.

TETRADRACHMUM ARCUATUM, (Linné.)

Cheetodon arcuatus, Linné: Mus. Ad. Fr. I. Pl, 33, Fig. 5.

Cheetodon arcuanus, Linné: ibid. Fig. 8.

Cheetodon abudafur, Forsk4l, 65, No. 93.

Cheetodon arcuatus, Linné: Syst, 1243.

Cheetodon arcuanus, Linné: ibid. 1250.

Chetodon aruanus, Bloch, Tab. 198, Fig. 2.

Lutjan aruane, Lacépéde, IV. 720.

Cheetodon arcuatus, Shaw, IV. 341.

Cheetodon aruanus, Shaw, IV. 348.

Dascyllus aruanus, Cuv. R. A. II. 179(°).

Pomacentrus aruanus, Riippell: Atlas, 39.

Dascyllus aruanus, Bennett: Life of Raffles, 688.

Cheetodon araneus, Bennett : Ceylon, No. 17.

Dascyllus aruanus, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 129,

Dascyllus aruanus, Cuv. and Val. V. 434.

Dascyllus aruanus, S. Miiller and Schl. Verh. 21.

Dascyllus aruanus, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXI. 1 Ged. 2, 5.

Alternately black and white ; the anterior band black, occupying the

space from the throat to the third dorsal spine, excepting the forehead,

from between the eyes to the lips, which is white; next a second

oblique whitish band bordering upon the root of the ventrals and the

pectorals, and continuing along the sixth dorsal spine; next a black

band, comprising the ventral fins to a little in front of the anus, over

the sides, and over the seventh, eighth and ninth dorsal spine; next a

whitish band from the second anal ray, not comprising the spiny portion

which is black, over the body along the first dorsal ray ; next a nearly

vertical black, comprising the rest of the anal rays, the anterior half of

the narrow part of the body in front of the caudal, and the rest of the

dorsal rays ; the rest of the space in front of the caudal is whitish, the

anterior half of the latter fin is black, the rest paler or grey; pectorals

bluish- or greyish-white. Iris narrow silvery round the pupil, the rest

bluish black.

1224 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

D 12/12, C 154, A 2/12, V 1/5, P 16, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

South Sea, Timor, Amboina, Indian Ocean, Bay of Bengal,

TOTAL LENGTH: 24 inch. Red Sea.

Three individuals were observed at Pinang from 1842 to 1845.

Gen. Giypuipopon, (Forskal.) Lacépéde, 1802.

Body compressed oval, and as well as the head covered with large

scales ; profile rounded ; mouth small ; teeth in the jaws in a single series,

close, equal, narrow, trenchant and frequently notched ; preopercle not

toothed ; lateral line terminating opposite the last dorsal ray.

GLYPHIDODON RAHTI, Cuv. and Val.

Russell, LXXXVI. Rahti Pota.

Glyphisodon saxatilis, Riippell: Atlas, Fische, 35 ?

Cheetodon tyrwhitti, Bennett: Ceylon, No. 25?

Glyphisodon rahti, Cuv. and-Val. V. 456; IX. 507.

Glyphisodon rahti, Riippell: N. W. Fische, 126.

Glyphisodon rahti, S. Miiller and Schlegel: Verh. over de nat.

Gesch. 22.

Glyphisodon tyrwhitti ?

Glyphisodon rahti ?

Glyphisodon cezlestinus, Cantor: Catal. Mal. Mamm. in Journ, As.

Soc. XV. [Delphinus plumbeus.}

Glyphisodon rahti, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXI. J Ged. pp.

2, 3, 95.

Upper part of the head and the back as far as the dorsal fin greenish-

or bluish-black, rest of the back and upper half of the sides greenish

yellow or gamboge, lower half of the sides, abdomen, cheeks and oper-

4 Richardson : Rep. 1845, 253.

cles bluish silvery, all the scales with blackish margins. In front of

the dorsal a vertical black band; a second from between the sixth and

seventh dorsal spine ; a third from the posterior spines ; a fourth from

the soft dorsal fin; a fifth in front of the caudal; scales between the

dorsal spines and rays yellow or greenish, membrane blackish-blue

with a broad black margin; the scaly base of caudal yellow, the rest

greenish- or bluish-black with a broad black posterior margin; in

some a broad vertical black band behind the base, and the upper and

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1225

lower margin black ; the scaly base of the anal bluish silvery, the rest

bluish black or grey ; pectorals transparent bluish white, with a black

spot at the upper part of the root. Iris golden near the pupil, the rest

blue or black.

D 13/13 or 12, C 152, A 2/12, V 1/5, P 18 or 19, Br. VI.

Hasir.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singa-

pore.

New Guinea, Celébes, Java, Ceylon, Bay of Bengal, Bom-

bay, Red Sea.

ToTAL LENGTH : 6 inch. ;

Not only are the ground colours liable to individual variations

according to the yellow or bluish being the prevailing, but the vertical

bands are broader or narrower, and the three middle ones are in some

continued over the dorsal fin. In some the black bands are very indistinct

or almost obliterated, as in the one figured by Russell, No. LXXXVI.

in others a few distant black spots appear on the opercles and between

the bands (Chetodon tyrwhitti, Bennett) ; the black spot of the pec-

torals is absent in some, in others it is a continued line along the root

of the fin, All ages are subject to these variations. Young individuals

are numerous at Pinang at all seasons, but adult ones are seldom

seen. ‘They are eaten by the natives.

SUBORDO PHARYNGOGNATHI MALACOPTERYGII.

FAM. SCOMBERESOCID.

Gren. BELONE, Cuvier, 1817.

Jaws forming an elongated beak, the upper part principally com-

posed of the intermaxillaries, the base of the maxillaries; teeth in

both jaws, those of the internal margin longer and more distant than

the rest ; those of the external margin small, pointed and closely set ;

lips none ; under the symphysis of the lower jaw a short, soft, fleshy

appendage ; with one exception, no teeth on the vomer ; pharyngeal

teeth small conical; body elongated with small scales ; bones of the

skeleton green.

7 Sea

1226 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

BELONE ANNULATA, Cuv. and Val.

Russell, CLXXV. Wahlah Kuddera.

Belone annulata, Cuv. and Val. XVIII. 447, Pl. 550.

Toda of the Malays.

Adult. Head above and back sea-green with steel-blue reflections,

minutely dotted with black ; lighter, silvery on the upper half of the

sides; lower half and abdomen silvery white; cheeks and opercles

silvery ; side of the upper mandible blackish olive, of the lower silvery,

with a black line from the angle of the mouth along the base of the teeth ;

dorsal, caudal and pectoral membranes pale greenish grey, minutely

dotted with black, particularly towards the margins ; anal and ventrals

white, their anterior part minutely dotted with black. Iris silvery,

orbital margin black.

Young. Head and back olive green; above the lateral line a narrow

greenish silvery longitudinal band ; opercles with a large black spot ;

lower mandible black; posterior two-thirds of dorsal black; on the

middle of the caudal a large black spot.

D 22 or 23, C 152, A 21 or 22, V 6, P 13 or 14, Br. XV.

(Young : XIII?)

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Paninsula.

Seychelles, Tongatabu, Celebes, Pondicherry, Vizagapatam.

TorTaL LENGTH: 2 ft. 6 inch.

The young differs from the adult not only in colours, but in relative

dimensions. In an individual, 62 inches in length, the head is 32 in

the total. The vertical diameter at occiput is 2 of the length of the

head. The horizontal diameter of the eye is 74 in the head, measured

from the symphysis of the lower mandible, and 23 in the distance

from the anterior margin of the orbit. ‘The distance across the fore-

head is a little less than the diameter of the orbit. The posterior rays

of the dorsal fin exceed by about 4 the length of the anterior ones.

The abdominal crest is barely distinguishable. The tongue is fleshy,

naked. In another, 11 inches in length, the head is a little more than

31 in the total; the vertical diameter at occiput is 54 in the head;

the horizontal diameter of the eye is 84 in the head, measured from the

symphysis of the lower mandible, and + of the distance from the anterior

margin of the orbit; the distance across the forehead slightly exceeds

the diameter of the orbit ; the posterior dorsal rays exceed by & the ante-

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1227

rior ones; the abdominal crest is distinct, particularly on the posterior

fifth of the body; the margin of the tongue is studded with two or

three series of minute polygonal bony plates, placed beside each other

like mosaick; the black spots of the opercles and caudal are no

longer visible. In an individual, 2 ft. 3 inches in length, the length of

the head is 34 in the total; the vertical diameter at occiput is 3 of the

head; the horizontal diameter of the eye is 2 of the length of the

head from the symphysis of the lower mandible, and 33 in the distance

measured from the anterior margin of the orbit; the distance across

the forehead exceeds by 4 the diameter; the posterior dorsal rays,

although somewhat elongated, are but 3 the length of the second ray.*

Immediately in front of the caudal the abdominal crest is very sharp, but

becomes less so at its termination on the anterior third of the caudal.

The hyoid bone and the tongue are entirely covered with a mosaick

of small polygonal rough bony plates. The internal surface of the

lower mandible presents a structure, which if present in other species,

has not been described. The middle where the two branches join each

other, is raised and forms a bony ridge, commencing behind the sym-

physis and gradually widening towards its termination in front of the

apex of the tongue. The upper surface of this ridge is flattened, but

made uneven by numerous transversal sharp bars, or rather by one

continued closely waved bar, forming a kind of grate. The ridge is

separated from the teeth by a deep groove, intervening on each side,

and is covered by the fine membrane lining the rest of the cavity. In

the young it differs by having a comparatively smaller number of

transversal bars. The corresponding surface of the upper mandible is

smooth, with a longitudinal fissure. In the adult fish the two anterior

branchiostegous rays are so very minute, that they may easily escape

observation ; in young ones they appear to be absent. At Pinang this

species is numerous at all seasons, but large individuals are scarce. In

several examined, both of the present and the following species, the

stomach contained nothing but thick mucus. The fish is eaten by the

natives, although it is very insipid.

* The figure of Russell is in this respect correct ; but the last dorsal ray is

placed too near the caudal. The distance between the two fins exceeds by 4 the

length of the last dorsal ray.

1228 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

BELONE CAUDIMACULA, Cuvier.

Russell, CLXXVI. Kuddera, A.

Belone caudimacula, Cuv. R. A. II. 285 (°).

Belone caudimacula, Cuv. and Val. XVIII. 452.

Belone caudimacula, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 5.

Toda of the Malays.

Head above and back yellowish green minutely dotted with brown ;

lighter, silvery on the sides; posterior half of the latter with a deep-

blue longitudinal band, bordered beneath by a broader shining silvery

one; abdomen white; sides of mandibles, cheeks and opercles silvery ;

dorsal, and in some the anal bright yellow, minutely dotted with brown

along the rays; caudal yellow or greenish, minutely dotted with black,

with a rounded bluish black spot in the centre near the root; ventrals

and pectorals hyaline, the latter in some with a black spot along the

root. Iris silvery, orbital margin bluish black.

Dia; Clos, A160; ¥ 6, P10; Br: xt?

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Bombay, Aleppee (in fresh water), Coromandel, Gangetic

estuaries, Rangoon, Canton, River Brunai (Borneo), Port

Essington, North Australia.

ToTaL LENGTH: | ft. 1 inch.

In an individual of the length given the head was contained 23

times in the total length. The vertical diameter at occiput was 3 of

the length of the head. The horizontal diameter of the eye was 103

of the length of the head, measured from the symphysis of the lower

mandible, and 3 of the distance from the anterior margin of the orbit.

The abdominal crest becomes most distinct on the tail. The internal

series of long sharp teeth appear proportionally shorter in this than in

the preceding species. ‘The tongue is smooth. On the inside of the

lower mandible is a bony, grated ridge like that of the preceding spe-

cies, and Belone cancila (Buchan. Ham.) is provided with a similar.

Single individuals, all of nearly equal length, occur at Pinang at all

seasons. They are eaten by the natives.

Gren. Hemirampuus, Cuvier, 1817.

Upper jaw very short, formed by the intermaxillaries ; symphysis of

lower jaw extended into a long point, behind which on the margins of

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1229

both jaws a narrow band of small teeth; scales large, rounded, forming

a carinated range on each side of abdomen; body and fins resembling

Belone.

HEMIRAMPHUS RUSSELLI, Cuy. and Val.

Russell, CLXXVII. Kuddera, B.

Hemiramphus brevirostris, Cuv. R. A. II. 286 (').*

Hemiramphus brevirostris, Swainson, II. 297.

Hemiramphus russelli, Cuv. and Val. XIX. 32.

Téda péndekt of the Malays.

Head above and back bluish black; lighter, silvery on the sides

above the lateral line; rest of the sides, abdomen and opercles silvery

with steel-blue reflections; fins hyaline; marginal half of dorsal and

caudal minutely dotted with black; sides of lower mandible black.

Iris silvery, orbital margin bluish black.

D 17, C 153, A 13, V 6,.P 12, Br. XIII.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Coromandel.

ToTaL LENGTH: 10 inch.

The length of the head from the apex of the intermaxillaries is 1 of

the total measured to the point of the lower, longer, caudal lobe. The

length of the lower jaw, from the apex to the angle of the mouth,

slightly exceeds the length of the head, varying in different individuals

from + to 1 of the distance to the point of the lower caudal lobe. The

horizontal diameter of the eye is + of the length of the head; the dis-

tance across the forehead equals 1} diameter. The depth at occiput

slightly exceeds 3 of the length of the head, and is but 2 of the greatest

vertical diameter of the body, in front of the ventrals. The length of

the pectorals is 4 less than that of the head, which is exceeded by + by

that of the lower caudal lobe. The upper caudal lobe is 2 of the

lower. The ventrals are placed opposite the posterior third of the

distance between the apex of the intermaxillaries and the root of the

* Cuvier refers this species to Russell No. CLXXVII, and to Willughby :

Append. Pl. VII. Fig. 4, two distinct species according to M. Valenciennes, who

therefore has changed the specific denomination.

+ Péndek, short. The Malays thus denominate all the species of Hemiramphus,

to distinguish them from those of Belone (Téda).

1230 | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

caudal. At Pinang this species is numerous at all seasons, but larger

individuals occur at irregular intervals. They appear at European

tables under the appellation of ‘‘ Guard-fish.”’

HEMIRAMPHUS GEORGII, Cuv. and Val.

Hemiramphus georgii, Cuv. and Val. XIX. 37, Pl. 555.

Téda péndek of the Malays,

Young. Head above light greenish grey, minutely dotted with black,

particularly on the intermaxillaries and about the occiput; back and

sides towards the lateral line pale greenish grey; the margins of the

scales minutely dotted with black; along each side a shining silvery

band, divided in the middle by the lateral line, and edged above by a

deep blue line ; abdomen faint silvery white ; opercles shining silvery

with steel-blue reflections ; lower jaw greenish grey with a black mar-

ginal membrane; dorsal and caudal pale greenish grey, marginal half

dotted with black ; rest of the fins hyaline. Iris silvery ; orbital mar-

gin bluish black.

D 15 or 16, C 153, A 15, V 6, P 12, Br. XII?

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Bombay, Mahé.

The length of the head from the apex of the intermaxillaries is 53

in the distance to the point of the lower caudal lobe. The length of

the lower jaw from the apex to where the teeth of both sides meet,

varies individually from 32 to 3} in the total length. The horizontal

diameter of the eye is 3 of the length of the head ; the distance across

the forehead exceeds by + the diameter. The arch of the roof of the

orbits makes the middle of the forehead appear excavated. The depth

at occiput is of the length of the head. The band of teeth of the

intermaxillaries is very narrow at the angle of the mouth, gradually

widening towards the apex. The inner series of these teeth are some-

what longer than the rest. The lower jaw has but a single series of

minute teeth, behind which the anterior half of the mouth is lined by

a crescent-shaped black membrane. The length of the pectorals is %

of that of the head. The ventrals are placed opposite the posterior

third of the distance between the occiput and the root of the caudal,

The vertical diameter in front of the ventrals is a little more than 4 the

length of the head. The caudal is but slightly cleft; the lower lobe,

”

‘

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1231

but little longer than the upper, is 3 of the length of the head. The

two anterior dorsal rays are undivided. M. Valenciennes counts 17

rays in this fin, but his figure gives 16. Single young individuals occur

at Pinang at all seasons.

HEMIRAMPHUS TRIDENTIFER, Cantor.

Téda péndek of the Malays.

Head above, back and upper part of the sides light bluish green,

minutely dotted with black, particularly towards the margin of the

scales ; along each side a shining silvery band, widening between the

dorsal and anal; narrower in front of the caudal; the band edged

above by a deep blue line, and longitudinally divided by the lateral

line; rest of the sides and abdomen pale silvery white; cheeks and

opercles shining silvery, the latter and the root of the lower jaw with

strong steel-blue reflections ; point of lower jaw greenish blue minutely

dotted with black, with a black marginal membrane, apex red sealing-

wax colour ; dorsal hyaline, margins of the rays minutely dotted with

black ; anterior half of caudal pale greenish buff, posterior half, upper

and lower margin pale blackish, rest of the fins hyaline. Iris silvery,

upper half of orbital margin bluish black.

- D 13 or 14, C 153, A 14 or 15, V 6, P 13, Br. XII or XIII.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

ToTaL LENGTH: 7 inch. |

The length of the head from the apex of the intermaxillaries is 54

in the distance to the point of the lower caudal lobe. The length of

the lower jaw from the apex to where the teeth of both sides meet

varies from 63 to 63 in the total length. Measured to the angle of

the mouth, the lower jaw is from 54 to 53 in the total length. The

horizontal diameter of the eye is } of the length of the head; the

- distance across the flattened forehead equals the diameter, The depth

at occiput equals 2 of the length of the head. ‘The teeth of both jaws

are placed on narrow bands; in the centre of the lower jaw there is a

very minute interval between the teeth of both branches. The teeth

themselves are very minute, the internal series a little longer than the

rest. Examined through a lens the apex of each tooth appears com-

pressed, terminating in three minute points of which the central one is

a little longer than the two lateral. The intermaxillary forms a nearly

1232 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

equilateral triangle, each side of which is 3 of the horizontal diameter

of the eye; the band of teeth of the lower jaw is longer, arched or

like a horse-shoe. The length of the pointed pectorals is 3 of that of the

head; the ventrals, slightly exceeding } of the pectorals, are placed

far forward: they commence in the middle of the distance between

the anterior margin of the orbit and the root of the caudal. The

vertical diameter in front of the ventrals is 62 in the distance between

the gill-opening and the root of the caudal. The dorsal commences a

little behind the posterior third of the distance between the occiput

and the root of the caudal; the extent of the base is 2 of the length

of the head; the first and second ray undivided; the latter and the

third are the longest, 3 of the extent of the base. The last ray is a

little elongated. The anal is placed opposite the dorsal, which it

resembles in shape and extent. The caudal is but slightly cleft; the

lower lobe equals the length of the head; the upper one about + less.

The scales are large, rounded; the vertical diameter of the part

exposed is about the double of the horizontal. The abdominal crest

is distinct. This species has several characters in common with H.

gernaerti, Cuv. and Val., but it differs from that and from all the other

species by its peculiar dentition. In Hxocoetus volitans, Linné, the

pharyngeal teeth before they become worn, are flattened and tricus-

pidate. Perhaps it may be inferred that the individuals of the present

species are young, although the young of the preceding species have

simpJe pointed teeth. They are numerous at all seasons at Pinang,

and are eaten by the natives.

Gen. Exocortus, (Artedi,) Linné, 1748.

Pectorals excessively large; head and body scaly with a salient line

on each side of the abdomen; head depressed; cheeks compressed ;

eyes large ; intermaxillaries without pedicles, forming the edge of the

upper jaw; dorsal placed opposite the anal; intermaxillaries with

minute pointed teeth; pharyngeals with teeth as if paved.

EXOCOETUS NIGRIPENNIS, Cuv. and Val.

Exocoetus nigripennis, Cuv. and Val. XIX. 108.

Head above, back and upper half of the sides ultramarine with

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1233

purple gloss; lower half of the sides, abdomen, cheeks and opercles

light silvery ultramarine, minutely dotted with black ; dorsal, ventrals

and pectorals black ; pectoral rays silvery sky-blue; caudal yellowish

white, at the root bluish dotted with black; anterior half of ventralis

hyaline, posterior black, base blue. Iris silvery, orbital half bluish

black.

D 11, 12 or 13, C 153, A 8, 9 or 10, V 6, P 15, Br, XI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

China Sea.

TOTAL LENGTH : 3 inch.

The length of the head is 54 in the total, measured to the point of

the lower caudal lobe. The horizontal diameter of the eye is 3} of the

length of the head. The arch of the roof of the orbit makes the mid-

dle of the forehead appear excavated ; the distance across the forehead

between the posterior angles of the orbit slightly exceeds the diameter

of the eye; between the anterior angles it is slightly less than the dia-

meter. The depth at occiput, as well as the vertical diameter in front

of the ventrals, is 3 of the length of the head. The scales of the body

are rather large, and so deciduous that few are in their places. The

lateral line and the salient line on each side of abdomen can barely be

traced. The teeth of both jaws are excessively minute and apparently

confined to the central part. Each palatal has a single external series

of minute teeth, and a few scattered over the surface, which appears

like a fine file. The teeth are probably deciduous, and so minute

that they cannot be seen in fresh specimens, and in dried ones only

by means of a powerful lens. The pharyngeal teeth are tricuspid.

The lower margin of the horizontal part of the preopercle is toothed.

The length of the pectorals differs individually : they do not exceed 4

of the head and body, (the caudal not included). The ventrals are 2

of the total length ; the lower caudal lobe is 4} in the total length, the

upper one but slightly exceeds } of the former. The intestinal canal is

wide at cesophagus, gradually narrowing in its straight course towards

the anus. Its length is scarcely $ of the total. The liver consists

of a single small lobe. The white air-vessel is comparatively very large,

thin, elongated, its length slightly exceeding } of the total. The

peritoneum is silvery, sparingly dotted with black. In the course of

four years ten individuals were obtained at Pinang. They occur-

Pita

1234 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Nov.

red singly and at irregular intervals, and varied from two to three

inches in length.

Gen. Pancuax, Valenciennes 1846.*

Maxillary bone thrown behind the descending branch of the inter-

maxillary, so that but the lower part contributes to form the angle of

the mouth ; muzzle broad depressed ; gill-openings well cleft; dorsal

small, placed far back opposite the anal; intermaxillaries and lower

jaw with a narrow band of minute teeth, of which the external series

are longer than the rest and arched round the margin of the jaws, so as

to appear like cilia; a narrow transversal band of minute teeth on the

palate (vomer).

PANCHAX PANCHAX, (Buchan. Ham.)

~ Esox panchax, Buchan. Ham. 211, 380, Pl. III. Fig. 69.

Aplocheilus chrysostigmus, McClelland, As. Res. XIX. II. 301 and

426, Pl. XLII. Fig. 2.

Aplocheilus panchax, McClelland, ibid. 302.

Panchax buchanani, Cuv. and Val. XVIII. 383.

Head above, back and upper half of the sides pale silvery green,

minutely dotted with black ; lower half of the sides and the abdomen

silvery white, in some individuals with orange coloured dots; on the

occiput a small oval silvery white spot; sides of the head and upper

half of opercles silvery green minutely dotted with black, lower half

* In 1836, Mr. McClelland placed some species of this genus in the family of

Cyprinoide, and formed a Subgenus of Poecilia, Bl. Schn. to receive them, viz.

Aplocheilus, (Scr. Haplochilus)—Mr. McClelland characterises the latter as fol-

lows: ‘ Intermaxillaries fixed, apices of the jaws flat and directed upwards; five

rays in the branchial membrane ; fins transparent ; a short dorsal placed opposite

to the last ray of along anal; the intestine and stomach form together a small

tube scarcely longer than the body ; the eyes placed on the edges of the head; the

mouth directed upwards; a single row of large teeth inserted along the edges of

the lips which are not protractile as in Poecilia ; the caudal entire.’? (Asiatic

Researches, X1X. Pt. II. pp. 301 and 426). Of the preceding eleven characters

only four are correct, but they are not sufficient to characterise the genus, viz. :

apices of the jaws flat; intestinal canal scarcely longer than the body ; eyes on the

edges of the head; caudal entire. The remaining characters are either partly

incorrect or entirely so. The characters of Panchaz, Valenciennes, although of a

later date than Haplochilus, must therefore be adopted.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1235

white; lower jaw and the throat immediately behind minutely dotted

with black, so as to appear like two narrow arched black lines ; rest of

the throat yellow or white; dorsal hyaline or orange with a large

rounded black spot occupying the basal half; in some individuals a

small white spot in front of the dorsal, in others the upper margin

black; caudal greenish grey minutely dotted with black, upper and

lower margin orange edged with black ; anal hyaline edged and spotted

with orange; ventrals and pectorals yellow. Iris reddish silvery with

a blackish ring.

D9, C 154, A 17,'V 6, P 15, Pr. VI.

Hasit.—Fresh water Pinang.

Bengal.

TOTAL LENGTH: 22 inch.

The length of the head is 3 of the total; the depth at occiput is } of

the length of the head. The horizontal diameter of the eye is a little

less than 3 of the head; the distance across the forehead equals two

diameters. The nostrils open laterally by two minute apertures placed

above eéach other in front of the anterior orbital margin. There are no

lips. The intermaxillaries are very protractile, and are slightly move-

able up and down like a lid. Both the external and the internal

series of the teeth of the jaws, are a little longer and more distant than

the rest of the teeth. Behind the intermaxillaries appears a small

crescent-shaped membrane. Behind the latter are some excessively

minute teeth placed on a narrow band, which crosses the vomer and

forms an arch parallel with the intermaxillary teeth. The tongue is

small, fleshy, and as well as the cavity of the mouth dotted with black.

The body is covered by 7 longitudinal series of proportionally large

seales, with concentric lines and about 13 radical rays. There are

about 30 scales in a series between the gill-opening and the caudal.

No lateral line is visible, but on each of the anterior 6 to 8 scales of

the third series, appears a central impression as if pricked with a needle.

The dorsal commences opposite the posterior third of the anal. The

ventrals have no filament. It is numerous at Pinang in ponds, paddy

fields and ditches. The stomach and intestines form a continued tube,

in length scarcely 3 of the total. The peritoneum is silvery, dotted

with black. The number of fin rays given by Buchanan and Mr.

McClelland are incorrect.

1236 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Nov.

ORDO PHYSOSTOMI.

SUBORDO PHYSOSTOMI ABDOMINALES.

FAM. SILUROID.

Gen. Bacrus, (Rafinesque,) Cuvier, 1817.

A band of velvety, or card-like teeth in both jaws ; on the vomer a

second, posterior band, either velvety or in a single series.

BaGrus ABBREVIATUS, Cuv. and Val.

Bagrus abbreviatus, Cuv. and Val. XIV. 420.

Pimelodus abbreviatus, Kuhl and Van. Hasselt, ibid.

Bagrus abbreviatus, Bleeker: Verhand. Batav. Genoots. XXI. 4.

Head above and back dark greenish olive, lighter silvery on the

sides ; abdomen silvery white; fins greenish grey; their membranes

whitish at the base, the rest minutely dotted with black; adipose fin

greenish olive minutely dotted with black; nasal cirri grey ; maxil-

lary black ; both mandibular pairs white. Iris greenish sme blackish

towards the orbit.

D 1//—1 (adipose), C 172, A 13, V 6, P 1/8 or 9, Br. IX.

Cirri: 4

Hasit.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang. A

Java.

TOTAL LENGTH: 1 foot 6 inch.

The length of the head is 43 in the total; the horizontal diameter

of the orbit is 2 of the length of the head ; the distance of the eyes

across the head two such diameters. The long helmet is finely sha-

greened to between the eyes, where its breadth is } of its length; the

occipital point is narrow triangular, occupying half the interval between

the occiput and the dorsal spine, and receiving in a notch the point of

the second interspinal. The mastoid and suprascapular processes form

an elongated arch surrounding the opercle and nearly touching the

humeral. The latter is elongated triangular, its length twice its height.

The opercle is finely shagreened like the rest of the bones forming the

helmet, and has besides some radiating lines. The greatest breadth of

the head nearly equals its length, and also the greatest vertical diame-

ter of the body, in front of the dorsal spine. The card-like teeth are

disposed on narrow bands in the jaws and on the vomer.

—————

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1237

The nasal cirri extend to the preopercle, the maxillary to the point of

the ventrals, the external mandibular to the point of the pectorals ; the

internal-are one half of the external. The dorsal spine is rather slender,

longitudinally striated, with teeth on the posterior margin, and two or

three on the anterior near the apex. The length is ? of the first dor-

sal ray, which is 3 of the length of the head. The adipose dorsal is

as high as the anal, but of half the extent. Each lobe of the furcated

caudal equals the head; in young individuals the upper one terminates

in a short filament. The pectoral spine is longer and broader than the

dorsal ; the upper surface is lineated, the margin towards the rays is

strongly toothed. At Pinang individuals occur at all seasons, but not

in great numbers. They are eaten by the natives.

BaGrus sonpaicus, Cuv. and Val.

Bagrus sondaicus, Cuv. and Val. XIV. 444.

Bagrus sondaicus, Bleeker: Verhandel, Batav. Genoots. XXI. 4, 14,

29 and XXII. 5.

Helmet dark olive bronze, (tubercles white,) lighter on the cheeks

and opercles ; back deep steel-blue with greenish reflections, the sides,

to a little beneath the lateral line, lighter, silvery, with from 12 to 15

vertical bands reflecting steel grey or pale golden green; rest of the

sides and abdomen silvery white ; fins greenish grey minutely dotted

with black ; external half of pectorals, anal and the lower caudal lobe

blackish ; maxillary cirri black ; external mandibular white at the base,

rest black ; internal maxillary white. Iris golden green, blackish

towards the orbit.

D 1/7—1 (adipose), C 154, A 17 or 18, V 6, P 1/10, Br. VI.

Cini : =

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Straits of Sunda, Java, Madura.

TOTAL LENGTH : 1 foot 9 inch.

The length of the head is } of the total, slightly exceeding the

greatest vertical diameter of the body, in front of the dorsal spine.

_ The breadth of the head nearly equals the length. The horizontal

_ diameter of the orbit is 63 in the length in the head. The bones form-

| ing the helmet are granulated as far as the anterior margin of the orbit,

| but the small triangular truncated suprascapular is like the opercle

1238 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

smooth but radiated. The sides of the interspinal form an angle with

the centre part, and terminate behind in a blunt point. The interpa-

rietal is broad truncated or rounded behind ; its length is 4 of the rest

of the helmet, its breadth about 3. The humeral is pointed, granu-

lated, triangular, its length 23 in the head. The teeth are strong,

card-like. ‘Those on the vomer are placed on two small oval spots ;

those on the palate on two similar but larger, all four forming one

series, broader than the maxillary ones. The palatal teeth easily fall

out, which renders the fish liable to be mistaken for a species of

Arius. The maxillary cirri reach to the point of the pectorals ; the

external mandibular to the base of the pectorals ; the internal are 3 of

the external. The dorsal spine is 4 of the head, granulated on the

anterior half of its sides; near the apex the anterior margin carries

4 or 5 small teeth, the posterior 6 or 7 similar ones. The point ter-

minates in a short soft filament, which is easily torn off. The pectoral

spine equals the length of the head: the anterior half of the external

margin is granulated; the corresponding part of the sides is lineated ;

the external margin carries near the point a few weak teeth, and similar

appear along the internal margin. The point terminates in a soft fila-

ment, longer than that of the dorsal. The upper caudal lobe, a little

longer than the lower, is 42 in the total length. The ventrals are 3 of

the pectorals. The extent of the adipose dorsal is $ of the anal. At the

origin of the lateral line appear some minute elongated grains ; the line

itself consists of small tubes which become indistinct after it has passed

the dorsal fin. This species is more or less numerous at all seasons.

It is eaten by the natives and the air-vessels collected for the China

market.

M. Bleeker thinks it probable that B. javensis, Cuv. and Val. (XIV.

445) is identical with B. sondaicus. [Bleeker 1. c., 4(’)].

Gren. Arius, Cuv. and Val. 1840.

Palatal teeth on two distinct separate plates, in some species advanc-

ing on the lateral angles of vomer.

Arius TruNcATus, Cuv. and Val.

Arius truncatus, Cuv. and Val. XV. 64.

Arius truncatus, Bleeker Verh, Bat. Gen. 4.

{

1849.| Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1239

Head above and back intense blue with silvery reflections, cheeks and

opercles golden bronze; throat and sides golden; abdomen silvery

white, sparingly dotted with black ; fins greyish white minutely dotted

with black ; margins of dorsal and caudal black ; in the adult the pos-

terior half of the caudal and the anal pale lake; adipose pale greyish

olive minutely dotted with brown ; maxillary cirri black ; mandibular

pairs white. Iris golden dotted with black.

D 1/7—1 (adipose), C 1531, A 23 or 24, V 6, P 1A, Br. VI.

Cirri =

Haxsit.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Java.

ToTaL LENGTH: 112 inch.

The length of the head measured to the point of the opercle is a

little less than + of the total, but to the posterior margin of the first

interspinal it is 4 of the total. The latter bone is narrow rectangular, its

breadth being 12 in its length which is 4 of the distance to the muzzle.

The helmet is granulated and partially striated, its anterior two thirds

divided by a longitudinal furrow commencing on the forehead ona

level with the nostrils. The cheeks and opercles are veined, and the

latter also indistinctly radiated. The anterior half of the head is much

depressed, the muzzle rounded, truncated. The teeth of both jaws are

on narrow bands, card-like and finer than the palatals, which are

crowded on a small oval spot on each side. The cirri are slender: the

- maxillary ones reach to about the middle of the opercle ; the mandibular

pairs are nearly equal, $ of the former. The eyes are situated at the

anterior third of the head, their horizontal diameter is in the young +

in the older 4 of the length of the head; their distance across the

forehead is about 4 such diameters. The vertical diameter at occiput

is 4 of the length of the head ; that in front of the dorsal is a little less

than 2 of the head. The dorsal spine is strong, 2 of the length of the

head, equalling in length the first ray. The posterior margin and that

_ part of the anterior nearest the apex are finely toothed, the rest is granu-

lated. The pectoral spine is but 3 of the dorsal which it otherwise resem-

bles, but the teeth of the posterior margin are stronger. The pectorals

and ventrals are nearly of equal length or about 3 of the length of the

head. The extent of the anal equals the greatest vertical diameter of the

body ; the length of the eighth and ninth rays is a little less than that

7 uv

1240 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

of the ventrals. The extent of the adipose dorsal is } of the anal, its

height 3 of the longest rays of the latter. The caudal is deeply cleft,

the lobes equal, and their length, normally, like the dorsal spine. The

lateral line follows the outline of the back at the upper third of the

body; arrived at the base of the caudal it continues a short distance

obliquely downwards over the three upper rays of the lower lobe. The

line consists of little separated tubes, each with a minute downwards

pointed process at the posterior part. The two superior branchioste-

gous rays on each side are very broad and exposed, so as to appear like

a subopercle. . The stomach is capacious, thin, containing remains of

Crustacea and mud. The intestinal canal slightly exceeds double the

total length. The air-vessel is small but very thick transversely divided

in two compartments. ‘The fish is held in esteem by the natives, but

at Pinang it is of so rare occurrence that the air-vessel contributes but

little to the general stock of Isinglass obtained from other species.

Arius Arius, (Buchanan Hamilton.)

Pimelodus arius, Buchan. Ham. 170, 376.

Arius arius, Cuv. and Val. XV. 102.

Ikan Salddu or Surdidu.

Adult. Head above and back intense steel-blue ; cheeks, opercles

and sides greenish golden or bronze ; throat and abdomen white slightly

dotted with black ; dorsal greyish white minutely dotted with black ;

filament of the spine and the upper margin black; caudal yellowish white

minutely dotted with brown ; anal and pectorals white, external half

so closely dotted with black as to assume that colour ; ventrals hyaline,

closely dotted with brown; adipose pale greyish olive with a large

black spot, posterior margin white; maxillary cirri blackish ; mandi-

bular pairs white. Iris greenish golden, orbital margin blackish.

Young. Dorsal, posterior half of caudal, middle of anal and base of

adipose pale lake.

D 1/7—1 (adipose), C 158, A 18 to 21, V 6, P 1/10, Br. V.

hele

Cirri—

. 4

Hasit.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singa-

, pore.

Pondicherry, Gangetic estuaries.

TOTAL LENGTH: 1 foot 10 inch.

1849.| Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1241

The length of the head is } of the total. The helmet is granulated

to the middle above the orbit. The first interspinal is rectangular

nearly square, its length 4 of the distance to the muzzle ; the posterior

margin is notched, receiving a broad point from the crescent-shaped

second interspinal. The anterior two thirds of the helmet are divided

by a broad longitudinal furrow. The interopercle and opercle are

radiated, the point of the latter indistinctly granular. The horizontal

diameter of the orbit is + of the length of the head. The teeth of the

jaws are card-like, on narrow bands. ‘Those of the palate are granular,

placed on two close oval spots. The maxillary cirri do not quite

reach to the apex of the pectoral spme; the external mandibular

pair is + shorter; the internal is } of the external. The vertical dia-

meter in front of the dorsal slightly exceeds the length of the head,

and equals the length of the dorsal spine. The latter is very strong,

the posterior margin and the anterior near the apex are toothed, the

rest is coarsely granulated. ‘To the apex is attached a soft filament,

seldom exceeding 4 the length of the spine. The pectoral spine re-

sembles the former, but it is slenderer, shorter by 4, and without

filament. The extent of the adipose is 4 of that of the anal; its

height 3 of the length of the sixth and seventh rays, which is 4 of the

head. ‘The caudal lobes equal the length of the head. ‘The lateral

line resembles that of Arius truncatus, but it keeps nearer to the mid-

dle of the body. At Pinang smaller individuals of this species are

very numerous at all seasons. They form an article of food, and con-

tribute more than any other of the Siluroide to the exportation of

Isinglass.

ARIUS MILITARIS, (Linné.) ?

Silurus militaris, Linné: Syst. 1356. ?

Arius militaris, Cuv. and Val. XV. 114, Pl. 430.

Osteogeneiosus* Bleeker: Verhandel. Batav. Genootsch. X XI. 49.

Head above and back bottle-green bronze, lighter on the sides of the

head and body ; abdomen silvery white, anterior half minutely dotted

with brown ; dorsal and caudal pale greyish olive, minutely dotted with

* OsTEOGENELOSUS, Bleeker, 1847, (Scrib. OstroGenius.) Teeth on the

anterior part of the palate disposed in two oblong arched groups; two supra-=

maxillary bony, rigid cirri; branchiostegous. rays five. Otherwise resembling

Arius.

7 toe

1242 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

black, margin blackish ; rest of the fins white ; upper half between an-

terior four rays of ventrals dotted with black ; upper surface of pecto-

rals and posterior half of lower black, in the axilla a black spot along the

root of pectorals ; jaws and root of the long cirrus-like maxillary pro-

longation blackish bronze, rest of the latter reddish white ; adipose fin

greenish olive dotted with black, posterior margin white. Iris greenish

golden dotted with black.

D 1/7—1 (adipose), C 158, A 21, V 6, P 1/10, Br. V.

Cirri —

Hasit.—Sea and estuaries of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Sea and estuaries of Malabar, Coromandel; estuaries of

Ganges and Irawaddy.

ToTaL LENGTH : 1 foot 6 inch.

The length of the head is 43 in the total. It is completely covered

by smooth skin, and but afew granulations appear on the anterior part

of the elliptic mterparietal. The rest of the bone, like the opercles, is

radiated ; it occupies + of the distance from the muzzle. The hori-

zontal diameter of the eye is 4 of the length of the head; the distance

across the forehead is about three such diameters. The card-like teeth

of the jaws are on broad bands ; that of the upper one is the shorter,

as it does not reach to the angle of the mouth, but terminates at the

root of the bony cirrus-like elongation of the upper maxillary bone.

The latter is slender, elastic, flattened with a shallow furrow on each

side; its length equals the head; the anterior sixth is attached to the

side of the head by a small triangular membrane which is, however, too

short to admit of the bone being projected at aright angle. The

palatal teeth are granular, placed in two separated groups of an irregular

rhomboidal shape. The vertical diameter of the body, in front of the

dorsal, is 2 of the length of the head. The dorsal spine is slender, the

lower half of the anterior margin is finely granulated, the upper half

and the posterior margin are very finely toothed ; it is a little shorter

than the first ray which is 2 of the length of the head. The pectoral

spine resembles the dorsal and is but a little shorter. The extent of

the anal is 4 of the length of the body; the eighth, the longest ray,

slightly exceeding 4 of the extent. The extent of the adipose fin

is about 4 of the anal, but of nearly equal height. The caudal is

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1243

slightly cleft, and the lobes a little rounded; their length is } of

the total. The lateral line resembles that of Arius truncatus. At

Pinang single individuals occur at all seasons; they are eaten by the

natives, and their air-vessels preserved.

Gen. Pimetopvus, (Lacépéde, 1803,) Cuv. and Val. 1840.

Palate smooth, without teeth; six or eight cirri; with or without

helmet.

PIMELODUS PECTINIDENS, Cantor.

Young ? Head above and back yellowish green bronze, dotted with

black ; between the anterior points of the helmet an oval yellowish

white spot, cheeks, opercles and sides of the body silvery ; the two

first minutely dotted with black; throat and abdomen white ; fins, in-

cluding the adipose, yellowish white ; maxillary cirri black ; mandibu-

lar pairs white. Iris golden minutely dotted with black.

D 1/7—1 (adipose), C 158, A 20, V 6, P18, Br. IV.

Cini =

Hasit.—Freshwater, Pinang.

Tora, LENGTH: 42 inch.

The greatest vertical diameter of the body, in front of the dorsal fin,

is 2 of the total length ; from thence the profile descends in a nearly

straight line to the rounded muzzle. To the point of the opercle the

length of the head is + of the total, but to the point of the interparietal

bone it is 32. Above the head is depressed, transversely arched, its

greatest breadth at the occiput is + less than its length. The inter-

parietal is triangular truncated, its length + of the distance to the

muzzle, its breadth at the base equals its length; the truncated apex

is notched, receiving the point of the second interspinal. The whole

of the helmet is finely granulated to above the posterior margin of the

orbit. It is longitudinally divided by a furrow terminating a little

behind the anterior half of the distance between the muzzle and the

dorsal. The suprascapular bone is narrow, pointed, and joins the

equilateral triangular humeral. Both as well as the opercles are rough

and striated. The size of the opercle equals that of the preopercle and

interopercle together. The cheeks are smooth. The mouth is large,

the angle reaching to the posterior margin of the orbit; the fleshy

1244 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Nov.

lips completely hide the teeth; the upper jaw projects beyond the

lower. In each jaw appears a single series of closely set, small, flat-

tened teeth, resembling a fine comb. To the naked eye the apex of

the teeth appears to be truncated, trenchant, but under a lens it is

bluntly trilobate. The cirri are very fine: the maxillary reach to the

preopercle, the mandibular pairs are so short as to easily escape ob-

servation, The nostrils open closely in front of the orbit. The latter

occupies the second fourth of the head, a little nearer to the jaw than

to the forehead ; the greatest diameter, obliquely downwards, is a little

less than 3 of the length of the head. Of the four branchiostegous

rays, the two upper ones are longer and broader than thelower. The

dorsal spine is strong and nearly as long as the head, the two sides

are striated, the lower half of the anterior margin is granulated, the

upper half of this and of the posterior margin is finely toothed ; the

first ray is a little longer than the spine. The pectoral spine is a little

shorter than the dorsal, which it otherwise resembles. The ventrals

are 2 of the length of the head. The extent of the base of the anal

is 3, the eighth ray 2 of the length of the head. The adipose dorsal

fin is placed opposite the middle of the anal; its base and length are }

of the latter. The posterior margin of the caudal is nearly crescent-

shaped ; the upper lobe slightly longer than the lower, is 4} in the

total length. ‘The lateral line resembles that of Arius truncatus. A

single individual was observed at Pinang in August 1844. The yel-

lowish white oval spot on the forehead is in some other Siluroide cha-

racteristic of immaturity. It may perhaps also be so in this species,

notwithstanding the worn appearance of the trilobate teeth.

Gen. Cuarias, (Gronov. 1763,) Valenciennes, 1840.

(Cossypuus, McClelland, 1843.*—Puacorvus, McClelland, 1844.)

Head with a long, granular helmet, formed by the cranial and supra-

* Sir John Richardson in his Report, 1845, p. 287, observes, that ‘‘ Cossyphus

ater, McClelland, (Calcutta Journ. IV. p. 403, Pl. 22, Fig. 3,) is apparently an

injured example of this genus,’’ (Plo¢osus, apud Richardson.)

Cossyphus ater, McClelland, is founded upon a mutilated specimen of either Cla-

rias jagur, (Macropteronotus jagur, Buch. Hamilton, 145, 374,) or upon a closely

allied species, but more probably upon the former. Mr. McClelland later substt-

tuted Phagorus for Cossyphus (Calcutta Journ. V. 225, Errata).

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1245

scapular bones; the interparietal advancing on the occiput as a more

or less soft lamina, supported by the occipital crest ; card-like or gra-

nular teeth on the vomer ; dorsal without spine, occupying nearly the

whole of the back; anal less extensive ; margin of pectoral spine

minutely toothed; on each side two ramified branchial appendages ;

branchiostegous rays 9 to 11.

CuaRiIAS PUNCTATUS, Cuv. and Val,

Clarias punctatus, Cuv. and Val. XV. 384.

Clarias punctatus, Bleeker: Verhandel, Bat. Genoot. XXI. 4, 17, 53.

Head, body, fins, and cirri blackish brown; with purple or lilac

reflections ; body either uniformly so or with large irregular lighter

spots, with eight to ten vertical series, each consisting of four to six

whitish dots, in number and distribution liable to individual variations ;

pectoral spine, throat, and abdomen as far as the ventrals, brownish

white. Iris dark brown.

D 70, C 174, A 51 to 53, V 6, P18, Br. IX.

Cirri —

Hasir.—Lstuaries and freshwater, Pinang.

Java.

ToTaL LENGTH : 10 inch.

Measured to the apex of the interparietal, the head slightly exceeds

+ of the total length, (to the point of the opercle it is 3) ; the breadth

between the gill-openings is ? of the length. The eye is situated at the

anterior fourth, its horizontal diameter is 4, and the distance across the

forehead is 23 in the length of the head to the apex of the interparietal.

The latter is triangular with the apex rounded, the base double the

length, which is 4 of the distance to the muzzle. In the centre of the

helmet appear two ovoid apertures, covered by the integuments: the

anterior is 2, the posterior ,1, of the length of the head. The maxil-

lary cirri slightly exceed + of the total length, nearly reaching to the

apex of the pectoral spine; the nasal are 4, the outer mandibular 4,

and the inner mandibular 4 of the total length. The teeth are card-

like : those of the upper jaw on a broad band, reaching to the root of

the maxillary cirri; those of the vomer and palate forming a narrow

crescent. The dorsal fin commences at a distance from the apex of the

interparietal, equalling + of the length of the head. The pectoral spine

1246 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Nov.

is strong, like a sabre: the surfaces finely striated, the outer margin

finely granulated with two or three teeth near the apex, the inner finely

toothed ; the length of the spine is 7} in the total; the first rays are

a little longer. The ventrals are situated at the anterior third of the

total length, in which they are contained 103 times. Between the

anus and the anal fin appears a short conical appendage. The length

of the caudal is 72 in the total. The stomach is a short rounded sac,

the intestinal caudal is about 4 of the total length ; the liver is divided

in two short lobes; the left is again subdivided in two; the gall is

oval, large ; the spleen is small, flattened, oval. The posterior branchial

appendage is large, nearly double the size of the anterior. This species

is numerous at all seasons. It is eaten by the poorer classes of natives.

Gen. Piotosvus, Lacépede, 1803.

Body elongated, terminating in a compressed point ; two dorsals, of

which the second, caudal and anal united ; head naked ; strong conical

teeth in the jaws and vomer; eight short cirri; behind the conical

anal papilla a small ramified appendage. |

PLotosus ANGUILLARIS, (Bloch.)

Renard, I. Pl. III. Fig. 19. Sambilang.

Valentyn, No. 496, Ikan binara.

Silurus arab, Forskal, XVI. No. 36?

Platystachus anguillaris, Bloch, Tab. 373, Fig. 1.

Plotose anguillé, Lacép. V. Pl. III. Fig. 2.

Russell, CLXVI. Ingeelee.

Platystachus anguillaris, Shaw, V. 30, Pl. 99.

Krusenstern: Voyage, Pl. LX. Figs. 12 and 13.

Duperrey : Voyage, Poiss. Pl. XXXI. Fig. 3.

Plotose ikapou, Lesson: Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. XV. 435.

Plotosus anguillaris, Cuv. R. A. II. 297(’).

Plotosus marginatus, Bennett: Life of Raffles.

Plotosus anguillaris, Riippell: Neue Wirb. Fische, 76.

Plotosus vittatus, i Gwainaon, 11. 307.

Clarias anguillaris,

Plotosus lineatus, Cuv. and Val. XV. 412.

Plotosus lineatus, Richardson: Report, 1845, 286.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1247

Plotosus lineatus, Temm. et Schl. Fauna Jap. Pisce. 228, Pl. CIV.

Pigs 3%

Plotosus lineatus, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXI. 4, 17, 57.

Similang karong of the Malays.

Young. ead above and back blackish olive, lighter or copper

coloured on the sides of the head and body ; two white bands along

the body: one from the muzzle above the eye along the back, a second,

broader, from the maxillary cirrus, and in some a third from the ven-

trals ; lips, throat and abdomen white; fins pale brownish olive or

lake, dotted and edged with black ; upper part of first dorsal with a

black spot ; anal papilla and ramified appendage crimson; nasal and

maxillary cirri blackish ; mandibular pairs white, Iris golden dotted

with black.

Adult. The lateral white bands indistinct.

Ist D 14,—2d D, C and A 172 or 173, V 13 or 14, P 1/I1,

Br, XI of X1I.—Cirri =

Hasrt.—Sea and estuaries of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Isle of France, Society- and Friendly Islands, Japan, Philip-

pines, China Seas, Amboyna, Celebes, Java, Seychelles,

Red Sea, Malabar, Ceylon, Coromandel, Western Aus-

tralia.

Tora LENGTH: 10 inch.

The length of the head is 54 in the total, its depth at occiput } of

the length. The horizontal diameter of the eye is } of the length of

the head ; the distance across the forehead 2 such diameters. The

greatest vertical diameter of the body, in front of the first dorsal, is 4 of

the total length. The maxillary and external mandibular cirri are

equal, both pairs less than 4 of the length of the head. The nasal and

internal mandibular pairs are shorter. This species is very numerous

at all seasons. In the stomach of those dissected was found Modzola

faba, Benson, a very small bivalve inhabiting the Malayan estuaries.

PLOTOSUS ALBILABRIS, Cuv. and Val.

Plotosus albilabris, Cuv. and Val. XV. 427.

Plotosus albilabris, Bleeker ; Verh. Bat, Gen, XXI. 4.

Similang of the Malays.

1248 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

Young. Wead above and back blackish olive, lighter on the sides

of the head (cheeks pale bluish), and of the body above the lateral

line ; beneath the latter, the throat and abdomen impure bluish white ;

lips pale blackish ; body everywhere closely dotted with brown; pec-

torals blackish above, whitish beneath ; rest of the fins pale greyish olive

minutely dotted and edged with black ; cirri blackish, root of mandi-

bular pairs whitish; anal papilla and ramified appendage crimson.

Tris golden dotted with brown.

Ast D 1/4, V 13, P 1/9, Br. XIL—Cirri

M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes count: 2d D 109, C 11, A 97,

(total: 217).

Hasir.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Batavia.

ToTaL LENGTH: 64 inch.

The length of the head is 3 of the total; the depth at occiput little

more than } of the head. |The horizontal diameter of the eye is + of

the head, the distance across the forehead two such diameters. 'The

nasal cirri are a little longer than the head, the maxillary a little

shorter and slenderer, the outer mandibular are 2 of the latter, the

inner pair slightly shorter. M. M. Cuvier and Valenciennes describe

the maxillary cirri as 4 shorter than the nasal, but the outer mandibu-

lar pair as long as the latter. All the teeth are strong, conical. The

greatest vertical diameter in front of the first dorsal is 4+ of the total

length. The dorsal spine is 3 of the length of the head and but little

shorter than the first ray. The pectoral spine is slenderer than the

dorsal, the first ray slightly exceeds 4 of the length of the head. The

ventrals are 4+ shorter than the pectorals. The caudal is oval, rounded.

The lips are fleshy and papillular. Minute papillae appear here and

there on the body. The conical anal papilla is rather large, and the

ramified appendage longer and with a greater number of branches than

in P. anguillaris.—At Pinang, the present species is less numerous

than the former. The wounds of both are equally dreaded, and both

are eaten by the poorer classes of natives.

FAM. CYPRINOIDA.

Gen. Caporeta, Cuv. and Val. 1842.

Third bony dorsal ray toothed; a filament at the angle of the

mouth ; body compressed, covered with large scales.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1249

CAPOETA MACROLEPIDOTA, Kuhl and Van Hasselt.

Capoeta macrolepidota, Cuv. and Val. XVI. 280, Pl. 477, (Young.)

Adulé. ead above brownish olive; back silvery greenish olive,

lighter on the upper half of the sides, the rest and abdomen light

golden ; all the scales edged with pale brown, some with a pale dark

spot at the root ; the oblique series in front of the dorsal fin greenish

olive, forming a dark obliquely backwards-directed band, interrupted

by the lateral line ; opercles and cheeks shining iridescent silvery ; be-

tween the eye and the angle of the mouth a blackish blue triangular

spot terminating in lines radiating towards the preopercle; lips and

cirri minutely dotted with black; fin-membranes transparent; rays

buff minutely dotted with black: the three first dorsal, and the first

pectoral blackish ; caudal with a broad blackish brim above and below.

Iris golden, upper orbital half black.

Young. Differs from the adult in having the dark oblique band in

front of the dorsal more distinct and reaching to the abdomen ; cheeks

uniformly silvery without any spot.

D 3£, C 192, A 2/5 or 6, V 28, P 16, Br. III.

Hasit.—Freshwater, Pinang.

Java, Tenasserim.

ToTAL LENGTH: 11 inch.

The length of the head is 43 in the total; the depth at occiput 2 of

the length of the head. The eye, bordering on the profile, occupies

the second fourth of the head, that being the length of its horizontal

diameter; the distance across the forehead is 14 diameter. The oper-

cles and cheeks are naked. Four large infraorbitals surround the orbit.

From the temple round the lower margin of the orbit over the infra-

orbital proceeds a tube, which sends downwards several shorter ones.

The openings of the nostrils are situated close in front of the eye :

both are separated by a projecting fleshy septum. The lips and tongue

are fleshy ; on the symphysis of the lower jaw appears a small pro-

tuberance. Behind both jaws appears a crescent-shaped fold of the

membrane lining the mouth. The small filament at the angle of the

mouth is % of the horizontal diameter of the eye. The greatest verti-

cal diameter of the body, in front of the dorsal, is 43 in the total

length. The sides are covered by 7 longitudinal series of large rhom-

ie ae"

1250 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

bie scales, of which there are 27 or 28 on the lateral line. The latter

consists of a simple tube on each scale, of which the anterior five of the

series deviate obliquely downwards, the rest, (on the third series from

below,) proceed straight to the caudal. All the scales have from 4 to

10 backwards radiating lines. The first dorsal ray is excessively short ;

the third, the longest, is # of the length of the head and has a few

minute teeth in the middle of the posterior margin ; the caudal lobes

equal the length of the head ; the length of the anal and ventrals is 4 of

the latter ; the first ventral ray is short and very slender; the length

of the first pectoral ray, which has a few teeth on the outer margin

near the root, equals that of the first dorsal. The latter is represented

a little too short in the otherwise correct figure of M. M. Cuvier and

Valenciennes. At Pinang the fish is not numerous. It is of good

flavour. It rises to insects, remains of which were found in the

stomach. The length of the intestinal canal exceeds by 3 the total ;

the stomach as well as the intestines are very thin. The air-vessel

is very large, thin, white, consisting of two elongated oval portions,

of which the anterior is truncated in front.

Gen. Levuciscus, Rondelet, 1554.

Sus Gen. Levuciscus, Valenciennes, 1844.

Neither spines nor cirri ; dorsal and anal fins short.

Leuciscus rassorA, (Buchan. Ham.)

Cyprinus rasbora, Buchan. Ham. 329, 391, Pl. II. Fig. 90.

Leuciscus rasbora, Cuv. R. A. II. 276 (’).

Leuciscus rasbora, McClelland: As. Res. XIX. 292 and 407.

Cyprinus (Leuciscus) rasbora, Cuv. and Val. XVI. 438.

Head above, back and upper part of the sides yellowish green, the

root and edges of the scales minutely dotted with black ; along the

middle of the side a longitudinal golden stripe, bordered beneath by

an indistinct bluish black one; lower half of the side and abdomen

silvery pale yellow; cheeks and opercles shining silvery, the latter with

blue reflections dotted with black ; caudal pale yellowish dotted with

black, posterior margin blackish ; rest of the fins whitish transparent.

Iris silvery, orbital margin bluish dotted with black.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1251

D 9, C 192, A 8, V 9 or 10, P 13, Br. III.

Hasit.—Freshwater, Pinang.

Freshwater, Bengal, Upper Assam.

ToTaL LENGTH : 44 inch.

The length of the head is 43 in the total. The eye is situated a

little in front of the second third of the head, bordering on the profile,

its horizontal diameter is 34 in the length of the head, the distance

across the forehead is 1} diameter. The cavity of the mouth is mi-

nutely dotted with black. As observed by Buchanan, the lower jaw

terminates in a point, surmounted by a small tubercle which fits into

a corresponding notch of the upper jaw. But of a number examined

at Pinang none presented three prehensile knobs on the lower jaw, as

described by Mr. McClelland in a specimen collected in Upper Assam

by the late Mr. Griffith. The greatest vertical diameter of the body,

in front of the dorsal, slightly exceeds the length of the head. The

sides are covered by 7 longitudinal series of large rounded scales, each

with a number of lines radiating from the root. A straight line from

the gill-opening to the caudal contains 23. The lateral line proceeds

obliquely downwards to near the termination of the pectoral fin, from

whence it continues on the sixth, the penultimate series of scales,

straight to the caudal. The first dorsal ray is situated a little behind

the second half of the distance between the muzzle and the caudal,

opposite the posterior ventral ray. The second dorsal ray, the

longest, nearly equals the first pectoral ray, both are about 3 of the

length of the head. The lower caudal lobe, a little longer than the

upper, slightly exceeds the length of the head. The first ventral and

the second anal ray are nearly equal, a little shorter than the second

dorsal ray. At Pinang this species is numerous in rivulets and in rice

fields, when they are flooded.

FAM. SCOPELINOIDA.

Gen. Saurus, Cuvier, 1817.

(Harpopon, Lesueur, 1825.—Lauripa, [Aristofeles,| Swainson,

1839.—Trivurus, Swainson, 1839.)

Muzzle short ; mouth extending far behind the eyes; edge of upper

jaw entirely formed by the intermaxillaries ; numerous pointed teeth

1252 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Nov.

in both jaws, on the palatals, tongue and pharyngeals, but none on the

vomer ;* anterior dorsal a little behind the large ventrals; body,

cheeks and opercles scaly ; from 8 to 15 branchiostegous rays.

SAURUS BADI, Cuvier.

Russell, CLX XII. Badi Mottah.

Saurus badi, Cuv. R. A. II. 314(').

Saurus badimottah, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth, Fische, 77.

Head above, back and sides above the lateral line dull greenish olive,

or greyish green; rest of the body pale silvery white; cheeks and

opercles pale silvery olive with rose-coloured and bluish reflections ;

dorsal rays pale yellowish, membrane hyaline minutely dotted with

black; second dorsal pale flesh-coloured, anterior margin blackish ;

caudal yellowish, minutely dotted with black, posterior half blackish ;

anal and ventral rays pale yellowish, membrane hyaline ; pectorals ~

yellowish, posterior half blackish. Iris silvery olive.

D 11 or 12—1 (adipose), C 192, A 10 or 11, V 9, P15, Br. XII,

XIII, or XIV.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Coromandel.

TotTaL LENGTH : 1 foot.

The length of the head is 4 of the total. The horizontal diameter

of the orbit is 434 in the length of the head; the distance across the

forehead, as wellas the distance from the orbit to the muzzle, equals one

diameter. The eye is covered by a broad, transparent adipose mem-

brane with a circular pupillary aperture. The angle of the mouth is

situated at the posterior third of the head. The teeth of both jaws

are placed in 5 to 6 series, of which the internal one carries the longest

and most distant teeth; the rest gradually decrease in length towards

the external series of teeth which are minute, card-like and erect, not

obliquely forwards pointed like the rest. With the exception of the

anterior four or five anterior teeth of each palatal, the rest as well as

the pharyngeals, hyoid and lingval teeth are all smaller and pointing

backwards. On the vomer appears a double series of excessively

minute pointed teeth, forming a short transversal line which unites

* Saurus badi has a few minute tecth on the vomer.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1253

the palatal series. The teeth of the vomer are deciduous, and may

from their diminutive size easily escape observation. The vertical dia-

meter at occiput is pls in front of the anterior dorsal 4, and at the

root of the caudal 3; of the total length. The sides are covered by

11 longitudinal series of rounded, finely concentrically striated scales,

with 3 radiating lines at the radical part. Each scale has a central

rather obsolete keel. The lateral line occupies the sixth series which

is a little nearer to the back than to the abdomen. It contains up-

wards of 60 scales, triangular, a little smaller than the rest, each with

a small trifid tubercle in front of the central keel, which is sharper

than that of the rest of the scales and forms a continued ridge. The

latter becomes very marked behind the second dorsal, so as to resem-

ble that of the Scombroide. The anterior dorsal occupies the middle

of the back between the muzzle and the caudal ; the second ray is the

longest, 3 of the length of the head ; of which the extent of the base

is 3. The ventrals are placed in front of the preceding fin ; the first

ray commences in the centre between the muzzle and the first anal

ray ; the penultimate ray, the longest, is 2 of the length of the head ;

outside the root of the fin appears an elongated scale, 3 of the longest

ray. The first anal ray commences opposite the centre, between the

last dorsal ray and the root of the caudal; the second ray, the longest

equals the extent of the base which is } of the length of the head.

The second small adipose dorsal is placed opposite the two posterior

anal rays. The caudal is covered with minute scales ; the upper lobe,

which is generally a little longer than the lower, equals the length of

the head. The length of the pectorals is 3 of that of the head; in

the axilla appears a short broad triangular scale. Single individuals

occur at Pinang at all seasons. They are eaten by the natives,

although they are reputed to be very insipid.

SAURUS TRACHINUS, Temminck and Schlegel.

Saurus trachinus, Temm. et Schl. Fauna Japon. Pisces,

231, Tab. CVI. Fig. 2.

Young. ead above, back and sides above the lateral line light

greenish olive, rest of the body silvery white ; above the lateral line

three parallel light blue longitudinal bands; beneath the line three or

four similar but paler bands, all commencing at the gill-opening, termi-

1254 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Nov.

nating at the root of the caudal; behind the posterior margin of

opercle an oblique black spot terminating at the root of the pectoral;

cheeks and opercles silvery light greenish olive, with light blue and

rose-coloured reflections; caudal bright yellow; adipose dorsal pale

yellowish olive; rest of the fins hyaline, anterior dorsal and ventral

rays pale yellowish. Iris silvery light greenish olive.

D 12 or 13—1 (adipose), C 19§, A 15 or 16, V 8, P 12, Br. XII,

- Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Japan.

ToTAL LENGTH: 6 inch,

The head bears a general resemblance to the Gen. Trachinus, Linné ;

the upper surface is scaleless, and like the infraorbitals full of minvte

radiating asperities ; the central line of the head is smooth, and forms

a narrow sulcus between the orbital arched. The length of the head

is 4+ in the total length. The horizontal diameter of the orbit is 1 of

the length of the head, the distance of the orbit from the muzzle is 2

diameter, of which the distance across the forehead is 3. The angle

of the mouth is situated a little behind the anterior half of the head.

Tn each jaw appear but two series of teeth; in other respects the den-

tition is similar to that of S. dadz, but there are no teeth on the vomer.

The subopercle, the largest, is rounded, membranous behind, and sends

a narrow pointed process up between the triangular opercle and the

narrow crescent-shaped preopercle ; the interopercle is triangular and

but little smaller than the opercle. The vertical diameter at occiput

is 61, at the anterior dorsal 4, and at the root of the caudal 152 in

the total length. The body is covered by 11 longitudinal series of

scales resembling those of S. dadi, but those immediately behind the

occiput have near the posterior margin some radiating short furrows.

The lateral line occupies the fifth series, and contains upwards of 60

scales; those of the anterior half of the line consist of a small tubercle

terminating in 4 to 8 digitations ; the rest are simple, tubular, The line

itself is much less raised than in §. badi. The first ray of the anterior

dorsal is a little nearer to the muzzle than the last dorsal ray is to the root

of the caudal. The third ray, the longest, is 4 of the head and equals

the extent of the base, of which the posterior ray is a little more than 3.

The ventrals are placed in front of the anterior dorsal ; the first ray,

the shortest, commences in the centre between the muzzle and the first

1849,] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1255

anal ray; the sixth ray is the longest, equalling the third dorsal ray ;

the root of the fin is on each side enclosed by an elongated scale, 3 the

length of the sixth ray. The first anal ray is placed much farther

forwards than in S. dadi : it commences in the centre between the first

ventral ray and the root of the caudal. The rays are nearly equal, or

about i of the extent of the base, which is but little shorter than the

head. The minute adipose dorsal is placed at the posterior third of

the distance between the last dorsal ray and the root of the caudal,

opposite the posterior fifth of the anal. The caudal is but slightly

cleft ; each lobe equals the third dorsal ray. The pectorals are short

triangular, slightly exceeding 3 of the head. The stomach is capa-

cious, cylindrical, { of the total length ; its contents shrimps. The

intestinal canal is a simple narrow tube, a little less than 3 of the total

length ; from pylorus commences a single series of 15 linear appendicula

ccecopylorica, each about ;', of the length of the intestinal canal. Two

individuals, of 5 and 6 inches in length, occurred together at Pinang

in February 1845. The fishermen were not acquainted with the

species,

(Harpovon,* Lesueur.—Trivrus,t Swainson.)

SAURUS NEHEREUS, (Buchanan Hamilton.)

Russell CLXXI. Wana Motta, (4dult.)

Osmerus? nehereus, Buch. Ham. 209, 379, (Adult.)

Salmo (Harpodon) microps, Lesueur : Journ. Philad. Acad. V.

48, Pl. II. (Young.)

Saurus ophiodon, Cuvier, R. A. IT. 314, (Adult.)

Laurida microps, Swainson, I. 246, Fig. 49, (Young.)

Harpodon microps, Swainson, II. 288, Vol. I. Fig. 49.

Triurus microcephalus, Swainson, IT. 288, (ddult.)

Bummaloh, or Bombay Duck, Cantor: Journ. R. A. Soc.

V. 168.

* Founded upon a mistake, pointed out by Cuvier, R. A. II. 314 (2).

+ Preoccupied by Triurus, Lacépéde, 1800, (Muranoide.) Mr. Swainson’s

Genus is founded upon Russell’s No. CLXXI. Wana Motta, which is identical with

Harpodon microps, Lesueur, quoted by Mr. Swainson as a distinct species,

1256 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Nov.

Royle : On the Prod. of Indian Isinglass, 65.

Saurus nehereus, Richardson: Report, 1845, 301.

Saurus ophiodon, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 6.

Luli of the Malays. 7

Head above, back and sides light grey or dust-coloured, hemitrans-

parent like gelatine, with minute starlike black and brownish dots ;

anterior part of abdomen pale silvery bluish ; rest whitish ; cheeks and .

opercles pale silvery bluish, dotted like the body; fins transparent,

coloured like the body but more closely dotted, so as to appear pale

blackish. Iris bluish silvery minutely dotted with black.

D 12 or 11—1 (adipose), C 1932, A 14 or15, V 9, P11 or 12,

| Br. XXIV or XXIII.

Haxsit.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Chusan, Woosung, Canton, Madura, Java, Sumatra, Te-

nasserim, Mouths of the Ganges, Vizagapatam, Bay of

Bengal, Bombay, Malabar.

ToTaL LENGTH: 11 inch.

Measured obliquely from the muzzle to the posterior angle of the

opercle, the length of the head is 4 of the total, The diameter of the

eye is ); of the length of the head; the distance from the muzzle is 2

diameters ; that across the arched forehead 4. 'The angle of the mouth

is at the posterior fourth of the length of the head; the jaws are

equal. All the teeth are excessively slender, recurvous, and, like those of

some of the Godioide, erectile, but not flexible. They may be raised

or laid down in the manner in which Cuvier describes the teeth of his

genus Salarias, like the keys of a Piano. Those of the jaws and some

of the palatals have a single barb at the posterior margin of the point ;

a few of the former are arrow-shaped. In both jaws appear three

series of somewhat distant teeth : the external consists of excessively

minute ones, the second of longer, and the internal series of the

longest of all, Those of the lower jaw are longer than those of the

upper, particularly three or four on each side of the symphysis. The

pharyngeal and palatals consist of two series, The fourth anterior

tooth of each palatal is very long. The tongue is very short, linear,

and covered with fine teeth, like those of the hyoid bone and the upper

margin of the branchial arches. The opercles are membranous, dia-

phanous and appear all blended together. The branchiostegous mem-

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1257

brane is narrow, but it projects behind the posterior radiated angle of

the opercle. The branchiostegous rays are excessively slender and

flexible like hairs, and they gradually increase in length backwards.

The posterior ones may be seen through the lower part of the opercle.

The nostrils open vertically in front of the anterior margin of the

orbit ; the anterior opening is the larger. The upper part of the head

is arched from side to side, and cellular, covered by a thin membrane,

and like the rest of the head and body by diaphanous, deciduous scales.

The latter are of moderate size, oval with concentrical rings. The

lateral line, a little nearer the back than the abdomen, is slightly raised

or keeled, and consists of about 44 rectangular membranous pieces,

covered with scales like the rest of the body. The line is continued

over the central pointed lobe of the caudal, and this portion contains

6 to 8 additional membranous pieces. All the scales are diaphanous

and flexible, and cannot but with difficulty be distinguished in the

fresh fish. The vertical diameter at occiput is 4, at the anterior

dorsal %, at the root of the caudal 2, of the total length. The

anterior dorsal is placed in the middle of the back, at equal distance

from the muzzle and the root of the caudal. The third ray, the

longest, is 43 in the total length; the rest gradually decrease ; the

last is a little more than 4 of the third ray, of which the extent of

the base slightly exceeds 3. The first ventral ray is placed opposite

the first dorsal ray, at equal distance from the muzzle and the last anal

ray. The fin extends to the middle of the anal, its length being } of

the total. Outside the root appears a very thin elongated scale. The

first anal ray is placed at equal distance from the last dorsal and the

root of the caudal ; the third ray, the longest, is 7} in the total length,

and twice the length of the last ray ; the extent of the base equals that

of the anterior dorsal. The adipose dorsal is rather large, elongated

and placed opposite the posterior third of the anal fin. The caudal is

divided in three pointed lobes, of which the upper and lower are about

% of the total length ; the central lobe, composed of the three elongated

central rays, is either equal to, or a little shorter than the former two ;

almost the whole of the fin is covered with minute scales. The pecto-

tals are falciform and extend in the young to the last dorsal ray, but

they become shorter with age, and then vary from a little less than

2 of to 32 in the total length. They appear to have no axillary seale.

Ave

1258 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

The peritoneum is silvery; the stomach elongated, pyriform, thin and

capable of enormous expansion ; the fundus is arched, and separated

from the rest by a constriction. The intestinal canal is narrow cylin-

drical, scarcely } of the total length. At the pylorus appears a series of

22 gradually decreasing ccecal appendages. The liver and spleen are

very small. The fish is of most voracious habits, gorging itself

with its own species and other fishes of nearly its own size, and Crus-

tacea (shrimps). Itis frequently taken with the stomach and the

jaws expanded with prey. It is very short-lived, more so than either

of the two preceding species, and the whole body becomes at certain

seasons brilliantly phosphorescent. In the Straits of Malacca it is at

all times very numerous, although less so than it is at the Sandheads

or inthe mouths of the Ganges. Although very rich, it is a great

delicacy immediately after it is taken. Salted and dried it is also

highly valued, and in this state it occurs in commerce under the deno-

mination of ‘* Bombay Ducks,” (‘‘ Bummaloh” in Bengal), large quan-

tities of which are annually exported from Bombay and the Malabar

coast to all parts of India.

FAM. CLUPEOID.

Gen. Currocentrus, (Cuvier, 1817) Valenciennes, 1846.

Body compressed, elongated, with small deciduous scales ; abdomen

trenchant, but not toothed; dorsal placed far back towards the tail,

opposite the anal; pectorals pointed ; in the axilla a bony, triangular,

elongated appendage ; ventrals excessively small; intermaxillary and

upper maxillary with a single series of pointed horizontal teeth, of

which one on each side of the symphysis longer than the rest ; an ob-

lique series of 5 or 6 card-like teeth on the palatals; a small oval

group of velvety teeth on the anterior pterygoid, and some on the

ala major ; on each branch of the lower jaw a single series of long, but

unequal teeth, compressed, trenchant, lance-shaped ; a single series of

minute conical teeth along the margin of the tongue, on the hyoid

bone and the margin of the branchial arches. Branchiostegous rays

eight.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1259

CHIROCENTRUS DORAB, (Forskal.)

Clupea dorab, Forskal, 72, No. 108.

Clupea dorab, Linné: Syst. 1409.

Clupea dorab, Lacépéde.

Esoce chirocentre, Lacépéde, V. Pl. 8, Fig. 1.

Clupea dentex, Bloch-Schneider, 428.

Clupea dorab? Russell, CXCIX. Wallah.

Clupea dorab, Shaw, V. 175.

Chirocentrus dorab, Cuv. R. A. II. 326 (').

Chirocentrus dorab, Riippell: Neue Wirb. Fische, 81.

Chirocentrus nudus, Swainson, II. 295.

Chirocentrus dorab, Richardson, Report, 1845, 311.

Chirocentrus dorab, Cuv. and Val. XIX. 150, Pl. 565.

Chirocentrus dorab, Bleeker :* Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 6.

Parang-Parang of the Malays.

Head above and back intense blue with sea green reflections ; rest of

the head and body shining silvery ; fins hyaline, caudal and pectorals

dotted with black ; in some the caudal margins and the upper ray of the

pectorals black ; tongue black. Iris silvery ; orbital margin bluish black.

D 16 or 17, C 197, A 33 or 34, V 6 or 7, P 14 or 15, Br. VIII.

Hasit.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Zanzibar, Isle of France, Red Sea, Muscat, Malabar, China

Sea, Isle of Buru, New Guinea, Celebes, Madura, Java,

Sumatra, Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Gangetic estuaries.

ToTAL LENGTH : 6 feet.

The length of the head is 63 in the total; the depth at occiput 3 of

the length. The horizontal diameter of the eye is } of the length of

the head ; the distance across the forehead 2 of the diameter. The

vertical diameter at the ventrals slightly exceeds the length of the

head. The lower caudal lobe is frequently a little longer than the

upper, and exceeds by + the length of the head. The fish is numerous

at all seasons on the Malayan coasts. Individuals six feet in length

are at Pinang of rare occurrence. Although not eaten by Europeans,

this fish is highly valued by the natives of the different countries where

it is found. The Malays denominate it from the resemblance of the

large teeth to their favourite chopping knife (pdrang) and they apos-

1260 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

trophize it in a popular epigrammatic stanza (“‘ pantun,’’) quoted by

Colonel James Low. (Dissertation on Pinang, &c. p. 181.)

Gen. Cuanos, (Lacép. 1803) Valenciennes, 1846.

(LutopeEirA, [v. Hasselt,| Riippell, 1828.)

Mouth toothless ; dorsal single; pectorals and ventrals enclosed by

elongated scaly appendages ; on each side of the deeply cleft caudal

two scaly semilunar laminze, each horizontally fixed to the upper and

lowermost of the short, horizontal central rays ; abdomen rounded ;

inside of cesophagus, lined by a spiral ridge the sides of which with

numerous rounded papillee, the margin with distant elongated papillee ;

outside of cesophagus marked by a corresponding spiral linear impres-

sion ; numerous appendicula ccecopylorica ; intestinal canal very long.

Cuanos PALA, (Cuvier.)

Russell, CCVII. Palah Bontah.*

Cyprinus (Leuciscus) pala, Cuv. R. A. TI. 276 (’).

Chanos nuchalis, Cuv. and Val. XIX. 197.

(Adult.) Head above and back glossy intense blue; sides above

the lateral line lighter, silvery with green reflections, becoming paler

immediately beneath the line; rest of the sides and abdomen silvery

white; lips pale brownish; cavity of the mouth and tongue bluish

white sparingly dotted with black ; sides of the head shining silvery

with lilac and rose-coloured reflections ; dorsal and caudal rays greyish

white, and as well as their pale brownish membrane minutely dotted

with brown ; both fins broadly edged with blackish; the caudal semi-

lunar lamine pale horn-colour; pectorals and ventrals white, with the

anterior half of their external surface powdered with blackish brown,

their elongated scaly appendages shining silvery; anal white, ante-

rior half sparingly dotted with black. Ivis silvery, orbital half pale

brownish.

(Young.) Differs by the hyaline fins, of which the dorsal and caudal

are but sparingly dotted with brown.

* In Mr. Jerdon’s memoir ‘‘ On the Fresh Water Fishes of Southern India,"’

in the Madras Journal, Vol. XV p. 344, the author refers a species of Albula

(“‘ Butirinus maderaspatensis, Jerdon’’) to Russell, No. CCVII. As the latter

belongs to a genus very distinct from Albula (Butyrinus, vide infra), Russell’s

species cannot be identical with ‘* Butyrinus maderaspatensis,”’

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1261

D 15, C 198, All, V 11, P 16, Br. IV.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Vizagapatam, Madras.

Toran LENGTH: 2 feet.

The length of the head is 5} in the total; but in the very young 43.

The depth at occiput is 3 of the length of the head. The eye, bordering

upon the profile, is situated a little in front of the second third of the

head. ‘The horizontal diameter is 33 in the length of the head. The

distance across the forehead slightly exceeds the diameter. The thick

adipose fold has a circular pupillary opening. In the young the eye is

comparatively larger, the horizontal diameter slightly exceeding 3 of

the head. The symphysis of the lower jaw carries a small rounded

tubercle fitting into a corresponding notch of the upper, behind which

is suspended a narrow crescent-shaped membrane. The small tongue

is elongated and immoveable. The greatest vertical diameter, in front

of the dorsal, is a little less than the length of the head. The deepest

portion of the body is covered by 26 longitudinal scries of scales; the

first six to eight scales of each series, above as well as beneath the

lateral line, are indeed somewhat larger than all the rest, but the size

gradually decreases, and not abruptly, as represented in the figure of

Russell. The latter is also incorrect in confining the larger and striated

scales to the space above the lateral line, and the number of the longitu-

dinal series is incorrect. The lateral line, composed of simple central

tubes, declines towards the termination of the pectoral, from whence it

coutinues straight on the thirteenth longitudinal series of scales to the

middle of the caudal. It occupies 77 scales. The dorsal fin com-

mences exactly in the middle between the muzzle and the root of the

longest ray of the upper caudal lobe. The first three rays are undi-

vided and gradually increase in length; the fourth, the longest, is 3 of

the length of the head. The upper margin of the fin is crescent-shaped,

the last ray being elongated and nearly double the length of the penulti-

mate. The base is enclosed between two series of elongated, obliquely

set scales, of which there are thirteen on each side, gradually increasing

in length so as to cover the lower half of the posterior rays. The

caudal is deeply cleft, the lobes are 33 in the total length; in one indi-

vidual the upper slightly exceeded the lower. The vertical diameter

of the tail at the root of the caudal, is about 4 of the length of the

1262 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. (Dec.

head. The semilunar laminz are closely pressed to the fin, with the

free convex margin towards the lateral line; the length of the straight

margin or base is 4 of the horizontal diameter of the eye. In the

adult the vertical diameter of the laminze is 2 of the diameter of the

eye, but in the young it is less. The extent of the base of the anal fin

equals its distance from the root of the caudal ; the anterior ray is very

small and, as well as the second and third, undivided ; the last ray is

the longest, terminating in a narrow point, its length 1 of the head.

The base like that of the dorsal is enclosed between two series of elongat-

ed scales of which the last half covers the corresponding ray. The

ventrals commence opposite the posterior half of the dorsal, or half-

way between the first pectoral and the last anal ray. The first ventral

ray slightly exceeds 3 the length of the head ; the outer scaly appen-

dage is nearly 2 of the first ray; the inner one is much shorter and —

broader, triangular. The pectorals commence close to the abdomen,

immediately behind the gill-opening; the first ray is about 3 of the

length of the head. The outer scaly appendage is very long, 3 of the

first ray; the inner one is broader and but half the length of the

former. At Pinang single individuals occur at all seasons, and are

highly valued for their very delicate flavour, The cesophagus is

spindle-shaped, fleshy, exceeding half the length of the head by 1.

The external surface is smooth, with a spiral, linear impression,

corresponding to the internal spiral ridge, which makes 21 very

oblique turns. The ridge is of a triangular form, both sides are

divided by numerous backwards-directed linear ridges, each of which

carries a great number of small, soft, pointed papille; the free margin

towards the cavity of the csophagus is smooth, but on that of

the fourteen anterior turns appear some distant-pointed, backwards-

directed papillee, which are much longer than those of the sides. The

stomach consists of two portions, of which the anterior is cylindrical,

narrow at cardia, bent like a double horse-shoe, and then joins the

short, pytiform posterior portion. The latter is very fleshy,

hard, gizzard-like. Both portions are lined by 6 to 10 longitu-

dinal rather large folds; towards pylorus the coats are very thick,

forming there two rounded hard protuberances. The length of

the stomach slightly exceeds 3 in the total. In one examined it con-

tained some remains of vegetable matter, and green mucus. The duo-

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1263

denum is surrounded by numerous appendicula ccecopylorica, each of

which divides in two or more portions, of which an innumerable mass,

extending about 14 inches from pylorus, envelops the intestine. Those

nearest the pylorus are the longest, about one inch in length. The in-

testines, throughout of nearly uniform diameter, form many circum:

volutions ; from pylorus their length is about 3} times that of the fish ;

but including cesophagus and the stomach, the length of the entire

intestinal canal is a little less than four times the total length of the

fish. The liver and the spleen are very large, the former elongated

single-lobed ; the latter of a beautiful black with purple reflections.

The air-vessel is very large, spindle-shaped, terminating behind in an

elongated point; the anterior margin is straight with a short pointed

process on each side. It communicates with the anterior portion of

the stomach through a short canal proceeding from the anterior part

of the lower surface. Its coats are very thin, white, covered by the

black peritoneum. Ina male, 2 feet in total length, the intestinal

canal was of the following dimensions.

Mee OSPES SOS ihe picid: . SRiaih die Giclee aaible. Jeli 0 feet 24 inch.

Amterior portion of stomach, ..... 4.000228) 04,0) 5 oe

Posterwr dos .6.. 0s. ee Gee SS ealens OW. garelg asin,

SMAGSHMCS;) 6 ais va ie ose Pitot Raunt Cot Ls Po viggi th AI 3

7 feet 94 inch.

The description and figure of Russell, No. CCVII. Palah Bontah,

establish beyond doubt the identity of the present species, which Dr.

Riippell believes to be identical with Mugil chanos, Forskal. The

figure of Lutodeira chanos, Riippell* gives indeed the exact proportions

of the fish observed at Pinang, and the anatomical details, the singular

structure of the cesophagus and stomach of which Dr. Riippell gave

the first account, also correspond. But the length of the intestinal

canal has been omitted, and till that is known, the identity cannot be

decided. M. Valenciennes considers Russell’s Palah Bontah to be

distinct from Mugil chanos, Forskal in consequence of the eight or nine

* Atlas, 18, Tab. 5, Fig. 1. Syn. Mugil chanos, Forsk. 74, No. 110.—Mu-

gil salmoneus, J. R. Forster, Msc. IV. 14.—Chanos arabicus, Lacép. V. 395,—

Palah Bontah, Russell, CCVI1.—Lutodeira indica, Van Hasselt, apud Ferrusac.

ray

1264 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

oblique series of larger scales immediately behind the head. But, as

observed above, Russell’s figure is not correct; besides, it appears

from references to Russell’s figure of Lutodeira chanos, to M. Valen-

ciennes’ of Chanos lubina, (XIX. Pl. 567,) and lastly from inspection

of a young individual of Chanos tolo, (Cuvier,) that also these species

present behind the head a few series of scales a little larger than the

rest. Leaving this character aside, the present species offers an anato-

mical difference from Mugil chanos, Forskal,* of which according to M.

Valenciennes the intestinal canal, from pylorus, measures eight times

the length of the body. As observed above, in the present species the

canal is about 33 times, and with cesophagus and the stomach, a little

less than four times the total length.

CHANOS TOLO, (Cuvier,)

Russell, CCVIII. Tooleloo.

Cyprinus tolo, Cuvier, R. A. II. 276 (').

Chanos chloropterus, Cuv. and Val. XIX, 195.

Young. .Wead above and back intense blue, lighter, silvery with

green reflections above the lateral line; the rest and abdomen silvery

white; sides of the head shining silvery with lilac reflections; fins

yellowish white, dorsal and caudal minutely dotted with black, giving the

margins a blackish appearance. Iris silvery, orbital margin blackish.

D 17, C 198, A 10, V 11, P 15, Br. IV.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

River of Madepollam (Godavery).

ToTAL LENGTH : 4& inch.

This species greatly resembles C. pala. It differs, however, in the

following characters. The dorsal fin is placed a little farther forwards,

the first ray, undivided as well as the succeeding four, rises in the cen-

tre between the muzzle and the commencement of the upper caudal

lobe. The ventrals also are situated a little more forwards; the first

ray commences at equal distance from the first pectoral and the eighth

anal ray. The extent of the base of the anal is shorter than the space

between the last anal ray and the root of the lower caudal lobe. In

front of the dorsal fin the body is covered by 24 longitudinal series of

* Chanos arabicus, Cuv. and Val. XIX, 187.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1265

scales, of which the lateral line occupies the eleventh from above. The

scales of the oblique series behind the head are a little larger than the

rest, which although they appear smaller than in C. pala, are not so

proportionally, nor does Russell’s figure represent them so. The four

caudal semilunar laminze resemble those of the former species. A sin-

gle young individual was taken ina fishing-stake off the coast of Pinang

in March 1845. The fishermen asserted that it is an inhabitant of

rivers, and but rarely enters the sea.

Gen, ALBULA, (Gronov. 1763) Valenciennes, 1846.

(Buryrinus, [Commerson] Lacép. 1803.)

Body fusiform, covered with numerous hard, firm scales, disposed in

longitudinal series ; one such before and behind the dorsal fin, (on the

keel of the back) of a little larger scales* ; head large, naked, above with

the grooves between the keels of the bones appearing through the skin ;

eye with a thick adipose lid; muzzle conical, pointed, protecting far

beyond the lower jaw; dorsal small, ventrals commencing opposite the

posterior part of the latter ; card-like teeth in the upper intermaxillaries

and the lower jaw, on the vomer palatals and pharyngeals ; small glo-

bular teeth on the spheroid, pterygoid, and hyoid bones.

ALBULA ERYTHROCHEILOS, Cuy. and Val.?

Albula erythrocheilos, Cuv. and Val. XIX. 352, Pl. 540?

Head above and back blackish silvery; sides and abdomen frosted

silvery, the edges of the scales shining ; infraorbitals and opercles bril-

liant silvery ; on each side of the yellowish white muzzle a short back-

wards and downwards directed black line, not, however, joining its

neighbour on the lower surface ; in the small groove containing the

apertures of the nostrils a minute crescent-shaped black spot bordering

the anterior half of the apertures ; a gamboge line from the posterior

part of the second infraorbital borders above the single series of scales

and extends to the anterior margin of the preopercle ; margin and cavity

of the mouth white ; dorsal rays yellow, their upper fourth blackish ;

membrane pale brownish dotted with black; caudal yellow, posterior

* In the species here described they are not larger than the rest.

{Zee

1266 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

margin blackish ; anal silvery hyaline; ventrals hyaline, rays of the

anterior half and the pectorals bright gamboge. Iris silvery, orbital

margin pale golden.

D 18 or 19, C 198, A 8 or 9, V 11, P 17 or 18.

Br. left XIV, right XIII.

OF). 253:5 a Mya) yeh ck MG

Hasrr.—Sea of Pinang.

ToTAL LENGTH: 94 inch.

The length of the head is 4} in the total; the depth at occiput

slightly exceeds half the length. The parietal protuberances and the

posterior keels of the frontal bones are sufficiently developed to make

the space between them appear hollowed ; the sutures of the frontals

and parietals form an acute angle in front of the eye; the frontals

are slightly convex ; the internal cavernous keels are sharp, so as to

deepen the narrow central groove. The nostrils open a little behind

the second half between the muzzle and the eye; they are situated in

a small oval longitudinal groove, the upper and lower margins of which

are raised, so as to form sharp keels, the upper one of which rises on

the profile like a short arch. The eye occupies the middle of the side

of the head, bordering on the profile, which is slightly arched by the

lateral part of the frontal bone which forms the roof of the orbit. In

front of the anterior part of the orbital margin of the frontal appears

a narrow bone, analogous to the supraorbital of Cyprinoide. ‘The ho-

rizontal diameter of the eye is 43 in the length of the head, of which

the distance across the forehead is but 3. The thick adipose fold

covering the eye has a vertically elliptical aperture corresponding to the

pupil which, however, is circular. In form the seven infraorbital bones

and the opercles resemble those of Aléula macrocephala, (Lacép.)

Between the cheek and the horizontal part of the preopercle appears a

single series of 7 to 9 scales, but little smaller than those of the body.

The tongue and teeth resemble those of the latter species. In

the adult there are no teeth on the upper maxillary bone, but in an

individual 84 inch in length, four small pointed distant teeth appeared

along the margin of the left branch, and on the right two immediately

behind the intermaxillary, and one tooth close to the angle of the mouth.

A small accessorian maxillary appears at the posterior margin of each

branch. The thin narrow interopercle is arched, with the convex

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1267

margin downwards, occupying the sides of the throat. In four indivi-

duals examined the left branchiostegous membrane overlapped the

right and presented one additional ray. ‘Two measuring 94 inch, and

one 84 inch in length, had 16 branchiostegous rays in the left, 15 in

the right membrane. A fourth, 94 inch in length, had 14 in the left,

13 in the right membrane. The two or three anterior rays are short,

linear, and not sabre-like as the rest, and as they are hid by the

lax membrane, they may easily escape observation, unless they are

brought to view by dissection. The greatest vertical diameter of the

body, in front of the dorsal, is 4 of the total length. The scales are

disposed on 15 longitudinal series, and in general form resemble those

of A. macrocephala, (Cuv. and Val. XIX. Pl. 573.) Examined through

a compound microscope, (385 linear), the longitudinal strize appear to

be composed of horse-shoe-like protuberances, not of bead-like strings,

as in macrocephala. The lateral line occupies the ninth series; it

follows for a short distance the gill-opening, and then continues straight

in the middle of the side to the root of the caudal. It is composed of

simple central tubes, on 72 to 78 triangular scales, somewhat smaller

than the rest. All the fin-membranes are covered by minute oblong

scales, either transparent or silvery. The dorsal fin commences a little

in front of the centre between the muzzle and the root of the caudal.

The central series of scales of the back are not larger than the rest,

but on the contrary, somewhat smaller. The ventrals commence not

behind the posterior dorsal ray, but opposite the 13th or 14th. In

form all the fins resemble those of 4. macrocephala, but the upper

caudal lobe, equal the length of the head, is longer than the lower. In

three individuals the difference scarcely exceeded 4, but in a fourth the

lower lobe was but 2 of the upper one. The stomach is elongated

cylindrical, capacious, very thin. It contained remains of small

shrimps. Round the pylorus appear fourteen large appendicula

ccecopylorica. The intestinal canal is simple, little more than half

the total length of the fish. The other viscera resemble those of

A. macrocephala. Four individuals were taken in February 1845

in fishing-stakes off the coast of Pinang. The fishermen, evidently not

well acquainted with the species, asserted it to be of rare occurrence,

and highly valued. Out of water it soon expires and becomes soft.

This fish nearest agrees with 4, erythrocheilos. It differs in the

1268 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

number of branchiostegous rays, but as M. Valenciennes drew up his

description from a single specimen, and as the character is liable to

individual variations, it is without actual comparison of specimens

not sufficient to distinguish species, which so nearly resemble each

other as those of the genus Aldula.

Gen. DussumiertA, Valenciennes, 1847.

Form of the body resembling Gen. Sardinella, but the abdomen

smooth, not toothed ; fine teeth in the jaws, on the tongue, palatal and

pterygoid bones ; those of the two latter resembling a fine rasp.

DussuMIERIA ACUTA, Cuy. and Val.

Dussumieria acuta, Cuv. and Val. XX. 467, Pl. 606.

Tamban bulat of the Malays.

Head above, back and upper third of the sides deep glossy blue,

bordered by a longitudinal band of pale copper-red ; the rest of the head

and body shining silvery; dorsal hyaline, minutely dotted with black

along the base ; caudal whitish or yellowish minutely dotted with black,

posterior margin blackish; rest of the fins hyaline; jaws minutely

dotted with black: symphysis of the upper jaw black; on each side of

that of the lower a short dotted black line; tongue bluish, dotted

with black. Iris silvery, orbital margin blackish.

D 19 to 21, C 198, A 14 to 17, V 8, P 13 or 14, Br. XV.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Malabar, Coromandel, Bencoolen.

TOTAL LENGTH: 6 inch.

The length of the head is contained 43 times in the total ; the depth at

occiput 23 in the length of the head. The eye, bordering on the profile,

occupies the middle of the head; the horizontal diameter is 3 of the

length of the head ; the distance across the forehead 3 of the diameter ;

the thick adipose fold covering the eye has a small circular pupillary

opening. The left branchiostegous membrane slightly overlaps the

right, but the number of the rays of both is equal. The greatest vertical

diameter in front of the dorsal is 52 in the total length. The scales are

small, rounded and very deciduous. The dorsal fin commences at equal

distance from the muzzle and the centre of the posterior caudal margin.

Single individuals of this species occur at Pinang at all seasons, but

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1269

numbers from June to September. It is highly valued for its delicate

flavour, and passes commonly as a ‘Sardine.’ The latter denomination

_ it shares, however, with Clupeonia perforata, (vide infra,) with which

it is also confounded by the Malays under the common name of Ikan

tamban. Both species have been prepared as ‘Sardines a huile.’

Gen. Exops, (Linné, 1766.) Cuv. and Val. 1846.

(Mraarops, Lacépéde, 1803).

Branchiostegous rays remarkably numerous; a single bony plate

between the branches of the lower jaw under the branchiostegous

membrane; gape very large; intermaxillaries short ; maxillaries long,

free ; both, as well as the palatals, vomer, pterygoids, sphenoids, lower

jaw, lingval and hyoid ‘bones covered with fine velvety teeth ; body

elongated, and as well as the abdomen, rounded ; above and below at the

root of the caudal a more or less elongated, spine-like scale; pectorals

and ventrals with an elongated scaly appendage; last dorsal ray in

some terminating in an elongated filament.

Eops saurus, Linné.

The Pounder, Sloane: Hist. of Jamaica, 284, Pl. 251, Fig. 1.

Argentina machnata, Forskal, 68, No. 100.

Elops saurus, Linné: Syst. 1394.

Argentina carolina, ibid. 1395.

Mugilomore anne-caroline, Lacép. V. 398.

Russell, CLXXIX. Jinagow.

Argentina machnata, Shaw, V. 129.

Argentina carolina, ibid.

Elops inermis, Mitchill: Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc. New York, I. 445.

Elops machnata, Cuv. R. A. II. 324 (’).

Elops machnata, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 80.

Elops indicus, Swainson, ITI. 292.

Elops saurus, De Kay: Zool. New York, III. 267, Pl. XLI. Fig. 131.

Elops machnata, Richardson: Report, 1845, 311.

Elops machnata, Richardson: Ichthyol. Erebus and Terror, Pl.

XXXVI. Figs. 3, 4, 5.

Elops saurus, Cuv. and Val. XIX. 365.

Elops saurus, Bleeker: Verh, Batav. Gen, XXII. 6.

1270 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Drc.

(Young). Head above silvery green; back dark-blue, light bluish

green on the sides above the lateral line; the rest of the body and

head shining silvery; dorsal membrane yellowish white, minutely

dotted with brown, anterior margin black, and the anterior two thirds

of the upper margin broadly brimmed with black ; anterior half of pec-

torals and ventrals gamboge, anal and caudal hyaline; the latter with

the upper and lower margin blackish. Iris silvery.

D 24, C 198, A 17, V 15, P. 19; Br. lefé XXX, right XXIX.*

Hasitr.—Sea of Pinang.

Isle of France, Java, Celebes, Madura, Red Sea, Coro-

mandel, China Sea, Japan, Senegal, New York, New

Orleans, St. Domingo, Martinique, Mexico, Surinam,

Brazil. ;

ToTAL LENGTH: 11 inch.

The length of the head is + of that of the body, the caudal not

included, or with the latter 44 times in the total. The length at occiput

is 3 of the length of the head. The eye bordering on the profile,

occupies the second fourth of the head, the horizontal diameter is a

little less than + of the head; the distance across the forehead is a

little less than 2 of the diameter. The adipose fold surrounding the

orbit forms a large circular opening, corresponding to the pupil. The

left branchiostegous membrane overlaps the anterior half of the right.

The elongated bony plate between the branches of the lower jaw

exceeds by 2 the horizontal diameter of the eye. The greatest vertical

diameter, in front of the dorsal, is 4 of the total length. The lateral

line is composed of a simple central tube on each scale. It follows

nearly the middle of the side, proceeding straight to the centre of the

posterior margin of the caudal. The stomach of a solitary young

individual, observed at Pinang in February 1845, contained remains of

small Crustacea and Fishes.

* Russell, ..2. D22, C28, Al4, V14,. P17, Br. XXX.

Ruppedly amie \sp2Pv'. > 19, L989. pr Gy, 5p Ve 5) 19s sik WRU OE NO

Cay. and Val, .,,23,. 5,p1, 99209 sp 20s. . rp 85195. non ee

DeyWay, ea aeOS, sy Lilo: ap Udy op ED:

Richardsonj.. pet, yy ley ay LZ 9p 14, - 55 17, 95 Deter

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1271

ExLops cunp1nGA, (Buchan. Ham.)

Clupea cyprinoides,* Broussonnet : Decade.

Clupea cyprinoides, Joh. Forster: Spicil.

Clupea apalike, Lacépéde, V. Tab. 13, Fig. 3.

Russell, CCIII. Kundinga.

Cyprinodon cundinga, Buchan. Ham. 254, 383.

Megalops filamentosus, Cuv. R. A. II. 324.

Megalops filamentosus, Swainson, II. 293.

Megalops indicus,t Cuv. and Val. XIX. 388, Pl. 577.

Megalops filamentosus, Jerdon: Madras Journ. XV. 344.

Megalops indicus, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 6.

Head above dark olive; back blackish blue silvery ; sides and abdo-

men frosted silvery with bluish reflections, the lateral line and the

margins of the scales shining silvery, as well as the sides of the head ;

above the upper margin a large blackish silvery spot; centre-part of

both jaws blackish; dorsal and caudal greyish, minutely dotted with

black, margins as well as the last elongated dorsal ray blackish; rest

of the fins hyaline, in some dotted with black, and the last anal ray

blackish. Iris shining silvery, orbital margin blackish.

{D 19 or 21, C198, A 26, 27 or 28, V 10 or 12, P15 or 16,

Br. lefé XXVI, right XXV.

Obndd ped View wails ehh Ve

_Hasit.—Sea and freshwater, Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Freshwater and coasts of Otaheiti, Isles of Tanna and

Buru, China Sea, Port Essington, Polynesia, Madagas-

car; Rivers of Java, freshwater and Sea of Madura,

Celebes, Malabar, Coromandel, Gangetic estuaries.

TOTAL LENGTH: | foot.

* M, Valenciennes has fully exposed (XIX. 384) the confusion of the Indian

and American species by Broussonnet, Bloch, Gmelin, Bonaterre, Lacépéde ,and

Shaw, whose specific names are therefore inadmissible.

{| Elops indicus, preoccupied, being one of the synonymes of Elops saurus,

Linné, (vide supra.)

{ Russell,..... - D18, C 26, A 25, V 9, P15, Br. XXIII.

Buchanan,....°” 5, 29), "5,19, 4, 26, 5,10, ,, 15, ,,. XXV.

Cuy. and Val., ,; 18, ,, 30, ,, 25, 5, 11, 5,14, ‘5, “SXIV4-XXV.

1272 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Dec.

The length of the head is 42 in the total ; the depth at occiput 3 of

the length. The horizontal diameter of the eye is 24 in the length of

the head, the distance across the forehead is 2 of the diameter. The

greatest vertical diameter, in front of the dorsal, equals the length of

the head. The scales are disposed on twelve longitudinal series, of

which the sixth carries the lateral line. The latter declines towards

the dorsal from whence it continues straight to the caudal. In the

adult it occupies from 38 to 41 scales, each carrying a rather indistinct

central tube, from above and below which radiate backwards from six

to eight fine branches. The left branchiostegous membrane partially

overlaps the right. The elongated bony plate between the branches

of the lower jaw slightly exceeds the horizontal diameter of the eye.

Of the anterior dorsal rays the fourth or the seventh is the longest,

about 3 of the length of the head. The last dorsal ray is divided

in two portions of which the posterior is again divided in two fila-

ments, provided in front and behind with a narrow loose mem-

brane. ‘The filament in some reaches the root of the caudal, but it is

frequently much shorter, particularly in old individuals. A young

one, 4% inch in length, differed in, contrary to the generality of fishes,

having the eye proportionally smaller than the adult ; the lateral line,

occupied but 29 scales, each carrying a very distinct central tube with

two or three short spine-like branches; the dorsal filament was very

short, its length less than the longest of the anterior rays; the left

branchiostegous membrane contained but 23 rays, the right one less,

and the colour of the head and back were paler than in the adult. At

Pinang single individuals are taken at all seasons in the fishing-stakes

off the coast ; but those inhabiting fresh-water are numerous. In both

localities their food is small fishes and crustacea, but in the latter they

also prey upon insects. Notwithstanding their numerous fine bones they

are valued for their flavour, which loses nothing by their being introduced

in tanks where they rapidly multiply and fatten. M. Valenciennes

considers Megalops setipinnis, Richardson,* to be identical with, and

M. curtifilis, Richardson, to be the young of the present species.

* Ann. Nat. Hist. X. 493, and Report, 1845, 310,

f Report, 1845, 310.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1273

Gen. Pewtona, Valenciennes, 1847.

(PLatTyGAsTER,* Swainson, 1839.)

Teeth in the jaws, on the palate, pterygoid bones and on the tongue,

but not in the vomer; body compressed ; ventrals in front of the dor-

sal; anal elongated ; abdomen strongly toothed; air-vessel communi-

cating with ocsophagus by a small tube inserted at the extremity of

the stomach.

PELLONA AFFINIS, (Swainson.)

(Icon.) Clupea affinis, Gray: Tllustr. Ind, Zool. I, Pl. 96.

Platygaster affinis, Swainson, II. 294.

Clupea (Ilisha) affinis, Richardson, Report: 1845, 206. Note.

Pellona grayana, Cuv. and Val. XX. 315.

Head above and back greyish green minutely dotted with black ;

lighter, silvery above the lateral line; rest of the sides, abdomen,

cheeks and opercles silvery; dorsal, caudal and anal yellow; the

external half of the two former minutely dotted with black; rest of

the fins hyaline. Iris silvery, orbital margin blackish.

D 16, C 193, A 50 to 52, V 7, P 15, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

China Sea, Bay of Bengal.

ToTaL LENGTH: | ft.

The length of the head is 1 of the total. The horizontal diameter

of the eye is 43 in the length of the head; the distance across the

forehead slightly exceeds one diameter. The greatest vertical diameter,

in front of the dorsal, is 33 in the total length. The dorsal commences

in the middle between the muzzle and the centre of the posterior

caudal margin. The caudal lobes are equal: 4 of the length of the

head. The anal commences opposite the posterior fourth of the dorsal.

The small ventrals are situated opposite the second third of the dis-

tance between the muzzle and the root of the caudal. Smaller indi-

divuals of this species are numerous at Pinang at all seasons, and are

consumed fresh or dried by the natives.

* Preoccupied by Platygasfer, Latreille, 1809 (Hymenoptera).

SUA

1274 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

Gen. Raconna, Gray.*

Dorsal fin none; rest like Pristagaster.

RACONDA RUSSELLIANA, Gray.

Raconda russelliana, Gray: Zool, Miscell. 9.

(Icon.) Apterygia ramcarate, Gray : Ill. Ind. Zool. IL. Pl. 92, Fig. 1,

Pristogaster (Apterygia) Swainson, I. 277.

Apterygia hamiltonii, Cuv. and Val. XX. 333.

Head above and back deep blue, upper third of the sides polished

copper-coloured ; rest of head and body shining silvery with mother-of-

pearl reflections. Behind the upper part of the opercle a black spot ;

caudal pale yellowish minutely dotted with black, particularly towards

the posterior margin; anal and pectoral rays yellowish or white, mem-

branes hyaline. Iris silvery, orbital margin blackish blue.

D 0, C 193, A 83 or 84, V 0, P 12, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Bay of Bengal, Mouths of Ganges.

ToTaL LENGTH: 8 inch.

The length of the head is 64 in the total. The horizontal diameter

of the eye is 31 in the length of the head; the distance across the

forehead is 2 of the diameter. The eye occupies the middle of the

length of the head, and is situated close to the concave profile without

bordering upon it. The infraorbital is narrow, elongated, much too

short to cover the maxillary. The intermaxillaries are short, narrow,

linear and fixed transversely across the muzzle. The upper maxillary

bone is much longer and broader than in Pristigaster tartoore ; when

the mouth is opened it projects beyond the throat, and when closed it

* What has been published of this species appears to be confined to the figure

in Hardwicke’s Illust. of Ind. Zool. of Apterygia ramcarate, and a very short

notice in Zoological Miscellany. But for the absence of the dorsal fin, the resem-

blance to Pristigaster tartoore, Cuvier, (Russell, CXCIII. Tartoore,) is so striking,

that it is not surprising, that M. Valenciennes should have considered the unde-

scribed figure of Apterygia ramcarate (‘‘ hamilionii,’”’ as quoted in Hist. des

Poiss. XX. 333,) to represent a mutilated specimen of Pristigaster tartoore. The

following is Mr. Gray’s description of RaconDA RUSSELLIANA: ‘¢ Silvery ; Saugar

Roads. A species distinguished from the want of the fin by the fishermen ; there

are two specimens in British Museum, neither shewing the slightest indication of

that organ.”’ (Zool. Miscell. 1. c.)

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1275

extends to opposite the posterior margin of the orbit; the length is 3

of that of the head, the breadth 2 of the diameter of the eye; the

upper extremity is obliquely truncated, the lower forms a rather long,

slightly backwards arched point. The lower jaw projects a little

beyond the upper, which the branches equal in breadth, but they are

shorter. The teeth of both jaws are very minute and placed in a

single series; the rest are velvety or like a fine file. The mouth is

small; the tongue free, flattened, oval. The opercle is triangular with

the posterior extremity rounded or less pointed than in P. ftartoore.

The preopercle is narrower, and scarcely broader than the arched sub-

opercle and interopercle, which two latter are proportionally broader in

the present species. The branchiostegous membrane is small ; its two

anterior rays short and slender; the posterior four broad and flattened.

The profile of the head is concave, rising to a little behind the occiput,

from whence the back gently declines towards the root of the caudal.

The abdominal arch continues increasing towards the root of the anal,

from whence the profile gradually ascends. The greatest diameter of

the body, at the root of the pectorals, slightly exceeds 1 of the total

length; at the occiput it is 4; at the root of the caudal it is about 4

of the length of the head. The lateral line commences high up from

the supra-scapular bone, and continues close to the profile of the an-

terior third of the back when it suddenly terminates. Another fine line

follows the upper fourth of the side to the root of the caudal. The

scales are of moderate size, oval, excessively thin and so deciduous, that

the exact number cannot be ascertained. The trenchant abdominal

profile contains upwards of 38 spines. The caudal is deeply cleft, the

lower lobe, longer than the upper, equals the length of the head. The

distance from the muzzle to the anal is 2} in the total length. The ex-

tent of the base is 3 of the total length, (in P. ¢artoore it is little more

than 3,) the length of the rays does not exceed the horizontal diameter of

the eye. The first pectoral ray, the longest, is situated nearly in the centre

of the vertical diameter ; itis broad, sword-like,with distinct articulations ;

its length is a little less than the head. At Pinang individuals from 4 to

6 inches in length are numerous at all seasons, although less so than they

are at the Sandheads and the mouths of the Ganges. The Bengal fisher-

men denominate the species ‘‘ Potassah-Fessah or -Phasah.” ‘‘ Fes-

sah” or “ Phasah,” as Buchanan Hamilton observes, is in Bengal a

1276 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

generic term, particularly applied to Engraulis phasah (Buchan.) and

Ei. telarah, (Buch.) It is a heavy swimmer, and like the rest of Clu-

peoide, expires immediately on leaving its element. It is chiefly con-

sumed in a dried state.

Gen. Ciuprontia, Valenciennes, 1847.

Teeth on the tongue and pterygoid bones ; palatals, vomer and jaws*

toothless.

CLUPEONIA PERFORATA, Cantor.

Tamban népis, or Tamban batul of the Malays.

Head above yellowish green; back and upper third of the sides blu-

ish green with silvery reflections ; muzzle and chin blackish ; rest of

the head and sides and abdomen shining silvery with rose-coloured and

ultramarine reflections ; dorsal bright yellow, upper half minutely dotted

with black ; a black spot over the root of the anterior four rays ; caudal

pale bluish green, posterior half minutely dotted with black; rest of

the fins white. Iris silvery, orbital margin black.

D 17 to 20, C 178, A 19 or 20, V 8, P 15, Br. V.

Haxzir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Sumatra.

ToTaL LENGTH: 54 inch.

The general form is elongated, compressed ; the abdomen is slightly

more arched than the back. The length of the head is + of the

total; the eye is placed a little nearer the muzzle than the gill-open-

ing ; the horizontal diameter is a little less than 3 of the head, but

equals the distance across the forehead. The muzzle is bluntly pointed,

the lower jaw very little longer than the upper. The small tongue is

elongated oval; in the middle a little behind the apex appears a single

series of very minute pointed teeth ; on the palatals they are numerous

but distant ; the four to six on each side of the symphysis of the lower

jaw are less minute ; all are deciduous. ‘The vertical diameter at occi-

put is 3 of the length of the head; the greatest vertical diameter of

the body, in front of the dorsal, is + of the total length. The dorsal

is placed at equal distance from the muzzle and the root of the caudal ;

the extent of the base is 23 in the length of the head; the upper mar-

* In the species here described a single series of 4 to 6 minute deciduous teeth

appears on each side of the symphysis of the lower jaw.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. ira

gin is falcated ; the fourth and fifth, the longest rays, equal the extent

of the base ; the last ray is elongated, } of the fifth ray. The caudal

is deeply cleft; the length of the lobes slightly exceeds } of the total

length. The distance from the caudal to the anal equals the horizontal

diameter of the eye; the extent of the base of the anal is 2 of the

head ; the rays are = of the diameter of the eye, but the last is a little

elongated. The ventrals are placed opposite the middle of the dorsal,

at equal distances from the root of the upper pectoral and the first

anal ray ; their length is 2} in the head. The length of the pectorals

is 3 of the head. The scales are very deciduous, thin, and large, their

circumference nearly equalling the eye. They have excessively fine

vertical lines, and besides three larger distant ones, traversing the whole

height of the scales; parallel to the posterior margin appears an irre-

gular series of minute oval holes. There are eleven series on each side,

and about 45 scales between the gill-opening and the caudal. Single

individuals occur at Pinang at all seasons, but great numbers during

June, July and August. They are of delicate flavour and pass in the

settlements of the Straits under the denomination of ‘ Sardines,’ in

imitation of which they are sometimes preserved in oil. A resemblance

to Alausa argyrochloris, Cuv. et Val. (vol. XX. p. 440) is farther

increased by the impossibility of perceiving the teeth either in fresh

state or in specimens preserved in spirits of wine. They require the

aid of a lens to be distinguished in the skeleton. The general form,

the yellow dorsal fin with a small black spot give the present species

a certain resemblance to Meletta venenosa, Cuv. et Val. (vol. XX. p.

377). Some specimens of Clupeonia perforata, procured by W. T.

Lewis, Esq. Assist. Resid. Councillor, Pinang, were accompanied by

the following account of a pheenomenon witnessed by that gentleman

during his official residence at Bencoolen. In 1822 great numbers

of what was supposed to be this identical species, presented the un-

usual appearance of having red eyes. Many natives after having eaten

these fishes, were suddenly attacked with violent vomiting, which in

cases where remedies were not immediately applied, was known within

an hour to terminate fatally. At the same time such of these fishes

with the ordinary silvery eyes, were as formerly eaten with impunity.

This phenomenon reoccurred at Bencoolen during the seasons of 1823

and 1825, but not of 1824. It was surmised that the poisonous fishes

1278 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

had fed on a gelatinous substance which at that season exudes from

the beautifully coloured coral reefs on that part of the coast of Suma-

tra. It is, however, more probable that the poisonous fishes were

shoals of Meletta venenosa, an inhabitant of the Seychelles and the

neighbouring seas, which happened in those seasons to visit Sumatra.

M. Valenciennes describes this fish as being poisonous, and producing

effects as noted above. In the Straits of Malacca Clupeonia perforata

has never been known to produce bad effects.

Gen. Kowata, Valenciennes, 1847.

Minute teeth in the jaws and on the pterygoid bones; tongue,

vomer and palatals* toothless.

KowaALA THORACATA, Cuv. and Val.

Russell, CLXXXVI. Kowal.

Clupea kowal, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 79. ?

Kowala thoracata, Cuv. and Val. XX. 363.

Head above and back deep blue with green reflections ; upper third

of the sides silvery sea-green ; rest of the body, cheeks and opercles

shining silvery with mother-of-pearl reflections ; upper part of the opercle

pale bluish dotted with black ; dorsal and caudal pale yellow greenish,

sparingly dotted with black, particularly towards the margin ; in some

individuals a vertical elongated blackish spot at the root of the five

central rays ; rest of the fins white. Tongue and inside of the mouth

minutely dotted with black. Iris silvery, orbital margin black.

D19, C198, A 21 or 22, V 8, P 15, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Coromandel, Red Sea.

ToTaL LENGTH : 54 inch.

The length of the head is + of the body, 4 of the total length. The

horizontal diameter of the eye slightly exceeds 4 of the length of the

head ; the distance across the forehead is 3 of the diameter. The eye’

is covered by a thick adipose duplicature with a vertically elliptic aper-

ture over the circular pupil; it occupies the middle of the distance

between the muzzle and the posterior margin of the opercle, and bor-

* Minute teeth, deciduous like the rest, appear on the palatals of the two spe-

cies described.

1849.| Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1279

ders on the profile. The figure of Russell represents the eye much too

small, probably owing to the adipose fold having been overlooked. On

the surface of each of the posterior frontal bones appear upwards of

11 backwards radiating lines. In the individuals examined at Pinang

there appeared from six to eight teeth in the lower jaw, and some on

the palatal and pterygoid bones, but none in the upper maxillaries,

intermaxillaries, nor on the vomer. These teeth are so minute that

they require to be seen through a lens in dried specimens, and they

are so very deciduous that their number and position vary not only

individually, but from side to side. The scales of the body are large,

rounded, very thin and deciduous ; those of the back and upper third

of the sides have each upwards of 16 longitudinal striez. The

sides are covered by 11 longitudinal series of scales, of which there

appear to be upwards of 45 m the longest series. There are 35

spines on the abdominal profile, the scales of which resemble in breadth

those of the species of Pellona. The greatest vertical diameter of the

body, in front of the dorsal, is a little less than } of the total length.

The dorsal occupies the middle of the distance between the muzzle and

the root of the caudal; the fourth ray, the longest, equals the extent of

the base, which is 3 of the greatest vertical diameter of the body. The

fin is half covered by an oblique backwards rising series of scales which

almost hide the last rays. The caudal is deeply cleft, the lobes exceed

by 3 the length of the head. The scaly anal rays are very short ; the

last slightly elongated ; the extent of the base is 3 of the length of the

head ; its distance from the root of the caudal is 4 of the extent. The

ventrals are situated opposite the centre of the dorsal, exactly in the

middle between the root of the first pectoral and anal rays; their length

is 4 of the head. The length of the pectorals is 3 of the head. At

Pinang single individuals are of rare occurrence.

KowaLa LAuta, Cantor.

Clupea kowal,* Temm. et Schlegel: Fauna Japon. Pisc. 235, Tab.

| CVII. Fig. 1.

Anterior half of the head above greenish grey dotted with black ;

posterior half and back intense glossy blue; upper half of the sides

light golden green; rest of the body shining silvery with mother-of-

* Clupea kowal, Riippell, vide Kowala thoracata, Cuv. and Val.

8 B

1280 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Dec.

pearl reflections; behind the upper part of the opercle a rounded

yellowish brown spot dotted with black, from which proceeds along the

upper fourth of the side a yellowish brown band, terminating at the

upper fourth of the root of the caudal; cheeks and opercles shining

silvery with golden and sky-blue reflections ; the temples minutely dotted

with black ; dorsal bright gamboge, anterior and upper margin blackish ;

caudal pale greenish yellow, upper and posterior margin blackish ; rest

of the fins white. Tongue and cavity of the mouth minutely dotted

with black. Iris silvery, orbital margin blackish.

D 19, C 198, A 16 or 18, V 8, P 15, Br. VI.

Haxsit.—Sea of Pinang.

Japan.

TOTAL LENGTH: 6 inch.

In addition to the colours and the number of anal rays this species

presents the following characters distinguishing it from K. thoracata.

In the intermaxillaries and upper maxillaries appear single, widely spread,

pointed teeth; in the lower jaw from 8 to 12 such very little larger ;

those on the palatal and pterygoid bones are more numerous, but also

with irregular intervals, indicating that the teeth are deciduous. All

are so minute that they cannot be seen in fresh specimens, and in dried

ones but througha lens. The fifth dorsal ray, the longest, is less than 4

of the greatest vertical diameter of the body, and equals the extent of

the base of the fin; the last ray is a little elongated. The last anal

ray is also a little elongated, and extends halfway to the root of the

caudal, The ventrals are placed more forwards than in K. thoracata ;

the first ray commences opposite the second third of the dorsal, and

its distance from the first anal ray exceeds by 1 that from the root of

the first pectoral ray. The sides are covered by 11 longitudinal series of

scales, the longest series containing about 35 scales. The rest of the

characters noted under K. thoracata, are precisely the same in the

present species. Two individuals exactly similar, except in the number

of anal rays, occurred together at Pinang in June 1844,

Gen. AxLausa (Axosa, Cuvier 1817) Valenciennes 1847.

Small deciduous teeth in the jaws; all other parts of the mouth

toothless,

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1281

ALAUSA TOLI, Cuv. and Val.

Alausa toli, Cuv. and Val. XX. 435.

Ikan triiboh or tribu of the Malays.

Adult. Head above, back and upper third of the sides light green-

ish grey or lead-coloured ; the scales strongly iridescent silvery ; their

margins dotted with black; rest of the sides, abdomen, cheeks and

opercles strongly iridescent silvery ; dorsal pale lead-coloured, in some

individuals sparingly dotted with black; caudal scaly, pale silvery ;

upper lower and posterior margin minutely dotted with black ; rest of

the fins white. Iris mother-of-pearl, orbital margin blackish.

Or: head and body, instead of silvery, shining reddish yellow brass

coloured ; fins pale reddish yellow. Iris brass coloured.

Young. Like the adult, but with a more or less distant blackish

spot behind the upper part of the gill-opening and an indistinct vertical

blackish spot at the root of the five central rays of the caudal; upper

half of dorsal closely dotted, so as to appear blackish.

D 18, C 192, A 19, V 8, P 15 or 16, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Borneo, Java, Sumatra, Pondicherry, River Cavery,

Bombay.

ToTaL LENGTH: | ft. 6 inch.

The length of the head is contained 4§ times in the total; the

diameter of the eye is + of the length of the head ; it occupies the upper

third of the head ; the distance from the muzzle is } of the length of the

head ; the distance across the arched forehead is 1% diameter. The

thick adipose fold covering the eye has a vertically elliptical aperture

over the pupil. The first dorsal ray is excessively short and situated the

length of one diameter of the eye behind the anterior third of the total

length. The fourth and fifth are the longest, 23 in the greatest verti-

cal diameter of the body, which is contained 3} to 23 times in the total

length. The upper margin of the fin is falciform; the posterior ray a

little elongated ; the extent of the base is 3 of the length of the head.

The eleventh ray is exactly in the centre between the muzzle and the

middle of the root of the caudal. The latter is deeply cleft ; the lower

lobe, a little longer than the upper, is a little less than the greatest

vertical diameter of the body. The extent of the base of the anal slightly

8 B 2

1282 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

exceeds that of the dorsal; the last ray is a little elongated; the first

ray is situated at equal distance from the root of the caudal and the

Jast ventral ray. The first ventral ray is situated in the centre between

the muzzle and the root of the caudal, opposite the second fourth of

the dorsal ;* the length of the fin is 3 of the caudal; that of the elon-

gated, triangular scale 2 of the longest ray. The pectorals extend

nearly to the ventrals; their length is $ of the head; the elongated

axillary scale is } of the length of the fin. The sides are covered by

15 longitudinal series of scales, of which there are 39 or 40 between

the gill-opening and the caudal. By these characters it may readily be

distinguished from a closely allied species: Alausa ilisha, (Buchan.

Ham.)+ Small individuals are at Pinang very numerous during all

seasons ; larger ones less so, although by no means scarce. Like 4. zlisha

in Bengal, the present species is by the English of the Straits Settle-

ments denominated: Shad or Sablefish, and is equally valued for its

flavour. Both are, however, somewhat oily, very rich and bony. Alausa

toli is remarkable as forming in the Indian Archipelago a distinct and

important branch of fishery, principally for the sake of its roe. It is the

kind of ** Shad” to which Mr. Crawfurd refers as frequenting the great

* M. Valenciennes refers Russell No. CXCV. Kelee, to the young of the present

species, but the ventral fins are placed very far backwards, opposite the posterior

fourth of the base of the dorsal. If therefore the figure of Russell is correct, it

represents a species different from A. Zoli.

+ Syn.: Russell CXCVIII. Palasah.—Clupanodon ilisha, Buchan. Ham. 243,

382, Tab. XIX. Fig, 73 (Young.)—Alosah palasah, Cuv. R. A. II, 320 (1).—Clu-

panodon ilisha, Taylor: Gleanings of Science, II. 171.—Alausa palasah, Cuv. and

Val. XX. 432,—Alosa palasah, Jerdon: Madras Journ. XV. 345. (Excl. Syn.

Clupea indica, Gray).—The number of fin rays is: D 19, C 193, A 19, V 8,

P 14, 15 or 16, Br. VI. It has 19 longitudinal series of scales, of which there are

47 to 49 between the gill-opening and the caudal. Buchanan Hamilton gives:

D 20, A 21, probably owing to his having counted the last double rays as single.

Sir John Richardson quotes, not without doubt, a specimen in the British Mu-

seum as Alosa palasah, Russell 198? (Report 1845, 306). Forty scales form a

longitudinal row, and there are fifteen rows in height; ‘‘ the pectorals reach nearly

to the ventrals, which are attached before the middle of the dorsal.’? ‘These cha-

racters are sufficient to prove the species to be distinct from Russell’s Palasah,

while they agree with Alausa toli, Cuv. and Val. But Sir J. Richardson counts ;

D 16, A 18, P15, V9.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1283

river Siak in Sumatra, and of which the dried roe, of enormous size,

constitutes an article of commerce. (Crawfurd: Hist. Ind. Archipel.

II1. 440.—Royle: On the Production of Isinglass, 76). A description

of the fishing of this species is given by the late Mr. Moor in

Notices of the Indian Archipelago, &c. p. 29. “ At Bukit Batu,* a

place on the main of Sumatra within the Strait formed by the island

of Bankalis, exists an extensive fishery well known in this part of the

world... The fish which is the object of it is called in the Malayan

language: Tribu. The fish itself is sufficiently known in all the

neighbouring seas but found with a roe only here,+ which makes it

certain that it repairs to this favoured place for the purpose of spawn-

ing. The Trvéu, about a cubit long, is taken in 3 and 4 fathoms

water on a mud bank. About 300 boats are engaged at all seasons in

the fishery with the exception of four days during dead neap tides.

The roes are an article of trade seaways, and the dried fishes are sent

into the interior of Sumatra. The Rajah of Siak draws a revenue

from this fishery of 72,000 guilders yearly, receiving a certain duty

upon the quantity taken. From the rate and amount of this duty it

is ascertained that the quantity of fish caught yearly amounts to

between fourteen and fifteen millions. It seems a little remarkable that

the spirit of European monopoly never should have fastened upon so

promising an object of gain. The fishery, from its peculiar nature, is

probably quite inexhaustible, and might unquestionably be prodigiously

improved by European skill and industry, and this too not only without

detriment, but probably to the great improvement of the revenue of

the native prince, as well as the essential benefit of the surrounding

population.” In the Malayan markets the roe is called “* Télur tkan,”

the fish-roe ‘‘ par excellence.” Like the preparation of fermented fish and

shell-fish : ‘‘ Balachan,” it is largely used by the Malays and Chinese

to season and make their food palatable and it is no less a favourite relish

with Europeans. W. T. Lewis, Esq. Resident Counsellor, Pinang, who

has observed the process of preparation in Sumatra, describes it as

follows. The fresh roe is thoroughly salted, and next partially dried,

so as to retain a slight moisture, in which state it is by hundreds closely

* Opposite to, and a little to the southward of Malacca.

y~ That is to say, in shoals, for it is plentiful at Pinang, Malacca and Singapore.

1284 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

placed in casks, and thus exported. In our Malayan Settlements the price

is from 3 to 4 Spanish Dollars per hundred. The dealers there export

considerable quantities to China, after having taken the precaution to

repack the roes between layers of salt, and to sprinkle them with

arrack, To dress them, they are soaked for about half an hour in

water, and then fried. As the roe appears in commerce, it is of an

elongated flat shape, measuring from 6 to 8 inches in length, about 2

in breadth, and 3 of an inch in depth, of a deep amber colour. The

single eggs are larger than those of A. ilisha.

ALAUSA CHAMPIL, (Cuv. and Val.)

(Icon.) Clupea champil, Gray: Ill. Ind. Zool. II. Pl. 91, Fig. 5 and 6.

Pellona champil, Cuv. and Val. XX. 324.

Head above, back and upper third of the side pale sea-green, spar-

ingly dotted with black ; rest of the body and head silvery with lilac

reflections ; from behind the upper part of the opercie to the caudal a

pale longitudinal lilac band, the upper margin of which pale silvery ;

dorsal, anal and caudal yellowish white, the two first with a black dot

at the root of each ray; caudal minutely dotted with black ; rest of

the fins hyaline. Iris silvery with lilac reflections.

D 16, C 198, A 18, V 7, P 11, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH: 34 inch.

The length of the head is + of the total; the horizontal diameter

of the orbit is a little less than 34 of the length of the head; the dis-

tance across the forehead equals the diameter. The jaws are nearly

equal ; the length of the upper slightly exceeds the diameter of the eye.

There are no teeth in any part of the mouth. The greatest vertical

diameter of the body, in front of the dorsal fin, is contained 33 times

in the total length. The sides are covered by 11 longitudinal series of

scales, of which there are about 42 between the gill-opening and the

caudal. The abdominal line carries 29 fine species. The dorsal com-

mences a little in front of the centre between the muzzle and the root

of the caudal; the fifth, the longest ray, is 3 of the length of the head

and equal to the extent of the base. The upper margin is straight ; the

last ray a little elongated. The caudal lobes are equal, 4 of the total

length. The anal commences a little in front of the posterior fourth

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1285

of the distance between the muzzle and the root of the caudal; the

length of the longest rays, the 4th, and Sth, is 3 of the 5th dorsal ;

the extent of the base slightly exceeds that of the dorsal. The first

ventral ray is situated opposite the first dorsal ray, a little nearer the

first pectoral than the first anal ray; the length of the fin is 3 of that

of the head. The length of the pectorals is 2 of the head. Two

individuals of equal length occurred together at Pinang in October

1843. Both strikingly resemble a drawing of Buchanan Hamilton’s

duplicate series, marked in Buchanan’s hand writing: ‘‘ Clupea champil,

B.” This drawing is evidently the original of the indifferent copy in the

Illustr. of Indian Zool., which is the foundation of Pellona champil,

Cuv. and Val. It is one of the few drawings which Buchanan has

omitted to describe in his work upon the fishes of the Ganges.

GEN. EncRavtis, (Cuvier 1817) Valenciennes 1848.

Mouth cleft far behind the eyes; muzzle projecting, pointed ;

ethmoid bone advancing in front of the jaws ; intermaxillaries soldered

to the maxillaries, hid beneath the muzzle; vomer narrow with a few

teeth on the anterior part; palatals and pterygoids narrow, bristling

with minute teeth, or rough ; gill-opening very large ; body rounded or

compressed like a knife-blade ; abdomen trenchant or toothed.

ENGRAULIS BROWNII, (Gmelin).

‘* Menidia, corpore subpellucido,”’ Brown: Jamaica 141, Tab. XLV.

Fig.’ 3.

Argentina, Gronov. Zoophyl. 112, No. 350.

Atherina japonica, Houttuyn: Act. Haarl. XX. 340 ?

Atherina brownii, Linné:; Syst. 1397.

Atherina australis, White: Voyage, 196, Fig. 1.

Atherina (Clupea) brownii, Bloch-Schneider.

Stolephore commersonien, Lacép. V. 382, Tab. XII. Fig. 1.

Clupea vittargentea, Lacép. V. 424, 458, 461, (Excl. Syn.)

Russel CLXXXVII. Nattoo.

Atherina menidia, Shaw V. 131.

Commersonian Atherine, ibid, Pl. 113, Fig. 1.

Atherina japonica, Shaw V. 132 ?

1286 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

Engraulis (Stolephore commersonien), Cuv. R. A. II. (1817,) 175. (').

(1829,) 323. (‘).

Engraulis albus, Swainson IT. 293.

Engraulis commersonianus, Richardson: Report 1845, 308.

* Descript. of anim. 201, Fig. 149’ ? ibid, 305, 309.

Engraulis fasciata, Cuv. and Val. XXIT. 43.

Engraulis brownii, Cuv. and Val. ibid, 41.

Engraulis commersonii, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen, XXII. 6.

Bunga ayer, or Badah of the Malays.

Head above light greenish grey, a large oval blackish spot occupying

the posterior half; back pale sea-green or greenish grey; sides and

abdomen transparent greenish buff, or grey with reflections of mother-of-

pearl ; from the upper third of the gill-opening to the root of the caudal

a broad longitudinal silvery band ; cheeks and opercles shining silvery,

the latter above dotted with black; caudal pale yellow, dotted with

black, rendering the posterior margin blackish ; rest of the fins hyaline,

Iris silvery, orbital margin blackish.

D 14, 15 or 16, C 193, A 20 or 21, V 7, P 15 or 16, Br. XI.

Hasit.—Sea and estuaries of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

China sea, New Zealand, Madura, Java, Sumatra, Bom-

bay, Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Gangetic estuaries, Isle

of France, Australia, New York, Havanah, Jamaica,

Vera Cruz, Martinique, Barbadoes, St. Christopher,

Rio Janeiro.

- Toran LENGTH: 6 inch.

The head is 1 of the total length ; the horizontal diameter of the eye

is contained 33 times in the length of the head ; the distance across the |

forehead equals one diameter ; the greatest vertical diameter, in front of

the dorsal, is } less than the length of the head. The body is covered by

7 longitudinal series of deciduous scales, of which there are from 35 to 38

on the third series. On the anterior twelve scales of this series appears

the lateral line which consists of a linear central tube, which disappears

or becomes indistinct on the rest of the scales. The latter are diaphanous,

rhomboidal, with their horizontal diameter 4 of the vertical. The dorsal

commences nearly in the middle between the muzzle and the centre of

the posterior margin of the caudal; the anal commences opposite the

posterior third of the dorsal. The ventrals are situated in the middle

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1287

between the pectorals and the anal. The caudal is deeply cleft ; the

length of each lobe equals that of the head. In the Straits of Malacca

as in the mouths of the Ganges, this species is astoundingly numerous

at all seasons. Two to three inches is the usual length, five to six are

very rarely seen. In fine weather swarms may be seen swimming near

the water’s edge, and making very short leaps closely above the surface

of the sea. As Russell observes, they are highly valued for their deli-

cate flavour when fried. In Java, Sumatra and the Straits of Malacca,

large quantities are preserved both for home consumption and exporta-

tion to China and India. The delicious condiment is famed under

the denomination of ‘ Red-fish,” (Ikan mérah of the Malays,) or

paration, as practised at Bencoolen and Malacca, has been communicated.

by W. T. Lewis, Esq. Asst. Res. Counsellor, Pinang. After the heads

have been removed, the fishes (those of middling size are preferred),

are cleansed, salted (in the proportion of one to eight parts of fish),

and deposited in flat glazed earthen vessels. In the latter they are for

three days submitted to pressure by means of stones placed on thin

boards or dried plantain leaves. The fishes are next freed from salt

and saturated with vinegar of Cocoa Palm toddy, after which are added

powdered ginger and black pepper (the latter mostly entire), and some

brandy and powdered “ Red rice.” After having been kept for three

days, a little more vinegar is added before placing the fishes in well closed

jars or bottles. They should be kept four or five months before being

used. The expense of a quart bottle of the condiment is about 30

Cents, the selling price one Spanish Dollar. ‘‘ Red rice” is the variety

of Oryza sativa called glutinosa (pulut, or bras sepilut of the Malays)

steeped in an infusion of Cochineal. In the Straits Settlements

red rice is imported from China, and sells at the rate of 10 Cents of a

Dollar per 1b. The Chinese settlers in the Straits prepare a similar

red condiment with slices of Polynemus indicus and P. tetradactylus

and also prawns.

1288 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

(SETIPINNA, Swainson, 1839.—TrE LARA, Val. 1848.—Anéterior pec-

toral ray elongated, filamentous).

ENGRAULIS BREVICEPS, Cantor.

Head and body reddish golden or brass colour, back sparingly dotted

with black; fins reddish yellow, like the body, but not metallic; ante-

rior half of upper dorsal margin, and the posterior caudal margin broadly

brimmed with black ; posterior fifth of the anal margin equally so. Iris

reddish golden.

D 1/16, C 193, A 63, V 7, P 13, Br. XVI—XVI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH: 94 inch.

The head is strikingly short; the distance from the muzzle to the

upper part of the posterior margin of the opercle is contained 83 times

in the total, (measured to the occiput, it is ;!, of the total.) The hori-

zontal diameter of the eye is + of the length of the head; the distance

across the forehead is a little less than two diameters. The greatest

vertical diameter of the body, in front of the dorsal, is + of the total

length. The dorsal commences in the centre between the muzzle and the

root of the caudal; the first soft ray is preceded by a short strong

spine. The anal commences in front of the dorsal, opposite the second

third of the total ; the extent of the base of the anal is 21 in the total.

The upper caudal lobe is truncated. The ventrals are situated in the

centre between the first ray of the pectorals and the anal. The first

pectoral ray is a little less than 22 times in the total length ; it does not

reach the middle of the anal. The second pectoral ray slightly exceeds +

of the first. This species nearest approaches FZ. felara, (Buchan. Hamil- |

ton). A single individual was observed at Pinang in August 1844,

ENGRAULIS TATY, Cuv. and Val.

Engraulis taty, Cuv. and Val. XXI. 60.

Head above and back greyish green or greenish slate colour, spar-

ingly dotted with black ; sides above the lateral line pale silvery green ;

the rest, abdomen, cheeks and opercles silvery ; dorsal, caudal and anal

yellow ; ventrals and pectorals hyaline; in some the posterior caudal

margin blackish. Iris silvery, orbital half bluish black.

D 1/14, C 193, A 52 to 56, V 7, P 16, Br. XITI—XIII.

1849.| Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1289

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Malabar, Pondicherry.

ToraL LENGTH: 6 inch.

Measured to the upper part of the posterior margin of the opercle,

the length of the head is contained 63 times in the total, (to the occiput

it is 92 in the total.) The horizontal diameter of the eye is + of the

length of the head; the distance across the forehead is 14 diameter.

The greatest vertical diameter of the body, in front of the dorsal, is 42

in the total length. The dorsal commences a little in front of the middle

between the muzzle and the root of the caudal. The anal commences

opposite the centre of the dorsal ; the extent of the base is 23 in the total

length. The ventrals are situated in the centre between the first pec-

toral and the fifth anal ray. The upper caudal lobe is truncated. The

first pectoral ray is 14 in the total length: it reaches to the posterior

third of the anal; the second pectoral ray is 3$ in the length of the

first. Single individuals occur at Pinang at all seasons, and are eaten

either fresh or dried by the natives.

(Turissa, Rafin. 1815.—Mazillaries greatly elongated.)

ENGRAULIS MysTAx, (Bloch-Schneider).

Clupea mystax, Bl. Schn. 426, No. 14, Pl. 83.

Thryssa mystax, Cuv. R. A. IT. 323 (°).

Thryssa mystax, Richardson: Report, 1845, 309 (Hacl. Syn. Clupea

malabarica and Poorawah, Russell, 189?)

Engraulis mystax, Cuv. and Val. XXI. 67.

Head above and back dark bluish green; lighter silvery on the sides

above the lateral line ; behind the upper part of the gill-opening a trian-

gular spot, composed of horizontal, black, dotted lines, downwards in-

creasing in length; rest of the sides and abdomen silvery white ; cheeks

and opercle silvery with golden reflections; dorsal and caudal whitish

yellow, marginal half minutely dotted with black; rest of the fins

whitish transparent. Iris silvery, orbital margin bluish black.

D 1/13, C 193, A 37, 38 or 39, V 7, P 14, Br. XII.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Bombay, Malabar, Coromandel, Gangetic estuaries.

TOTAL LENGTH: 8 inch,

8c 2

1290 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

The length of the head is 1 of the total. The horizontal diameter

of the eye is 3 of the length of the head; the distance across the

forehead is 1} diameter. The greatest vertical diameter, in front of the

dorsal, is 4 of the total length. The upper jaw extends beyond the

root of the pectorals. The dorsal commences a little behind the centre

of the distance between the muzzle and the root of the caudal fin.

The caudal lobes are equal, pointed, and as long as the head. The anal

commences opposite the posterior third of the dorsal; the extent of its

base is contained about 3} times in the total length. The ventrals

commence nearer the pectorals than the anal, their distance from the

symphysis of the lower jaw is 24 in the total length. The pectorals are

+ shorter than the head; placed in contact with the sides, their apex

extends to the last ray of the ventrals. At Pinang single individuals occur

at all seasons and are eaten by the natives. Sir John Richardson con-

siders Clupea malabarica, Bloch. (Pl. 432.—Bl. Schn. p. 425) and

Poorawah, Russell, CLXXXIX, to be identical with the present species.

But according to the description of Engraulis malabarica, (Cuv. and

Val. XXI. 63, Pl. 609) the upper jaw extends very little beyond the

margin of the opercle, and does not extend as far as the pectorals, and

the latter barely touch the root of the ventrals. The figure of Poora-

wah is scarcely correct enough, nor the description (Russell, p. 72,)

sufficiently explicit to determine the species.

Dr. Bleeker has described a new species under the inadmissible name

of Thryssa porava, which he with doubt refers to Poorawah, Russell,

CLXXXIX. (Bleeker: Bijdrage tot Ichth. Fauna van Madura, in:

Verh. Batav. Genoots. XXII. p. 14.)

ENGRAULIS PURAVA, (Buchan. Hamilton).

Russell CXC. Peddah Poorawah.

Clupea purava, Buchan. Hamilt. 238, 382.

Thrissa (Pedda Poorawah) Cuv. R. A. II. 323 (’).

Thrissa megastoma, Swainson, II. 293.

Engraulis purawa, Cuv. and Val. XXI. 65.

Head above and back dark bluish green; lighter silvery above the

lateral line; rest of the sides, abdomen, cheeks and opercles silvery ;

fins coloured like those of 2. mystaz. Iris silvery ; orbital margin

bluish black.

D 1/13, C 193, A 43, 45 or 46, V 7, P 14, Br. XII.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1291

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Coromandel, Gangetic estuaries, Java, Madura.

TOTAL LENGTH: 8 inch.

The length of the head is 3 of the total. The horizontal diameter

of the eye is contained 43 times in the length of the head, the distance

across the forehead is 14 diameter. The greatest vertical diameter, in

front of the dorsal slightly exceeds 3 of the total length. The maxillaries

are narrower and longer than in #. hamiltoni, where they reach to the

root of the first pectoral ray; in the present species they reach to the

root of the posterior pectoral ray. The dorsal commences a little in

front of the centre between the muzzle and the root of the caudal;

the anal commences in the centre of that space, opposite the middle

of the dorsal. The extent of the base of the anal is + of the total

length. The caudal lobes are equal, pointed, and as long as the head.

The pectorals are a little shorter, The ventrals are situated a little

nearer the pectorals than the anal. At Pinang this species appears to

be of uncommon occurrence.

Gen. Cortta, (Gray, 1831.*) Cuv. and Val. 1848.

(TricHosoma, TricHosomus, Swainson, 1839.—Cua@tTomus,

McClelland, 1843.)

Gape wide ; gill-opening very open; muzzle projecting, supported by

the ethmoid bone ; upper maxillaries free, projecting beyond the opercle,

and in some species reaching the root of pectorals; dorsal placed on

the anterior part of the back ; body elongated, compressed, tapering to

a pointed tail ; anal joining the caudal, elongated, low, but in one species

tail shortened and caudal widened, rounded; above the pectoral two

groups of filaments, parting from a common base; in general characters

like Engraulis (Thrissa), but the anterior pharyngeals are more dis-

tinctly, though minutely, toothed.

* Zool. Misc. 9.—Mr. Gray’s characters are: ‘‘ Body tapering, compressed ;

dorsal fin short, over the ventrals; anal and caudal fin united ; pectoral fins small ;

rays five; three upper long and free; rest of the characters like Thrissa.’’

1292 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

CoILIA REYNALDI. Cuv. and Val

Coilia reynaldi, Cuv. and Val. XXI. 81. (Young.)

Adult. Pale golden throughout; head above and back sparingly

dotted with black; from the middle of the gill-opening towards the

tail a series of distant rounded spots of shining or burnished gold; in

some individuals a second shorter series from the root of the pectorals

to opposite the anterior third of the anal; fins reddish yellow ; upper

half of dorsal sparingly dotted with black, caudal and margin of the

anal blackish. Iris golden, orbital half black; pupil circular, but the

aperture of the adipose orbital membrane horizontally elliptic.

TW?

Haspir.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singa-

D 1/15, C 11, A 107 to 116, V 7, P—, Br. X.

pore.

Rangoon.

TOTAL LENGTH: 7 inch.

The length of the head is 3 of the body, the caudal not includ-

ed, or 64 in the total. The horizontal diameter of the eye is +

of the length of the head; the distance across the forehead is 14

diameter. The upper maxillaries reach but halfway between the angle

of the lower jaw and the root of the pectorals. The greatest vertical

diameter, in front of the dorsal, is contained from 54 to 52 times in the

total length. The dorsal, preceded by a short, strong spine, commences

a little in front of the second fourth of the total length ; the first divided

ray (the fifth of the fin,) terminates in a filament, which, however, from

its slenderness is frequently broken. The ventrals are situated oppo-

site the commencement of the dorsal, a little nearer the pectorals than

the anal. The latter commences a little behind the dorsal, at the

second third of the total length. The extent of the base of the anal is

13 in the total length, in which the distance from the muzzle is 22.

The four pectoral filaments are contained 3} times in the total length

and reach a little behind the commencement of the anal ; the second ray

is divided in two, the other three are simple. The length of the pectoral

rays does not exceed 3 of the head. The caudal is pointed. At

Pinang single individuals occur at all seasons, and like the rest of the

Clupeoide, are eaten by the natives either fresh or dried.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1293

Gren. Cuatoessus, Cuvier, 1829.

Mouth small, without teeth ; muzzle projecting ; on the upper jaw

a notch and a corresponding tubercle on the lower ; the superior combs

of first branchial arches unite with those of the opposite side, forming a

pennated point under the palate; body short, deep, oval; in some

species the posterior dorsal ray elongated.

CHATOESSUS CHACUNDA, (Buchan. Ham.)

Clupanodon chacunda, Buchan. Ham., 246, 383.

Chatoessus chacunda, Cuy. and Val. XXI. 111.

Head above and back sea-green, minutely dotted with black ; sides

and abdomen silvery or pale golden; the centre of the scales of the upper

third of the sides minutely dotted with black, forming five very pale

blackish longitudinal lines ; behind the upper part of the opercle a large

black spot ; cheeks and opercles golden ; caudal yellow, sparingly dotted

with black ; rest of the fins hyaline whitish ; dorsal dotted with black.

Iris golden dotted with black.

D 19, C 194, A 20, V 7, P 15, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Moluccas, Java, Malabar, Gangetic estuaries.

ToraL LENGTH: 6 inch.

The length of the head is contained 42 times in the total. The

horizontal diameter of the eye is 4 of the length of the head; the

distance across the forehead slightly exceeds one diameter. The greatest

vertical diameter, in front of the dorsal, is 22 in the total length. The

body is covered by i3 longitudinal series of scales, the horizontal diameter

of which is about 4 of the vertical. A series between the gill-opening

and the caudal contains from 36 to 39 scales. The dorsal occupies the

last of the anterior half of the total length; the fourth ray, the longest,

equals the extent of the base, which is 3 of the head; the last ray is 4

of the fourth. The caudal is deeply cleft ; the posterior margin of each

lobe is arched ; the length is 33 in the total. The first ray of the anal

is placed at equal distance from the first ventral and the root of the

caudal; the fin is very low; its extent equals that of the dorsal. The

ventrals are placed opposite the middle of the dorsal. The pectorals

ave 3 of the length of the head. Single individuals occur, but rarely,

at Pinang.

1294 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

SUBORDO PHYSOSTOMI APODES.

FAM, MURANOID.

Gen. Concer. Cuvier, 1817.

(Muranesox, McClelland, 1843.*)

The dorsal commences very near, or even above the pectorals ; in all

species known the upper jaw is the longer.

CONGER TALABON, Cuvier.

Russel, XX XVIII. Tala Bon.

Conger (Mureena) talabon, Cuv. R. A. 350. (*).

Mureenesox lanceolata, McClelland, Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. IV. 409.

Mureenesox exodon, McClelland, ibid.

Mureenesox serradentata, (Russell, XX XVIII.) McClelland, ibid.

Mureenesox exodentata, McClelland, Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. V. 180,

Pl. VIII. Fig. 4, and page 210, “Pl. VI. Fig. 3” (erroneous

reference).

Mureenesox lanceolata, McClelland, ibid, 181 “Pl. VI. Fig. 3”

(erroneous reference) and page 210, ‘‘ Pl. VI. Fig. 3” (erroneous

reference). ’

Mureenesox serradentata, McClelland, ibid. 210.

Conger talabon, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 6.

Head above, back and sides above the lateral line golden greenish- or

brownish-olive, minutely dotted with black ; upper lip, cheeks, opercles

and lower half of the sides lighter golden olive; under lip, throat and

abdomen milk-white; dorsal, caudal and posterior half of anal pale

olive, transparent, minutely dotted and edged with black ; anterior half

of anal transparent white ; pectorals transparent yellowish. Iris golden.

Young individuals, frequenting estuaries, are of darker, less golden

colours.

* “ Absence of tubular nostrils’’ is given as a character distinguishing Mure-

nesox from Conger. The character, however, is incorrect, as in all the supposed

species of Mr. McClelland the anterior apertures of the nostrils are provided with

a tube, which is very distinct in the living fish.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1295

D 238 to 286,

Oto 11, \P 16, Bry XV.

A 151 to 129,

398 to 426

Hasit.—Sea and estuaries of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Coromandel, Tenasserim, Coast of Arracan, Bay of Bengal,

estuaries of the Ganges, Sumatra, Java, Madura.

Tora LenctH: 7 ft. 5 inch.

The general form of the body is cylindrical, the anterior half slightly

compressed, the posterior more so and tapering; the head is elongated

conical, terminating in a narrow rounded muzzle near which in the

upper jaw appears a wide notch, which receives the long conical teeth

near the symphysis of the lower jaw. The length of the head, mea-

sured to the gill-opening, is 4 of the body, not including the caudal,

which latter varies from + to + of the length of the head, The dis-

tance from the muzzle to the anterior margin of the orbit varies from

3+ times in to 3 of the length of the head. The distance across the notch

of the upper jaw is of the horizontal diameter of the orbit ; between

the anterior margins of the orbit it is #, between the posterior margins,

it equals the horizontal diameter of the orbit. The latter is 4, or a little

less than 4 of the distance from the muzzle to the anterior margin of the

orbit.* The latter margin is situated in front of the centre of the dis-

tance between the muzzle and the angle of the mouth, which distance

is a little less than } of the length of the head to the gill-opening.

The anterior aperture of the nostrils is oval, provided with a short, yet

very distinct tube; it is situated immediately above the lip, at the

termination of the notch, a little in front of the centre between the

muzzle and the anterior margin of the orbit. The posterior aperture

is linear, or more elongated oval than the anterior, with the margin

slightly raised, but not tubular ; it opens a little in front of the eye at

a distance from the anterior aperture equal to that of the latter from

the muzzle. On each side of the crown of the head, a little farther

* In the larger, upper figure of the head in Calc. Journ. of Nat. Hist. V. Pl.

VIII. Fig. 4, the eye is represented too small, and is placed too far back; in the

smaller figure the eye is correctly placed, but the gill-opening is much too near the

angle of the mouth. These disproportions materially affect the position of the

dorsal and pectoral fins in the figure.

8 D

1296 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

back than the angle of the mouth, appears a transversal series of 8 to

10 pores; from the middle of each series proceeds forwards another

shorter, longitudinal one, consisting of 3 to 5 pores. The distance

from the muzzle to the angle of the mouth is one longitudinal diameter

of the eye less than one half of the length of the head. The lips are

thin, membranous, and closely adhering to the jaws. In the upper

jaw appear three very close series of small conical teeth with the apex

compressed and trenchant. The external series is excessively minute,

and extends from the angle of the mouth .to beneath the middle of the

eye; the teeth of the second are about double the size of the former,

with which they are in close contact, but they extend farther forwards

to between the nasal apertures, where they coalesce with the external

series of the teeth of the vomer; the third, internal, series consists of

excessively minute conical teeth, distant among themselves and a little

removed from the second series; they extend as far as the external

series. Immediately in front of the notch the muzzle forms a small

round space, the margin of which is armed with 4, 5, or 6 distant

conical teeth, which are about 3 of the diameter of the eye. From

the middle of the muzzle commences a short single series of 6 or 7

small conical teeth; which, as they continue along the middle of the

vomer, become distant, much longer, compressed towards the apex and

with trenchant margins. The number of these teeth varies with age

from 7 to 15, of which the longest are about 3 of the diameter of the

eye. In young individuals the two or three posterior ones are much

compressed and tricuspidate. From the first long tooth commences a

single close series of teeth which continue on each side of the vomer,

but join each other a little behind the central series, which terminates —

between the eves. The marginal teeth of the vomer are a little larger

than the middle series of the jaw which they resemble in form. The

lower jaw is much shorter than the upper: the symphysis is widen-

ed into a small rounded disk, on each side of which appear two or

three long, distant, conical teeth, situated within the external series.

The latter consists of much smaller outwards directed, distant, conical —

teeth, which beneath the eye decrease and become much closer. The

middle series, headed by the longer ones behind the symphysis, con-

sists of close, erect, conical teeth, with compressed trenchant apex.

From beneath the eye the interval between the external and middle

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1397

series is filled by a short series of minute conical teeth. The third

internal series is also minute, and extends from the angle of the mouth

to a little in front of the posterior half of the jaw. The tongue is small,

elongated, and tied to the floor of the mouth; it extends to a little in

front of the posterior third of the mouth. The vertical diameter at the

occiput equals the distance from the muzzle to the posterior nasal aper-

ture, or it is contained from 44 to 5 times in the distance from the

muzzle to the gill-opening. The greatest vertical diameter of the body

is 4 of the distance from the muzzle to the gill-opening; the-smallest,

in front of the caudal, is + of the latter. The lateral line commences

from the side of the occiput, gently declining towards the end of the

anterior fourth of the body, from whence it continues a little above the

middle of the side straight to the caudal. Itis composed of a series of

tubes placed in pairs one above the other, none exceeding in length } the

diameter of the eye. Each lower tube sends two branches obliquely

downwards, and between these branches appears a pore. The dorsal

commences a little in front of the gill-opening, at a distance from the

base of the upper pectoral ray of + of the length of that fin. The dorsal

and anal rays are undivided. All the fins present the peculiarity of having |

double rays; they appear to be single, but are composed of two distinct

ones placed transversely, and kept by the fin-membrane so closely in

contact, that each pair can act like a single ray. The caudal is closely

united with the dorsal and anal, from both of which it may be distin-

guished by its much slenderer, branched, rays ; their length either equals

or slightly exceeds that of the dorsal rays. The anus is situated in front

of the middle, either at, or a little behind the end of the fifth-twelfth of

the total length. The anal fin commences immediately behind the vent ;

the rays are 2 of those of the dorsal. The pectorals are elongated,

with branched rays; their length equals the distance from the muzzle

to the posterior margin of the orbit. The skin is smooth and naked,

The description and figure of Russell are sufficient, easily to identify

the species, which Mr. McClelland has renamed Murenesox serraden-

tata and described as having serrated teeth on the vomer. This error

would appear to originate in a singular misinterpretation. Russell

describes the jaws: “‘in both there are long crooked teeth in front,

with a regular row of straight teeth in the upper jaw, which is rough

on both sides like a file.” Russell could not have chosen a more

8 p 2

1298 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

correct simile of the roughness of the upper jaw of the young indi-

vidual he had before him, but he says nothing of the teeth being

serrated. Muranesox exodentata, McClelland, differs in no one

character from serradentata, but the description is inaccurate as far as

concerns the dentition, the anterior aperture of the nostrils, and the

lateral line. Nor is Murenesox lanceolata, McClelland, different from

either of the preceding, but the dentition and anterior nasal apertures

are incorrectly described.

Conger talabon is in the Straits of Malacca, numerous at all

seasons, but individuals exceeding 3 to 4 feet are less common. The

Malayan denominations of ¢han dlar, (i. e. fish-snake,) and mdlang

are indiscriminately applied to eels, all kinds of which are eaten by the

natives. The heart is situated immediately behind the gill-openings.

The cesophagus extends as far behind the latter as the distance from

the muzzle to the angle of the mouth. The stomach is a narrow

cylinder about + of the total length, extending to the anus; the coats

are thick and firm, with longitudinal folds on the internal surface.

The intestine is a simple cylindrical canal, thinner than the stomach ;

the posterior part is a little tortuous, which makes it a little longer

than the stomach. ‘The liver is bilobate, very short, of a brownish

yellow colour; it commences from the apex of the heart, and adher-

ing to cesophagus, it terminates at the origin of duodenum, where

the short, straight cystic duct enters. The gall-bladder is small,

oval, of a greenish white colour. The spleen is short, linear,

adhering to duodenum, ofa pale crimson colour. The air-vessel is

elongated, spindle-shaped, not exceeding the diameter of the stomach ;

it commences above the cardia, follows the stomach, but extends behind

the anus in a cavity in the tail; the length is about 4 of the total ;

the coats are very thin, transparent silvery white.

ConGER BAGIO, (Buchanan Hamilton.)

Mureena bagio, Buchan. Ham. 24, 364.

Conger longirostris, Bennett: Life of Raffles, 692.

Mureenesox tricuspidata, McClelland: Calc. Journ. N. H. IV. 409,

. Pl. XXIV. Fig. 1, a. b.

Mureenesox hamiltonii, (M. bagio,) McClelland: Calc. Journ. N. H.

V. 182, Pl. VIII. Fig. 3, and page 210.

1849. Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1299

Mureenesox bengalensis, McClelland, ibid. 182.

Congrus tricuspidatus, Richardson: Ichth. of Sulph. 105, Pl. 51,

Big. 2:

Congrus tricuspidatus, Richardson, Report, 1845, 312.

Conger hamo, Temminck et Schlegel: Fauna Japon. Pisc. 262, Pl.

CXIV. Figi 2.

Colours exactly like those of C. talabon.

1,238 to-245,

C 9to 11, >P 15 to 18, Br. XX.

A 198 to 211,

445 to 467.

Hasir.—Sea and estuaries of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Japan, Chusan, Ningpo, Canton, Coromandel, Bay of Ben-

gal, Tenasserim, Gangetic estuaries.

Tora LENGTH: 5 ft.

The general form resembles that of C. taladon, but it is less slender,

the muzzle less elongated, the eye larger, the teeth of the vomer and some

of those of the lower jaw are tricuspidate ; the dorsal and anal extend

farther forwards; the pectorals and caudal are shorter, and the bran-

chiostegous rays more numerous. The length of the head, from the

muzzle to the gill-opening, is contained from 63 to 63 times in the total

length. The distance from the muzzle to the anterior orbital margin is

+ of the length of the head.: The distance across the notch of the upper

jaw equals the horizontal diameter of the eye, which is } of the length of

the muzzle; the distance between the anterior margins of the orbits is

11, between the posterior margins it is two diameters. The eye

occupies the third-eighth of the head; the anterior margin of the

orbit is situated at the posterior third of the distance from the muzzle

to the angle of the mouth ; the length of the mouth is contained 23 to 24

times in that of the head. The anterior, tubular, aperture of the nostril

opens at the end of the anterior third of the distance between the muzzle

and the eye; the posterior occupies the commencement of the posterior

third of that distance. The pores of the crown of the head are very

indistinct. The general distribution of the teeth resembles that of C.

talabon, but the teeth themselves present the following differences.

Those of the mesial line of the vomer are compressed, with trenchant

edges and tricuspidate ; the central cusp is much larger than that at

1300 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

the root of the anterior and posterior margin. They resemble the

teeth of certain sharks, and are placed at intervals ;’more than from 5

to 7 are seldom present. Of the three longest, in the middle of the

vomer, none exceeds 4 of the horizontal diameter of the eye; their

breadth is } of the length. Of the three single series on each branch —

of the lower jaw the external and internal are equally minute and close.

The middle series are much larger, tricuspidate, compressed and tren-

chant. The tongue resembles that of ¢alabon, but the upper lip

between the notch and the eye is fleshy, and covered with minute

pointed lobes of the skin, which resemble velvety teeth ; otherwise the

lips present no difference. The vertical diameter at the occiput equals

the distance from the muzzle to the eye, + of the length of the head,

of which the greatest diameter of the body is 4. The tail is more

tapering than in ¢alabon so that the vertical diameter in front of the

caudal is from ,1, to +, of the greatest diameter of the body. All the

fin-rays are double. The pectorals are rounded; their length is 4 of

the head. The dorsal commences more in front of the gill-opening

than in ¢aladon, at a distance from the root of the upper pectoral ray

of from 4 to 2 of the length of that fin. The longest dorsal rays are

3 to } of the greatest vertical diameter of the body. The caudal is

so closely joined to the dorsal and anal, that the rays cannot be dis-

tinguished but by their position ; their length is about } of the longest

dorsal. The anus opens at, or a little in front of, the end of the second

fifth of the total length. The fin commences immediately behind the

anus ; the longest rays scarcely exceed 4 of the dorsal ones.

The description of Murena bagio, a drawing in Buchanan’s duplicate

series thus marked in his own hand-writing, and comparison of indivi-

duals from the Straits of Malacca and Calcutta prove the identity of

the species. Those from the latter locality are of a darker olive colour,

and not golden like those frequenting the sea.. Buchanan has observed

the strong resemblance of bagio and Taloo Paum, Russell, No. XXXVI.

p. 25. Inthe not very explicit description of the latter, the upper

jaw is characterised as being ‘somewhat shorter than the lower,”

which, if correct, militates against the identity of the two. Murenesox

tricuspidata, McClelland, offers no character different from dagio, but

the dentition is incorrectly described. Such is also the case with

Murenesox bengalensis, McClelland. Of Buchanan’s drawing of Mu-

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1301

rena bagio, (Murenesox hamiltonii, McClelland,) an incorrect copy is

given in Calc. Journ. of Nat. Hist. Pl. VIII. Fig. 3.* This species

Mr. McClelland observes he never met; yet the short description of

Murenesox bengalensis, McClelland, differs from the former in no

essential character, except in the number of fin rays, which comparison

proves is liable to considerable individual variations in the present

species as well as in falabon. Buchanan himself is doubtful about the

correctness of his number of rays of bagio. Conger hamo, Temminck

et Schlegel, from Japan, only differs in the colours of the body which

above is greyish brown, and in having the iris silvery. In the Straits

of Malacca young individuals of Conger bagio are as plentiful as tala-

bon. Both are fierce and of voracious habits, preying upon fishes and

crustacea, and their bite is dreaded by the fishermen.

The anatomy of this species offers some slight differences from C.

talabon. ‘The heart is situated nearer the head, immediately above

the gill-openings. The cesophagus extends but as far behind the latter

as half the distance from the muzzle to the angle of the mouth. The

cylindrical stomach extends to the anus and is + of the total length, of

which the intestine is 3. The right lobe of the liver is a little larger

than the left. The pearl-coloured coats of the spindle-shaped air-vessel

are thick, not transparent ; the length is contained a little more than

24 times in the total.

Gen. Opniurus, Lacépede, 1800.

(LerTroenatuus,t Swainson, 1838.—OpuitHorRAx,} McClelland,

1844).

Dorsal and anal terminating before reaching the end of the tail,

which is without fins, terminating like a puncheon ; posterior aperture

of the nostril opens on the margin of the upper lip.

* The drawing was first inscribed ‘‘ Ophisuroides,’’ afterwards altered by Bu-

chanan himself to ‘‘ Murenophis bagi.’’ It represents the fish stretched, and thus

correctly gives the proportions. In Mr. McClelland’s copy above quoted the fish is

doubled, by which some of the proportions are lost, and the apertures of the nostrils

are incorrectly copied.

+ Classif. of Fishes, 1. 221, Fig. 42; II. 334.

t (Scr. OpHrornorax.) Calcutta Journal, Nat. Hist, V. 173 and 212,

1302 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Dec.

A With globular teeth.

OPHIURUS BACCIDENS, Cantor.

Plate V. Fig. 1. (Natural size.)

Head above and back dull greenish olive ; lighter on the sides, dotted

with brown ; throat and abdomen greenish- or bluish white; fins pale

olive-grey or white, dotted with brown ; dorsal edged with black. Iris

golden greenish olive ; pupil horizontally lanceolate.

D 259 to 271, A 167 to 180, P 17, Br. XXXIV.

Hazit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

TOTAL LENGTH: 3 feet.

The general form is thick, heavy ; the head broad, the muzzle short,

depressed, pointed ; the body cylindrical ; the tail gradually compressed

and tapering to a short point. The length of the head, from the muzzle

to the gill-opening, is contained from 8} to 82 times in the total. The dis-

tance from the muzzle to the anterior orbital margin is ¢ of to 64 times

in the length of the head; the eye, bordering upon the forehead and the

lip, occupies the third-eleventh of the length of the head ; the distance

between the anterior orbital margins is 13, between the posterior ones it

is 2 horizontal diameters of the eye. The posterior orbital margin is

situated a little in front of the angle of the mouth, the distance between

which and the muzzle is contained 33 times in the length of the head. On

each side of the crown of the head, from between the eyes to the muzzle,

appears a series of four distant pores ; behind each eye are three such ver-

tically placed on each side, on the occiput two, along each side of the upper

lip five or six, and beneath each branch of the lower jaw six such pores.

The upper lip is fleshy, and lax, and gives the symphysis a more rounded

outline than it really has. On each side of the symphysis opens the

anterior nasal aperture through a voluminous tube. The posterior

apertures perforate the lower surface of the lip ; they are linear, terminat-

ing obliquely outwards beneath the anterior orbital margin, and have a

valve on the external margin ; their length is 4 of the diameter of the eye.

About midway between the anterior and posterior apertures appears a

small pointed lobulet, aud a smaller one immediately behind the posterior

aperture. The middle of the lower surface of the point of the muzzle

is occupied by a rounded cluster, (nearly of the size of the eye,) of glo-

bular teeth, like minute pearls, of which two or three in ‘the centre are

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1303

a little larger than the rest. A little behind this cluster commence

the teeth of the middle line of the palate which resemble the former,

and are arranged in the shape of a short dagger. On each side of the

jaw is an elongated, pointed and backwards diverging band of teeth.

They commence with a narrow interval from the handle of the dagger

and are all globular, except a single series of minute pointed teeth along

the internal margin of each band. The lower jaw is one diameter of

the eye shorter than the upper, leaving uncovered the point of the

muzzle with its teeth and the nasal tubes. The teeth resemble

those of the upper jaw with a similar internal series of pointed

ones; the band of each branch is separated by a narrow interval on

the symphysis. The tongue is oval and tied to the floor of the cavity

extending but little in front of the posterior third of the mouth.

The vertical diameter at the occiput is 4, at the anus 34, at the

termination of the dorsal and anal ;1, of the length of the head. All

the fin rays are double; those of the dorsal and anal undivided. The

rounded pectorals are placed obliquely a little behind the gill-opening ;

their length is + of the head; the distance from the muzzle to the root

of the upper ray is contained 83 times in the total length. The dorsal

commences above the end of the anterior third of the pectorals and

terminates rather abruptly at a distance from the compressed point of

the tail equal to the diameter of the eye; the largest rays do not exceed

the distance from the muzzle to the anterior orbital margin. The anus

opens two diameters of the eye behind the termination of the second

fifth of the total length. The fin commences immediately behind the

anus, and terminates opposite the dorsal which it resembles in length.

The lateral line commences from the side of the occiput, occupying

the upper third of the side till it reaches the anus, from whence it

continues in the middle to the point of the tail. Beneath it is accom-

panied by a series of pores, one diameter of the eye distant from each

other. This species is numerous at all seasons, In external appear-

ance it resembles O. cancrivorus, Richardson (Zool. Erebus and Terror,

Fishes. Pl. 50, Fig. 6,) but the latter is more slender, the teeth of

the jaw and palate appear in front to coalesce; there are no pores

behind the eyes, but four along each branch of the lower jaw. The

heart is placed immediately behind the gill-openings. The apex of the

heart is clasped by the bifid anterior extremity of the broad, thick,

8 E

1304 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

single-lobed liver which extends to cardia and pylorus; it is of a

brownish lake colour ; the small gall-bladder is almost entirely imbedded

in the substance of the liver. Both cardia and pylorus are situated at

the end of the second eleventh of the total length. The cylindrical

elongated stomach extends to within a short distance from the anus ; the

anterior third portion is thick, muscular, with internal longitudinal

folds; the rest of the sac is membranous, without folds, and widened

at the transition. The duodenum is wider than the rest of the canal,

the length of which is 4 of the total. The pale crimson spleen is

short, linear, adhering to the duodenum. The silvery-white air-vessel is

linear, spindle-shaped ; it commences a little in front of the posterior

half of the distance between the muzzle and anus, at the origin of the

membranous portion of the stomach and extends but a little into the

cavity of the tail. The latter terminates as far behind the anus as the

anterior half of the total length. The cavity contains the bluish grey

kidneys, which extend but a little in front of the anus, and the ovaries,

which farther occupy nearly the whole length of the abdominal cavity,

and extend to halfway between the pylorus and the heart. The ova

are very minute of a whitish yellow colour.

OpHiuRvs Boro, Buchanan Hamilton.

Plate V. Fig. 2, (Nat. size.)

Ophisurus boro, Buchan. 20, 363.

(Icon.) Ophisurus boro, Gray: Ill. Ind. Zool. I. Pl. 95, Fig. 1.

Ophisurus boro, McClelland: Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. V. 185, 211.

Ophisurus boro, Richardson, Report, 1845, 313.

Ground-colour whitish yellow; upper half of head and body, so

closely dotted with black, as to produce a general blackish appearance ;

dorsal pale olive white, dotted and edged with black ; anal white ; pec-

torals pale yellowish olive dotted with black; abdomen white. Iris

pale golden, dotted with black.

D 315 to 328, A* 205 to 244, P 13, Br. XXXI.

Hanit.—Sea of Pinang.

Estuaries of the Ganges.

TOTAL LENGTH: 2 feet 24 inch.

* These are the greatest variations in individuals examined at Pinang and in

Calcutta. Buchanan counts: ‘A 270 >”

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1305

The greater part of the body is cylindrical, of nearly equal diameter,

but the posterior seventh is gradually compressed and tapering. The

length of the head to the gill-opening varies from 93 to 102 times in the

total; it appears constantly to be 3 of the distance from the muzzle to

anus. The latter is situated either at or a little in front of the end of

the second-fifth of the total length. The horizontal diameter of the

eye is +, of the length of the head. The distance from the muzzle to

the anterior orbital margin equals two diameters, or the distance

between the eyes across the forehead. The distance from the muzzle to

the angle of the mouth is contained 31 times in the length of the head ;

the lower jaw is one diameter of the eye shorter than the upper. The

nostrils, their lobulets, and the tongue resemble those organs of O.

baccidens. Beneath the muzzle is a small rounded spot with globular

teeth, some of which are larger than the rest, which are continued on an

elongated pointed band along the mesial line of the palate. The broadest

part of this band contains 4 to 5 series. The teeth of the upper jaw

are somewhat smaller than the palatal ones, with which they do not

coalesce ; the broadest, anterior, portion contains about five series, of

which the internal one consists of minute pointed teeth. The bands of

the lower jaw have a linear interval over the symphysis, the broadest

portion; the teeth resemble those of the upper jaw, but there appear

no series of pointed teeth. From between the eyes, on each side of

the crown of the head, proceed a series of four distant pores to the

muzzle ; behind each eye appear three, and there are other series along

both jaws and across the occiput. The lateral line resembles in its

course that of O. baccidens, but the line itself and the pores are more

minute. The vertical diameter at the occiput is contained 3 times in

the head; the greatest one of the body is 4 of the length of the head ;

that between the termination of the dorsal and anal is 2 diameters of

the eye, and constitutes the base of an equilateral triangle formed by the

compressed tip of the tail. The dorsal, which is partly concealed in a

deep groove of the back, commences at a little distance behind the apex

of the pectorals, the distance from the root of the upper pectoral ray to

the first dorsal varies from 4 of to 22 times in the distance from the

muzzle to the dorsal. The rays of the dorsal and anal fins are 3 of the

length of the pectorals which measure + of the head.

SE 2

1306 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

Single individuals are taken along the coasts of Pinang at irregular

intervals.

B. With pointed teeth«

OPHIURUS GRANDOCULIS, Cantor.

Plate V. Fig. 3, (Magnified.)

Ground-colour of head back and sides yellowish white, minutely

and closely vermiculated with brown, and dotted with black, so as to

produce a general brownish appearance, lighter on the sides; abdomen

white ; fins greyish white; minutely dotted with black; dorsal and

posterior half of anal edged with black. Iris pale golden, dotted with

black.

D 251 to 258, A 152 to 167, P 15, Br. XXXI.

Hasrir.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH : 1 foot 64 inch.

The head is elongated with a conical, somewhat bluntly pointed muz-

zie, the general form of the body resembles that of O. doro. The length

of the head to the gill-opening is contained 114 to 112 times in the total,

but 44 to 42 times in the distance from the muzzle to the anus. The eye

is comparatively large, its horizontal diameter varying from ;}, to =4, of

the length of the head; the distance from the muzzle to the eye is two

diameters ; the eye itself occupies nearly the whole space between the

lip and the profile ; the distance across the forehead equals one diameter.

The distance from the muzzle to the angle of the mouth is contained 33

times in the length of the head ; the lower jaw is half a diameter of the

eye shorter than the upper. The nostrils, lobulets, pores of the head and

of the lateral line, as well as the latter itself, resemble those of O. boro.

The middle of the tip of the upper jaw has two close series of subulate

teeth ; in the young each series consists of 3 to 4, but one half of them

appear to vanish with age, when those remaining become stronger and

blunter. At a short distance behind these commence the double series

of teeth of the mesial line of the palate ; those of the anterior half are

longer than the rest, and become subulate with age; on the posterior

half the teeth are much smaller, and placed three deep. The teeth of

the jaw commence on each side of those of the mesial line without

coalescing with them; they are placed in a single series, are small,

pointed or subulate, Those of the lower jaw are also in a single series,

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1307

subulate, and they decrease from the symphysis, on which there is a

toothless interval between the series of both branches. The tongue

is small elongated and tied to the floor of the mouth, of which it

occupies the posterior third. The vertical diameter at the occiput is 3 of-,

the greatest of the body is contained 23 times in the length of the head,

while that between the terminations of the dorsal and anal equals the

diameter of the eye and forms the base of the triangular tip of the tail, each

of the sides of which is two diameters of the eye. The dorsal commences

above the posterior third of the pectorals, The distance from the root of

the upper pectoral ray to the dorsal is 43 to 5 times in that from the

muzzle to the dorsal ; the general length of the dorsal rays is contained 52

times in the head ; but immediately before the termination of the fin, the

rays suddenly increase in length, and are but 44 times in the head. Such

is also the case with the anal, which resembles the dorsal. The anus is

situated a little in front of the end of the third-fifth of the total length.

The pectorals are elongated, 3 of the length of the head. Single indivi-

duals occur at all seasons at Pinang. The present species bears a general

resemblance to O. Aijala,* Buchanan Hamilton, but in the latter the

dorsal commences at a short distance behind the pectorals.

* Buchan. Ham. pp. 20, 336, Pl. V. Fig. 5. Syn. O. hyala, Cuv. R. A. II.

351. (1)—O. puncticulata, Swainson, Il. 334.—0. rostratus, McClelland, Calc.

Journ. Nat. Hist. V. 184, 211.—0O. Ayala, McClelland, ibid. V. 184, 185.—

O. hijala, McClelland, ibid. V. 211.—O. minimus, McClelland, ibid. V. 185, 212,

Pl. X. Fig. 3.—0O. caudatus, McClelland, ibid. V. 185, 204, Pl. XII. Fig. 3.—

O. rostratus, Richardson : Report, 1845, 313.—0. hijala, Richardson, ibid. 314.—

With regard to the nomenclature of Mr. McClelland, it is necessary to observe that

the duplicate series of Buchanan Hamilton’s drawings contains a figure of this eel,

marked in Buchanan’s handwriting. ‘‘ Ophisuris rostratus,’’ which is evidently the

same as Pl. V. Fig. 5, O. hijala, ( Fishes of the Ganges.) In publishing the figure

and the description, Buchanan chose to alter his manuscript name *“ rostratus’’ to

‘‘hijala.”’ It is this, by Buchanan himself cancelled manuscript name ‘‘ ROSTRATUS,”’

which Mr. McClelland has introduced as if it were a species distinct from hijala,

and of which he says: ‘“‘I have not met with it, but it is closely allied to Oph.

minimus, from whick it only differs in having a square muzzle.’’—0O. minimus,

McClelland, is characterised as having ‘‘ the distance from the point of the muzzle

to the eyes equal to 1-5 of the distance from the eyes to the pectorals.’’ But in

Mr. McClelland’s figure (Pl. X. Fig. 3,) the former distance is one-third of the

latter, exactly as represented in the outline of O. hijala, Buchanan, (Pl. V. Fig. 5.

1308 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

OPHIURUS BREVICEPS, Cantor.

Plate V. Fig. 4, (Magnified.)

Head above and back greenish olive, lighter on the sides of the head

and body, everywhere minutely dotted with black ; throat and abdomen

greenish white; dorsal greenish white, dotted and edged with black ;

pectorals and anal greenish white dotted with brown. Iris pale green-

ish golden, dotted with black.

480, ». [ 276,

D wits A ear P 13, Br. XXXI.

Hapit.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH: 2 ft. 22 inch.

The head is proportionally very short, elongated conical, terminating

in a narrow truncated muzzle; the eye small; the body cylindrical,

suddenly deepening behind the anus, and slowly tapering towards the

small blunt point of the tail. The length of the head is ~,, or a little

less, of the total and contained 53 to 52 times in the distance from the

muzzle to the anus. The latter is situated either in the middle of the

third-eighth or a little in front of its termination. The horizontal diameter

of the small oval eye is contained 133 times in the length of the head ;

the distance across the forehead is 13 diameter ; that from the muzzle

to the eye 24 such diameters. The distance from the muzzle to the angle

of the mouth is contained 34 times in the length of the head. The upper

jaw is a little less than one diameter of the eye longer than the lower.

The nostrils and their lobulets, the pores of the head and the lateral line

resemble those of O. boro. The very minute whitish pores beneath the

lateral line are placed at a distance from each other of two diameters of

the eye. Onthe mesial line of the tip of the upper jaw appear two series,

each consisting of three small pointed recurvous teeth. At a short distance

behind the latter commences the series of the mesial line of the palate ;

Fishes of the Ganges.) —Of O. minimus, McClelland, it is farther said : ‘‘ the distance

from the muzzle to the branchial apertures, is equal to the distance from these to the

commencement of the dorsal.’’ In the figure, however, the former distance slightly,

yet perceptibly, exceeds the latter, just as it is represented in the figures of O. hijala,

Buchanan Hamilton. In O. caudatus McClelland, the distance from the base of the

pectorals to the dorsal is described as equalling half the distance from the pectorals to

the end of the muzzle. In Mr. McClelland’s figure, however, the former distance

is represented as contained 22 times in the latter.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1309

the anterior teeth are a little stronger than the rest, and placed three

deep, then two, and posteriorly in a single series of excessively minute

teeth. On each side of the mesial series commences a single one of

fine, pointed teeth, which is the internal series of the jaw ; behind the

posterior aperture of the nostril commences an external series of simi-

lar teeth. Those of the lower jaw resemble the latter, but they are

throughout placed in a double series, except over the symphysis which

is naked. The small elongated tongue is tied to the floor of the

mouth ; it is placed unusually far forwards and nearly extends to the

anterior third of the cavity. The vertical diameter continues uniform

from the occiput to the anus, varying in two individuals examined, from

3} times in, to 7 of the length of the head, while their greatest diameters

of the two anterior thirds of the tail vary from 3 to 4 of the head.

The vertical diameter between the termination of the dorsal and anal

is but two diameters of the eye, forming the base of the equilateral

triangular point of the tail. The small pectorals are from 3 of, to 33 times

in the length of the head. The dorsal commences above the apex of the .

pectorals. Its distance from the root of the upper pectoral ray equals

the length of the pectoral fin, and is + of its distance from the muzzle.

The length of the dorsal rays is but + of the head. The anal rays are

a little longer. ‘T'wo individuals occurred together at Pinang in No-

vember 1844. Although there was a difference of but 22 inch in

length, the longer was out of proportion, the thicker.

Gen. Datorpuis, (Rafinesque* 1810.) Swainson, 1839.

No pectoral fins ; gill-openings placed very low, towards the sides of

the throat ; dorsal and anal terminating before they reach the end of

the tail, which is naked ; body cylindrical, mouth small with minute

sharp teeth; nostrils tubular; dorsal fin commencing a little behind

the head ; vent nearly central ; upper jaw much longer than lower.

DaLopuis ANCEPs, Cantor.

Plate VI. Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.

Ground-colour of head, back and upper half of sides yellowish white,

so sparingly dotted with brown as to acquire a greyish or dusty

appearance ; beneath the lateral line a pale bluish grey longitudinal

band ; abdomen white ; dorsal and anal hyaline, the lower half of the

* Swainson: Classif. I, 221; II. 335.

1310 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

former dotted with brown. Iris silvery ; orbital margin black ; pupil

circular, black.

D 251? A151, Br. XXXI?

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

ToTraL LENGTH: 1 foot, 8 inch.

The head is comparatively short, terminating in a short conical

muzzle ; the eye very minute ; the body is slender, cylindrical, but widens

suddenly a little before the termination of the dorsal and anal; the

naked tip of the tail is slightly compressed and much blunter than

the muzzle. The head, measured to the gill-openings, is ,*, of the total

length ; it is contained 102 times in the distance from the muzzle to the

anus, which is situated at the end of the fourth-seventh of the total length.

The very minute eye is situated at the commencement of the second-eight

of the head, nearly above the middle of the lip ; its distance from the

muzzle is a little more than 4 of the head ; the distance between both

eyes is a little less. The distance from the muzzle to the angle of the

. mouth is contained 43 times in the length of the head. Between the

muzzle and each eye, on the crown of the head, appear three distant pores

and five similar on each branch of the lower jaw. The anterior nasal

apertures are tubular and open on each side of the point of the muzzle ;

although very small, each tube is double the length of the diameter of

the eye ; there are apparently no lobulets ; the posterior nasal apertures

open through the lower surface of the upper lip, beneath the eyes, as in

Ophiurus. Beneath the tip of the muzzle appears a double series, each

of three very minute pointed teeth. At a short distance behind the

latter commences the series of the mesial line of the palate ; the ante-

rior part is double, each side consisting of fine teeth which are longer

than all the rest, the posterior part is single. The teeth of the upper

jaw are minute, distant and placed in a single series, which commences

a little behind the anterior teeth of the palatal series. The lower jaw

is shorter than the upper; the symphysis is naked; the teeth are

minute, pointed and generally in a single series, but near the symphysis

appears on each side a short internal series, consisting of three minute

teeth. The tongue is very minute, elongated and tied to the floor of

the mouth; it does not extend beyond the angle of the mouth. From

the occiput to the tail the vertical diameter is contained 3% times in

the length of the head ; the tail slowly increases in depth to a little in

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1311

front of the termination of the dorsal and anal, where the vertical dia-

meter suddenly attains its maximum, 23 times in the length of the head.

Between the termination of the dorsal and anal the vertical diameter is

contained 43 times in the head, and it forms the base of the bluntly

exceed the base. Owing to the lowness and thickness of the dorsal

fin-membrane its precise origin cannot be determined ; apparently it

commences at a distance from the muzzle of 4 of the total length, but the

rays cannot be distinguished before a little in front of the anterior third

of the total. The general length of the rays is + of the head, but it

slightly increases above the sudden enlargement of the tail near the ter-

mination of the fin. The anal commences at a short distance from the vent

and resembles the dorsal. The gill-openings are small, crescent-shaped

and placed between the lateral line and the abdominal profile without

bordering upon either ; the distance from the apparent commencement

of the dorsal exceeds by } the length of the head or the distance from

the muzzle to the openings. The lateral line commences on the ante-

rior third, but descends at a short distance from the head to the middle

of the side and thus continues to the tip of the tail; it consists of a

succession of short upwards-arched tubes, apparently without pores.

The species described by Russell (No. XXXVII. Manti Bukaro

Paumu), which according to Cuvier is identical with Cacula pterygea,

Vahl,* differs from the present by its much shorter thicker head, and

by the anus being situated in the middle of the total length. A soli-

tary individual of Dalophis anceps occurred at Pinang, with two of

Ophiurus breviceps, in November 1844.

Gen. Murana, ([Artedi,| Linné, 1766,) Cuvier, 1817.

(GymnoTHorRAx, Bloch-Schneider, 1801.—Murznoputs, Lacépéde,

1803.—Lycopontis, McClelland, 1844.—Stropuipon, McClelland.

1844.—Tuzropontis, McClelland, 1844.)

Pectorals none ; branchize open on each side by a small hole ; oper-

cles thin; branchiostegous rays slender, concealed under the skin ;

* Skrivter af Naturhistorie Selskabet. Kjébenhavn. IVI. Pl. XIII. 1, 2.—

Sphagebranchus pterygea, Cuv. R. A. IL. 353 (7).—Dalophis orientalis, McClel-

land: Cale, Journ. Nat. Hist. V. 213.

8 F

1312 - Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Drc.

stomach a short sac ; air-vessel small, oval, placed towards the upper

part of the abdomen.

Mur2NA THYRSOIDEA, Richardson.

Plate V. Fig. 5. (Nat. size.)

Mureena thyrsoidea, Richardson: Ichth. Sulph, 111, Pl. 49.

Mureena thyrsoidea, Richardson: Report, 1845, 314.

Mureena grisea, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 11.?

Head, body and fins of darker or lighter pitch colour, so closely and

finely marbled and dotted with white or yellowish white, as not to

affect the general dark colour ; abdomen lighter than the rest of the

body. Iris pale golden, minutely dotted with black.

C >569 to 611, Br. IX.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Canton, China Seas.

ToTAL LENGTH: 2 feet 2 inch.

The form of the body is compressed, of nearly uniform depth. The

length of the head to the gill-opening is contained from 74 to 72 times in

the total, or about 33 times in the distance from the muzzle to the anus.

The horizontal diameter of the eye is ;1, to =, of the length of the head ;

the distance across the forehead is 14 diameter; the distance from the

muzzle to the eye is two such; that from the muzzle to the angle of the

mouth is about 4 of the length of the head. The anterior apertures of

the nostrils open through two small tubes, situated on each side of the

muzzle, at a distance from one another of one diameter of the eye. The

posterior apertures are small, oval, with a narrow membranous edge ;

each is placed above the forepart of the orbit. On the upper lip appear

on each side four distant pores, and on each side of the lower lip four

similar ones. Sir J. Richardson has traced scales before the gill-

opening. Both jaws are of nearly equal length and armed with

two series of teeth. Those of the outer series are minute, yet

strong, pointed with trenchant edges, and the series of both sides are

uninterrupted on the symphysis of the upper jaw. Those of the inner

series are more distant, thicker and longer. On the mesial line

of the upper jaw appear four or five longer, distant, subulate teeth,

which gradually increase in length, and are moveable. The rest

1849.| Catalogue of Maiayan Fishes. 1313

of the mesial teeth are minute subulate, headed by one longer than the

rest, which are at first placed in a double, but terminate in a single

series. Neither tongue nor lateral line are distinguishable. The vertical

diameter at the occiput is contained 2} times in the length of the head.

The anus is situated half the length of the head behind the middle of

the total length. The gill-opening is small, oval and placed obliquely,

nearer the abdomen than the back. The dorsal commences three diame-

ters of the eye in front of the gill-openings. The rays increase in length

towards the posterior half of the tail where they are 4 of the length of

the head. The caudal is but + of the head and so closely attached to

the dorsal and anal that its origin cannot be distinguished. The anal

commences a little behind the vent: it resembles the dorsal. All the

fin rays are double, and hid in the membrane. This species greatly

resembles Murena tile,* (Buchanan Hamilton,) which, however, may

be distinguished by a slightly differing dentition, by the vent being

situated one or two diameters of the eye before the middle of the total

length, and by its colours. Single individuals of M. thyrsoidea occur

at all seasons at Pinang.

Mur&€naA SATHETE, (Buchanan Hamilton.)

Mureenophis sathete, Buchan. Ham. 17, 363.

Lycodontis longicaudata, McClelland: Calc. Journ. of Nat. Hist.

Vi87 oP VILE Figs?

Strophidon longicaudata, McClelland: ibid. 215.

Mureena sathete, Richardson: Voy. Erebus and Terror, 91.

Head, body and fins dark greenish olive, throat and abdomen green-

ish yellow.

C Pe Bre LX

* Syn. Murenophis tile, Buchan. Ham. 18, 163. (Synon. eacl.)—Lyco-

dontis literata, McClelland: Calc. Journ. of Nat. Hist. V. 186, Pl. VII. Fig. 2—

Lycodontis punctata, McClelland, ibid. 187, Pl. VII. Fig. 3.—Strophidon literata,

McClelland, ibid. 215.—Strophidon punctata, McClelland, ibid. 215.—Strophi-

don maculata, McClelland, (Murenophis tile baim, Buchan. MS.) ibid. Pl.

VIII. Fig. 1.

¢ Mr. McClelland counts; D 484, A 394, (1. c. 187.)

8 F2

1314 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Drc.

Hazsit.—Freshwater and Sea of Pinang.

Gangetic estuaries.

TOTAL LENGTH: 7 feet 84 inch.

The general form of the body is cylindrical to the posterior half of

the tail, which is tapering and compressed. The length of the head

to the gill-opening is 7 of the total or about} of the distance from

the muzzle to the anus. The horizontal diameter of the eye is =1, of

the length of the head ; the distance between the eyes is two diame-

ters: that from the muzzle to the eye 23 diameters ; to the angle of

the mouth it is contained 3% times in the length of the head. The

apertures of the nostrils resemble those of M. thyrsoidea. The jaws

are nearly equal. The teeth of the upper jaw are placed in a single

uninterrupted series; they are distant, pointed, with two or three in

front of each eye longer than the rest, which are generally small. The

teeth of the mesial line commence with a single series of three movea-

ble conical teeth, of which the second is the longest of all; behind it

appears a double series of very small conical teeth, which, however, soon

coalesce into a single series; opposite the eye commences a single

series of palatal teeth which are conical and long. Those of the lower

jaw consist of an external series, which is single uninterrupted and

formed of small distant conical teeth; on the anterior half of each

branch appears an internal distant series composed of four long conical

teeth, of which the anterior ones are placed at a little distance behind

the symphysis. No tongue is distinguishable. The lateral line is

marked by a series of minute white pores which follow the middle of

the side to the caudal. The vertical diameter at the occiput is contained

34 times in the length of the head ; in front of the anus it is 4 of, but in

front of the caudal it is one diameter of the eye. The dorsal originates

far in front of the gill-opening, at the commencement of the posterior

third of the head: the distance from the muzzle to the dorsal is 3 of

the length of the head, that from the dorsal to the gill-opening 3. The

dorsal rays are short, and hid by the membrane; their length does not

exceed 1 of the head, of which the caudal is about ~;. The anus is

situated at the end of the fifth-thirteenth of the total length ; the fin

commences at a short distance behind the vent; the rays are a little

shorter than those of the dorsal. A single individual occurred on the

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1315

coast of Pinang in May 1845; a second, a little shorter than the for-

mer, was taken the following July in fresh water.

Gen. LEPTOCEPHALUS, Gronov. 1754.

Head small and short ; teeth numerous ; pectoral fins and gill-open-

ing very small; body compressed and very thin, tape-like ; dorsal and

anal fins small, united at the tail, forming a point.

A species of this genus was found in the stomach of Johnius dia-

canthus, (Lacépéde,) taken at Pinang. ‘The effects of the process of

digestion were such as but to admit the following characters to be

ascertained. The colour was a semipellucid opal, exhibiting numerous,

somewhat distant strize, or backwards directed angles, above and beneath

the lateral line; the iris was bluish silvery, the pupil circular black.

The vertical diameter at the occiput slightly exceeded 3 of the greatest

one of the body, which was about ~. of the total length. The head

was small, with ashort very pointed muzzle. The profile of the forehead

was oblique, meeting the horizontal one of the lower jaw, which

nearly equalled the length of the upper; the length of the head was

contained 171 times in the total; the distance from the muzzle to the

posterior circumference of the-orbit was 3 of the length of the head.

On each side of the upper jaw appeared five forwards-directed, pointed

teeth, and in the intervals between them four smaller, similar ones.

Each branch of the lower jaw was armed with five teeth, somewhat

longer, but resembling those of the upper jaw; minute teeth appeared

in the intervals between the three anterior longer ones. The roots of

the pectorals were all that remained, and were placed close to the abdo-

minal profile, immediately behind the gill-opening. The origin of the

dorsal and anal fins could not be traced. The total length of the fish

was 44 inches. From the peculiar dentition the species might be

named: Leptocephalus dentex. A species of Leptocephalus occurs in

the Bay of Bengal as far as the Sandheads.*

* Mr. McClelland quotes the Gen. Leptocephalus as exclusively inhabiting Great

Britain. (Apodal Fishes of Bengal in Calc. Journ. of Nat. Hist. V., page 226.)

1316 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

FAM. SYMBRANCHOID 2.

Gen. SymBrancuvus,(Bloch-Schneider, 1801.) Cuvier, 1817.

(UNIBRANCHAPERTURA, Lacépéde, 1803.—OPpHISTERNON,*

McClelland, 1844.)

Differs from Sphagebranchust by the branchize communicating out-

side by a single aperture, pierced under the throat and common to both

sides ; pectorals none ; vertical fins nearly entirely adipose ; head thick ;

muzzle rounded ; teeth obtuse; opercles partly cartilaginous ; six strong

bravchiostegous rays ; intestinal canal straight; stomach distinguished

by its being a little wider, and by a pyloric valve; coeca none; air-

vessel long and narrow.{

SYMBRANCHUS CALIGANS, Cantor.

Plate VII. Figs. 1, 2, 3.

Balut of the Malays.

(Young ?) Head above and back impure lake-coloured with livid

* ‘ OPHISTERNON :”’? (Scr. OPHIOSTERNUM.) ‘' A single transverse opening

under the throat common to both branchie. These consist of four pectinated combs

on each side. Two bands of teeth on the edges of the upper jaw, 5 short cartilagi-

nous branchial rays. Eyes small and placed on the muzzle, teeth disposed in bands

on the sides of the jaws.’’ (McClelland: Calcutta Journal, Nat. Hist. V. 220.)

Of the preceding characters the following are erroneous: ‘‘ ¢wo bands of teeth on

the edges of the upper jaw,”’ and ‘‘ 5 short cartilaginous branchial rays.’’ The

upper jaw carries but a single band of teeth, and there are siz branchiostegous,

bony rays on each side. After these errors have been corrected, it is evident that

Ophisternon, McClelland, is identical with Symbranchus. Mr. McClelland himself

quotes the diffinition of Symbranchus, Bloch, immediately preceding that of Ophi-

osternum (1. c. 175), yet, he observes: ‘‘ their branchie are not described further

than that the membrane contains six strong rays.’’ (1.c. 157.) As Cuvier, however,

has confined his diffinition to the differential characters by which Symbranchus is

distinguishable from Sphagebranchus, the simple inference from his silence con-

cerning the branchiz is, that both genera have the same number (four) on each side.

T SPHAGEBRANCHUS (Bloch-Schneider 1801.) Cuvier, 1817. Differs from

Murena principally by the branchial apertures approaching each other under the

throat ; the vertical fins in several species commence to project near the tail ; muzzle

extended and pointed ; stomach like a long cul-de-sac ; intestine straight ; air-vessel

jong, narrow and placed far back.

+t The Asiatic species, quoted in the following, have no air-vessel.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1317

reflections, lighter on the sides and abdomen ; throat pale livid ; dorsal-,

caudal- and anal- membranes pale carmine.

cua Br. VI.

A of

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

ToTaL LENGTH: 82 inch.

The head is conical, depressed, with rounded muzzle, swelling

towards the occiput; the body is cylindrical with the sides slightly

compressed, of nearly equal diameter ; the short, tapering tail is greatly

compressed like a two-edged sword. The length of the head, from the

muzzle to the gill-opening, is contained 8} to 82 times in the total.

The eye, a minute -black speck, is situated nearly opposite the middle

of the lip ; its distance from the muzzle is + of the length of the head.

That from the muzzle to the angle of the mouth is 4 of the length of

the head. The minute anterior nasal apertures are situated on each

side of the muzzle ; their magins are raised, not tubular. The larger,

posterior apertures are situated obliquely above the eyes; they are of

a lanceolate form, with the broader part in front of and ona higher level

than the eye, and with the apex extending downwards and outwards to

the supraorbital margin. The lips are membranous, the under one

reverted over the lower jaw, which is very little shorter than the upper.

The teeth are all blunt and minute, yet there is a perceptible difference

in their length. Each branch of the upper jaw carries a series of ex-

cessively fine, almost setaceous teeth, which under the symphysis

become crowded and form a small triangular figure. The base of both

triangles is bordered by three teeth larger than the rest, and separated

by a naked longitudinal interval. The palatal teeth are longer than

the preceding, and are placed in a single close series, uninterrupted on

the vomer. The teeth of the lower jaw are a little stronger than the

palatal, and appear truncated; both branches carry a single series ;

both coalesce on the symphysis where they expand in a semilunar band,

three or four teeth deep. The fleshy tongue is elongated, conical, with

rounded apex, extending to the symphysis; it is moveable by means of

a lax frenulum. The margins are thickened, rounded, forming a lon-

gitudinal groove along the upper surface of the tongue. Between the

upper extremity of the hyoid bone and that of the anterior branchial

1318 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

arch appears a small blind fossa, without sac, like that discovered by

M. Johannes Miiller in another Indian species: Symbranchus imma-

culatus, Bloch. (J. Miiller : Myxinoiden in Abhandl. der Konigl. Akad.

der Wissensch. zu Berlin. 1839. Berlin, 1841, p. 245.) On each

side of the pharynx is a small oval fleshy tubercle, behind which a

second one studded with minute card-like teeth, and immediately behind

the middle of the posterior branchial arch appear a few similar teeth,

forming a short linear group accompanying the arch. The lax undi-

vided gill-membrane is externally marked by some longitudinal furrows ;

the posterior margin is backwards arched and extends to the upper

third of the side, the origin of the lateral line. The bony branchios-

tegous rays are short, but strong, compressed and of equal length ; the

four upper ones are separated by a short interval from the two lower,

which are also placed farther from each other than the preceding. Of

the four densely fringed branchiz the posterior is the shortest, and

closely connected to the third branchial arch by a membrane with a

small oval aperture in the middle. The lateral line is a groove com-

mencing at the angle of the gill-opening, and continuing a little nearer

the back than the abdomen towards the anus; it proceeds along the

middle of the side of the tail to the caudal. The greatest vertical dia-

meter, at the occiput, is contained 3} times in the length of the head ;

at the anus 44. The length of the tail varies from about + to 4 of the

total. The skin is naked and lubricated by mucus. The membranous

dorsal commences opposite the anus, but is not distinct on the anterior

third of the tail. The anal resembles the dorsal ; the height of either

scarcely exceeds + of the vertical diameter at the anus. Both unite

with the short pointed caudal, which contains ten minute, jointed, sim-

ple rays. <A solitary, apparently young, individual occurred at Pinang

in September 1843; a second, 62 inch in length, in February 1845.

The distance from the gill-opening to the heart slightly exceeds the

length of the head. The digestive canal is a little less than 4 of the

total length. The cesophagus and stomach form an elongated cylinder,

which gradually widens towards the pylorus, which is internally

marked by a valve. The duodenum, which is narrower than the fundus

of the stomach is situated in the middle of the digestive canal. The

intestines form a simple cylinder, widening towards the rectum, without

ceecopyloric appendages or circumvolutions. The liver consists of a

1849.) Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1319

very elongated single lobe with many transversal incisions ; it com-

mences from the bulbus arteriosus, and gradually widening extends to

a short distance from anus; the colour is pale reddish brown. The

gall-bladder is small, oval, of a pale bluish green ; it is attached to the

liver at a short distance in front of the pylorus, or nearly halfway

between the muzzle and the anus. The spleen is elongated oval,

smaller than the gall, and situated closely behind the pylorus. There

is no air-vessel.

Symbranchus caligans differs from S. gutturalis, Richardson, (Ich-

thyol. Erebus and Terror, 49, Pl. XXX, Figs. 14—17.) from Dam-

pier’s Archipelago, by its proportionally longer head, and shorter tail :

in the latter species the head is ;}, of, the tail less than 3 of the total

length, and there are 7 caudal rays.

From Symbranchus immaculatus, Bloch* the present also differs

by a proportionally longer head, and shorter tail. Of a number of S.

emmaculatus examined, the majority had 5 caudal rays, few 3, 6 or 7.

* Bloch. XII. 77, Tab. 419, Fig. 1. (Harel. Habit. Surinam.) Syn: Syn-

branchus immaculatus, Shaw, IV. 36.—Synbranchus immaculatus, Cuvier, R. A.

II. 354(2).—Symbranchus immaculatus, Miller, Myxinoid. in Abh. der Konig.

| Akad. Berlin, 1839, 245.—Ophisternon bengalensis, McClelland: Calc. Journ.

_ Nat. Hist. V. 197 and 220, Pl. XI. Fig. 1-2.—M. Johannes Miiller, l. c. points

_ out the error committed by Bloch, who considered S. immaculatus, which he re-

_ ceived from Tranquebar, to be identical with another distinct species inhabiting

Surinam. To avoid confusion, a specific name requires to be given to the Brasilian

| Species. SS. immaculatus is numerous in the Hooghly, and appears daily in the

_ Fish Bazaars of Calcutta. Individuals exceeding 14 inches in length, are rarely

_ seen, but they are said to attain totwo feet. The description of this species given

by Mr. McClelland under the name of Ophisternon bengalensis is defective and

| disfigured by the following errors. The eyes are represented as being ‘‘ placed

| before and external to the posterior apertures of the nostril;’’ the branchial rays

| are said to be five and to be cartilaginous, and the maxillary teeth are described

_ and figured as ‘‘ forming a crescent in front under the apex of the jaw.’’

The posterior apertures of the nostrils are pierced vertically between, not behind

the eyes; a tangent of the posterior margin of the aperture continued downwards,

touches the posterior orbital margin; but a tangent of the anterior margin of the

aperture, if prolonged vertically, divides the eye. There are six, bony, branchios-

tegous rays, and the maxillary teeth of both branches do not coalesce in a crescent

beneath the symphysis, but are separated, and terminate in two small triangles as

. described in §, caligans. Ina number of individuals of Symbranchus immacula-

&o G

1320 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

In Ophisternon hepaticus, McClelland, (Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist.

198 and 221, Tab. XI. Fig. 3-4) the eyes are said to be placed “a

little before the posterior openings of the nostrils.” Both description

and figures are too defective to identify the species.

Gen. Monortervs, ([Commerson] Lacépéde, 1800,) Cuvier, 1829.

(OpuicarpiA, McClelland, 1844.*)

With the two branchial apertures united under the throat in a trans-

versal fissure, divided in the middle by a partition; dorsal and anal

only visible in the middle of the tail and uniting at its point ; teeth

like those of a card in the jaws and palatals ; branchiostegous rays six ;

branchize three.

tus the length of the head varied from 93 times in, to 4, of the total, and that of the

tail from 33 to 3g. As observed by M. Johannes Miller, this species has several

anatomical characters resembling those of Amphipnous cuchia, (Buchan. Hamilton).

Syn. Dondoo Paum, Russell : XXXV.— Wnibranchapertura cuchia, Buchan. Ham,

16, 363, Pl. XVI. Fig. 4. (Synon. exclus.)—Synbranchus cuchia, Cuv. R. A. II.

354 (2). (Synon. exclus.)—Cuchia, Taylor, in Gleanings in Science, II. 173.—

Synbranchus cashia, Swainson, Il. 336.—Ophichthys punctatus, Swainson, ibid.—

Amphipnous cuchia, Miller: Archiv. 15, 1840.—Amphipnous cuchia, J. Miller :

Myxinoiden in Abh. Berl. Akad, 1839, 244, (Berlin, 1841).—Cuehia, McClelland,

Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. IV. 411.—Pneumabranchus striatus, McClelland: Cale.

Journ. Nat. Hist. V. 192 and 219, Pl. XIII.—Pnewmabranchus leprosus, McClel-

land, ibid. 195 and 219.—Pneumabranchus albinus, McClelland, ibid. 196 and 219.

Dondoo Paum, Russell, XXXV, has been identified by the examination of a

specimen in the collection of Mr. Walter Elliot, who obtained it from the Anka-

pilly Lake. The discovery of the lung-like sacs of this eel belongs to James Taylor,

Esq. late Civil Surgeon of Dacca, and has been acknowledged by Mr. Johannes

Miller. Although the treatise entitled : ‘‘ Apodal Fishes of Bengal,” has added

nothing new to our knowledge of the anatomy and habits of the fish, no reference is

made init to Mr. Taylor’s original communication in ‘ Gleanings in Science,’ (1. ¢.)

Russell discovered Amphipnous cuchia in the Ankapilly Lake ; Buchanan Hamilton

_—S Pr +> 2 ee

W. Griffith in Assam. In December 1848 an individual was taken in the Che-

naub near our camp at Ramnuggur, and in February 1849 another was taken in the

Jehlum not far from our Camp at Chillianwalla. (Punjaub.)

* ‘¢QpHICARDIA: (Scr. OrHrocarpiA).’’ Two broad bands of teeth on the

upper and one on the lower jaw; asingle transverse opening under the throat,

diverging on either side to the gills, which consist of three slightly pectinate fleshy

1849, | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 132k

MowoprTerus JAvaAnicus, Lacépéde.

Plate V. Figs. 6, 7, 8. (Nat. size.)

Monoptere javanais, Lacép. II. 139.

Unibranchaperture lisse, Lacép. V. 658, Pl. 17, Fig. 3.

Monopterus javanicus, Shaw, IV. 39.

Monoptere javanais, Cuvier, R. A. II. 354.

Monopterus javanensis, Swainson, II. 336.

Ophicardia phayriana, McClelland: Cale. Journ. of Nat. Hist. V.

FO, 218,0b 1. XE Piet) 1.

Monopterus levis, Richardson: Voy. Sulph. Ichth. 116.*

Monopterus cinereus, Richardson: dd¢d. 117, Pl. 52, Fig. 1-6.

(Synon exclus.)

Monopterus? (Symbranchus?) xanthognathus, Richardson, <dcd.

118, Pl.'52, Fig. 7?

Monopterus lzevis, Richardson, Report, 1845, 315.

Monopterus cinereus, Richardson, zb¢d. 315.

Ophicardia xanthognatha, Richardson, z2d¢d. 116?

Balut of the Malays.

(Young.) Head above, back and sides above the lateral line black-

ish brown with bluish reflections ; rest of the sides, throat and abdomen

pale brownish blue ; fin-membranes blackish. Iris pale golden, dotted

with brown ; pupil circular black.

ToTaL LENGTH: 45 to 63 inch.

(Adult.) Ground colour of head above, cheeks, back and sides

above the lateral line reddish yellow ochre, or pale greenish yellow ;

rest of the sides, throat and abdomen pale yellow ochre or buff; head

back and sides so densely spotted with blackish brown, as to leave but

combs ; no scales, five rays in each side of the branchial membrane. There is but one

species known and this has no air-vessel.”” (McClelland: Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. V.

175.) The characters by which Ophicardia is supposed to differ from Monopterus

are the assigned single transverse opening under the throat, and the five branchios-

tegous rays :—both characters, however, happen to be erroneous, as ‘‘ Ophicardia

phayriana,”’ like a Monopterus, has two branchial apertures and six branchiosteg-

ous rays.

* Sir John Richardson has identified this fish with Unibranchaperture lisse,

Lacép.

8 G 2

1322 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Drc.

little of the ground-colour to view like single small spots; cheeks,

throat and abdomen with paler and fewer brown spots; abdomen in

some individuals not spotted ; lateral line of the ground-colour of the

body. Iris light brown, with a narrow golden ring enclosing the

pupil.*

ToTaL LENGTH: 104 to 204 inch.

D 0,

C 2; 3, 4 or 5, Bro VEE

A 0,

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

Arracan coast, Sunda isles, China Seas, (Hong-Kong, Car-

ton, Chusan, Woosung.)

The general form of the fish is cylindrical, gradually tapering from

the occiput, where the diameter is greatest, to the tail which is greatly

compressed, like a two-edged sword, and tapers more suddenly than

the body, terminating in a sharp point. The head is conical, swelling

towards the occiput, the profile of which is more or less arched. Be-

tween the eyes the head is somewhat depressed, and the profile slopes

towards the rounded depressed muzzle, which slightly projects beyond

the rounded narrower apex of the lower jaw. Both individually and

according to its age this species presents considerable variations in its

external characters. The following have been found constant in a

number of individuals of different size. The body is viscous and without

scales. The eye is situated above the middle of the upper lip, almost

bordering upon the profile ; the form of the eye is oval, and it is obliquely

placed, with the greatest diameter diverging backwards and downwards.

The distance between the posterior margins of the eye is therefore

greater than that between the anterior margins ; the distances from the

* Specimens preserved in spirits of wine change the colours, and appear as

described by Sir John Richardson. Monopterus levis, ‘‘ Corpore caryophyllaceo-

brunneo immaculato, subtts pallidiori ; genis punctatis.’’— Monopterus cinereus.

‘‘ The colour of the fish generally is lead-grey, paler beneath, and thickly speckled

on the back and sides with small points of hair brown. There are some pale

streaks on the top of the head.’’ (Voy. Sulph. Ichth. pp. 116,117.) The

drawing from which Monopterus xanthognathus was taken, has evidently been

coloured from a living or fresh fish,

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1323

eye to the muzzle, and that to the angle of the lips are nearly equal.

The anterior nasal apertures are very minute, with a slightly raised

margin, but not tubular, and situated on each side of the muzzle ; the

posterior ones open on the crown of the head ; although small, they are

conspicuously larger than the anterior ; they are pyriform with the apex

close to the centre of the supraorbital margin, and they are directed

obliquely inwards, so that the distance between their fundus, which is a

little beyond the anterior orbital margin, is less than that between the

apex of both. The narrow lips are membranous, the upper one slightly,

the lower very reflex ; their commissure is situated considerably less

than half the distance between the muzzle and the gill-opening. The

teeth are villiform, somewhat varying in length; under a lens they

appear conical, slightly recurvous, with a blunt apex. Those of the

upper jaw form a narrow band, tapering towards the angle of the mouth ;

at the symphysis the band of each limb forms a short linear process,

separated by a linear naked interval. The palatal band resembles the

maxillary, but both branches coalesce on the vomer at an acute

angle, and internally and externally the band is enclosed by a papillary

fold of the membrane lining the palate, which gives the band the ap-

pearance of being broader than it really is. On each side of the

pharynx, between the root of the posterior free gillarch and the fourth

appears a small rounded tubercle, studded with minute card-like teeth.

Immediately behind the middle of the fourth, posterior arch, appears

a short linear group of similar teeth. The teeth of the lower jaw re-

semble the rest ; the bands of both branches taper towards the angle

of the mouth; on the symphysis they either coalesce or are separated

by a linear interval. Also this band is internally lined by a papillular

duplicature of the membrane of that part of the mouth. The fleshy

moveable tongue is elongated, tapering into a narrow flattened and

rounded apex. The upper surface is papillular, like the roof of the

mouth ; the anterior half is flattened and thin, the posterior is thick,

hollowed into a longitudinal channel between the two rounded

margins, which Lacépéde from the MS. of Commerson describes as

two tubercles at the base of the tongue.

Between the root of the upper extremity of the hyoid bone and the

anterior gillarch, but nearer the former, appears a small blind fossa, ap-

parently without sac, like that of Symbranchus. The oblique gill-openings

1324 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Drc.

are almost confined to the abdominal surface, meeting at an acute angle

on the throat ; they are divided by a thin longitudinal septum, which

does not, however, extend as far back as the angle of the gill-openings,

and they consequently have the appearance of being single as in the

Gen. Symbranchus. A fold, corresponding to the septum, appears on

the external surface of the membrane. In the posterior half of each

cavity appear three small, but slightly curved bony arches, with minute

branchize. The fourth, posterior, arch is entirely hidden by the integu-

ments, The branchiostegous rays are generally short, but unequal:

the four upper ones are placed closely together, the two lower ones at

some distance below the former; the second upper ray and the two

lower ones are of nearly equal length, about double that of the re-

maining three. A linear groove marks the lateral line, which continues

nearly in the middle of the side to the point of the tail. In specimens

preserved in spirits of wine the contraction of the muscles produces

another linear groove dividing the space between the back and the

lateral line. All the preceding characters correspond to those of

Monopteére javanais, Lacépéde. The following are the characters which

vary, not only according to age, but even in individuals of equal dimen-

sions. The length of the head (measured from the snout to the hinder

angles of the gill-openings,) varies from 5 of, to 153 times in the total ;

the tail from + of to 22 in the total length. Generally the head is

proportionally shorter in the young, but the tail longer than in the

adult. The distance between the eyes, across the forehead, is anteriorly

about three-, posteriorly about four diameters of the eye. On the top

of the head, on the upper lip and the throat appear some minute dis-

tant pores, the number of which varies individually. Of the three

united fins the two are entirely membranous ; the very small caudal

encloses from two to five undivided rays, so very minute, that a lens

is required to observe them through the semitransparent membrane.

In adult individuals they are frequently not distinguishable. The dor-

sal commences a little behind the root of the tail, rising into a low arch

above the middle of the tail and then gradually decreasing towards the

caudal. The anal may be traced from the anus in the form of a raised

line, sunk in a groove; on the posterior two thirds of the tail it forms

a skinny hem, less elevated than the dorsal. Both are frequently very

indistinct in individuals of all ages, and can then barely be distinguished

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1325

by their semitransparency. Single individuals occur on the coasts of

Pinang at all seasons.

The constant characters occur in Monopterus levis, Richardson,

and in M. cinereus, Richardson; of the inconstant characters some

are applicable to either.—Ophiocardia phayriana, McClelland, is de-

scribed as having two short tubular nostrils at the extremity of the

muzzle, and five branchiostegous rays. Both characters are erroneous,

and the fish nowise differs from M. javanicus.—Monopterus grammicus,

(Cantor,)* observed at Chusan and in Japan, presents the following

differences. The head is contained about 10} times in the total length,

the tail from 43 to 5, and in a japanese specimen it was about 7 times

in the total. The head is consequently proportionally longer, and the

tail shorter than in MZ. yavanicus. The living individuals examined in

1840 at Chusan had the head, back and sides above the lateral line of a

reddish yellow ground-colour ; the rest of a dark buff; the whole body

covered with numerous black irregular lines, like inscriptions, leaving but

little of the yellow and buff to view. In other external, and in anatomical

characters they agreed with M. javanicus, and it remains to be ascertained

if the above mentioned differences are constant, specific, or merely in-

dividual. The original of M. xanthognathus, Richardson+ is either

M. javanicus, or M. grammicus, if the latter is a distinct species.

In Monopterus javanicus the heart is situated at a distance behind

the gill-openings of about 13 times the length of the head. The diges-

tive canal is about 2 of the total length. The cesophagus and stomach

form a long canal, which gradually widens towards the pylorus,

and is about 4 of the digestive canal; on the internal surface appear

some longitudinal ruge, which terminate at a short distance from the —

pylorus. The origin of the duodenum is internally marked by a very

distinct valve, and externally by a considerable constriction. The

* Syn. Symbranchus grammicus, Cantor: Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. IX.

30.—Monopterus marmoratus, Temminck et Schlegel: Fauna Japon.—Monop-

terus marmoratus, Richardson: Report, 1845, 315. This eel is numerous at

Chusan in streamlets, canals and estuaries. As it is a favourite article of food,

it is kept by the inhabitants of Chusan in large jars with fresh water. But it is

capable of living a considerable time out of water. It is of voracious habits,

feeding on smaller fishes, and it takes hooks baited with earth-worms.

T Voyage of H. M. S. Sulphur, Ichthyology : 118, Pl. 52, Fig. 7.

1326 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Dec.

coats of the stomach are perceptibly thicker than those of the intestines,

which form a narrow cylinder without ccecopyloric appendages or cir-

cumvolutions, and widen a little towards the anus. The liver is linear,

consisting of a single lobe, but subdivided by numerous small trans-

verse incisions; it accompanies the stomach and terminates a little

behind the pylorus,

ORDO PLECTOGNATHI.

FAM. BALISTISIDA.

Gen. Batistes, ([ Artedi| Linné, 1748) Cuvier, 1817.

Body compressed ; in each jaw a single series of eight, generally

trenchant, teeth; skin scaly or granulated, but not exactly osseous ;

anterior dorsal composed of one or more spines, articulated with a pe-

culiar bone, fixed to the skull and furrowed to receive the spines ; pos-

terior dorsal soft, long, opposite to a nearly similar anal ; ventrals none,

but a pelvic bone suspended to those of the shoulder.

BALISTES CONSPICILLUM, Bloch-Schneider.

Renard: I. 15, Fig. 88.

Baliste americain, Lacépéde, I. 377, Pl. 16. Fig. 2.

Balistes conspicillum, Bloch-Schneider, 474.

Balistes bicolor, Shaw, V. 407, Pl. 168.

Lesson et Garnot: Voy. de la Coquille, Pl. 9.

Quoy et Gaimard : Uranie, PI. Fig. 1.

Balistes conspicillum, Cuv. R. A. IT. 373, note.

Rhinacanthus conspicillum, Swainson, II. 325.

Balistes conspicillum, Richardson: Report, 1845, 201.

Balistes conspicillum, Temm. et Schl. Fauna Japon. Pisces, Tab.

CXXIX. Fig. 1. (Adult.)

(Young, from 1 to 3 inch. in length.) ead above, back and upper

half of the sides pale rust-coloured or reddish brown, with more or less

distinct snuff-coloured, short, longitudinally undulating lines or spots ;

lower half of sides, throat and abdomen impure brownish white with

pale brown patches ; in some on the sides of the head and body a few

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1327

distant white dots; fins brownish white; second dorsal, caudal and

anal with large brownish grey or black patches. Iris pale frosted

‘silvery minutely dotted with brown; in some with three or four in-

distinct radiating brown bars ; orbital margin blackish.

(From 3 to 6 inch. in length.) Yellowish-, reddish- or blackish-

brown, back darker, abdomen lighter than the rest ; sides, throat and

abdomen in some individuals with more or less distinct rounded whitish

spots* ; and in others an indistinct whitish forwards arched band

from eye to eye; pectorals transparent brownish grey with a blackish

spot at the root; rest of the fins brownish black, darker than the body ;

the basal half of their membranes in some individuals with very indis-

tinct whitish spots. Iris pale silvery round the pupil ; rest black.

D 3—23, 24 or 25, C 101, A 20, 21 or 22, P 14 or 15, Br. VI.

Hagir.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Japan, China Sea, Natunas, Indian Ocean, Mauritius,

Madagascar.

TOTAL LENGTH : 6 inch.

When the pelvic spine is withdrawn the general outline of the body

is oval. The length of the head, from the muzzle to the upper part of

the gill-opening, is contained 33 times in the total length. The anterior

angle of the orbit is situated close to the profile above the centre of the

length of the head, of which the horizontal diameter is 7 ; the distance

across the slightly arched forehead is a little less than two diameters.

Each nostril has two small tubular apertures situated a little in front of

the anterior angle of the orbit ; the anterior aperture is directed forwards,

the posterior backwards. The mouth is small with fleshy lips. In

each jaw appear eight obliquely truncated, trenchant teeth, gradually

increasing in size towards the symphysis. In the teeth of the upper

jaw the internal surface is larger than the external, elongated oval,

flattened with a rounded impression at the anterior part. In young

individuals the internal surface is finely transversely furrowed, but

with age it becomes smooth. The internal surface of the teeth of

the lower jaw is almost entirely hid by a small crescent-shaped

* In one individual, taken off the Natunas Isles, (4° N. L. 108° E. in the

southern part of the China Sea,) the body was said to be covered with blood red

spots ; after having been preserved in spirits of wine, it appeared of a uniformly

blackish brown.

8 H

1328 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

membrane. ‘The tongue is small, rounded, fleshy and tied to the floor »

of the mouth. The anterior dorsal commences a little behind the an-

terior third of the back, the caudal not included ; the first spine is very

thick, with the anterior rounded margin prickly ; the sides are smooth,

longitudinally striated ; the length is less than } of the head; but in

very young individuals it is proportionally a little longer. The second

spine, which at the root is in contact with the former, is much slenderer,

smooth, and but 2 of the anterior ; it is easily laid down, and when it

reclines, the anterior trigger-like spine spontaneously follows. The third,

slender spine is placed at a distance from the second of twice its own

length, which is 3 of that of the former; it may be reclined either

forwards or backwards in the groove of the back. All three spines are

connected by a lax membrane. The distance from the first to the

third spine equals the length of the former, and also the distance from

the third spine to the posterior dorsal fin. The latter is nearly equi-

lateral triangular. The anterior four rays, of which the first and second

are undivided, rapidly increase in length; the fifth and sixth are the

longest, by 3 longer than the first dorsal spine ; the succeeding rays

gradually decrease ; the last, which is undivided, equals the third spine.

The sides of all the rays of this and the remaining fins are covered with

minute spines. The extent of the base of the second dorsal equals the

distance of this fin from the first dorsal spine. Its distance from the

caudal equals that from the third spine. The caudal is broad with the

posterior margin convex; the length is a little less than the longest

dorsal rays. The anus is situated opposite the first dorsal ray; the

anal fin commences opposite the fourth ; the extent of the base is a

little shorter than that of the posterior dorsal; in other respects the

two are equal and terminate opposite each other. The length of the

rounded pectorals is a little more than 4 of the head. The pelvic spine

protrudes but very little, and is but slightly protractile; externally its

length equals that of the longest dorsal rays; the triangular dewlap

has the anterior and posterior margins equal, but the base, from the

root of the pelvic spine to the anus, exceeds by 4 the two margins.

The vertical diameter of the occiput equals the length of the head ; that

in front of the posterior dorsal is contained 23 times in the total length ;

when the pelvic spine is protracted the greatest vertical diameter is 3 of

the total length. The body is covered with rhomboidal prickly scales. At

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1329

a little distance beneath the back and behind the pectorals, each scale

is provided with a central, backwards arched, small but strong spine,

forming longitudinal series, of which upwards of 20 may be counted

between the posterior dorsal and the anal, 10 on the tail. At the lower

part of the dewlap these spines appear in clusters of from three to

five.

The stomach is capacious, elongated ; it contained remains of fish;

(in several, of Hxocoetus nigripennis, Cuv. and Val.) The intestinal

canal is wide, contained about 12 times in the total length. The liver is

large; the right lobe consists of two elongated portions ; the left is

broader and deeply cleft. The gall-bladder is large, ovoid, expanded

with a whitish green fluid; the spleen is small. The silvery air-vessel

is elongated oval, occupying the upper part of the abdominal cavity.

At Pinang and Singapore this species is numerous at all seasons.

Gen. Monacantuus, Cuvier, 1817.

Scales small, covered with stiff asperities, close like velvet; extre-

mity of the pelvis salient and spinous; anterior dorsal fin with a large

prickly spine, and a second almost imperceptible.

MoNACANTHUS TOMENTOSUS, (Linné.)

Seba: III. Tab. XXIV. Fig. 18.

Gronov. Mus. Tab. VI. Fig. 5.

Balistes tomentosus, Linné: Syst. 1463.*

Balistes tomentosus, Shaw, V. 401, Pl. 169.

Monacanthus tomentosus, Cuvier, R. A. II. 373 (’)

(Young.) Yellow; dewlap washed with grey ; except the throat and

dewlap, the rest of the body with numerous small rounded cobalt blue

spots ; first dorsal spine yellow with three blackish rings, membrane

bluish white minutely dotted with brown ; posterior dorsal, anal and

pectorals yellowish, transparent ; caudal rays whitish, membrane black.

Iris pale golden, orbital margin blackish.

D 2—31, C 101, A 28, P 12, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean.

ToTAL LENGTH: 34 inch.

* Distinct from Balistes tomentosus, Bloch, Pl. 148, which Cuvier refers to

Pira aca, Marcgr. 154, Mr. Swainson quotes the species of Bloch, (Sw. II, 327.)

8H 2

1330 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. _ [Dec.

When the pelvic spine is withdrawn, the outline of the body is

elongated oval. The length of the head, from the muzzle to a little be-

hind the orbit, is contained 34 times in the total. The eye is situated at

a little distance beneath the first dorsal spine, and above the pectorals

and gill-openings ; the horizontal diameter is j of the length of the head

and equals the distance between the eyes. The nostrils, lips, teeth

and tongue resemble those organs of Balistes conspicillum. ‘The first

dorsal spine rises above the eye ; it is moderately strong, slightly arched

and serrated both on the anterior and posterior margin; it is a little

less than 3 of the length of the head; the second spine is very slen-

der, like a bristle and flexible, 5 of the length of the former. Their

connecting membrane extends but little behind the orbit ; its distance

from the posterior dorsal equals the length of the first spine. The first

four rays of the posterior dorsal gradually increase in length ; the fifth

ray, from which the rest very slowly decrease, is but little longer than

the horizontal diameter of the eye; the extent of the base is 4 of the

length of the head ; the distance from the caudal is + of the extent of

the base. All the rays of the posterior dorsal, the anal and the pecto-

rals are undivided and spinous on their sides. The caudal is elongated,

with the posterior margin rounded ; all the rays except the upper and

lower, are divided; the length of the central ones is 4 of the head.

Although the anal commences a little in front of the posterior dorsal,

the extent of its base is not longer ; in other respects it resembles the

dorsal. The pectorals are rounded, + of the length of the head. The

point of the pelvic spine barely projects beyond the integuments ; the

spine is large, arched ; # of the length of the head; it is very protrac-

tile, forming the anterior margin of the triangular dewlap; the base of

the latter equals this margin ; but the posterior margin is shorter by 2.

The vertical diameter of the protracted dewlap is contained 21 times in

the total; in front of the posterior dorsal it is } of the total. The —

whole body has a downy appearance from being covered with minute

prickles, rough to the touch ; those of the tail are a little longer than

the rest. A solitary individual occurred at Pinang in July, 1844.

MOoNACANTHUS GEOGRAPHICUS, (Péron.)

Balistes geographicus, Péron.

Monacanthus geographicus, Cuv. R. A. II. 373 ('), Pl. XI. Fig. 2.

(Young.)

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1331

Monacanthus geographicus, Swainson, IT. 327.

Ground-colour pale greenish blue with scattered small brown spots ;

from the anterior part of the base of the posterior dorsal to behind the

eye an oblique, undulating, lilac brownish band, edged with whitish, and

with numerous small brown spots ; a second similar from the middle

of the base of the posterior dorsal to beneath the pectorals ; a third

from the posterior part of the latter fin and the tail to the anus; these

bands are frequently interrupted or broken up, so as to make the body

resemble a geographical chart of islands; from the anterior part of the

orbit three or four short radiating brownish bands; first dorsal. spine

greenish blue, indistinctly annulated with brown; membrane pale lilac

clouded and minutely dotted with brown; rays of posterior dorsal,

caudal and anal pale greenish blue; their membranes pale brownish

lilac transparent ; basal half of dorsal with three or four parallel undu-

lating brown lines; anal with a dark brown net-work; anterior two

thirds of caudal with numerous brown dotted lines, parallel to the

posterior margin, near which 6 or 7 pale blackish lilac confluent lines ;

-lower part of the dewlap pale whitish lilac with small brown spots.

Iris frosted silvery, with indistinct radiating brownish bars,

D 2—29, 31 or 32, C 101, A 29, 30, 31 or 32, P 13 or 12, Br. V.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore, Malayan Peninsula.

ToTaL LENGTH: 84 inch. |

When the pelvic spine is withdrawn, the form of the body is nearly

rhombic. The length of the head, from the muzzle to a little behind the

orbit is contained 33 times in the total. The eye is situated at a short dis-

tance beneath the first dorsal spine ; the posterior margin of the orbit is

immediately above the’gill-opening ; the horizontal diameter of the eye is

contained 43 times in the length of the head. The outline of the forehead

is concave, ascending towards the first dorsal spine; angular from side

to side; the horizontal distance between the eyes equals one diameter.

The nostrils, lips, teeth and tongue resemble those organs of Balistes

conspicillum. The four upper branchiostegous rays are slender like

hairs, the fifth is broad, sabre-like, with the upper margin elongated ; it

appears like two soldered together ; the first dorsal spine is strong and a

little backwards arched ; the anterior surface is rounded, longitudinally

furrowed and very prickly ; the posterior is smooth, with about 7 strong

downwards directed thorns on each side ; the length of the spine equals

1332 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

the distance from the muzzle to the eye. The membrane is very short

and completely envelops the minute slender second spine. The furrow

of the back is very short and not intended to receive the first spine,

which can but partially be laid down, so as not to touch the back, by

reclining the second. The distance from the first spine to the poste-

rior dorsal fin is undulating, gradually ascending, and equals the dis-

tance from the muzzle to the first spine. All the rays of the posterior

dorsal are undivided, with minute spines; the first is but little shorter

than the second and third, the longest, which are 3 of the first dorsal

spine. The succeeding rays gradually decrease; the base is very

sloping ; its extent equals the distance from the first dorsal spine. The

distance from the caudal is 4 of the base. The anal fin is placed op-

posite to the posterior dorsal which it resembles. The caudal is broad

rounded ; in individuals from 5 inches in length and more, the upper,

undivided ray, and the adjoining half of the second, divided one, project

beyond the others, and form a kind of short filament. The length of

the central rays arein young individuals 4, in older 43, in the total. The

pectorals are rounded, 4 of the length of the head. The pelvic spine

is strong, nearly 4 of the total length, and very protractile. Near the

scarcely projecting apex is a deep naked incision in the anterior margin,

with five strong upwards directed thorns. At the incision there is no

joint in the spine, but there is one a little lower down, so that the

thorny apex of the spine is freely moveable both forwards and back-

wards, The figure in Régne Animal incorrectly represents the pelvic

spine with two backwards moveable pieces. The dewlap is large, tri-

angular, with the lower part arched, scaleless and half transparent ; in

it are enveloped upwards of 33 tendinous lines, the points of which

slightly project beyond the margin; as many of them are divided, they

have the appearance of rays. The shape of the expanded dewlap is in

early age triangular ; with age the posterior angle becomes truncated.

The base of the triangle equals the length of the pelvic spine ; the arched

lower margin is by one third shorter. When the dewlap is expanded,

the vertical diameter at the first dorsal spine is contained 1,2, times in

the total length ; between the posterior dorsal and the anal it is 24.

The whole body is covered with minute crowded, backwards directed

spines ; near the upper and lower margin of the tail appears a longitu-

dinal series of four larger scales, each armed with a short but strong

ee 2 Se ee ae 3 ee ee oe 8 = te

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1333

forwards arched spine. Individuals less than about 4 inches in length,

present no trace of these spines. This species has a lateral line, the

course of which is distinguished by a line of spines a little larger than

the rest. It commences at the posterior margin of the orbit, ascending

slightly towards the posterior dorsal, when it abruptly descends towards

the middle of the side, and then continues straight to the caudal. At

its origin it gives off a short vertical branch to the root of the first

dorsal spine; a second above the orbit and nostril towards the muzzle ;

a third along the lower margin of the orbit, where it subdivides in an

upper branch which proceeds horizontally to the chin, and in a lower

undulating obliquely downwards to the dewlap. At Pinang this species

is numerous at all seasons.

MONACANTHUS PENICILLIGERUS, (Péron.)

Balistes penicilligerus, Péron.

Monacanthus penicilligerus, Cuv. R. A. II. 374 (°), Pl. XI. Fig. 3.

Chetodermis penicilligerus, Swainson, II. 327.

Ground-colour pale whitish green, with numerous black lines; those

round the orbit radiating, those of the rest of the head -and the body

longitudinal, undulating ; side by side, behind and between the eye and

gill-opening, two large round purplish black spots, both longitudinally

divided by a band of brilliant ultramarine, through which passes one of

the black lines of the body ; behind the orbit a smaller purplish black

spot, edged with pale blue, and three similar, vertically placed between

the middle of the posterior dorsal and the anal ; along the base of the

latter fins, the dewlap and the caudal several irregular black spots ;

spines of the body hyaline ; lips and filaments whitish red, the latter

dotted and ringed with black; dorsal spine whitish grey with black

spots ; membrane hyaline, dotted with brown ; fin-rays brownish white ;

membranes hyaline; those of the posterior dorsal, caudal and anal

with numerous small rounded black spots placed in series parallel with

the base of the fins. Pupil black, horizontally elliptical ; iris golden

bronze, with six radiating pale crimson bars.

D 1—23 or 26, C 103, A 21 or 24, P 13, Br. V.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

TOTAL LENGTH : 64 inch.

The form is rhombic, but appears shorter and broader than that of

1334 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

M. geographicus. The length of the head from the muzzle to a little

behind the orbit, is contained 34 times in the total. The posterior

margin of the orbit is situated nearly in the middle between the dorsal

spine and the gill-opening the horizontal diameter of the eye is 3 of the

length of the head; the horizontal diameter between both exceeds the

diameter by 3. The nostrils, lips, teeth and tongue resemble those organs

of Balistes conspicillum. The upper branchiostegous ray is the longest,

and closely attached to the second, which at its root appears to be

double ; the fourth is setaceous like the preceding, but a little removed

from them; the fifth is broader than the rest, but less so than it is in

M. geographicus. The dorsal spine is proportionally longer in young

individuals; it is tetragonal, slightly arched backwards, and is armed

with strong thorns on the four margins and it carries numerous long

filaments like those of the body. It can but slightly be reclined; its

length is less than } of its distance from the muzzle; its membrane

descends from the middle of the posterior surface, and extends to a

little in front of the middle of the distance between the two dorsals.

There appears to be no second spine. The interval between the dorsal

spine and the first ray forms three slight undulations, and slightly

exceeds the length of the spine. The length of the rays of the poste-

rior dorsal differs but slightly ; those in the middle, the longest, are 2

of the spine. The extent of the base equals the distance from the

muzzle to the dorsal spine. The anal commences opposite the 4th or 5th

ray of the posterior dorsal, but it terminates opposite the latter. The

distance of both from the caudal is + of the extent of the posterior

dorsal. The caudal is nearly rhomboidal; the length of the central

rays is 7 of the total. The pectorals are rounded, their length equals

that of the longest rays of the posterior dorsal. The pelvic spine is

very strong, less protractile than that of M. geographicus, but the

jointed apex is more projecting ; the dewlap is small, triangular, the

anterior margin and the base equal the length of the caudal ; the posterior

margin is 4 less. When the dewlap is protracted, the vertical diameter

between the root of the dorsal spine and apex of the pelvic is contained

13 times in the total length ; at the second dorsal it is 21. The body is

very rough, covered with short strong spines, generally terminating in

two, but frequently in more points, of which the posterior is longer than

the rest and directed obliquely backwards. The spines of the body are

ay Sets de Bie See eee ae Fh

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1335

disposed in longitudinal series ; those of the head are smaller, crowded

and not in series; those of the tail are different from those of the rest

of the body. No lateral line is perceptible. The filaments of the body

are rather long, varying from one to three diameters of the eye ; they

consist of a main trunk, tapering toa brush of fine branchlets, and from

three to seven lateral branches, placed in quincunx, each subdivided in

minor branches, with fine brush-like points. On the sides of the head

and body the filaments are few and widely scattered ; they appear in

greatest number round the lips, on the forehead, on both sides of the

dorsal spine, in the interval between the dorsals, and on the margin

from the chin to the apex of the pelvic spine. Two individuals, 34 and

44 inches in length, were observed at Singapore in May 1840, a third,

64 inch, occurred at Pinang in October 1844.

Gen. ALuTARIUS, Cuvier, 1817.

Body elongated, covered with minute close granules, scarcely visible

to the naked eye; a single spine in the anterior dorsal fin ; pelvis

entirely hid beneath the skin and without the spinous projection of.

Balistes and Monacanthus.

ALUTARIUS OBLITERATUS, Cantor.

Balistes monoceros, Bloch, Tab. 147 ?

Balistes monoceros, Shaw, V. 399, (excl. Syn. B. monoceros, Linné)

Pl. 168?

Alutera: Bloch, 147, Cuv. R. A. II. 374 (*) ?*

Alutera monoceros, Bloch 147, Swainson, II. 327 ?

(Young, 3% inch in length.) Head above and back pale blackish

brown ; upper half of the sides pale yellowish olive, with numerous

half effaced, irregular, blackish brown spots; lower half of the sides,

throat and abdomen light impure greenish yellow, pale silvery ; first

dorsal spine, membrane and caudal yellowish olive, the latter with three

backwards arched, indistinct blackish bands, of which the anterior a little

behind the root, the second in the middle, the third along the posterior

margin ; posterior dorsal, anal and pectorals pale transparent yellowish.

Iris greenish yellow.

* According to Cuvier different from Balistes monoceros, Linné, Catesby, 19.

(Regne Anim. }. c.)

fo ae

1336 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Dec.

(72 inch in length.) Ground-colour darker; back with numerous

oblique or vertical spots; sides of head, body and abdomen with

similar larger ones of irregular form, all the spots of a pale, half-effaced,

blackish colour ; caudal rays yellowish olive, membrane hyaline, closely

and minutely dotted with black ; posterior margin blackish.

D 2—46 or 47, C 103, A 47, 48 or 49, P 14, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

ToTaL LENGTH : 72 inch.

The form is broad lanceolate, the abdominal profile a little more

arched than the dorsal. The length of the head, from the chin to a

little behind the orbit, is about 3 of the total. ‘The eye is situated in

the centre between the first dorsal spine and the upper extremity of

the gill-opening ; the horizontal diameter is a little less than 2 of the

length of the head. The frontal outline gently slopes from the first

dorsal spine to the muzzle; that of the throat is more oblique and con-

tinues in a moderate arch to the anus. The horizontal distance between

the eyes exceeds that diameter of each eye by 3. In front of the eye

appear two tubular nasal apertures, contiguous and both directed back-

wards; the anterior is the larger and closed by a small membranous

valve. The lips are very thin, membranous and scarcely cover the teeth

The latter are very pointed ; in other respects they as well as the tongue

resemble those organs of Balistes conspicillum. 'The linear gill-openings

are placed obliquely, with the upper extremity opposite the posterior

margin of the orbit, the anterior extremity extends a little farther than

the orbit ; in its course the gill-opening deviates a little downwards from

the corresponding profile of the forehead ; its length exceeds by 4 the

horizontal diameter of the eye. The five superior branchiostegous rays

are setaceous, gradually decreasing in length towards the sixth, which is

the shortest, and broad, like a sabre. The first dorsal spine is rather

slender slightly arched, tetragonal and armed with thorns on all four

margins ; the membrane is very small and completely covers the second

spine. The latter is excessively minute, yet distinct. The length of the

first spine equals that of the gill-opening ; its distance from the muzzle

is 4 of that of the body, not including the caudal ; from the posterior

dorsal it is a little less. The latter interval deviates but slightly up-

wards from the horizontal. The second dorsal commences a little in

front of the centre of the total length; it is generally low ; the longest

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1337

rays, towards the middle, equal the length of the gill-opening ; the

base is sloping, and equals the distance between the chin and the first

dorsal spine. The interval between the last dorsal and root of the

upper caudal ray is contained 23 times in the extent of the posterior

dorsal fin, it equals the vertical diameter of the root of the caudal,

but it is 4 of the length of the latter. The anal commences a little

in front of the posterior dorsal, and terminates a little farther back.

In very young individuals the caudal is bluntly pointed, 4 of the

total length ; in older ones it becomes rounded, and scarcely exceeds 1

of the total. The rounded pectorals commence behind the lower half

of the gill-opening, which latter they scarcely exceed in length. The

greatest vertical diameter of the body, at the first dorsal spine, is + of

the total length ; that at the first ray of the posterior dorsal is less by

4 Four solitary individuals were at considerable intervals observed

at Pinang. Shortly after death the spots of the body almost entirely

disappear, and specimens preserved in spirits of wine acquire a pale

dark slate-colour. They might be mistaken for Alutarius berardi,

Lesson,* but the latter species is distinguished by a proportionally

shorter head, a smaller eye; the anal fin commences a little behind

the posterior dorsal, and the distance between the latter and the caudal

equals the length of the caudal, and is consequently proportionally

greater.

AuuTARiIus Lavis, (Bloch.)

Balistes scriptus, Osbeck, Voyage, 1. 174 ?

Balistes laevis, Bloch, Tab. 414.

Balistes monoceros, Solander.

Balistes laevis, Shaw, V. 405.

Alutera leevis, Cuv. R. A. II. 374 (°)

Alutera levis, Swainson, IT. 327.

Aleuteres levis, Richardson, Ichth, of Sulph. 131, Pl. 61, Fig. 3.

Aleuteres levis, Richardson, Report, 1845, 202.

_ Ground-colour bright yellowish green olive ; round and beneath the

* Voy. de la Coquille, Ichth. 107, Pl. 7, Syn, Aleuteres berardi, Richardson,

Ichth. of Sulph. 132, Pl, 61, Fig. 1.—Aleuteres berardi, Richardson, Report, 1845,

202 and 318.—A. cinereus, Teraminck et Schlegel: Fauna Japonica: Pisc, Tab.

CXXXI, Fig, 1,

812

1338 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

orbit, between the two dorsals, on the cheeks, throat and abdomen

single short, longitudinal or oblique, ultramarine bands; the rest of

the head and body with numerous distant rounded ultramarine spots ;

first and second dorsal spine, and their membrane, and the caudal rays

yellowish olive, dotted with black ; caudal membrane pale greenish

white, densely dotted with brown and with four indistinct reddish

brown bands, of which the anterior a little behind the root of the fin,

the fourth on the posterior margin; rest of the fins hyaline. Iris

golden bronze, orbital margin blackish.

D 2—46, C 104, A 49, P 14, Br. VI.

Hasrr.—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean, Canary Islands, Carribean Sea, China Sea.

ToTaL LENGTH: 9% inch.

The form is elongated lanceolate, broader at the tail than at the

muzzle. The length of the head is contained 33 times in the total. The

length of the head, from the chin to a little behind the orbit, is contained

32 times in the total. The eve is situated between the first dorsal spine

and the upper extremity of the gill-opening, a little closer to the former

than to the latter; the horizontal diameter is + of the head. From the

muzzle the profile gently ascends to the first dorsal spine, the corres-

ponding profile, from the chin to the anus, describes a gently rising

arch, so that the outline of the head is elongated conical with the

point truncated. The horizontal distance between the eyes equals

two diameters. ‘he nostrils, lips, teeth and tongue resemble those

organs of A. obliteratus. The upper extremity of the oblique linear

gill-opening is situated in the middle between the centre of the lower

orbital margin and the root of the pectorals ; the lower extremity extends

toa little in front of the orbit ; the length equals the horizontal diameter

of the eye. The fitst dorsal spine is slender and flexible and covered

with granules like those of the body ; its length is 4 of its distance from

the muzzle, which is contained 43 times in the total length. The

membrane is small completely hiding the minute second dorsal spine.

The groove of the back is 3 of the length of the first spine which, however,

does not sufficiently recline, so as to come in contact with the back.

The interval between the two dorsals ascends gently backwards, and

equals the distance from the muzzle to the anterior margin of the orbit.

The posterior dorsal is low, the longest rays exceeding the horizontal

2 eee eel

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1339

diameter of the eye by +; the extent of the base equals the distance from

the muzzle to the first dorsal spine ; the distance between the last dorsal

and the root of the upper caudal ray equals the vertical diameter at the

root of the caudal both are contained 24 times in the extent of the base

of the posterior dorsal. The anus is situated opposite the third ray of

the posterior dorsal ; the anal commences opposite the 6th, and extends

farther back than the opposite fin, which it otherwise resembles. The

caudal is very large, broad oval; the central rays, the longest, equal

the length of the head. The rounded pectorals slightly exceed the

longest dorsal rays. The vertical diameters at the first dorsal spine

and at the first dorsal ray, equal the distance between the spine and

the muzzle ; in the centre between the two dorsals the diameter equals

the head. A single individual was observed at Pinang in December

1842. Shortly after death the body became shining blackish, a shade

lighter than the blue marks, which changed to intense bluish black.

ALUTARIUS BARBATUS, (Gray.)

Plate VIII. Fig. 1.

(Icon.) Balistes. (Anacanthus) barbatus, Gray: Ill. Ind. Zool. I.

Pl. 84, Fig. 2.

Anacanthus* barbatus, Gray; Zool. Miscell. 8.

Psilocephalus} barbatus, Swainson, II. 327.

* The following are Mr. Gray’s characters: ‘‘ ANACANTHUS. Body long, lan-

ceolate, compressed, covered with small scales ; head produced, beak-shaped, mouth

small ; under lip one bearded ; pelvis produced, bag-like, with a single rather long

spine in front ; dorsal fin one, long ; anal long ; tail long, lanceolate ; most allied to

Alutera (les Aluteres, Cuv.).

‘* Anacanthus barbatus, lust. Ind. Zool. Pise. t. 1. f. 2. Brown, rather paler

beneath ; under part of the jaws, body and ventral pouch whitish, marbled with

black lines ; anal fin produced a little beyond the dorsal fin; tail nearly half as long

as the body, D 46, V 11, A 60, P 8? Singapore.’”? (Zool. Miscell. 1831, p. 8.)

Comparison of preserved specimens of this fish with the plate in the Illustr. of

Ind. Zoology, leaves little doubt that the latter is an incorrect copy. The draughts-

man has overlooked the anterior dorsal fin, and added a ventral spine and pouch.

These two are the principal distinguishing characters of the Gen. Anacanthus.

Both, however, are erroneous : the fish is a true Alutarius, and the genus Anacan-

thus is inadmissible.

+t PsinocerHaus, Swainson, 1839, is a second genus founded upon the figure

of Anacanthus barbatus in Mil. Ind. Zool. It is thus doubly inadmissible being a

synonyme of Anacanthus, and being founded upon erroneous characters,

1340 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

Dark bluish green slate-coloured ; filament of the chin black ; spine

of the anterior dorsal pale bluish green, membrane hyaline, minutely

dotted with black ; posterior dorsal, anal and pectorals transparent

brownish white, rays pale yellowish brownish yellow ; caudal rays

yellow, membrane black. Pupil black, horizontally oval; iris silvery.

1—44, 65,

1—47, ) 61,

Bi gg Cen a ero ie WI.

1—5l, 59,

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore.

Tora LENGTH: 9% inch.

The form of the body is narrow, very elongated, resembling the blade

of a knife; the sides compressed, the abdomen nearly trenchant. The

head is very elongated, gradually attenuated towards the muzzle ; its

length from the chin to a little behind the orbit is 2 of the total, or very

little more or less. The eye occupies the commencement of the posterior

fifth of the head : it is situated beneath the spine of the anterior dorsal,

close to, without encroaching upon the profile ; the horizontal diameter

is 4, rarely 4 of the length of the head ; the horizontal distance between

the eyes is but 2 of their diameter. The two apertures of each nostril

are minute, tubular, opening side by side immediately in front of the

anterior margin of the orbit. The lower jaw is longer than the upper,

beyond which the rounded chin projects ; the mouth is a small trans-

versal cleft which opens vertically on the upper part of the muzzle;

the lips are thin, membranous ; the teeth, apparently 8 in the upper,

6 in the lower jaw, do not differ from those of the preceding species

of Alutarius. To the chin is attached a vertical, soft, fleshy filament,

tapering from the base into a sharp point, its length exceeds 3 of the

head, Between the branches of the lower jaw, from behind the fila-

ment to the lower extremity of the gill-opening, the skin of the throat

is lax and forms a kind of narrow, slightly downwards arched dewlap.

The floor of the mouth rises gradually towards the second third of the

head, where the three very elongated branchial arches commence. The

rest of the cavity is a very narrow tube which closely follows the gently

backwards ascending profile of the forehead. No distinct tongue is

visible. The gill-opening is linear, downwards arched, and very

oblique; it commences beneath the anterior angle of the orbit, on a le-

vel with the root of the pectorals, the distance from which, as well as

ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eel

ee Ow te ee ee

1849.| Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1341

the length of the opening itself, but slightly exceeds the horizontal

diameter of the eye. The branchiostegous rays are setaceous. The

pelvic spine is narrow like,the blade of a sabre, and in six individuals

examined, so completely hid in the integuments, as not even to en-

croach upon the abdominal profile which is very slightly arched. Nor

did they offer the least trace of a triangular dewlap, as represented in

the figure Hardwicke’s Illustrations. The profile of the back rises but

little and slowly from the muzzle to the posterior dorsal, from the ter-

mination of which it gently descends ; the abdominal outline is but

little more arched. The anterior dorsal consists of a single spine

placed above the pupil, in front of the pectorals; it is very slender,

setaceous, covered with minute spines ; in all individuals observed, it

reclined in its dorsal groove, but might readily be raised; the mem-

brane is small triangular, apparently without a second spine. The

distance between the dorsal spine and the posterior dorsal fin is by +

shorter than that between the spine and the chin. The upper margin

of the posterior dorsal is a little arched; the rays towards the middle

are the longest, and equal the length of the spine; the extent of the

base exceeds by about 3 the length of the head; the interval between

the last dorsal and the root of the upper caudal ray varies from a

little less than 4 of, to 24 times in the extent of the fin. The anal

resembles the posterior dorsal, but it commences a little more forwards

behind the anus, and is carried farther backwards, so that its extent

at the base exceeds that of the former by 4 or 3, while its distance

from the caudal is 4 less than that of the former. The caudal

is very elongated, lanceolate; the two upper and lower rays are,

like those of the other fins, undivided ; the margins of all rays have

a series of microscopic spines. On each side of the root of the caudal

appears a triangular pointed space, covered with minute hair-like

spines, like the rest of the body. The length of the central rays vary

in the different individuals from 22 times in, to 4 of the total. The

upper rays of the pectorals, the longest, slightly exceed + of the

length of the head. The body is covered with little rounded scales

and has a fine velvety appearance from its being densely covered with

minute, microscopic spines. The lateral line is so fine that it is hardly

visible to the naked eye. Behind the orbit, at its origin, it sends two

branches round the orbit, of which the upper one accompanies the pro-

1342 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. { Dec.

file to the muzzle, the lower ascends to a little in front of the eye and

then proceeds parallel to the upper branch. The main trunk at

first ascends obliquely, but soon descends with 3 to 4 short undula-

tions to a little in front of the posterior dorsal, from whence it conti-

nues m the middle of the side and terminates at the apex of the scaly

part of the caudal. The vertical diameter at the upper lips slightly

exceeds + of the length of the head ; at the dorsal spine it is a little

less than }; the greatest, between the two dorsals is 3; at the root of

the caudal it is a little less than 3 of the head. The greatest horizon-

tal diameter, or thickness of the body, is a little behind the anterior

dorsal fin, where it equals 13 diameters of the eye; from thence it gra-

dually decreases and becomes trenchant towards the tail like the entire

abdominal part of the fish. A single mutilated individual was observed

at Singapore in May 1843; five others, of which the smallest mea-

sured 8 inches in length, occurred at Pinang in the following Novem-

ber, in February and August and December 1844, and in June 1845.

After déath the colour of the body changes to a dusty pale reddish

brown, dotted with black, the caudal membrane turns pale bluish grey ;

the arched lax skin of the throat shrivels up, so as scarcely to be

visible.

GEN. Triacantuus, Cuvier, 1817.

With a kind of ventrals, each supported by a single large spinous

ray, adhering to a not salient pelvis; anterior dorsal with three or four

small spines behind a very large one ; skin covered with crowded small

scales ; tail longer than in the other sub-genera.

TRIACANTHUS BIACULEATUS, (Bloch.)

Balistes biaculeatus, Bloch, Tab. 148, Fig. 2.

Russell, X XI. Bowree, or Abatoc.

Balistes biaculeatus, Shaw, V. 415, Pl. 169.

Triacanthus biaculeatus, Cuv. R. A. IT. 374 (°).

Triacanthus biaculeatus, Bennett : Life of Raffles, 693.

Balistes biaculeatus, Bennett : Fishes of Ceylon, No. 15, (Young.)

Triacanthus biaculeatus, Swainson, II. 326.

Triacanthus biaculeatus, Richardson: Rep. 1845, 202.

Triacanthus biaculeatus, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 6.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1343

Head above and back pale blackish green, lighter on the sides above

the lateral line ; rest of the sides of body and head and abdomen frost-

ed silvery ; in some a faint blackish spot a little below the eye; first

dorsal spine silvery blackish, the rest white; the basal half of the

spines as well as the yellowish membrane black ; ventral spines silvery

white ; rest of the fins pale yellowish, in some the margins blackish.

Iris pale golden, bluish black towards the orbit.

D 5—24 or 25, C 141, A 19 or 20, V 1, P 14, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands,

Indian Ocean, Ceylon, Bay of Bengal, Sumatra, Java,

Borneo, Madura, Sumbawa, Celebes, Seas of China and

Australia.

TorTaL LENGTH : 9 inch.

The form is trapezoid, approaching the rhomboidal. The head is

broad, pyramidal, tapering to an elongated muzzle ; the length from the

latter to the gill-opening varies from 3 of to 43 times in the total. The

eye borders upon the profile ; the anterior margin of the orbit is situated

opposite the commencement of the posterior third of the head ; the

oblique diameter is 4 of the length of the head ; the distance of the eyes

between the anterior angles equals the diameter, between the posterior

angles itis 2 more. The two tubular apertures of each nostril are

placed obliquely in front of the eye upon the profile; the upper aperture

is oval, larger than the lower, rounded one. The small mouth is sur-

rounded by thick fleshy lips ; each jaw has an external series of 10 tren-

chant teeth, of which the central ones are the largest ; in the upper jaw

appears a second transversal series of four tubercular teeth, of which the

central pair are the larger ; in the lower the corresponding series consists

but of two tubercular teeth, immediately behind the pair on the sym-

physis. The tongue is small, fleshy, oval and tied to the floor of the

eavity. The gill-opening is linear, slightly oblique, situated immediately

in front of the pectorals ; the length nearly equals the diameter of the

eye. The distance from the muzzle to the root of the first dorsal spine

varies from 4 of to 34 times in the total length. The spine is strong,

covered to the apex with small bipartite or tripartite spines ; in young

individuals its length equals the greatest vertical diameter of the body,

in older ones it is } to 3 less. The second spine is much shorter, slenderer,

and but slightly rough on the posterior margins ; its length varies from

1344 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

+ to + of the former ; the succeeding rays gradually decrease in length,

the last one varying from 4 to } of the second; the connecting mem-

brane is a little shorter than the spines; the extent of the anterior

dorsal slightly exceeds 3 of the distance from the first spine to the first

ray of the posterior dorsal, which varies from 1 of to 54 times in the total

length. The posterior dorsal is low, gradually rising from the first,

undivided, ray to the sixth, and then slowly decreasing ; the longest ray

is 13 diameter of the eye ; the extent of the fin nearly equals the length

of the head ; the distance from the root of the upper ray of the caudal

varies from $ to 4 of the extent. .The anal is falcated ; it commences

opposite the 9th or 10th ray of the posterior dorsal, and terminates op-

posite the last ray; the first ray is undivided, 3 of the second, the

longest, which varies from 13 to 2 diameters of the eye ; the succeed-

ing rays suddenly decrease to the 11th or 12th, from whence the re-

maining rays are but + of the longest. The anus is situated immediately

in front of the fin. The caudal is deeply divided in two pointed, or a

little rounded lobes, of which the upper one is generally the longer,

equalling the extent of the posterior dorsal, The pectorals are round-

ed, their length varying from 13 to two diameters of the eye; they are

placed immediately behind the gill-opening, opposite the first dorsal and

the ventral spines, but nearer the latter. These spines are as strong, and

rough as the first dorsal, but shorter, their length varying from 4 to a

little more than } of the head ; each is attached by a short thick rough

membrane to its respective groove on each side of the very elongated,

flattened pelvic spine, which is covered with little scales, not different

from those of the rest of the body. The latter are very small, sub-

thomboidal with the vertical diameter much longer than the horizontal.

Fach scale (Plate IX. Fig. 3. Magnified.) carries a single vertically placed

crest, which is armed with from 4 to 15 excessively minute spines. The

skin is rough to the touch in every direction. The hair-like lateral line

commences behind the orbit, describing a wide arch which terminates op-

posite the posterior third of the posterior dorsal, from whence it proceeds

in the middle of the side of the tail to the caudal. At its origin the line

gives off the following branches; a vertical, anastomosing in front of

the dorsal spine with the one from the opposite side; a second along

the supraorbital margin, in front of the nostril, along the profile to the

muzzle; a third along the infraorbital margin, obliquely undulating over

;

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1345

the cheek ; a little behind the mouth it suddenly ascends to join the

opposite corresponding branch ; a fourth descends a little in front of

the gill-opening, beneath which it forms a short arch backwards, and

then proceeds obliquely downwards to the middle of the ventral groove.

At Pinang and at the Sandheads young individuals are excessively

numerous at all seasons ; larger ones are rarely seen, particularly in the

latter locality.

TRIACANTHUS STRIGILIFER, Cantor.

Plate IX. Fig. 1 and 2.

(Young ?) Head above and back pale sea-green, changing to bluish

white on the upper half of the sides ; lower half and abdomen frosted

silvery white; back and sides with a few orange spots of irregular form,

viz. an elongated spot between the eyes towards the nostrils ; a second,

broad rhomboidal surrounding the base of the anterior dorsal, and send-

ing a vertical branch, with rugged margins, down to the gill-opening ; a

third oblique spot from the third to the eleventh ray of the posterior

dorsal ; immediately behind the mouth a vertically placed pair of small

spots ; a pair of larger ones, of which the lower like a horse-shoe, on the

cheek beneath the nostril; beneath the eye a horizontal band to the

lower part of the gill-opening ; in the axilla a short horizontal band,

giving off an irregular branch towards and above the anal, and a longer

arched one to opposite the middle of the posterior dorsal; at a short

interval another horizontal band terminating in the middle of the side,

a little behind the posterior dorsal; in the centre of the base of the

caudal a small rounded spot; on the posterior half of the tail a broad

forwards pointed spot of bright yellowish green ; first spine of anterior

dorsal pale sea-green, minutely dotted with black ; the succeeding spines

white; membrane hyaline, minutely dotted and edged with black ;

pectorals and ventral spines white ; rays of the rest of the fins yellowish

white, membranes hyaline. Pupil horizontally oval, black ; iris light

yellow golden, orbital margin greenish black.

D 5—22, C 123, A 16, V 1, P 13, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang,

TOTAL LENGTH : 64 inch.

This species differs from the preceding by its more elongated, less

deep form, by its larger eye, its peculiar scales, its longer second dorsal

8 K 2

1346 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

spine, its number of finrays and colours. From the muzzle to the

lower angle of the gill-opening the head is + of the total length. The

eye borders upon the profile, occupying the posterior third of the

length of the head, of which the horizontal diameter isi; the distance

between the anterior angles of the eye equals the diameter ; that

between the posterior ones is + longer. The nostrils, lips, teeth and

tongue resemble those organs of 7’. diaculeatus, but the gill-opening is

proportionally shorter, being but 3 of the diameter of the eye. The

distance from the muzzle to the first dorsal spine is a little less than 4

of the total Jength. The spine resembles that of T. biaculeatus, equal-

ling the greatest vertical diameter of the body. The second spine is

remarkably long, 4 of the former, and the length of the connecting

membrane corresponds ; the extent of the fin, and its distance from the

posterior dorsal are the same in both species. The longest ray of the

posterior dorsal is proportionally shorter, being 3 of the diameter of

the eye, but its distance from the caudal is greater: it equals the

extent of the base, which is & of the length of the head. The falcated

anal commences opposite the 12th ray of the posterior dorsal, and ter-

minates opposite the last ray; the longest ray slightly exceeds the

diameter of the eye ; the extent of the base is proportionally shorter than

in 7. biaculeatus. The caudal is less deeply cleft almost crescent-shaped ;

the lobes equal ; their length is contained 43 times in the base of the pos-

terior dorsal. The pectorals are rounded, their length slightly exceeding

the diameter of the eye. The ventral spines resemble those of 7’. biacu-

leatus ; but the intermediate pelvic spine is in the present proportion-

ally longer, and covered with larger scales, entirely different from those

of the rest of the body; their form is hexagonal with excessively

minute spinous crests radiating to the margins. The scales of the

body (Plate IX. Fig. 2. Magnified), although small, are perceptibly lar-

ger than in diaculeatus, and with their horizontal diameter longer than

the vertical; their form is nearly rhombic with from three to seven

vertical or oblique crests, each of which is armed with three to seven

excessively minute spines. Each scale thus resembles a small curry-

comb, which makes the skin in every direction rough to the touch.

The main trunk of the lateral line resembles that of diaculeatus, but it

gives off an additional vertical branch to the middle of the root of the

first dorsal spine, a little behind the anterior anastomosing one. The

pe ah TPT ean eee teh “nears

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1347

two branches surrounding the eye can be traced no farther than the

region of the nostrils ; and the one in front of the gill-opening appears

to terminate at the lower angle of the opening. A solitary individual

occurred at Pinang in June 1845. Several years before, the existence

of a second species of Triacanthus was positively asserted by fisher-

men who described it as being very rarely seen, and of a size some-

what smaller than 7. diaculeatus.

FAM. OSTRACIOIDA.

Gen. Ostracium, (Linné, 1748) Cuvier, 1817.

Head and body covered with bony, regular plates, instead of scales,

soldered so as to form a kind of inflexible armour ; the tail, fins, mouth

and a kind of small lip covering the margin of the gill-opening are the

only moveable parts, all passing through holes in the armour, also the

greater number of vertebree are soldered together; each jaw with 10

to 12 conical teeth ; ventral fins and pelvis none; dorsal and anal

small; branchiostegous rays six.

OstTRACIUM CoRNUTUM, Linné.

Ostracion cornutus, Linné: Mus. Ad. Fr. I. 59.

Ostracion cornutus, Linné: Syst. 1443.

Ostracion cornutus, Bloch. Tab. 133.

Ostracion cornutus, Bloch-Schneider, 500.

Ostracion cornutus, Shaw, V. 423, Pl. 170.

Ostracion cornutus, Cuv. R. A. (I. Ed.) II. 154 (°).

Ostracion cornutus, Bennett: Life of Raffles, 693.

Lactophrys* cornutus, Swainson, II. 324.

Ostracion cornutus, Richardson, Report, 1845, 200.

Ostracion cornutus, Temm. et Schl. Fauna. Jap. Pisces, Tab. CX X XI.

Fig. 4, (Young.)

Buntal kumbang of the Malays.

* Lactophrys, Swainson, 1839. In Nomencilator Zoologicus, Pisces, p. 33, this

Sub-Genus is by mistake written Laetophrys, while in Addenda, p. 3, Lactophrys,

De Kay, 1842, is quoted as a distinct genus. In the Zoology of New York, III.

341, Lactophrys is quoted with the evidently accidental omission of the name of

the founder, but the characters are those of Mr. Swainson. (Nat. Hist. of Fishes,

&c, IT. 324.)

1348 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

Young. (Without spines; 1 inch in length.) Upper surface and

sides pale greenish yellow, with a sky-blue central spot in some of the

hexagons, and here and there with a single brown spot ; abdomen light

reddish yellow; generally with a single brown spot on the throat, and

one or two on the anterior part of the lateral margin ; fins hyaline.

Older. Upper surface and sides pale greenish olive, minutely dotted

with black, with a central sky-blue spot in each hexagon ; abdomen

yellowish white; fins transparent pale olive; caudal minutely dotted

with black ; posterior half blackish ; spines buff, minutely dotted with

black. Ivis bright yellow, orbital margin orange or red ; pupil ob-

liquely oval, irridescent black.

D 9, C 81, A 9, P11, Br. VI.

Haxir.—Sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Chinese Seas, Canton, Japan.

TOTAL LENGTH: 6 inch.

The form of the body is tetragonal, with the lower surface broader

than the upper, and the sides concave. The length of the head is 2 of

the total. The forehead is at a nearly right angle with the vertex ; the

vertical diameter through the eye, the greatest of the body, is contained

35 times in the total length; that through the gill-opening is a little

shorter ; at the termination of the armour it is 53 times in the total length.

The eye is situated close to the frontal angle; the greatest oblique

diameter is 3 of the length of the head. Above each eye rises a subular,

forwards, upwards and outwards directed spine, granulated at the base ;

the rest finely fluted ; the length equals the head. The distance between

the eyes across the vertex is excavated, a little less than two diameters.

The nostrils have two minute, apparently papillular apertures, placed

in a small, nearly vertical furrow close to the anterior angle of the eye.

A little in front of the lower aperture appears a minute papilla.

Each jaw has a single series of ten small conical teeth, almost entirely

hid by the fleshy lips ; the teeth are of a dark amber or chestnut

brown; the four above the symphysis of the lower jaw are a little

longer than the rest. The mouth is very small; the tongue is minute,

fleshy and completely tied to the floor of the mouth ; behind the tongue

there is a small raised step, leading into a tunnel, on each side sup-

ported by the four branchial arches. The sides of the back are angular,

a little contracted in the middle. A little in front of the dorsal, at the

ee es

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1349

widest part of the back, appears on each side a small pointed tubercle,

between which the distance equals the length of the head. The centre

of the back ‘is raised, so as to form a linear sharp keel which terminates

in a small pointed tubercle in the middle between the two lateral ones.

The abdominal surface is both longitudinally and transversely arched ;

the greatest transversal diameter, about the middle, is contained 23 times

in the total length. On each side of the termination appears a spine

resembling the frontal ones, but pointed in an opposite direction and a

little shorter. The armour is composed of pentagonal, hexagonal or

heptagonal pieces with the margins finely toothed or ciliated. The pieces

of the back and sides have each a tubercle in their centre, from which

radiate a number of lines corresponding to the respective number of sides.

On the pieces of the abdomen appear instead of lines a number of minute

hemispherical tubercles. The dorsal fin is placed at a short distance

from the termination of the armour above ; its length is 4 of the head ;

the extent of the base is 3 of the length. The length of the small naked

tail is contained about 2} times in the elongated oval caudal fin. The

rounded anal is situated above, yet between the posterior pair of spines,

behind the dorsal which it resembles. 'The rounded pectorals are nearly

3 of the length of the head. The smallest individuals examined measured

1 inch in length. They had no spines, but in their places appeared

tubercles. The central and lateral tubercles of the back were compa-

ratively more developed than in the adult. In the middle of the upper

pupillary margin of the iris appeared a small notch. The smallest

ones, provided with blunted spines half the length of the head, mea-

sured 14 inch in length. Young individuals are at Pinang numerous

at all seasons.

OsTRACIUM TESSERULA, Cantor.

Plate VIII. Fig. 2 and 3.

Young. Armour bright gamboge with numerous small black spots,

not corresponding to the centre of the polygons, and fewer and more

distant on the abdomen ; tail bright gamboge with one or two black

dots on each side of the root of the caudal; fins gamboge, a little paler

than the body ; pectorals with a single black dot at the root; caudal

with the posterior margin pale blackish. Pupil transversely oval, black ;

1350 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

iris bright gamboge, orbital margin orange ; in the middle of the upper

pupillary margin a small notch.

D 9, C 81, A 9, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH: 2 inch.

The general form is tetragonal. The back is elongated oval, arched

from the occiput to the tail; in the centre appears a short longitudinal

crest, on each side of which is a deep furrow, laterally bounded by the

sharp angular margin. By these three crests the vertical section in

this particular region becomes pentagonal. The profile of the forehead

is nearly straight and steep. The distance between the anterior angles

of the orbits is } of the total length ; the greatest breadth in the middle

of the back is contained 22 times in; above the naked tail it is 4, of the

total length. The abdominal surface is both longitudinally and trans-

versely arched, with a furrow along the angular margin; it is broader

than the back, its greatest breadth, beneath the pectorals, varies from

13 in to $ of the total length. The sides are excavated with the lower

margin projecting farther outwards than the upper ; their greatest diame-

ter is nearly in the middle and is contained 2} times in the total length ;

but the vertical diameter of the central crest of the back is a little longer,

owing to the central convexity of the abdomen. The armour is composed

of hexagonal pieces with very finely toothed or ciliated margins. From

the centre of each hexagon radiate towards the margins six raised lines

of which the central, horizontal ones, join their neighbours, so as to

form on the sides of the armour seven parallel, horizontally arched, lines,

which form the bases of triangles produced by the other obliquely

radiating lines. On the back and sides the triangles are very conspicuous,

while the hexagonal outline of the component pieces can scarcely be

traced. On the abdominal surface the reverse is the case. From the

central tubercle radiate numerous fine lines; but the triangles are very

indistinct. The length of the head is contained a little less than 33

times in the total. The eye is situated close to the profile, nearly in

the middle between the gill-opening and the muzzle; the horizontal

diameter is 3 of the length of the head. The supraorbital arch forms

a tubercular protuberance. The mouth, teeth, and tongue and nostrils

resemble those of O. cornuéum, but there appears to be no nasal papilla.

The dorsal is placed close to the termination of the armour; the

a eA Bn See ee, 2 es Ll eee

1849.) Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1351

upper margin slopes backwards ; the anterior ray, the longest, is } of

the length of the head, of which the extent of the base is 3. The anal

is but little farther backwards than the dorsal, opposite the middle of

which is placed the first ray ; in form and length it resembles the dor-

sal. The caudal is elongated oval ; its length 2 of the head. The

-pectoral is broad, nearly triangular ; the third ray, the longest, equals the

caudal. This fish is of rare occurrence at Pinang. Of four individuals

observed at irregular intervals, the length varied from 2 to 1 inch. They

appear to be young individuals. The triangular partitions of the ar-

mour characterise O. turritum,* Forskal. Possibly the present fish

may be the young of that species, prior to the appearance of the spines

and the full development of the dorsal crest.

OstRAciuM nasus, Bloch.

Ostracion nasus, Bloch, Tab. 138.

Ostracion nasus, Shaw, V. 426, Pl. 171.

Ostracion nasus, Cuvier, R. A. Ed. 1, II. 154 (°).

Ostracion nasus, Swainson, II. 323.

Buantal panjang of the Malays.

Upper surface pale brownish- or greenish olive, with numerous small

rounded dark brown spots ; sides lighter of either colour ; in some the

margins of the polygons dark brown; abdomen either uniformly buff

with the margins of the polygons pale lilac, or pale reddish yellow with

the nuclei of the polygons greenish white; the naked tail brownish

olive, lighter on the sides, with numerous brown spots ; beneath green-

ish buff ; lips, margin of gill-openings and root of pectorals pale greenish

olive with few brown spots; fins pale transparent greenish olive; a

round brown spot at the root of each dorsal ray, and afew similar

scattered over some of the caudal rays. Orbital half of iris pale green-

ish olive with few brown spots, rest bright yellow with a blackish or

orange ring ; pupil black, circular.

Young. With a few rounded brown spots irregularly scattered over

the sides.

* Syn. Ostracion turritus, Forsk. 5. 7, No. 113 ;—Bloch. Tab. 136 ;—Shaw, V.

425, Tab. 171 ;—Cuv. R. A. Ed. 1, Il, 154 ;—-Riippell: Atlas, 5, and Neue Wirb.

Fische, 61 ;—Tetrasomus turritus, Swainson, II, 323.

8 L

1352 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. (Dec.

D 9, C 81, A 9, P11, Br. VI.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula.

ToTAL LENGTH: 74 inch.

The form is nearly quadrangular, as the breadth of the abdomen but

slightly exceeds that of the back and the height of the sides. The

back is elongated lanceolate; from the nasal protuberance the profile

gently ascends towards the middle of the back, when it slowly descends

towards the tail, the whole forming a very low arch. From the occiput to

near the dorsal the middle of the back is raised and forms a low triangu-

lar keel, on each side of which appears a shallow broad sulcus, outside

bordered by the raised angular margin of the side. The triangular

forehead slopes gently from the occiput and appears a little excavated

owing to the broad protuberant supraorbital margins. The breadth

between the anterior angles of the orbit is 2 of the length of the head ;

between the posterior angles it equals the head ; the greatest breadth,

in the middle of the back, exceeds the length of the head by 4, + or 4,

according to the individually more or less projecting nasal protuberance ;

the breadth at the termination of the armour is a little less than half

the breadth between the posterior orbital angles. The nasal protuber-

ance is blunt, rounded. In individuals 64 inch in length it scarcely.

projects beyond the mouth, immediately above which the profile rises

vertically, and this portion measures 3 of the distance between the ante-

rior angle of the orbit and the protuberance, which in them is } of the

total length. In the largest individual, 74 inch in length, the protu-

berance perceptibly projects beyond the mouth, from which the profile

projects obliquely and exceeds + of the stated distance, which is 4 of the

total length. The sides are but little excavated; their greatest vertical.

diameter corresponds to, but slightly exceeds, the greatest breadth of

the back ; it varies from 41 to 41 times in the totallength. The length

of the head, from the nasal protuberance to the gill-opening, is in young-

er individuals, with the protuberance but little developed, + of the total,

in older ones it is contained 43 times in the total. The eye is close to the

profile ; the posterior angle of the orbit is situated above the gill-opening.

The greatest diameter is a little oblique, ascending backwards ; it is con- _

tained 23 times in the distance from the mouth to the gill-opening, and

this proportion appears to be constant. But as the development of the.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1353

nasal protuberance increases with age, so does the relative length of the

diameter of the eye vary from 23 times in to 4 of the distance, measured

from the protuberance to the gill-opening. The nostrils, mouth and

tongue resemble those of O. desserula. Each jaw carries a single close

series of from 9 to 11 conical teeth of a chestnut or brown colour. The

six central teeth of both jaws are a little larger than the rest and their

points become blunted with age. The armour is composed of pentagons,

hexagons and heptagons, with ciliated margins. Not including the

lateral half-series, on the back and sides appear five longitudinal ones ;

nine pieces from the gill-opening to the tail. The abdomen is covered

by nine longitudinal series of which the central one is composed of

12 to 14 pieces, All are closely covered with minute bony tubercles,

generally arranged parallel to the margins. The dorsal commences

opposite the anus; the upper margin is rounded; the third and

fourth ray, the longest, slightly exceed 3 of the length of the head ;

the extent of the base is 3 of the length. The anal commences oppo-

site the last ray of the dorsal, which it in form and length resembles.

The caudal is broad triangular with the posterior angles and margin

rounded ; the two central rays, the longest, equal the head. The pec-

torals are broad triaugular ; the third and fourth upper rays are the long-

est, 2 of the length of the caudal. The length of the sides of the naked

tail is 2 of the caudal. Single individuals, or two or three together,

were observed at Pinang at long and irregular intervals. In size they

differed but slightly, the smallest being 62 inch in length.

FAM. GYMNODONTIDA.

Gen. Diopon, Linné, 1766.

All the teeth united into a single one in each jaw; behind the tren-

chant margin of each a rounded part, transversely furrowed and form-

ing a powerful apparatus of masticatiou; the skin armed with stout

spines ; no ventral fins.

Diopon TRIEDRICUS, Cuvier.

Seba, II. XXIII. 4.

Diodon triedricus, Cuvier: Mém. du Mus. IV. 133.

Diodon triedricus, Cuy. R. A. II. 367 (’).

$n. 2

1354 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

Head above, back and sides to a little below the gill-opening pale

tortoise-shell brown ; a transversal band composed of a large soot-coloured

spot behind each pectoral, and a series of smaller spots across the back ;

a second similar but paler band in front of the dorsal ; rest of the sides

and abdomen yellowish white ; fins whitish grey, minutely dotted with

brown ; all spines brown; their roots of the colour of the part they

occupy. (From a preserved specimen.)

D 12,09, A? P19, Br. ?*

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Tota LENGTH: 6 inch.

All the spines are compressed with the anterior margin convex,

sharp and continued over the anterior, horizontally forwards directed

root. The two posterior roots are placed at nearly right angles with

the anterior. The roots are generally longer than the spines of which

the longest appear on the sides of the back and body. Two longitudi-

nal series of spines of the mesial line of the back, and three of the

abdomen are shorter than the rest. There are three spines above the

upper half of the orbit, three at the lower, and one at the angle of the

mouth, The throat is naked with a single small bony protuberance

beneath the symphysis of the lower jaw. Between the eyes appear

. three spines, viz. a central and the anterior one of the three supraorbi-

tal; between the pectorals across the back appear four spines. The

upper part of the back carries four longitudinal series, viz. two cen-

tral, each of eight, both terminating with an odd spine at a little dis-

tance in front of the dorsal fin, and two lateral series each of five spines,

of which the anterior commences a little behind the pectoral fins, the

posterior is situated between the dorsal and the caudal. This fish is

of very rare occurrence at Pinang. The only one observed was a spe-

cimen which on account of its rarity had been kept preserved for

several years, and was thus rendered unserviceable for more minute

examination.

Gen. Tetropon, Linné, 1766.

The jaws divided in the centre by a suture, so as to present the ap-

pearance of four teeth : two above and two beneath ; the skin armed with

small, slightly projecting spines ; ventrals none.

* In Mém. du Mus. IV, Cuvier gives six, in Regne Animal five branchiostegous rays.

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1355

I.* Species with short head, capable of inflating themselves so as to

attain a globular form.

Entire body rough. -

A. Immaculate.

TETRODON IMMACULATUS, Lacépéde.

Lacepéde, I. XXIV. 1.

Russell, XX VI. Kappa.

Tetrodon immaculatus, Cuv. R. A. II. 368 (’).

Young. Head above and back pale greyish olive, lighter on the

sides of the head and upper part of the body; abdomen pale yellow

ochre ; axilla and the smooth spot inside the pectorals blackish ; the

whole body minutely dotted with brown; spines white, those of the

back with black points; pectorals, anal and dorsal pale transparent

olive, base of the latter blackish ; caudal pale brownish with single

indistinct whitish spots; upper, lower and posterior margin black.

Iris olive.

D 10, C 931, A 9, P 17, Br. V.

Hasitr.—Sea of Pinang.

Madras.

TOTAL LENGTH: 32 inch.

The length of the head, measured to the margin of the gill-opening,

is contained 41 times in the total. The eye, bordering on the profile, is

situated a little nearer the gill-opening than the muzzle; the horizontal

diameter is} ofthe head ; the distance across the forehead is a little less

than 2 diameters. The double, contiguous nostrils are situated in front

of the eyes ; each aperture is pierced through a small papilla, and both

appear like a minute simple tentacle. The jaws are nearly equal, the four

teeth normal; the tongue is globular, fleshy, tied to the floor of: the

mouth. The dorsal is fan-shaped ; the first, undivided, ray is situated

a little behind the commencement of the posterior third of the back,

the caudal not included; the extent of the base is of the head, of

which the longest ray is 4. The first anal ray is situated behind the

dorsal, at the commencement of the posterior fifth of the body; in

shape and dimensions it resembles the dorsal, The caudal is broad

* Cuvier: Regne Animal, II. 368 (*).

1356 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Drc.

with the posterior margin rounded ; its length equals the head. The

pectorals are broad and rounded, 4 of the length of the head. The

lips, the throat, the space in front of the eyes, and that covered by the

pectorals, and the tail from midway behind the dorsal, obliquely down

a little in front of the anal, are all naked and smooth. The rest of the

body is covered with crowded fine hair-like spines, A solitary young indi-

vidual was observed at Pinang in September 1844. Russell observed

but the mutilated specimen, which he described and figured.

B. With black spots.

TETRODON SIMULANS, Cantor.

Head above and back light yellowish or greenish olive, paler on

the upper half of the sides of head and body ; head, back and sides with

numerous rounded, irregular or confluent spots, blackish brown or olive

or black; throat and abdomen white, sparingly dotted with brown ;

spines white, fins pale olive, transparent, minutely dotted with black ;

anterior half of caudal with three or four more or less distinct back-

wards arched blackish bands, posterior half blackish. Iris bright

yellow dotted with black.

D 12 or 13, C 82, A 10 or 11, P 19 or 21, Br. V.

Haunit.—Sea and estuaries of Pinang,. Malayan Peninsula, Singa-

pore.

Tora LENGTH: | foot.

The length of the head is contained 34 times in the total. The

eye is situated in the middle of the head, bordering on the profile ;

the horizontal diameter is contained 53 times in the length of the

head; the distance between the anterior angles of the orbits is 2

diameters; between the posterior angles 23 such. ‘There are no

nostrils, but close in front of the anterior angle of the orbit appears

a flattened simple tentacle. The upper jaw slightly projects beyond

the lower; the tongue resembles that of 7. immaculatus. The

rounded dorsal fin occupies the commencement of the posterior fourth

of the back; the three first rays are undivided; the fifth and sixth

are the longest, 4 of the head, and equal the extent of the base.

The anal is placed opposite the dorsal, which it resembles, but the

extent of the base is a little shorter, and but the two first rays are

divided. The caudal is broad, with the upper, lower and posterior

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1357

margins convex; its length is 2 of the head. The pectorals are broad,

rounded ; their length equals that of the dorsal. There is no lateral

line. The spines are rather long, fine and somewhat distant ; above

they extend from between the eyes to near the dorsal; beneath from

behind the throat to near the anus, which is situated a little in front of

the anal. Young individuals of this species are at all seasons exces-

sively numerous on the Malayan coasts. In general form and in dis-

tribution of colours it bears a striking resemblance to 7. fluviatilis,

Buchanan Hamilton,* which latter differs in having distinct simple

nostrils, in number of fin rays and other characters. The present

belongs to the Sub-Gen. Arothron, Miiller.+

C. With black bands.

TETRODON CARDUUS, Cantor.

Head above and back dark yellow ochre with a number of longitu-

dinal, slightly serpentine black lines continued to the caudal; sides of the

head pale ochre with irregular black spots; sides of the body pale lilac

whitish with a few distant black spots, disposed so as to form 4 or 5

vertical series; abdomen very pale ochre ; dorsal and ventral, pale

transparent olive, minutely dotted with black ; caudal rays reddish yellow,

membrane whitish dotted with black, and with vermicular black spots ;

pectorals pale yellow, with a blackish narrow band along the base. Iris

orange dotted with black.

D 11, C 91, A 10, P 17, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

TOTAL LENGTH: 6 inch.

The length of the head is contained 3} times in the total. The eye is

situated nearly in the centre of the length of the head, bordering upon the

profile ; the horizontal diameter is + of the head; the distance between

the anterior angle of the orbits is nearly three diameters ; between the

posterior four. No nostrils appear, but their place is supplied by two

small black tentacles, the one close above the other. The jaws are nearly

* Fishes of the Ganges 6,361. Pl. XXX. Fig. 1.—T. fiuviatilis, Cuv. R. A.

IT. 368 (*).

Tt ArotHRron, Miller: ‘‘On each side a solid tentacle containing the large

olfactorian nerve ; an annular muscle round the eye, and a kind of eyelid.”” (Adh.

Berlin. Akad. 1839, 252 (+). Berlin 1841.)

1358 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. (Dec.

equal, the teeth and tongue normal. The dorsal occupies the com-

mencement of the posterior fifth of the back ; it is fan-shaped, with the

first ray undivided; the longest rays are 4 of the head, or twice the

extent of the base of the fin. The posterior margin of the caudal is

convex; the longest rays are 4 of the head. The anal resembles the

dorsal ; it commences, nearly opposite the middle of the distance

between the dorsal and the caudal. The pectorals are rounded, their

length equals that of the dorsal. The spines are rather long, very fine,

hair-like and crowded. On the back they commence from between the

nasal tentacula and extend to the candal, in front of the base of which

there is but a small naked space. The lips, the chin and the space

inside the pectorals are also spineless. A single individual was observed

at Pinang in December 1842. This species is nearly allied to 7.

virgatus, Richardson, (Zool. Erebus and Terror, 62, Pl. XX XIX. Fig.

8-9,) from which it differs in the dorsal being situated farther back ; in

the relative position of the latter fin and the anal, and in the greater

number of black lines of the back. In the present the latter are twelve ;

in 7’, virgatus six. It is also allied to 7’. meleagris, Solander.*

D. With pale spots.

TETRODON TESTUDINEUS, Linné.

Tetrodon testudineus, Linné: Amoen. Acad. I. 309, Tab. 14, Fig. 3.

Tetrodon testudineus, Linné, Syst. 1444.

Tetrodon testudineus, Bloch. Tab. 139.

Tetrodon testudineus, Shaw, V. 444, Pl. 178.

Tetrodon testudineus, Cuvier, R. A. II. 368 (’).

Tetrodon testudineus, Swainson, II. 328.

Young. Head above, back and upper part of the sides: reddiah

brown with numerous rounded and elongated milk-white spots, minutely

dotted with brown; rest of the sides and abdomen reddish yellow with

a number of brown parallel bands, downwards arched and increasing

in length, interrupted, or two joined, towards the tail; caudal dark

brown with numerous whitish spots; rest of the fins yellowish, trans-

parent, blackish at the base. Iris reddish yellow dotted with black.

D 10, C 83, A 10, P 15, Br. V.

* Syn. Lacép. I. 505.—Bl. Schn. 507.—7. meleagris, Richardson: Ichth.

Sulph, 122, Pl. 57 Fig. 1-3, and Voy. Samarang p, 19.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1359

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean.

TOTAL LENGTH : 32 inch. :

The length of the head is contained 33 times in the total. The eye,

bordering on the profile, is a little nearer the muzzle than the gill-open-

ing ; its greater diameter, rising obliquely backwards, is } of the length of

the head; the distance between the anterior angles is two such diameters ;

three between the posterior. The nostrils have two small apertures,

between which rises a small tentacle. The teeth and tongue are normal.

The rounded dorsal is situated between the penultimate and posterior

fourths of the back ; the two first rays are undivided, the fifth and sixth,

the longest, are contained 23 times in the length of the head, and they

equal the extent of the base. The caudal is broad, with the posterior

margin rounded ; its length 2 of the head. The first undivided anal ray

commences opposite the termination of the dorsal fin, which it resembles.

The pectorals are broad, rounded ; their length is a little less than that

of the dorsal. The spines commence immediately behind the upper

lip, and terminate a little behind the dorsal, and immediately behind

the anal, leaving the tail naked. In form they resemble those of 7.

carduus. Single individuals, none of which exceeded the length stated,

were observed at all seasons at Pinang.

TETRODON BONDARUS, Cantor.

Russell, XX VII. Bondaroo Kappa.

Young. Head above, lips, lower half of the sides and abdomen very

pale yellowish olive, minutely dotted with brown ; back blackish olive ;

upper half of the sides brownish olive, with numerous rounded brownish-

white spots, many of which are surrounded by a broad black ring, forming

a kind of interrupted net-work ; inside and behind the pectorals a large

black spot, in which a bright yellow oval half-ring, cut by the axilla;

a little in front of the pectorals a bright yellow oval spot, half hid by

the black gill-cover; on the sides of the head a number of small

brownish white spots, and a large black spot like an erect horse-shoe ;

on the throat a round black spot from whence a widely arched black

line ascends to each pectoral; dorsal, anal and pectorals pale brownish

olive, minutely dotted with black; caudal darker brownish olive with

1360 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec,

numerous indistinct whitish spots, and with a broad black band along

the posterior margin. Ivis bright yellow minutely dotted with black.

D 10, C 92, A 9, P 18, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Vizagapatam.

The length of the head is contained 41 times in the total. The eye

borders on the profile and occupies nearly the centre of the distance be-

tween the muzzle and the gill-opening, but it is on a level above the

latter and the pectorals ; the greatest diameter, ascending obliquely back-

wards, is + of the length of the head ; the distance between the anterior

angles of the orbit is 14 such diameters ; between the posterior angles it

is two such. There are no nostrils, but in their place appear two lanceo-

late black tentacula, of which the upper one is the longer, both joined at

the base. The teeth and tongue are normal. All the fins are rounded.

The first dorsal ray is situated a little behind the commencement of the

posterior third of the body, the caudal not included ; the two first rays

are undivided ; the fifth and sixth, the longest, are contained 2} times

in the head ; the extent is + less; the distance from the caudal is con-

tained 52 times in the total length. The anal* is situated behind the

dorsal, which it resembles ; its distance from the caudal slightly exceeds

2 of the total. The length of the caudal is $ of the head; that of the —

pectorals is a little less than the dorsal. The spines in form and position

resemble those of 7. testudineus, but above they commence from —

between the eyes. A single young individual was observed at Pinang in —

May 1844.

Sides smooth without spines.

TETRODON LUNARIS, Cuvier.

Russell, XXIX. Kappa Koorawah.

Tetrodon lunaris, Cuv. R. A. Ed. 1, II. 148 (’).

Tetrodon tepa, Buchanan Hamilton, 10, and 362.

(Icon.) Tetrodon leiopleura, Gray: Ill. Ind. Zool. I. Pl. 87, Fig. 2,

(Young.) —

Tetrodon lunaris, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 59. |

* The position of this fin is correctly described by Russell, but his figure repre- —

sents it in a much too advanced position.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1361

Physogaster* lunaris, Miiller: Abh. Berl. Akad. 1839,

252 (').

Tetrodon lunaris, Temm. et Schl. Fauna Jap. Pisc. CXXII.

Fig. 1.

Head above and back green olive with a mixture of brownish, lighter

on the upper third of the sides ; rest of the latter to the abdominal keel,

sides of the head and opercles white satin with a broad longitudinal

band of shining yellow brass from the eye to the caudal; abdomen

milk-white ; fins yellow ; posterior caudal margin blackish. Iris bright

yellow brass-coloured, blackish towards the orbit.

D 12, 13 or 14, C 82, A 11 or 12, P 16, Br. V.

Hasir.—Sea and estuaries of Malayan Peninsula and Islands.

Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Gangetic estuaries, Suez,

Japan.

-ToTaL LENGTH: | foot. |

The length of the head slightly exceeds + of the total. The eye, bor-

dering on the profile, is situated nearer the gill-opening than the muzzle,

above the level of the former and of the pectorals ; its longest diameter,

ascending obliquely backwards, is } of the length of the head. The dis-

tance between the eyes equals the diameter. The oval nasal cavity is

situated midway between the eyes and the muzzle; each contains two

small papillular apertures. The teeth and tongue are normal. The thread-

like lateral line commences beneath the posterior part of the nasal oval

cavity,descends a short distance nearly vertically, then proceeds horizon-

tally over the upper part of the cheek ; opposite the posterior part of the

orbit it ascends obliquely to the upper margin of the opercle, between

which and the posterior angle of the orbit it gives off a branch which de-

scribes an arch over the supraorbital margin. From the upper margin of

the opercle the lateral line follows the profile of the back, a little above

the lower margin of the spiny portion to a little in front of the dorsal,

when it descends obliquely and then continues nearly in the middle of

the tail, nearer, however, the soft abdominal keel than the profile of the

* PuysocasTer, Miiller, 1841. ‘ With a hollow papilla in the nasal cavity,

not, however, continued in a tube ; lateral margin of abdomen raised into a soft keel

from the throat to the tail, corresponding to a second, superior keel on the sides of

the tail.’’—Physogaster is inadmissible, as it has been applied by Latreille in 1833

to a genus of Coleoptera.

8 mM 2

1362 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Dec.

back, and terminates at the root of the caudal. The soft abdominal

keel commences from the throat and proceeds straight along the upper

margin of the spiny portion of the abdomen to the lower part of the

root of the caudal. The dorsal is situated alittle behind the commence-

ment of the posterior third of the back ; the two first rays are undivided ;

the second, the longest of all, is 4 the length of the head ; the posterior

margin of the fin is nearly vertical ; the extent of the base is 3 of the

length of the second ray ; the distance from the caudal is contained 43

times in the total length. The first and only undivided anal ray is placed

opposite the posterior half of the dorsal, which it resembles, but the extent

is a little less; the distance from the caudal is contained 4} times in the

total length. The upper and lower caudal margins are arched, but the

former is a little longer than the latter ; the third, or first divided, ray from

above is the longest, 3 of the length of the head; the posterior margin

is concave or crescent-shaped. The pectorals are broad, their posterior

margin obliquely truncated ; the second upper ray is the longest, > of the

length of the head. The spines are short, strong, crowded and deeply

imbedded in the integuments. Above they commence from the space

between the nostrils and terminate a little in front of the dorsal ; laterally

they extend but very little below the lateral line ; on the abdomen they

commence from a little behind the throat, are bounded above by the soft

keel, and terminate with the anterior half of the body. In the figure of

M.M. Temminck and Schlegel in Fauna Japonica the spines are repre-

sented more distant than they are in the individuals of the Malayan Seas

and of the Bay of Bengal, and they appear above to commence from the

occiput. In both the latter localities the species is at all seasons very

numerous.

TETRODON OBLONGUS, Bloch.

Tetrodon oblongus, Bloch, Tab. 146.

Tetrodon oblongus, Shaw, V. 446.

Tetrodon oblongus, Cuv. R. A. Ed. I. 148 (’).

Physogaster oblongus, Miiller, 1. c.

Young. Head above dark brownish olive with numerous rounded

brownish white spots; back and upper third of the sides brownish

white, minutely dotted with reddish brown, and with upwards of 11

* short dark brownish vertical bands, confluent on the back, and not

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1363

extending beyond the upper third of the sides; rest of the latter and

those of the head pale yellowish buff dotted with reddish brown ;

abdomen milkwhite ; fins transparent yellowish buff, minutely and spar-

ingly dotted with black.

D 13, C 82, A 10, P17, Br. V.

Hapit.—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean.

TorTaL LENGTH: 54 inch.

The length of the head is a little less than 4 of the total. The eye,

bordering on the profile, is situated a little nearer the gill-opening than

the muzzle, above the level of the latter and the pectorals; its hori-

zontal diameter is + of the head; the distance across the forehead two

such diameters. Each nostril has two small papillular apertures. The

teeth and tongue are normal. The posterior part of the opercle is

naked terminating below in a sharp, downwards pointed angle. The

elongated rounded dorsal is situated a little behind the commencement

of the posterior third of the back ; the anterior four rays are undivided ;

the sixth and seventh, the longest, are } of the length of the head, of

which the extent of the base is 1; the distance from the caudal is a

little less than % of the total length. The anal commences opposite the

third dorsal ray ; the three anterior rays are undivided ; the sixth, the

longest, equals the corresponding dorsal ; the posterior margin is ver-

tical; the extent of the base is a little less than that of the dorsal ; the

distance from the caudal equals that of the latter. All three margins of

the caudal are slightly arched; the length of the fin is about 4 of that

of the head. The pectorals are broad ; the posterior margin is a little

rounded ; the first upper ray, the longest, is contained 2} times in the

head. The very fine hair-like lateral line appears to commence from

behind the occiput ; at first it follows closely the profile of the back, when

it descends obliquely to opposite the last dorsal ray, and then continues

in the middle of the tail to the caudal. The abdominal keel is so little

raised as scarcely to deserve the name ; it commences behind the throat

and rises in a low arch towards the pectoral fin, from whence it obliquely

descends to a little in front of the anal, and follows the profile of the

abdomen to the lower part of the root of the caudal. The spines are

short and not very strong, but crowded ; above they commence from

between the nostrils and terminate a little in front of the dorsal; the

1364 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

opercles, except the posterior part of the opercle, and the abdomen to a

little in front of the anus, are spinous ; but the cheeks, lips, throat and

the posterior part of the body, from between the anus and dorsal, are

naked. A single individual was observed at Pinang in January 1844,

TETRODON DISSUTIDENS, Cantor.

Russell, XXV. II. Kappa, (Young.)

Crown and sides of the head and back satin reddish brown with pur-

ple reflections, lighter on the sides of the body, minutely dotted with

reddish brown ; back and sides with numerous large rounded spots, dark

brownish or olive white; three or four blackish brown vertical bands,

indistinct and spotted like the rest, viz. one between the eyes, a second

behind the pectorals, surrounding the gill-opening ; a third, not con-

stant, between the latter and the dorsal ; a fourth from the base of the

dorsal; abdomen milk-white; the indistinct abdominal keel in some

individuals light yellow ; dorsal, pectorals and caudal transparent whit-

ish olive minutely dotted with brown; posterior half of the caudal

blackish ; anal whitish. Iris bright yellow, minutely dotted with black

towards the orbital margin.

D 10, C 83, A 8, P 16, Br. V.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Coromandel.

ToTaL LENGTH : 7 inch.

The head is elongated, contained 3} times in the total length. The

eyeis situated a little nearer the muzzle than the gill-opening, with which

the lower margin of the orbit is nearly on a level ; the horizontal diameter

of the eye is + of the length of the head ; the distance between the anterior

angle of the orbits equals two such diameters; between the posterior

angles itis 23. A little in front of the anterior angle of the orbit appears

a single small aperture, with a small simple tentacle at the anterior

margin. The suture of the two upper teeth is not closely fitting as in

the other species, but a little open so as to display 6 or 7 small denti-

culations on the corresponding margin of each tooth; otherwise the

teeth and tongue are normal. The rounded dorsal is situated a little

behind the commencement of the posterior third of the body, the

caudal not included ; the two first rays are undivided; the third and

fourth, the longest, are contained 23 times in the length of the head, of

1849.| Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1365

which the extent of the base but slightly exceeds +; the distance from

the caudal is 1 of the total length. The anal commences opposite the

posterior half of the dorsal, which it resembles in form and length,

but the extent of the base is a little shorter; the distance from the

caudal is contained 53 times in the total length. The three caudal

margins are slightly convex; the length of the fin is 2 of the head.

The pectorals are broad, slightly rounded, the lower rays are but little

shorter than the upper which are contained 23 times in the length of

the head. The spines are rather short and fine, and disposed on two

separate spots. Above they cover a narrow oval spot from behind the

occiput to opposite the termination of the pectorals; laterally they

extend to within a vertical distance from the gill-opening of 4 of the

length of the head; they are very distant and so deeply imbedded, as

easily to escape observation. Below they commence on a level with

the angle of the mouth, but opposite the posterior margin of the orbit,

their anterior margin is deeply excavated ; the lateral margin describes

an arch, which keeps a little beneath the lower part of the root of the

pectoral, and terminates behind at some distance in front of the anal,

which is situated nearly opposite the first dorsal ray. The spines of

the anterior half are crowded ; those of the posterior distant. Along

the arched lateral margin of the spinous spot appears an indistinct

abdominal soft keel, which afterwards continues straight to the lower

part of the root of the caudal. The other parts of the body are naked.

No lateral line is visible. Smaller individuals of this species are at

Pinang very numerous at all seasons.

TETRODON NARITUS, Richardson.

Plate X. (Young).

Tetrodon naritus, Richardson: Ichthyol. Voy. Samarang, 18, Pl.

VIII. Figs. 1-3.

Young. Wead and body yellow brass-coloured ; head above, back

and upper half of the sides minutely dotted with black, so closely as

to appear blackish ; fins bright gamboge ; dorsal, caudal and anal each

with a single large irregular black spot, occupying the greater part of

these fins, but leaving open a narrow space along the base ; lips whitish

lilac, Iris shining brass-coloured.

1366 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Dec.

Adult. Head and body burnished reddish golden, or bronze; back

and upper half of the sides paler blackish than in the young; as also

the spots of the fins. Iris coloured like the body, bluish black towards

the orbit.

D 35 or 36, C 92, A 28 or 29, P 17, Br. V.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

River Sarawak (Borneo).

ToraL LENGTH: 10 inch.

The general form is elongated pyriform, laterally compressed. The

profile rises obliquely to between the eyes, from which it is nearly

straight to the dorsal, when it greatly slopes towards the caudal. The

abdominal profile is much more bulging; from the throat to opposite

the pectorals it descends obliquely ; from thence it rapidly ascends to

the caudal. The cranial bones are soldered together and form a

smooth helmet, arched from side to side, in shape somewhat resembling

that of Plotosus albilabris, Cuv. and Val. The anterior extremity of

the helmet is constricted and divided in two diverging narrow points

formed by the anterior frontal bones, which behind border the depres-

sion containing the nostril. From thence the lateral margin is convex

forming the supraorbital margin, when it deviates obliquely inwards and

backwards, and terminates on the side of the occiput in a broad tri-

angular point. From the centre of the posterior margin projects along

the back a narrow occipital crest. The outline of the helmet resem-

bles a broad arrow-head with bifid point. The distance from the muzzle

to the point of the occipital crest equals that to the gill-opening, which

is contained 3} times in the total length. Measured from the centre

between the anterior two points, the length of the helmet is } of the

total, and of this distance the occipital crest itself is 3. The eye,

bordering on the cranial helmet and on a level with the upper part of

the gill-opening, is situated in front of the centre of the distance

between the muzzle and the gill-opening ; the horizontal diameter is 4 of

the length of the head. The distance between the anterior orbital

angles across the helmet is 13, between the posterior 24 diameter.

In front of the anterior orbital angle appears a single large nostril, which

is oval, with a lax membrane, notched at the anterior part. The jaws

are nearly equal; the teeth and the tongue normal. The form of the

dorsal is broad triangular, with the posterior part truncated a little

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1367

rounded ; the first ray is situated nearly in the centre between the

muzzle and the caudal; the first five rays are undivided, and with the

succeeding ones gradually increase in length to the 14th and 15th, which

are the longest, } the length of the head ; the extent of the base is con-

tained 34 times in the total length, of which latter the distance from the

caudal is 1. The anal commences opposite the second third of the

dorsal, which it resembles in form ; the two first rays are undivided ;

the 10th and lith rays are the longest, a little shorter than the 14th

and 15th dorsal. The extent of the base is a little less than the length

of the head; the fin terminates a little behind the dorsal. The three

margins of the caudal are a little convex ; the length slightly exceeds $

of the head. The pectorals are broad oval ; their length is about 4 of

the head. The spines are strong, distant, upwards pointed and scarcely

longer than their two oblique roots. They are placed so as to form a broad

belt, the superior margins of which commence behind the orbit, and pro-

ceed straight to a little behind the pectorals ; from thence the posterior

margin encircles the abdomen to within a short distance of the anus,

which is situated opposite the commencement of the dorsal ; the anterior

margin follows the posterior part of the cheek and then proceeds obliquely

forwards behind the throat. The rest of the body is perfectly smooth,

without abdominal keel. During life the lateral line is very indistinct,

On the vertex and the cheeks appear several anastomosing lines,

which on each side continue in three undulating lines: one close to the

back, a second in the middle, and a third near the abdomen ; all three

terminate at the root of the caudal. Three individuals, varying from

4% to 10 inches in length, were observed at Pinang in February and

November 1844, and in July 1845. The enlargement of the upper

and under interspinous bones of the tail, described by Richardson,

is no constant character. It existed in none of those examined at

Pinang, but one of them had an isolated osseous tubercle in front of

the anal, another had a similar in the middle of the left side. Like

Harpochirus punctatus and Platax arthriticus the present species ap-

pears to have a tendency to hypertrophy of the bones.

All the preceding species of Tetrodon are capable of inflating the

abdomen, and in this state, when taken or handled, they emit a grating

sound, They are also remarkable for tenacity of life, which they are

1368 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 3 [Dec.

capable of sustaining for several hours after having been taken out of

their element. They have a peculiar, disagreeable odour, resembling that

of Gobioide, which continues in specimens for several years preserved

in spirits of wine. In the Malayan countries they are considered highly

poisonous, and are even objected to as manure.

Orpvo LOPHOBRANCHII.

Fam. SYNGNATHOIDS.

Gen. Synenatuus, drtedi, 1738, (Cuvier, 1817.)

Snout tubular, formed by the prolongation of the ethmoid, vomer,

tympanals, pre-opercles, sub-opercles, &c., and terminated by an ordina-

ry mouth, vertically cleft on the extremity of the snout ; respiratory

aperture near the nape; ventrals none; body elongated, thin, differing

but little in diameter throughout its whole length.

A. Without anal.

SYNGNATHUS PENICILLUS, Cantor.

Head and body pale greenish brown, minutely dotted with brown on

the sides ; in the middle of each ring of the body a horizontal, oval, cream-

coloured spot, beneath edged with black ; on each side of the abdomen

an indistinct cream-coloured dot ; pectorals, dorsal and the membranous

sac hyaline, the latter minutely dotted with pale brown; caudal rays

blackish, with hyaline points. Iris and the circular pupil black.

D 22,C 6, P18. Br.? Rings of the body 18, of the tail 35.

TOTAL LENGTH : 3 inch.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

The length of the head is contained 4} times in the total; the dis-

tance from the posterior margin of the orbit to the gill-opening is 2 of

the length of the head ; that from the symphysis of the lower jaw to the

anterior margin of the orbit is 2 of the length of the head ; the diameter

of the orbit is 1, of the head; the distance between the eyes is

less than their diameter. From the posterior margin of the orbit

proceeds a sharp raised line a little downwards to the posterior margin

of the opercle; from above and below radiate backwards a number of

very fine lines. The body and tail, as far as the membranous sae

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1369

extends, are hexagonal, the greatest vertical diameter is + of the length

of the head; the rest of the tail is quadrangular, tapering, but not

terminating in a point. The anus is situated as much as the length of

the snout in front of the middle of the total length. The membranous

sac is attached to the abdominal surface of the .15 anterior caudal

rings ; it forms a segment of a circle, its greatest depth not exceeding

the diameter of the eye. The dorsal commences a little behind the

anus ; the length of the rays is 4, the extent of the base 2 of the length

of the head. The length of the pectorals equals that of the dorsal.

The posterior surface of the last caudal ring carries 6 very minute

branched rays, which are placed horizontally, at a distance from each

other : one at each of the four angles, and one from the middle of the

lateral margin. This distribution gives the caudal the appearance of

a small brush. A solitary individual was observed at Pinang in July

1845. This species is readily distinguished from S. spicifer, Riippell*

and from S. gooraphoot+ by the comparatively longer head.

B. Without caudal.

SYNGNATHUS BIACULEATUS, Bloch.

Syngnathus biaculeatus, Bloch. Tab. 121, Fig. 1, 2.

Syngnathus biaculeatus, Bloch-Schneider, 515, Tab. 1.

Syngnathus biaculeatus, Shaw, V. 453.

Syngnathus biaculeatus, Richardson, Report, 1845, 202.

Head and body pale seagreen; abdomen pale ochre or buff; in the

middle of the side of thé rings of the body a large vertically oval spot,

lighter than the general colour, edged with very pale vermilion; in

some a few black dots, scattered along the sides of the abdomen ; fins

hyaline. Iris pale silvery green, dotted with brown.

D 43 to. 45, A 3, 4 or 5, P 21 or 22, Br. IV? Rings of the body

18, of the tail about 55.

ToTaL LENGTH : 9% inch.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore, Malayan Peninsula.

China Seas, Philippines.

The length of the head is contained a little less than 53 times in the

* Neue Wirbelth: Fische, 143, Tab, 33, Fig. 4.

T Russell, 21, No. XXX. Gooraphoo Subbookoo, (‘ S. typhle, Lin.’’)

8 Nn 2

1370 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

total ; the distance from the posterior margin of the orbit to the gill-

opening is nearly + of the head; that from the symphysis of the lower

jaw to the anterior margin of the orbit exceeds by 3 half the length of

the head. The diameter of the orbit is + of the length of the head. The

distance across the forehead is a little less than one diameter. From the

posterior part of the supraorbital margin rises a small, backwards directed

thorn, which like the rest of the head is minutely honey-combed. A

similar, but smaller thorn appears in the middle of the anterior and pos-

terior margin of the orbit. The opercles are soldered together, and with

numerous backwards radiating lines. The occipital crest is surmounted

by 3 minute thorns. The body and tail, as far as the dorsal extends,

are heptagonal ; the rest of the tail is quadrangular, gradually tapering

into a point. The greatest vertical diameter, halfway between the

head and the dorsal, is about + of the length of the head ; the greatest

horizontal diameter of the back is contained from 64 to 7 times in the

length of the head, while that of the abdomen varies from 24 to 3 times

in the head. The anus is situated as far behind the middle of the

total length as 2 of the length of the snout. The dorsal commences on

the 18th ring of the body, a little in front of the anus, and continues

on the 10 anterior rings of the tail; the extent of the base is one dia-

meter of the orbit shorter than the head ; the dorsal and pectoral rays

scarcely exceed % of the diameter of the orbit ; the anal rays are about

1, Single individuals occur in the Straits of Malacca during all seasons.

Gen. Hiprocampus, Cuvier 1817.

Trunk laterally compressed and conspicuously more elevated than

the tail; the junctions of the rings are raised into ridges and their

salient angles into spines ; caudal none.

HiprocamMPus MANNULUS, Cantor.

Plate XI. Figwt.

Young. Pale greyish brown ; sides and abdominal surface of tail

pale yellowish.

Lenertu : 34 inch.

Older. Pale yellow ochre; fins hyaline; dorsal with two longitu-

dinal series of blackish spots. Iris silvery bluish-grey.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1371

Lenerta: 5 inch.

D19,A 4, P17, Br.? Rings of the body 11, of the tail 36.

Haprr.—Sea of Pinang.

The length of the head is + of the total ; the distance from the sym-

physis of the lower jaw to the nostril is 4 of the length of the head, of

which the diameter of the orbit is }. From the middle of the supra-

orbital margin rises a small backwards directed spine; the distance

between both is less than the diameter of the orbit. From the poste-

rior margin of the orbit radiate numerous lines over the opercles.

The occiput carries a crest, surmounted in front by a tubercle, behind

by five minute spines ; at the root of the pectorals, and on each side

of the throat appears a small backwards directed spine. The body is

heptagonal, its greatest vertical diameter slightly exceeds 4 of the

length of the head ; the tail is quadrangular, tapering into a point. The

anus is situated nearly in the middle of the total length, and opposite

the middle of the dorsal. The latter occupies the 10th and 11th ring

of the body and the first of the tail ; all three rings are arched, so as to

appear like a crest from which the dorsal rises. The length of the

rays is a little less than two diameters of the orbit ; the extent of the

base is 2 of the length of the head. The pectorals are a little shorter

than the dorsal ; the anal is about half the diameter of the orbit. One

individual was observed at Pinang in September 1842; a second in

January 1844.

HiprocAampus comes, Cantor.

Plate XI. Fig. 2.

Brownish buff; opercles bluish ; round the orbit a few distant brown _

dots; fins hyaline. Iris silvery white with a number of short brown- —

ish lines radiating from the pupil.

D 16, A 4, P17, Br.? Rings of the body, 11, of the tail, 33.

ToTaL LENGTH: 5 inch.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

The length of the head slightly exceeds 4 of the total; the distance

from the symphysis of the lower jaw to the nostril is 2 ; the diameter

of the orbit is $ of the length of the head. All the spines of the sali-

ent angles are surmounted by oval or rounded tubercles. On the fore-

head between the eyes appears a single spine; on each supraorbital

1372 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Dec.

margin a similar, and between the two a pair of smaller ones ; single

ones also appear at the anterior and posterior margin of the orbit, and

a pair a little beneath the lower margin. The occipital crest is sur-

mounted by three spines, behind which rise five smaller ones forming

a cluster like a coronet. At the root of the pectorals appear two, and

a pair on each side of the throat. Over the opercles radiate some fine

lines. The body is heptagonal ; its greatest vertical diameter slightly

exceeds the length of the snout to the nostrils. The tail is quadran-

gular, tapering into a point. The anus is situated nearly in the middle

of the total length, opposite the posterior third of the dorsal. The

latter occupies the 10th and 11th ring of the body and the first caudal ;

the length of the rays is 14 diameter of the orbit, the extent of the base

is contained about 33 times in the length of the head. ‘The pectorals

are a little shorter than the dorsal, and the anal is the shortest of all.

A single individual occurred at Pinang in August 1844.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1373

Supciassis : SELACHII.

Orvo: PLAGIOSTOMI.

SuBorpo: SQUALI.

Fam. SCYLLIOID.

Gen. Scyiuium, (Cuvier, 1829,) Miiller und Henle, 1841.

Anterior dorsal between the ventrals and anal ; posterior between the

anal and caudal; spiracles immediately behind the eyes; gill-openings

equidistant : both posterior ones immediately above the pectorals ; snout

short, blunt; nostrils near the mouth, in some continued in a fissure

to the margin of the upper lip; superior nasal valves covering the

nostrils, so as generally to leave but a small rounded aperture at the

external margin; nasal valves either separated by a larger or smaller

piece soldered between their centre, or both united ; in some in the

middle of the external surface a projection, which occasionally extends

beyond the lower margin of the valve ; in others at the inferior margin

of the nostril a smaller valve covered by the larger; mouth arched ;

teeth with a central point and one or two on each side; several species

with the ventral fins united over the male appendages ; scales trifid ;

ova resembling those of the Rays.

ScyLLIUM MACULATUM, Miiller und Henle.

Scyllium marmoratum, Bennett: Life of Raffles, 693 ?

(Icon.) Scyllium maculatum, Gray: Il. Ind. Zool. I. Pl. 98, Fig. 1.

Scyllium maculatum, Miiller und Henle: Plagiostomen 5,

Taf.

Scyllium maculatum, Richardson: Report, 1845, 193.

(Young male.) Ground-colour of the Back white, of the sides, ver-

tical fins and upper surface of horizontal fins light slate-blue, with nu-

merous confluent rounded spots, of snuff colour, forming a kind of net-

work ; near the apex of the two dorsal-, of the caudal- and anal fins a

transversal snuff-coloured band ; abdomen, lower surface of pectorals and

ventrals and the male appendages bluish white. Iris silvery slate-blue ;

pupil obliquely linear, black.

1374 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

Hapit.—Sea of Singapore.

Indian Ocean, China Sea, Canton.

TOTAL LENGTH: 1 foot 7 inch.

The anterior dorsal is situated midway between the apex of the

snout and that of the caudal; it commences opposite the termination

of the ventrals. The posterior dorsal commences at an equal distance

from the root of the ventrals and the apex of the caudal. The anal fin

commences a little in front of the posterior dorsal, but it terminates

before reaching the middle of that fin. The scales are trifid, with a

central, flat, pointed keel, and with a minute point on each side. In

time the scales become worn and subrhombic. 7

A single young male was taken at Singapore in May 1840. Lach

male appendage measured 22 inch in length.

Gen. Cuitoscyiuium, Miiller und Henle, 1837.

Snout blunt ; nostrils extending to the mouth ; nasal valves separated,

each carrying a filament ; at the external margin of each nostril a con-

siderable hem-like valve, which continues towards the upper fold of the

angle of the mouth ; under lip skinny, broad, separated from the throat

by a transverse furrow ; mouth slightly arched; teeth pointed, with

one or two smaller points on each side; spiracles behind and below the

eyes ; at the posterior margin of each spiracle a projecting tubercle ;

fourth and fifth gill-opening near each other; dorsal fins placed in

front of anal; the anterior dorsal behind the ventrals ; pectorals and

ventrals rounded, as also the anal and caudal; the anal, without ante-

rior angle, is arched downwards, terminating behind in a point ; lower

margin of the caudal convex.

Cuinoscyiiigm PLAGIOSUM, (Bennett.)

Russell, XVI. Bokee Sorrah (Young.)

Russell, Ra Sorrah, page 10 (Adult.) :

Scyllium freycineti, Quoy et Gaimard. Freye. 192? (Young ?)

Scyllium plagiosum, Bennett : Life of. Raffles, 693. (Young.)

(Icon.) Scyllium ornatum, Gray: Ill. Ind. Zool. I. Pl. 98, Fig. 2.

(Foung.)

i ea eS al

ee, ee

SS ee ee ee ee ee ee

1849, | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1375

Chiloscyllium plagiosum, Miiller und Henle, 18 (Young.)*

Chiloscyllium plagiosum, Var 1, Miiller und Henle, 18.

(Young.)

Chiloscyllium plagiosum, Var 2, Miiller und Henle, 18.

(Young.)

Russell : p. 10, ‘‘ Vielleicht eine Varietit,” Miiller und Henle,

20. (Adult.)

Chiloscyllium plagicsum, Richardson: Report, 1845, 194.

Yu tokay of the Malays.

(Newborn and very young.) Ground-colour above white or buff,

with numerous black transverse bands, preponderating over the ground-

colour, which appears on the head and back like transverse buff bands,

each with a transversal brown line in the centre. On the sides and fins

the ground-colour is reduced to a number of rounded spots, each with

a central brown dot. Lower surface of the body and horizontal fins

whitish, of the tail pale blackish. Iris black, with a silvery line border-

ing the black pupil, which is linear and ascending obliquely backwards.

TorTaL LENGTH: 4 to 64 inch.

(Older.) Ground-colour ash-grey or isabella coloured, with (11, 12

or 13) pale brownish black transverse bands, broad on the back, nar-

rower on the sides; the margins darker than the bands, or with dis-

tant dark dots; fins with dark and light spots; abdominal surface

whitish. Iris silvery ash-grey or isabella coloured. (Russell, XVI.,

Bokee Sorrah.—Scyllium plagiosum, Bennett.—Var. 1, Miller und

Henle.)

Or:

Ground-colour ash-grey or nankin yellow with transverse brownish

bands edged with black; within the bands double transverse rows of

black dots ; single such between the bands; on the sides and fins

black rings, each with a central black spot. (Scyllium ornatum, Gray.

—Var. 2, Miller und Henle.-—Chiloscyllium plagiosum, Richardson.—)

ToTaL LENGTH : 74 to 144 inch.

* Var. 3 and Var. 4, Miiller und Henle, are founded upon two unpublished draw-

ings of General Hardwicke. Both have evidently been taken from specimens in

the infantile livery, and are no more constant Varieties than Var. 2 and 3 of M.M.

Miller und Henle.

8 o

1376 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

(Adult.) Above uniformly ash-coloured or yellowish grey ; whitish

beneath. Iris silvery, of the ground colour. (Ra Sorrah, Russel.—

‘‘ Vielleicht eine Varietit,’? Miller und Henle.—)

TOTAL LENGTH: | ft. 5 inch to 2 ft. 4 inch.

Hasit.—Seas of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Indian Ocean, Seas of China and Japan (Richardson),

Coasts of Brazil (M. und H.)

The anterior dorsal fin commences immediately above the termina-

tion of the ventrals; the posterior dorsal commences as far from the

anal as the extent of its own base. In young individuals the scales are

narrow lanceolate and keeled ; in the adult they are tetragonal or sub-

thombic, with a polished, not keeled, surface. In the young fish appears

along the centre of the back. a keel composed of scales larger than the

rest; on each side, a little below the central keel appears a similar,

which borders the upper third of the side. From the root of the ven-

tral fins to the commencement of the anal appears on each side a third

keel, which separates the sides from the abdomen. With age the

dorsal keel becomes indistinct, but the others appear to vanish. In

young individuals the male appendages do not extend beyond the ante-

rior half of the inner margin of the ventral fins; in mature age their

length is double that of the inner margin of the ventrals. The livery

of the newborn and mature individuals is as constant as that of the

intermediate age is liable to variations. The latter, which are but tran-

sitory garbs, have been described as constant and distinct Varieties by

M.M. Miller und Henle. Russell is the only observer who described

the mature fish. There appears, however, to exist. a constant Variety,

which is above of a uniform golden bronze colour, paler beneath, with

reddish golden fins and with the iris of burnished gold. This Variety

is rarely seen in the Straits of Malacca, at Madras,* and in the Bay of

Bengal, as far as the 21st degree. In the Straits of Malacca the species

is at all seasons excessively numerous.

* Walter Elliot, Esquire, possesses an adult male of this Variety, measuring

2 ft. 22 inch in length.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1377

Gen. Ginetymostoma, Miiller und Henle, 1837.

(Nesrius,* Riippell,) 1837.

Snout blunt; nostrils extending to the mouth, with a short valve at

the internal margin, from which proceeds a long cirrus extending to the

mouth ; a second short valve at the external margin of the nostrils ;

mouth convex; the folds of the angle of the mouth divided by a deep

fissure in an upper and lower fold; the internal extremity of the lower

fold separated from the skin of the under lip by a more or less deep,

vertical furrow ; teeth very numerous, upwards of ten close series, their

base rhomboidal, with a central conical apex, with two to four gradually

decreasing blunt points on each side; the fifth branchial opening

almost hidden in the fourth; both situated above the pectoral fins;

spiracles very minute, immediately behind the eyes; anterior dorsal fin

opposite the ventrals ; posterior dorsal partly in front of, partly opposite

the commencement of the anal ; the latter fin nearer the caudal than

the ventrals, yet not immediately in front of the caudal; the latter

with a trace of an inferior lobe; pectoral fins longer than in the rest of

Scylhoide.

| GINGLYMOSTOMA CONCOLOR, (Riippell.)

Nebrius concolor, Riippell, Neue Wirbelth, 61, Taf. 17, Fig. 1.

Riippell, Chondropt: 2, Taf. 17, Fig. 2.

Ginglymostoma concolor, Miiller und Henle, 22, Taf.

Young. Light brownish buff. Iris silvery light grey ; pupil linear,

oblique.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean, Massauah (Red Sea).

Tora LENGTH: 2 ft. 5 inch.

The anterior dorsal fin commences a little behind the origin of the

ventrals, but extends farther back than the termination of the latter.

The posterior dorsal commences a little in front of the anal and termi-

nates a little in front of the termination of the latter fin. The scales

are broad lanceolate or sub-rhombic with an indistinct central tubercle.

The denticulations of the posterior margins are very indistinct, and the

scales which are worn down have a polished granular appearance. In

the upper jaw appear but three, in the lower four series of teeth, the

* Pre-occupied by Nebria, Latreille, 1802 (Coleopt.)

8 o 2

1378 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [ Dec.

central apex of which scarcely exceeds the lateral points which gradually

decrease. During life the fish carries the tail much more erect than

is represented in the figures of M. M. Riippell, Miiller and Henle.

The length of the male appendages is less than one-half of the inner

margin of the ventral fins. During life this species is distinguished by

its beautiful light tint and by its proportions. A solitary young male

was taken at Pinang in March 1845. It lived for about two hours in the

air. The stomach contained remains of small Crustacea. The length

of the intestinal canal slightly exceeded 1 of the total length of the fish.

Gen. Stecostoma, Miiller und Henle, 1837.

Mouth transverse and narrow ; at the upper and lower jaw the inte-

guments form two flattened rims, which carry the teeth; the latter

exhibit tripartite laminze; the centrepiece between the nasal valves is

much broader than the valves themselves, and forms a transverse thick

rim over the mouth, which above and in front can be covered by this

rim. The latter has a rounded free margin in which unite the anterior

and posterior surfaces ; the posterior, generally hidden, surface is scaly

like the rest. The nasal valves are reduced to skinny hems which

laterally enclose the central rim. The nasal valves terminate in a

strong cirrus. The lower margin of the nostril has no valve. The

folds of the angle of the mouth are short; the fossets deep. The

head is highly arched and rounded. The cleft between the eyelids is

very small, transversely oval, with sharp margins. The spiracles are

vertical fissures behind the eye. The fifth branchial opening is hid in the

fourth ; the third, fourth and fifth appear immediately above the pectoral

fins. The anterior dorsal is placed opposite the ventral fins, but

extends somewhat in advance ; the posterior dorsal is placed between the

ventrals and the anal. The latter is placed immediately in front of the

caudal. The latter is nearly throughout of uniform height, with the

usual incision before the apex, and it is proportionally very elongated.

STEGOsTOMA FascrATUM, (Bloch.)

Seba: Thes. III. 105, Tab. 34, No. 1.

Gronov. Mus. I. 82, No. 136.—Zoophyl. 34, No. 147.

Le tigre, Brouss. 658.

Squalus fasciatus, Bloch. 113.

Squalus tigrinus, Linné: Syst. 1493. (Young.)

1849.| Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1379

Squalus longicaudus, Ibid. 1496.

Zebra Shark, Shaw: Nat. Mise. 434.

Squale tigre, Lacépéde, I. 249.

Squalus fasciatus, Shaw: V. 148. Pl. 148. (Newdorn.)

Squalus fasciatus, Bloch-Schn. 130.

Russell: XVIII. Poollee Makum. (Newborn.)

La roussette tigrée, Dict. des Sc. Nat. No. 33, Fig. 2.

Scyllium heptagonum, Riippell: Neue Wirb. 61, Tab. 17, Fig. 1.

(Young.)

Scyllium heptagonum, Riippell: Chondropt. 1. Tab. 17. Fig. 1.

Stegostoma fasciatum, Miiller und Henle, 24, Taf. (Young).

Stegostoma fasciatum, Var. 1, Miiller und Henle, 25. (Young.)

Stegostoma fasciatum, Var. 2, Miiller und Henle, 25. (Young.)

Stegostoma fasciatum, Var. 3, Miiller und Henle, 25. (Mature ?)

Stegostoma carinatum, Blyth: Journ. As. Soc. XVI. 725, Pl. XXV.

bis, Fig. 1. (Young.)

Yu tokay of the Malays.

(Newborn and very young.) Ground-colour above yellowish white

with numerous broad black transverse bands, preponderating over the

ground-colour, which on the head and fins is reduced to single rounded

or oval spots; lower surface of the body and horizontal fins yellowish

white. Iris black with a silvery line bordering the black linear pupil,

which ascends obliquely backwards. (Russell, XVIII. Poollee Makum.

—Var. 1, Miller und Henle).—Torat Lenetu: 12 to 13 inch.

(Older.) Ground-colour reddish- or brownish yellow, more con-

spicuous than in the newborn, particularly on the fins, where the brown

colour is broken up into numerous rounded spots, (on the pectoral fins

one or two large rings, with a central spot ;) transversal bands reddish

brown, with broad snuff-coloured or black margins; in some the bands

of the head and body with numerous dark brown rounded spots. Iris

like the ground-colour, but silvery. (Var. 2, Miller und Henle.—)

ToTAL LENGTH: | ft. 10 to 3 ft.

(Mature? Adult?) Ground-colour whitish brown; head from

behind the eyes, body and fins with numerous snuff-coloured rounded

spots, which are somewhat indistinct on the fins. (Scyllium hepta-

gonum, Riippell.—Var. 3, Miller und Henle.—Stegostoma carinatum,

Blyth.—) Tora LenetuH: 3 ft. to 5 ft. 7 inch.

1380 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dxc.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean, Bay of Bengal, Jeddah, (Red Sea.)

All the descriptions of this species have been taken from young

individuals. According to Gmelin it attains a length of about 15 ft.

The largest specimen quoted above is a female, collected at Madras by

W. Elliot, Esq. The length of the body is 2 ft., of the tail 3 ft. 7

inch. the proportion of the latter is therefore less than in younger

individuals, where the tail forms 3 of the total length. The scales are

rhombic, with a strong central keel and with 2 to 6 denticulations on

each of the two anterior margins. In smaller individuals the scales

are broad lanceolate, the central keel terminating in a sharp point, but

the posterior margins are either not at all, or indistinctly denticulated.

With age the seven raised keels become more distinct. Mr. Elliot has

observed this species frequenting the shoals off the coast of Madras

feeding on Molluses. The stomach of several, dissected by him, con-

tained large quantities of molluscous bodies, many of which with the

opercula of different species of Turbinide attached. In a single young

female, taken at Pinang in August 1845, the stomach contained

remains of small Crustacea. Gmelin describes this species as feeding

on Crustacea and Testacea. In a young individual 3 ft. in length,

the male appendages did not exceed one half of the internal margins

of the ventral fins. The Varieties, described by M. M. Miiller and

Henle, are but individual variations of the infantile livery.

Fam. NYCTITANTIDA.

A, without spiracles.

Gen. Carcuarias, (Rafinesque, 1810,) Miller und Henle, 1841.

Snout flattened, more or less rounded, moderately long. Nostrils

in the centre between the mouth and the point of the snout, or nearer

the mouth, at the lateral margin of the snout, Labial cartilage very

minute or absent. Ovary of the embryo communicating with a kind

of uterine placenta by means of plaited folds. Oviduct either smooth ,

or flocculent.

Susp Gen. Scouiopon, Miller und Henle, 1837.

Teeth of upper and lower jaw similar, but in the upper jaw appears

an odd central tooth, trenchant, with the point directed outwards, but

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1381

not denticulated. The external part of the base forms a blunt protu-

berance, without or with a slight notch. Posterior dorsal fin placed

either immediately opposite the anal, or above the posterior extremity

of the latter. A distinct caudal groove above and beneath. Scales

minute, tricarinate. Oviduct of the embryo flocculent.

CaRCHARIAS (SCOLIODON) acuTus, Riippell.

Carcharias acutus, Riippell : Chondropt. 5, Tab. 18, Fig. 4.

Carcharias (Scoliodon) acutus, M. u. H. 29.

Carcharias (Scoliodon) acutus, Richardson : Rep. 1845, 194.

Yu of the Malays.

Head above, back, sides and fins lead-grey, or light bluish grey ;

beneath white. Iris light blue silvery, with a narrow silvery line bor-

dering the black linear pupil.

Hasir :—Sea of Pinang, Singapore, Malayan Peninsula.

Indian Ocean, Red Sea, Java, China Seas.

TOTAL LENGTH: 3 ft.

The anterior dorsal fin is situated a little nearer the pectorals than

the ventrals ; the upper and posterior margin join in a narrow elongat-

ed point. The posterior dorsal commences opposite the posterior half

of the base of the anal; both terminate in elongated points. The dis-

tance between the commencement of the ventrals and that of the ante-

rior dorsal equals the distance from the commencement of the ventrals

to that of the posterior dorsal fin. The fifth gill-opening is situated

above the commencement of the pectorals. The scales are minute

rounded, and with five, four or three keels. In young individuals the

odd central tooth is considerably smaller than the rest. Single indivi-

duals occur during all seasons in the Straits of Malacca.

Susp Gen. Prionace,* Cantor.

(Equivalent to Prionopon, Miiller und Henle, 1841.)

Teeth of either upper jaw, or of both jaws, finely denticulated on

both sides, oblique or straight, trigonal, or with a small apex ona

broad base. In the upper jaw almost invariably an odd central tooth.

Oviduct of the embryo smooth, not flocculent.

* TIpiwy, saw, ax, edge.— Substituted for Prionodon, pre-occupied by Prionodon,

Horsfield, 1823, (Mam.) The characters given are those of M.M. Miiller and

Henle.

1382 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

CARCHARIAS (PRIONACE) MELANOPTERUS, Qnoy et Gaimard.

Squalus carcharias minor, Forskal: Descr. 20.

Squale requin, Lacép. V. 169, Tab. 8, Fig. 1.

Carcharias melanopterus, Quoy et Gaim. Freycin. Voy. Pl. 43,

: Big.,1, 2¢

Squalus ustus, Cuv. R. A. II. 388 (’).

Squalus spallanzanii, Lesueur: Journ. Acad. Philad. II. P. 2, 351.

Carcharias melanopterus, Bennett: Life of Raffles, 693.

Carcharias melanopterus, Riippell : Chondropt. 3.

Carcharias (Prionodon) melanopterus, M. u. H. 43, Taf. (Teeth.)

Carcharias melanopterus, Temm. et Schl. Faun. Japon.

Carcharias (Prionodon) melanopterus, Richardson: Rep. 1845,

194, 317.

Carcharias (Prionodon) melanopterus, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. 6.

Head above, back, sides and fins lead-grey, or light bluish grey;

anterior margins of the fins, (all the margins of the caudal,) and point

of the pectorals bluish black ; beneath white. Iris silvery grey with

a blackish line bordering the vertically oval pupil.

Hasit :—Straits of Malacca. :

Red Sea, Waigiou, New Holland, Timor, Java, Sumatra,

Madura, China Sea, Japan.

TOTAL LENGTH: 3 ft.

In young individuals the teeth of the upper jaws have denticulated

margins, but in the adult they are denticulated in both jaws. The

teeth of the lower jaw are smaller and narrower than those of the

upper. The anterior dorsal fin commences a little behind the termina-

tion of the pectorals ; the posterior commences a little in front of the

anal and extends to the posterior third of the latter fin. The points

of all three are but moderately elongated. The ventrals commence at

the posterior third of the distance between the commencement of the

pectorals and the anal. The male appendages are shorter than the

internal margin of the ventrals. The fourth and fifth branchial open-

ings are situated above the pectorals. The snout is short and rounded

in some, moderately elongated and pointed in others. The scales are

minute, with from three to five keels. Single individuals occur at all

seasons in the Straits of Malacca.

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1383

GEN. SpHyrRna, (Rajfinesque, 1810), Miller und Henle, 1841.

(ZYGAENA, Cuvier, 1817.)

The anterior part of the head broad, flattened and laterally elon-

gated ; nostrils situated at the anterior margin; eyes at the lateral

margins. Nasal valve a small triangular lobe at the internal margin of

the nostril. No labial cartilage. Teeth of both jaws similar, resembling

outwards pointing flattened pyramids, either trenchant or denticulated,

with a section at the external margin of the base ; central teeth in both

jaws. Anterior dorsal nearer the pectorals than the ventrals ; posterior

dorsal smaller than the anterior, opposite the anal; incision of the

caudal fin distinct. Oviduct of the embryos flocculent; ovary not

attached to the walls of the uterus.

SPHYRNA ZYGAENA, (Linné.)

Libella, Belon, 61.

Zygaena, Rondelet, 389.

Gesner, Fol. LX XXII.

Libella, Salviani, 121, Tab. 40.

Aldrov. 408.

Jonston, Tab. VII. Fig. 8.

Willoughby: B. 1.

Ruysch: Theatr. Tab. VII. Fig. 8.

Zygene, Dutertre: Hist. Nat. II. 207.

Zygaena seu Libella, Jacob: Mus. 16, Taf. VII. Fig. 5.

Jochfisch, Valentini: Mus. Taf. XXXII. Fig. 5.

Zygaena, Ray, 20, 7.

Zygaena: Mus. Besler, Tab. XV. Fig. 1.

Klein: Miss. III. 13, No. 1.

Zygaena, Linné: Mus. Ad. Fr. 52.

Stampella, Scilla: Tab. 28, Fig. 2.

Squalus zygaena, Briinnich: Ichthyol. Massil. 4, No. 8.

Piscis libella, Bonnan: Mus. Kirch. Tab. XXXVII. Fig. 20.

Squalus zygaena, Forskal: Descr. XVIII.

Zygéne: Duhamel: Sect. IX. Pl. XXI. F. 3-8.

Gronov. Mus. I. 63, 139.—Zoophyl. 146.

Le Marteau, Brousson. No. 11.

1384 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. (Dec.

Squalus zygaena. Bloch, 117.

Martillo de Mar, Bru de Ramon. I. 51.

Cornudo, Parra, Lam. 32.

Squalus zygaena, Linné: Syst. 1494.

Squalus, No. 4, Browne: Jam. 558.

Artedi: Gen. Pisc. 44, 7. Synon. 96, 7.

Le Squale marteau, Lacép. I. 257.

Le Squale pantouflier, Ibid. 260, Pl. VII. Fig. 3.

Squalus zygaena, Bl. Schn. 131.

Russell, XII. Koma Sorra. (Young.)

Squalus zygaena, Shaw, V. 354, Pl. 154.

Zygaena malleus, Risso: Ichth. 34, Hist. Nat. III. 125.

Sphyrna zygaena, Rafin: Ind. 46.

Squalus zygaena, Mitchill: Tr. Lit. and Phil. Soc. New York, I.

284.

‘

oe Te

Zygéene marteau: Dict. des Sc. Nat. T. 32.

Zygaena malleus: Valenciennes: Mém. du Mus. IX. 223. Pl. XI.

Fig. l.a.b.

Zygaena tudes, Val. Ibid. Pl. XI. Fig. 3. (Very young.)

Zygaena malleus, Cuv. R. A. IT. 393. |

Zygaena tudes, Ibid. 394.

Zygaena lewisii, Griffith: Anim. Kingd. Tab. 50.

Zygaena malleus, Yarrell: II. 406.

Zygaena malleus, Cantor : Quarterly Med. Journ. No. III. Calcutta,

1837, Fig. 1.

Zygaena tudes, Cantor, Ibid. Fig. If. and: Transact. Med. and

Phys. Soc. Calcutta: VIII. Pt. 2, Appendix, ccxj. Fig, I-II.

Zygaena malleus, Swainson: I. 134.

Zygaena malleus, Yarrell: Supplem. 61.

Sphyrna zygaena, Bonaparte: Faun. Ital. Fase. 27.

Zygaena tudes, Agassiz: Recherches: ILI. Tab. E, Fig. 8, (Teeth.)

Sphyrna zygaena, Miller und Henle, 51.

Sphyrna tudes, Ibid. 53.

Zygaena malleus, De Kay : Zoology of New York, IV. 362. Pl. LXII.

Fig. 204. (Young.)

Sphyrna zygaena, Richardson: Rep. 1845, 194.

Sphyrna tudes, Bleeker: Verhandel. Batavy. Gen. XXII. 6.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1385

Foetus. Head above, back sides and fins rosy white, with a greyish

tinge along the back; beneath white. Iris silvery light blue; pupil

circular black. Total length: 1 ft. 0% inch.

Young and Adult. Body and fins slate grey ; beneath white. Iris

golden.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore, Malayan Peninsula.

Coasts of France, English Channel, Mediterranean, Atlan-

tic, Indian Ocean, Bay of Bengal, Java, Madura, China

Seas, Japan, Brasilian Coast, Nantucket, Cayenne, South

Coast of Australia.

TOTAL LENGTH: 10 ft. 9 inch.

The anterior dorsal commences immediately behind the termination

of the pectorals; the extent of the base is considerably less than 2 of

the length of the anterior margin; the upper and the posterior mar-

gins join in a narrow, not much elongated point. The posterior, much

smaller dorsal commences opposite the root of the anal, but terminates

a little before the latter; both fins terminate in an elongated narrow

point. The distance from the commencement of the ventrals to that

of the pectorals is a little less than the distance between the commence-

ment of the ventrals and that of the caudal. The fourth and fifth

branchial openings are placed above the commencement of the pectorals.

All the teeth are trenchant, not denticulated ; those of the upper jaw

appear somewhat broader than those of the lower. The scales are

very minute with five or six keels. In the adult the anterior margin

of the head forms a nearly uninterrupted or slightly festooned arch

till it reaches the nostrils, where there is a more or less deep notch.

The posterior margin is nearly parallel to the anterior. The nostrils

open near the external part of the anterior margin of the head. From

the nostrils proceeds a fissure along the external third of the anterior

margin of the head. The length of the head, from the angle of the

mouth, is about 4 of the breadth, or a straight line drawn between the

eyes. The posterior margin of the head forms with the body an acute

angle. Single individuals occur at all seasons in the Straits of Malacca.

The largest examined was a female taken at Pinang in January 1845.

In her were observed thirty-seven living young, of which twenty were

males, seventeen females.

1386 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Drc.

All were of the following dimensions :

Length of the head from the angle of the mouth,........ 14 inch.

- A lateral margin of the head,.............. 1

Distance: betweenithe eyes;)). i, eee. eo... 33

as from the angle of the mouth to anus,.......... 43

a xe mius tonal finyeie. ne od. eh OE

Base of themanalyi li). eee. Hema. ae Tk

Heicht,of doy. 340. os Racer 02

dita icopdeenas hid Aotewtblalnan SRS IER. erat. Weienes A

Length of caudal: coin o.rcks.. ope Ne AA Tee

Base. of-anterion dorsal, fs-3.:. 238 ,.P hs Say « o,.'5> «ole

Feight,0f do.) wos Rimi Saree ses ei. ek

Basevof posterior dorsal, (2.02. sete Je 0g

Height-of dos years os ee ee Pe eee

Lengthy of peetotals, 22 CC. SIF ae 12

Breadthvofsdosy) 20 4 1.4 PRR ES IOE 0,3;

Distance between the site ale iit Atte aires ee 24

Distance between the angles of the mouth, ............ 0&

The foetus or very young differs from the adult in its more arched

anterior margin of the head, and in the margin itself being more fes-

tooned. The length of the head is but little less than one-half of the

breadth. From the nostrils proceeds an almost imperceptible fissure,

and there is no notch in the anterior margin above them. The pos-

terior margin of the head joins the body at a nearly right angle.

(These are the distinguishing characters of tudes, Val.) The teeth

of the foetus are barely perceptible to the touch. The lateral pro-

cesses of the head are membranous ; but in each appear two narrow

cartilaginous tubes, one containing the optic, the other. the olfactorian

nerve,

SPHYRNA BLOCHII, (Valenciennes.)

Bloch: 117.

Zygaena blochii, Valenciennes: Mém. du Mus, IX. Pl. XI. Fig. 2

(Foetus.)

Zygaena blochii, Cuv. R. A. IT. 393(’).

Zygaena blochii, Bennet; Life of Raffles, 694,

- . D. tay ee, iad Ge eee eee

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1387

Zygaena laticeps, Cantor : Quarterly Med. Journ. Calcutta, 1837, PI.

1, 2, 3, (Young.)

Zygaena blochii. Ibid. Fig, IV. (Foetus) and Transact. Med. and

Phys. Soc. Calcutta, VIII. Pt. II. App. ccxi.

Zygaena laticeps, Swainson: I. 134, Fig. 11, and II. 318.

Zygaena blochii, Yarrell: Supplem. 64, Fig. 3, (Foetus.)

Zygaena laticeps, Ibid. Fig. 4, (Young.)

Sphyrna blochu, Miller und Henle, 54, 199. (Young.)

Zygaena blochii, Cantor in Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. 1845.%

(Adult and Foetus.)

Sphyrna blochii, Bleeker: Verhand. Batav. Gen. XXII. 6.

Head, body and fins above bluish- or slate grey ; beneath white or

pale yellowish. Iris golden ; pupil circular, black.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Bay of Bengal, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Madura.

TorTau LENGTH: 4 ft. 4 inch. |

In all ages the head is remarkably broad. The breadth of the head

is not only liable to slight individual variations, but also to more consi-

derable variations according to age. In the foetus the length of the

head, the distance from the angle of the mouth to the anterior margin

of the head is about + of the breadth, or the distance between the

lateral margins of the head. With age the length diminishes to about

4, which it has been found to be in the largest (adult?) fish yet exa-

mined, a female 4 feet 4 inch m length. The variations will be per-

ceived by the following admeasurements.

Breadth of

head. 2 ft. 14 in./1 ft. 94 in.| 0 ft. 103 in./0 ft. 83 in.| 0 ft. 6 in. |0 ft. 42 in.

Length of

do. «oe. Of.in.|.... 33,in.|......12 in|.... 12in|.... 12 in.)....12in.

A little more than the central third of the anterior margin of the

head forms a large slightly undulating arch. At the termination

of this arch appear the nostrils. In the foetus and the young the

rest of the anterior margin is directed backwards, and the posterior

margin joins the body at an acute angle. But in older individuals the

anterior margin of the head, from the nostrils, is not directed back-

wards, and the posterior margin joins the body at a right angle.

1388 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

The fins are placed as they are in S. zygaena, except the posterior

dorsal which commences but little in front of the termination of the

anal. The following admeasurements were taken from the largest

individual, 4 ft. 4 inch in length. She was a female captured at

Pinang in September 1844.

»» between the angles of the mouth,.............. 52

She had eighteen living foetus, of which seven were males, eleven

females. The lateral processes of the head were in all bent backwards

and towards the sides of the body, so as to make the head resemble a

broad arrow, as represented by M. Valenciennes. All the foetus were

of the following dimensions :

Total length, . se Sik ed SotiaRlae Jorden 20D... e eelins

Jessa ataneodbendl » da white S. din ie valid he ba a

43 lateral margin of tite Cea iid). Se eR OZ

Distance between the eyes,.............. bo dk. ae 6

»» from the angle of the mouth to anus,.......... 5

na anus to.anal, finy (icwieiaw lin See eeds sia stkrlld ji

Base of anal, idinn 2 deh aiathraarays oable leuk alien. ace

Height of Di ens dae voici 3 > 0 biactueridce SIA aR 02

Distance from anal to caudal fin, ........ 0.2 cc ce veces 0s

Length of datdaly:.. i iawalegoboavwre «she ona «skid bo ea

Base of atterior dorsal. vice 6s Geo 600d oasis esha 14

Height of ditto sco: o9 sales jes) ataritelaieise pete s Sa tierce le ates 24

Base of posterior dorsal, 2. 2.614 see ferqgerees we tata)) | OF

Height, of diit0y.. oss heaie'e ae’ Sse ohegmors (ats Ske aep eS

Length of pectorals,, o.piccks 210 sie 34 aie sieiain wie. ots oleae ee

Breadth: Of Cito,” Pacis <. hone ease ete sel wie hae ame Rites ia 13

Distance between riosttils,... 6. 5 og specs sce eect se ctes 2

i angles of the mouth, ......... 0¢

In January 1845 another female occurred, 3 ft 8 sisphd in length,

with fifteen living foetus. Of these ten were males, five females, all

of which measured one foot in length. Young individuals, upwards

of 3 ft. in length, are very numerous at all seasons in the Straits of

Malacca. In the Bay of Bengal, in 21° N., the species is of rarer

occurrence, The young feed on crustacea, the older on fishes,

“Yj

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1389

Susp-orpo: RAJAE.

Fam. SQUATINORAJOIDA.

Gen. Pristis, (Latham, 1794,) Miller und Henle, 1841.

(PristiBatis, Blainville, 1828.)

Teeth of the saw generally uniform, flattened and trenchant, directed

tolerably straight outwards, and commencing in front of the nostrils.

Nostrils far removed from the mouth, with a long, narrow triangular

valve at the upper margin; at the lower margin a hemlike valve. No

cartilages at the angle of the mouth. Mouth transversal, straight. In

the upper jaw a membranous transverse valve behind the teeth, with a

straight margin. Teeth flattened, like paving stones. Upper eyelid

without projection. Spiracles large, separated by a broad bridge from

the eyes. Anterior dorsal partly opposite the ventrals. Both dorsals

equal. Caudal short, with or without a lower lobe.

PRISTIS SEMISAGITTATUS, (Shaw.)

Russell, XIII. Yahla (Very young.)

Squalus semisagittatus, Shaw, V. 361.

Pristis semisagittatus, Cuv. R. A. II. 394 (’).

Pristis semisagittatus, Swainson, IT. 319.

Pristis semisagittatus, Miller und Henle, (Young,) 108, Taf. (Mouth

and nostrils).

Ikan garagaji of the Malays.

Diluted yellow ochre; beneath whitish. Iris pale golden; pupil

black, transversely oval.

Hazir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Coromandel, Bay of Bengal, Mouths of the Ganges.

Tota LENGTH: 6 ft. 4 inch.

The nostrils are situated very near the mouth and extend close to

the margin of the snout; from their external angle proceeds a short

fissure towards the margin of the snout. The transversal duplicature

or valve behind the teeth of the upper jaw has a deep notch at the

symphysis of the jaw, and the margin is fringed in young individuals,

as described by M. M. Miiller and Henle. But in older ones (3 ft.

1390 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

6 inch. in length,) the margin is smooth. The two dorsal fins are

of equal size and form, the superior margin is very concave, and

terminates in a narrow elongated point. In young individuals they

joi at an acute angle. The anterior dorsal commences opposite

the termination of the ventrals; the distance from the termination

of the posterior dorsal to the commencement of the caudal exceeds

by one-half the base of the dorsal. The posterior margin of the

caudal is deeply excavated so as to form a lower lobe, but little

smaller than the upper. On the tail there is a sharp keel where the

abdomen joins the sides; the keel is particularly raised between the

posterior dorsal and caudal. The male appendages are styliform and

project slightly beyond the inner margins of the ventrals, to which the

anterior two-thirds are joined. The ventrals terminate in an elongated

point. The external margin of the pectorals is concave. The anterior

branchial opening is situated immediately beneath the commencement

of the pectorals, the rest follow an oblique backwards and inwards direc-

tion. With the exception of the apex of the male appendages and the

teeth of the saw, every other part of the body is covered with minute

rounded or irregular scales, of unequal size. The back is rough to

the touch in consequence of numerous tubercular scales, a little larger

than the rest. All the scales have originally a minute central tubercle

which, however, soon becomes worn. In the foetus the lateral margins

of the saw are smooth and not yet pierced by the teeth. At the base

the saw is naked to within a considerable distance (from 3 to 5 longi-

tudinal diameters) of the eye. The first two or three teeth on each

side of the apex of the saw are placed regularly opposite each other,

the succeeding ones are not so. One of the margins carries from

4 to 7 more teeth than the other. The greater number present on one

side varies from 25 to 34. In very young individuals, such as have

been described by Russell and M. M. Miller and Henle, upwards of

3 ft. in length, each tooth has at the posterior margin a notch which

forms a small barb, behind which the base of the tooth becomes —

narrower. But in individuals of about 4 ft. in length the notch is

nearly effaced, and the basal half of the tooth is much broader than

the other tapering half, which appears, as if it had been filed. With

age the teeth become broad at the base, with trenchant margins taper-

ing to a rounded trenchant point. ‘The anterior margin is arched and

1849.| Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 139]

slightly directed backwards. ‘The apical half of the teeth is slightly

depressed. Crustacea form the food of the young, of which single

occur in the Straits of Malacca at all seasons.» Large individuals are

seldom seen.

Gen. Runa, (Klein, 1745,) Miller und Henle, 1841.

Snout rounded ; spiracles immediately behind the eyes. Both the

superior and inferior nasal valve extend to the inner angle of the

nostril. Mouth deeply undulating. Teeth almost globular, not broader

than long.

RHINA ANCYLOSTOMUS, Bloch-Schneider.

Rhina ancylostomus, Bloch-Schneider, 352, Tab. 72.

Rhina ancylostomus, Cuvier, R. A. II. 396 (°).

(Icon.) Rhina ancylostomus, Gray : Ill. Ind. Zool. II. Pl. 102, Fig.

2. (Teeth.)

Rhina ancyclostomus, Swainson, II. 322.

Rhina ancylostomus, Agassiz: Tab. H. Fig. 3, 4. (Teeth.)

Rhina ancylostomus, Owen: Odontogr. Pl. 23. (Teeth.)

Rhina ancylostomus, Muller und Henle, 110. (Very young.)

Rhina ancylostomus, Richardson: Report, 1845, 195.

Above earth-brown or deep skyblue; on the back, pectorals and

caudal numerous distant whitish spots; beneath white. Iris pale

golden; pupil black, transversely oval.

_ Hasrr.—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean, Madras, China Sea.

TOTAL LENGTH: 7 ft.

The distance between the nostrils exceeds the length of each nostril

by about 4. The distance of the nostrils from the margin of the head

_is 4 of their length. The horizontal diameter of the eye, which slightly

exceeds the vertical, is a little more than } of the length of the nostril.

The spiracles are nearly ovoid, their longest diameter 3 of the length of

| the nostrils; their distance from the eye is about 2 of its horizontal

! diameter. The pectorals, by far the largest of the fins, appear triangu-

’ lar and are nearly equilateral ; the anterior convex margin is thickened,

rounded and smooth; the posterior is straight and coarsely serrated.

The branchial openings in position and form resemble those of Pristis

_semisagittatus. The anterior dorsal commences a little in front of the

: 8 a

1392 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec:

ventrals and terminates a little before the termination of the latter fins.

The base scarcely exceeds one-half of the height of the fin; the ante-

rior margin is convex, the two others nearly straight ; the angles are

acute. The posterior dorsal is scarcely smaller than the anterior, which

it resembles in form; it occupies the centre of the distance between

the termination of the anterior dorsal and the commencement of the

caudal. The posterior margin of the caudal is deeply excavated, and

there is a lower lobe but little smaller than the upper. The caudal

keel commences beneath the posterior dorsal fin. The ventrals resem-

ble the anterior dorsal in form and size, but the posterior margin is

excavated. The male appendages extend as far as the termination of

the base of the posterior dorsal. The outline of the base of each

tooth is rhomboidal, with the horizontal diameter slightly exceeding

the vertical. The external surface is globular, covered with minute

transverse undulating furrows. The largest teeth are situated on the

two protuberances of the upper- and the three of the lower jaw. Imme-

diately behind the teeth of the upper jaw, appears a transversal dupli-

cature or valve, with a smooth margin, but with a notch under the

symphysis of the jaw. The valve, the palate and the flattened rounded

tongue are all covered with scales like those of the rest of the body.

They are very minute and consist of a triangular keel, rooted in the

integuments, but projecting beyond them in an oblique backwards

direction. Near the point the keel expands and presents a minute

rhomboidal surface, so that the entire scale resembles the arm of an

anchor with its fluke and peak. In many places the scales are worn

down, become smooth and granular, and lose their original form.

Larger and different scales are distributed in regular conspicuous crests.

Of the latter there are two of an oval shape, placed obliquely, a little

in front of and higher up than the eyes. Immediately behind this

pair commences a second, each of which borders the supraciliar margin,

and extends a little behind the upper margin of the spiracle. From

each of the supraciliar crests proceeds a smaller narrower one downwards,

bordering the anterior part of the orbit. From the centre between the

supraorbital crests commences the dorsal, the longest of all, which ex-

tends to opposite the termination of the pectorals. Each scapular

region carries a superior and an inferior crest, both of which are narrow

and placed parallel to the dorsal crest. The superior is. 3, the inferior

]

}

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1393

% of the length of the dorsal crest. A very short crest appears at the

lower circumference of each spiracle. The crests are composed of sin-

gle scales larger than the rest. All have a polygonal base from which

rises a compressed thorn, from the apex of which numerous furrows

radiate towards the base of the sides. On the snout, above and be-

neath, appear a number of pores. Opposite the spiracles, a little in

front of the dorsal crest, the integuments are pierced by two large pores,

placed side by side. The distance between these two is about one

half of the distance from each to the nearest supraorbital crest.

The following dimensions were taken from a male, measuring 7 ft.

in length.

’ Distance from the apex of the snout to the mouth, .. 0 ft. 6% inch.

»» from the mouth to the middle between the termi-

nations of the pectoral fins, 1 6

»» from thence to the anus, .............. ] 0

trem the anus to the caudal. 2.05 of Joe ceca - 2 3f

Length of the upper lobe of the caudal, .......... 1 6

=) er the lower lobe-of ditto,! (0... g0.sc0ceva 08 J 14

», of the base of the anterior dorsal, Jape UD eh be

RPGR LNG HIN) oie oe ee deine el bi ek wae 104

Length of the base of the posterior do............. 0 42%

Height of the fin, 4 ; 0 10

Distance between the anterior hati of ihe actos 3 84

Length of the base of the pectorals,........ Pee fatate ] 28

» of the base of the ventrals,...............8 0 44

mor the male appendages, vec. vee ese oes 1 2

mrermor theanouthy: is wich ae i eee eer 0 vi

Length of the supraorbital crests,..............4. 0 83

peerow the: dorsalicrest; 02.0). ei aeeollee coe 1 4

Greatest diameter of the nostril, ........... aa ee O 4%

"i auithe dyed. dis crib a ale 0 1 &

be oti the spiracles iisisisem lus) Jide 0 24

The description of M. M. Miller and Henle is taken from a very

young individual. During four years three solitary individuals occurred

at Pinang. According to Lord Arthur Hay and Mr. Walter Elliot

they are of more frequent occurrence at Madras. Mr. Elliot, who has

observed the habits of the fish, describes it as hugging the shore,

8 a2

1394 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec

moving slowly along the bottom. Hence the Tamil name: ‘* Mann

Ulavi,” i. e. “ Mud-skate.” In some dissected, Mr. Elliot observed

fragments of Crustacea in prodigious quantities.

Gren. Ruyncnosatus, Miiller und Henle, 1839.

Snout elongated, acute, with a tapering keel algng the middle. The

interval between the keel and the inner margin of the pectorals is mem-

branous ; spiracles immediately behind the eyes. Upper eyelid with a

simple projection. Upper and lower nasal valve extend but halfway

to the internal angle of the nostril; outside in front, at the upper mar-

gin of the nostril is a narrow hem. The undulations of the snout,

particularly the lateral ones, are shallow. Teeth broader than long,

with a transversal protuberance. A transversal arched row of pores on

the abdominal surface of the scapular region.

RuyYNCHOBATUS DJEDDENSIS, (Forskal.)

Duham. Sect. IX. Pl. 15.

Raja dsiddensis, Forskal: Descr. 18.

Raja dsiddensis, Linné: Syst. 1511.

Rhinobate rhinobate, Lacépéde, I. Pl. VI.

Raie bohkat, Lacép. I. 139.

Rhinobatus laevis, Bloch-Schneider, Tab. 71 (Young.)

Russell, X. Walawah Tenkee (Young.)

Raja djiddensis, Shaw, V. 319.

Rhinobate lisse: Dict. des Sc. Nat. 19.

Rhinobatus laevis, Cuvier, R. A. II. 396(’).

Rhinobatus djeddensis, Riippell: Atlas, 54, Taf. 14, Fig. 1.

Rhinobatus djeddensis, Bennett: Life of Raffles, 693.

Rhinobatus djettensis, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 68.

Rhinobatus duhamelii, Blainville: Faune. Fr. 148.

Rhinobatus laevis, Swainson, II. 322.

Rhynchobatus laevis, Miller und Henle, 111.

(Young.) Above light greenish olive, pale yellowish- or reddish

brown, with a downwards arched black band on the upper eyelid; a

small black spot on each side of the point of the snout; a large oval

black spot surrounded by several white (from 3 to 6) ones above the

middle of the base of the pectorals, and with more or less numerous

white spots on the pectorals and the sides, where in some they are dis-

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1395

posed in longitudinal lines ; sides of the snout, pectorals and ventrals in

some tinged with carmine; beneath whitish. Iris golden; pupil trans-

versely oval, black. (Bloch-Schneider.—Russell, X.—Var. 2, Miiller

und Henle.)

_ Par, 3. Miller und Henle.—With numerous round spots on the

snout, head, back, tail and pectorals. (Rhinobatus djeddensis, Riippell.)

_ (Adult.) Either uniformly coloured, or with indistinct spots ; but

without spots at the point of the snout, and without bands on the

upper eyelid.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Indian Ocean, Bay of Bengal, Red Sea.

ToTaL LENGTH: 5 feet.

Spiracles with two denticulations at the posterior margin. The

length of the snout is a little less than + of the total. The distance of

the nostril from the lateral margin is + of the length of the nostril.

The distance between the anterior extremities of the nostrils is double

the length of each nostril; the distance between the posterior extre-

mities is a little less than the length of each nostril. The anterior

dorsal commences a little behind. the commencement of the ventrals,

and extends a little farther back than the latter. The extent of the

base is less than one half of the anterior margin. The posterior dorsal

is smaller ; its distance from the caudal is a little more than one half of

the distance from the anterior dorsal. Both dorsals are similar, ter-

minating in an attenuated point, but the posterior is much the smaller.

The extent of their base is less than one half of their anterior margin.

The pectorals appear triangular. The ventrals terminate in an attenu-

ated point, which extends to the opposite point of the anterior dorsal.

The posterior margin of the caudal is very concave; the lower lobe

but little smaller than the upper. The lateral keel commences a little

above the termination of the ventrals. The scales are very minute

subrhomboidal or orbicular and imbricated ; they carry from 3 to 6

keels. A number of small recurvous spines are at intervals distributed

in lines. One such, the supraorbital, surrounds the anterior part of

the orbit, and extends backwards to above the spiracle. Another, the

dorsal, extends along the spine to the posterior dorsal. As in Rhina

ancylostomus, there appear two conspicuous pores a little in front of

the dorsal line. In young individuals these pores are less distinct. A

1396 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

little behind the occiput, on each side, appears a short backwards diverg-

ing line of spines. Each shoulder carries a second, a little longer, also

directed backwards. In large individuals there is another line beneath

the scapular. It consists but of two or three spines.

The following dimensions were taken from a female 4 ft. 1£ inch in

length.

From the snout to the mouth, ...,.,........... 0 /ft. 88 inch.

From the’mouth to the anusy Jo) os. ee ee eee 8 3

From thesanws to .the.caudal, 2 ye.6. wees nica ies ] 6

Leneth ofthe caudal, youn. ONL iSes. eee Ie 0 8

Distance between the anterior angles of the pectorals, 1 3

From the snout to the eyes, ..2.... o50:-250.G.. oe 7%

Distance between the orbits, ...............6-6 O 2h

», between the internal angles of the distal 0 1Z

Breadthisof the-mouthie 2. Ae bees foe eek ee 0 3

From the point of the snout to the end of the base

ofithempectorals evn homieks) 2 eeie-5- yee «ee 1 64

Greatest breadth of the keel of the snout ........ 0 13

Distance between the dorsals . REN Se o.coee 9

», between the posterior Boece and cates | 0 56

»» between the pectorals and ventrals,...... 3

Single individuals occur at all seasons in the Straits of Malacca.

Gen. Rurnopatus, (Bloch-Schn. 1801) Miiller und Henle, 1841.

Skull elongated in a keel, the interval between which and the inter-

nal margin of the pectorals is membranous ; snout more or less pointed.

The upper nasal valve consists, as in Rhynchobatus, of an external

narrow elongated lobule, and an internal which is broader and shorter.

The external lobule is narrow, but its rounded apex extends to the lower

margin of the nostril, and does not project at an angle from the inner

lobule. The external lobule is situated nearly in the middle of the

upper margin of the nostril ; the internal lobule extends more or less

inwards. ‘The lower nasal valve extends from the external angle more

or less inwards. Spiracle and eye surrounded by a common fleshy

wall. The upper eyelid carries in the centre a projection. The valve

of the upper jaw has a fringed margin and is notched in the centre,

The anterior part of the lateral margin of the disk has two slight un-

dulations.

mn anlil eatee — _

ht PE a ee eee)

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1397

Sus-Gen. Rainosatus, Miiller und Henle, 1841.

The upper nasal valve does not extend to the inner angle of the

nostril.

RuHINOBATUS (RHINOBATUS) LIGONIFER, Cantor.

Plate XIV.

(Young ?) ‘Keel of the snout, head, body and fins above greenish

ash-grey ; snout and abdominal surface white. Ivis pale golden of the

general colour ; pupil broad cordate, black.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

ToTaL LENGTH: 1 foot 4% inch.

This species greatly resembles Rhinobatus thouini,* but differs from

the latter as described by M. M. Miiller and Henle, in the following

characters. The lateral margins of the snout, a little from the apex

are deeply bent inwards, and nearer the apex they are similarly, but less

distinctly, bent a second time. The apex thus somewhat resembles

the figure @. The keel is not smooth, but covered to the very point

with small distant recurvous thorns, like those of the rest of the upper

part of the body. The shallow furrow of the keel extends consider-

ably in front of the eyes. ach spiracle carries two distinct denticu-

lations. The pectinations of the nostrils vary from 85 to 90, (in R.

thouini about 60). The teeth vary from 75 to 80 in a series (in R.

thouini about 60). The scapular region carries an outer-, and a larger

inner thorn. In R. ¢houini the inner thorn is the smaller of the two.

The keel is most contracted a little in front of the eyes, the breadth

being about 7, of the length. From thence it slowly widens towards

the 8-shaped apex, which is about 1 of the length of the keel. The

shallow lanceolate furrow commences between the eyes and extends as

far beyond them as the basal sixth of the keel. The posterior margin

of the spiracle carries a smaller internal, and a larger external denti-

culation. The distance between the nostrils is one half of the length

of each nostril, and it slightly exceeds the distance between the lateral

* Raje thouin, Lacép. I. Pl. 1, Fig. 3-5.—Raja thouiniana, Shaw: V. 318. Pl.

147.—Rhinobatus thouin, Cuv, R. A. Il. 396. (2).—Rhinobatus (Rhinobatus)

thouint, M. und H. 120.

1398 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Dec.

margin of the head and the nostrils. The upper nasal valve extends as

far as the inner third of the margin. The distance between the orbital

thorns exceeds by 4 the length of the orbit and spiracle together. The

pectoral fins are rounded. The ventrals are subrhomboidal, terminating

in an acute point ; the male appendages are somewhat shorter than the

inner margins. The posterior dorsal is very little larger than the anterior.

The lateral keel commences a little behind the ventrals. The upper

surface of the snout, body and fins is covered with small distant scales.

They are all directed backwards, and resemble those of Rhina ancylo-

stomus. The keel of the snout and the upper surface of the head are

covered with minute thorns. Three to five larger thorns border the

anterior margin of the orbit ; two the inner margin of the spiracle.

The largest thorns are placed at intervals along the spine of the back,

and the line extends as far as the posterior dorsal fin. In front of the

dorsal series appear two pores, as in Rhina ancylostomus. In each

scapular region appears an isolated thorn, and outside of that a second

smaller one. The thorns are all compressed, with a broad oval base

with radiating lines. The lower surface of the snout is covered with

minute somewhat distant scales, which are triangular, with the apex

directed backwards. Those of the rest of the lower surface are nearly

round, with an indistinct central tubercle. The abdominal surface of

the scapular region is on each side marked by an undulating linear

furrow, The cavity of the mouth and the large flattened tongue are

covered with minute triangular scales. The membranous valve behind

the teeth of the upper jaw has a large notch in the centre and a smaller

one at each angle of the mouth. The margins of the smaller notches

are fringed.

The following dimensions were taken from a female 1 ft. 4% inch

in length.

From the snout to the internal is of the nostril, 3% inch.

Promethence tothe mouth, isa. collackke doin 02

From:the mouth:to the anus) 454 2.0. vb eee le ae

From the anus to the point of the sinc 9

Distance, betwicem tie mOstrils | 1... 1 o.0:cisies > aro.e aie Geaieben, lle

Leone thr 0% ct nearer sae catia ts wicca «; sini own 0,2 US Mad

Breadth ol the mamta geen etry deiders ahGs sore duteye 12

Greatest’ breadth of the disk}) iii... ode ok ee OAT oth 53

a ee ee en eT

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1399

Distance from the ventrals to the anterior dorsal, ...... 14

os between the dorsals, ........ 0.0.0.0 02 ce cees 14

between the posterior dorsal and the caudal, 0s

Length of the caudal, zs

Solitary individuals occur during al seasons in the Straits of Ma-

lacca.

PLATYRHINA* sINENSIS, Miiller und Henle, occurs, but rarely, at

Singapore and Pinang.

Fam. TORPEDINIDA.

A. With two dorsal fins.

Gen. Narcine, Henle, 1834.

Disk orbicular, elliptical or angulated, rounded in front and provided

with a broad keel. Mouth small, protractile, surrounded by a circular

skinny fold, which terminates above in the freenulumt of the nasal

valve. Nasal valve straight, with a central projection, and sometimes

with the lateral projections slightly elongated, making the valve

_ trifid. A labial cartilage above and beneath, Teeth in quincunx,

with a point in the middle. They project beyond the margin of

the jaw like an elliptical plate. The lips not fixed to the jaws, but

moveable. A membranous valve behind the upper jaw. ‘Tail longer

than the disk. The anterior dorsal behind the ventrals, smaller than

the posterior. Spiracles immediately behind the eyes. Margins of

the spiracles smooth.

NARCINE INDICA, Henle.

Narcine indica, Henle: Narcine, 35, Taf. II. Fig. 2.

Narcine indica, Miller und Henle, 130.

Pari kubbas of the Malays.

Body and fins above light reddish brown or copper-coloured, with

numerous larger and smaller chocolate-coloured spots, in young indivi-

* Pre-occupied by Platyrhinus, Clairville, 1798. (Coleopt.)

+ ‘* Bandchen.”’

1400 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

duals broadly edged with silvery white. The spots generally circular,

some oval, others confluent. Beneath whitish. Iris narrow golden ;

pupil triangular, with the apex downwards, black ; margins of the spira-

cles flesh-coloured.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Tranquebar.

ToTAL LENGTH: 1 ft. 6 inch.

The disk has a pentagonal appearance and is but very little broader

than long. The tail is slightly longer than the body. In very

young individuals it is a little shorter than the body. The ventrals

are not covered by the pectorals ; their angles are acute, their anterior

margin slightly concave. The male appendages project but slightly

beyond the inner margin of the ventrals. The anterior dorsal com-

mences opposite the termination of the ventrals. In the young the

apex forms an acute angle, later it becomes rounded. The extent of

the base is 4 of the length of the anterior margin. The distance

between the two dorsals equals that between the posterior and the

caudal. Both dorsals are of similar form and size. The posterior

margin of the caudal is very convex. The following dimensions were

taken from a female, measuring 112 inches in length.

From the snout to the mouth; .........< J... 0s sess es oem eee IMeMs

Prom the mouth; to thesamusse & . csc... ss’ ss = oy = ee

From the anus to the point of the caudal Natok ot are ofa Spee

Length of the disk, ELE s ii ale SMUT: o's sae Oe 52

Birchdth'of the isk! . ate iech sala ashen Ge cv armnee ae 54

Large individuals are at ¢ Pinking of rare occurrence, but younger,

from 3 to 6 inches in length, are taken at all seasons. In or out of

water they may be handled with impunity. Several species of fishes

introduced in a jar filled with sea-water and containing a large Narcine

shewed no consequences from the contact, nor did they appear to

avoid the Torpedo. The food of this and the other Malayan Torpe-

dinide consists of Crustacea and Testacea.

B. With one dorsal fin.

Gen. Astrape, Miiller und Henle, 1837.

Snout short without keel, generally similar to that of Narcine.

Freenulum of the nasal valve with a cylindrical cartilage. Teeth

1849. ] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1401

pointed with a tetragonal base, but slightly projecting beyond the mar-

gin of the jaw. A membranous valve in both jaws. The solitary

dorsal and the caudal rounded. Eyes close to the spiracles. The

latter smooth. |

ASTRAPE DIPTERYGIA, (Bloch-Schneider.)

Raja dipterygia, Bloch-Schneider, 359.

Torpedo dipterygia, Var. Olfers. Torp. 25.

Narcine dipterygia, Henle: Narcine: Taf. IIT. Fig. 2.

Astrape dipterygia, Miller und Henle: 131. (Young.)

Pari kubbas of the Malays.

Above dark greenish olive, with a large round whitish spot on each

side at the posterior margin of the disk ; anterior half of the ventrals

whitish ; a large round whitish spot on each side above the termination

of the ventrals, a similar one on each side of the root of the caudal ;

dorsal and. caudal blackish brown or black; beneath whitish. | Iris

golden; pupil circular black.

In the very young (upwards of 42 inch in length) the ventrals are

of a uniform colour like the ground-colour.

Hasitr.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Lancavy Islands,

| Singapore.

'Tranquebar.

ToTaL LENGTH: 8 inch.

The disk is rounded, and as broad as long. It covers the anterior

margin of the ventrals. The latter are tetragonal, with acute angles

in the young, but later they become obtuse. The male appendages are

strong and extend to opposite the termination of the dorsal. The

latter commences at the posterior third of the length of the fish. The

eyes are much smaller than the spiracles. The following dimensions

were taken from a male 62 inch in length.

Meneto and breadth of the disky......:5.:0¢.0.+.. 22+. .3. Inch.

vom the snout to the mouth, ...6 ...006-0.+05-<00+2 O82

Pomethe MOULM to tle ANUS, iri eiec ise: o/s ale Sn ce ec eee ele 22

From the anus to the apex of the caudal,.............. 32

Single individuals occur in the Straits of Malacea at all seasons.

one

1402 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

€. Without dorsal fins.

Gen. TEMERA,* Gray, 1831.

Body orbicular ; ventral fins large, produced, nearly square ; tail

very short, and compressed, finned; dorsal fin none; most nearly

allied to Torpedo, but differs in having no dorsal fin, in which character

it is most nearly allied to Narke of Caup, a genus not noticed by Cuvier,

which has only one dorsal fin, while Torpedo has two.

TEMERA HARDWICKII, Gray.

Plate XII, Fig. 1-2.

Temera hardwickii, Gray: Zool. Misc. 7. ( Young.)

(Icon.) Temera hardwickii, Gray : Ill. Ind. Zool. II. Pl. 102. (Young.)

Temera hardwickii, Miller und Henle, 131, Taf. Fig. 1,

(Mouth and Teeth.)

Pari kubbas linchin of the Malays.

Above light yellowish brown ; margins of spiracles flesh-coloured ;

whitish beneath. Iris golden; pupil transversely oval, black.

In some the disk and tail above have large irregular white patches.

(Var. 2. M. und H.)

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

TOTAL LENGTH: | ft. 6 inch.

The disk is nearly round, but the snout between the eyes appears

truncated. The relative proportions of the length and breadth appears

to be liable to slight individual variations. In some the disk is a little

longer than it is broad, in others vice versa. The eyes are as large as

the spiracles. The ventrals are not covered by the pectorals. The

following dimensions were taken from a female 4} inch in length.

From the snout to the mouth, .. 0.0.2... 002-007 >--. Of meh,

Fyrom, theimouth to-the anus, ..).0.05008 ue sare cedhs +

From the anus to the point of the caudal, ............ Us

Benet rer tenis oo eu a ne ie gaa a clea ae winnie aie oe ee

Brendtia vor Ge ngisie. eicis essen oe olen ow eee sock 5 pec eee 24

* «¢ Snout, mouth and membranous valve of the jaws as in Astrape. Tail with-

out dorsal fin, short in proportion to the disk. Spiracles immediately behind the

eyes, smooth. Teeth flattened.’? (Miller und Henle, page 131.)

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1403

She had four foetus, each 14 inch in length, in colour and form re-

sembling the mature fish. But the vertical diameter is in the foetus

proportionally greater. In the Straits of Malacca this species is at all

seasons very numerous.

The electric organs (PI. XII. Fig. 1, a. a.) are of an elongated tetra-

gonal arched form, and occupy the sides of the disk. They occupy

the space between the snout and the abdominal cavity, their internal

concave margin bordering the branchial apertures. The length of each

is a little more than + of the length of the fish, and each occupies a

space about double that of the abdominal cavity. Each organ is com-

posed of a number of pentagonal or hexagonal cells, filled with a trans-

parent colourless fiuid. The anterior and external margins are sur-

rounded by a bundle of cartilaginous fascicles (6.), outside of which

appears a long cutaneous nerve (c.), from which proceed at right angles

a number of small branches towards the external margin of the pectoral

fins. The abdominal cavity (d.) is remarkably reduced. The intesti-

nal canal, from the entrance of the Ductus coledochus, measures + of

the total length of the fish. The liver consists of two large, elongated

lobes. Beneath the anterior part of the right lobe appears the small

oval gall-bladder. ‘The small linear spleen is attached to the major

arch of the stomach, close to the pylorus.

Plate XII. Fig. 2 represents the brains, viewed from above. Imme-

diately behind the spiracles (a. the left,) appear two branches of Trige-

minus. The anterior (0.) proceeds along the anterior margin of the

electric organ, the posterior (c.) also supplies the anterior part of the

organ. ‘The posterior part of the organ is supplied by two very large

branches of Pneumogastricus (d. e.).

Many of these fishes are infested by minute Hntozoa. They occupy

the cellular tissue immediately beneath the integuments of every part

of the body, the electric organs not excepted. It is a Cysteocercus,

barely perceptible to the naked eye.

CYsSTEOCERCUS TEMER#, Cantor. (Pl. XII. Fig. 3.) Of. pyri-

form shape. From the oval bladder proceeds the conical, elongated

neck, which terminates in a pore, surrounded by recurvous spines. The

colour is hyaline with numerous brownish dots ; the cavity of the blad-

der is pale greenish. The figure is magnified, as it appeared under 51;

single lens.

1404 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

Fam. TRYGONISIDA.

A. Tail without spine.

Gen. Ruacuinotvs,* Cantor.

(Equivalent to ANacantuus, Ehrenberg, 1837.)

Teeth flattened. Tail without radiated fin, but with a skinny hem

beneath, or naked.

RHACHINOTUS AFRICANUS, (Bloch-Schneider.)

Raja africana, Bloch-Schneider, 367.

Anacanthus africanus, Miller und Henle, 157.

Above greenish white ; beneath white. Iris golden greenish ; pupil

triangular, black.

Hasrr.—Sea of Pinang.

Guinea, Red Sea.

The disk is rounded, a little narrower towards the tail than towards

the slightly projecting pointed snout. A space about 4 inches in

breadth, comprising the snout, forehead and the pectoral fins, is free

from scales, but sparingly covered with distant thorns. The latter, of

which none exceed } inch in height, stand erect on a rounded or oval

radiated base. The head from between the eyes, the back and the

anterior two-thirds of the tail, (the latter above and beneath,) are

thickly covered with small heart-shaped scales. Their surface is smooth,

obliquely raised towards the apex, which is generally directed inwards

to the mesial line of the body. Their margin is abrupt, with three or

four concentric lines or strata. Between the scales are scattered a num-

ber of single thorns, the longest of which are about 3; of an inch.

Their base is stellate, with three to five roots fitting into the intervals

between the nearest scales. The thorns are generally erect, but those

of the posterior part of the back and of the tail are directed slightly

backwards. On the upper part of the anterior fifth of the tail the

thorns cease. The tail is compressed, gradually tapering to a narrow

point, and densely covered with scales as far as the posterior third,

where they become few and far between. The abdominal surface of the

tail, as far as the thorns extend, is broad, convex; the rest is acute and

* “Pdxos thornbush; v@ros back. Substituted for Anacanthus, Ehrenberg,

1837, pre-occupied by Anacanthus, Gray, 1831, (Pise.) and Anacanthus, Serville,

1832, (Coleopt.)

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1405

presents a naked, indistinct, skinny hem. The abdominal surface of the

body is smooth, naked.

Length from the point of the snout to the mouth,.. 0 ft. 23 inch.

From the mouth to the anus, .........-...-..-. 02

From the anus to the apex of the tail,............ ] 13

Distance between the eyes, .....-ceeesssocscoes 0 23

Greatest breadth of the disk, ......... bee! al 4

A single female occurred at Pinang in ane 1843.

Gen. TryGon, (Adanson,) Miiller und Henle 1841.

Disk oval or rhombic ; tail as long as the body or longer, without

hem, or with hems not extending to the apex. Mouth a little arched.

Teeth with a central point or transversal tubercle, which in some is

rough, with a more or less distinct transversal furrow in front and

behind; the furrow of the lateral teeth becomes more distinct. The

whole surface is more or less wrinkled. Membranous valve of the upper

jaw with a straight, deeply fringed margin ; a second posterior valve

deeply notched. In the lower jaw behind the teeth appear generally

several papillz.

A. Tail without fin.

TRYGON UARNAK, (Forskal.)

Raja ommes scherit, Forskal, Descr. IX.

Raja uarnak, ibid. 18, No. 16, b.

Raja uarnak, Linné: Syst. 1509.

Raja uarnak, Bloch-Schn. 364.

Pastinachus uarnak, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 69,

Taf, 19,,Fig.2, a,b,

(Icon). Trygon russelli: Gray: Ill. Ind. Zool. II. Pl. 100.

Trygon variegatus, McClelland: Calcutta Journal of Nat,

Hist. I. 60, Pl. Il. Fig. 2

Trygon uarnak, Miller und Henle, 158.* Adult

Trygon uarnak, Var. 1, Miller und Henle, 158 \ soap

* M. M. Miller and Henle, quote as synonymes :

‘¢ Trygon uarnak 7 ss

i ae Giecchent | Riippel, Atlas, p. 51.

The quotation, which has been repeated by Sir John Richardson, 1. c., is a mis-

take. The two names occur neither in page 51, nor in the ‘‘ Alphabetisches Ver-

zeichniss’’ of Dr. Ruppell’s Atlas.

1406 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. ‘[Dec.

Trygon uarnak, Var. 2, 3, 4, Miller und Henle, 158 (Young).

Trygon uarnack, Richardson: Report, 1845, 197.

Hasrr.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Indian Ocean, Red Sea, Bay of Bengal, Mouths of the

Ganges, China Sea, Cape of Good Hope.

(Young.) Body above light reddish brown or greenish-olive, with

numerous black spots, between which the ground-colour appears like a

network; beneath whitish; tail brownish white with numerous black

rings or transversal bands. (Disk 6 to 9 inch. broad.—Var. 2 and 4,

M. u. H.)

(Older.) Brownish- or greyish- olive with numerous whitish spots ;

posterior part of tail in some with indistinct blackish or whitish rings.

(Disk 3 ft. broad.—Var. 3, M. u. H.)

(Adult.) Uniformly brownish- or greenish- olive. Iris golden ; pupil

transversely oval.

In the very young individuals the eyes are very prominent and pro-

ject above the level of the spiracles. The skin is naked, and in the

centre of the back appears but a single heart-shaped white tubercle.

In a spotted individual, 9 inches broad, there is a second smaller heart-

shaped tubercle behind the former, and the head and the sides along the

spine of the back are scantily covered with minute distant heart-shaped

scales, which on the root of the tail are placed in a double longitudinal

series. On the tail appear numerous very minute, distant thorns,

which later disappear. In older individuals (upwards of 3 ft. broad,)

the head, back and sides and the anterior half of the tail are covered

with smooth orbicular scales, the intervals between which are filled

with many smaller than the rest.

The disk is a little broader than long. ‘The distance from the point

of the snout to the centre between the nostrils exceeds by one third

the distance between the nostrils. ‘The snout is more prominent in

the young than in the adult. The tail is compressed towards the

spine, the rest cylindrical, tapering to a thin point. Its length is about

four times that of the body. On the lower surface appears a very

indistinct skinny hem. The spine is situated at the termination of the

anterior seventh or ninth of the tail. Its length is liable to consider-

able individual variations. The following dimensions were taken from

a young male, (Var. 3, M. u. H.)

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1407

From the snout to the mouth, .................. Oft. 34 inch.

south to fhe anus. 4). oss oes e se fecelpe in oD 04

Pe NO ata. ii. siajsid hie fictee were s-oseels cine ood 32

Mrentest breadth of thedisk,. . .. .cesissuis Ke cwrowse fh, . 204

Distance between the nostrils, .......0,0-eeece00 O 14

- is CMe aed foseslWsckk, Lane ee bans els D 3

3, from the snout to the eyes,......-+-.«20- 0 34

Piresgey Of fie mouth, |. pec owas ve csioccegeresci O 12

Young individuals of this species are numerous at all seasons in the

Straits of Malacca, but larger ones, with the body about 4 ft. in

length, are uncommon. |

TRyYGON rtmBRIcATA, (Bloch-Schneider).

Raja imbricata, Bloch-Schn. 366.

Russell, [V. Isacurrah Tenkee. (Very young.)

Cuv. R. A. II. 399 ¢°).

Trygon imbricata, Miller und Henle, 164.

Trygon imbricata, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Genoots. XXII. 6.

Above lighter or darker brown; the tail in some lighter than the

body ; beneath white. Iris golden; pupil transversely oval.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang, Singapore, Malayan Peninsula.

Bay of Bengal, Java, Madura.

The snout is acutely pointed ; the disk is of equal length and breadth ;

the external and the posterior angle of the pectorals are rounded. The

distance between the nostrils is less than one half of that from the

snout to the centre between the nostrils. The tail is but little longer

than the body. The head from between the eyes is covered with

minute, somewhat distant scales. They are heart-shaped, of unequal

size, with the apex directed towards the snout. On the back appears

an irregularly oval patch of similar scales, with their points directed

towards the tail. Between the occiput and the scapular region appear

a series of single scales larger than the rest. The anterior fourth of

the tail is compressed and above covered with scales like those of the

back, with a mesial line of distant lanceolate scales, which gradually

increase in length towards the two spines. The anterior of the two

spines is situated at the termination of the anterior fourth of the tail.

It is a little shorter than the posterior, which js situated a little more

8 s

1408 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

backwards, and is about 3 of the length of the tail. Behind the two

spines the tail is naked and becomes very slender and tapering. Beneath

it appears a very indistinct trace of a skinny hem. Single small indivi-

duals occur at Pinang at all seasons.

Breadth of ‘the disk... cc:ascssct 00.2. a eee « 5t inch.

From the snout to the anus, s..6. 00. c..00 ceed. ve oe | OF.

Length of the taily- ..<.vcnesee sheds s Vee RS

From the snout to the mouth,...0%.i0e2%5 «2th. eet ee

* to the eyes, 5 25 VeddeE Yas

Breadth ‘of the! mouth, ); 42 8. Pe WU 02

Distance between the eyes, ............ a 04

Lengthoof the posterior spine, 2) i tucitin ea), Ae 2

TRYGON ZUGEI, Biirger.

Trygon zugei, Miller und Henle, 165. Taf.

Trygon zugei, Richardson: Report, 1845, 197.

(Young.) Above brownish yellow ; caudal membranes black ; beneath

reddish white. Iris golden; pupil transversely oval.

Hasir :—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean, Sea of Japan, China.

The snout is very prominent, acute. The anterior margms of the

disk are straight, the posterior convex. The external angle of the pec-

torals is equidistant from the apex of the snout and the anus. The

length of the disk slightly exceeds the breadth. The distance between the

nostrils and the apex of the snout is contained 33 times in that between

the apex and the centre between the nostrils. The distance between the

eyes is 4 of their distance from the point of the snout. The teeth have

a transversal keel. The thin tapering tail is double the length of the

body. ‘The spine is situated nearly at the anterior fourth of the tail.

Behind the spine appear a superior and inferior membrane. Both are

low, the inferior longer than the superior. The body is naked, but on

the dorsal column, between the occiput and the scapular region, appear

3 distant small thorns. Some distant, very minute thorns appear on the

sides of the tail behind the spine. The latter is about 3 of the length

of the tail.

From the apex of the snout to the mouth, ......... eee 1¢ inch.

3 mou: toitheramus; si. ya TEAL Ae ee

1849. Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1409

Mimemraten the tails testy Gare’ ols a slelaleiesesePinetwe ss boe1) Dy MNOhs

Distance between the nostrils, .........0.0 ceceeeceee OR

Greatest breadth of the disk,.. .... 0.2 cece cece cccecs a

Mistanae between, the eyes, ,... s.)..0- sewisy. si odele eevee 08

Recast HO, TOUGH, bo oie! a cserniiere ssuld wisierale atoveareale ee & 0.2

Single young individuals occur at Pinang, but rarely.

Gen. PreropuatTeA, Miiller und Henle, 1837.

The disk is nearly or more than twice as broad as long. Tail short,

generally shorter than the body, naked or with low fins. Mouth

slightly arched. The teeth do not extend to the angles of the mouth ;

they carry one to three points. The upper membranous valve of the

jaw is indistinct, without fringes. No papille in the lower jaw. The

skin is smooth, or covered with tubercles.

PrEROPLATEA MICRURA, (Bloch-Schn.)

Trygon micrura, Bloch-Schn. 300.

Russell, VI. Tenkee Kunsul. (Young.)

Raja poecilura, Shaw, V. 291.

Trygon kunsua, Cuvier, R. A. II. 400 (*)

Trygon poecilurus, Bennett: Life of Raffles, 694.

Pteroplatea annulata, Swainson, IT. 319.

Pteroplatea micrura, Miiller und Henle, 169.

Pteroplatea micrura, Richardson, Report, 1845, 197.

(Very young.) Above reddish- or bluish- brown, with numerous dark

dots, or with distant indistinct light spots ; beneath bluish- or reddish-

white.

(Older.) Above bottle-green, or bluish-brown; tail with black and

white or rose-coloured rings; beneath whitish. Iris golden, pupil

transversely oval.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Bay of Bengal, Mouths of the Ganges, Red Sea, Sumatra,

Java, Borneo, China Sea.

The snout is little prominent. The anterior margin of the pectorals is

a little longer than the posterior and slightly concave in the middle ; the

posterior is convex ; the external angle is conical, the posterior obtusely

rounded. In younger individuals the length of the disk, from the snout

&s52

1410 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | Dec.

to the anus, is less than one half of the breadth of the disk, or the distance

between the external angles of the pectorals. In older individuals the

length is 3 of the breadth of the disk. The distance between the inner

angles of the nostrils is about one half of the greatest diameter of the

nostril. The distance between the external angles of the nostrils is double

the distance from their centre to the point of the snout, or their nearest

distance from the pectoral margin. The teeth are tricuspidate ; their cen-

tral cusps are erect and longer than the lateral horizontal ones. In both

jaws the teeth are confined to the central third, on each side of which

in the upper jaw appears a notch corresponding to a minute prominence

in the lower jaw. The depressed tongue occupies the whole breadth

of the mouth. The margin of the spiracles carries no denticle. The body

is naked. The ventral fins are elongated tetragonal, with the posterior

angles rounded. The male appendages project beyond the inner margins

of the ventrals, and extend to the root of the caudal spine. The length

of the tail varies: im the very young it is shorter than the body, later

it becomes a little longer than the body. It is depressed towards the

spine, from thence it is cylindrical, very slender and tapering. It has

no fins. The slender spine is situated at the anterior fifth. In the

young, with the disk upwards of one foot in breadth, it is hidden in

the integuments, and scarcely 54, of the length of the tail. Ina male,

154 inch in breadth, the spine is nearly »; of the length of the tail.

The largest individual observed was taken in 1840 near the Island of

Lantao, in the mouth of the Canton River; the disk measured 4 feet

in breadth, 3 feet in length, and the tail 1 foot. The tail was armed

with two spines situated close to each other; each about one inch in

length. Single young individuals occur at all seasons in the Straits of

Malacca,

Dimensions.

From the)snout to‘the mouth, ...........0.....%.. 0 | EM

From the mdith to the ands, sno ere oe A

Length of the tail,. SA RIE BI vale steele

Distance between “— inner angles of the Abate: Poke sie

Greatest, duimeter/or the hesinils;! 2.200285 Soe ee

From*the Show’ Votmeevyesyo.s 100% Pe ae 0£

Distante betwee the eyes; Ts 8

DICHace or VRETMIGRS ae es. ete ee ee

fe) 7 =

olf = Oar

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1411

Gren. Hyro.topnus, Miller und Henle, 1837.

Form of the body like Trygon. Tail beneath with a fin, not extend-

ing to the apex. Upper fin absent. Differs principally from Trygon

by the peculiar form of the mouth and the teeth. The centre of the

lower jaw is pointed and projecting, and has on each side a forwards

directed cavity. The margin of the upper jaw is excavated in the cen-

tre to receive the point of the lower jaw, and is very convex on each

side. Teeth like paving stones, hexagonal, broader than long; in the

upper jaw the teeth of the centre are small, those of the sides large; in

the lower jaw they are nearly of equal size: the external ones smaller,

HypoLtopHus sSEPHEN, (Forskal.)

Raja sephen, Forskal: Descr. 17, No. 16.

Raja sephen, Lacép. I. 123.

Raja sephen, Bl. Schn. 364.

Russell, III. Wolga Tenkee.

_ Raja sephen, Shaw, V. 288.

Raja sephen, Var. Shaw V. 289.

Trygon sephen, Cuv. R. A. II. 399.

Trigon sephen, Riippell: Atlas, 52.

Trigon forskalii, ibid. 53, Taf. XIII. Fig. 2.

Trigon sephen, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 69, Taf. XIX.

Fig. 5, (Teeth.)

Hypolophus sephen, Miller und Henle, 170.

Hypolophus sephen, Bleeker: Verh. Bat. Gen. XXII. 6.

(Young.) Above reddish brown; the scaly portion of the head,

back and tail lead-coloured ; tail behind the spine, and caudal fin black-

ish brown; beneath whitish. Iris golden; pupil transversely oval,

black.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Bay of Bengal, Mouths of the Ganges, Red Sea, Indian

Ocean, Java, Madura.

The disk is rhombic, with rounded angles. In the very young the

- snout is more pointed than in the older. The external angles of the

ventrals are acute, the internal obtuse. The distance between the nos-

trils is one half of their distance from the snout. The distance from

the snout to the eyes exceeds by one third that between the eyes. The

1412 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

snout is above covered with distant tricuspidate scales. On the upper

part of the head, back and on the root of the tail they are smooth,

hexagonal, with their anterior and posterior margins denticulated and

with a shallow cavity in their centre. Three large heart-shaped convex

plates, placed longitudinally, appear on the scapular region. Of the

three the central one is the largest, the anterior the smallest. The

tail is from three to four times the length of the body. As far as the

spine it is depressed, trigonal and tapering; the portion supporting

the caudal is compressed and with minute lanceolate scales ; the rest is

very attenuated like a whip cord. The spine is situated a little behind

the anterior third of the tail; its length varies from + to 4 of the tail.

The caudal membrane commences beneath the root of the spine and

continues beyond the central third of the lower margin of the tail. Its

height is less than that of the part of the tail to which it is attached.

Single young individuals occur at all seasons in the Straits of Malacca.

Dimensions.

From the snout to. theymouth, ..... .. iin) oe ee

From the mouth to the anus, .............00022+.-6 4%

Length of the tail,. . oR ht y Aad cae oa

Distance between oe Inner ori(atikesiig) dried of the nostrils, 02

From, thesnout 40 theievessi Lids ote enh. deen eee

Distance betweenithel eyes We ware. 4s eee ates 12

Breadthionthe-disk, -\c:seet Meme ide de Akos owe

Gen. Taeniura, Miiller und Henle, 1837.

Disk rounded. Tail not much longer than the body, depressed in

front of the spine, compressed behind it, with a high inferior fin,

which commences from the spine and extends to the apex of the tail.

The upper margin of the tail carries frequently a low longer or shorter

skinny hem, extending to the apex of the tail. The caudal spine a

little in front of the middle of the tail. Nostrils approximated as in

Trygon. Teeth flattened, with a transversal protuberance, or pointed.

Mouth straight or undulating. Membranous valve behind the upper

jaw straight ; that behind the lower jaw without papillee.

TAENIURA LYMNA, (Forskal.)

Raja lymna, Forskal: Deser. 17, No. 15.

Raja lymna, Linné: Syst, 1511.

1849, | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1413

Raja lymna, Lacép. I. Tab. IV. Fig. 2-3.

Raie torpille, ibid. Tab. VI. Fig. 1.

Raja lymna, BI. Schn. 364.

Raja lymna, Shaw V. 287.

Trigon lymna, Riippell: Atlas, 51, Taf. 13, Fig. 1.

Trygon lymna, Cuv. R. A. II. 400 (’.)

Trigon lymna, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 69, Taf. 19.

Fig. 4. (Teeth.)

(Icon.) Trygon ornatum, Gray: Ill. Ind. Zool. I. Pl. 99.

Trygon lymna, Swainson, II. 319.

Taeniura halgani, Lesson in Duperrey: Voy. II. 100.

Taeniura lymna, Miller und Henle, 171, 197, Taf. (Mouth.)

( Yi oung.) Above brownish bronze, with numerous oval and round

ultramarine spots ; from the scapular region on each side of the back

a broad ultramine band, continuing on the sides of the tail to the root

of the spine; caudal fin pale brownish, the lower margin edged with

black; beneath greenish white. Iris narrow golden round the pupil,

the rest dark blue; pupil transversely oval, black.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Indian Ocean, Red Sea, Timor, New Ireland.

Dimensions.

From the snout to the mouth, .............<...ec00. O08 inch;

muemene Mouth tothe anus, ...1.... 002s +s esse es OF

eee CAN ee se ore asses es ees sce ews see O

iia CMUMC CAWGAL SING, si. o/c) cic vie Cee Sees s tees 1

Brerenee Merweell LG CYES, os 2). we rele s wees Se ols eens 04

MCEMPLUM OE CME! ISK, oo ale hoo 9) ae co; 'nra)'sl0i eho 'e ol aja ehei'el eats 44

This species is of rare occurrence in the Straits of Malacca.

FAM. MYLIOBATIDIDZ.

Gen. Myxiosatis (Duméril, 1817) Miller und Henle, 1841.

(AEToxatis, Blainville, 1828.)

Snout pointed, composed by the united anterior pectoral rays. Nasal

valves united, with straight margin. Mouth transversal. Both jaws

with straight margin. Teeth hexagonal, in the centre a series of broader

teeth, backwards, increasing in breadth. On each side smaller, tetragonal

plates resembling paving stones, fitting into the zig-zags of the central

1414 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [DrEc.

teeth. The teeth of the upper jaw longitudinally and transversely

convex ; those of the lower jaw flat, scarcely somewhat concave; teeth

of neither jaw occupy the entire breadth. |

MYLioBaTIS NIEUVHOFII, (Bloch-Schn.)

Aquilee marinze species, Willoughby, 6, Tab. X. Fig. 3 (App.)

Raja nieuhofii, Bl. Schn. 364.

Russell, VII. Mookarah Tenkee.

Raja fasciata, Shaw, V. 286, Pl. 143.

Myliobatis nieuhowii, Cuv. R. A. II. 401 (°).

Myliobatis aquila, Bonaparte: Fauna It. Fase. II.

Myliobatis nieuhofii, Miller und Henle, 177.

Myliobatis nieuhofii, Richardson: Report, 1845, 198.

Pari klawar of the Malays.

(Young.) Above yellowish brown, with six or more narrow trans-

versal bands of deep bluish purple; beneath whitish ; tail blackish

brown ; posterior half with irregular white spots. Iris golden, pupil

vertically elliptical. Teeth pale amber-coloured.

Hazit.—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean, Coromandel, Chinese and Australian Seas,

Mediterranean.

In the very young the apex of the snout is double the length of the

nasal valve. The pectorals are sickle-shaped. The dorsal is triangular,

commencing at the root of the tail, and not extending beyond the apex

of the ventrals. The length of the body is contained 22 times in the

greatest breadth of the disk. The body is naked, and the tail without

spine. The tail exceeds four times the length of the body.' A female,

observed at Pinang in May 1845, was of the following dimensions.

From the snout to the mouth,,........2...00.0+-.0 0+. Op igus

. ponte to Ge etiDis sever tarameatts “7: 23

Length of the tail,. . Soicaste RS AS Sa at 2

From the root of ho tail to the iabsaat!™ = 30) eave a ee le

From the snout fogthie: emesis): 602 kee Jee cues 02

Distance. hetween Cae ey ess (.<.0) x5: -:0inie ne opine pe 0ye slpinenion Ae

Breadth of the, masal wales; 0. wee oj. a. 'dc ae 0 ew oop oateidess WO

Leng tly oflow ar iin eitteic- Sleecsie ice oly Sy Bis eunacin he 02

Greatest breadth, (between the external angles of the pec-

LOTS, ie cazwivity cule Gdliee MRE +. one krvapiesaeae tiene

1849.] Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1415

Myiosatis mitvus, Valenciennes.

Myliobatis milvus, Miller und Henle, 178.

Pari klawar of the Malays.

(Young.) Above, pale fawn-coloured ; on the head and back a num-

ber of distant anastomosing black lines, which on the anterior half of

the root of the pectorals are arranged transversely, so as to make the

ground-colour between them resemble very broad transverse bands ;

on the rest of the body, on the pectoral and ventral fins the black lines

form an open net-work ; the anterior margin of the pectorals, to

near the apex, and the dorsal, pale fawn-coloured without black

meshes. Anterior sixth of tail fawn-coloured, indistinctly ringed with

blackish brown ; rest of the tail black ; abdomen white. Iris narrow

golden round the pupil, the rest fawn-coloured ; pupil heart-shaped,

with the apex downwards. ‘Teeth pale amber-coloured.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Red Sea.

_ The form of the body, teeth and fins is similar to that of M. nieuho/fii,

but the position of the dorsal fin differs. It commences farther

behind the termination of the base of the ventrals, close to their apex,

beyond which it does not extend. The male appendages are shorter

than the corresponding margin of the ventrals ; they are white, with a

black longitudinal streak above. At its root the tail is greatly compress-

ed, two edged, like the blade of an oar; the rest is slender like a whip-

cord; its length is 43 times that of the body. The tail has neither

spine nor fin. The body is naked. A single young male was ob-

served at Pinang in August 1846. It was of the following dimensions :

from the snout to the mouth, >... 6..20..0..0500 0065.0. 9 12 ineh.

3 moutin to’ Che amas 7S Bae Le OTe P68

Length of the tail,. . oar 2 ST Ue we er os Oe

»» from the root na the tail t to the adnan ‘crochet ald Vi

Peee OM imerotsm N52 SPE. UP ee) oe 0g

COL MMOESMN ONO.) 0G s6 see steve sss. cs es O08

SeeCrlOr (ATAU OGG.) ss 2. 1 aes pees Pe. ec Od

meeeanice Wetween- sleeves, Sc Pee ee ete 18

Pieiance between the nostrils. ooo} i. obs oe eed cars OF

Penman Of thie AMeMtligns yea. Wed eerie. od 1 ARS

Anterior margin of the pectorals,...........0...00.0. 98

8 T

1416 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

Posterior margin of the pectorals, ........0.2..e0+--. Y2 inch.

Base of the ventrals,............ pas 02

Exterialmargnroniy 05 22.0% OS eS waa gute tie Nae 1g

Jinternal ig aera ae cle a ee a a +

Male appendage, i. .4 sine ceees ais a 0¢

Greatest breadth of the disk (hetwedll eh emia aia

GE Che BCE Rts Nihil. eer Ral sales umm obs ini a aes 19

Gen. Sroasopon,* Cantor.

(Equivalent to AtToBatis, Miiller und Henle, 1841.)

Snout acute, undivided. The lower margin of the united nasal

valves deeply indented. The freenulum of the nasal valve is covered

with papillee which are transversely disposed in front of the upper jaw.

On the dorsal surface of the nasal valve, near the external margin, a

lobule with fringed edge. Lower jaw acute, projecting beyond the

upper; upper jaw with a straight margin. The dental laminze of both

jaws form a series, without smaller lateral teeth ; in the lower jaw the

Jamine are arched and parallel to the margin of the jaw. The laminz

do not occupy the whole breadth of the jaw.

STOASODON NARINARI, (Bloch-Schneider.)

Narinari, Marcgrave, 176.

Ruysch: Thes. T. XXXIX. Fig. 6

La raie aigle, Lacép. I. Pl. 6, Fig. 2.

Raja narinari, Bloch-Schn. 361.

Russell, VIII. Eel-tenkee.

Raja guttata, Shaw, V. 285, Pl. 142.

Raja quinqueaculeata, Quoy et Gaim. Freycin. 200, Pl. 43, Fig. 3.

-Myliobatis narinari, Cuv. R. A. II. 401 (°)

Myliobatis narinari, Bennett: Life of Raffles, 694.

Myliobatis eel-tenkee, Riippell : Neue Wirbelth.-Fische, 70, Taf. 19,

Fig. 3, (Teeth.)

Aétobatis indica, Swainson, II. 321.

* Sod, arcade ; dda, tooth. Substituted for Aétobatis, Miller und Henle, 1841,

preoccupied by Aétobatis, Blainville, 1828, which as observed, is a synonyme of

Myliobatis. The characters given are those of M. M. Miller and Henle.

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1417

Myliobatis narinari, Agassiz: III. Taf. D. 1, 2. (Teeth.)

Myliobatis macroptera, McClelland : Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. I. 60,

| Fig. 1, a. b.

Aétobatis narinari, Muller und Henle, 179.

Aétobatis narinari, Bleeker: Verh. Batav. Gen. XXII. 6.

Pari lung of the Malays.

Above greenish olive or greenish grey; a little behind the occiput

‘and behind the anterior margin of the pectorals appear more or less

numerous greenish-white rounded spots, edged with black ; tail behind

the spine black ; abdominal surface of disk and tail as far as the spine

greenish white; rest black. Iris greenish golden; pupil vertically

elliptical. Teeth greenish white.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Indian Ocean, Red Sea, Bay of Bengal, Mouths of the

Ganges, Sumatra, Java, Madura, Brazil, Surinam,

GREATEST BREADTH: 3 feet.

The snout is conical and about 3 broader than long, and not quite

double the length of the nasal valve. The nasal lobule is broad conical.

The shape of the disk resembles that of Myliobatis milvus. The

dorsal fin commences near the termination of the base of the ventrals,

but terminates at some distance in front of the apex of the ventrals.

The latter are elongated, about thrice as long as broad. The male ap-

pendages do not extend beyond the corresponding margin of the fin, and

are shorter in the young. The tail is trigonal as far as the spine, the rest

is compressed and flagelliform. Its length is thrice or four times that

of the body. The spine is situated immediately behind the termination

of the dorsal; its length equals its distance from the anus. Some in-

dividuals are armed with a second somewhat longer spine, a little behind

the root of the former. The dental lamina of the upper jaw are very

slightly arched; the anterior margin of the external laminz exhibits

numerous vertical denticulations. The laminz of the lower jaw are

but 3 of the breadth of those of the upper, but they are more convex,

forming in the centre an obtuse angle. Single young individuals occur

at all seasons in the Straits of Malacca. The following dimensions

were taken from a young male, armed with two spines :

from the snout to the nostrils,;.. 0.056 se eee ce ceed 1 inch.

From the nostrils to the mouth,... 06.0.0... cece ee OF

1418 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. | | Dec.

From the mouth ‘to the antis;°.s°.. 25 40.8). sees oe 2 Sieh.

engthiof thetaill yi.) 0108 3: Geese eats a eecteinee 336

Distance between the nostrils, ........00-0-eccceeees 08

* gs) THOORERS eaten sale ng ee ee 11

Breadth of the’mouth)>. ci)... ec ee cele de 08

Distance from the snout to the eyes, ........ ee 1;

Length’ ofsthetanterior:spitiey....cky.icge sch nites ace a

wo tool the second idoss;,.) Fie. 2a aioe. s ejeie en wie A :

Greatest breadth of the disk, ...........ec0---00002 113

Gen. Ruinoprera, (Kuhl) Miiller und Henle, 1841.

The snout deeply divided by a central incision. The cranial fins are

not on a level with the pectorals, but lower down, and are fixed at the

inferior margin of the root of the pectorals. The rays of the cranial

fins commence farther back than the termination of the pectorals. The

lower margin of the nasal valve is straight; the external angle acute ;

on each side of their dorsal surface a longitudinal fold. The teeth

stand side by side in 3 to 5 rows of broad hexagonal plates which

laterally decrease in size. Outside appear several rows of smaller teeth,

which are not broader than long. They occupy the entire breadth of

the jaw. :

RHINOPTERA ADSPERSA, Valenciennes.

Rhinoptera adspersa, Miller und Henle, 183.

Pari daun of the Malays.

(Young.) Above pale fawn-coloured ; beneath white.

(Older.) Above chocolate brown or greenish olive ; beneath white.

Iris golden fawn-coloured ; pupil vertically elliptical. Teeth yellowish

white.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean.

The teeth of both jaws are similar; those of the centre-row are

hardly thrice as broad as long. The other rows gradually decrease

towards the sides of the mouth. There are nine rows in the upper

jaw, seven in the lower. The margin of the nasal valve is finely

denticulated, its length is 3} times its height. The anterior margin

of the pectorals is slightly convex ; the posterior concave ; the angles

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1419

acute. The ventrals are tetragonal, considerably projecting beyond

the pectorals. The dorsal commences at the termination of the

ventrals, and extends a little beyond their apex. The tail is about

3 to 3} times the length of the body; the anterior third is greatly

compressed ; the rest flagelliform. At a short distance from the dorsal

is situated a small spine, but little longer than the base of the dorsal ;

a little behind it appears a second, scarcely longer than the preceding

spine. In the young the back is smooth. In older individuals M. M.

Miller und Henle describe the back as being rough from minute spines

with stellate base. At Pinang this species occurs at irregular intervals,

singly or a few together. The following dimensions were taken from a

young female.

From the incision of the snout to the centre between the

OCHS rhs EAN Ke oY BAG 6) ee en he a 1 inch.

peeebe nostrils: to'the-mouth, 35.0.0... eke. OR

fe ctlte mouth to the anusy wis Ol ee be

Pere MmLITe Sale 2a eee LISS a ees a2

Breadth of the margin of the ih lt SRR Ty pe be

ms Cmunemmautly, 27% Oy Bete BO ey Pascal is

4s of the disk, . Bigs ee EN Ie), GIS

Length of the BS casi margin of the raion ee. 202

os ofiexternal margin of the,ventrals,i.... 62.0000 12

a Gresciecandalispinejiics kee woe. wks 04

FAM. DICEROBATIDIDA.

Gen. Dicerosatis, (Diarosatus, Bloch,) Blainville, 1828.

(CePHALopTeRvs,* [Duméril,| Risso, 1810.—CEPHALOoprERA, Risso,

1826.)

Mouth on the abdominal surface. Teeth of both jaws minute, flat-

tened, like paving stones, of different forms. The rays of the pectorals

extend closely to the skull. The anterior margin of the pectorals is

convex from the skull behind the eyes to the apex.t

* Pre-occupied by Cephalopterus, Geoffroy, 1809, (Aves.)

+ Cephaloptera, Miller und Henle, page 184.

1420 Catalogue of Malayan Fishes, | Dec.

DicEROBATIS EREGOODOO, (Cuvier.)

Russell : page 5, No. IX. Eregoodoo Tenkee. R. (Dorsal view.)

Cephaloptera eregoodo-tenkee, Cuv. R. A. II. 402 (’).

(Young ?) Above intense purple, with blue and violet reflections ;

at the apex of the dorsal fin a whitish rounded spot ; external margin

of ventrals white ; upper (external) surface of the cranial fins, and side

of the head behind the eyes white ; lower (internal) surface of the cra-

nial fins silvery grey, of a chequered appearance, produced by the trans-

verse divisions of the rays; the apex and internal margin broadly

brimmed with black ; beneath white ; tail, as far as the ventrals extend,

white, rest black ; margin of the snout and both jaws black. Iris purple ;

pupil vertical, resembling the figure 8, or two vertically placed balls.

Hasir.—Sea of Pinang.

Coromandel.

The inner half of the anterior margin of the pectorals is very slightly

concave, the outer half convex ; the posterior margin is concave ; the

external and internal angles acute. The length of the pectorals, from

their origin, above and a little behind the eye, to their internal angle,

is about 2 of the greatest breadth of the disk. The ventrals project

but little beyond the pectorals. The male appendages are about 2 of

the internal margin of the ventrals, slender and throughout attached

to the margin. The tail slightly exceeds 1} times the length of the

body ; it is very slender, flagelliform, and nearly throughout tetragonal.

The dorsal fin has the appearance of being triangular, but it has a

posterior very short margin. It commences a little in front of the

ventrals and terminates a little behind their termination. The apex

of the dorsal hardly extends beyond the anterior half of the ven-

trals. The body is smooth to the touch. The upper surface of the

head and the throat are perforated by numerous pores. At the poste-

rior part of the back appear some very minute scales or spines, which

resemble white dots. They are distant and offer no resistance to the

touch. The tail is naked and without spine, The anterior margin of

the head (the snout), between the cranial fins, is concave. The dis-

tance from the centre of this margin to the mouth is } of the breadth

of the mouth. The length of the cranial fins, from their origin a little

behind the mouth to their apex, equals the distance between both fins

1849. | Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. 1421

across the throat. Both are parallel, not diverging, as they appear in

M. M, Miiller and Henle’s figure of Cephaloptera kuhlii. They are

turned upwards, their upper surface being longitudinally hollowed.

The spiracles are very small, hid beneath the origin of the pectorals.

The margin of the nasal valve is straight and covers nearly the whole

of the upper jaw. The angles form a conical lobule. The narrow

band of teeth extends in both jaws not quite to the angle, occupying

the central 2 of the breadth of the mouth. The teeth are uniformly

minute, flattened, of a pentagonal shape, with backwards directed point.

They have frequently two or three such points. They are generally

twice broader than long, but in both jaws appear here and there a

single tooth broader than the rest, as if composed of two or three teeth

soldered together. The upper jaw has 80, the lower 95 rows of teeth?

each consisting of 6, rarely 7. Behind the upper jaw appears a large

membranous valve, the free margin of which is convex. There is no

trace of a tongue. The equidistant gill-openings are arranged on two

backwards converging lines. Each opening is of this figure ™, the first

being double the length of the fifth, The only individual examined,

was observed at Pinang in February 1845. It*was a male, apparently

young, of the following dimensions.

From the centre between the cranial fins to the centre of

the snout, ee : divnlttadeclevein'l, oe ae

From the ccs of hie snout to sl ee Fast Seis tales 12

me tie mouth to the amGs,. i. bcs c ce ee neds coe ess 11

meme ar@istine Cally er cae ele he ee ioe ae 192

Distance between the nostrils, ........ 0... cc ce cece ee 22

» from the nostrils to the mouth,............... - O08

Mreadth of the mouth,’....00..6 0.00.00. ie laite a iahwratale ven Oe

Length of the cranial fins, 52

Distance between them, 2... 6... ee ek oe cc ee ie ee 52

5 between the eyes, pe a cooly ea a

Base (Length) of the satan A or cs ch a Oe 132

PeredaulinGh MO. tens b..) 5. aie siemvstlefe seis ¢ocre'vaiseccee LOS

ee Gi Like Onsale Heiss aeeleah a vce te wae OLE

Anterior margin of do., 2s

astecior.. 5, > < O80. 0 sino Beery ft siekal Haitiyeeare tees 02

PMID elie ss 1) OMG ag hte NBe ov oiia nega: 6|5)d:'sice's ss jsiders'd 0 oh wien 02

1422. ° Catalogue of Malayan Fishes. [Dec.

Length of the ventralsy7.2.020.20.009 9). ae ee

0) gp iy titst Sill-opeting |. 22520 A.W PSs act i

spe eet malo. Rais Ae OS SG ae 0Z

Distance between the first gill-openings, .............. 33

Greatest breadth of the disk,......... . 302

The stomach is elongated cylindrical, half vie ety of the body ;

the intestines equal the length of the body.

This fish agrees in several characters with Russell’s Hregoodoo Ten-

kee, No. IX. R, (not No. IX. 'N, from St. Helena.) M. M. Miller

and Henle express some doubt as to the identity of Russell’s No. IX

and Cephaloptera olfersii, Miller, (Plagiostomen, page 185) from Brazil.

According to the description of M. M. Miller and Henle, the latter differs

from the present species in the following characters. In C. olfersii the

distance of the mouth from the head is in proportion to the breadth of

the mouth as 3 to 13 ; in the present species that distance is 1 of the

breadth of the mouth, or as 1 to 3. In C. olfersii the length of the

cranial fins compared with their distance is as 8 to 11; in the present

species both are equal. In C. olfersii the length of the pectorals,

measured from their origin on the skull, equals half the breadth of the

disk ; in the present species their length is less than the breadth of

the disk.

OLIGO LOI DIP OOO PDI UO

1849.] 1423

ADDENDA.

The following alterations are made by referring to Histoire Natu-

yelle des Poissons, Tome XXII. and to Neue Wirbelthiere. Fische.

Page 1253.

Saurus trachinus, Temminck et Schlegel, is the young of :

Saurus myops, (Forster.)

Lagarto, Parra, XVIII. Fig 2?

Salmo foetens,* Bloch, Tab. 384, Fig. 2.

Osmére galloné, Lacép. V. Pl. 6, Fig. 1.

Salmo myops, Forster, Bl. Schn. 421.

Salmo truncatus, Spix et Agassiz: Esp. et Gen. XLV.

Saurus myops,

ee tcumeatus, Y Cuvier : R. A. IL. 314 (’).

Saurus lemniscatus, (S. elegans, Gray,) Richardson, Report, 1845,

301.

Saurus trachinus, Temm. et Schl. Fauna Japon. Pisces, 231, Tab.

CV1. Fig. 2. (Young.)

Salmo myops, Forster : Descr. Anim. ed. Lichtenstein, 412, No. 303.

Saurus fasciolatus, Lesueur, Cuv. and Val. XXII. 489.

Saurus myops, Cuv. and Val. XXII. 485.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang.

Indian Ocean, Trincomallee, Pondicherry, Celebes, Am-

boyna, Sea of China, Macao, Japan, Atlantic Ocean,

St. Helena, Isle of France, Martinique, South Carolina,

Bahia, Brazil. (Cuv. and Val. |. c.)

Page 1256.

To the Synonymes of Saurus nehereus, (Buchan. Hamilton,) add :

Saurus ophiodon, Cuv. and Val. XXII. 490.

* Not Salmo fetens, Linné (Cuv. et Val. XXII. 488.)

8 u

1424 Addenda. | Dec.

Page 1252.

Saurus badi, Cuvier, belongs according to M. Valenciennes to a dis-

tinct genus, following that of Saurus, and M. Valenciennes has cor-

rected the nomenclature as follows.

Sauripa, Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1849.

The palatals have on the inner side of the long band of teeth a

small distinct group of sharp teeth, surrounded by minute asperities.

The palatals consequently have two separate series of teeth, whereas in

the genus Saurus they have but a single such. The internal ventral

rays are not so elongated as those of Saurus ; two oblong fossets on

the sides of the palatals, but none in front of the velum palatinum,

like those of Saurus.

SAURIDA TUMBIL, (Bloch.)

Salmo tumbil, Bloch, Tab. 430.

Russell: CLXXII. Badi Mottah.

Salmo tumbil, Shaw, V. 67.

Saurus badi, Cuv. R. A. 314 (’).

Saurus badimottah, Riippell: Neue Wirbelth. Fische, 77.

Saurus argyrophanes, Richardson, Report 1845, 302.

Saurida tombil, Cuv. and Val. XXII. 500.

Hasit.—Sea of Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Singapore.

Malabar, Coromandel, Vanikolo, Waigiou, Macao, Red

Sea, Isle of France (Cuv. and Val. 1. c.)

Page 1381.

To the Synonymes of Carcharias acutus add: Ruppell: Neue Wir-

belth. Fische. 65, Taf. 18, Fig. 4.

Page 1382.

To the Synonymes of Carcharias melanopterus add: Rippell : Neue

Wirbelth, Fische. 63.

1849.] 1425

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Puate I.

Fig. 1. CRENIDENS SARISSOPHORUS. Natural size.

2. Tooth of the anterior series, upper jaw, Magnified.

3. Ditto of the posterior series, Ditto. Ditto.

4. Vertical section. Natural size.

Puate II.

Fig. 1—3. Macropopus puGnax. Natural size.

2. Labyrinth. Natural size.

3. Vertical section. Natural size.

4, Macroropus puGnax, Var. Magnified.

5. TRICHOPODUS TRICHOPTERUS. Labyrinth and branchi-

ostegous rays. Natural size.

Puate III.

CHAETODON PRETEXTATUS. Natural size.

Puate IV.

Fig. 1. ACANTHURUS XANTHOPTERUS. Natural size.

2. Vertical section. Natural size.

2. \ Magnified.

4. Scale.

Puate V.

. 1. Opsiurus BACCIDENS. Dentition. Natural size.

2. Opuiurus Boro. Dentition. Natural size.

3. Opuiurus GRANDOCULIS. Dentition. Magnified.

4, Opuiurus BRevicers. Dentition. Magnified.

5. Mura@NA THYRSOIDEA. Dentition.. Natural size.

6—7. Monopterus savAnicus. Head. Natural size.

8. Monoprerus JAvVANICUS. Dentition. Natural size.

Puate VI.

1. DatopHuis ANCEpPs. Natural size.

2. Vertical section. Natural size.

3. Dentition. Magnified.

4, Head. Magnified.

1426 Explanation of the Plates. [Dec.

Prate VII.

Fig. 1. SyMBRANCHUS CALIGANS. Natural size.

2. Head. Magnified.

3. Dentition and Tongue. Magnified.

Puate. VIII.

Fig. 1. AxuTaRius BARBATUS. Natural size.

2. OsTRACIUM TESSERULA. Natural size.

3. OsTRACIUM TESSERULA. Vertical section. Natural size.

Puate IX.

Fig. 1. TRIACANTHUS STRIGILIFER. Natural size.

2. Scale of TRIACANTHUS STRIGILIFER. Magnified.

3. Scale of TRIACANTHUS BIACULEATUS. Magnified.

PuatTe X.

TETRODON NARITUS. (Young.) Natural size.

Puate XI.

Fig. 1. Hippocampus MANNuLUsS. Natural size.

2. Hrppocameus comes. Natural size.

Puate XII.

Fig. 1. TEMERA HARDWICKII. (Young male.) Natural size.

a.a. The electric organs. 6. Cartilaginous fascicles. c. Cuta-

neous nerve. d. Abdominal cavity.

Fig. 2. TemMERA HARDWICKII. (Young male, 1 foot in length.)

Brains, medulla oblongata and anterior part of spinal cord,

viewed from above.

a. Left spiracle. 06. c¢. Two branches of Trigeminus, supplying

the anterior part of the left electric organ. d.e. Two branches

of Pneumogastricus, supplying the posterior part of the left

electric organ.

Fig. 3. CysTrocercus TEMER#&. Magnified (,', single lens.)

Puate XIII.

Fig. 1. CoryTHosatus ecarnatus. Natural size.

2. Dentition. Magnified.

3. Vertical section. Natural size.

Puate XIV.

RHINOBATUS LIGONIFER. (Young male.) Natural size.

II PI OAAABAAAA nw nnn

SARISSOPHORUS

CRENIDENS

T Cantor, del*

‘ : oes =

ee eee eee ee te tt gl

i. % £ Spas =—7

RHINOBATUS LIGONIFER. (Young male.) Natural s

ee pe pr

eee

Fae

DerQ) &

Sen

in ene

Lyre @) Sere

fears A AIF. yy

see ay: hk baw |

eT i

“. a

DE Cantor del.

fee MACROFPODUS PUGNAX. Hie AA, EN,

fo ce CPOE eres RIC HOP TE RUS:

th Ae < ie

is ae ke :

t aerate i“ : oy he are, boyy 7

SOQLVWLXEHLw Hd NOCOLWHD

ae “tap LOURD~

wansped ssaaq PNT Mery OKT L aoe tO9RrD LL

BPE her ee GoNh yx SLEeiLe.L Ny OW;

‘JOP 109uRD AL

AMA Ora tater nc

ay nose SS /

ued

petal

n ee

5 AES

¢ BES oo

LX ORE -

= NC,

§ de —

oo F. SD ag a

.% KEE cece mon

all at

Coe

re,

L.o x

lL. OPHSBRUS BACCIDENS..2.0,BORGQ.3.0.. GRAND OCUL ee 4.0- BR Eae=eP.s

2 MURZINA THYRSOIDE A.6768. MONOPTERUS JAVANICUS

Someone Ste OT ya

Tep TOV.)

oho

\ ip 7

a x iM, J

S fol 2

| yw bye, 7

| R 808 7

SS 2%

4 ay

CERO

2 re

“I ARRESE

why i ose ed ON wore AS

Yop toque) 26

Sites kth

3 “OD We. SNe. SOc a Waa yg

UNE RS) Mi Pela ee ae

SPE rte ead

MTOR. PSs tol,

“a

ALLIEN

‘

See Se eas SN WO We ea,

in eqntopen -ssaay yary ogensyy OPT IL ‘ al?P 2044ue8O LL

SS Sa.

hae

Maree, |

y it ai

a is

a Pu

if.

srumoyeg S82 VET HOY EMIT TL CNL)

Sia le WN NOG Se AL

41°P LOGUE oT

> am a. a

: oo

(s HIG Be SOMILIINN VINE “Slain VOOddih fT

Top toyued

pip. ata

DD" Cantor del.

Fig. Pore WMA TAR D WIC KEL

Fig, 3. CYSTEOCERCUS TEMEBA.

PL x

(*)

‘Cantor del.

CORY TE ORATUS KECHINAT us

lo)

iby

1849.]

LN DE xX.

1427

The names of Suspc.iasses, OrpeErRs, Faminies and GENERA are

printed in CapirTALs ;

Roman Characters.

Page.

Abatoo, Russell, ...... 1342.

Acanthinion, ... Betti. OZ,

ACANTHOPTERI, ...... 983.

ACANTHURUS, ..... 1191.

xanthopterus, 1191.

Acheireis jibha, ........ 1215.

PHONO S fw's aa ce ss SNe 1207.

barbatus, .... 1209.

cynoglossus, .. 1211.

kukurjibha, 1211.

marmoratus,.. 1209.

pavoninus,.... 1207.

Adalah, Russell, ...... 1198.

Aétobatis, Blainville,.... 1413. |

Aétobatis,Miller u.Henle, 1416.

indica, Mabe 1416.

NOrinarty vss 1417.

Alen Parah, Russell, 1100.

Ala Mottah, Russell, 1181.

POE MOSS, ois. le aS. 1280.

argyrochloris, 1277.

champil, .... 1284.

tisha 3.00 6 1282.

palasah 1282.

| CONT, i so test 1281.

ALBUWLA,... 6.-. 09 4260, 1265.

erythrocheilus? 1265. |

macrocephala,.. 1266.

Alphestes gembra, ...s. 997. |

PRUTARLUS,. oo. wo IOaTS35.

barbatus, ..

1339.

All Synonymes are printed in Italics.

berardi,

cinereus,

Bevis3) 9...

MONOCEPOS, ..

obliteratus, . .

AiRGAS818; SEHR SS tes

commersonit, ..

dussumiert,

Ambata Kuttee, Russell,

_AMBLYOPUS,

hermannianus,

Amphacanthus, .......-

concatenatus, ..

Borealis, Fi %ae ws

JAOUS; CAI

Amphipnous cuchia, ....

Amphiprion scansor, . .

testudineus,. .

Amphisyle scutata,

ANABANTIDA,

ANABAS,

scandens,

SPUNOSUS, ae

testudineus,

ANACANTHINI,

eoeoeeveee

_Anacanthus, Gray,

barbatus, ..

-Anacanthus, Khrenberg,

africanus, ..

| MODUS sins ed NSEC ws

ANTENNARIUS, ....-..

those of Species and miscellaneous contents in

Page.

1337.

1335.

1338.

987.

989.

988.

1136.

1172.

1189.

1190.

1191.

1189.

1320.

1064.

1195.

1064,

1064.

1065.

1195.

1339.

1404-

1404.

§98.

1184.

1428

commersoni, ..

hispidus,

raninus, -

Anthias diagramma,

GTUNNEINS, .0...-

johni,

maculatus ? ....

testudineus, ee ote

vosmeri, ..

Antika Doondiawah, tel

Selle) eee

Apistus,

ec eeeeeeee ere & 8 @

russelli,

trachinoides,..-.

Anlochetlts,.. = «<<

chrysostigmus,

panchax,

APOCRYPTES,. .......-

changva,....

chinensis, ..

dentatus,

_ lanceolatus,. .

nexipinnis, . .

_ pectinirostris,

MN POGONS. « ..c OROeIs -

fucatus, ise a.

peecilopterus?. .

quadrifasciatus,

AFOLECTUS, «<5 -'=)S12 2 0s

stromateus,

Apterygia hamilton,

ramcarate,

Aquile marine species, ..

AT GCRUNG, >. feohataiele athe

carolina, ....

machnata,

CATH ES a gee ae

militarisalel versie.

trumeatussin cis.

AROTHRON, 42% n>:

Aspidurus,

ASTRAPE, :

dipterygia,..

ATHERINA, ae ate ae

OS ais

brownii, .. 0»

forskali, ....

1059,

Index.

Page.

1186.

1185.

1184.

1060.

1055.

995.

1057.

1064.

1063.

994.

1026.

1027.

1026.

1234.

1169.

1175.

1171.

1169.

1170.

1175.

984.

986.

984.

985.

1105.

1274.

1414.

1285.

1269.

1238.

1240.

1241.

1238.

1357.

1191.

1400.

1401.

1085.

1285.

1085.

hepsetus? ..

japonica,

lacunosa,....

menidia,....

ATHERINOINA,.......-

Atoo-Koia, Russell,

AULOSTOMATIDA, . :

Authors, Ichthyological,. .

Badimottah, Russell, 1252,

BaGRus, :

abbreviatus,

JAVCNSIS,, Lala.com

sondaicus, ....

Balacham, 2.3. cee

Baliste americain,

BALISTES,

barbatus, ....

biaculeatus, ..

bicolor, ..e

conspicillum,. .

geographicus,. .

levis, ;

monoceros, 1335,

penicilligerus,

SCrIptus, 1...

Zomentosus, ..

BALISTISIDZ, .....0%6

Bandi Goolivinda, Russell,

Batrachoides gangene, ..

BDATRACHUS, ... <Aceeine

grunniens, ..

¢NAICUS, .. .«

Bedula hamiltonii,......

nebulosus,

BEEONE, |... vic S2eee see

annulata, ....

cancila;. ccc

caudimacula, ..

Beche de mar, ... as

Bindoo Karah, Russell, re

Blennechis,. .

BLENNIOIDA, ... ....00

Blepharis gallichthys, ..

Bokee Sorrah, Russell, . .

Bola chapitzis,

Co1eides;. Qvtees. 2

COULD Sess Seek gee

pama,

| Dec.

Page.

1085.

1285.

1086.

1285.

1085.

1122.

1193.

vil.

1424,

1236.

1238.

1237.

Deleso:

1326.

1339.

1342,

1326.

1330.

1337.

Las

#333%

133/.

1329.

1326.

1017.

1187.

1019.

999.

HO 2.

1226.

1228.

vl.

1130.

1182.

1118.

1374.

1051.

993.

1048.

1040.

1849. | Index. 1429

. Page Page.

BOLEOPHTHALMUS, ... Vie a six bandes, 1115.

boudaertiss. 262°" °0174; atropus,)J.9 1112.

histophorus, .. 1177 ciliaris, 1113, 1114,

pectinirostris,... 1175. cirrhosus, 1113. 1114.

virmisneeee. se LV 77% ertula; So wiV3, 14:

Bombay Duck, .... 1255, 1258. forsteri, .... 1109,

Bondaroo Kappa, Russell, 1359. leptolepis, .. 1108.

Bontah, Russell,.... 1078, 1081. malabaricus, 1110.

Bontoo, Russell,........ 993. mate, ...... 1107.

Bowree, Russell, ...... 1342. mertensit, 1108,

DPACHYUIUS, - 00. 65a ye oe 1204. nigripes; 2°. L11.

commersonit, 1204. oblongus, .. 1114.

zebra, 1206. rottleri, .. 2s 1106.

Brama atropus,........ 1112 speciosus, .. 1115.

melampus,...... 113 Var, oe | L107.

Buchanan Hamilton, his xanthurus,.. 1108.

Drawings of Fishes, .. x1. | CARCHARIAS, eee LoeUe

Bukit Batu, Fishery of,.. 1283. acutus,..... . 1381, 1424.

Bummaloh, ...... 1255, 1258. melanopterus, 1382, 1424.

Buro, ss ete... LVSO 4 Caripe, Russell, :.eou: 1057.

Butyrinus,............ 1265.| CarapHractorpa, .... 1019.

maderaspatensis, 1260.| CarocHa&NUM,........ 1037.

i aa 1009. filamentosum, 1038.

CACODOKUS, « - «2.255% 1145. limbatum, .. 1037.

argus, .... 1145. lucidum, 1038.

Cacula pterygea, ...... 1311. | Centrogaster, ........ 1189.

etOs Ween. siete a HOB ae equula, 1128.

cerulaureus, Var. 1036. rhombeus, 1154,

ceeruleo-teeniatus, 1037. | Centronote ovale, ...... 1102.

chrysozona, .... 1037. | Centropodus rhomboidalis,, 1154,

poulain, - 26.0. 1128. | Centropomus ambassis, .. 989.

Cesiomorus, .....-0006 1102. | Cephalopholis, ........ 1064.

blochuyeeze 1102.) Cephalopods, .2. 7.00. Vil.

-quadripunctatus, 1104. | Cephaloptera, ........ 1419,

Calamara, Russell,...... 1030 eregoodoo-tenkee, 1420.

Calliomorus chacca, ... 1019 FOTO oc VAD,

Callionymus indicus,.... 1019 OL ETSI OS. OE 1422.

OURO 5 OP Soe ss ks 1149. | Cephalopterus, ........ 1419.

Camboto, Be iss 995. | CEPOLA, tees.) LIGO

CANNORYNCHUS,...... 1193 abreviata, .... - 1160.

immaculatus, 1193 CLECULE SSS cca 72;

Cantharus, HME LOS2. hermanniana,.. 1172.

guliminda, .. 1032 variegata, .. 1160.

CAPOETA, ............ (1248. | Chetodermis penicilligerus, 1333.

macrolepidota, 1249.| CHa#Topon, .......... 1138.

PRGANK 2 FT ORS 1105 abudafur,...... 1203.

affinis, 1108 annularis, 1146.

- armatus, 1113 araneus, 1228,

1430 Index.

Page.

ATCUANUS, «... 0% 1223: nudus, ..

arcuatus,.....- 1223. | Chironectes, .........-

CRQUSS cueiaitin 1145. commersonii,

arthriticus, .... 151. hispidus, ..

EPUANUTs . sinis0 1223. lophotes, ..

atromaculatus,.. 1146. marmoratus,

bifasciatus, .. 1141. TANINUS, ..

enceladus, 1140. | Chitsclloo, Russell,......

faucheur,...... 1144.| CHorINEMUS, ........

longimanus, 1145. commersonianus,

Lunulasneienta..s.< 1140. lyS@ms. usia phere

macrolepidotus, 1141. tol,

orbis, se... 1142.) CrysopHrys, .....;:.-

pairatalis, .... 1145. calamara, <r’

pinnatus,.. 1149, 1150 | Chundawah, Russell,.. . .

preetextatus, 1138. | Citula armata, 1113,

punctatus, .... 1144. ciliaria,

reticulatus, .... 1140.| CuarRIAS, ............

rostratus,...... 1140. anguillaris,

teira, Ss Ako Jager: Visa

vespertilio, .... 1148. punctatus, ....

CHETODONTIDA,...... 1138. | Clupanodon chacunda, ..

Chatomius; iccteswielh ssc 61291. UghGy aaa

CHANDA, ne rt: ea 987. | Clupeaaffinis, .......

dussumieri,.. 988. apalikey ss...

gymnocephala, 989. champil, ..... .

alway... 988. cyprinoides, ...s

CBANOSgmadeagwicee.ss 1260. dentets oi wd eetua

arabicus, 1263. MOVads. 3 edd 3

chloropterus,.. 1264. haumely waves

Ibias. iaie eases 1264. indica, Nepean

nuchalis,...... 1260. kowal,. ...c.. 4278s

Palasy sede phe 1260. malabaricd, ...-

tolo, 1264. mystax, .

CHATOESSUS, Boies, E293. PUrAVA, ..00.- se

chacunda,.. 1293. vittargentea, ...

Cheilodipterus butis, 1178. | GCLUPEOIDA, 4 \yi0 sa wie

CHELMON, .....0ce0 E140. | CRUPEONIA, |. .e%0s0s

rostratus, 1140. perforata, 1269,

CHILOSCYLLIUM,...... 1374. 1277, 1278.

palagiosum, 1374. | Corxia, se tatieahlrd's <

Ken. 151375. Feymaldi,, 2 «<5 aiwgle

Vien. 25.1375; ) Cows catus“soxeiwes..

Var. 3, 1375. CHOLOT CUS aon.

Var. 4, 1375. CODOJIUS, se escaes

Var, 5, 1376. nandus,

CHIROCENTRUS, ...... 1258. MOLL. \, «ste eis

dorab, ... 1259. trivittatug,. ...a<

[Dec.

Page.

1259.

1184.

1186.

1185.

1145.

1099.

1100.

1101.

1030.

1120.

1114,

1282,

1279.

1290.

1289.

1290.

1285.

1258.

1276.

1849.]

vactt,

Commersonian Atherine,

ConGER,

basios .. sews

hamo, 1299

longirostris,

talahom,.'....-.°.

tricuspidatus,. .

REO ee cart

GBR VINAS Ls icc. ss

belengert,

COPUP CDSS ald Ware

Canales. dca ws

chaptis,

coitor,

dussumiert,

maculata,

Miles, casein Sue.

nalla katchelee, . .

soldado; (tlw.

CoRYTHOBATUS, ......

echinatus, ....

MOOTA: Dorks tly

POSSpphus, . .oises ees

ater,

Cottus, grunniens, ....

ensidiator,

madagascariensis,

spatula,

CRENIDENS, Tne

punctatus, ....

sarissophorus,. .

Cromileptes altivelis,....

Ctenops a salle eSaRSINNS

es ee anes ox 5 RRR

Cuttle-Fish,..........

PMEWUM, ile l eee

commersoni, tar.

guttatum, ......

HUTS, sw) odie 8 2

lineolatum, ....

Cynoglossus lingva, ....

Cyprinodon cundinga,

CyPRINOIDA,

Cyprinus pala, ........

TOSOOFA, Saye k

bale, «astenes

eoee eae @

CyrTvus,

@eeaeeeeeeneeee

Index.

Page.

983. INGICUS, {ocd es

1285. | Cysteocercus temerz, .,.

1294.| Dacer Karah, Russell, ..

1298. | DaLorpuis, was

, 1301. ance nS) mee

1298. orientalis, ....

1294. | Dascyllus, .. ....0020-.

1299. ArUANUS, .. s+.

PSG4) || Degedpes 4k sae aah

1051. annularis, ....

1047. NOCHEG, (i i0e:

1048. | Diagramma,: 2. 2008s.

1049. blochit,

1051. lineatum,

1048. | Diarobatus, ..... 2.00%.

1046. | DicEROBATIDIDA, ....

1050. | DicEROBATIS, ........

1052. eregoodoo,

L049. | Dranon,,) e2vasin eons

1052. triedricus, ....

1027. | DipHREUTES, :

1027. macrolepidotus,

1027. | Doondiawah, Russell,

1244. | Dondoo Paum, Russell, ;

1244. | Drepane, Ab Ap TRANS

1187. longimand, ...-

1019. punctata,

1019. | DussuMIERTA, ........

1019. acuta, i...

1033. | EcHENEIDINA, A

1034. | EcHENEIS,...... thie

1034, nanerates, =

992. vittata, ...

1073. | Heel Tenkee, Russell,

1320. REAOATES. ooo Hee ye

vil. bivittata,

1090. | BumOTRIS, .....0.0..

1090. boddaerti,

1093. butis,

1094. caperatus,

1092. humeralis, ..

1215. lanceolata, ..

1271. ophiocephalus,

1248. aes etc ba sir

P2003 EOP S or S:..ise.l ewe ates

1250. cundinga, PCs Pree

1264. WUGIOUS 3 gy akan

1126. CR a ee

1432

machnata, ....-

saurus, a

ENGRAULAISS Ak

GUS; ae...

breviceps, ....

brownil;s.s 22

commersonil, ..

fasciata, ......

hamiltoni, ....

mystax,

phasah, 633 08.

PURBOOS Sorc

taty, 1...

telarah, ..

EPHIPPUS; vsdaeie ec kM

EO GQUS MAIER

longimanus,....

DRAUSS ek.

punctatus, ....

EauutLa,

eoeroeneeee eevee

bindus,. 20022

dacer,

daura,

edentula,

ensiferd, ...

filigerass :

gomorah, ...

insidiatrix, ...

longimana, ....

splendens, ....

Ereegoodoo Tenkee, Russell,

E’soce chirocentre, ......

EHsox panchaz,

EXOcoeETUS, ae

nigripennis,....

PPCRR AMI ee ones eae

Fins; sharks) 8) oro

Fish, combats of, ......

dried, :

fresh, :

manure, vi, 989, 1026,

miAws}- re leoee

MONGEKS,) Te

roe, . lv,

Fishermen of the Straits,, .

Fishing boats,--. 5.200%

Fistularia,..... pint

1276,

Index.

Page.

1269.

1285.

1286.

1288.

1285.

1286.

1291.

1289.

1275.

1290.

1288.

1142.

1145.

1143.

1144,

1228.

1130.

1128.

ae 2s

14132;

1130.

Wo2:

1131.

1133.

1134.

FSIS

1420.

1259.

1234.

1232;

1232.

1275.

iv.

1069.

il.

ll.

1181.

ill.

ii.

1283.

1193.

commersonii, .«

emmaculata, ..

tabacaria, ....

GALLICHTHYS, ......

major,

Gasterosteus ovatus ?

GAZA, Lee cn,

equuleeformis,. .

GENYOROGE, vies

notata, ..

GOrress oN iad WE

jilamentosus, ....

limbatus,

GINGLYMOSTOMA, ...-

concolor,..

GIRELLA,

GLYPHIDODON,........

celestinus, ....

TARTU AN SAIN

sawatilis ? vo...

tyrwhitti? ....

GLYPHIDODONTIDZ,

GOBIOIDZ,. 2 4°... 22 neF

Gobioides boddaerti, ....

PUBEL, — SSLTS

rubicunda,....

GOBIOMORUS, .......-

GoOBTUS, 35 2% “98

acutipennis, Var...

apogonius,

biocellatus,

boddaerti, ......

caninus, 6. Lae Ast

ChANnGUA, See

criniger,

cyanoclavis,

elegans, Var. ....

filosuspscUeiwtes

SITS, VS eee ele

kokius,. ..:.2b8e

pectinirostris,

plalzena; ier sie

TUSSUS) }: rN

sadanundio,

schlosseri,

SEFICTUS, PRONE

sublitus, . ...\d,

vagina,

c@eesree@

oe neve ee @

1849. | Index.

Page.

PUN i wake teed RAZZ. soldado, ..

Goomorah Karah, Russell, 1131. | Hypeneus, ve

Gooraphoo Subbookoo, Rus- Aeeoliesras) ine

Re ieee sc a eleyeatay= 1369. vittatus, Var. ae

Goorum, Russell, 1193. | HypoLtopuus, ........

Grammistes lineatus,.... 1060. Sephen,)..

Griffith, William, his ac- SOCWIOLORS Ae xc: » cx theiats

count of Buchanan Ha- SORGN GY GLGO a6. «wate, ccadre

milton’s Drawings,.... xi. | Jellow, Russell... ..'

Guard-fish, 1230. | Jerree Potoo A, Russell,

Guoraka, Russell,...... 1055. | Jerree Potoo D, Russell,

Gurrah Parah, Russell,.. 1118. | Jerree Potoo F, Russell,

GYMNODONTID&,...... 1353. | Jinagow, Russell, ......

Gymnothorax, .....- lskh Lika badah,.... 00.0 whe

Hoamiltonid,. .. ese «ess 987 balut, . a

OVALE 2 <b euds 987 OGL.) see xs

Haplochilus, ........+. 1234 bawal tumbak,

HARPOCHIRUS,......-. 1143 OAWAl se: Haein

longimanus, 1145 bawar chirmin, ..

punctatus, .... 1144. DONE aici, <i een

Harpodon, 1251, 1255.

MUCTOPS, 2 vee 1255.

PAOPMUAUS, 25. s0eernes~ 191.

HEMIRAMPHUS, 1228.

brevirostris, .. 1229.

POOL Hately s wx 230.

gernaerti, .... 1232.

FUSSCLIT, .cwladad —KAZO%

tridentifer,.... 1231.

Heniochus, .......+.- 1141.

macrolepidotus, 1141.

HipPpocaAMPUS, ....>--. 1370.

COMES; | fyekerd grate WS/i.

mannulus, ... 1370.

HIPrPpoGLossus, ...... 1197.

erumél, .s....,- 1198.

erumei, Var. A. 1200.

erumei, Var. B. 1200.

BOLE, 6 s sare 1200.

HoLACANTHUS, ...... 1146.

annularis, 1146.

Holocentrus heptadacty-

bUusoirbiseic ie 983.

_ hexagonatus, 989.

lanceolatus, 990.

* The Malayan name for Fish.

bunga ayer,.....

buntal kumbang,. .

buntal panjang, ..

CARAG Utah. ait See

gorammt, ..... nave

CLLR AS

OVO ae ne

haruan, 1065,

jarang gigi, 1039,

1043, 1044, 1045.

JUMP, vere giolllet dc

kitang,.. 1189, 1190,

FRO s adels tee oa

KULOW so wie sienceor ee

lasah,-lesah,-lisah,

ledah, 1204, 1209,

£213. 2b PLAN;

UPS SEINE “eh

TAGLONG 5. nis «0 o ote

merah, note

parang _parang, ae

PAT OGUN,, sherwe ole

part klawar,.. 1414,

part kubbas,.. 1399,

part kubbas linchin,

current in Prince of Wales Island (Pulo Pinang).

1433

Page.

1051.

1017.

1018.

1017.

1411.

141].

1140.

1039.

1006.

1204.

1209.

1269.

1286.

132).

1062.

112).

1221.

MiZ2.

1151.

1286.

1347.

1351.

1389.

1070.

1181.

1053.

1074.

1042,

1078.

1191.

Ooh.

1011.

1173.

1211,

1256.

1298.

1287.

1259.

1418.

1415.

1401.

1402.

It is here prefixed to the vernacular names

1434 Index. [Dec.

Page Page.

parilingiaes.\. 1417. | Isinglass, 1056, 1063, 1152, 1238,

pichat priuk, .....- 1062. 1240, 1241, 1243.

puclails, esi 1O93;: LOO. |i JULIS; ay OS 1218

ba. sumpits i3. ase 1159. dussumieri, .,..... 1218.

SALAMA win. dosle 1039. mola, ... 1220.

Salangany iid. ...5 VOUS: Kanagurta, Russell, 1088.

salanghi, 1008. | Kappa, Russell, ...... 1355.

SOVUAN g Hiniien d's SON 1240. | Kappa II, Russell, 1364.

S1OU Opa eclpec ae 1196, 1198. | Kappa Koorawah,Russell, 1360.

similang karong,.... 1247.| Kappa Mura Moia, Rus-

sinanghty ..+, 0... “1008; SC, ex ane eet teeg 1185.

siyakup, 983. | Karooi, Russell, 998.

surdudu, ......++ 1240. | Katchelee, Russell, . 1049.

tallang raya, .....- 1100. | Kauki Sandawa, Russell, 1154.

LOMO, atone oe /atens 1269. | Keelputa, Russell,...... 1001.

tamban-batul, 1276. | Kelee, Russell, ........ 1282.

tamban-bulat, 1268. | Koku, Russell, ........ 1162.

tamban-nepis,...... 1276. | Koma Sorra, Russell, .. 1384.

Fambar Chip iaraiss Seas 1049. | Konam, Russell, ...... 1090.

tanggiri, .....+ee. 1090. | Kowal, Russell, ...... 1278.

tanggirt papan,.... 1094.| Kowaua, ............ 1278.

toda, dawivseig', D226, 1228: lauta,s\? Cee 1279.

toda pendek, .. 1229, 1230. Seotaca teh «+ Sears

éruboh or fate 1221, 1223. | Kuddera A, Russell, .... 1228.

BOL sire ove = eee 1003. | Kuddera B, Russell,.... 1229.

DUIS sia avis Gia: AAD IS 1298. | Kundinga, Russell, Sf eke

HU, oa na ce daaies’ \ LOSI, | Monessec;, Russell) ag.) Pgs.

yu tokay, we ve hOPD; 1379. Wlkartus blocks, 2.stee ale 7.

ILARCHES, LL RRS 1142, COTNUTUS, 2.00 MU.

fabefs, i) c-0d/s- 1143. | Labre commersonien,.... 1054.

GEDISysa:. «piace ya 2 sagittaire, wei sa OS.

Ingeelee, Russell, .. 1246. | Labrus commersonii, .... 1054.

OCH ASCHy. we ccc. Maia 1383. jaculator, ...... 1158.

OEE EUS, (oye) sie o/c ocBnt 1046. trichopterus,.... 1071.

belengert, sisj0o.se%! | 1047. | DACEARIUS, «13.09 ./4 2 ue) OME

Carathas «va Vs 6a 1048. delicatulus, 1120.

cataleus, «2 1049. | Lactophrys, .. 2% 66 <0)ss 1347.

ehaptis, s... ceca) ROT. cornutus, 1347.

COULD 56 paw ine cad did) ae 1048. | Laetophrys, 22.6328. ~VW847.

diacanthus, - -1049.| Lagarto? .... Sis 1423.

dussumierl, ..... - 1046. | Lama Cimde. Russell, 1052.

maculatus, Var?.... 1050.| Lares, .... 983.

ruber, 1041. heptadactylus, 983.

Irrwa, Russell, a 1019. nobilis, 983.

Tsacurrah Tokens Buacell. 1407. | Latte, Russell, 1144.

Isinglass, . lm, 984, 1010, | Laurida, 1251

1041, 1042, 1044, 1045, MIUCTOPS, + « 1255.

1047, 1050, 1052, 1054, | LrpTocEPHALUS, .. "1050, 1315.

1849.]

dentex,

TLeptognathus, .....0-.

DRVCISCUS, .. 26 ose

|, ae

rasbora; . 2.45.4

Lewis, William T. Esquire,

Notice of poisonous

Fishes, .....

Preparation of Fish-

Roes, ....

Preparation of "Red-

PASH, \svageas ved.

Table of ‘Tsinglass,. .

Table of Shark’s Be

PRON os i ss oes dR

Taehie lysan, ces ce ees

PROTHS; |. 3. ero'wKo.

CTaley nn oie as

arharit,.....'..

LOPHIOIDA, ........

Lophius commersonit, ..

hispidus, sivees

RISENIO;' oo ve ss ots

histrio, Var. Bs, x

TANINUS,. seevies

SEPUAENS, 6. Sate

LOPHOBRANCHII,......

Lutjan aruane, iv 39

galon-dor, «.....

GTUNPCU yes vie

oo oe

johni,.. oe ae

microstome, ..«6

tacheté, ....

COPLUE, « Dacun's o's wan

vosmeri, eeeoeeeteees

DG Og, a a

GHONOS och ea

Lycodontis, Paneth vin n='ois

literata, ....

longicaudata, . .

punctata,

Macrochyrus miles, ....

Macropopus, ........

pugnax, ......

pugnax, Var. ..

Macropteronotus jagur,. .

Index.

Page.

1315. | Madinawa Bontoo, Rus-

1301. sell, oye dy eoe.

1250. | Medoning@y ia. aes.

1261. | Maga Boshee, Russell, ..

1250. | Maga Jellee, Russell, ..

1277.

1283.

1287.

iv.

Vi.

1383.

1100. |

1062.

1184.

1186.

1185.

1184.

1185.

1368.

1223.

1063.

1064.

989.

995.

1054.

1057.

1064.

1063.

1260.

1263.

Valo:

1313.

1024.

1066.

1068.

1244,

Mais Parah, Russell,

Malacca-Fish, f

Manti Bukaro Poona, (eae

Se a Ls capes ats

Mann Olas 28."

Manure, .. Vi, 989, 1026,

IMatfeau,.. 2... biseet

Martillo de eet dal alot’

McClelland, J. Esq. his

account of Buchanan

Hamilton’s Drawings,..

Megdlops,. 2... sano

curtifilis, ....

filamentosus, ..

Cn TCU Re

setipinnis, ....

Meletta venenosa, .. 1277,

anne caroline,

maculata, ......

DCMI, ac 2 os. WNT

MESOPRION, ........

annularis, ....

caroul, a

gembra, .....

JOM nMPU WIN.

TANSUS,.. .. eld.

PUSSEIL. oo ed

unimaculatus,. .

DEOROUS Sale na ae

woora, eas

Modiola faba, ........

MOoNACANTHUS, poe

geographicus, ..

penicilligerus, . .

tomentosus, ..

MoNnoDACTYLUS, ......

rhombeus, ..

MONOPTERUS, ........

cinereus,

grammicus, ..

javanicus, ....

levisg? od bt

1435

Page.

993.

1036.

1011.

1007.

1111.

1287.

1311,

1394.

1181.

1383.

1384.

Xil.

1269.

1272.

1271.

T2722

1278.

1136.

1285.

994,

996.

998.

997.

995.

996.

994.

995.

1027.

LAT.

1529.

1330.

1333.

1329.

1154,

1320.

1321.

1325.

1321.

1436 Index.

Page.

marmoratus, .. ‘1325. aquila, aoe Ae

.xanthognathus,. 1321. eel-tenhee,. .. . siiiide

Mookalee Parah, Russell, 1102. macropterdy, .....-

Mookarah Tenkee ‘Russel 1414. MIUVUS ST Sesh Ga

Mud-Skate, j 1394. narinart, Bat sake

MuUGin, 2. Boe 8 1075. nienhomig ? oes

borbonicus, 1083. | Nalla Katchelee, Russel

cephalotus, 1077. | Nalla Sandawah, Russell,

cephalus, .. 1078, 1081. | Nanpus, aaa ee

ChaROS,: 3... ee 7 W265: ee sie

CRESTIGN, OS ves e's «LOTT =,| NARCINGR fo. :

eunnesius,. .. ..'. i ehOs2: dipterygia, . nae

grandisquamis, .. 1076. indica, . ,

macrolepidotus,!) | 1077. | Narinartt tee .

our? .. 1077, 1079, 1081. | Nattoo, Russell, ......

parmatus, ..... a MOF OME ates a oo. aa oh eagle

salmoneus ...... 1263. concolor,......

Mucitisip#, a iaty. 1075. | Nettee Kunla Mottah, Rus-

Mugilomore anne-caroline, 1269. sell, é

MULLS; co. ee LOLs Nowens nigrofasciatusy Ri

aureo-vittatus, 1018. | Noree Nalaka C. Russell,

bandi, 1017. | NYCTITANTIDA, ......

GATGOLUSy, ¢ ok oe 1017. | OListuus, ass

fasciatus? ..... 985 GLTOPUS, veeeee

flavolineatus, .... 1018 riippellit, ....

vittatus, «see. 1017..| Omobranchus,. .........

Murzana,. ...... 1311. | Ophichthys punctatus, ¥

bagio, .... 1298, 1300. | Ophiocardia, a

Prisha sy. enwia.. Vales. phayriand, ....

sathetes sink. W31S. xanthognatha, .

thyrsoidea, .. 1312. |OpHIOCEPHALUS, ....

tile, | SS. chena, abe

Munaenesor, ois ave oo. 1294, Striatusciceee

bengalensis, .. 1299, 1301. wrahl, fe

LLODON, | ware canes 1294. | Ophiosternum, .........

exodontata,.. 1294, 1298. bengalensis,

hamilton, .... 1298, 1301. hepaticus, ...

lanceolata, .. 1294, 1298. | Ophiothoraz,. ........

serradontata, 1294, 1297. | Ophisuroides, ,

tricuspidata, ,. 1298, 1300. | Oparurus, 3

MuR@NOIDA, ........ 1294 baccidens, .........

Murenophis, 1311 Hore, sats :

bagi,;sndee..., kal breviceps, uk ies

Sathete, -. desne 1313 cancrivorus, de

tile, . dation. Lolo caudatus, ....0e..

Muttah, Russell, ...... 1074. grandocglis,”, ai owe

MYLIOBATIDIDA, 1413 Hijalay. veral causes eas

MYLiIoBATIS, ....-e000. 1413 Nay clg, Wetnta etalk evel

[Drc,

Page.

1414.

1416.

1417.

1415.

1416.

1414,

1049.

1121.

999.

1399,

1401.

1399.

1416.

1285.

1377.

1174.

1120.

1200.

1380.

bPY2;

1112.

1113.

1182.

1320.

1321.

1074.

1316.

1319.

1320.

1301.

1301..

1302.

1304.

1308.

1303.

1307.

1306.

1307.

1849.]

MINIMUS, wessaees

puncticulata, ......

rostratus,

Oryza sativa, Var. glut

HOSS, iv. =

Osmére galloné,

Osmerus ? nehereus, ...+

OSPHROMENUS, «-...-

ROUCULUSS 20S v's

BUTAK GF i sssevelcie. ak

Osphronéme gouramt,....

OsTEOGENIUS (OSTEOGE-

PRBEOSUS,) a isnccousie ocje's

OSTRACIOIDA, ........

OSTRACIUM,. ....00.

cornutum, ......

ASUS i oe! od fon dln Se

tesserula,

turritum,

OTOLITHUS, ........ :

argenteus, ......

biauritus,

maculatus, .....

PIMA, eels. oe

FEeVESI], ...... 0%

ruber,

senegalensis, ....

versicolor’? ......

Paikeeli, Russell, ......

Palah Bontah, Rus-

Beep cscs. «

Patosch, Russell,

Pample blanche, ......

IC TEARE i sin 0 2 his id ieee

buchanani, ......

Panehax,: os jd.

Pandoomenoo, Russell, ..

Pastinachus uarnak, ....

Peddah Poorawah, Rus-

Maree Sis. 5 a3)

PEELONA, .. GsidoShs ks

affinis,

champil,

grayana,

PEMPHERIS,

-molucca, ....

Pentanemus,

PENTAPODUS, . ..++ 50%

eseeeee

eerereee

DTD UBS, ui saieerss Sieeehs

POTOSUS) ace wie a ude

Perea aurata,. «ssc.

diagramma, :

GTUNNIENS, .. 00 °

hexagonata, ....

WREOEG, easy a ov

MALIN. wie se dn

SCONGACNAS 55 2

PER COTM AG cc) oes Se

PERIOPHTHALMUS, ....

schlosseri, ....

Petronason psittacus,

PETROSCIRTES,........

ancylodon, ....

bankieri, ....

MITA TUS, bi.

variabilis, ....

PROG OPUS oe oe ta ohwiache

POLO, io teint BREN ole

PHARYNGOGNATHI, ....

ACANTHOPTERYGII,

MALACOPTERYGII,

PHYSOGASTER, ......

lonaris, ihe.

oblongus, ....

PHYSOSTOMI, ........

ABDOMINALES, Me

APODES,

Picarel raillard,

PIMELEPTERUS,

boscil, Bt

oblongior, ....

PIMELODUS, ..........

abbreviatus, ....

PTS site ey ausy er

pectinidens, ....

BU ACH Oe Le sek «

TRISCISILDELLO,; oie ik ORS.

PUAGIOSTOMI,, .«'s cine

EUAGUSTAS.. . osu owls

abbreviata, ........

bilineata, iat it

cynoglossa, Var. A..

cynoglossa, Var. B..

Aipteryouany anise

grandisquamis, ....

LO SAy rate UR

eeseee

1437

Page.

1031.

1032.

1063.

1060.

1055.

989.

1060.

983.

1064.

983.

E73:

1173.

1221.

1182.

1184.

1182.

1244,

1275.

1218.

1225.

1361.

1362.

1236.

1294,

1036.

1156.

1157.

1156.

1243.

1236.

1240.

1243.

1329.

1383.

1373.

1209.

1214.

1209.

1201.

12125

1209.

1214.

1215.

BBSTAX, ocd... cote

albipunctatus,

arthriticuswiassines

DOCU i oi. ghee ate

ehrenbergui, ......

gayMardi, 2.000%

guttulatus, .....-.

ocellatus, “occa us

Leiva,, a! 38 LEA

vespertilio, ......

Plates, Explanation of, ..

BEAressa,.. . .Giewuseod.

russelli, saSeee

PLATYCEPHALUS, ......

carbunculus, ....

CROCCO). saicia stoned

clavulatus, ....

insidiator, ......

scnbets wis osEs

Paty gaster,... 5: 2. haved

affinis,

Platylepis lactaria, ....

Platyrhina sinensis, ....

Platystachus anguillaris,

PLECTOGNATHI,

PLECTORHYNCHUS, ....

balteatus, ....

bloghil, soees..

lineatus, ......

Pleuronecte commersonien,

PLEURONECTISIDA,....

Pleuronectes bilineatus,. .

CTUMECL Gis eis

marmoratus, ..

pavoninus, ....

LAT | a aS

PROTFOSUS, . | ce saacee o's

albilabris, ......

anguillaris,

DEOBOU 2 imate

Lingatus,! 23

Marginatus, ....

PULL GUANA ie bled

Pneumabranchus albinus,

Index. [Dec.

Page. Page.

U2N7.. leprosus, .... 1320.

L203. striatus, 1320.

1068. | Poisonous fish, ........ 1277.

1148. | Pollee Malian, Russell, 1379.

1149. | Poloosoo. Parah, Bae 1115.

1151. | Polydactylus plumiert,.. 1016.

1148.| PotyNemus, ........ 1007.

1149, americanus, 12s.) O16;

1150. commersonit, ....+2. 1009.

1149. gelatinosus, .. 1011, 1013.

1152. heptadactylus, .... 1016.

L150. hexanemus, ...... 1015.

1148. INGICUS,, . .....0.0-0. LOUMS H2B7.

1425. lineatus,.« ««. sda ees

1195. niloticus, 1009,

1196. paradis@us, .....- 1016.

1019. plebeius,>.-...--.< cite gah 9h 009;

1021. ploteus,: .. vce O11.

1019. plumieri,,:-, .cuesaae mol.

1020. quadrifilis, sje d007

1019. salliah, * 1007.

1021. | ae ee 8 p= was POL J

1019. sex tarius;~..¢aLepeae 1014,

2275, CETL eis wees 288 1007,

1273. tetradactylus, .. "1007, 1287.

1120. UTONCMNUS, .s 6 ager BOLL,

1399. DIN GUNLCUS, Spee OG,

1246. | Pomacentrus aruanus, . 1223.

1326. enneadactylus, 1063.

1059. | Pomfret, black, .... 1122, 1124.

1060. white, 1122, 1123,.1124,.4125,

1059. | Poorawah, Russell, .... 1290.

1060. | Potassah Fessah, ...... 1275»

1204. | Pottee Kanasah, Russell, 1045.

1195. | Peunder,. cv i. ieoee 1269.

1209.| PRIONACE, ..... ep SS

1198. melanopterus,. ~ 1382.

1209. | Prienodon,.... oon. eee rage,

1207. melanopterus, ..+. 1382.

WQOG6, | Priséibatis,. 6 6s vs valine 1389.

1246.| PRISTIGASTER, ...... 1274.

1247. tartoore,.. 1274, 1275.

1246.| PRISTIPOMA, ......;. 1054.

1246. AULILUT, WARE IeR,. 1058.

1246. Catlpa,... as ...0/40 awa

1246. commersoni, .... 1054.

1246. SUOTACR, ee ho 1055.

1320. kaakany ....060i00°! W054,

1849.]

NIOTUM,. |. «2.0046

paikeeli,

PRISTIS, : re

semisagittatus, we

PrROSOPODASYS, bie

trachinoides, ..

MP AN TUS. ahh weenie

rhombeus, ...-

Psilocephalus, ........-

barbatus, fs

PSHOSOMUS,. «oii os ew oe

Pterapon trivittatus, ..

PPP ROUS, = ke ia tie ccs aw oie

WIS yo dG

muricata,

PTEROPLATEA, ...-2.00.

annulata,

micrura, ..

Qualar Katchelee, Russell,

Ra Sorrah, Russell, ....

RaconpDa, wi

muaielans) i)

Rahti Pota, Russell, ..

PFGE AFTICANA, 60 ov o's

AipteryGid,: w..vs50

ASAAENEIS,. IS

fasciata,.

guttata,

SMOUPICAEDy wees veo

LYMNG,y > versvavever

HUTA, - vn dail bs

MUCUNOfit, » 0 we wie

ommes scherit, ....

MOECUUTAy 66-0 seo

quinqueaculeata, ..

Ne), Sa ee

thouiniand, ....+.

DO)

NPAT, BEES OS

Peie HAGle, iy eee 6's seo

abhor scan G

EROUHIys tab gs

torpille,

Rangoo, Russell, ......

Beg Wish.) ce Se eine ote IV,

Red Rice, ee o@f et e@reeee@

RHACHINOTUS,

africanus,

Index.

Page.

1056.

1389.

1026.

L155.

1154,

1339.

1172.

1001.

1023.

1024.

1409.

1053.

1374.

1274,

1274.

1224.

1404.

1401.

1394.

1414.

1416.

1407.

1412.

1416.

1414,

1405.

1409.

1416.

141).

1397.

1405.

1389.

1416.

1394.

1397.

1413.

996.

1287.

1404.

1404,

TRU AGH kes cca. louald gO NNSIN

ancylostomus,. .

Rhinacanthus conspicillum,

Rhinobate lisse, ......

rhinobate, ....

RHINOBATUS, . 1396,

djeddensis,

duhamelu, ....

LOIS. TcteNees

ligontfety eon.

thoum Meets.

RHINOPTERA, .3.. 28-00

adspersa,

Rhynchobatus, .... 2.4.

djeddensis,

levis, 2

levis, Var. a6.

levis, Var. 3,.

Rouwseite tigeée, seek.

Sable fish, me

Sahn Mois, Russell. ae

Sahni Tchapa, Russell, .

SALARIAS, .... ae

Salmo foctensy: \ wing cic ds

MUCTOPS, «een wher ss

MY OPS,’ wind walle

truncatus,

tumbil,

SAMO ANG y+ ow cen aoe KOE

Sardine, v; ae

Sari Kulla, Russell,

SAU RIDA Glen owes

tumbil,

SAUER Saris hens wosetecy ae AG

proyaciieaens

Dat wins ee

badimottah,

COV URS a ti U GS

Fasciolatus,...eee ss

hemniseatus, v3 2s%

MY OPSy.08 sos eiahe

nehereus, 1199, 1255,

ophiodon, .... 1255,

trachinus, ~ 1253,

truncatus; «ieee

Sawuala, Russell, ......

SCAROID Ay. 2 COLUM o ot

Soarteldesy+ an Seve. os

1252,

_ 1252,

1439

Page.

1391.

1326.

1394.

1397.

1394.

1397.

1417.

1394.

1395.

1379.

1282.

1220,

1147.

1256.

1423.

1255.

1423.

1424.

1246.

1277.

1050.

1424,

1424.

1251.

1424.

1423.

1095.

1218.

1169.

1440

CAMUTUS, . avers

PUTAS Lids ae

SCOARUG Hs ekebendic

psittacus,

schlosseri,

Scatophagus,

GI GUB whe eit

Sciena argentea,

armata ? .e.-

jaculatriz, ....

lineata,

maculata, ....

safga ?

SCLENOIDA,

SCOLIODON,

ACUCUS,). ckasvsnsc

Scolopsides,

SCONOPSIS, A) sie & os hues.

argyrosomus, woke

aurata,

VOSMEL Ts iieiniwie o.css%

SCOMBER, 9 .. .s seweer

COMMELSONU, 22.0%

CODING L. som) vagulerors

CU CHEULUSs mss gtaaners

EGU sib wet e- ule

Salcatus,. . 0000

GuUutLAtUS, 2520 000%

Bin OS ogo: 9m: arctic

kanagurta, ......

lactarius,

leopardus,

LY SOIL estas aero mies

INACULOSUSs x4 » see's

madagascariensis, ..

malabaricus, ......

microlepidotus, ....

rhombeus,

rottlerignhe swe oon

SPECLOSUS, we 20-20

SCOMBERESOCIDA, ..

Scomberordes,

comin

SCOMBROIDA, ......2-

ScOPELINOIDA,

ScORPANA,

coef ee Fe

e@eeoeeoevee oe

seis bod,

Index.

Page.

1169. | ScyLLIoIDz, 5

1177. | ScyLuium,. Racer:

1221. freycineti, yeneiaeee

1221. heptagonum, ....

1158. maculatum, ...

1145. marmoratum ?

1146. ornatum,

1052. plagiosum, ......

LEU.) SOWRISH » venules sles

1158. indicus, ......

1060. diene Ja

989. | SERIOLA, sive veioienatenen

1038. binotata, ......

1380. LOCTATIA,»,\c0r%e eee

1381. nigrofasciatus,

1063. riippelli, :

1063. | SERRANUS,, ... se seeu.

1063. altivelis, “is

1063. bontoo, Toe

1063. coloides, ....

1087. hexagonatus, ..

1090. horridus, :

1106. lanceolatus, ..

1130. SEEHONS; icicniten

1129. SUINUS, omen ‘

PEO?) Ser pinng. pice, 'aie. = autehan

093.) Shadi Sousics oe ae cee

EUOO: | Seganuss > eur occ\4 0h oak

1088. | SrnLaGo, ..... pit eucreues

1120. ACUED: - o6- ca kee

1093. domina, G

1100. malabarica, :

1090. | StILUROIDz,

1100. | Stlurus arab? ........

1110. meligonis 2.3: see

1GSi7s | Soles) |... cakeehaeis =teetee

LS De SOM BAS) aia outs

1106. commersoniana, ..

PIS. WUMAUIS. ows oe

1225, ovata, :

1099. pegusa,

1100. PEON» - sigh eegrighes

1087. | Somdrum Kara Manage

1251. mussel o- 2... f

1022. | Soring, Russell, ......

BO24.. SPAR OID Ais oie eos wraicvenn

1022. | Sparus diagramma, ....

[Dec,

Page.

1373.

1374.

1379.

1373.

1374.

1116.

1117.

1373.

1119.

1120.

989.

992.

993.

989.

991.

990.

989.

993.

1288.

1282.

1189.

1003.

1236.

1246.

1241.

1218.

1201.

1204.

1201,

1202.

1201.

1206.

1127.

1003,

1030.

1059.

1849.]

testudineus,

tranquebaricus, ..

SPHAGEBRANCHUS, ....

pterygea,

SPHYRENA, ........

chinensis, é

JetOs 1 oO es

obtusata, ....

SPHYRNA, Bee sper ae 2

blochii, ....

tudes,

zygaena, .

SPONDYLIOSOMA, ....

. guliminda,

Squale marteau

pantouflier, ....

requin, -

tigre, 5

SrenOratiE. s,s ASA SS

Squalus carcharias hater,

ME OSETOLUS ss 62 a8'4 4's 4

longicaudus, ......

semisagittatus, ....

spallanzanti, ......

PIGRINUS YS VEO ie

PESOS a's 6 o's aun

BH OUCNO,y. as shee ee

SQuaTINORAJOIDA,

Stampella,

STEGOSTOMA,

carinatum,

fasciatum, ......

fasciatum, Var. |,

fasciatum, Var. 2,

fasciatum, Var. 3,

STOASODON, ....

WALIUAL, «os «ats

Stolephore commersonien,

STROMATEUS,. ....0.00.

ACUIEOLUS, Laie. wis

QIOUSS Vas aed

argenteusy ......

atoo-koia, ......

AEOUS, >. kh honorees

COndIAUS,. Arraeee

emereus; - «stherae

MALOU, (2. ce alee

GFP SOUS y\ b,0, 05n'-0"0" aa

eeeeses

1285.

1121.

1125.

1122.

1124.

1122.

1122,

1124,

1125.

1123.

1125.

Index.

Page.

1064. WIDER} f nce aeiat's

995. PAU IH. OMNIS.

1316. SCOUTECR i) I2R ss

1311. + sInenSIS, ......

1005. SUBIR

1006. | Sérophidon, .........

1006. hiteratape cna Pes

1006. longicaudata,

1383. Macwlabas WK O82 Ss

. 1386. punetata, 02...

1384. | Sudi Sandawah, Russell,

1383. | Sugglathoo Bontoo, Rus-

1032. Sell, sa weietieeuee

1032. Sete eons AED

1384.| SYMBRANCHUS, ......

1384. ealigansy, seeds

1382. cuchia,

1379. grammicus, ...-

1382. immaculatus, 1318,

13782). BYNANCHA ys. cdeioy

1379. elongata,

1389. | S¥NAPTURA,.- « os. 4055:

1382. commersoniana,

1378. | SYNGNATHOIDA, ......

1382. | S¥NGNATHUS,.. .«ocse ss

1383. biaculeatus,

1389. gooraphoo,. ..

1383. .penicillus, ...'...

1378. Spicner, eens

1379) BeNPOTD A, | ies) dd; eit

1378. | Benioidés, «20 « Pies eee

1379. hermannien,

W/O ott GANG URUAI G6 Win wienesenier eles «

1379. OLGA yeti

1416. Lym,’ <igtara

1416. | Tala Bon, Russell, ....

Tallam Parah, Russell,. .

Taloo Paum, Russell, ..

Tartoore, Russell, ....

Tchawil Parah, Russell,

WAUGRE se ns ede

TELEOSTEI,

Tella Katchelee, Russell,

Tella Sandawa, Russell,. .

Telur ikan (Fish-roe,) ..

TEMERA, ‘

hardwickii,

eoeeeee

1441

Page.

Pi2hs

1121.

1124.

1122.

1125.

1311.

1315.

1313.

1125.

O91.

1316.

1320.

1325.

1319.

1029.

1204.

1368.

1369.

1368.

1369.

1160.

1172.

1412.

1413.

1412.

1294.

1110.

1300.

1274.

1113.

1288.

983.

1052.

1124.

1283.

1402.

1442

hardwickii, Var. 2,

Tenkee Kunsul, Russell,

Terla A. Russell,

Terla B. Russell,

TETRADRACHMUM, ....

arcuatum, ...

Tetrasomus turritus,

TETRODON, .......- Weauts

~ bondarus,

dissutidens,

fluviatilis,

Immaculatus ....

lecopleura,

heirs, secre ee

Meleagris, .eiwr.

naritus,

oblongus,

tepa,

testudineus,

virgatus,

TEUTHIDIDE, ........

TEUTHIS, ......

concatenata,

java,

dorsalis,

Therodontis,

THERAPON, tehidsintetasc

obscurus,

QUE g i laa

Squalus; vae<s02t

trivittatus,

- Thrissa,

mystax,

megastoma,

Tigre,

THYNNUS,

affinis,

pelamys,

Tol Parah, Russell,

Tooleeloo, Russell,

TORPEDINIDA,

Torpedo dipterygia, Var ar.

Totta Karah, Russell? ..

RiGGGTES; SO LISS astce

jaculatoz,

eeoeree

carduus,.......

ee eee

ee ececeecse

porava, eeeeseee ee

Index.

Page.

1402.

1409.

1145.

1222.

1223.

1351.

1354.

1359.

1357.

1364.

1357.

1395.

1360.

1358.

1365.

1362.

1356.

1360.

1358.

1189.

1190.

1189.

1191.

jIeo3y

1001.

1002.

1001.

1002.

1001.

1289.

1290.

1378.

1088.

1U88.

1088.

1101.

1264.

1399.

1401.

1128.

1158.

jaculator, Var.

Trachicephalus elongatus,

TRACHYNOTUS,

Flscbits | secaaian

drepanis, ..

falcatus,

mookalee, ..

24 seu K WOE,

quadripunctatus,..

TRIACANTHUS, ..

biaculeatus,

strigilifer,

TRICHIURUS,

armatus,

haumela,

lepturus,

ee ¢e@

Savala,’ .swaae

TRICHOPODUS.

trichopterus, ..

Trichopus goramy,

maculatus.

pallastt, .. «6

satyrus,

trichopterus, ....

Trichosomus,

1026,

trachinoides, ..

Trigla astatica, ....

Tripang swala,

Triurus,

"1251,

microcephalus,

TRYGON,

Sorskali,

imbricata,

kunsua,

lymna,

e@ees

ea ece

omescherit,

ornatum,

poecilurus, ..

russelli,

sephen,

matMaks. 2 oki

uarnak, Var. 1,

uarnak, Var. 2,.

uarnak, Var. 3,

uarnak, Var. 4,

variegatus,

[Dec.

‘Page.

1159.

1029.

1102.

1103.

1102.

1103.

1102.

1104.

1342.

1345.

1095.

1097.

1095.

1095,

1097.

VO7 Ts

1071.

1070.

1071.

1070.

1071.

1291.

1026.

1007.

vl.

1255.

25 bi

1405.

1411.

1407.

1409.

TA13.

1409.

1405.

1413.

1409.

1405.

VAartl.

1405.

1505.

1406.

1405.

1408.

1052.

1849. | Index. 1443

Page. Page.

HUSSClE kk as 1053. | Wolga Tenkee, Russell,.. 1411.

Unibranchapertura, .... 1316. | Woodawahah, Russell,.. 1038.

cuchi@n.... 1o20.'| Woragoo; Kussell;) o2.. °° 1106.

Unibranchaperture lisse, 1321. | Worawah, Russell, .... 1189.

Upeneus vittatus, ...... 1017. | Worrah Minoo, Russell, 1027.

flavolineatus,.. 1018. | Yahia, Russell, ........ 1589.

URANOSCOPUS, ..... «| BOOS P Zebra Stark.) 0 votes: 1379.

moeminens; 2’... LOWS Zee rusts ys. Ne Oe. 1133.

Marmoratus, .. 1005. | Zeus insidiator, ........ 1133:

scaber, organ LOO: MACWIATUS Stn oe. A LISE.

Wahlah Kuddera, Rus- Zonichthys subcarinata,.. 1115.

coh ype ROMA Ciel ag T2202) PAUGOCNGs Ae wera Se LOS.

Walawah Tenkee, Rus- CLOCK. SS a 1386.

SS (RR aa 1394, UDEIEE DS, OU ae) MST.

Wallah, Russell, ...... 1259. LEWES 2 LO NASA

Wana Mottah, Russell,.. 1259. MOUNCUS ee eG TOBA ,

— Wingeram, Russell, .... 1093. LUM ESS. el is Su SBA:

ERRATA.

Page 1019, line 23, for Colliomorus, read : Calliomorus.

», 1102, line 16, for TRAGHYNoTUS, read : TRACHYNOTUS.

», 1122, second line from the bottom, for ventral, read : neutral.

», 1158, line 27, suppress: Hommel.

», 1206, eighth line trom the bottom, for Malayan, Peninsula, read :

Malayan Peninsula.

» 1209, line 25, after Ed. add: I.

», 1286, line 7, for XXII. read : XXI.

» 1377, line 19, for Fig 1, read: Fig. 2.

PPL POPPA LIPO POIOP IOPOL ADPI ILS O LOI IIOF

= ee

tena)

> Grok iP WO te

hs wee we Be bwle

mils he banks be hoes ad 4

oh Sh

He Peek tH ehew

> eae ee

ah Aone’ tek

pancho ah wee

O- 2k ORs © Ow

o . avetwe-cerare

~ ( wothes =

ashe Were tes

Rute oe ees

tre:

pty

ppt peel 14

tas

aie

eels,

sth

ay ay

Bee

core

Bie!

cor Grkea oe eh We rien Wi

» oe cl Oly oe

tists steters ead ph Ld

tose k

«ae

453

pate

tat

ie!

asi

cae

tae

«7

bk)

er ay

bat

a1eea Paes

pore

Pieces

te!

foes

ft = avid Bom

ae, a~

n> Rees

“Beh on & rere

poh ee

Set

Po ti

“

“ ~

on elise

+ oo* =e

ee hw he

ee dy fart 3

oP ty eh ne

Bahce a6 —

einy ead eerd ‘ +

Po ait a F

Srearae Eeyeke

Beet ets

‘=

srectersn ses

ware

+”

™ tet

eeecete anh?

bib Fe 8. Bh ie =

et Pas

aca .

iS ' ‘inp 4 ry

ee, . Pd 39 : pie ys fata Ay pee

ea. Sa ‘ ‘ SA Lat ee

COR 500 Be

WedrSos

Fecucies bes oy

Setkte toon

des > feo, Be abe

ente ty ois whem =f EW »

sue he Bet

=a oo

Beni ot Pe epee

Spent ewe e

Pate bi 2

aes

Rede

ahcheok mt

Pt te ar

(resneb:

a the

Fey Sat

WP = a n- Bathe be

tare : or f

eern? ;

7 adn dot

ow BO oie wr

pee

an ee

setae

ce bets

fereres

ess,

pe D~ Des

ise

bie

et ai

arsed

fig

ip B= NB (PR HE bw

orn

mee been peiy be

neces

Eyez

i Ty

Lyis nal

Bast aa

vie

a Ty

tthe wees

vibe )

pegice: tote

€

dons fre ®

cas : +8

ahaa be ob

ho By em bet *- es";

n heh feb a

Sore ew been elie

apairiee

Slew

-4

pst BE os

sti

wobkiweat

= ee

p Hee eo

ere-% ,

+447} ye

mrintt¢é

reer &

tere

etee “Ete

cetaeterat ee

bal

Pi saatene oe

teece

ome ewe a: Fa boat ; = Be = : mebtpl eres

1] tad 44 eg